TS ad ; > 35 Rae
CoRR AAS PELE ERS AAS ‘ SETS mea pits

< SS se

ook os = Bie Seine esa epea

Saal ! : J 5 a ES s
pas Sehr ahs
: : Sheree ree

9 St =
‘ SS

ee

—

Fm FP LOE AN ete S
PP 5 Ia ean

ah ne rey “ Soy
¢ Sa%nrg

Me

* cig aE
=:

SY “ep i reat pe)

Pet Snr

te.
@ay

N. MANCHESTER, INDIANA

THE HECKMAN BINDERY, INC.

-“ PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 45 February 1980 No. |

CONTENTS

EL-GAZZAR, A., & HAMZA, M. K., The subdivision of Asclepiadaceae .. |

CUATRECASAS, J., Miscellaneous notes on neotropical flora, XI ...... 17
ST. JOHN, H., Lectotypes in the Lobeliaceae. Hawatian plant
MURITICREM TD UAE a. Sate Oe ee oe Be es 2 Cone od Fein ds Wars Hegel ane 30
__ WANG, W., Taxa nova Gesneriacearum e flora tibetica ...........+.4-. 31
IEED, C. F., Houstonia pusilla in Maryland and Virginia ............ 35
OLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXXIII_ .... 36
OLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Coelocarpum ............+.. 40
OLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Congea ..........+-000505: 47
NDERSON, L. E., Bryocrwmia, a new genus of Hypnaceae (Musci) .... 63
ERBST, D., Miscellaneous notes on the Hawaiian floral............ 67
‘UNDERLIN, R. P., & LES, D. H., Nymphaea ampla (Nymphaeaceae),
PMNICT LY PREW FP OR PONIE)) obo. x pauses fev ones ob ie Btw, wlan Wee 82
PES OMRE PL, Bid OTIC CIRCEV CWS sc. lob vo nics cok nde 0+ Abeba Ooh et Oe 85

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
after close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses; 512

pages constitute a complete volume; claims for Hah Fe if RY
the next *!

the mails must be made immediately after recei
following number; back volume prices will apply if
payment is received after a volume is clos} 4 Q 1980

as eh Ae

THE SUBDIVISION OF ASCLEPIADACEAE

A. El-Gazzar and M.K. Hamza

The Herbariun, Fac. Of Agriculture,
Faculty of Science, Al-Azhar University,
Cairo University, Giza Cairo, Egypt.
Introduction

In 1809 Robert Brown separated a group of genera from
the Apocyneae (= Apocynaceae) on the basis that they
differed from the remainder of the family in possessing
free styles, a gynostegium (i.e. the fusion product of
the androecium and gynoecium or parts of them), pollen
masses and the more or less common presence of an extra
whorl of corona attached in various forms to the petals.
He named this group the Asclepiadeae. Apart from these
differences, the Apocyneae sensu stricto and the then
newly emerging Asclepiadeae shared a multitude of attr-
ibutes, viz. the regular, pentamerous, tetracylic,and
hypogynous flowers, the almost universal presence of
latex and the contorted imbrication of petals. Eveysince,
the Asclepiadeae grew in size to accomddate new genera
and species, and their name was subsequently changed by
Lindley (1853) to Asclepiadaceae R.Br.

The Asclepiadaceae were first classified by Decaisne
(1844) into 5 tribes (Periploceae, Secamoneae, Asclepi-
adeae, Gonolobeae and Stapelieae) on the basis of pollen
structure, with the first tribe having pollen in tetrads
while all other 4 tribes are characterized by pollen
masses or pollinia, The mechanism of pollen discharge
differs also in the Periploceae (where the tetrads are
received and dispersed by spathulate translators) than
in the rest of the family (where the pollinia are atta-
ched to glandular secretions known as corpuscles from
the 5 corners of the pentagonal stigma via non-cellular
cords known as the caudicles or connectors). Decaisne's
classification was later accepted in its entirity by
subsequent taxonomists (e.g. Lindley 1853). However,
the subdivision of Asclepiadaceae sensu Decaisne has
undergone a number of alterations involving primarily
the hierarchical status of each of the 5 tribes, while
some authors (e.g. Schumann 1895, Rendle 1925, Melchior
1964) prefer to split them into only two subfamilies
the Periplocoideae (= Decaisne's tribe Periploceae) and

1

2 1h Joke Ne HE (0) by OE 10 AN Vol. 45, No. 1

Cynanchoideae (= the other 4 tribes), within the Asclep-
iadaceae sel.e, Schlechter (1924) and most subsequent
authors (e€.Bullock 1957, Huber 1967, Dyer 1975) promote
the former subfamily to family Periplocaceae, with only
the Cananchoideae forming the Asclepiadaceae sss, Genera
of the latter group are then arranged into 2 subfamilies
the Secamonoideae leith a pair of pollinia in each anther
lobe) and the Cynanchoideae s,s. or Asclepiadoideae with
only one pollinium in each anther lobe. Both opinions
continue to gain advocates so that no general agreement
among taxonomists regarding the circumscription of the
Asclepiadaceae seems to prevail.

The Asclepiadaceae s.l. are a relatively large family
with 250-320 genera and 1700-3000 species (see Rendle
1925, Willis 1931, Melchior 1964, Schill & Jackel 1978),
of which only about 45-50 genera and 200 species consti-
tute the Periplocaceae while the rest fall in the Ascle-
piadaceae sensu stricto. A highly conservative estimate
of the number of genera in the family is given by Airy
Shaw (1973) as 130, but it has not been shared by any
other taxonomic account of the family. The discrepancy
concerning the number of genera and species reflects an
unstable taxonomic situation within the family and it
can easily be felt that both generic and specific concepts
in the Asclepiadaceae are far from satisfactory. It is
also noticeable that the distribution of the species
among the genera is highly uneven. Thus all the genera
listed by Airy Shaw (1973) have been surveyed together
with their reported numbers of species and it has been
found that there are no less than 123 mono-specific genera
(i.e. 38.4 %), 118 genera (i.e. 37 %) each with 2-10
species, and only 1é genera (5 %) take in about 1800
species (i.e. approx. 60 % of all the species in the
family).

In view of their unambiguous taxonomic boundaries,
the Asclepiadaceae would have been expected to be among
the more attractive targets for comprehensive taxonomic
studies. On the contrary, the existance of only one
main classificatory treatment of the family (with only
superficial differences about hierarchical rank of the
subordinate groupings) and its perpetuation in all text-
books and floristic works shows that the asclepiads are
long due for a thorough taxonomic reappraisal, especially
in view of the fact that numerous genera and species
have been described after the publication of Schumann's
(1895) scheme. Furthermore, owing to the probably
erroneous belief that the Asclepiadaceae are of little
or no economic importance, this family has been grossly
neglected from various botanical standpoints for a long

1980 El-Gazzar & Hamza, Subdivision of Asclepiadaceae 3

time, This is clearly manifest in the fact that although
this group is unique among angiosperms in their pollen
structure and pollination mechanism, and that it was
originally created and subdivided into smaller taxa
because of their pollen peculiarities, they remained
without a comprehensive study of their pollen morphology
until attention has recently been drawn by El-Gazzar &
Hamza (1973), and El-Gazzar, Hamza & Badawi (1974) to
this obvious neglect of the family by palynologists, It
is only when it became clear that the family has plenty
to offer from the palynological standpoint that some
interest has been in them by Schill & Jickel (1978),
whose efforts materialized in an excellent comparative
account of various pollen morphological features of a
relatively large sample of 408 species from 114 genera
representing the Asclepiadaceae sensu lato, Nevertheless
the wealth of information reported by Schill & Jackel
has not as yet been put to any practical use in establ-
ishing the taxonomic worth of existing classifications
of the family. Other sources of phenotypic variation
remain virtually untapped,

With the foregoing remarks in mind we have set out to
investigate as many aspects of variation as can be obse-
rved in a large representative sample of genera and
species, and to benefit from the recorded observations
in (a) assessing the value of existing classifications,
and (b) achieving a more meaningful arrangement of the
genera which would cater for those described after the
publication of Schumann's (1895) system. It should be
pointed out that the scope of the present work has been
limited only to the Cynanchoideae (by far the larger of
the two subfamilies of Asclepiadaceae sensu stricto),
and that a separate detailed study of the Secamonoideae
is currently in progress.

General account of Cynanchoideae

The plants are generally small erect perennial herbs,
herbaceous or woody twiners or scramblers, with a number
of leafy or leafless succulent or cactus-like genera
(e.g. Caralluma, Hoodia, Huernia, Huerniopsis, Stapelia,
Stapeliopsis). The presence of latex is universa n
the subfamily, and some species (especially from Stape-
lia) have an exceedingly foetid smell similar to erat of
rotten meat, The leaves are almost invariably simple
and exstipulate, but may be opposite, whorled or rarely
alternate. The flowers are usually arranged in dense
dichasial cymes, racemes or umbels; partial inflorescences
are mostly axillary and in acropetal succession along
the stem although sometimes the plant carries only one

4 12) Jel 34 Jb (0) 1h 0) (eh A Vol. 45, No. 1

simple (often sessile) terminal umbel (as in some succu-
lents, e.g. Caralluma, Boucerosia), or the flowers may
be few, ebracteate and born singly on the cactus-like
stem of some Stapelia, Hoodia, Huernia, Trichocaulon and
Duvalia species,

The flower is constantly regular, pentamerous, tetra-
cyclic, hermaphrodite and hypogynous. The calyx consists
of 5 free imbricate sepals, which may be minute and ind-
istinct (e.g. some Cynanchum spp.). The petals are 5,
constantly united though to greatly variable degrees;
the limbs range from much reduced to considerably longer
than the tube, Petal limbs are contorted in bud, but
after anthesis assume numerous shapes ranging between
horizontally stellate (e.g. Stapelia), elongate to more
or less filiform (e.g. Ceropegia, Araujia, Riocreuxia),
and recurved triangular (e.g. Asclepias). The androecium
consists of 5 stamens furnished with a staminal corona
which takes almost as many shapes as there are species
in the subfamily; hence its utmost identificatory value.
The gynoecium is made up of 2 median superior carpels
whose ovaries and styles are free, while the stigmas are
united into a relatively large pentagonal body with or
without a simple or conspicuously bifurcate apical appe-
ndage. Each locule contains a few to several multiser-
iate anatropous and pendulous ovules. The fruit consists
of 2 separate follicles, each with a few-several flatt-
ened exalbuminous seeds with smooth or glossy pale yellow
to brown testa and a distal tuft of silky white hairs,
The outer surface of each follicle may be smooth, finely
felty or provided with a number of hook-shaped soft
outgrowths. The 5 staminal filaments are adnate to each
other and to the style apex. Each anther consists of 2
unilocular anther-lobes and lies opposite to one side of
the pentagonal stigma. At each of the 5 corners of the
stigma a horny non-cellular secretion is produced and is
known as the corpuscle (or corpusculum). It is attached
to a pair of pollinia (via two non-cellular caudicles),
each from one lobe of the 2 adjacent anthers. Therefore,
although each of the 2 pollinia attached to the same
corpuscle belongs to a different anther, they are both
morphologically identical and are released from their
respective thecae simultaneously and have been termed
"twin pollinia" by El-Gazzar & Hamza (1973); a term later
adopted by Schill & Jackel (1978). Each corpuscle with
2 caudicles and a pair of twin pollinia is generally
known as the pollinial apparatus.

The development of pollinial apparatus in the Ascle-
piadaceae is a floral modification to facilitate as well
as ensure both cross-fertilization and entomophily. Thus

1980 El-Gazzar & Hamza, Subdivision of Asclepiadaceae 5

a visiting insect rests on the glandular or slippery
surface of the stigma and attempts to reach down for the
nectar, its legs fall between the anthers and in trying
to retrieve them they detach the corpuscles from the
stigma. The twin pollinia are thus released from their
thecae together with the corpuscles through the agency

of the caudicles, The same insect transfers its load of
pollinial apparatus to another flower, and keeps exchan-
ging pollinia between various flowers of the same species,
The pollen tubes from the same pollinium all enter one

of the two ovaries in the flower (Frey 1902). We have
not been able to find any detailed account of the insects
aiding in the pollination of asclepiads, and the quest-
ion whether there is any specificity between insect and
plant species or genera and the factors governing such
insect-plant relationship (if any) remaines unresolved,
However, according to Knuth (1898) the insect pollinators
of the following genera are:

Asclepias: flies ("Fliegen"), bees ("Bienen"), wasps
("Wespen"?), tomb-wasps ("Grab-wespen").

Araujia: large bees ("grosser Bienen"),

iii dcsicuiclaes long-trunked moths ("lang-russeliger
Schwarmer"),

Stapelia: carrion-flies ("Aasfliegen"),.

Ceropegia: small flies ("kleine Fliegen"),

Modifications in the flower to suite insect pollination
seem limitless and involve other whorls as well. The
accessory organs (such as staminal and corollary corona)
and the presence of pollinia in the upper or lower parts
of the anther-lobes are among such modifications.

According to Good (1952) the Asclepiadaceae are found
throughout the tropics and over a considerable part of
the warmer temperate regions, with a notable exception
that they are absent from much of the Pacific including
the Hawaiian Islands. In North America they are throug-
out the United States and enter Southern Canada on a wide
front, reaching at one point a latitude of nearly 60 N.
In the northern Old World they are absent from the Azores
and from the British Isles, but occur throughout the
rest of Europe,except for a few small coastal areas, as
far north as latitude 61 N in southern Finland, In the
southern hemisphere the boundary runs obliquely across
South America to a latitude short of 50 S, includes all
Africa, and virtually all Australia, though not Tasmania
and New Zealand, Some adventive species such as Asclep-=
ias curassavica, Gomphocarpus fruticosus and Calotropis
procera are found in nearly all warmer parts of the
world, including some areas where the family is not
native, The proportion of narrowly distributed or

6 1D Jel we MEO) 1, OG Ib A Vol. 455 Nowe

endemic genera is very high and some are very local. The
proportion of narrowly distributed or endemic species is
even higher and there is no species common to both worl-=
ds. The areas of greatest relative species concentration
are first and formost South Africa, and to a lesser
degree the Madagascar region and Malaysia. Although
Good offered no explanation for the peculiar phenomena
of total absence of asclepiads from most islands and the
very high incidence of narrowly distributed or endemic
genera and species, it seems that the spreading of such
plants is highly dependent on the presence of a specific
insect or group of insects for pollination which may be
highly localized or may not find it easily palatable to
inhabit most islands with their predominently severe
environmental conditions,

For over 160 years the work on pollen morphology in
the Asclepiadaceae was confined to brief descriptions and
inadequate illustrations of the pollen apparatus ina
few individual species by Frye (101), Volk (1949), and
Dassanayaka & Jayasuriya (1974). The work of Huang
(1970) on some Formosan species deserves a special ment-
ion here as it incorporates a number of basic and clear
errors, Thus despite the universal belief that the
Cynanchoideae are definable by the presence of pollinia
attached in pairs to stigmatic corpuscles through non-
cellular caudicles, Huang described the pollen of 5 of
the 7 species studied by him (Cynanchum formosanun,

Hoya carnosa and Stephanotis mucronata) aS 4(—6) porate
or colporate monads, and of the rest as "polyads", with
no mention of pollinia, caudicles or corpuscles in any
of them, Furthermore, the dimensions given by Huang for
the "polyads" of the remaining 4 species (Gymnema
alternifolia, Marsdenia tomentosa, LL opera breviper,
Wattakaka volubilis) are at Variance wi ose given

or the same species by El-Gazzar & Hamza (1973)
El-Gazzar et al (1974) and Schill & Jackel (19783. Under
the circumstances, one cannot help feeling that Huang
might have gone astray with the identification of the
specimens available to him, or that Formosan asclepiads
are yet to be thoroughly revised,

The lack of interest in the Asclepiadaceae is further
exemplified by the small fraction of genera and species
studied cytologically. According to Cave (1956-1964),
Fedorov (1969), Ornduff (1967, 1968) and Moore (1973-
1977), chromosome numbers have been reported for only 46
genera and slightly more than 200 species (cae 666 % of
the total in the family). This may be attributable, at
least in part, to the fact that the family is cytologic-
ally almost entirely homogeneous, with nearly all the

1980 El-Gazzar & Hamza, Subdivision of Asclepiadaceae 7

species studied so far having chromosomes in multiples
of 11, with a few dubious records of 2n = 2k,

Similarly, little is so far known about the embryol-
ogy of the plants, The micro- and macro-sporogenesis,
including embryo sac and endosperm development, in
Asclepias were dealt with by Gager (1902), and in Calot-
ropis procera by Sabet (1931). Another detailed study
fe) sclepias species and 2 Acerates species was made
by Frye CTHO3}. According to his Observations, groups
of 1-6 non-nectariferous glands occur between the calyx
and corolla, and near the axils of sepals, bracts and
leaves; they may also be found on leaf midribs, Frye
also reported double-fertilization in Asclepias cornuti,
that the seed pappus is formed of single-celled, uninuc-
leate epidermal hairs, and that the ovules in Asclepiad-
aceae are unitegmic, with the nucellus consisting of one
layer of cells enclosing the sporogenous row and may
contain nucellar tracheids,

Material and observations

We have been able to procure fresh and herbarium
specimens of 510 species from 148 genera representing
all tribes and subtribes of the Cynanchoideae in Schuma-
nn's classification (1895). Herbarium material has been
obtained from the herbaria of Cairo University, Liverpool
University, the Botanical Museum (Copenhagen), and the
Institutes of Systematic Botany at Lund and Munich. The
correct identification has been ensured by various means:
(i) the examination of as many specimens carrying the
same name as possible, (ii) local and regional floras,
and (iii) matching with type or iso-type material.

The specimens have been subjected to a detailed
comparative investigation and 59 aspects of discontinuous
variation have been recorded for every species, The
result is a voluminous data-matrix, of which copies are
available on request. It will suffice here only to list
the recorded characters (Table 1). They cover features
from gross vegetative morphology, floral structure,
epidermal patterns, types and distribution of calcium
oxalate crystals (prismatics and druses) as well as the
variation in structure and configuration of the different
parts of the pollinial apparatus. Although most of the
characters are self-explanatory, some are novel or less
familiar and are in need of some clarification; for
detailed description and illustration of all pollinial
features reference may be made to El-Gazzar & Hamza
Gee El-Gazzar et al (1974), and Schill & Jackel

1978).

8 1 BE Ve Be Or IO) (et FA Vol. 45, Now i:

Table 1. List of the 59 characters recorded comparatively
for 510 species from 148 genera of the Asclepiadaceae-
Cynanchoideae,

Stem: 1. erect / twining or scrambling
2. succulent / not so
Leaves: 3. present / absent

4. petiolate/ sessile-subsessile
5. opposite / otherwise
6. ovate-elliptical / lanceolate-linear
7. margin entire / not so
8. margin flat / recurved
9. associated stomata, present / absent
hairs: 10. unicellular, present / absent
11. multicellular uniseriate, present /
absent
12. multicellular multiseriate, present /
absent
13. glandular, present / absent
crystals:14. druses, present / absent
15. prismatics, present / absent
Inflorescence: 16. umbel / otherwise
Flowers: 17. corolla stellate / campanulate
18. petal limbs recurved / flat or erect
Pollinia: 19. tail, present / absent
20. longitudinally symmetrical/asymmetrical
Caudicle: 21. corona present / absent
22. wing present / absent
23. horned / not so
24, attachment to corpuscle basal/lateral
25. 2 lateral arms present / absent
Calyx: 26. druses present / absent
27. prismatics present / absent
28. unicellular hairs present / absent
29. uniseriate hairs present / absent
30. glandular hairs present / absent
31. multiseriate hairs present / absent
Corolla: 32. druses presnt / absent
33 prismatics present / absent
34. unicellular hairs present / absent
35. uniseriate hairs present / absent
36. glandular hairs present / absent
37. petals caudate / otherwise
38. druses in corona present / absent
39. corona hairy / glabrous
Gynoecium: 40. druses in ovary-wall present / absent
41. ovary hairy / glabrous
42, druses in style present / absent
43, style hairy / glabrous
44, druses in stigma present / absent

1980 El-Gazzar & Hamza, Subdivision of Asclepiadaceae 9

45. stigma hairy / glabrous
46. stigma appendaged / not so
Indumentum: 47. glabrous/hirsute/tomentose/spiny
Leaf-apex: 48, acute/acuminate/obtuse/notched
Leaf-base: 49. cordate/rotundate/decurrent
Stomata: 50. tera-/hexa-/anomo-/actinocytic
Corona: 51. darker than petals/petals darker/both of
the same colour
Pollinia: 52. length in-u
53. breadth in u
54. P/C ratio (pollinium length/corpuscle
length)
55. pendulous/erect/horizontal
56. tail distal/basal/lateral inner/lateral
outer
57. attachment to caudicle terminal/
subterminal/median
Corpuscle: 58. length in u
59. breadth in u

Epidermal trichomes in the Cynanchoideae are invaria-
bly in the form of hairs and no scales have been seen in
the species examined, These hairs show great structural
diversity so that the following basic types can easily
be recognized:

(i) unicellular: Figs. 1-3,

(ii) multicellular, uniseriate eglandular: Figs. 4-6,

(iii) multicellular, uniseriate glandular: Figs. 7-9,

(iv) multicellular, multiseriate eglandular: Fig. 10,
seen in only 5 species (Gomphocarpus appendiculatus,
Xysmalobium dilatatum, detorertia Schreiteri, Schizoglo-
ssum bidens and Rothrockia cordifolia). Furthermore, in
addition to the | basic types of stomata (tetracytic,
anomocytic, hexacytic in Fig. 11, and actinocytic) as
defined by van Cotthem (1970, 1971), associated (or
contiguous) stomata (Fig. 12) have also been seen in 26
species from 16 genera. As far as we are aware this is
the first recording of associated stomata in the Asclep-
iadaceae,

It should be pointed out that our observations on the
pollinial apparatus coincide to a large extent with those
of Schill & Jackel (1978). However, there are some minor
discrepancies concerning the dimensions of pollinia and
corpuscles, which may be due to one or more of the
following reasons: (i) incorrect identification of the
Plants, (ii) while we had to work mostly with herbarium
specimens Schill & Jackel used fresh material of most of
the species in their sample and the flowers may not have

10 12 jel YC tO) IG, ©) (]G Io A Vol. 45, No. 1

1
3
2
8
S 7
5

11
10
12
9

Figs 1-12. Diagrammatic representation of stomata and
trichomes in Cynanchoideae, Figs. 1-3 unicellular hairs;
Figs. 4-6 multicellular uniseriate hairs; Figs. 7-9
multicellular glandular hairs; Fig. 10 multicellular
multiseriate hair; Fig. 11 hexacytic stomata; Fig. 12
associated stomata,

1980 El-Gazzar & Hamza, Subdivision of Asclepiadaceae ll

attained a fully mature stage in their development, (iii)
the pollinia may not have been places on the slides in
the correct position for measurement, (iv) our pollen
preparations have been made without resort to the hazar-
dous, complicated and time-consuming acetloysis technique
used by Schill & Jackel, which is bound to affect all
pollinial measurments,

Taxonomic discussion

In an attempt to test the various taxonomic treatments
of the Cynanchoideae in the light of the recorded obser-
vations, the data-matrix has taken different forms during
the various stages of the work, Originally the species
have been arranged according to the classification of
Decaisne (1844) and the percentage distribution of each
character in all of his groupings has been calculated,

It soon became apparent that Decaisne's system is not
only inadequate far accomodating the multitude of genera
described after it was published, but also incapable of
imposing any discernible pattern on the recorded observ=
ations, Decaisne's classification is therefore excluded
from further discussion,

The species have then been re-arranged according to
the currently accepted classification of Asclepiadaceae
by Schumann (1895) and the same procedure of calculating
the percentage distribution of the characters in each
group has been repeated, Although Schumann's scheme
represents a marked betterment over that propsed by all
his predecessors, the present test showed clearly that
there is plenty of room for improvement in it. We have
therefore set out to re-arrange the data-matrix in order
to achieve groupings that are as homogeneous as possible
irrespective of all other classifications of the family.
In doing so, we have been backed by the comfortable
feeling that our data-matrix is the largest set of
comparative observations yet scored for the Cynanchoide-=
ae bo in terms of the number of taxa and the number of
characters recorded for them,

Three major groups (A, B and C) can easily be recogn-
ized as follows (see also Table 2):

GROUP A: Herbs, commonly erect; pollinia pendulous,
never with extra-pollinial appendages; terminal attach-
ment of caudicle to pollinia; P/C ratio usually 2.5 or
more; petal lobes recurved,

GROUP B: Mostly scrambling or twining herbs or shru-
bs; pollinia generally smaller than in A, often erect
(sometimes pendulous or horizontal); extra-pollinial
appendages frequent (as distal or basal tail);attachment

12 Parte OF ie ON GCater A Vol. 45, Nowe

Table 2, Distribution of 148 genera of Asclepiadaceae-
Cynanchoideae among groups A-C as compared to the tribes
and subtribes in Schumann's (1895) classification.
Figures in parentheses represent the total numher of
genera in each of groups A-C, the number of genera stud-
ied from each tribe or subtribe, or the number of species
examined from each genus, Genera not known to Schumann
are listed as unclassified.

GROUP A (39)

Asclepiadeae-Astephaninae (6): pee (1), Astepha-

nus (4), Hemipogon (1), Microloma (8), Mitostigma
(3), Nautonia (1)

Asclepiadeae-Glossonematinae (7): Araujia (4), Macrosce-

pis > Oxysteima (2), Parapodium (1), Prospostelma
(1), Rhyssostelma (1), Solenostemma (43

Asclepiadeae-Asclepiadinae (19): Acerates (3), Asclepias
; epharodon (2), Calotropis (2), Cordylogyne
(1), Eustegia (1), Gomphocarpus (12), Kanahia (3),
Lugonia (1), Madarosperma (1), Margaretta (3),
Melinia (1), Pachycarpus (5), Pycnostelma (2),
Stathmostelma (1), Stenostelma (1), Tassadia (1),
Trachycalymma (1), Xysmalobium (8)

Asclepiadeae-Cynanchinae (2): Holostemma (1), Pleurost-
elma

Unclassified (5): Amblyopetalum (1), Aphanostelma (2),
Dorystephania (1), Oxylobium (1), Widgrenia (1)

GROUP B (100)

Asclepiadeae-Glossonematinae (6): Ceramanthus (1),
See (2), Glossonema (2), Philibertia (1),
Schubertia (2), Steinheilia (1)

Asclepiadeae-Asclepiadinae (11): Ampelamus (1), Ditassa
» “nslenia > Funastrum (7), Macroditassa (1),
Metastelma (17), Pentarrhinum (one Podostelma (1),
a ore (1), Schistogyne (1), Schizoglossum
22

Asclepiadeae-Cynanchinae (19): Cyathostelma (1)
ynanchum (35), Cynochtonum (1), Daemia (13, Deca-
nema (1), Endotropis (1), Glossostephanus (1)
Mellichampia (1), Metaplexis (2), Morrenia (3),
Orthosia (3), Pentatropis (2), Peplonia (1),
Roulinia (3), Sarcostemma (6), Sattadia (1), Seut-
era (1), Telosma (1), Vincetoxicum (5)

Asclepiadeae-Oxypetalinae (5): Calostigma (4), Gothofreda

1980 El-Gazzar & Hamza, Subdivision of Asclepiadaceae 13

Table 2 (cont.)

(1), Oxypetalum (19), Rojasia (1), Tweedia (1)
lophoreae-Ceropegiinae (8): Anisotoma (1), Brachystel-
ma (4), Ceropegia (12), Echidnopsis (15, Leptadenia
2) Orthanthera (1), Riocreuxia (3), Sisyranthus
3
Tylophoreae-Marsdeniinae (24): Barjonia (2), Cosmostigma
» Dischidia » Dregea (2), Fockea (1), Gongro-
nema (2), Gymnema (4), Heterostemma (2), Hoya (9),
Jobinia (2), Lorostelma (1), Marsdenia (11),
Nephradenia (1), Pentasacme (1), Pergularia (1),
Petalostelma Gue Rhyssolobium we Sarcolobus (2),
>

Sphaerocodon (2), Sphinctostoma (1 Stephanotis
(1), Tenaris (1), Treutlera (1), Tylophora (9)

Gonolobeae (15): Chthamalia (1), Dictyanthus (4),
xOlobus (2), Fimbriostemma (1), Gonolobus (10),

Himantostemma (1), Ibatia (2), Malinvaudia (1),
Matelea (3), Peckoltia (1), Phaeostemma (1), Phera-
trichis (2), Rothrockia 15, Trichosacme Gel
Trichostelma (1)

Unclassified (12): Clemensiella (1), Dalziella (1),
Diploplexis (1), Glossostelma (1), Gonianthela (1),
Gynostelma (1), Ischnostemma (1), Pseudibatia (2),
Steleostemma (1), Stigmatorrhynchus (1), Urostepha-
nus (1), Vailia (1)

GROUP C (9)

lophoreae-Ceropegiinae (9): Boucerosia (2), Caralluma
(3), Duvalia or Hoodia (6), Huernia (2), Huernio-
ae mal Stapelia (12), Tavaresia (2), Trichocaul-
on (5).

=== SS SS SS SS SS ES SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS ee ee ee ee ee ee ee

of caudicle to pollinia mostly subterminal or median;
P/C ratio usually less than 1.8; petal lobes not recurv-
ed.

GROUP C: Leafless cactus-like succulents; pollinia
reniform, large, horizontal with lateral inner tail; P/C
ratio often 1-2.4; petals stellate with short or indist-
inct lobes,

These are only the most conspicuous diagnostic featu-
res of groups A-C, and numerous other characters distin-
guishing between them could easily be extracted from the
data-matrix, although they are not of the same discrimi-
nating value as those mentioned above.

It is interesting to note that the present detailed

14 Dea, ak Op Lei OnCuala A Vol. 45, Nommel

study has led to the subdivision of the Cynanchoideae in
much the same way as achieved previously with a conside-
rably smaller sample of plants (89 species from 33 gene-
ra) and characters by El-Gazzar, Hamza & Badawi (1974),
who succeeded in recognizing the same 3 major groups A-
C. This attests (though indirectly) to the taxonomic
soundness of these groups: any groups based on 33 genera
and can be easily expanded to accomodate 148 genera are
of necessity taxonomically robust. Another useful aspect
of groups A-C is that they provide a satisfactory pigeon
holing system for 17 of the genera which have not hithe-
rto been taxonomically catered for, Of these genera 5
are associated with members of group A, while the rest
fall in group B.

It is clearly evident from Table 2 that Schumann's
(1895) classification of the Cynanchoideae incorporates
some homogeneous and some heterogeneous taxa, The former
include the tribe Gonolobeae (in B), subtribe Tylophoreae
Marsdeniinae (in B) and 2 of the 5 subtribes of the
Asclepiadeae (Astephaninae in A and Oxypetalinae in B);
all representatives of these taxa appear together in the
same group although none of them emerged separately as a
distinct assemblage. The heterogeneous taxa in Schuman-
n's arrangement are the 4 subtribes Asclepiadeae Glosso-
nematinae (with 7 genera in A and 6 in B), Asclepiadeae
Asclepiadinae (with 19 genera in A and 11 in B), Asclep-
iadeae Cynanchinae (with 2 genera in A and 19 in B), and
Tylophoreae Ceropegiinae (with 8 genera in B and 9 in C).

No attempt will be made here to formalize the present
arrangement of genera since it is not based on the study
of all known genera and species; clearly it would be
futile to generalize the diagnoses given to groups A-C
to cover genera on which they have not been based.
However, we offer groups A-C as a reasonable taxonomic
frame-work for this large subfamily of the Asclepiadaceae
in the hope that future investigations might cover other
genera not dealt with by us and further support our
taxonomic ideas,

Acknowledgements

We wish to thank the Keepers of the herbaria at Cairo
University, Liverpool University, the Botanical Museum
(Copenhagen), and the Institutes of Systematic Botany
for the geneous loans and donations of specimens and for
other herbarium and library facilities,

References
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1973). Willis's Dictionary of Flowering

Plants and Ferns, ed. 8. The University Press,
Cambridge,

1980 El-Gazzar & Hamza, Subdivision of Asclepiadaceae 15

Brown, Re. (1809). On the Asclepiadeae, a natural order
of plants separated from the Apocineae of Jussieu,
Mem. Wern,. Soc.e, 1: 12-78.

Bullock, AeA. (1957). Notes on African Asclepiadaceae,
VITIe Kew Bulle, 11: 505-522.

Cave, M.S. (1956-19645.° Index to Plant Chromosome Numbe-
rs, 2 vols, North Carolina Univ. Press, U.S.A.

Dassanayaka, M.D. & Jayasuriya, AwH.M. (1974). A new
species of Brachystelma (Asclepiadaceae) from Sri
Lanka, Ceylon J. Sci. (Biol. Sci.), 11: 39-41.

Decaisne, J. (1844). Asclepiadaceae, in De Candolle's
Prodromus systematis regni vegetabilis, 8. Paris.

Dyer, ReA. (1975). The Genera of South African Flowering
Plants, I. Dicotyledons. Dept. Agric. Techn, Serv.
Republic of South Africa,

El-Gazzar, Ae & Hamza, M.eK. (1973). Morphology of the
twin pollinia of Asclepiadaceae, Pollen et Spores,
15: 459-470.

El-Gazzar, A., Hamza, M.K. & Badawi, AeA. (1974). Pollen
morphology and taxonomy of Asclepiadaceae, Pollen
et Spores, 16: 227-238.

Fedorov, Ae (1969). Chromosome Numbers of Flowering
Plants, Akad. Sci. USSR, Leningrad,

Frye, T.C. (1901). Development of the pollen in some
Asclepiadaceae, Bot. Gaz., <i 325-3306

Frye, T.C. (1902). A morphological study of certain
Asclepiadaceae, Bot. Gaz., : 389-413.

Gager, C.S. (1902). The development of pollinium and

sperm cells in Asclepias cornuti Decaisne, Ann,
Bote, 16: 123-148,

Good, R. (1952). An atlas of the Asclepiadaceae, New
Phytol. 1: 198-209.

Huang, T.C. (1 O). Pollen grains of Formosan plants
(6). Taiwania, 15: 73-179.

Huber, H. (1967). Periplocaceae, in H. Merxmiiller's
Prodromus einer Flora von Siidwestafrika, 4. Verlag
von J. Cramer, Germany.

Knuth, P, (1898). Handbuch der Bliitenbiologie, I.
Wilhelm Engelman, Leipzig.

Lindley, J. (1853). The Vegetable Kingdom, 3rd. ed.
Bradbury & Evans, London,

Melchior, H. (1964). Engler's Syllabus der Pflanzenfam-

lien, II. Gebriider Borntraeger, Berlin,

Moore, Rede (1973). Index to plant chromosome numbers
1967-1971. Regnum Vegetabile, 90: 311-312.

Moore, Rede (1974). Index to plant chromosome numbers
for 1972. Regnum Vegetabile, 91: 57-58.

Moore, ReJ. (1977). Index to plant chromosome numbers
for 1973-1974. Regnum Vegetabile, 96: 27-28,

16 Jer dal Nee ALTON ILS (Ol ee IL yak Vol. 45, No. 1

Ornduff, R. (1967). Index to plant chromosome numbers
for 1965. Regnum Vegetabile, 22! 656

Ornduff, Re (1968). Index to plant chromosome numbers
for 1966. Regnum Vegetabile, 2°85.

Rendle, AeB.e (1925). The Classification of Flowering
Plants, 2. The University Press, Cambridge.

Sabit, Y.S. (1931). Development of the embryo sac in
Calotropis procera, with special reference to
endosperm formation, Ann. Bot., 45: 503-518.

Schill, R. & Jackel, U. (1978). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der
Asclepiadaceen-Pollinaien, In Tropische und subt-
ropische Pflanzenwelt, 22. Akad. Wissen, Lit.,
Mainz.

Schlechter, R. (1924). Periplocaceae. Notizbl. Bot.
Gard, Berlin, 9: 23-24.

Schumann, K. (1895). Asclepiadaceae, in Engler and
Prantl's Die Natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien, 4 (2).
Leipzig.

Van Cotthem, W.ReJ. (1970). A classification of stomatal
types. Bot. J. Linn, Soc., 63: 235-2h6.

Van Cotthem, W.R.eJ. (1971). Vergleichende morphologische
studien iiber stomata und eine neve Klassification
ihrer typen. Berich. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 84: 147-

168.
Volk, S. (1949). Zur Kenntnis der Pollinien der Asclep-
iadaceen, Berich. Deutsch. Bot. Ges., 62: 68-72.
Willis, J.C. (1931). Dictionary of Flowering Plants and
Ferns, 6th ed, The University Press, Cambridge.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL FLORA, XI

Jose Cuatrecasas
Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution
Washington, D.C. 20560

The present notes include diagnoses or descriptions of new
infraspecific taxa in genus Espeletia. For previous contribu-
tions, see PHYTOLOGIA 40(1): 25. 1978. The basic work for these
notes was partially supported in the past by National Science
Foundation Grant No. DEB72-01839.

ESPELETIA PYCNOPHYLLA var. GALERANA Cuatr. var. nov.

Caulirosula usque ad 4m alta. Lamina foliorum oblongo-
elliptica utrinque plus minusve attenuata apice acuta 22-30 cm
longa, 4.5-8 cm lata, ratio 3-6:1, supra basim (1.5-)2-3 cm lata
minima latitudine, nervis inter se 5-10(-12) mm distantibus,
angulo 45-50° (-60°) ascendentibus, vagina 5.6 x 5.6 cm. Inflor-
escentiae quam in typo speciei breviores contractae, 25-35(-40)
cm longae, parte floriferae 1/5-1/4 (vel 1/3) totius longitudinis,
5-7 capitula ferentes, internodia 8-3 cm longa, ramis monocephalis
inferioribus 4-8(-12) cm longis, alteris 3-5(-6) cm, pedicellis
ultimis 2-3 cm, pedicello terminali 2-3(-4) cm. Bracteae subten-
dentes proximales 5-10(-13) x 1-2.5 cm, ceterae 3-6 x 1-1.5 cn.
Indumentum illo typo simile sed praecipue sursum magis lutescente.
Capitula 20-30 mm, circulo ligularum 30-35 mm, disco 16-17 m.

Typus: COLOMBIA, Narifio: Macizo del Volcdn Galeras, eastern
Slopes, paramo bushes 3900 m, caulirosula 2 m high, leaves yellow-
ish white, ligules yellow, 7 Feb 1965, Cuatrecasas 4 Mora 26931;
holotypus COL; isotypus US.

ESPELETIA PYCNOPHYLLA var. LACINULATA Cuatr. var. nov.

Lamina foliorum elliptico-oblonga apice subite angustata et
apiculata, 46-52 cm longa, 10-14 cm lata, ratio 3.6-4.5:1, basim
versus attenuata supra basim minima latitudine (2.6-)2.8-3 cm
lata; margine in tertio inferiore usque ad 8 laciniis linearibus
utroque latere, usque ad 3 cm longis, indumento incluso 4-8 mm
latis, patulis numero et magnitudine asymmetricis, saepe aliquiis
distalibus dentem brevem reductis; reliqua lamina marginibus sub-
integris vel irregulariter leviterque undulata interdum deorsum
parcis dentibus brevibus 1-3 praedita; nervis secundariis 8-16 mm
inter se distantibus angulo 45-50° ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae
64-50 cm longae, parte media vel tertia superiore fertili 9-13
Capitula ferenti, 3-4 paribus paracladiorum. Paracladia mono-
cephala vel inferiora 12-17 cm longa bi-tricephala. Capitula

17

18 i Wel Me ME (@) i, (O) (ae AN Voile 45). Orme

35-40 mm diam, circulo ligulari 38-47 mm, disco 18-20 mm diam in
vivo; circa 290 flores ferentia; radiis 56, corolla 13.5-15 x 2-
2.6 mm, tubulo 0.7-0.8 mm, flosculis disci 234, corolla 7.2-7.5

mm glabra.

Typus: COLOMBIA: Narino-Putumayo: Pdramo de Quilinsayaco,
over the ridge of the Cordillera eastern side, 3200-3250 m, trunk
1.5 m tall, covered by marcescent leaves, habit whitish or green-
ish white, leaves up to 14 cm wide, with marginal lacinies in the
lower third; all the leaves have these projections but this is the
only individual with this feature in the population. Inflorescences
greenish white or cinereous, ligules and disc corollas light yellow,
anthers yellow, resin in translucent colorless tears, "frailejon,"'
21 Mar 1973, Cuatrecasas, Hernddez §& Estrada 28653; holotypus US;
isotypus COL.

ESPELETIA PYCNOPHYLLA subsp. ANGELENSIS Cuatr. subsp. nov.

Caulirosula, caule simplici usque ad 7 m alto. Lamina folio-
rum oblongo-elliptica apice angustata acutaque basim versus grad-
atim attenuata, 27-35(-40) x 5-8.5(-9.5) cm, basi minima latitudine
(15-)20-40 mm lata, ratio 3.4-5.5(-6):1; nervis secundaris 5-8(-10)
mm inter se distantibus, angulo 45-55° (-60°) ascendentibus; costa
ad basim triangulata gradatim valde ampliata et in vaginam
coriaceam producta. Vagina trapeciali-oblonga, 5-7.5 x 5.5-6.5 cm,
ad apicem cuneato-attenuata gradatim in laminam transiens; lamina
utroque latere costae tota longitudine et parte distali vaginae
decurrens marginem alatum gradatim angustatum usque evanescentem
formans.

Inflorescentiae thyrsoides axillares rosula foliorum breviores
vel aequilongae. Axis (26-)30-42(-50) cm longus robustiusculus
striatus; pars vegetativa 16-30(-38) cm longa, saepius 2/3 longius
quam parte fertili, saepe circa medium vel supra duobus foliis
oppositis sterilibus sessilibus basi breviter connatis, (9-)11-18
x (1-)1.3-2 cm, oblongis attenuatis acutis munita, vel parte vege-
tativa exfoliata, nuda; pars florifera longi-bracteata plus minusve
pyramidato-paniculata (8-)10-17(-24) cm longa, 5-11(-13) capitula
ferens, tria in cyma terminali cetera in 1-3 paribus paracladiorum
instructa, internodio proximali 4-13 cm longo, ceteris sursum
gradatim brevioribus supremo 3-1.5 cm, pedunculo terminali 5-1 cm
longo. Paracladia internodia excedentia, proximalia 4-13(-16) am,
sequentia 3-6 cm, sursum breviora, pedunculis supremis 1-3 cm
longis, proximalia interdum 3-2 capitulifera cetera et saepe omnia
monocephala. Bracteae subentedentes foliaceae saepe ramis peduncu-
lisque longiores, proximales majores, lineari-oblongae attenuato-
acutatae 6-15 x 1.3-2 cm, sequentes gradatim breviores elliptico-
oblongae vel ovato-oblongae apice attenuato-acutatae, basi
amplectentes vaginosae, sursum limbo gradatim reducto, supremae
(5-)3.5-2.5 x 1.5-1 cm, adaxiale inferne glabrae vaginantes. Axis
rami pedicellique dense crasseque albo vel ochroleuco-lanati pilis

1980 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 19

circa 25 mm longis tenuissimis inferne plus minusve plurispirali-
contortis extremo moderate flexuosis vel rectis ad modum indumenti
barbati insuper instructis. Bracteae indumento similiter lanato-
villoso et lanato-barbato sicut involucro albo vel moderate
ochroleuco.

Capitula ligulis amotis 20-30 mm diametientia, 155-210 flores
ferentia, circulo ligularum 30-36 mm, disco 14-16 mm diametro,
involucro et circulo ligularum complanato 40-45 mm diam. Involu-
crum cupulatum (18-)20-22 mm altum, dense albo-lanato-barbatun.
Phyllaria sterilia (5-)6-9, saepe dua exteriora opposita 28-26 x
21-12 mn, oblonga apice attenuata subobtusa vel subacuta, saepius
dua vel quatuor 23-20 x 18-12 mm ovata vel oblonga obtusa vel
obtusissima, altera 19-15 x 16-13(-10) mm oblonga obtusissima vel
obtusa extus dense lanata. Phyllaria fertilia exteriora parca
13-10 x 7-3.5 mm herbaceo-chartacea, basi maturitate valde incras-
sata, elliptico-oblonga vel oblonga apice obtusa subite apiculata
vel attenuata subacuta vel acutata extus lanuginosa, introrsum
gradatim tenuiora angustioraque intima (10-)9-7.5 x 4-2.5 m,
membranacea oblongo-elliptica, oblongo-ovata vel elliptica, inferne
amplectente apice acutata sparse lanuginea apice dorsale pilosula
Ciliataque pilis flexuosis 0.6-1 mm et raris vel haud glandulis.
Receptaculum 14-16 mm diam, planum vel leviter con-
vexum glabrum. Paleae 7-8(-8.5) x 1.8-3 mm scariosae hyalinae vel
subhyalinae 7-9-nervatae amplectentes, ovales, apice convexo
angulata acutata interdum parce irregulariterque denticulatae
dorsale minute lanugineo-barbato pilis flexuosis 0.2-0.5 m et
saepe parcis vel parcissimis glandulis sursum ad marginem.

Flores radii ligulati 3-seriati, 40-56 in capitulo. Corolla
lutea, 11-16 mm longa, tubo 0.5-2(-2.5) mm longo incrassato dense
minuteque crassi-piloso, pilis conicis crassis obtusis vel sub-
obtusis 0.1-0.2 mm et parcis glandulis pediculati-capitatis 0.03-
0.1 mm patulis inter-sparsis, lamina 2-3(-3.5) mm lata crassius-
cula rigidula oblonga saepe sursum gradatim attenuata, apice minute
3(-2) dentata, abaxiale parcis glandulis inferne copiosioribus.
Stylus erectus 6-8 mm ramis crassiusculis 2-2.2 mm longis. Acha-
enia externa 3-3.1 x 2-2.1 mm oblongo-obovata triangulata apice
truncata basi attenuata obtusa dorso leviter convexo angulis
argutis, intima 3.2-3.5 x 1-1.4 mm quadrangulata oblonga angulis
4 argutis vel dorsali subobtuso. Interdum achaenia breviora tantum
2-2.2 mm longa.

Flores disci 108-152 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 7-8.5 mm
longa, tubulo 2.5-3.5(-4) mm longo, glabro vel sursum vel tantum
apice parcis vel parcissimis pilis crassis subconicis obtusis
0.1-0.2 mm et parcis vel raris glandulis pediculati-capitatis ad
0.05 mm, limbo tubuloso glabro vel basi parcis vel raris pilis
minutis et raris glandulis, lobis triangularibus circa 1 m altis
incrassatis dense papillosulis dorso glabris. Anterae (2.6-)3 mm
longae, appendice ovata subacuta 0.5 mm longa. Stylus 7.5-8 mm.
= 1 mm longum tubulosum extremo plus minusve profunde 5

entato.

20 Be Bae “Ev; TenOr Gaskt A Vol. 45). Nope!

Typus: ECUADOR, Carchi: Padramo del Angel, 3400 m, 21 Jun
1939, Erik Asplund 7078; S, holotypus. Pdramos del Angel, ca
Voladero, 3825 m, caulirosula, largest one seen 3.45 m, with many
flowering stalks, old leaves whitish, green felty with white hairs
above, involucre bracts and flower stems very hairy, ligules
yellow, 26-28 Sep 1959, Barclay § Juajibioy 9411; US, paratypus.

ESPELETIA PYCNOPHYLLA subsp. LLANGANATENSIS Cuatr. subsp. nov.

Caulirosula erecta usque ad 8m alta. Lamina foliorum grandis
sessilis elliptica utrinque paulo attenuata apice subacutata vel
subobtusa, margine integra, 41-43 x 12.5-12.7 cm, ratio 3.2-3.4:1,
basi usque ad 3 cm latitude contracta, nervis secundariis circa
10 mm inter se distantibus angulo 60° ascendentibus, utrinque dense
albo-lanata, insuper gossypino barbata, vagina deorsum gradatim
ampliata.

Inflorescentiae thyrsoides axillares rosula foliorum plus
minusve aequilongae. Axis in specimine unico 57 cm longus, crassi-
usculus, argute striatus; pars vegetativa circa 35 cm longa supra
medium duobus foliis sterilibus oppositis sessilibus basi connatis,
oblongo-ellipticis subacutis, 13-14 x 3-3.5 cm instructa, sectio
basali 19 cm longa, internodio mediali 16 cm longo; pars fertilis
circa 22 cm longa, 9 capitulis in panicula breviter pyramidali,
tria in cyma terminali cetera in 3 paribus paracladiorum disposita.
Paracladia monocephala ad modum pedunculi, proximalia 17-18 cm
longa cum bractea brevi (2.5-3 cm) infra apicem instructa, sequen-
tia 11 cm, distalia 7 cm longa. Pedunculi cymae terminalis 3-3.7
cm longi, sicut paracladia, apice curvati capitula nutantia
ferentes. Bracteae subtendentes ellipticae quam ramis pedunculisque
valde breviores, proximales 8 x 2.5 cm, sequentes sursum 5-3.5 x
1.5 cm, supremae circa 2.5 x 1.2 cm. Omnes partes axorum ramorum
bractearum dense, valde crasse albo-lanatae lana crispa intricata
ad superficiem longe barbata.

Capitula nutantia vel cernua circa 30 mm lata, 190-200 flores
ferentia, circulo ligularum circa 35 mm, disco 17 mm diametro.
Involucrum cupulatum dense crasseque albo-lanatum et barbulatum
22 mm altum. Phyllaria sterilia 8, crasse chartacea, dua exteriora
23 x 12 m oblongo-ovata subacuta, altera dua 20 x 14-13 m,
oblongo-obovata vel oblongo-elliptica obtusa, cetera 19-18 x 12-9
mm, obovato-oblonga obtusaque dense albo-lanata longeque barbata.
Phyllaria fertilia exteriora 15-13 x 8-7 mm chartacea, oblonga vel
obovato-oblonga subobtusa, obtuse angulata, basi incrassata, lanata
vel lanuginosa, interiora 12-8.5 x 5-3 mm, tenuiora oblonga acutata,
sursum paulo lanuginosa saltem apice barbulato pilis 0.5-1(-1.5)

mm haud glandulis. Receptaculum planum, vel leviter convexun
14-15 mm diam glabrum. Palea 7-7.5 x 2.2-3 mm, ovales, vel obovato-
ellipticae apice angulato vel subobtuso, dorso subapicale barbulato
pilis ochraceis flexuosis ad 1 mm longis, glandulis non vidi.

1980 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 21

Flores radii ligulati circa 46 in capitulo corolla lutea
13-14 mn longa crassiuscula rigida, tubo 1.6-2 mm longo, incrassato
copiose pilosulo pilis crassis subconicis 0.1-0.2 mm parcissimis
glandulis pediculato-capitatis 0.05 mm intersparsis, ad apicem
adaxiale appendice ligulata ad 2 mm longa; lamina oblonga 2-3-
dentata, 2.5-3 mm lata, 7-9 nervis subtus plus minusve conspicuis,
inferne abaxiale sparsis pilis et parcissimis glandulis. Stylus
5.5-6 mm longis ramis circa 2 mm. Achaenia exteriora parca 3 x 2
mm late oblonga triangulata apice truncata basi paulo attenuata,
dorso plano vel leviter convexo angulis argutis, interiora 3.8 x
1.2 mm oblonga quadrangulata, basi paulo attenuata.

Flores disci circa 146 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 8-8.3 m,
tubulo 3.7-3.8 mm, angusto, glabro vel raro apice parcissimis
(1-2) pilis 0.1-0.3 mm longis, limbo tubuloso glabro, lobis tri-
angularibus acutis 1 mm longis margine papillosis, abaxiale glabris.
Antherae 2.7 mm longae appendice apicali 0.5 mm longa. Stylus 8-9
mm. Nectarium tubulosum 5-dentatum 0.8 mm longun.

us: ECUADOR, Cordillera de Llanganates, near Las Torres,

paramo, 3700-3800 m, 4 m high, flowers yellow, 23 Nov 1939, Erik
Asplund 9944; S, holotypus.

ESPELETIA LOPEZII var. ESCOBALENSIS Cuatr. var. nov.

Lamina foliorum 26-35 cm longa, 5-7(-8.5) cm lata, oblonga
vel elliptico oblonga, ratio 4-6:1, nervis secundariis angulo 45-
60° divergentibus. Pseudopetiolus 4-7 cm longus, 1.1-1.4 cm minima
latitudine. Vagina foliorum oblonga, 11-12 x 5-6 cn. _Inflor-
escentiae 60-82 cm longae; pars fertilis 5-cephala, cyma terminali
3-cephala, pedicellis robustis 3-5 cm longis, internodio 7-16 cm
longo, duobus pedunculis proximalibus monocephalis ascendentibus
5.5-14 cm longis. Bracteae subtendentes proximales 10-15 x 2-3 cn,
oblongo-acutatae, distales 6-7 x 1.3-1.8 cm longae. Capitula 3.5-
4.5 cm diam in sicco. Corollae femineae 18 mm longae, tubulo 6-7
mm, Ccopiose piloso, pilis patente-antrorsis acutis. Corollae
masculae, 10-12 mm longae, tubulo 5-5.5 mm, limbo tubuloso lobis
triangulari-oblongis, 1 mm longis extus glabris.

Typus: COLOMBIA, Boyacd: Pdramo del Alto del Escobal, 3800 m
altitude, on the old trail from Soatd to Cocuy, caulirosula 1-3 m
tall, 8 Sep 1938, Cuatrecasas § Garcia-Barriga 1236; US, holotype;
COL, F, isotypes.

ESPELETIA HARTWEGIANA subsp. CENTROANDINA Cuatr. subsp. nov.

Lamina foliorum anguste elliptica vel anguste oblonga apice
acuta, 20-30(-35) cm longa 2.6-5(-5.8) cm lata, ratio 5.5-8:1
(4.5-8.6:1), basim versus paulo attenuata, supra basim 1.5-2.6 cm
minima latitudine, basi gradatim ampliata et in latam vaginam
trapecialem 5.5-7.5 x 5.5-8 cm latam producta; nervis secundariis

22 PerinyYe OMRON G ria A Vol). 45), Nore!

5-8(-10) mm inter se distantibus, angulo 50-60° (-75°) ascendenti-
bus, utrinque indumento denso lanato et insuper dilute longeque
sericeo-barbato instructo.

Inflorescenciae vulgo 8-14 in rosula quam rosula breviores
vel aequilongae raro paulo longiores 23-45(-54) cm longae, parte
vegetativa 1/2-2/3 totae longitudinis, 13-40 cm longa 1-2 paribus fo-
liorum sterilium instructi uno semper circa basim inserto foliis
quam internodiis (9-20 et 5-8 cm) valde longioribus, infimis (10-)
16-26 x (1-)1.3-2 cm, lamina lineari subite acutata vagina 4-5 cm
longa basi 1.5-2.5 cm longe tubulosa, alteris 9-14 x 0.8-1.5 cm
lamina lineari vel lineri-triangulari vagina ampliata 4-4.5 cm
longa tubo 2-2.5 cm longo. Pars fertilis 1/4-1/2 longitudinis in
thyrso elongato (8-)10-20 cm longo, 5-21 capitula ferenti instructa,
internodiis sursum 5-7, 3.2-6.5 et 5-7 cm longis, ramis 1-4 paribus,
inferioribus 3.5-13 cm longis, alteris 2-8 cm longis saepe mono-
cephalis vel interdum uno vel duobus 3-2-capituliferis, cyma cen-
trali pedicellis 1-5.5 cm longis; bracteae subtendentes inferiores
4-11 x 0.8-3 cm, lineari-triangulares basim magis ampliatis vagina
ad 4 cm longa cum tubo 3 an, alterae sursum gradatim breviores
3-6 x 1-2.5 cm, supremae 3-2.5 x 1.5-1 cm, etiam basi triangulares
amplectentes. Axis folia bracteae rami pedicellique dense lutes-
centi vel aureo-lanati et copiose longeque barbati.

Capitula ligulis amotis 25-28 mm lata (in sicco), circulo
ligularum 32-40 mm, disco 15-20 mm diametro. Phyllaria sterilia
(6-)10-14, exteriora praecipue 2 late lanceolata vel oblonga attenu-
ata 31-25 x 10-7 m, altera oblonga et late oblonga obtusiuscula
25-18 x 8-7 mm, omnia dense crasseque lanata, interiora 18-11 x
12-5 oblonga obtusa vel interna acutata. Phyllaria fertilia
exteriora late oblonga vel anguste oblonga obtusiuscula (18-)13-10
x (8-)5-3.5 mm, lanata vel lanuginosa basi incrassata, altera
attenuata acutata 11-8 x 3-2.5 mm rigidula, basi incrassata costa
subcarinata eminenti dorso sparse lanuginoso-villosa. Receptaculum
12-20 mm diam. planum glabrum vel raris pilis. Paleae 8-10 x 2.3-3
mm, oblongae vel obovatae obtusuisculae vel acutatae subapice
dorsale copiose breviterque lanugineo-villosae pilis 0.2-0.5(-1) m.

Flores 183-284 in capitulo, radii 55-84, disci 128-200.
Corollae femineae 12-16 mm, tubo 1.5-1.8(-2) mm pilosulo pilis
crassis basi tuberculiformi 0.05-0.1 mm et parcis glandulis conici-
pediculatis capitatis 0.05 mm long; lamina elliptico-oblonga
obtusa 2-3 mm lata 7-9 nervata, basi abaxiale minute pilosula et
glandulosa. Achaenia marginalia 3-angulata 2-3 x 2-2.2 mn, interi-
ora quadrangulata 3-3.2 x 1-1.2 mm. Corollae masculae 8-9 mm, tubo
3-3.5 mm apice sicut basi limbo parcis vel parcissimis pilis crassi-
usculis minutis 0.03-0.1 mm, lobis triangularibus 1-1.1 mm longis
margine incrassato dense longeque papilloso, abaxiale glabris.
Nectarium 0.6-0.9 mm.

Typus: COLOMBIA, Caldas: Cordillera Central, western slopes,
SW drainage of Nevado del Ruiz, above El Aprisco, paramo 3600 m
altitude, caulirosula, trunk 1-3 m high, 5 May 1940, Cuatrecasas
9312; holotypus, COL; isotypi, US, F. Tolima: Nevado del Tolima,

1980 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 23

SE slopes at Las Mesetas 3600 m altitude, caulirosula 2 m high,
13 May 1932, Cuatrecasas 2869; MA, K, paratypi.

ESPELETIA HARTWEGIANA subsp. BARRAGENSIS Cuatr. subsp. nov.

Lamina anguste elliptica 28-36 cm longa 4.5-6.7(-7.2) cm lata,
ratio 4.5-6.4:1, apicem versus angustata acutataque, basim versus
gradatim attenuata et subite ad basim in ad modum pseudopetioli
9-11 mm angusti brevissimi (1 cm longi) contracta. Nervis secund-
ariis 5-8(-10) mm inter se distantibus, angulo 50-60° ascendentibus,
utrinque indumento dense lanato et insuper dilute sericeo-longi-
barbato instructo. Vagina 6-7 x 6.5-7 cm, coriacea robusta sub-
ovata apice obtusiuscula et subite triangulata, abaxiale dense
longissimeque lanato-barbata, ad apicem indumento crasse floccoso-
lanato siccitate facile deciduo.

Inflorescentiae rosula foliorum breviores vel aequilongae,
aspectu valde foliosae dense luteo-lanata et copiosissime aureo-
barbata, 28-42 cm longae, parte vegetativa 2/3 totae longitudinis,
15-25 cm longa duobus paribus foliorum oppositorum basi ample
vaginantibus; foliis internodia (6-15 et 7-13 cm) valde excedentibus,
infimis 14-23 x 1.3-2.2 cm anguste oblongis acutis supra basim
leviter vel haud attenuatis, vaginis 4-5 cm longis in tubo circa
1 cm longo coalitis intus glabris extus barbis longissimis (ad 30
mm) facile secedentibus vestitis, alteris 8-14 x 1-3 cm, vaginis 2-4
cm longis latissime amplectentibus basi tubo brevissimo (1 mm). Pars
fertilis 1/3 totae longitudinis 10-20 cm longa simplice thyrsoidei
5-7 capitula ferens, internodiis 3-6 et 3.5-5 cm longis, ramis
erectis monocephalis in 2-3 paribus dispositis, inferioribus 5-8
(-12) cm longis reliquis sursum leviter decrescentibus supremis 3-
6.5 cn longis, pedicello centrali 3.5-5 cm, capitulis nutantibus
30-35 mm latis in sicco. Bracteae subtendentes internodiis valde
longiores, inferiores 5-10 x 1.5-2 cm, anguste oblongae acutae
inferne dilatatae, vagina lata circa 3 cm longa basi breviter tubu-
lata indumento aureo-lanato barbatoque facile deciduo, alterae
bracteae breviores magis ovatae vel triangulatae 3-7 x 1.5-2 qn,
supremae 6-3.5 x 2-1.3 cm, vagina 2-3 an.

Capitula ligulis amotis circa 35 mm lata (in sicco), circulo
ligularum 35-40 mm, disco 19 mm diam. Phyllaria sterilia crasse
lanata 13-14, tria exteriora 35-30 x 16-13 mm, elliptico-acutata,
altera tria 25-22 x 12 mm obtusa, 4 sequentia 22-19 x 12-9 m,
interiora 17-15 x 8-7 mm elliptico-oblonga subacutata. Phyllaria
fertilia 12-10 x 7-S mm, anguste elliptica subacutata, coriacea
vel subcoriacea basi indurata incrassata concava achaenia subamplec-
tentia dorso villoso lanuginoso marginibus scariosis subglabris
apice acuto, interiora apicale pilis paulo flexuosis erectis crassi-
usculis acutis 0.5 mm, sursum parcis glandulis 0.04-0.07 mn.
Receptaculum 18 mm diametro planum parce pilosum pilis teneris
erectis 0.5 mm. Paleae 10-11 x 3-4 mm, scariosae ovales acutae
dorso subcoriaceae rigidae subnaviculares amplectentes basi induratae

24 BPH Yo SEO MESO Gai A Vol. 45), Noweal

8-10-nervatae apice sublanugineo-barbata pilis 0.5-1 mm et gland-
ulis sparsis.

Flores circa 231 in capitulo radii 67, disci 164. Corollae
femineae 11.5-15 mm longae, tubulo 0.8-1.2 mm, basim dense piloso
pilis 0.1-0.3 mm, crassis obtusis et sursum sparsis glandulis sub-
conicis vel cylindraceis capitatis 0.02-0.06 mm; lamina crassi-
uscula 2.2-2.5 mm lata, acute 2-3-dentata 5-7-nervata basim parce
vel copiose glandulifera. Achaenia marginalia 3 x 2-2.2 m,
triangulata obovoidea basi acuta dorso modice convexo et tenuiter
2-3-nervato, angulis argutissimis subalatis, interiora 3-3.3 x 1 x
1.2-1.4 mm quadrangulata. Corollae masculae 8-10 mm longa tubo
3.5 mm apice sicut basi limbo parcis pilis obtusis brevibus crassis
0.2-0.4 mm et raris glandulis 0.05 mm, lobis triangularibus 1 m
altis marginibus incrassatis papillosisque, abaxiale glabris sed
parcis glandulis obovoideis pediculatis 0.02-0.03 mm. Nectarium
0.9 mm altum tubulosum denticulatun.

Typus: COLOMBIA, Valle: Cordillera Central, western drain-
age, valley of Rio Bugalagrande, Paramillo de Santa Lucia (= Pdramo
de Bavaya), 3680 m altitude, caulirosula, trunk 0.5-4 m high,
rosette with whitish appearance, inflorescences yellowish, 16 Mar
1946, Cuatrecasas 20076; holotypus, COL; isotypi, F, P, US.

ESPELETIA HARTWEGIANA var. VEGASANA Cuatr., nov. var.

Lamina foliorum elliptica apice subite angustata acutataque,
Saepe apiculata, 26-27 cm longa 8.5-9.5 cm lata, ratio 2.7-3:1,
basim angustata usque ad 2.2-1.7 cm latam contracta, nervis secund-
ariis 6-11(-13) mm inter sese distantibus, angulo 50° (-55°)
ascendentibus, utrinque dense lanata et copiose barbata. Vagina
subovata crasse coriacea multinervata 6-7 x 6.5-8 cm, abaxiale
dense adpresseque lutescenti barbata, apice sicut basi lamina dense
longissimeque longi-barbata.

Inflorescentiae rosula foliorum breviores, dense foliosa et
aureo-lanato barbata, 28-30 cm longa, parte vegetativa 1/3-1/2
totae longitudinis, 10-17 cm longa plerumque duobus paribus foli-
orum; foliis oppositis internodia (5-12 cm) excedentissimis,
infimis circa 20 x 3-3.2 cn, lamina oblonga vel elliptici-oblonga
deorsum leviter attenuata, basi longe lateque vaginatis, vaginis
circa 6 cn longis in tubo 2.5-3 cm longo coalitis, abaxiale copiose
longeque barbato-lanatis indumento facile separabili, foliis alteris
anguste ellipticis circa 16-17 x 2.5 cm, ample vaginatis. Pars
fertilis dense bracteata simplice thyrsoidea capitula 7-8 ferentia,
internodiis 8-5.5 cm longis ramis plerumque in 3(-4) paribus, mono-
cephalis sursum leviter decrescentibus, 8-4(-2.3) cm longis,
pedicello terminali circa 3 cm. Bracteae subtendentes late foliosae
elongato-ovatae amplectentes quam internodiis ramisque longiores,
proximales 11-14 x 2.5-3.5 cm, vagina 4-5 cm cum tubo 0.6-3 cn
longo, ceterae bracteae 13-7 x 2.5 cm, vaginis 2-5 cm tubo ad 2.5
cm, Supremae 4 x 2 cm.

1980 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 25

Capitula ligulis amotis 30-35 mm lata (in sicco), circulo
ligularum 35-40 mm, disco 18-19 mm diam. Phyllaria sterilia crasse
longeque lanata circa 10, saepe 2 exteriora obovato-oblonga
attenuata 30 x 16 mm, altera dua 26 x 20 m, elliptica obtusissima,
sequentia 20-17 x 12-10 obovato-elliptica obtusa et saepe duo inter-
iora 14-13 x 6mm. Phyllaria fertilia exteriora 15-13 x 6-5 mm
anguste elliptica obtusuiscula vel subite acutata pilis 1 m,
intricatis, interiora 1l x 2.5-3 mm scariosa obtuse angulata, 7-
nervata apice barbulata, pilis 0.2-0.8 et parcis glandulis 0.05 m.
Receptaculum planum 12-13 mm diam. Paleae 10 x 2-2.5 mm, scariosae
apice subcucullatae dorsale breviter barbulato-ferrugineae, 8-9-
nervatae pilis subflexuosis acutatis 0.2-0.5 mm, interdum parcis
glandulis intersparsis.

Flores 270-280 in capitulo, radii 77-80, disci 200. Corollae
femineae 14-15 mm longa, tubo 1-1.3 mm longo densissime piloso
pilis brevibus vel brevissimis crassis obtusis 0.3-0.05 mm et
glandulis conici-pediculatis sparsis. Lamina elliptico-oblonga
obtusa 2.2-2.8 mm lata, abaxiale basi minute pilosa et parcis
glandulis, ovaria marginalia 3 x 3.3 mm obovata triangulata basi
acuta. Corollae masculae 9-9.5 mm, tubo 3-3.3 mm tantum apice
Sicut basi limbi parcis pilis brevibus crassissimis 0.1-0.2 mm
obtusis et raris glandulis, lobis 1.3-1.4 mm longis triangularibus
Marginibus incrassatis papillosis, abaxiale glabris. Nectarium 1.2
mm altum tubulosum dentatum.

Typus: COLOMBIA, Valle: Cordillera Central, west drainage,
headwaters of Rios Tulua and Bugalagrande: Pdramo de Las Vegas,
3800 m altitude, caulirosula with whitish appearance, inflorescences
yellowish, trunk up to 1 m high, 22 Mar 1946, Cuatrecasas 20285; US,
holotypus; COL, F, isotypi.

ESPELETIA HARTWEGIANA var. MORARUM Cuatr. var. nov.

Lamina foliorum anguste elliptica vel oblongo elliptica
27-34(-38) x 6-9(-10) cm, ratio 3.5-5:1 apice plus minusve subite
acutata, basim usque ad 1.2-2.2 cm latam angustata, nervis secund-
ariis 5-11 -m inter se distantibus, 40-55° (-60°) angulo ascend-
entibus, utrinque dense lanata et barbata. Vagina 5.5-7 x 5.5-7
(-8) cm ovato-oblonga apice obtuse attenuata.

Inflorescentiae 4-23 in rosula, folia paulo vel usque 1/3 illa
longitudine excedentes, 42-63 cm longae, parte vegetativa 2/3-4/5
totae longitudinis, 33-48 cm longa, in 1/3 inferiore parte vel
circa mediam tantum uno pare foliorum sterilium instructa, foliis
linearibus vel oblanceolato-linearibus (10-)12-17 x (1-)1.5-2 qa,
basi vaginatis amplectentibusque. Pars fertilis 1/5-1/3(-2/5)
totae longitudinis, (6-)9-17 capitula ferenti, in panicula corymbi-
formi 10-20 cm alta instructa, intermodiis sursum 3-8, 1.5-7 et
3-4 cn longis, 3-4 paribus ramorum oppositorum ascendentium, saepe
duobus vel uno paribus proximalibus cyma 3-cephala instructis,
ceteris ramis monocephalis, interdum ramis omnibus monocephalis;

26 IP lst Ye UN (0) I, (0) (GIL YA Voil., 45), Nopeel

ramis infimis 10-14 cm longis ceteris sursum gradatim decrescenti-
bus, supremis 5.5-2.5 cm longis, pedicello centrali (terminali)
(1-)2-5.5 cm longo, pedicellis secundariis (cymae lateralium) 1.5-3
(-5) cm longis. Bracteae subtendentes foliaceae lineares vel
lineari-triangulares, proximales 6-8 x 1-1.8 cm basi ampliata
amplectenti, alterae triangulares vel ovato-triangulares, 3-7 x
1-1.6 cn, ceterae sursum gradatim minores supremae 4-2.5(-1.5) x
1-0.7 cm. Inflorescentiae omnino dense luteo-lanatae longeque
aureo-barbatae.

Capitula 22-35 mm lata ligulis amotis, circulo ligularum 30-40
mm, disco 17-22 mm diam. Phyllaria sterilia 6-9, exteriora 3-5
dense longeque lanata (24-)22-15 x 10-6(-5) mm, anguste elliptica
acuminata vel acutata interdum subobtusa, interiora elliptico-
oblonga vel oblonga (17-)15-10 x 8-4 m, attenuata vel subite
acutata dense lanata vel lanato-villosa. Phyllaria fertilia exter-
iora 11-7.5 x 6-4(-2.5) mm, anguste elliptica attenuata acuta vel
acuminata basi incrassata, dorso lanata vel lanato-villosa pilis
1-2 mm longis, interiora 7-6 x 2.5-4(-5) mm teneriora concava semi-
amplectentia, elliptica vel subobovato-elliptica acuta, nervis
crebris, dorso lanuginosa sursum barbata pilis 1.5-2 mm flexuosis
et parcis glandulis, intima amplectentia tantum subapice dorsale
barbata pilis 1-2 mm. Receptaculum 11-13(-16) mm, planun ad
centrum convexum glabrum vel parcis vel parcissimis pilis. Paleae
6-7 x 2-3 mm scariosae basi incrassatae ovales subacutae navicu-
lares amplectentes, nervis pluris 3-5 magin notatis, subapice
dorsale barbatae lanuginosae pilis brunnescentibus flexuosis erectis
0.5-1 mm et parcis glandulis 0.02-0.04 mm, interdum dorso secum
costae pilosulae.

Flores 171-295(-324) in capitulo, radii 36-93, disco 135-218.
Corollae femineae 10-14 mm longae tubulo 0.5-1.4 mm dense piloso
pilis crassis subconicis obtusis vel obtusissimis 0.1-0.5(-0.8) mm
et parcis vel sursum raris glandulis capitatis 0.05-0.1 mm. Lamina
crassiuscula elliptica vel anguste elliptica 2-3.5 mm lata, 2-3-
dentata, 5-7-nervata, basi extus parce pilosula et parcis glandulis
0.05-0.07 mm basi conicis, interdum sursum etiam parcis glandulis.
Achaenia marginalia 2-2.5(-3) x (1.1-)1.5-2 mm obovato-triangulata
basi acuta callosa apice obtusa dorso convexo, interiora oblonga
2.2-2.5 x 1-1.1 mm quadrangulata. Corollae masculae 6-8 mm, tubo
2.2-3 mm longo angusto sursum et basi limbi parcis pilis crassius-
culis obtusis vel attenuatis et acutis 0.05-0.3(-0.8) mm interdum
parcis glandulis 0.04-0.07 mm; lobis triangularibus 1-1.2 mm altis
margine incrassato longe denseque papilloso, abaxiale glabris.
Antherae 2.3-2.7 mm longae basi sagittatae appendice apicali ovata
subacutata 0.4-0.6 mm. Nectarium 0.7-0.8 mm tubulosum denticulatun.

Typus: COLOMBIA, Cauca: Cordillera Central, western drainage,
Pdramo de Moras, 3600 m altitude, caulirosula 1.4 m high with
yellowish appearance, leaves greenish-cinereous, the indument light
yellowish, hairs of the sheaths pale yellowish, inflorescences
yellowish, surpassing a little the leaves, ligules bright yellow,

1980 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 29 |

ligular circle 35-40 mm diameter, disc convex, 17-20 mm diameter,
corollas yellow, pales brownish barbate, 19 Mar 1973, J. Cuatrecasas
§& Carlos Lehmann 28638; US, holotypus; COL, isotype. Id., Eastern
drainage of Cordillera Central, Pdramo de Moras, 3690 m altitude,
caulirosula, trunk 60 cm high, rosette whitish-greenish-yellowish,
inflorescences yellowish, surpassing the leaves, ligular circle
30-34 mm diameter, disc 15-17 mm diameter, trunk below the apex 4.5
cm diameter, resin dripping, hyaline, 19 Mar 1973, Cuatrecasas §
Carlos Lehmann 28631; COL, US.

ESPELETIA SCHULTZII var. BRACTILOBATA Cuatr. var. nov.

Lamina foliorum subobovato-oblonga subite acutata basim versus
angustata, coriacea, crassa, albo lanato induta, 25-42 x 4-6 qn,
supra basim ad 1.5-2.2 cm latam angustata, ratio 5-7.3:1, nervis
secundariis plerumque angulo 50-55° ascendentibus, 6-8 (5-10) mm
inter se distantibus, vagina 3-7 x 2.5-4 cn.

Inflorescentiae robustissimeae 80-120 cm longae, axe basi ad
2.5 cm diametro, 47-70 capitula ferentes, 5-6 paribus paracladiorum
oppositorum plerumque ramosorum. Bracteae foliaceae oblongo-
ellipticae vel supremae oblongo-ovatae amplectentes, sed in 1-3
paribus proximalibus, bractea una vel ambae oblongo-obtrulatae pro-
funde conspicueque 3-2 lobatae, 8-17 x 2.5-9 cm, lobis 1-6 cm longis
centrali longiore lateralibus patulis.

Capitula ligulis amotis 20-25 mm ampla 371-387 flores ferentia,
circulo ligularum 30-35 mm disco 16-18 mm diametro; flores radii
187-207, corolla lutea, 14-16 mm longa, tubulo 2-2.5 mm dense piloso
et parce glanduloso, laminia lineari 0.8-1 mm lata; flores disci
180-184, corolla lutea 7.5-7.8 mm, tubulo 3 nm longo sursum minute
piloso et parce glanduloso, limbo tubuloso-infundibuliformi dentibus
triangularibus 0.7-0.9 mm longis acutis glabris. Receptaculum plano-
convexum glabrum.

Typus: VENEZUELA, Trujillo: Paramito, above Jajo, towards
Tuname, rocky hills, 3100 m, trunk 20 cm, leaves very thick, soft
and white, 29 Oct 1969, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn § Lopez-Figueiras
28189; holotypus US; isotypus MERF. Los Pantanos near La Morita
(Jajd-Tuname), 2730 m, four specimens seen, near the road, 12 Jul
1971, Ruiz-Terdn § Lépez-Figueiras 2141; MERF, US, paratypi.

A very interesting variety characterized by having 1-3 pairs
of bracts (both or one of each) deeply divided into 3 (or 2) tri-
angular, patulous lobes, the medial longer. This feature has been
observed by the author in several individuals at the collecting
locality. Furthermore, the plants are unusually large with robust
tall inflorescences, the heads having a glabrous receptacle and an
extremely high number of flowers, from 370 to 387 of which 187 to
207 are ray-flowers. In typical E. schultzii, the number of flowers
does not surpass 300, and the number of rays is no more than 120.

28 Pty So 3 10) 1 OnGele A Vol. 45, Nozze
ESPELETIA SCHULTZII var. MUCURUBANA Cuatr. var. nov.

Forma a typica capitula minora magis numerosa, panicula magis
ramosa pluris ramis ramulisque alternis, strictis, indumento brevi-
ore laxioreque differt. Lamina foliorum oblonga sursum leviter
ampliata subite attenuato-acutata basim versus leviter attenuata,
29-31 x 4.5-5.2 cm, ratio 5.7-6.2:1, supra basim 2-2.4 cm latam
maxime angustata, nervis 5-9 mm inter se distantibus, angulo 45-50°
(-60°) ascendentibus.

Inflorescentiae ad 150 cm longae fulvescentes parte vegetativa
3 paribus foliis sterilibus oppositis, parte florifera 2/3 longi-
tudine usque 30-90 capitula ferenti, paribus paracladiorum paucis-
simis, paracladiis singulis numerosis, 7-12, omnibus ramosis 1-12
capitulis ferentibus, ramulis alternis vel oppositis, breviter
villoso-lanuginosis, strictis erectis.

Capitula ligulis amotis 12-20 mm diametro, 114-154 flores
gerentia, circulo ligularum 22-30(-35), disco 9-13 mm diam; flores
radii 42-45, corolla lutea 8.5-12 x 1.3-1.8 mm, tubo 1-1.3 m,;
flores disci 70-110, corolla disci 4.8-5.3 m.

Typus: VENEZUELA, Mérida: Base of Cordillera del Norte,
between Mucurubd and Pdramo de Mucurubé; subparamo slopes 3200-

3300 m, 20 Oct 1969, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn § Lépez-Figueiras
28148; holotypus, US; 1sotypus MERF.

ESPELETIA SCHULTZII var. SUBPARAMUNA Cuatr. var. nov.

Lamina foliorum adulta subobovato-oblonga apice angustata
acutata, deorsum attenuata, 29-42 x 5-9 cm, ratio saepe 4.7-6.5:1,
usque ad minimam latitudinem 1.8-2.5 cm latam supra basim angust-
ata, dense subadpresseque albo-lutescente lanata, nervis sub-
parallelis magis regularibus 6-12(-15) mm distantibus, 50-65°
ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae robustae usque 1’ m longae, 27-35
capitulis 2-3 paribus foliorum sterilium 1-3 paribus paracladiorum
et 1-6 singulis paracladiis alternis. Capitula 20-25 mm diam,
circulo ligulari 30-42 mm diam. Flores 250-363, ligulis 100-150 in
capitulo. F

Typus: VENEZUELA, Trujillo: Paramo de La Cristalina, 2500-
2600 m, on open clearings between thickets of Andean forest, large
rosettes of yellowish white habit, leaves coriaceous, thick and
soft, erect, adaxially yellowish white-woolly, abaxially greenish
except on veins, juvenile leaves and central bud yellowish white
woolly, inflorescences several simultaneously curved-ascendent,
ligular circle 42-35 mm, disc 16-15 mm diameter, 17 Feb 1973,

Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdan §& L6pez-Figueiras 28557; holotype US; iso-
type MERF.

1980 Cuatrecasas, Neotropical flora 29
WERNERIA CRASSA Blake subsp. ORIENTALIS Cuatr. subsp. nov.

Rhizoma verticale, parcis ramis radiatis ascendentibus cum
foliis marcescentibus longe fulvo-barbatis, imbricatissimis, den-
sissime crasseque tectis, distale dense rosulato-foliatis, saepe in
pulvinos aggregatis. Folia linearia 22-28 mm longa uninervia;
lamina viridis anguste oblongolanceolata subacuta, crassa, 9-12 m
longa, 1.5 mm lata, basi sine sensu gradatim in vaginam longissimam
transiens; vagina linearis 1-1.4 (basi -2) mm lata, crassa hyalina,
in sicco scariosa, dorsale costa rigidula eminenti, marginale
copiosissime longeque antrorso-fulvo-barbata.

Capitula terminalia solitaria folia suprema rosulata exceden-
tia, pedunculo ca 10 mm longo sursum incrassato obconico, tenuiter
lanuginoso. Involucrum 13-15 mm altum viride, praeter basim levi-
ter lanugineum glabrum. Phyllaria 13 crassiuscula inferne in tubum
6-7 mm longum connata, parte libera lanceolato-oblonga attenuata
acutiuscula 7-8 x 2-2.2 mm, crassiuscula margine anguste scariosa
apice minute papilloso-ciliata. Flores radii 13 ligulata; corolla
alba glabra 14-15 mm longa, tubulo 3.6-4 mm longo angusto; lamina
2-2.3 mm lata, oblonga obtusa deorsum angustata, 4(-5S) nervata.
Stylus 6 mm, ramis crassis 1.2 mm longis, apice obtuso papilloso-
stigmatico. Ovarium tenuiter 5-7-nervatum. Flores disci 48;
corolla lutea glabra, 7 mm longa, tubulo 3 m, limbo tubuloso 4 m,
lobis crassiusculis 1-1.2 mm longis. Antherae 1.5 nm longae;
collum filamentum incrassatum 0.5 mm longum. Rami styli 1 mm apice
truncato stigmato-papillato. Achaenia 3 mm longa. Pappus 5-6 mm
longus stramineus setis strigosis pluriseriatis basi in callum
annularem coalitis.

Typus: COLOMBIA, Cordillera Oriental, Alto del Almorzadero,
vert. N, 3700-3800 m altitude, swampy paramo, rosettes caespitose,
rays white, 28 Nov 1941, Cuatrecasas 13511; US, holotype; COL, F,
isotypes. Other collections: Boyacd, Sierra Nevada del Cocuy,
4000-4300 m, 12 Sep 1938, Cuatrecasas § Garcia 1486 (COL, US, F),
1516 (F); id., up to 4415 m, Cleef 8597 (U), 8736, 8762, 5784 (US).

This ssp. orientalis has the same habit as the ssp. crassa,
but it differs basically from it in the smaller size. Its leaves
are shorter and narrow, 20-30 mm long (25-50 mm in ssp. crassa);
the involucre is narrower and shorter (up to 18 m high in ssp.
crassa), having 13 phyllaries instead of 19 as in crassa; the number
of ray flowers is only 13 (in ssp. crassa 19-20), the ligules being
shorter (10-11 mm in ssp. crassa); the disc corollas (7 mn) are also
smaller than in ssp. crassa (8-ll mm). Subsp. orientalis represents
the species in the Eastern Cordillera of Colombia, being character-
istic of some very wet and swampy paramo meadows of high altitude.

LECTOTYPES IN THE LOBELIACEAE
HAWAIIAN PLANT STUDIES 91

Harold St. John
Bishop Museum, Box 19000A, Honolulu, Hawaii, 97818, USA.

Since no types were indicated, it has been necessary
to choose lectotypes for certain members of the
Lobeliaceae in the Hawaiian flora.

Clermontia paradisia E. Wimm., Engler's Pflanzenreich
UWS AIOld5 Ieee MOV5 Voil-7O25” wae

Lectotype: Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii Island, Kohala
Mts., along ditch trail, Pololu-Honokanenui, open forest
ang small gGuilches, heb. lG 952, 0... Degener .& Ae Green
well 21,879 (BISH), here designated.

Wimmer based his species upon four collections,
without indicating a holotype. Of the four numbers
three are present in the Bishop Museum, and these were
all EedetermnamMeds bya iH ROCKnas) ©. (parva tllorasGaudr
the writer ageees: that no. 2 1ecO is exactly C. soamsvalelomer
bu Ene sorher EwOmnemrecent mama lt herent sspeCies™ Crmmaicdilas
adiisia. For this species, no. 21,879 is here chosen
as the lectotype.

Clermontia parviflora Gaud., var. intermedia Skottsb.,
G3teb. Bot. Trddg., Meddel. 15: 489-490, 1940.

Lectotype: Hawaiian Islands, Hawaii Island, Kohala
Mts., Upper Hamakua Ditch Trail, between Koiawe and
KVakahi walleys, Sept.97, 936, L. M. Cranwell, Selling
& Skottsberg 3,149, here designated.

Skottsberg based his variety upon four syntypes,
without any choice of a holotype. The number here
chosen has two good branches, with flowers and fruit.

Cyanea angustifolia (Cham.) Hbd., var. tomentella Hbd.,
forma subpubescens E. Wimm., Engler’s Pflanzen-
1eGnlelay IW, QV, Jagirie MOGs, Wil5 UweSoe

Lectotype: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Waianae

Mess, Kukudala Walleye lOO. 300) fe alt. Sept. Gr

1933.) Ne, Ho Krauss) (BUSH)

Of the two specimens cited by Wimmer, the Krauss
collection is the most complete, so it is here chosen
as the lectotype.

30

ARE SH Hh aD

ae ea
CoE AR IC

TAXA NOVA GESNERIACEARUM E FLORA TIBETICA
Wang Wen-tsai

(Institutum Botanicum Academiae Sinicae)

[Translated by Hayden M. Wetzel (1514
Seventeenth Street, N.W., #108, Washington,
D.C. 20036) and Laurence E. Skog (Department
of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washing-
ton, D.C 20560), from the Chinese criginally
published in Acta Phytotaxonomica Sinica
aC s)he del O— ti = 19i7' ON. This translation was
done with the kind permission of the author;
publication was made possible by the Elvin
McDonald Research Fund of the American Glox-
inia and Gesneriad Society, Inc.

This is the first of two planned trans-
lations of articles by Wang Wen-ts'ai descri-
bing Chinese Gesneriaceae. The more extensive
study "Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus"
(Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(2,3) 1975) will appear
in two parts subsequently.

The Wade-Giles system of transliteration
has been used throughout. The author's name
is properly spelled Wang Wen-ts'ai; future
publications from China will use the pinyin
system of Romanization, in which the name will
be written Wang Wen-cai.]

The Narrow linear-leaved Aeschynanthus, var.
nov. Figure 1:2

Aeschynanthus linearifolius C. E. C. Fisch. var.
angustissimus W. T. Wang, var. nov. [Acta Phytotax.
Sine: sly lye LO LST Gills

A var. linearifolio differt caulibus patente
hirtellis, foliis linearibus 4-7 mm latis 7.6-12.4
cm longis.

Me-t'uo (Metuo), Ni-ke to Han-mi, 2200 m above
sea level, on rocks in a broad-leaved forest on a
SIL

32 1 del Ye BE CO) iby (0) (Ere AN Vol. 45, No. 1

mountain slope, liana, flower red, 3 August 1974
Ch'ing-Tsang Expedition (Chinghai-Tibet Exped.) 3948
(Type, kept in the herbarium of the Botanical Insti-
tute of the Academia Sinica, Typus in herbario In-
stituti Botanici Academiae Sinicae conservatur).

The Me-t'uo Lysionotus, sp. nov. Figure 1:3

Lysionotus metuoensis W. T. Wang, sp. nov. [Acta
Phytotax. Sin. 17(1): 110, 1979].

Affinis L. wardii W. W. Smith, sed foliis line-
ari-oblongis utrinque dense pubescentibus 2.4-3.5 cm
longis 4-7 mm latis margine supra medium laxe denti-
culatis, pedunculis brevioribus circ. 10 mm longis,
calyce majore 15-20 mm longo extus dense pubescenti
ad 3-3.5 mm supra basin 5-partitis, segmentis angus-
te lanceolatis 12-16.5 mm longis differt.

Epiphytic secondary shrub. Stem ca. 34 cm long,
with dense and patent puberulence. Leaves opposite,
on extremely short petioles, coriaceous, elongate
oblong or nearly linear, 2.4-3.5 cm long, 4-7 mm
broad, margin above the middle sparsely denticulate
Or nearly entire, both sides densely puberulous, la-
teral veins obscure. Cyme of 2 flowers; peduncles
ca. 10 mm long, with pedicels densely pubescent, pe-
dicels nearly as long as peduncles; calyx 15-20 mm
long, 5 lobes divided to 3-3.5 mm from the base,
outside densely puberulous, the lobes narrowly lan-
ceolate, 12-16.5 mm long; corolla white, 4.2-5 cm
long, outside with sparse pubescence, inside gla-
brous, tube 2.4-3.5 cm long, upper lip ca. 3 mm
long, of two shallow lobes, lower lip 8-10 mm long,
of three shallow lobes; fertile stamens 2, borne 16
mm above the base of the corolla tube, 10-14 mm
long, glabrous; staminodes 3, 4-7 mm long; disc an-
nular, ca. 2.5 mm tall, margin sharp-toothed, gla-
brous; pistil 2-3 cm long, ovary linear, with ex-
tremely sparse puberulence.

Me-t'uo (Metuo), mountains behind Lao Me-t'uo,
1300 m above sea level, epiphytic on trees in a
broad-leaved forest on a mountain slope, 24 August
1974, Ch'ing-Tsang Expedition (Chinghai-Tibet Ex-
ped.) 4522 (Type, kept in the herbarium of the Bo-
tanical Institute of the Academia Sinica, Typus in
herbario Instituti Botanici Academiae Sinicae con-
servatur); Me-t'uo, Tang-pen to Mi-jih, Ch'ing-Tsang
Expedition. 5006.

1980 Wang, Taxa nova Gesneriacearum 33

This species is close to L. wardii W. W. Smith,
but it can be distinguished by its leaves which are
narrow and long, elongate oblong, and both sides
densely puberulent, the pedicels relatively short,
and the calyx relatively large.

The Joined-bracted Chirita, sp. nov. Figure 1:l

Chirita infundibuliformis W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
(Acta Phytotax.: Gins SL 7iCL)reebLL » P19i79i)".

Species foliis basi valde obliquis uno latere
late cuneatis altero latere auriculatis, bracteis in
involucrum infundibuliforme connatis insignis.

Caules circ. 12 cm alti, ut petioli pedunculique
dense villosi.* Folia opposita; laminae oblique el-
lipticae vel ovatae, 3.5-8.5 cm longai, 2-5 cm la-
tae, acuminatae, margine irregulariter denticulatae,
supra dense puberula. Cymae 1-2-florae; involucrum
atropurpureum, circ. 1.6 cm altum, 2.2 cm diam., ex-
tus puberulum; flores brevissime pedicellati; calyx
campanulatus, circ. 2.5 cm longus, ad medium 5-par-
titus, extus dense puberulus; corolla purpurea,
circ. 4.8 cm longa.

Perennial herb. Stem ca. 12 cm tall, with peti-
Oles, peduncles entirely covered with a dense brown
pubescence.* Leaf-blades opposite, two pairs borne
at the tip of the stem, the leaves oblique elliptic
or oblique ovate, 3.5-8.5 cm long, 2-5 cm broad,
apex acuminate, base broadly cuneate on one side, on
the other side auriculate, margin unequally denti-
culate, surface densely puberulent, below a network
of pubescent parallel veins, lateral veins ca. 7 on
each side; the petioles 1-2.2 cm long. Cymes of 1-2
flowers; peduncles ca. 3.4 cm long; involucre fun-
nelform, purple, ca. 1.6 cm long, diameter ca. 2.2
cm, outside puberulent; the calyx campanulate, ca.
2.5 cm long, of five lobes divided to the middle,
outside densely puberulent, lobes triangular; corol-
la purple-red, ca. 4.8 cm long, adaxial side with
Sparse short hairs, inside glabrous, the tube ca. 4
cm long, upper lip ca. 6 mm long, of two shallow
lobes, lower lip ca. 8 mm long, of three deep lobes;
fertile stamens 2, ca. 11 mm long, the filaments
below the middle geniculate and swollen, with small
glandular-bodies on them; staminodes 2, ca. 5 mm

*Sic; differs from the corresponding Latin/Chinese
description.

34 PeH Ye LOR ORG Sips Volo 45), eNom:

long; disc annular, ca. 2 mm tall; the pistil ca.
2.8 cm long, linear, stigma ca. 6 mm long, of two
deep lobes.

Me-t'uo (Metuo), neighborhood of Teh-erh-kung,
1700 m above sea level, at the edge of a broad-
leaved forest on a mountain slope, 20 August 1974,
Ch'ing-Tsang Expedition (Chinghai-Tibet. Exped. )
4437 (Type, kept in the herbarium of the Botan-
ical Institute of the Academia Sinica, Typus in her-
bario Instituti Botanici Academiae Sinicae conserva-
tur).

This species has the leaf base extremely ob-
lique, the inflorescence bracts connate into a fun-
nelform involucre, which is its unique character-
istic, and by which it can be distinguished from the
other species of this genus in this country.

gata ks fal 1. Chirita infundibuliformis
W. TT. Wang 2. Aeschynanthus lineari-
folius C. E. C. Fisch. var. angustis-
simus W. T. Wang; 3. Lysionotus metuo-

ensis W. T. Wang (All represent the
upper stem of the plant, the original
larger).

(Drawn by Feng Chin-yung)

Houstonia pusilla in Maryland and Virginia

Clyde F, Reed

Houstonia pusilla Schoepf (H. patens Ell.) is a rather small ver-
sion of our common spring bluet, However, ithasa more southern range,
reaching its northernmost localities in northeastern Maryland,

In southeastern Virginia, it may be native from the south and that
may be its natural northern limit, Collections have been seen from Nan=
semond, Southampton, Greenville, Amelia and Appomattox Counties, Virginia,

More northern localities in Maryland may have been introduced along
with grass seed, In 1951 patches of H. pusilla were found in open wastes
near Severna Park in Anne Arundel County, Maryland (April 11, 1951. Reed
23962). This area had been recently graded and seeded with grass,

More recently in 1978, specimens of H. pusilla were handed in to the
Botany Department at the University of Maryland in a student's collection
(Mary McGuirk), collected on her parent's farm along banks of a stream in
open pasture, Thomas Run, 3 mi, E of Hickory, Harford County, Maryland,
These specimens were vefértred to Dr, Hiaward Terrell (USDA, Baltsville,Md. )
who verified the specimens, On May 2, 1979, Dr. Terrell and myself visite
the McGuirk Farm along Pennington Road at Thomas Run, and found an abun-
dance of H. pusilla scattered but well-established over a large portion
of a permanent pasture, It could well have been introduced a few years
ago when the pasture was seeded with grass seed which presumably came from
‘The South", Collected specimens from the May 2, 1979 visit: Reed 103546

(Reed Herb.) and Hi, Terrell 4997 (US).

This small bluet, 2-5 cm, tall with beautiful blue flowers, is
probably more abundant in northern pastures and by=ways where grasses are
sown and should be sought in the more bare areas among the grassy patches,
especially from late March to mid-April; the May 2 plants were all in
fruit,

Reed Herbariun,
10105 Harford Road,
Baltimore, Maryland
21234

35

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS, CXXXIII

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULON AQUATILE £. VIVIPARUM Mold., f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei capitulis maturis
viviparis recedit -

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing some or all of its fruiting-heads viviparous.

the form is) based on S. A. Mora, KR. Mo Kang, Te. Si. Gos Santos,
and J. L. Hage 12515, collected in campo rupestre on the Pico
das Almas, 18 kn. "SNW'" of Rio de Contas, at an altitude of 1300--
1600 m., Municip. Rio de Contas, 13°33' S., 41°57' W., Bahia,
Brazil, on July 24, 1979. The collectors report the plants sub-
merged in water.

LANTANA MAXIMA f. ALBA Mold., f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing white corollas.

The form is based on G. Hatschbach 42140, collected in invaded
cerrado in the vicinity of Mambai, Goids, Brazil, on March 13,
1979. The collector describes the plant as a shrub, 1.5 m. tall,
with white corollas.

LEIOTHRIX PILULIFERA var. HARLEYI Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit foliis usque ad
15 cm. longis apicaliter subulato-acuminatis, pedunculis 14--16
cm. longis (vel longior?) filiformibus glabratis, capitulis subro-
tundis 7 mm. diametro in fructo griseo-brunneis.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having the leaves to 15 cm. long, plainly subulate-acuminate at
the apex, the filiform peduncles in fruit 14--16 cm. long, and the
fruiting-heads subrotund, about 7 mm, long and wide, grayish-
brown or fawn-color.

The variety is based on R. M. Harley, S. J. Mayo, R. M. Storr,
T. S. Santos, and R. S. Pinheiro in Harley 19328, collected in
open scrub on exposed sites with scattered low woodland in shelter
of rocks, in an area of sandstone rocks with open sands in the
flatter areas ,on the summit of Morro do Chapeu, 41°12' W., 11°
35' S., at an altitude of about 1000 m., about 8 km. southwest of
the town of Morro do Chapeu to the west of the road to Utinga,
Bahia, Brazil, on March 3, 1977.. The collectors describe the
plant as an herb with rosettes of gray-green leaves and "scapes to
40 cm." tall, the involucral bracts fawn-color and the flowers
whitish.

LIPPIA MORII Mold., sp. nov.
Frutex ramosus, ramis ramulisque gracillimis tetragonis minute
36

1980 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 37

pilosulis; foliis decussato-oppositis numerosis parvis distincte
petiolatis; petiolis filiformibus 1--2 mm. longis dense puberulis;
laminis foliorum tenuiter chartaceis rotundo-spathulatis 5--10 mm.
longis latisque utrinque dense puberulis apicaliter rotundatis
basaliter cuneatis margine minutissime serrulato; inflorescentiis
axillaribus brevissime spicato-capitatis; pedunculis filiformibus
ca. 1 cm. longis puberulis; bracteis ovatis flavidulis apicaliter
acutis dorse dense puberulis resinoso-glandulosis.

A branched shrub, about 2 m. tall; branches and branchlets very
slender, obtusely tetragonal, minutely pilosulous, the angles
prominently rounded-ridged; leaves usually borne on much abbrevi-
ated opposite twiglets, abundant, definitely petiolate; petioles
filiform, 1--2 mm. long, densely puberulent; leaf-blades herbace-
ous, very thin-textured, not at all thickened or stiffened, round-
spatulate, 5--10 mm. long and wide, apically rounded, basally
cuneate, very densely velvety-pubescent on both surfaces, the up-
per surface not at all rugose, the venation not at all reticulate
on either surface, the margin very obscurely serrulate from slight-
ly below the middle (widest part) to the apex; inflorescence ax-
illary, shortly spicate-capitate, solitary in the leaf-axils toward
the tips of the branchlets and twigs, sparse; peduncles filiform,
about 1 cm. long, puberulent; bracts yellowish, herbaceous, ovate-
lanceolate, about 3 mm. long and wide, apically sharply acute,
not acuminate, dorsally densely puberulent and somewhat resinous-—-
glandular.

This species is based on S. A. Mori, R. M. King, T. S. dos San-
tos, and J, L. Hage 12387, collected on campo rupestre 4 km, north
of Rio de Contas, at 1000 m. altitude, 13°32" S.,3 4°46" W., Muni-
cip. Rio de Contas, Bahia, Brazil, on July 21, 1979.

LIPPIA RIVALIS Mold., sp. nov.

Frutex, ramulis gracilibus densiuscule pilosulis in siccitate
brunneis, foliis breviter petiolatis, laminis foliorum lanceolatis
apicaliter acutis basaliter subacuminatis firme chartaceis supra
rugosis subtus minutissime pilosulis perspicue reticulatis; in-
florescentiis axillaribus capitatis 1--1.5 cm. longis paucifloris
distincte pedunculatis.

A shrub, about 2 m. tall; branches and branchlets slender,
brownish in drying, rather densely pilosulous or puberulous;
leaves numerous, decussate-opposite, short-petiolate, brownish in
drying; petioles very slender , about 5 mm. long, inconspicuously
puberulous; leaf-blades firmly chartaceous, rather stiff, brown in
drying, lanceolate, 3--3.5 cm. long, 1--1.5 cm. wide, apically
acute, basally slightly acuminate, marginally serrulate from the
apex almost to the base, very minutely pilosulous with bulbous-
based hairs or glabrescent above, often decidedly rugose and
scabridellous, minutely puberulent on the larger venation beneath;
venation reticulum decidedly prominent and conspicuous beneath,
the larger parts usually subimpressed above; inflorescence axil-
lary, capitate, short-pedunculate, 1 or 2 per leaf-axil toward the
tips of the branchlets, the heads rather few-flowered; peduncles

38 i Jel xe Ae O) Jb © © Ie AN Voll. 455) Noeel

filiform, about 5 mm. long, pilosulous and slightly resinous-
glandular; bracts herbaceous, ovate, about 3 mm. long and wide,
apically obtuse, pilosulous; corolla white.

This species is based on G. Hatschbach 42128, collected on
the banks of the Rio das Ondas, Municip. Barreiras, Bahia, Bra-
zil, on March 12, 1979.

PAEPALANTHUS MACROCAULON var. KINGII Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit bracteis invol-
ucrantibus lanceolato-ovatis atro-brunneis vel subnigris ca. 3
mm. longis apicaliter attenuato-acuminatis marginaliter albo-
ciliatis.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species
chiefly in having the involucral bracts lanceolate-ovate, about
3 mm. long, very dark-brown or almost black, dorsally shiny,
apically conspicuously attenuate-acuminate, and marginally
more or less white-ciliate,

The variety is based on S. A. Mori, R. M. King, T. S. dos San-
tos, and J. L. Hage 12478, collected in wet places on campo
rupestre on the Pico das Almas, 18 km. "SNW" of Rio de Contas,
at 1600--1850 m. altitude, Municip. Rio de Contas, 13°33" S.,
LIST Wee Bahiays Brazil on July 22, 197.9%

PAEPALANTHUS PIRESI var. VILLOSUS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis novellis densis-
sime albo-villosis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its new leaves and sheaths very densely white-villous with
conspicuous, long, wide-spreading, stiff hairs.

This variety is based on J. Murca: Pires 16097, collected
"sobre pedras de igaraoé seco...sede daffazenda Rio Dourado", at
about 52° W., 8° S., Para, Brazil, on June 28, 1978. The collec
tor notes that the inflorescences are white and the "folhas
cinzento-esbranquigadas".

STACHYTARPHETA CHAMISSONIS var. BREVIBRACTEATA Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit laminis foliorum
parvioribus rotundato-ellipticis 1--2 cm. longis 1 cm. latis dis-
tincte petiolatis, spicis brevioribus usque ad 9 cm. longis,
bracteis brevioriobus ca. 3 mm. longis, pilis in ramis ramulisque
rhachideque caliceque densissimis et brevissimis.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
its leaf-blades being much smaller, rounded-elliptic or subrotund,
1--2 cm. long, about 1 cm. wide, densely puberulent above and
very short-pubescent beneath, distinctly petiolate, the inflores-
cences much shorter, only to about 9 cm. long, dense, the bracts
very short, about 3 mm. long, the branchlets, rachids, and
calyxes very densely and very shortly pubescent.

This variety is based on H. S. Irwin, E. Onishi, S. F. da Fon-
s6ca, R. Souza, R. Reis dos Santos, and J. Ramos 25457, collected
on outcrops in an area of sandy and gravelly campo. and cerrado on
outcrops, at an altitude of 1050 m., about 25 km. northeast of

1980 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 39

Patrocinio, Morro das Pedras, Minas Gerais, on January 28, 1970.
The collectors describe the plant as a subshrub, about 1 m, tall,
the calyx light yellow-green, and the corollas dark-red.

STACHYTARPHETA CHAMISSONIS var. PARVIFOLIA Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a var. brevibracteata recedit ramis ramulisque
rhachideque caliceque dense albido-hispidulis bracteis 6--7 mm,
longis.

This variety differs from var. brevibracteata Mold. in the
branches, branchlets, calyxes, rachids, and lower leaf-surfaces
being densely white-hispidulous, rather than puberulent or very
short-pubescent, and the bracts in the inflorescences being 6--7
mm. long.

The variety is based on Gates & Estabrook 176, collected on a
rocky outcrop near a stream on a gentle sandy slope, at 1500 m.
altitude, Chapada dos Veadeiros, 5 km. east of Alto Paraiso,
Municip. Alto Paraiso, 14° S., 47° W., Goias, Brazil, on Febru-
ary 14, 1979. The collectors describe the plant as a branched
shrub, bushy, to about 50 cm. tall, with the "sepals green with
white hairs, corolla red with white style".

STACHYTARPHETA HATSCHBACHII Mold., sp. nov.

Frutex ramosus, ramulis gracilibus subtetragonis nigrescenti-
bus minute pilosulis, foliis distincte petiolatis, petiolis ca.

1 cm. longis minutissime pilosulis nigrescentibus, laminis foli-
orum subcoriaceis ellipticis nigrescentibus plerumque falcato-
curvatis plicatisque apicaliter rotundatis basaliter longiter
attenuatis utrinque glabratis vel subglabrescentibus subtus

dense impresso-punctatis, marginaliter serrulatis, spicis termin-
alibus 12--15 cm. longis multifloris densis nigrescentibus,
rhachide minute puberulo, bracteis parvis lanceolatis ca. 3 mm.
longis apicaliter acuminatis.

A branched shrub, about 1.5 m. tall; branches and branchlets
slender, nigrescent in drying, subtetragonal and the angles
definitely rounded-ridged, subglabrous or minutely pilosulous on
two opposite sides; leaves small, decussate-opposite, nigrescent
in drying, definitely and plainly petiolate; petioles about 1 cm.
long, very minutely pilosulous; leaf-blades subcoriaceous, ni-
grescent in drying, elliptic, 2.5--3 cm. long, 1.5--2 cm. wide,
mostly falcate-curved (at least in drying and pressing), apic-
ally rounded or obtuse, basally long-attenuate, marginally serru-
late from slightly below the widest part to the apex, glabrate
or subglabrescent on both surfaces or very minutely puberulous,
densely impressed-punctate beneath; venation not conspicuous on
either surface; inflorescence spicate, terminal, very shortly
pedunculate, nigrescent throughout in drying, 12--15 cm. long,
densely many-flowered; rachis densely pilosulous or puberulent,
the sympodia very short; calyx cylindric, about 1 cm. long, very
minutely pilosulous; corolla violet.

This species is based on G. Hatschbach & O. Guimaraes 42347.
collected on rocky cliffs at 1100 m. altitude, in the Serra do

40 Paley TLHOPNOTCsi eA Voll. 45/5 Noel

Tombador, Municip. Morro do Chapéu, Bahia, Brazil, on July 15,
UIE)

SYNGONANTHUS HUMBOLDTII var. HUMILIS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei statura perhumilior 5--7
cm. alta recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
its much lower stature, attaining a height of only 5--7 cm. when
in full anthesis and/or fruit, with usually only a basal and
single apical whorl of very small and very narrow leaves.

This variety is based on Gerrit Davidse and Angel C. Gonzalez
15961, collected on a sandy savanna in an area of morichal and
surrounding marshy grassland and sand dunes about 2 km. south of
Cano La Cochina de La Pica along the main road south of Paso de
San Pablo to the Rio Cinaruco, 6°42' N., 67°48" W., at an alti-
tude of 70 m., Distrito Pedro Camejo, Apure, Venezuela, on March
2, 1979, and the type is deposited in my personal herbarium.

NOTES ON THE GENUS COELOCARPUM

Harold N. Moldenke

This genus is the 46th genus treated by me in this series of
notes, the previously treated genera being: AVICENNIACEAE:
Avicennia; VERBENACEAE: Acantholippia, Aegiphila, Amasonia,
Baillonia, Bouchea, Burroughsia, Callicarpa, Casselia, Chascanum,
Citharexylum, Cornutia, Diostea, Dipyrena, Hierobotana, Lippia,
Neosparton, Parodianthus, Petitia, Petrea, Pitraea, Priva,
Pseudocarpidium, Recordia, Rehdera, Rhaphithamnus, Stylodon,
Svensonia, Tectona, Verbena, Vitex; ERIOCAULACEAE: Blastocaulon,
Carptotepala, Comanthera, Eriocaulon, Lachnocaulon, Leiothrix,
Mesanthemum, Moldenkeanthus, Paepalanthus, Philodice, Rondonan-
thus, Syngonanthus, Tonina, Wurdackia. Others are in various
stages of preparation.

In accordance with the statement of policies outlined in my
"Fifth Summary of the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Stilbaceae,
Dicrastylidaceae, Symphoremaceae, Nyctanthaceae, and Eriocaula-
ceae" (1971), pp. 771--801, the original spelling of scientific
epithets is herein retained for accepted names and the acronyms
employed for herbaria are those listed on pp. 795--801 (plus
supplements) of that work.

COELOCARPUM Balf. f., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 12: 90. 1884.
Synonymy: Coelocarpus Balf. f., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 31:
235, pl. 79. 1888 [not Coelocarpus F. Muell., 1904, nor P. & K.,
1966]. Coelocarpus "Balf. f. ex Briq." apud Angely, Cat. Estat.

Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 3, in syn. 1956. Coelocarpus Scott Elliot

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Coelocarpum 41

apud Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 269, in
syn. 1973.

Bibliography: Balf. f., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 12: 90--91.
1884; Balf. f., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 31: [Bot. Socotra] 233--
235°& 417, «pls 79. 18883 Scott ELIL0t, Journ. “Ginn. “Soc? Lond.
Bot. 29: 43. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1,
1: 578. 1893; Briq. in Engl. & Pranti, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1,

4 (3a): 158--159 (1895) and ed. 1, 4 (3a): [381]. 1897; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 105. 1901; Dalla Torre &
Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 431. 1904; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon
134. 1904; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 66, 67, & 78, fig. 3.
UOLEssStapt, Lnd. Lond 2/2255. 11930; Junellj*Symb. Bots Upsall 1
(4): 46. 1934; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 105.
1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 21. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 53 & 92. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks.) Ind. Kew., imp. 2, I: -578. 919465 ‘Mold.;"Alph. List Inv-
Names suppl ols 8.94/73 VHoING &eAL Le "Molds, PLA Liter2s Si.
1948; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 123, 124, &
184. 1949; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1032 & 1040. 1950; Mold.,
Phytologia 3: 265—268. 1950; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11:
58. 1953; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 3. 1956; Mold. in
Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 3, 33--40, & 269, fig. 4. 1956; Dalla
Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 431. 1958; Durant & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 105. 1959; Mold., Phytologia 7: 80--
81. 1959; Mold., Résumé 156, 158, 274, 408, & 454. 1959; Mold.,
Résumé Suppl. 1: 8. 1959; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop.
Ind. 1959: 53. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f£. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
Sys OF Se 19605) Molidss) Biols “Abstr. 35: 1688. 1960s {Guts Bull:
Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 795. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.4:
592. 1962; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 3, 431. 1963;
F, A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 75 & 154. 1965; Airy Shaw
Lie Ge Wilts SeDict. Flow. Pl. 5ceden7 5262.5 966snGaraylor,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 33. 1966; Rouleau , Guide Ind. Kew. 46 & 352.
1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 213, 261, 265, 467, & 468 (1971) and
225150067875. 1971 SAiny Shaw in J. Coiwitliss Dictssklows. 2s.
ed. 8, 269. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]: 659.
LO73K

Unarmed hairy subshrubs, shrubs, or low trees, mostly 0.4--1 m.
tall, usually much branched; stems and branches slender, tetrago-
nal or subterete, usually more or less grayish-pubescent or -stri-
gose when young, often brittle; leaves simple, exstipulate, decid-
uous, decussate-opposite, the blades chartaceous or membranous,
marginally mostly more or less crenate or serrate, more rarely
subentire, sessile or short-petiolate; inflorescence spicate or
subracemiform, indeterminate, mostly short, terminal, sometimes
glandular-pubescent, usually many-flowered, often dense during an-
thesis and later elongating; true prophylla apparently absent;
flowers small, borne in the axils of small or minute bractlets,
usually pedicellate, hypogynous, varying from alternate to sub-
opposite or approximate on the rachis; calyx gamosepalous, tubular-
campanulate or obconic, membranous, usually 5- [sometimes 6-]

42 Pee Yor la Omi ONG wiggA Voile (455) sNoweel

costate, slightly zygomorphic, the ribs ending in mucros or apic-
ulations at the apices of the 5 teeth of the rim; corolla gamo-
petalous, infundibular, white or yellow, usually tinged with

rose or violet, its tube cylindric, straight, apically ampliate,
the limb 5-parted, patent, mostly more or less 2-lipped, the
lobes obovate, apically obtuse, usually somewhat unequal with

the 2 posterior ones smaller; stamens 4, didynamous, included,
inserted near or above the middle of the corolla-tube; filaments
filiform, short; anthers basally cordate, unappendaged, the
thecae divergent; pistil solitary, included; style capillary;
stigma peltate, unequally and very shortly 2-parted, the anterior
lobe larger and stigmatiferous, the posterior lobe small, erect,
smooth; ovary superior, entire, subglobose, compound, "formed by
7 two-celled carpels" [Briquet; typographic error for "2"?], 4-
celled, each cell 1- [or "7" apud Briquet] ovulate; fruiting-
calyx spreading-cupuliform, shorter than the fruit it subtends;
fruit drupaceous, with a juicy exocarp and a hard, bony endocarp;
pyrenes 2, each 2-celled and 2-seeded, separated by a central
gap; seeds exalbuminous.

This is a small genus of 5 known species native to Socotra,
Somalia, and Madagascar. The type species is C. socotranum
Balf. f. The spelling, Coelocarpus, for the generic name is
adopted by Scott Elliot (1891), Jackson (1893), Briquet (1895),
Kunz (1911), Dall aTorre & Harms (1904), and Junell (1934),
although Balfour's original spelling was Coelocarpum (1884), the
assertion of Jackson and Dalla Torre & Harms to the contrary
notwithstanding. Airy Shaw lists a "Coelocarpus P. & K." as a
synonym of Coilocarpus F. Muell. in the Chenopodiaceae, but
Post & Kuntze, in the reference cited by him, plainly accredit
the name to Mueller. Durand (1901) plainly indicates that the
spelling "Coelocarpus" is an error ("sphalm.") and Briquet is
authority for the assertion concerning the 7 carpels and 7 ovules
in each ovary-cell -- a condition unique in.the family, if true.
It seems more probable that the "7"' is a typographic error for
WF] or WG) P

It should be noted that the Scott Elliot (1891) reference in
the bibliography above is often mis-accredited to Balfour. The
original Balfour description (1884) is dated "1883" by Scott El-
liot (1891) and reads as follows: "Calyx tubuloso-campanulatus,
membranaceus, 5-costatus costis in mucrones productis, fructifer
patens cupularis drupaque brevior. Corollae tubus cylindraceus,
aequalis; limbus patens, 5-fidus, lobis oblongis obovatis obtus-
is parum inaequalibus, 2 posticis minoribus. Stamina 4, didyna-
ma, supra medium tubum affixa, inclusa, filamentis brevibus;
antherae cordiformes, inappendiculatae, loculis divergentibus.
Ovarium integrum, 4-loculare, loculis l-ovulatis; stylus inclus-
us apice brevissime bifidus, lobo antico majore stigmatoso,
postico erecto levi. Drupa succosa calyci patenti imposita,
endocarpio osseo, pyrenis 2 2-locularibus lacuna intermedia
separatis. Semina exalbuminosa. -—— Frutex pubescens, inermis.
Folia opposita, elliptica, crenata, venulis subtus prominentibus.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Coelocarpum 43

Racemi terminales breves. Flores parvuli in axilla bracteae
minutae breviter pedicellati, ebracteolati, secus rhachin alterni
v. suboppositi, approximati, Genus monotypicum Citherexylo Amer-
icano generi arcte affine."

In his 1888 work Balfour elaborates on this as follows: "A
monotypic genus undoubtedly referable to the tribe Verbeneae, and
decidedly Lantanoid in habit. But, from the genus Lantana and its
allies the 4-celled ovary and the fruit separate it, and its
closest affinity appears to be with the tropical and subtropical
American genus Citharexylum, the species of which, twenty in num-
ber, are spread from Brazil and Bolivia to Mexico.

"The technical characters by which it is separated from its
American ally are found in the androecium, In Citharexylum the
connective is enlarged behind the anther, forming a sort of cush-
ion upon which the parallel lobes lie, and this cushion often
forms a small apical antherine appendage. In the Socotran plant
the anthers are minute, divergent at the base, without an enlarged
connective. In other characters the genera agree well, -- in in-
florescence, calyx, corolla, ovary, and most remarkably in the
fruit, which is somewhat peculiar, having in the centre between
the two-celled pyrenes a cavity larger than the loculi. This has
given the name to our genus. In habit there is a slight differ-
ence......Altogether the affinity of the Socotran and the American
plant is very close, so close indeed that, apart from their dis-
tribution, one would probably have been inclined to regard the
Socotran plant as a Citharexylum. But the antipodean distribution
makes the union at present less advisable, when there are such
differences in the staminal whorl.

"Whether congeneric or not the affinity is clear, and is in-
teresting from the point of view of geographical distribution, as
it adds another to those instances of species endemic in the
Indian Ocean islands which find their nearest allies in new world
or almost antipodean forms of either the same or closely related
genera."

In connection with my adoption of Balfour's original spelling
of the generic name, it is interesting to note that no less a
modern authority as Rupert Barneby, in a letter to me dated August
29, 1979, says, in part: "I fully agree with you that it is il-
legal and incidentally arrogant to alter the original spelling of
generic names",

Coelocarpum socotranum is apparently endemic to the island of
Socotra; C. africanum is endemic to Somalia. The remaining spe-
cies, all endemic to Madagascar, may be distinguished as follows:
1. Leaves sessile or subsessile, the blades shallowly and ob-

scurely crenulate apically or subentire..........C. swinglei.
la. Leaves petiolate , the blades plainly serrate or crenate.
2. Leaf-blades large, ovate, to 6.5 cm. long and 3.2 cm.
Wile s'slalnialsfeluialw aisiolulelc sete cle cle alaletalelelale'e sialeiaie s missin a LIMDCT Ed.
2a. Leaf-blades small, oblong or oblong-elliptic to linear-
lanceolate, sublanceolate, or suboblanceolate, to 3.5 cm.
long and 1.5 cm. wide.

44 1 jal Nee (YI, (Op (E, aL AN Voile. 45) Nomeel

3. Inflorescence densely glandulose...........C. glandulosum,
3a. Inflorescence not glandulose..........C. madagascariense.

COELOCARPUM AFRICANUM Mold., Phytologia 7: 80--81. 1959.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 7: 80--81. 1959; Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 1: 8. 1959; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Pl. Afr. Trop. Ind.
1959: 50. 1960; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 35: 1688. 1960; Hocking, Ex-
Cexnpts Bote A. 4:) 592... 1962; (€. Taylor, Ind.» Kew. "Suppl. 1327 33%
1966; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 213 (1971) and 2: 875. 1971.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as "Premna sp. nov.?"

Citations: SOMALIA: Bally 11144 (K--type, N--isotype), 11236
(K, N)3; Glover & Gilliland 742 (K); B. F. Peck Y.119 (K).

COELOCARPUM GLANDULOSUM Mold., Phytologia 3: 265--266. 1950.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 3: 265--266. 1950; E. J. Sal-
isb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 58. 1953; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag.
174: 34, 35, 38--39, & 269, fig. 4 (7--9). 1956; Mold., Résumé
156 & 454. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 261 (1971) and 2: 875.
LOT

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 35, fig. 4
(7--9).« 1956.

Recent collectors describe this endemic southwestern Madagas-
can plant as suffrutescent, 4--6 dm. tall, and have encountered
it on old fixed sand dunes and in limestone areas ["sables et
calcaires"] and along roadsides among them, at 1--50 m. altitude,
flowering in January, February, May, and from July to September.
The corollas are said to have been "white" on Humbert & Swingle
5598, “pinkish-white" on Decary 9646, "rose-white" on Decary 2733
& 2907, and "blane trés legerement rose ou violace" on Decary
8432, 9059, 9106, & 9161.

It should be noted here that the illustration in Humbert's
Fl. Madag. (1956) is very misleading since the foliage as there
depicted for C. glandulosum appears to be practically identical
to that of C. madagascariense, when, in reality, there are con-
siderable differences.

Material of C. glandulosum has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as Priva sp.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Decary 2733 (F--photo of type, It--
photo of type, N--isotype, N--photo of type, P--type, Z--photo of
type), 2907 (N, P, W--2494702), 8432 (P), 9059 (P), 9106 in part
(P), 9161 (N, P), 9646 (P); Humbert & Swingle 5598 (P, W--
1528806).

CCELOCARPUM HUMBERTI Mold., Phytologia 3: 266--267. 1950.
Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 3: 266--267. 1950; E. J. Sal-
isb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 58. 1953; Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag.
174: 34--38 & 269, fig. 4 (4--6). 1956; Mold., Résumé 156 & 454,
1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 261 (1971) and 2: 875. 1971.
Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 35, fig. 4
(4--6). 1956.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Coelocarpum 45

Recent collectors have found this plant growing on or among
gneiss or limestone rocks, in dry forests on limestone plateaus,
and in xerophilous bushland, describing it as suffrutescent, 5--6
dm. tall. They have encountered it at altitudes of 200--1200 m.,
flowering and fruiting from August to February. The corollas are
said to have been "white" on Humbert & Swingle 5514, "whitish or
pale-violet" on Humbert 12932, and "whitish with a violet throat"
on Humbert 14292. It is said to be employed locally as a tea and
the only recorded vernacular name for it is "rombavola". It is
apparently endemic to south-central and southwestern Madagascar.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Humbert 6882 bis (B, P), 12475 (P),
12932 (P), 13869 (P), 14292 (F--photo of type, It--photo of type,
N--isotype, N--photo of type, P--type, Z--photo of type); Humbert
& Swingle 5514 (N, P).

COELOCARPUM MADAGASCARIENSE S. Elliot, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Bot. 29: 43 [as "Coelocarpus madagascariensis"]. 1891.

Synonymy: Coelocarpus madagascariensis S. Elliot, Journ. Linn.
Soc. Lond. Bot. 29: 43. 1891. Coelocarpum madagascariensis S.
Elliot apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 105.
1901.

Bibliography: S. Elliot, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 29: 43.
1891; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 105 (1901) and
imp. 2, 105. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1,
53 & 92. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 8. 1947;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 123 & 184. 1949:
Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 34, 35, 39--40, & 269, fig. 4
(10--14). 1956; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 105.
1959; Mold., Résumé 156, 274, & 454. 1959; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
261, 467, & 468 (1971) and 2: 875. 1971.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 35, fig. 4
(10--14). 1956.

An erect aromatic shrub or scabrous perennial herb, 5--8 dm.
tall; branches dichotomous, ascending, scabrous, woody at the
nodes; leaves decussate-opposite, very variable because of the
greater or less development of the basal lobes, short-petiolate;
leaf-blades mostly oblong or linear-lanceolate, 2--3 cm. long,
6--15 mm. wide, often subhastate with basal lobes, apically ob-
tuse, hirsute on both surfaces; racemes terminal, 4--8 cm. long,
the flowers developed alternately on the rachis; peduncles about
3 cm. long, slightly expanded below the flowers, articulate at
the base; calyx infundibular, hairy, the tube about 4 mm. long,
the teeth spreading, 5--6 mm. long, apically mucronate, hirsute;
corolla small, infundibular, slightly larger than the calyx,
white or yellow, tinged with rose or violet, villous in the
throat, with short apically rounded segments; stamens 4, subdi-
dynamous; anthers cordate; fruit included by the mature calyx,
ovoid, about 4 mm. long, dry, glabrous, somewhat bilobed.

This species is endemic to southwestern Madagascar and is
based on Scott Elliot 2342 from open sandy ground at Fort Dau-
phin. Recent collectors have encountered it on fixed sand dunes

46 PH ayaelOrl ONG eryA Vol. 45, No. 1

along roadsides, bordering sandy roadsides, in open areas and on
"pentes calcaires de les clairiens", at altitudes of 1--10 m.,
flowering in January, March to June, and August. The corollas
are said to have been "white" on Cloisel 20, Decary 2689 & 9569,
and Humbert & Swingle 5350, and "blanc trés legerement rose ou
violacé" on Decary 9106 in part. The plant is known locally as
“amboebankibo"", “ampembakibo", and "romba".

The Decary 2907, distributed as C. madagascariense, actually
is C. glandulosum Mold.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Cloisel 20 (P)3; Decary 2689 (P), 3596
(P), 3981 (P), 9106 in part (P), 9169 (W--2494777), 9569 (N, P,
S); Humbert & Swingle 5350 (B, N, P, W--1528568); Scott Elliot
2342 (F--photo of isotype, It--photo of isotype, N--photo of iso-
type, P--isotype, Z--photo of isotype).

COELOCARPUM SOCOTRANUM Balf. f., Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 12: 91.
1884.

Synonymy: Coelocarpus socotranus Balf. f., Trans. Roy. Soc.
Edinb. 31: 235, pl. 79. 1888. Coelocarpus socotranum Balf,. f.
apud' WJaekssin Hook. £2. 9&)Jacks.), Ind. Kews, imp. 25° 1: 578
1893. Coelocarpus socotrinus Balf. f. apud M. Kunz, Anatom.
Untersuch. Verb. 78. 1911.

Bibiliography:) Ballfemie, EGOC. Roy. SOC. Edinb) 2's) Oil Mg sa
Balf. £., Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 31: [Bot. Socotra] 233--235 &
A] epilaO eLOOosmOCOEey Huliokswourne linn. SOC. Lond. Botem29
A3pelool ss acksiay inwHook nce Jackser.) india Kewe simple sls
5/88 93)s) Briqe in) Engl.) é=Prantl,, Nat. Pillanzentam., ed. 1554
(3a): 159. 1894; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 66, 67, & 78,
ftp esis LILES Stapr,, inden Lond. 22.255. 19303) Molds, Known’ (Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 15 537&592. 1942) Jackss in Hook. £276
Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 578. 1946; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 124 & 184. 1949; Mold., Résumé 158 &
454. 1959; Jacks. im Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1:
578. 1960; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 265 & 468 (1971) and 2: 875.
OFT ES

Pustrations: Ball. £., Lrans. (Roy. Soc. Edinb. 3" (Bot.
Socotra] pl. 79. 1888; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 78,
aC S}o Abehlal.

Balfour (1884) gives no specific description for this plant,
referring simply to his generic description as serving also to
describe the species. It is quoted by me in full under the gen-
eric discussion in the present paper. However, in his 1888 work
he describes the species as follows: '"Lignosus 3--4-pedalis cor-
tice albo ramis ultimis brevibus puberulis; foliis 1--2 poll.
longis 1/2 -- 3/4 poll. latis ellipticis v. oblongis v. sub-
trapeziformibus v. obovatis basi cuneatis petiolatis margine
crenatis v. subserrulato-crenatis supra strigosis infra pubes-
centibus, petiolo 1/6 -- 1/4 poll. longo; spicis 3/4 -- 1 poll.
longis; bracteis subulatis, pedicellis 1/12 poll. longis parum
longioribus; calyce 1/6 poll. longo extus glanduloso costis
strigosis intus sericeo-villoso; corollae tubo calyci aequali

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Coelocarpum 47

extus glabro, limbo plerumque revoluto striguloso piloso; drupa
ovoidea 1/4 poll. longa. Socotra. On the slopes of the hills at
an elevation over 1000 feet. Not at all an uncommon shrub. B.C.S.
nn. 299, 520. Distrib. Endemic."

Citations: SOCOTRA: Bayley-Balfour 299 (F--photo of cotype,
It--photo of cotype, N--photo of cotype), 520 (F--photo of cotype,
It--photo of cotype, K--cotype, N--photo of cotype, Z--cotype,
Z--photo of cotype).

COELOCARPUM SWINGLEI Mold., Phytologia 3: 267--268. 1950.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 3: 267--268. 1950; E. J. Sal-
isb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 58. 1953; Mold. in Humbert , Fl. Madag.
174: 34--36 & 269, fig. 4 (1--3). 1956; Mold., Résumé 156 & 454.
LOS Ose Moldeve fateh ‘Summ. i: 261 (9741) and: 2875.07.

Illustrations: Mold. in Humbert, Fl. Madag. 174: 35, fig. 4
(1--3). 1956.

This endemic southwestern Madagascar species is know only
from sand dunes near the sea, altitude 1--10 m., and has been
collected in flower and fruit in August and December.

Citations: MADAGASCAR: Afzelius s.n. [20.12.1912] (S); Humbert
& Swingle 5413 (F—photo of type, It--photo of type, N--isotype,
N--photo of type, P--isotype, W--1528575--type, Z--photo of type).

NOTES ON THE GENUS CONGEA

Harold N. Moldenke

In view of the excellent revision of this genus by my friend
and colleague, Dr. Munir Ahmad Abid (1966), it would be presump-
tious on my part to continue with my own long-planned monograph.
However, it seems desirable to place on record here the extensive
notes, chiefly bibliographic and horticultural , and records of
herbarium material examined, assembled by me over the past fifty
years. This, then, is the 47th genus on which I have written in
the present series of notes in this journal. The herbarium
acronyms hereinafter employed are the same as used by me in all
of my extensive series of papers in this journal since 1933 and
are fully explained in my Fifth Summary of the Verbenaceae.....
(1971), pages 795--801.

CONGEA Roxb., Pl. Coromand, 3: 90, pl. 293. 1819.

Synonymy: Roscoea Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 1, 3: 54. 1832 [not
Roscoea J. E. Sm., 1804]. Calochlamys Presl, Bot. Bemerk. 148.
1844 [not Calochlamys Miq., 1904, nor P. & K., 1966]. Rocoea
Roxb. apud Schau, in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 624, sphalm. 1847.
Gonjea Woodr., Gard. India, ed. 5, 420. 1889. Calochlamis Presl
apud Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 100, in
syn. 1921.

48 1D 1st AG YE (0) Ih (0) Tey ah 7A Vor 4 5) NO

Bibliography: De Theis, Gloss. Bot. 407. 1810; Roxb., Hort.
Beng.460& [95)l|.) 1843 Roxb.) Pill. (Coromand., 3:3)90,) pli) 293) elon:
Reichenb., Consp. Reg. Veg. 1: 117. 1828; Wall., Numer. List [47],
NOR S53 O29ss Hook), bots Mise. 286) 650)s) pROxDe),) Pllee ind med
2 impress |iGareyil, soi 54——5)/in SS 2a Wea pits Ga Ausriley ee cOd! pind aul es
xiv--xv. 1834; Endl., Gen. Pl. 638. 1836; Meisn., Gen. Pl. Vasc.
1: 292. 1836; Piddington, Tab. View Gen. Char. Roxb. x & 104--105.
1836; Endl., Gen. Pl. 638. 1838; Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. Comment.
222004 8405) Spach. Hist. Nat. Veg. Phan. 9: 227. 18405 Ds Diletre,
Swing Wil, 3 CilO & S72, Ree sees Celle, aiejiirais Welles Jebteies oe
43. 1843; Presl, Bot. Bemerk. 148--149. 1844; Walp., Repert. Bot.
Syst. 4: 116—117. 1845; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Cale. 464, 469-—
ATs, & Cfs\5, WBVYAS Wo (Greshine 55 lkeziiSS. lipiiinle Seren Ionmels HOG Sin ilsysos
Schau. <in\ AS DG. Picodiz lis) (620s 623-——-624) 1847s) Walp.) Repent.
Bore, Shystcg OH (Ola IVA S Waleinjcs iWeropl, IWIRS abstala Oretes 2A (ys isi—
DS ypepieonel 47/9 OD ean OO. 649 Wieht. ublust. sind) Bote, Zi-pepue.
17/3) Josts5 TESSOR Wo (GrestiFigg | teens IWIRG JNspieyeG VaR Gils YAbyei abate IL 6
NB54e WeGriise 7.) Notuls) Pil Asiatey,, amp. 15) 4s) d74——ii7 5.76 silty
1854; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 910 & 911. 1856; Schnitzl., Iconogr.
Fam. Nat. Reg. Veg. 2: 137 Verbenac. [2] & [3]. 1856; Buek, Gen.
Spee oyna Gandolal Sich tallO sel 8 53>) Boed.,.Adansonia,, Sere cls 29a.
1862; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, imp. 2 [Clarke], 476--477 & li.
374-5 Benthean Benth. i. Hooke. £7, Gen. Pili 2 1(2)i) 1159), dSs7os
Kurz, Forest Fl. Burm. 2: 256. 1877; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb.,
edi, ai) 2845) 2825) 6 504.) 188ilsaC. B. Clarke! in Hook. fo), Hl Batts
India 4: 561 & 602--604. 1885; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 2:
517. 1889; Woodr., Gard. India, ed. 5, 420. 1889; Jacks. in Hook.
165 (MBI S5 5 IheelG 145 abn 165 INR S@)jg ALSIEIR Tkestei5 Gioy JaeyelsS
Prantl., Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 179--181. 1895; Trimen,
Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 164. 1895; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat.
Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): [381]. 1897; Van Tiegh., Journ. de
Bot. 12: 345--359. 1898; J. J. Sm., Teysmannia 10: 366--368. 1899;
Gamble, Man. Indian Trees, ed. 2, imp. 1, 524 & 545. 1902; Prain,
Bengals Pil.) imple le lt 66, 6824506 838) @l903)i and amp), 45,23) 1625-—
626. 1903; C. B. Clarke, Fl. Koh Chang 8: 174. 1904; Dalla Torre &
Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 434. 1904; Post & Kuntze, Lexicon
91. 1904; Knuth, Handb. Bliitenbiol. 3 (2): 78. 1905; Williams,
Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 5: 432. 1905; Brandis, Indian Trees,
iMplep el O2 sos), uo A LI0Gs Cooke El Presid! Bombay), ede,
3: 437. 1906; D. D. Cunningham, Plagues Pleas. Beng. pl. 29. 1907;
King & Gamble, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1908: 114. 1908; King & Gamble,
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 795 & 864--867. 1908; D. H.
Scott in Solereder, Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle & Fritsch]
1: 634. 1908; Solereder, Syst. Anat. Dicot. Erganz. 254 & 255.
1908; King & Gamble, Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74: 864--866.
1909; Woodr., Gard. Trop., ed. 6, 441. 1910; Craib, Kew Bull.
Misc. Inf. 9: 445. 1911; Duthie, Fl. Upper Gang. Plain 2: 239.
19113; Craib, Contrib. Fl. Siam Dicot. 167. 1912; Dop in LeComte,
Fl. Gen. Indo-chine 7: 1--18. 1912; Diels, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard.
BPddniber// 2552 e655 0) Oils ct Hub eMac Mainly Cards Ghronie.mSCiemS)s
DHS 99 ati e sel SO. LOS eH He MaAcCMacldll a lrOp. PACTETe m4 Ols

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 49

1913s;.Prain, ‘Ind. ‘Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1,954. 1913;

Dop, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 61: 320-—-321. 1915; H. F. MacMill.,
Trop. Agric. 46: 262. 1916; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid.
37: 86--87. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 6, 335--339,
& 365. 1919; Ridjl., Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. 10: 111. 1920;
Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 100--101 &
161. 1921; Perrot & Hubert, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 69: 71—75.
1921; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, imp. 1, 65. 1921; Gamble, Man.
Indian Trees, ed. 2, imp. 2, 524 & 545. 1922; Ridl., Fl. Malay
Penins., 2: 611 & 640. 1923; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 6: 1106.
1924; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 63: Suppl. 82. 1925; Wangerin,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 645.(1925) and 46 (1): 717. 1926;
Boynton, Addisonia 13: 19, pl. 426. 1928; Ridl., Disp. Pl. World
pl. 6. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 277. 1930; Wangerin, Justs Bot.
Jahresber. 50 (1): 237. 1930; Krdusel. Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49
(2): 78. 1931; Engles-Julius, Tuinen Wegen Ind, Laagvlakte 47.
1932; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (2): 406. 1932; Junell,
Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 133-—-138 & 209, fig. 208 a--e & 211--219.
1934; Cat. Quint. Perez Estr. San Pedro Sula 28. 1935; Hu, Bull.
Ghiniese Bots iSoce (2/13 995.01935s, ROW. Ro Midis, (Garda Book
Barbados 84 & iii. 1935; Dop in LeComte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4:
776 (1935) and 4: 908--913. 1936; Navarro Haydon, Fl. Com. Puerto
Rico 10. 1936; Furtado, Gard. Bull. Str. Settl. 9: 304. 1937;

K. V. O. Dahlgren, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk, 32: 231. 1938; Fletcher,
Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 208--209, 401, 409, & 439--440. 1938;
P. C. Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 1003--1004. 1938; Jex-
Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed. 2, 292. 1939; Mold., Annot. List 108.
1939; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Names 11 & 21. 1940; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 574. 1941; Worsdell, Ind.
Lond. Suppl. 1: 248. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 22. 1942;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 22, 54, 55, 57,
59=—61'5, 637° 73),0&092. 19423 Ho Fs MacMil'l.> Trop. Plant. ‘Cards,
ed. 5, imp. 1, 120. 1943; Mold., Phytologia 2: 102. 1944; Jacks.
in Hook.) £.°& Jacks. Ind...Kews; dmp.25 lis 5955 19465) Ho Eo Mac
MUL |, otrop. Plante Gard. 5. ed. "5, -imp.02, 120. 0b946s" 820) &Sai=
isb., Ind. Kew. Supp. 10: 58. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names
Suppl. 1: 3, 4, & 8. 19473 Mold., Phytologia 2: 311==312. 1947;
Hewes MaciiUlls,. TnopsePlant. Gard., sed. [55 imp. 13.0120 19465
HoiN.. &eAslbe. Moldy, Ph Lite, 25 22=—24080279 2954595 0&650 948s
Neal, In Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 1, 635, 645, & 774 (1948) and
ed. by vimpy 25 9635, (645,06 7745) 19495 Hee. MacMill 5. Tropserlant.
Gard., ed. 5, imp. 4, 120. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 2, 39, 59, 124, 126, 129, 131, 136--138, 143, 160,
& 173. 1949; W. L. Phillips, Cat. Pl. Fairchild Trop. Gard. 17 &
50. 1949; D. V. Cowen, Flow. Trees Shrubs India 119. 1950; M. R.
Henderson, Malay. Nat. Journ. 6: 380 & 381. 1950; Menninger,
1950-1951 Offer. 300 Diff. Flow. Trop. Trees [4]. 1950; Mrtcalfe
& Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1031, 1033, 1035, 1037, 1040, & 1041. 1950;
Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp. 1, 688. 1951; Erdtman, Pollen
Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 448 & 520. 1952; Mold., Phytologia 3:
409. 1951; H. F, MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 5, 120.

50 ledet ye Ak ©) 1b, 10) (G at AA Voll) “45)5) Noma!

1952; Steiner , Philip. Ornam. Pl. 148. 1952; Roig, Dice. Bot. 2:
599 & 1009. 1953; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 60. 1953;
Sawantarai & Misra, Sci. Culture 18 (8): 388--389. 1953; Anon.,
Biol. Abstr. 25: 4059. 1954; Bor & Raizada, Some Beaut. Indian
Gin, (Sil4 Ws, ISO WO, 225 ieils5 (So Meas MNevenlon Iavoull-
Nyse, 278 S/O NOSIS Amgoihy, Cates jee GE [IIo MOSOR Elo 1.
MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard., ed. 5, imp. 6, 120. 1956; Sealy,
Kew Bull. Misc. Imf. 1956: 324 & 377. 1956; Cooke, Fil. Presid’.
Bombay, ed. 2, imp. 1, 2: 518. 1958; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen.
Siphonog., imp. 2, 434. 1958; Menninger, 1959 Price List [6].
1958; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 2, 54. 1958; Anon., Kew
Bull. Gen. Index 82. 1959; Mold., Résumé 46, 66, 142, 159, 161,
N65 696 7 Sauls 7 179s VSS wl9OSel93 ) 217, 2485 °275)5. 13435 0405s
& 439. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 1: 14. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 12: 38. 1959; D. & B. Hargreaves, Trop. Bloss, Fla.
12 960s) wackss sin Hooks on Jacks. inde Kew.,, imp. 3), J
595. 1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 305--306. 1960;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppil; 5, imp. 2,65. 19603) E. H. Wailker;
Bibildoge Haste Astat. Bote Supple, ls) 235.) L960; Mo oR. Hendexson,
Comm. Malay. Wildfls. 39. 1961; Jimenez, List Nomb. Vernac. 3.
1961; Mold., Phytologia 8: 14--15. 1961; H. S. Rao, Indian For-
est. 87: 34--36. 1961; Runner, Rep. Groff Coll. 362. 1961;
Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.3: 553. 1961; Gledhill, Check List
Flow. Pl. Sierra Leone 30. 1962; Harler, Gard. Plains, ed. 4, 24
& 185. 1962: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 45. 1962; H. F. Mac
NeWuILG, Wc, Wiener, Carlos Galo Do shi 5. dG UOAS wioulilon, let
ol. Abstr. 37: 1062. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 11, 17, 19,
20, & 28 (1962) and 5: 6. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot.
Gardeelucknow 622 9062) Rahman Curr.se1., 3S158@7)):"302——s08r
1962; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 3, 434. 1963;
Graf, Exotica 3: 1482 & 1583. 1963; Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv.

23: 85--86, fig. 1. 1963; Mold., Resume Suppl. 6: 8. 1963;
Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 2, 1: 66 (1963) and 2: 625--626, 824, &
838. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 359, 371--
Wo SHi5 S805 & Swan joile UPS smt5 Silo by, alSlos}R \Wetey, Getwoyey &
Pilanchais, Pollen Sp. bibl 5) (2) 471. 1963s Van Steenis, Hl.
Males. Buil. 18: 1069. 1963; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2:
330. 1964; Melchior in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2:
437. 1964: Menninger, Seaside Pl. 66, 68, 267, & 289. 1964;
Puri, Jain, Mekerjee, Sarup, & Kotwal, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19:
108. 1964; Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 16 & 18. 1964; Webster,
Carib. Gard. 18 & 134. 1964; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 594 &
612--613. 1965; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 92 & 154.
1965; Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh, Poison Pl. India 2: 694. 1965;
Datta, Handb. Syst..Bot. 182593395 6 415. 2965s" Hocking, Ex=
eenpt. bOta Ance 227. 19653) Liogler. Rhodora 67:7) 350.)19655
Meijer , Bot. News Bull. Forest Dept. Sandakan 4: 29. 1965;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 7. 1965; Neal, In Gard. Hawaii, ed. 2,
720, 732, & 885. 1965; Nielsen, Introd. Flow. Pl. W. Afr. 161.
1965; Sen & Naskay ,Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 41. 1965; Airy
Srey alo Wo a Waals, weleies tile Wile, elo V5 w/t A/D5 Asap

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 51

Anon., Gen. Costa Ric. Phan. 10. 1966; G. L. Davis, Syst. Embry-
ol. Angiosp. 271. 1966; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 2,
448 & 520. 1966; Fournier, Imp. Tree Fam. Costa Rica 13. 1966;
Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: [306]. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 14:
3--5, 8, & 9. 1966; Munir, Gard, Bull. Singapore 21: 259--314,
fig. 1--10a, maps 1--6. 1966; Ramaswami, Study Flow. Pl. Banga-
lore 1016, 1039, & 1392 [thesis]. 1966; Sleumer, Mold., Bor, &
Holttum, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 301-309. 1966; Anon., Biol. Abstr.
Bsa Gh) ee B eAgS ks Ge 252398 & cS 8 (1967) and 48) (23) ite BoAcs.teGe
S.41 & S.140. 1967; Anon., Ind. Bibliog. Bot. Trop. 4: 64. 1967;
Cooke, FL. Presid. Bombay, ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 518. 19673; J. J.
Jiménez, Archiv. Bot. Biogeogr. Ital. 43: 10. 1967; Mold., Biol.
Abstr. 48: 10560. 1967; Mold., Phytologia 15: 269. 1967; Mold.,
Résumé Suppl. 15: 7--12, 15, & 19--20 (1967) and 16: 13. 1967;
Munir, Bicl. Abstr. 48: 5018. 1967; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore
P22 USS We 54, 15 7..0.& 158, sfie.) 1 D==H. 19675 Pals &krishna—
murthi, Flow. Shrubs 31, 134, & 135. 1967; Sladkov, Introd.
Spore-poll. Analys. 129 & 261. 1967; G. T. Turner, Gard. Bull.
Singapore 22: 125. 1967; Van Steenis-Kruseman, ¥l. Males. Bull.
4: lii & 1069. 1967; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 3: 657. 1968;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.12: 338 (1968) and A.13: 570. 1968;
Meijer, Bot. Bull. Herb. Forest Dept. Sabah 10: 222. 1968; Sleu-
mer, ,Mold., Bor, & Holttum, Biol. Abstr. 49: 1836. 1968; Bolkh.,
Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715.
1969; Corner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 759. 1969; Keng,
Ord. Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 279 & 280. 1969; M. A. Rau, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India 10, Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; Sawyer & Chermsiriv., Nat.
Hist. Bull. Siam Soc. 23: 126. 1969; Van der Pijl, Princip. Dis-
pers. Higher Pl., ed. 1, 57--58. 1969; J. V. Watkins, Fla.
Landsc. Pl. 310 & 363. 1969; Menninger, Flow. Vines 35, 49, 61,
& 404. 1970; Mold. in Menninger, Flow. Vines 327--328, pl. 189.
1970; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 14: 36. 1970; Van Steenis—
Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull. 5: Ind. li. 1970; Anon., Roy. Bot.
Gard. Perad. 26 & 46. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 502,
513, & 514. 1971; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 3, 448 &
520. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5, Cum. Gen. Ind. 1971;
WenlGriFt. . NotulpePh, wAstat.nimps..25.42.274—175. 6) 513. L978
Hannau & Garrard, Fairchild Trop. Gard. 7. 1971; Lawrence, Taxon.
Vasc. Pl., imp. 2, 688. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 87, 100,
LOD etd 5e2305 2268... 273562825, 253502885. 2955850078505 52950 508,
420, 468, & 469 (1971) and 2: 618, 750, 794, & 843. 1971; Muk-
hopadhyay, Pollen Morph. Verb. [thesis]. 1971; Pierre-Noel, Nom.
Polyelots: Pl. Hate. 470.) 19703: Roxbys4El< Ind.,<ed.) 2, aimp.035
476--477 & li. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 626 & 810.
1972; Gamble, Man. Indian Trees, ed. 2, imp. 3, 524 & 545. 1972;
Letouzey, Man. Bot. Forest. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 361. 1972; Mold.,
Phytologia 23: 423, 424, 426, 430, & 505. 1972; Thanikaimoni,
Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech. 12 (1): 62. 1972;
Van der Pijl, Princip. Dispers. Higher Pl., ed. 2, 57 & 156.
1972; Wellman, Trop. Am. Pl. Diseases 312 & 660. 1972; Airy

Swan in J. C. Wills, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 184. 1973; Altschul,

52 PARDO EWOUC FIA Vol. 45, No. 1

Drugs Foods 248 & 351. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6,
Gums Gente ind. S46 1O7 Sime whee Harrd sone Giletmb.) ult allls ee) cee
pl. 87. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]: 659.
1973; Mold., Phytologia 25: 505 & 510 (1973) and 26: 367 & 502.
1973; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech.
12 (Q) 35). 9/7 SE Bolkchee Girth. Matevieqi..) 4) Zakhar.).. Chromos).
Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 715. 1974; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl.
2: 1084 (1974) and 3: 1752. 1974; M. R. Henderson, Malay. Wild
Blls; Diicot., imp). 2, 1: 380° & 381. 11974; Heslop-Harrison, ind.
Kew. Suppl. 15: 35. 1974; R. A. Howard, Journ. Arnold Arb. 55:
Gre Dildo) elloee Seen UG 4 SHowes a Dict. USekuil Pil m66~) LOViAr
Lasser, Braun, & Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 9: 36. 1974; A. L.
Molde chy tolopdar29) 1/7 4a ic) By Morton. 500, Pil. Sie Lalar
61, 1974s" Napp—Zinn,, Anat. Bilatt. Ay @L):) 653. U97455 5. Ven Watkinss
leg WehrleeG Wile. Galo il, ano, 3 Sls SYOS}\4 Cr Siero IAs huteyilicl 5
Phytologia 28: 449 & 508 (1974), 29: 506 (1975), 31: 396 & 507
@i9i75) ,ande32%) 358) 1975s) Molina Ry, (Ceiba) 197796." 19/7535 Trew Ee
& E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 1149. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 32:
508 (1976) and 34: 269, 273, & 501. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Inst.
Frang¢. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech. 13: 64 & 325. 1976; Chin,
Card, Bulli.) Singapore SO0sl92%) 97 75 i. Roth; Fr. Anevosp., 2si-—
NS 2rye 97 7 eMollidis,. Phy tollogaiias S6re39),42),& 503) (U977)" anda:
132 Loss Hournet. Pal ilust. Phan. Cuade Mart. 1404%, 19785
Mold., Phytologia 41: 505 (1979) and 42: 300 & 505. 1979.

In view of Munir's (1966) splendid and exhaustive treatment
of the genus» especially as to its nomenclatural and taxonomic
history, it seems pointless to give here more than supplementary
comments.

Congea, as known now, is a small genus of 17 species, vari-
eties, and named hybrids, native from Assam and Bangladesh,
through Burma, Thailand, Malaya, and Indochina, east to Java,
Sumatra, and Borneo, and north into southwestern China. Roscoea
Roxb. is often included "in part" in its synonymy, but is actu-
ally based on R. tomentosa Roxb. (1814) and therefore nomencla-
turally a true synonym of Congea. Some authors claim that the
Roscoea villosa and R. tomentosa mentioned on page 95 of Rox-
burgh's work are composites, Laggera aurita Sch.-Bip. and Conyza
tomentosa, respectively, but there seems to be no valid evidence
for this assertion (see under Congea tomentosa in the present
paper). Roscoea J. E. Sm., however, is a genus in the unrelated
Zingiberaceae.

Meisner (1840) reduces not only Roscoea Roxb., but also
Sphenodesme Jack and Sphenodesma Jack to synonymy under Congea,
but Sphenodesme is a distinct genus and the other name is merely
an orthographic variant. Bentham (1876) merely reduces "Roscoeae
sp.) Roxb. Cat.) Hort. Beng. 95, et) Fl Ind.) aii. 55" ‘to Congeak
Briquet (1895) reduces "Roscoea Roxb. z. T. [in part]" here.
Spach (1840) also regarded Sphenodesme as a synonym of Congea.

Nair & Rehman (1962) describe the pollen grains of Congea as
3-zonicolporate with more than one endocolpium per colpus.

Several species of Congea have been introduced into cultiva-
tion. A few have become naturalized in Central and South America

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 53

and Africa. According to Munir, no species of Congea is found .
wild in any part of peninsular India. The statement that C. to-
mentosa occurs wild on the Coromandel coast is an error based on
a sentence apparently added to a subsequent reprint of Roxburgh's
original description by the misplacement of an isolated printed
line belonging to the description of another taxon entirely.

Briquet (1895) and Dalla Torre & Harms (1904) recognized only
4 species in the genus; Clarke (1885) accepted 4 species and 1
variety. Bentham (1876) recognized only 2 species.

It should be pointed out here that the Calochlamys of Miquel
and of Post & Kuntze, referred to in the generic synonymy above,
are synonyms of Callichlamys Miq. in the Bignoniaceae.

Congea is now classified in the family Symphoremaceae [Sym-
Phoremataceae of Airy Shaw, 1966], rather than in the true Ver-
benaceae as was formerly the practice. Besides Airy Shaw this
disposition of the genus is also followed by Van Tieghem (1898)
and Barkley (1965). Reichenbach (1828) and Dahlgren (1938) place
it in the Lamiaceae [Labiatae].

It is also perhaps worth mentioning here that the Endlicher
(1838) reference in the generic bibliography above is often
cited as "1836-1856", the titlepage date, but the page here in-
volved was actually issued in 1838. Similarly, Dop's 1915 work
is often cited as "1914", but, according to: a footnote on the
titlepage, was not actually issued until 1915.

Howard (1974) reports the vascular bundles in Congea "fuse
and invaginate at [the] ends". Turner (1967) reports a flower
and leaf blight in the genus caused by the fungus, Corticium
solani (Prill & Delacr.) Bourd. & Galz. Wellman (1972) tells us
that when Congea branches "have aged the vine tips begin to show
collapse and finally this natural condition results in dead ends.
In the West Indies.....these.....vines often have old dead ends
invaded by Triblidiella, which has a wide host range...A special
situation occurs with regard to parasitism by the lichen /Diplo-
dia] on the spectacular ornamental vine Congea. It was studied
several times both in the West Indies and in Central America.
The most showy part of the plant is the colored flower bracts and
these had spotting from the lichen Strigula but no infections by
the alga Cephaleuros. Under ample exposure all the true leaves
of the vine are susceptible to algal infection."

Altschul (1973) reports an unidentified species of Congea
[Native Collector 403, Roy. Forest. Dept. 3810] as having its
roots used as a laxative. The species involved is probably C.
tomentosa Roxb.

The Colani 4027, from Indochina, distributed as Congea and so
determined by E. D. Merrill, is not a Congea nor is it anything
symphoremaceous,.

Type species: Congea tomentosa Roxb.

Excluded species:

Congea barbata Wall. = Sphenodesme racemosa (Presl) Mold.
Congea ferruginea Wall. = Sphenodesme involucrata (Presl) B. L.
Robinson

54 12 jel ye Wt (0) jG, (O) (& aL Ak Wolk. “45% Nowe

Congea involucratum Wall. = Symphorema polyandrum Wight

Congea jackiana Wall. = Sphenodesme pentandra Jack & S. triflora
Wight

Congea jackiana var. attenuata Wall. = Sphenodesme pentandra var.
wallichiana (Schau.) Munir

Congea paniculata Wall. = Sphenodesme involucrata var. paniculata
(C. B. Clarke) Munir

Congea pentandra (Roxb.) Wall. = Sphenodesme pentandra var. wal-
lichiana (Schau.) Munir

Congea pentandra Wall. = Sphenodesme pentandra var. wallichiana
(Schau.) Munir

Congea tomentosa var. pubescens Hock. = Sphenodesme involucrata
var. Pubescens Mold.

Congea unguiculata Wall. = Sphenodesme involucrata (Presl) B. L.
Robinson

Congeae sp. W. Griff. = Sphenodesme involucrata (Presl) B. L.
Robinson

Congea Roxb. sensu Wall. = Sphenodesme Jack

Roscoea "Roxb. in part'' = Sphenodesme Jack

Roscoea J. E. Sm. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea alpina Royle -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea auriculata K. Schum. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea blanda K. Schum. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea brandisii K. Schum. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea capitata J. E. Sm. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea capitata var. purpurea Hort. = R. capitata var. purpurata Hort.
in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea capitata var. purpurata Hort. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea cautleoides Gagnep. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea chamaeleon Gagnep. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea debilis Gagnep. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea elatior J. E. Sm. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea exilis J. E. Sm. = R. purpurea J. E. Sm., in the Zingiber-
aceae

Roscoea flava Merr. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea gracilis J. E. Sm. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea humeana Balf. & Sm. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea intermedia Gagnep. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea longifolia Baker -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea lutea Hassk. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea lutea Royle = R. elatior J. E. Sm., in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea nigro-ciliata Hassk. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea pentandra Roxb. = Sphenodesme pentandra var. wallichiana
(Schau. ) Munir

Roscoea petiolata Royle = Cautleya petiolata Baker in the Zingiber-

aceae

Roscoea praecox K, Schum. -- in the Zingiveraceae

Roscoea procera Wall. = R. purpurea J. E. Sm. in the Zingiber-
aceae

Roscoea purpurea J. E. Sm. -- in the Zingiberaceae

Roscoea sikkimensis Hort. = R. purpurea J. E. Sm., in the Zingib-
eraceae

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 55

Roscoea spicata J. E. Sm. -- in the Zingiberaceae
Roscoea tibetica Batalin -- in the Zingiberaceae
Roscoea yunnanensis Loes. -- in the Zingiberaceae

CONGEA CHINENSIS Wold., Phytologia 2: 311--312. 1947.

Synonymy: Congea chinensis var. chinensis Munir, Gard. Bull.
Singapore 21: 280. 1966.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 2: 311--312. 1947; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 131 & 173. 1949; E. J. Salisb.,
In. Kew. Suppl. 11: 60. 1953; Mold., Résumé 169 & 439. 1959; E.
H. Walker, Bibliog. East. Asiat. Bot. Suppl. 1: 235. 1960; Munir,
Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 267, 272, 275, 276, 278, 280--281, 294,
313, & 314, fig. 1, map 1. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 14: 3 & 8
(1960) and 15: 19. 1967; Mold., Phytologia 15: 269. 1967; Munir,
Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 157 & 158, fig. 1 F. 1967: Hocking, Ex-
cerpt. Bot. A.13: 570. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 282, 288, &
468 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971.

Illustrations: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 281, fig. 1
(U966)) and) 22:5 157... Eigse. 1967.

Munir (1966) gives an excellent description and illustration
of this taxon and comments that "Among all the species with four
involucral bracts, C. chinensis is easily distinguished by its
involucral bracts being united into a cup (up to 6 mm. long) at
the base". He cites Tsai 25611 from Yiinnan, China, and Kingdon-
Ward 9049 & 20514 and Toppin 4225 & s.n. from Burma. He refers
to Tsai 25611 as the type collection, but 52611 is the collection
on which the species was based by me. The discrepancy probably is
due to a stenographic transposition of numerals.

A supposed natural hybrid of this species with C. connata
Fletcher is C. Xmuniri Mold., which see.

Citations: CHINA: Yiinnan: Tsai 52611 (Cp--isotype, N--isotype,
N--photo of type, S--type, Si--photo of type, W--1598328--iso-
type, Z--isotype, Z--photo of type).

CONGEA CHINENSIS var. LATIBRACTEATA Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore
21: 280. 1966

Bibliography: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 267, 272, 275,
276, 278, 280, 282, & 313, fig. la, map 5. 1966; Mold., Resume
Suppl. 14: 3. 1966; Munir, Biol. Abstr. 48: 5018. 19673; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 282 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971.

Illustrations: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 282, fig. la.
1966.

This variety is based on Lace 6146 from Upper Burma and is not
known to me from any other collection.

CONGEA CONNATA Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 208--209.
1938.

Bibliography: Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 208--209 &
440. 1938; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 60 &
92. 1942; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 58. 1947; Mold.,
Phytologia 2: 312. 1947; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,

56 Ve Jel Ne AW (0) ky (0) (EI IN Voll. “455 Noweel

ed. 2, 137 & 173. 1949; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Index 82. 1959;
Mold., Résumé 177 & 439. 1959; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21:
AMS PISA PISS PHOS 2U 95 Loves Ces Susy SHS Wesley Shs. size) (0),
1966; Mold., Phytologia 15: 269. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15:
LO LO 67e me Muninn Gard. Bulls Singapore: 225 Uo él Soe taloeeelo me
1967; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 570. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ.
295 (L971) ands 2: 843\5 197 ts Moilld, Phytollogia 23): 4245 ove

Tllustrations: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 295, fig. 5
i966) "and 223 57/5 Ealigie. 1 Hie, A967.<

This species is based on Kerr 17913 from Thailand. Its calyx-
tube being about 6 mm, long distinguishes it at once from the
similar C. siamensis Fletcher. It has been found growing on the
high banks of streams, flowering in February. The species is very
closely related to C. siamensis Fletcher because of its involu-
cral cup, but the cup in the latter species is only about 4 mn.
long and the bracts are 3 [or "sub-4"] and pink-magenta in color.

Munir (1966) cites from Thailand, where C. connata is appar-
ently endemic: Collins 569, Kerr 6810 & 17913, Smith 306, and
Smitinand BKF.14087, the Collins and Smith collections being from
Koh Chang Island. What appears to be a natural hybrid of this
species with C. chinensis is C. Xmuniri Mold.

Citations: KOH CHANG ISLAND: Collins 569 (W--1700614, Z).

CONGEA FORBESII King & Gamble, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1908: 114.
1908.

Synonymy: Congea velutina "sensu Bakh." ex Munir, Gard. Bull.
Singapore 21: 289, in syn. 1966 [not C. velutina Auct., 1968,
nor Wight, 1849, nor "Wight sec. Dop", 1966]. Congea forbesii
var. forbesii [King & Gamble] ex Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21:
289. 1966.

Bibliography: King & Gamble, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1908: 114.
1908; King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 74 (2 extra):
866--867. 1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 1, 54. 1913; Dop,
Bull. Soc. Bot. France 61: 321. 1915; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay.
Arch. 337--338 & 365. 1919; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 63: Suppl.
82. 1925; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 60, 63,
6% C26 MCAD IG WG Gr ING 1h Molla s wily Watike AS Be)5 aUSyAGIR: Mitel.
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 138, 143, & 173. 1949;
Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4, imp. 2, 54. 1958; Mold., Résumé 188 &
439. 1959; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 267, 270, 274, 276,
278, 289, 291--292, & 313, fig. 4, map 3. 1966; Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 15: 19 & 20. 1967; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 15/7,
fig. 1 D. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 323 & 469 (1971) and 2:
SAS eLO/ales

Illustrations: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 291, fig. 4
(UGKeXS)) etarel PAG aS7/, verte Ib), lS tor/e

The C. velutina Auct., referred to in the synonymy above, is a
synonym of C. griffithiana Munir, while that of "Wight sec. Dop"
is C. tomentosa var. nivea Munir; C. velutina Wight is a valid
species.

Congea forbesii is apparently endemic to Sumatra. Munir (1966)

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 57

points out that "The presence of two linear-setaceous bracteoles
between flower and involucral bracts is a special and distinct
character found in no other species in the genus". Lam (1919)
describes them as 4 in number, probably erroneously.

It is worth noting here that Meeuse regards C. forbesii as a
synonym of C. velutina Wight.

The moore reference (1925) in the bibliography of C. forbesii
is sometimes inaccurately cited as authored by Rendle or as "S.
Moore in Rendle". According to the table of contents of the is-
sue involved the author was Moore alone.

Munir (1966) cit-s only the type collection of this species,
Forbes 1567, from Sumatra.

Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sumatra: Forbes 1567 (Le--
908141-62—isotype, N--isotype, N--photo of isotype, Vu—isotype,
Vu--isotype, W--2317895--isotype, Z—isotype, Z--photo of iso-
type).

CONGEA FORBESII var. RIDLEYANA Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21:
292-—-294, fig. 4a. 1966.

Synonymy: Congea vestita "Griff. in King & Gamble" ex Munir,
Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 292, in syn. 1966 [not C. vestita Griff.,
1854, nor "Griff. sec. Dop", 1966]

Bibliography: King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 74 (2
extra): 865. 1908; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 338. 1919;
Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 640. 1923; Dop, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4:
GELS £9353 "Munir, Card. Bull. Singapore 212/267, 2705;..275;5,°276,
278, 292—294, 313, & 314, fig. 4a, map 3. 1966; Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 15: 11 & 12. 1967; Munir, Biol. Abstr. 48: 5018. 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 305 & 323 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971.

The C. vestita Griff., referred to in the synonymy above, is a
valid species, but that referred to Dop is in part C. pedicellata
Munir and in part C. tomentosa var. nivea Munir.

Congea forbesii var. ridleyana is based on Ridley 6993 from
Arakuda Woods, Wellesley, Malaya, deposited in the Singapore
Botanical Garden herbarium. Munir (1966) cites also Dolman 21509,
Kadir SF.35803, Padaicher s.n., Spare 37314, and Wolfe & Kadir
SF.21455 from Kedah and Pooll s.n, from Sumatra.

CONGEA GRIFFITHIANA Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 285--289,
Piss Ss 966%

Synonymy: Congea villosa Roxb. ex Wight, Icon, Pl. Ind. Orient.
4 (3): pl. 1479/B, hyponym. 1849. Congea villosa Wight apud
JacKs..in Hook. £...& Jacks.,. Inds Kew., imp. 1, 13:.595. 1893.
Congea villosa (Roxb.) Wight ex Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4):
133. 1934 [not C. villosa (Roxb.) Wight ex C. B. Clarke, 1885].
Congea tomentosa King & Gamble ex Mold., Résumé 275, in syn. 1959
[not C. tomentosa Roxb., 1819, nor "Roxb. sec. Dop", 1966, nor
"Roxb. sec. Fletcher", 1966, nor "Roxb. sec. Wight", 1960, nor
Hall. f., 1947, nor "(Roxb.) Wight" apud Munir, 1966]. Congea
tomentosa var. velutina (Wight) Bakh. ex Mold., Résumé 275, in
syn. 1959. Congea tomentosa "Roxb. sensu King & Gamble" apud

58 BLY LRO} LEONG ei A Vol. 45, No. 2

Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 285, in syn. 1966. C€ongea
griffithiana var. griffithiana Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21:
285. 1966. Congea velutina Auct ex Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 3:
657, in syn. 1968 [not C. velutina Wight, 1849].

Bibliography: Hook., Bot. Misc. 286. 1830; Roxb., Fl. Ind.,
ed. 2, imp. 1 [Carey], 3: 55--56. 1832; Voigt, Hort. Suburb.
Gallceey/Serel8 45. Wiehtelcon ane. ind! Orlent.4 () seo pills
1479/B. 1849; Schnitzl., Icon. Fam. Nat. Reg. Veg. 2: 137, Verben-
ace lee lS56s" Roxbes bie. Inde,ed. 25 amp.) 2> [Clarke 7476-4777.
UST MC eeBenGlanke: sin HOOK. seen he Bist indi ass O03 el Oo)
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 595. 18933
Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 181.
1895; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 545. 1902; Bran-
dis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 513 & 514. 1906; King & Gamble, Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Bengal 74 (2 extra): 866. 1908; H. Hallier, Meded.
Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 86. 1918; Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 100 & 101. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Trees,
ede aeeliprie 2st 45 O22 RR lee ble alayePeninsian 2suO4Olm9 25):
Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 133—138 & 209, fig. 208 a--e,

& 211--219. 1934; K. V. O. Dahlgren, Svensk. Bot. Tidsk. 32: 231.
1938; Fletcher , Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 439 & 440. 1938;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 55, 59--61, & 92.
1942+ ee Jacksaeiny Hook. femaeJackss,, Indi, Kew. amps, 25st: = 595)
IOAGe Molde Al phi Llstelmnvy Names supple. 1s 8ep 1947): Mollidi,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 129, 136, 137, 160, &
173. 1949; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 1, imp. 1, 448.
1952; Steiner, Philip. Ornament. Pl. 148. 1952; Anon., Kew Bull.
Gen. Index 82. 1959; Mold., Résumé 165, 175, 177, 179, 217, 275,
343, & 439. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3,
1: 595. 1960; G. L. Davis, Syst. Embryol. Angiosp. 271. 1966;
Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 2, 448. 1966; Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 14: 3--5 & 8. 1966; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 259,
261--265, 267, 274--276, 278, 285--289, 313, & 314, fig. 3, map
3. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 7, 11, & 20. 1967; Munir, Biol.
Abstr. 48: 5018. 1967; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 157 &
158) fips IES 1967seBacker & Bakhs, Fl. Java’3s 657. 1968; Cor-
ner & Watanabe, Illust. Guide Trop. Pl. 759. 1969; Mold. in Men-
ninger, Flow. Vines 328. 1970; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2,
Hiss, Silas 1971. Erdtmans) Pollen) Morph. Pl. Tax.) ed 25, impse2,
448. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 230, 282, 295, 300, 305, 361,
468, & 469 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, imp.
3, 476 & 477. 1971; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2,imp. 3, 545.
1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 423 (1972) and 28: 449. 1974; Heslop-
Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 15: 35. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 34:
269. 1976.

Illustrations: Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 4 (3): pl. 1479/B.
1849; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 134 & 136, fig. 208 a--e &
211--219. 1934; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 286, fig. 3 (1966)
and 22: 157, fig. 1 E. 1967; Corner & Watanabe, Guide Trop. Pl.
759. 1969.

Munir (1966) gives an excellent and detailed description and
history of this species and its nomenclature. He notes that "This

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 59

remarkable species often confused with C. velutina and C. villosa
(Roxb.) is readily distinguished by its 4 involucral bracts which
are quite free to the base and violet in colour and spathulate
much narrowed toward the base. The two other species, C. rockii
and C. forbesii, also with 4 bracteate involucres and no cup at
the base. have elliptic to oblanceolate and more densely hoary
whitish bracts". The species is native to southern Burma, Thai-
land, and Malaya and is widely cultivated there and elsewhere.

Erdtman (1966) has examined the pollen of a cultivated speci-
men of C. griffithiana from Singapore and describes the grains as
3-colporate (colpi more or less irregularly 3--4-orate), subpro-
late, about 35 x 30 mu, the sexine as thick as the nexine, retic-
ulate, the muri simpli-duplibaculate, the colpi membranes psilate,
the ora lalongate, not confined to the colpi membranes but forming
more or less deep cuts in the adjoining mesocolpial exine,.

Junell (1934) provides a very detailed analysis of the gynoe-
cium morphology and embryology of this species. Recent collectors
describe the plant as a shrub, 2.5 m. tall, or a large climbing
vine, to 15 feet long, woody, much-branched, the stems to 7 cm.
in diameter at breast height, the "entire inflorescence a deep
rosy-pink", the flowers profuse, odorless, and the bracts pink or
deep rosy-pink to purple. They have encountered it in hedges,
"brushwoods", bamboo and evergreen forests, and near streams, at
98--1000 m. altitude, flowering from January to April and in Oc-
tober. Snan refers to it as "scattered in evergreen jungles" in
Thailand. The corollas are said to have been "pink" on Rivera
s.n. and Snan 99, Rivera refers to the plant as "an upland spe-
cies". The only vernacular name recorded for it is "chingcha".

It seems most probable that the "C. tomentosa", described by
Steiner (1952) from the Philippines, actually is C. griffithiana.

Munir (1966) cites the following collections: BURMA: Griffith
s.n. [Wallich 1479/B & 6012/1]. THAILAND: Collins s.n., Curtis
2903 & 2962, Haniff 3858, Kerr 12470, 14762, 16656, & 17466, Smith
650, Snan 99, 913, & Sen. MALAYA: Kedah: Kadir SFN.35802, Sow
34622. CULTIVATED: Borneo: Tatong 2000. Java: Baker 36411, Bak-
huizen 285, Durand 7204 ,Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor XII.B.1xX.53,
XV.E.3, & XV.E.71, Visser C.90401. Philippine Islands: Canicosa
9636, Esben 34293, ,Philippine Nat. Herb. 92025, Rivera 33460,
Steiner 22801 & 22931, Sulit 8313. Sumatra: Lorzing 11949.
Zaire: Goossens 45ll.

Material of this species has usually been misidentified and/or
distributed in herbaria as C. tomentosa Roxb. or C. velutina Wight.
On the other hand, the Erlanson 5368, Lindhard s.n., and Furtado
sen. [Nov. 15, 1929], distributed as C. griffithiana, actually
are C. tomentosa Roxb., while Pételot 3852 is C. tomentosa var.
nivea Munir.

It is most probable that the Zaire and Philippine collections
cited below represent cultivated material or else material natur-
alized after cultivation or persistent after cultivation, but the
accompanying labels do not indicate this.

Citations: THAILAND: Snan 99 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 12168] (Z).

60 PAH RY EO) ORG Airs Vol. 45) Nowe

ZAIRE: Goossens 4511 (N). PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Pancho 204
(Au--11015). CULTIVATED: India: Erlanson 5368 (N). Java: Herb.
Hort. Bot. Bogor. XII.B.IX.53 (Bz--26251, Bz, N), XV.E.1 (Bz=-
26255, Bz, N), XV.E.71 (Bz--26277, Bz, “), XV,E.7la (5z--26278,
Bz--26546, Bz, N). Malaya: Herb. Mus. Bot. Upsal. s.n. [Hort.
Bot. Str. Settl. 13/10/32] (S). Philippine Islands: Rivera s.n.
[Philip. Nat. Herb. 33460] (W--2212540); Steiner 597 [Philip. Nat.
Herb. 22931] (W--2212530). Samoan Islands: Whistler W.843 (W--
2738270). Sri Lanka: Collector undetermined 125/58 (Pd, Pd);
Moldenke, Moldenke, Dassanayake, & Jayasuriya 28339 (Ld, Pd, W--
2764545); Moldenke, Moldenke, & Jayasuriya 28135 (Ac, Ld, Pd, W--
2764404); F. W. de Silva 3 (Pd).

CONGEA GRIFFITHIANA var. ELLIPTICA Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21:
289--290, fig. 3a. 1966.

Bibliography: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 275, 278, & 289--
290 pefie. Sa. 1966s Molde oFitth Samm. 129282" \( 1971) tand) 23.8438
ILS) 7/ab

Illustrations: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 290, fig/ 3a.
1966.

This variety is based on Proudlock 36 from Mergui Island, Burma,
deposited in the Calcutta herbarium. Munir (1966) cites only the
type collection and notes that the variety "can be easily distin-
guished from the type form by its involucral bracts being elliptic,
acute at apex, and [the] peduncles [being] longer and thicker".
Thus far the variety is known only from the original collection.

CONGEA HANSENII Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 7, nom. nud.[as "hanseni"].
1965; Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: [306]. 1966.

Synonymy: Congea hanseni Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 7, nom. nud.
1965.

Bibliography: Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 7. 1965; Mold., Dansk
Bot. Arkiv 23: [306]. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 19. 1967;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.12: 338. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 295 &
468 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971; Heslop-Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 15:
Bi Gide

This species is based on Hansen, Seidenfaden, & Smitinand 11182
from Tung Salaéng Luang, Phitsanulok, Thailand, at 550 m. altitude,
collected on February 15, 1964, and deposited in the Copenhagen
herbarium. It is said to be closely related to C. oblonga Pierre
[now known as C. tomentosa var. nivea Munir], differing in its smal-
ler and often binary involucral bracts.

Citations: THAILAND: Hansen, Seidenfaden, & Smitinand 11182 (Cp--
type, Z--isotype).

CONGEA xMUNIRI Mold., Phytologia 15: 269. 1967.

Synonymy: Congea "connata Fletcher (x? C. chinensis Mold.)" ex
Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 294. 1966. Congea munirii Mold.
apud Heslop-Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 15: 35. 1974.

Bibliography: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 294. 1966; Anon.,
Biol. “Abstr. 48 (23)< BL ACS <1eCe'S 41) &°S.14019675 Mold<,; "Biol.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 61

Abstr. 48: 10560. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 19. 19673; Hock-

ine, Excerpt. Bot. A.13+ 570... 1968s. Mold,, Fifth Summ, ls 300\&

468 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971; Heslop-Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl.

15: 35. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 31: 396 (1970) and 45: 56. 1980.
This supposed natural hybrid between C. chinensis Mold. and

C. connata Fletcher is based on Alleizette s.n. from Phan Rang,

Annam (Vietnam), Indochina, deposited in the Leiden herbarium.

Munir (1966) says that it has "3--4 distinct bracts which are

white above as in C. connata". Thus far it is known only from the

type collection.

CONGEA PEDICELLATA Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 300--302,
fig. 8. 1966.

Synonymy: Congea "tomentosa Roxb. sec. Dop" ex Munir, Gard.
Bull. Singapore 21: 300, in syn. 1966 [not C. tomentosa Roxb.,
1819, nor Hall. f., 1947, nor King & Gamble, 1959, nor "Roxb. sec.
Wight", 1960, nor "Roxb. sensu King & Gamble", 1966]. Congea
"vestita Griff. sec. Dop" [in part] ex Munir, Gard. Bull. Singa-
pore 21: 300, in syn. 1966 [not C. vestita Griff., 1854]. Congea
"peteloti Mold...p.p., non typica"” ex Munir, Gard. Bull. Singa-
pore 21: 300, in syn. 1966 [not C. peteloti Mold., 1951].

Bibliography: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 267, 271, 275,
276, 279, 300--302, 305, 313, & 314, fig. 8, map 4 (1966) and
22: 158. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 10, 19, & 20. 1967; Munir,
Biol. Abstr. 48: 5018. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 295, 300, 468,
& 469 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971; Heslop-Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl.
15: 35. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 45: 57. 1980.

Illustrations: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 301, fig. 8.
1966.

The species is based on Pierre s.n. from Dong Nai, Cochinchina,
Indochina, deposited in the Berlin herbarium. Munir (1966) notes
that "From C. vestita this species differs in its fine, very
short, whitish indumentum on the branchlets, inflorescence axes,
peduncles and calyces; the leaves are chartaceous cinereo-pubes-
cent; involucral bracts much narrowed to the base, and the flower
pedicels longer". He cites Alleizette 5723, three Pierre s.n. col-
lections, Smitinand & Abbe 6371, and Thorel 648 from Cochinchina,
Harmand 139, Poilane 13683, Talbot 103, and Thorel 2639 from Laos,
Allaizette s.n. from Tonkin, and Poilane 11674 from Vietnam. He
suggests that C. vestita var. subvestita Munir may represent a hy-
brid between C. pedicellata and C. vestita W. Griff.

The C. tomentosa credited to Hallier and to King & Gamble in
the synonymy above is a synonym of C. velutina Wight, while that
accredited to Roxburgh "sensu King & Gamble" is C. griffithiana
Munir and that ascribed to Roxburgh "sec. Wight" is C. vestita W.
Griff. True C. peteloti Mold. is regarded by Munir as a synonym
of C. tomentosa var. nivea Munir.

Recent collectors have referred to C. pedicellata as a woody
climber common in mixed deciduous woods of Cochinchina, found by
them at 600 m. altitude, the "flowers whitish" in January.

Material has been widely misidentified and distributed in her-
baria as C. peteloti Mold. and as C. vestita W. Griff.

62 Pe ania O SO (Cale Vol. 45, No. 1

Citations: INDOCHINA: Cochinchina: Pierre s.n. (W--2515740);
Smitinand & Abbe 6371 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 24833] (Z).

CONGEA ROCKI Mold., Phytologia 8: 14--15. 1961.

Synonymy: Congea rockii Mold. apud Munir, Gard. Bull. Singa-
pore 21: 283. 1966.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 8: 14--15. 1961; Hocking, Ex-
CerpE sm bOt. AL 4 IO2se Molden BLoOleADSEE. S72) 1 062).) 1962);
Mold., Resume Suppl. 3: 20 (1962) and 14: 8. 1966; Munir, Gard.
Bull. Singapore 21: 267, 273--275, 278, 283--284, fig. 2, & map
6 (1966) and 22: 157 & 158. 1967; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 14:
36. 19705 Mold. , Fifth Summ. 1: 295 & 468 (1971) and 2: 843. 19710

Illustrations: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 284, fig. 2.
1966.

Munir (1966) notes that, although the original description of
this species speaks of 3-flowered sessile cymes and 3 involucral
bracts, "the heads (cymes) are actually [short-] pedunculate,
bearing 5--6 flowers, and their involucral bracts are always 4.
However, the inflorescence is young and the peduncule and other
parts are not fully developed, and the two opposite cymes become
so congested in the axils of the foliar bracts that the examina-
tion of the cyme is not easy. The long hairs also interfere with
the counting of flowers. Hence, unless a cyme is detached it is
difficult to make a proper analysis".

The collector refers to this plant as a vine with white "flow-
ers" and found it in anthesis in January. It is known thus far
only from the type collection which was originally misidentified
and distributed in herbaria as C. tomentosa Roxb.

Citations: THAILAND: Rock 1677 (Ca--264568--type, W--1214567--
isotype, Z--isotype).

CONGEA SIAMENSIS Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 209 & 440.
1938.

Bibliography: Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 209 & 440.
1938; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 60 & 92.
1942; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 58. 1947; Mold., Phyto-
logia 2: 312. 1947; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2,
137 & 173. 1949; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Index 82. 1959; Mold., Ré-
sumé 177 & 439. 1959; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 17 & 20. 1962;
Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23 : [85]--86, fig. 1. 1963; Munir, Gard.
Bull) Singapore’ 212) 267, 272, 275 276, 279), 298-—299), G9 si5)) Ete
7, map 5 (1966) and 22: 158. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 282 &
295 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 45: 56. 1980.

Illustrations: Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 86, fig. 1. 1963;
Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 299, fig. 7. 1966.

Munir (1966) notes that "This species is often confused with
C. tomentosa because of the resemblance in the number and colour
of their involucral bracts; but the inflorescence axis of C. siam-
ensis is less tomentose, involucral bracts and the calyx teeth
shorter and has a conspicuous involucral cup. C. connata is very
close to this in having an involucral cup, but the cup itself is
much longer (16 mm.) and the involucral bracts are always 3 and
whitish". [to be continued]

BRYOCRUMIA, A NEW GENUS OF HYPNACEAE (MUSCT)

Lewis E. Anderson
Department of Botany
Duke University
Durham, N. C., 27706

In 1950, I found a few strands of a tiny but attractive
moss intermingled with other mosses on wet vertical rocks
under hemlocks [Tsuga canadensis (L.) Carr.] in a cool, shaded
ravine in Whitewater Gorge, about 3 miles above the small
village of Jocassee, Oconee County, South Carolina. Although
distinctive and in good condition, the identity of the moss
eluded me. In despair I sent it to the late Edwin B. Bartram
for his opinion. He responded at once and suggested that it
was an undescribed species of Glossadelphus Fleisch., urging
me to describe it. Glossadelphus is a wide-ranging sub-tropical
genus, most of its species ranging in Southeast Asia, Micronesia
and Australasia. At that time three species were known from
tropical North America, none remotely resembling the South
Carolina plants, however. Inexperience and unfamiliarity with
the group counseled me against describing it, so Bartram (1951)
named it Glossadelphus andersonii.

Since the original collection it has been found along the
Whitewater, Toxaway, and Horsepasture gorges in Jackson and
Translyvania Counties, North Carolina, and Oconee and Pickens
Counties, South Carolina, always sparsely intermingled with
other mosses. It appears to be restricted to a high rainfall
area (often exceeding 100 inches) of the Blue Ridge Escarpment,
along the North and South Carolina boundary, where stream
capture has forced the Blue Ridge Divide inland from the Scarp
forming a semi-circular area which drains into the Atlantic
Ocean. Billings and Anderson (1966) termed this area the South-
eastern Blue Ridge Embayment. The area supports a large number
of bryophytes of unusual phytogeographic significance. The type
locality for Glossadelphus andersonii has since been destroyed
by an impoundment, Lake Jocassee, which serves a nearby nuclear
power plant. The moss can still be found, however, along the
upper reaches of the embayment streams, principally in North
Carolina.

In 1965, Howard Crum, in a paper reevaluating the
systematic position of G. andersonii, transferred it to
Taxiphyllum. Although I agreed that it did not rightfully
belong in Glossadelphus, I felt strongly that it should not be
placed in Taxiphyllum. We have carried on friendly but rather
barbed arguments over the taxonomic position of this curious
moss ever since.

63

64 PH Yr © fO 1G fA Voila “45i5, Noel

Crum (1965) stated: "Contrary to the original description,
the leaves are bluntly obtuse or sometimes rounded-obtuse but
not rounded at the apex, and the leaf cells are not papillose
at the apical angles, although occasionally, and with difficulty,
one can find small thickenings at the cell ends which project
slightly at back." This is correct except for the leaf apices,
which, contrary to Crum, are indeed rounded at the apex in many
leaves. Crum might have added that it also has foliose
pseudoparaphyllia, which are characteristic of Taxiphyllum. He

thought he saw a relationship to Taxiphyllum scalpellifolium
(C. Muell.) Bartr., which ranges in Central America.

I have since confirmed the absence of papillae on the leaf
cells by examining material under the SEM. The thickenings
Crum referred to at the cell ends do indeed give the illusion
of papillae, appearing under the light microscope as pellucid
dots. Under the SEM, however, there is not the slightest
suggestion of papillae. Contrary to Bartram's original
description, therefore, the leaf cells are smooth, which
eliminates Glossadelphus as an acceptable genus for the moss.
This is especially true now, for Robinson (1974) has lecto-
typified Glossadelphus by designating a species (Hypnum
truncatulum C. Muell.) which has exceptionally prominent papillae
on the backs of the leaves. Robinson removed from Glossadelphus
the species with smooth leaves so that the genus now embraces
only the species which Fleischer (1915-1922) grouped into
section Colophyllum, specifically those with rounded to some-
what emarginate leaf apices and apical cells with more or less
papillose projections of the cell walls. Since Bartram thought
the South Carolina plants were papillose, it is easy to see why
he saw a relationship with Glossadelphus. Robinson @..c..)idid
not come to grips with Glossadelphus (Taxiphyllum) andersonii,
content, apparently, to leave it where Crum (l.c.) had placed
it, namely in Taxiphyllun.

Ireland (1969), however, in his elegant treatment of the
Plagiotheciaceae, excluded the species from Taxiphyllum, a
position he still maintains (in. litt.). Both Ireland (1969)
and Iwatsuki (1970) segregate Taxiphyllum principally on the
basis of the presence of foliose pseudoparaphyllia, in contrast
to Isopterygium, in which the pseudoparaphyllia, if present,
are filamentous. Robinson (1974) noted that although the
broad pseudoparaphyllia of Taxiphyllum are distinct from those
of Istopterygium, they are not always present and are not much
different from those of many other pleurocarpous mosses. He
defined Taxiphyllum as "...flattened with usually spreading
lateral leaves and a vestigial double costa, In addition,
most of the species haye somewhat shortened apical cells and the
leaf cells project on the upper ends abaxially. The alar cells
provide a significant lack of differentiation."" I would add

1980 Anderson, A new genus of Hypnaceae

to this description the presence of pseudoparaphyllia,
following Ireland and Iwatsuki.

Although Glossadelphus andersonii possesses foliose
pseudoparaphyllia, they differ strikingly from those of plants
embracing my concept of Taxiphyllum. Pseudoparaphyllia in

65

the latter are much longer than wide and are mostly lanceolate,

occasionally obtuse or somewhat rounded-obtuse. In G.

andersonii they are about as broad as long, and broadly rounded

at the apex. The leaves of G. andersonii are also slightly
decurrent and the alar cells are slightly differentiated with
several rows of rectangular cells. These features, coupled
with the absence of papillae and the subtle differences in

leaf areolation exclude Taxiphyllum. All of the genera in this

relationship lack clear definition and we may be dealing with
over-classification. Nevertheless, as matters stand now, the
southeastern escarpment plants under discussion can not be
comfortably assigned to Isopterygium or Taxiphyllum. It seems
appropriate, therefore, to place them in a new genus, a
disposition which also provides an amicable solution to a
long-standing argument.

I am extremely pleased to associate this genus with the
name of my long-time close friend and colleague, Howard Crum.
It is a friendship that has, thanks to a pleasant atmosphere
of good humor and fun, withstood the vicissitudes and trials
of many years of close collaboration and association.

Bryocrumia gen. nov.

Sat gracilis, caespitosa, caespitibus depressis, viridis,
vix nitida. Caulis repens, irregulariter ramosus, lax et
complanate foliosus, Folia patentia, e basi contracta
oblongo-oyata, obtusa vel late rotundata, margine plana,
superne valde crenulata, inferne minutissime crenulata;
cellulae superiores lineari-rhomboideae, chlorophyllosae,
laeve, non papillosae, cellulis alaribus haud distinctis.
Caetera ignota.

Plants small, bright to yellow-green, in thin, intricate,
moderately shiny mats. Stems short, creeping, freely but
irregularly branched; pseudoparaphyllia foliose, about as
broad as long, broadly rounded at apex; branches horizontal,
sometimes slightly tapered at the tips. Leaves not crowded,
somewhat remote, erect to wide-spreading and moderately
complanate, more widely-spreading when wet, elliptic or
ohlong-ovate, from a rather strongly contracted base, slightly
decurrent, bluntly obtuse to broadly rounded at the apex,
ecostate; margins plane, bluntly to sharply serrate in the

66 1D Jol Ne Mt) Ih Oe AlN Vol. 45, No. 1

upper half, entire or sinuolate below; upper median cells
oblong-rhomboidal, flexuose, about 10-25 wm long and 5 ym wide,
greenish and somewhat obscure, smooth; apical cells shorter
than the median cells; basal cells oblong, becoming shorter

at the margins and forming an indistinct alar region of
rectangular cells. Inflorescences and sporophytes unknown.

Bryocrumia andersonii (Bartr.) comb. nov.
Glossadelphus andersonii Bartr., Bryologist 54: 81, 1951.
Taxiphyllum andersonii (Bartr.) Crum, Bryologist 68: 220, 1965.

Specimens examined: SOUTH CAROLINA: Oconee County,
moist vertical rock, cool ravine, hemlock-hardwood community,
Lower Falls, Whitewater River, about 3 miles northwest of
Jocassee, alt. 1500 ft., June 6, 1950, Lewis E. Anderson,
9237 (holotype, FH; isotype, DUKE); Pickens County, moist
vertical rocks, narrow, wooded ravine, Eastatoe River, near
Rocky Bottom, August 25, 1976, Lewis E. Anderson, 22,264a
(DUKE). NORTH CAROLINA: Jackson County, wet rocks, intermixed
with other mosses, shaded hemlock-hardwood cove, Upper Falls,
Whitewater River, near Bohaynee, August 25, 1949, Lewis E.
Anderson, 8652a; Transylvania County, moist rocks, edge of
stream, escarpment gorge, Toxaway Creek, 8 miles southwest of
Rosman, July 29, 1952, Lewis E. Anderson, 11,088a; wet rock
faces, vertical narrows, East Fork, Thompson River, 5 miles
southeast of Bohaynee, July 30, 1952, Lewis E. Anderson, 11,106a.

LITERATURE CITED

Bartram, E. B. 1951. Glossadelphus andersonii, a new genus to
the United States Moss flora. Bryologist 54: 81-82.

Billings, W. D. & L, E. Anderson. 1966. Some microclimatic
characteristics of the habitats of endemic and disjunct
bryophytes in the Southern Blue Ridge. Bryologist 69: 76-95,

Crum, H. 1965. A re-evaluation of Glossadelphus andersonii.
Bryologist 68: 219-220.

Fleischer, M. 1915-1922. Die Musci der Flora von Buitenzorg.
Volisil—4e eho) bra Letden.

Ireland, R. R. 1969. A taxonomic revision of the genus
Plagiothecium for North America, north of Mexico. Nat.
Mus. Canada, Publ. Bot. 1: 1-118.

Iwatsuki, Z. 1970. A revision of Plagiothecium and its related
genera from Japan and her adjacent areas. I. Jour. Hattori
Bot. Lab. 33: 331-380.

Robinson, H. 1974. Additions to the genus Taxiphyllum
(Hypnaceae, Musci). Phytologia 28: 64-66.

MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON THE HAWAIIAN FLORA I.

Derral Herbst
U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service
IRONS Weyop.4 SiOjil(sy7/
Honolulu, Hawaii 96850

Casual observations made during the course of field
work, and peripheral data discovered while researching
herbaria or the literature on more specific topics
frequently remains in the minds or notebooks of the
researchers, unavailable to other workers in the field.
This is an unfortunate situation as much of this
information is of great value or interest.

The purpose of this, the first of a series of papers,
is to record such information on the Hawaiian flora.
Short notes on the morphology, taxonomy, biology,
distribution and ecology of native and exotic plants
in the Hawaiian flora will be presented.

The present paper contains comments on Dubautia,
Dissochondrus, Panicum, Bonamia, Liparis and
Korthalsella and on additions to the flora of the
Leeward Hawaiian Islands.

DUBAUTIA

Three new varieties of Railliardia mistakenly were
published twice by E. E. Sherff in 1933. Ina later
revision of the genus, Sherff (1935) cited the November,
1933 issue of the American Journal of Botany as the
place of publication for these varieties. D. D. Keck
(1936) and other botanists have followed this incorrect
literature citation. It should be noted that the varie-
ties were validly first published in the Botanical
Gazette, vol. 95, p. 79, September 1933. The taxa are:
Dubautia montana var. longifolia (Sherff) Keck,

D. D. Platyphylla v var. leptophylla (Sherff) Keck, and
D. menziesii var. angustifolia (Sherff) Keck.

Dubautia sherffiana var. paucinervia (Deg. & Sherff)
Herbst. Comb. nov. Railliardia sherffiana var. pauci-
nervia Deg. & Sherff (1951). Am. Journ. Bot. 38:73.

I recently distributed herbarium specimens and seeds
of this rare plant from a rather large colony growing
67

68 1 Wel NE AL (Os ty (0) (Co aE ek Volll> 745), a Nols at

south of Puu Kawiwi, Kamaileunu Ridge, Waianae Mts, Oahu.
Because of the number of overlapping characteristics
between the two closely related genera, I prefer to
consider Railliardia a subgenus of Dubautia.

DISSOCHONDRUS

Dissochondrus is the only genus of grasses endemic to
the Hawaiian Islands. Its type and only species, D.
biflorus (Hbd.) Ktze, ex Hack., is presently considered
a rare plant and has been reported in the literature as
occurring only on the islands of Oahu, Molokai and Lanai.
As it is now known from all the major islands and is
fairly common in the Waianae Mts. of Oahu, I believe
that a listing of the Bishop Museum specimens is in
order.

KAUAI: Halemanu, 3,600 feet, Neal s.n., 1929;
Mahanaloa Valley, on bare soil, on steep,
shaded, north facing slope, el. 1,800 ft.,
Herbst 2905p 2986, Tos

OAHU: Mokuleia, slopes of Kaala, Forbes 1803.0,
1912; Makaleha Ridge, Rock 17081, 1918; Degener
without locality, 1932; Palawai Ridge,

Degener and Takemoto 10671, 1936; S.

Ekahanui, Degener, et. al. 10767, 1936;

Pahole Gulch, Mokuleia Forest Reserve, on

steep, bare slopes in light to medium shade,

el. about 1,800 ft., locally abundant, Herbst

3035, 1973; Ekahanui Gulch, below Puu Kaua,

on steep, bare, shaded slopes, el. about

2,300 ft., locally common, Herbst & Obata

5259, 1975; two other collections are from

different sub-gulches of Pahola Gulch, Herbst,

Obata, Haas, Darwin 5362, 5363, 1975; Kamai-

leunu Ridge, Waianae Mts., on steep, north

facing slope, growing in shaded, bare, loose

rocky loam soil in mesic, summer-dry forest,

Herbst, Obata, Palmer, Funk, Souza 5967, 1977.
MOLOKAI: Puu Kolekole, Forbes 219.Mo, 1912; near

Laianui, Degener 9155, 1928.

LANAI: There are no specimens from this island in the
Bishop Museum, but the type collection, made
by W. Hillebrand, was from Lanai. It was
destroyed along with the rest of Hillebrand's-
angiosperm types, when the Botanisches Museum
at Berlin-Dahlem was bombed during World War
Tilers

1980 Herbst, Notes on Hawaiian flora 69

MAUI: Olowalu Valley, Forbes 2473.M, 1920; Manawai-
nui Gulch below Puu Anu on steep, shaded,
northeast-facing slope, el. 2,900 ft.,

Herbst 3022, 1973.
HAWAII: Puuwaawaa, Forbes s.n., 1911.

PANICUM

Panicum nubigenum Kunth - an annual, endemic grass
found on dry, low-elevation plains and slopes, has been
collected on the islands of Oahu, Mokulua, Molokai,
Lanai and Hawaii. While botanizing on Kawelikoa Point,
Mahaulepu, Koloa District, Kauai, on October 7, 1971,

I found a single, stunted plant (D.H. 2209, BISH) which
fits the description of this species.

A subsequent visit on January 28, 1972, during the
rainy season, revealed a large but restricted population
growing in soil pockets among the rocks on the flat
summit of the point, at an elevation of 680 ft. Speci-
mens have been distributed under Herbst 2350.

BONAMIA

Bonamia menziesii Gray is a rare liana which has been
found in low, arid regions on all of the main Hawaiian
Islands. Dr. L. E. Bishop and I discovered a single
plant of this species growing on one of the ridges lead-
ing to Mt. Kahili, Kauai. It is a robust plant, appar-
ently well adapted to its middle-elevation, wet forest
environment (Herbst and Bishop 2454, BISH, PTBG).

LIPARIS

Liparis hawaiiensis, according to Horace Mann (1867)
who first described the species, grows "in mountain woods
on trees." Otto and Isa Degener (1965) state that "the
plants inhabit forests at low to medium and rarely
higher elevations, growing mostly epiphytically and on
moss-covered bases of tree trunks; also occasionally on
the ground." William Hillebrand (1888) also notes that
our native species of Liparis grows "on trees or mossy
ground in the lower and middle forests of all islands."
All imply that normally it is an epiphyte in wet forests
and this indeed is where it usually is found. In Waihoi
Valley, Maui, for example, where the species is abun-
dant, the annual rainfall is approximately 250 inches.
There it normally grows in dense shade on the trunks
and limbs of trees which are festooned with bryophytes.

70 1D Vel ye Su (0) iby (0) (ep ih 7 Voll.) 45)5 Nossal:

Terrestrial habitats are less common, and are charac-
terized by ground that is muddy, shaded, and usually
rich in organic matter, or are covered with mosses and
liverworts.

The plant, with its short rhizomes and two pseudo-
bulbs, each bearing a short-lived leaf, seems better
suited for an ecological niche subjected to periods of
drought, than to a rain forest. While not previously
reported from this niche, Liparis hawaiiensis has been
found growing in such an environment.

A small colony of 10 plants grows in an area about
21 ft. in diameter above the cut bank along the jeep
trail, Milolii Ridge, Kauai, at an elevation of about
2,400 ft. In December, 1972, five of the six mature
plants were in flower. The orchids are growing in bare
soil, exposed or in light shade. The vegetation of the
area consists of an open, low, mixed growth of Acacia
koa and Metrosideros with scattered Dodonea, Styphelia,
Wilkesia, Gahnia, Eragrostis variabilis and Pteridium.
The ground is mostly bare, but has a thin scattering of
dead leaves, Cladonia, and mosses.

A voucher (Herbst and Tannowa 2882, BISH) was col-
lected February, 1973, when the plant was in fruit.

More Liparis were found in a similar environment in
May, 1973, during a field trip on Maui with Robert
Hobdy, assistant district forester with the State
Division of Forestry. Two plants were seen at an eleva-
tion of about 2,900 ft. in an open Dodonea, Styphelia,
Eragrostis scrub area on the steep eastern slopes of
Manawainui Valley. The plants (Herbst and Hobdy 3020,
BISH) are growing on bare soil beneath a Styphelia shrub.

Dr. F. R. Fosberg (personal communication) has
collected Liparis hawaiiensis in similar localities on
Oahu and Lanai. His Lanai specimen was collected on a
windswept ridge south of Haalelepaaka, growing on the
ground under a bush at about 2,700 ft. elevation
(Fosberg 12,424, US). The Oahu specimen was collected
in the Waianae Mts., Mokuleia, on a wooded ridge east of
the gulch of Puu Kaupakuhale, growing under bushes at
about 2,100 ft. (Fosberg and St. John 3927, BISH).

John Obata (personal communication) also has found
Liparis growing in a similar situation on Oahu.

KORTHALSELLA

Four native genera of parasitic flowering plants occur
in the Hawaiian Islands. Three, Cassytha, Cuscuta and
Santalum appear to parasitize all available plants, both
native and exotic, while the fourth, Korthalsella,

1980 Herbst, Notes on Hawaiian flora Fil

appears restricted to endemic, woody species. A survey
of the specimens in the Bishop Museum and University of
Hawaii herbaria, and of all available literature on the
Hawaiian species of the genus, reveals that the 10 native
taxa of the genus have been found parasitizing 29 genera
in 20 families of native plants (Table 1). Most commonly
it is found on species of Diospyros, Elaeocarpus,
Antidesma, Acacia, Eugenia, Metrosideros, Myrsine,
Osmanthus, Bobea, Psychotria, Pelea and Sapindus.
Ebenaceae, Leguminosae, Myrtaceae, Oleaceae and Rubiaceae
are the most frequently parasitized families. During a
field trip to Auahi, Maui, two plants of K. complanata
were found as parasites on Solanum sodomeum., a common
Mediterranean weed (Herbst 1978, BISH, PTBG). To my
knowledge, this is the only record of a Hawaiian
Korthalsella parasitizing a non native plant.

Korthalsella cylindrica (v. Tiegh.) Engler was con-
sidered by Danser, the monographer of the genus, to be
endemic to the islands of Oahu, Molokai, Lanai and Maui.
The Island of Hawaii can now be added to this list
(Webster and Wilbur 1870, Puuwaawaa, north Kona at
2,000 ft., 1948, BISH; Fosberg 41,735, Kaupulehu Forest
Reserve, north Kona, where it is common, 1973, BISH;
Lamoureux, 1955, HAW; Herbst 1592, Kiholo, Kona on
Diospyros, 1970, HAW).

In Korthalsella, a single, flat, oval seed is borne in
an elastic fruit. As the fruit matures, internal water
pressure increases until, when ripe, the fruit bursts
and ejects the seed several feet. A mucilagenous coating
enables the seed to stick to any surface it strikes. As
the seed germinates, a short radicle develops which pene-
trates the host plant. It is not uncommon for an ejected
seed to stick to the parent plant; I have observed this
many times on K. complanata and K. latissima. In many
instances the germinating seeds begin to penetrate the
parent plant but I have not observed development beyond
initial penetration. In contrast to Cassytha and
Cuscuta, which frequently sink haustoria into their own
stems, Korthalsella appears to inhibit parasitizing by
its own kind. The "chemical messenger" involved in
this phenomenon would make a very interesting study.

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF THE LEEWARD ISLANDS

Through the courtesy of the Division of Wildlife
Refuges, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and of the United
States Coast Guard, I was able to visit Nihoa, Necker,
Tern and Laysan Islands of the Leeward Hawaiian Islands.

An annotated list of plants recently collected from

72 PRHG AO PUMORC rT A Vol 45, Nose

these islands follows. It includes collections of C. R.
Long (Sept., 1964), D. Herbst (Aug. & Sept., 1968 and
Sept., 1978) and D. Yen (May 1969).

Nihoa:

A total of nearly three full days were spent on the
island (August 24-27, 1968). The following species have
appeared in a recent publication (Herbst, 1977b), but are
included in this list as additional information is
provided.

Cenchrus echinatus var. hillebrandianus (Hitchc.) F.B.H.
Brown

Two plants were found growing in a pocket of soil on
the floor of Miller Valley at an elevation of about
150 ft. Both were removed and the area searched for
seeds, apparently unsuccessful as the taxon was collected
by Douglas Yen in 1969.

A joint military operation - HIRAN, Phase II aimed at
determining the correct location of each of the Leeward
Islands - used the Albatross Plateau above Miller Valley
as a helicopter landing pad and as a temporary camp in
1961. Kramer and Swedberg (1961) reported that they had
found and burned a towel abandoned by one of the HIRAN
team members to which six Cenchrus spikelets were
attached. As Miller Valley leads to the easiest point of
access to the ocean, it is probable that the seeds were
carried down on the towel or other clothing of the HIRAN
personnel. Herbst 1206 (BISH, US, HAW); Yen 1010 (BISH).

Setaria verticillata (L.) Beauv.

Near south coast, Yen 1012 (BISH).

Portulaca oleracea L.

I found this species in two places in 1968. The
largest population was on Albatross Plateau, where the
seeds probably were introduced along with the men and
supplies during the HIRAN operation. A small colony
of young plants, probably established within the year
previous to my visit, is located at the base of Miller
Valley on a small rise used as campsite by Fish and
Wildlife personnel. Long 2431 (HAW); Herbst 1204, 1205

1980 Herbst, Notes on Hawaiian flora 73

(BISH, US, HAW); Yen 1001 (BISH).

Ipomoea pes-caprae subsp. brasiliensis (L.) v. Oostrstr.

Stony south face, adjacent to east slope of West Palm
Valley mouth; el. 100 ft. Yen 1007 (BISH).

Necker:

All five species of plants known to grow on this
island were seen, but no others found. Herbst (1977a)
recently published on the flora and vegetation of Necker
Island. The survey was made on the 28 and 29th of
August, 1968.

Tern Island, French Frigate Shoals:

Twelve species of previously unreported plants were
collected on Tern Island August 30 to September 1, 1968;
and an additional six during my second collection trip
on September 11, 1978. Of these eighteen species, three,
Hibiscus, Terminalia and Conocarpus, were cultivated
plants brought in by Coast Guard personnel to landscape
the LORAN station. Three others, Chloris, Salicornia
and Frankenia, are new to the Hawaiian flora, but are
found in the continental United States and probably were
brought in accidently along with the drums of aviation
fuel stockpiled on the northcentral shore of the island,
as most were growing around or near the gasoline barrels.
The remaining twelve species occur in the Hawaiian
Islands and probably were brought in unintentionally
with LORAN personnel and supplies.

Following is a list of new additions to the Tern
Island flora since Lamoureux's (1961) publication.
Several of these species have appeared in subsequent
publications (Amerson, 1971 and Fosberg and Sachet,
1975), but are included here so that a record of the
disposition of herbarium material is made available.

Chloris petraea Sw.

In 1968, this grass was common in the central and
eastern part of the south side of the island; it has now
increased greatly in number and covers much more of the
island. According to Hitchcock (1951) it is native to
"strands, sandy fields, and open pine woods, Coastal

74 12 Vel NC AE (0) Ih (0) (@ a0 7\ Voll 45/5 NOs

Plain, North Carolina to Florida and Texas; tropical
America." In Hawaii, it is known only from Tern Island.
Herbst 1221, 6244, (BISH, US, HAW).

Digitaria adscendens (HBK.) Henr.

My notes indicate that in 1968, the plant was common
on Tern Island, especially along the edges of the runway.
In 1978, it was almost entirely replaced in this area by
Sporobolus pyramidatus, and was restricted primarily to
several large patches by the boat house of the south-
western part of the island. Herbst 1211, 6225 (BISH, US,
HAW) .

Eragrostia whitneyi Fosb.

Common along the northeast end of the island. Long
2504 (US, HAW), Herbst 1219 (BISH, US, HAW) .

Lepturus repens var. subulatus Fosb.

L. repens has been collected on six of the French
Frigate Shoals islands, including Tern Island, where it
was quite common in 1978. This taxon, known only from
a few small patches on the southcentral part of Tern
Island has been tentatively identified by Dr. F. R.
Fosberg as L. repens var. subulatus. This variety pre-
viously had been known principally from the Central
Pacific and Micronesia, but had been collected from
Midway and Laysan in the Leeward Hawaiian Islands.
Herbst 6236 (BISH, US, HAW).

Fimbristylis cymosa R. Br.

This species was occasional throughout the island, but
most common at the eastern end in 1968. It was much more
common in 1978. Long 2504 (US, HAW); Herbst 1219, 6245
(BISH, US, HAW).

Chenopodium murale L.

Several large, vigorous plants were found growing
along the northeastern part of the island in 1978.
Herbst 6222 (BISH, US, HAW).

1980 Herbst, Notes on Hawaiian flora 1D
Salicornia virginica L.

Rare; in 1968, a small colony was growing on bare
coraline gravel above the water line by the gas dump,
north central side of the island. It probably was
washed out during the storm of 1969 as this part of the
island was badly damaged by wave action. For a discus-
sion of this collection, see Fosberg and Sachet (1975),
page 17. Herbst 1213 (BISH, US, HAW).

Euphorbia glomerifera (Millsp.) L.C. Wheeler

Common on the eastern and central parts of the south
side of the island in 1968; not seen in 1978. This
species was incorrectly identified as E. thymifolia L.
by C. R. Long, and was listed under that name by Amerson
(1971). Long 2498 (US, HAW); Herbst 1212 (BISH, US,
HAW) .

Euphorbia hirta L.

Common on southeastern part of the island in 1968; not
seen in 1978. Herbst 1215 (BISH, US, HAW).

Euphorbia prostrata L.

Seen, but not collected by Herbst around the LORAN
station, south central part of the island in 1968; not
seen in 1978. Long 2505 (US, HAW).

Hibiscus tiliaceus L.

According to Amerson (1971), Judd planted slips of
this plant when the Tanager Expedition visited the island
June 26, 1923. If they survived, they would have been
destroyed in 1942, when the U.S. Navy covered the origi-
nal Tern Island with coral dredged from the lagoon to
create a larger island. In 1968, several small plants
of this species were growing near the LORAN station. As
the plants were small, and as they were not reported by
Lamoureux (1961) or in Long's collection (1964), they
probably were brought in by the Coast Guard to landscape
the LORAN station shortly before my 1968 trip. The
species was not seen in 1978. Herbst 1218 (BISH, US).

76 Pry MOlinelGwm A Vol. 45, Noold

Frankenia grandifolia C. & S.

A few plants were found growing around the barrels of
aviation fuel at the gas dump, north central side of the
islands. This part of the island was badly damaged
during the 1969 storm. The top layers of crushed coral
from this area were washed away. Later, part of the
debris which had washed onto the runway during the storm
was pushed into the gas dump area when the runway was
cleared. The plant was not seen in 1978. See Fosberg
and Sachet (1975), page 20. Herbst 1217 (BISH, US, HAW),
deta by Dw, Es Re hosbexg:

Conocarpus erectus Tre

A single, small shrub was planted on the south side of
the living quarters of the old LORAN station. It was not
seen in 1978. Herbst 1216 (BISH).

Terminalia catappa L.

Several young trees were planted around the old LORAN
station. A specimen was collected in 1968, but the trees
were gone in 1978. As both Conocarpus and Terminalia
are to tolerant to salt, these two species probably were
destroyed during the construction of the new LORAN
facilities rather than during the inundation of the
island during the 1969 storm. Herbst 1214 (BISH, US).

Heliotropium curassavicum L.

A common indigenous species which very successfully
colonizes newly disturbed coastal areas on the main
islands. It was first collected on Tern Island in 1978,
and is sparingly distributed throughout the island.
Herbst 6223, 6248 (BISH, US, HAW).

Heliotropium procumbens var. depressum (Cham.) Fosb.

This plant is indigenous to Guam and other Pacific
basin areas, and is a recent introduction to the
Hawaiian Islands. It has recently been collected at
Barbers Point; Sand Island; Manoa Campus, U. H.; and
Mariners Ridge, Hawaii Kai on Oahu. Herbst 6229
(BISH, US, HAW) is the first non-Oahu collection in
Hawaii. As the Coast Guard maintains facilities at

1980 Herbst, Notes on Hawaiian flora Hi)

both Sand Island and Barbers Point, it can be assumed
that the species is on Tern Island as a result of Coast
Guard activities. On Tern Island, the plant is presently
found primarily on the south side of the island, where

it is becoming rather common.

Plantago lanceolata L.

A single, large plant was seen growing along the south
side of the tennis courts. Herbst 6230 (BISH, US).

Fifteen months after my 1968 visit, high seas, caused
by a massive storm area in the northern Pacific, swamped
Tern Island, covering it with as much as two feet of
water from dawn until noon. Three to four foot waves
washed across the island, toppling trees and covering it
with coral and debris (The Honolulu Advertiser, 1969 and
Honolulu Star Bulletin, 1969).

By comparing the species lists from my two visits,
after deleting the plants obviously recently introduced
for landscaping purposes, the species left probably are
those able to withstand short periods of inundation by
salt water. However, as my second trip was more than
eight years after the storm, and as I was able to spend
only three hours on the island during that visit, several
factors must be considered when judging the validity of
such a list: 1) Some species may have been reintroduced
after the storm; most of the plants on the list are
common and widely spread throughout the state, and most
are easily distributed. No botanical documentation was
made during the time between the storm and 1978.

2) Some species adapted to a marine coastal environment,
as Salicornia, are no longer on Tern Island. Salicornia
and Frankenia both occurred in low numbers and were
restructed to one small part of the island; a part of
the island badly damaged by wave action. It is possible
that they were washed off the island during the storm,
with no plants or seeds remaining to reestablish the
species. 3) Some species may have disappeared due to
non-storm related factors. For example, the Salicornia
on Tern Island apparently didn't produce seed; the parent
plants may have died of natural causes, leaving no
progeny behind. Or more aggressive later introductions
may have crowded out less competitive species.

4) Factors indirectly related to the storm must be
considered also. The changes in the vegetation as a
result of the inundation could bring about changes in

78 ID yal NE Aw (O)e Ibs (i (Ie IN Voll) 45) Noegel

competitive factors leading to the loss of some species.
5) Finally, because of my short stay on the island,
some uncommon species may have been missed.

The species which apparently were able to withstand
approximately six hours of inundation by salt water, and
the wave action are:

Cenchrus echinatus Boerhavia repens
Chloris petraea Portulaca lutea
Cynodon dactylon Portulaca oleracea
Eleusine indica Spergularia marina
Digitoria adscendens Tribulus cistoides
Eragrostis whitneyi Ipomoea pes-caprae
Lepturus repens Tournefortia argentea
Fimbristylis cymosa Scaevola taccada
Casuarina equisetifolia Conyza bonariensis
Chenopodium oahuensis Pluchea odorata
Cocoloba uvifera Sonchus oleraceus
Laysan:

Eleven days were spent on the island; from the 3rd to
the 14th of September, 1968. Two plants new to the
island were recorded:

Cenchrus echinatus L.

According to Ely and Clapp (1973), "This species was
probably introduced by military personnel in the 1960's.
A single plant found near the campsite on the northwest
side of the island was destroyed in March 1969 by BSFW
personnel. Two more plants flowering in the same general
area in September 1969 were also destroyed."

On September 12, 1968, I found a large clump of the
species in the same area. After several herbarium
specimens were taken, the remaining portions of the plant
were sealed in a plastic bag and taken aboard the ship to
be disposed of along with the rest of the garbage accu-
mulated during our stay on the island. I sifted the sand
surrounding the plant in an attempt to remove all seeds.
Herbst 1223 (BISH, US, HAW).

' Chenopodium oahuense (Meyen) Aellen

Ely and Clapp (1973) report a single mature plant near
the campsite on the northwestern rim on the island. It

1980 Herbst, Notes on Hawaiian flora 79

probably grew from seeds collected from plants on French
Frigate Shoal which were broadcast in this area in
September, 1966. Specimens have been distributed under
my number 1226 (BISH, US, HAW). The species appears to
be established as seedlings have been reported recently
(Ely and Clapp, 1973).

LITERATURE CITED

Amerson, A. B., Jr. 1971. The Natural History of French
Frigate Shoals, Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Atoll
Research Bull. 150:67-71.

Degener, O. and I. 1965. Orchids of Hawaii Nei. Bull.
Pacific Orchid Soc. Hawaii 23(1):12—-15.

Biv, ¢. A. and R. B. Clapp. 1973. The Natural History of
Laysan Island, Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Atoll
Research Bull. 171:64-86.

Fosberg, F. R. & M. H. Sachet. 1975. Polynesian Plant
Studies 1-5. 5: Annotations to the Hawaiian Flora,
Smithsonian Contri. Bot. 21:15-24.

Herbst, D. 1977a. Vegetation in R. B. Clapp and E.
Kridler, The Natural History of Necker Island, North-
western Hawaiian Islands. Atoll Research Bulletin
206:25-31.

- L977b.+ Vegetation in -R. B. Clapp, Es Kradiler
and K. R. Fleet. The Natural History of Nihoa Island,
Northwestern Hawaiian Islands. Atoll Research Bulle-
tin 207:26-38.

Hillebrand, W. 1888. Flora of the Hawaiian Islands.
Reprinted 1965. Hafner Publ. Co., New York. 673 pp.

Hitchcock, A. S. 1951. Manual of the Grasses of the
United States. 2nd edition revised by A. Chase.

USDAY Misc. Publi. 2000) 1,055 pp.

Keck, D. D. 1936. The Hawaiian Silverswords: Sys-
tematics, Affinities, and Phytogeographic Problems
of the genus Argyroxiphium. B. P. Bishop Museum
Occas. Paper 11(19) :1-38.

Kramer, R. J. and G. Swedberg. 1961. Report of Observa-
tions Made on Official Visit as Biologists of the
Division of Fish and Game, Dept. of Land and Natural
Resources, State of Hawaii, for the Dept. of Interior.

Lamoureux, C. H. 1961. Botanical Observations on Leeward
Hawaiian Atolls. II. Vascular Plants of Tern Island,
French Frigate Shoal. Atoll Research Bull. 79:7-10.

Mann, H. 1867. Enumeration of Hawaiian Plants. Proc.
Am. Acad. Arts and Sci. 7:143-235.

Sherff, E. E. 1935. Revision of Tetramolopium, Lipo-
chaeta, Dubautia, and Raillardia. B. P. Bishop Museum
Bubie 135. £36 pp.

- 1951. Miscellaneous Notes on New or Otherwise
Noteworthy Dicotyledonous Plants. Amer. Journ. Bot.
38 (1) :54-73.

80 PeHy Ye OMLy OF Gr vA Vols 35/5, Nowe!
Table 1: Host plants of Hawaiian Korthalsella.

The following list is based upon a survey of the specimens in the
herbaria of the Bishop Museum and the University of Hawaii, and of
the available literature on the Hawaiian species of the genus.

K. latissima var. crassa (v. Tiegh) Danser is omitted as it is known
only from the type collection, and the host of that specimen is un-
known. A small number of dubious literature citations also have been
omitted. The symbols indicate the islands on which the collections
were made. They are: H = Hawaii, K = Kauai, L = Lanai, M = Maui,

Mo = Molokai, and O = Oahu.

CPZ) C3)V C4) PIG) ACC) FC) eC are)
tS “fd ow
ise) OU is) oO (30) ¢ ra)
2 og OW oo ro a a
8 wnHoet od Od Bed 5 a i
G wre HoH +S fd iss] og oS
Ge rhs aon @ 7} no 3) ¢ 0 a
qo aU av i= ne Ea ou a 3 st
a st ‘d rT) aa yp > x
& coe ci 0) myo ) ae Be q
° Du Du a) Cw rd Oo 4 0 7)
3) od od uv dia a Ha ud M4
. AB. rahe . ec . Sais nits
4 mM 4 4 4 Mm 4 4
Aquifoliaceae
Ilex O 0,Mo
Araliaceae
Cheirodendron M K
Tetraplasandra (0)
Celastraceae
Perrottetia (6)
Ebenaceae
Diospyros K 0,H 0,M, K
Elaeocarpaceae Mo,L
Elaeocarpus (0) K,0
Epacridaceae
Styphelia M,Mo
Ericaceae
Vaccinium M
Euphorbiaceae
: K,O K
Antidesma ae?
Fa Mo,L

Euphorbia (0)

1980 Herbst, Notes on Hawaiian flora 81

Table 1 (Continued)

Gesneriaceae

Cyrtandra K K
Leguminosae
Acacia K,0,H 0) (6)
Sophora H
Lobeliaceae
Clermontia M K
Myrsinaceae
Myrsine M,H K,0O
Myrtaceae
Eugenia -
Metrosideros M,H ae EY pean 0)
Oleaceae
Osmanthus O,M fe) K
Pittospraceae
Pittosporum K
Rubiaceae
Bobea
Canthium
Gouldia
Hedyotis K
Psychotria
Rutaceae
Pelea
Platydesma K
Sapindaceae
Sapindus fe) 0 0
Sapotaceae
Planchonella K,O 0
Solanaceae

Solanum sodomeum |M

NYMPHAEA AMPLA (NYMPHAEACEAE), A WATERLILY NEW TO FLORIDA

Richard P. Wunderlin
Department of Biology, University of South Florida
Tampa, FL 33620

and

Donald H. Les
Lee County Hyacinth Control District
P.O. Box 06005, Fort Myers, FL 33906

Nymphaea ampla (Salisb.) DC., a species of waterlily pre-
viously unknown for Florida and the southeastern United States is
here reported from Lee County, southwestern Florida. This species
is wide spread in tropical and subtropical America, ranging from
Mexico, south through Central America to central Brazil and
throughout the Antilles. It is reported by Conard (1905) to reach
its northernmost station in southern Texas (Kinney County: Fort
Clark and Spofford). Small (1931) also lists it from Texas. How-
ever, Correll and Johnston (1970) do not list it for the Texas
flora.

The species has been in the Fort Myers area of Florida as
early as 1976 (as evidenced by photographs of "Nymphaea sp." on
file at the Lee County Hyacinth Control District taken September
14, 1976 by Ernest Del Fosse formerly of that agency). Specimens
were first collected May 17, 1979 by the junior author and sub-
sequently identified as W. anpla by the senior author. Since
then, collections have been made at four additional sites.

Nymphaea anpla belongs to subgenus Brachyceras which consists
of about 12 species. Of these, W. capensis, N. elegans, and N. X

daubeniana (a hybrid derived in part from N. micrantha) are also

found in Florida outside of cultivation. Nymphaea elegans is the
only indigenous species of the subgenus in Florida; the other two
are escapes from cultivation and naturalized.

Nymphaea ampla resembles W. capensis, a cultivated African
species locally escaped in Indian River and Seminole counties, in
being the only other species in Florida with distinctive sinuate-
dentate leaves. However, N. anpla differs in having white flowers
while N. capensis has blue to lavender flowers. Nymphaea ampla
also resembles N. odorata, another day-blooming species with large
white flowers, but differs in having emergent flowers and sinuate-
dentate leaves. Nymphaea odorata has nonemergent flowers and
entire leaves.

Although N. ampla var. spectosa (Mart. & Zucc.) Casp. and
var. pulchella (DC.) Casp. are cultivated, the typical form of N.
anpla apparently is not. Our plants appear to belong to the typi-
cal wild form and not the ones in cultivation.

Nymphaea ampla is well established in Lee County and has also

82

1980 Wunderlin & Les, Nymphaea ampla 83

been observed in the Everglades National Park (Collier County).

It is unknown how long W. ampla has been a member of the Florida
flora. Because of its rather restricted known distribution, it

is possibly a relatively recent adventive likely to have been
brought in by migratory waterfowl. Becasue of its wide distri-
bution in the American tropics and subtropics, its presence in
Florida is not totally unexpected. Since it is such a spectacu-
lar plant, it is unlikely that it would have gone unnoticed for
long. On the other hand, the fact that it has been overlooked

by botanists until recently is not totally unlikely as the now
well known WV. elegans was not discovered until 1929 (Small, 1931).
Also, N. blanda was not discovered until 1940 and its true ident-
ity was not known until several years later (ward, 1977). Nymphaea
jamesontana was not discovered in Florida until 1967 (Ward, 1977).
This points out the fact that the waterlilies are still poorly
known in Florida in spite of the work on Conard (1905), Small
(1931, 1933), Ward (1977, 1977a), and others.

Seeds of WV. ampla collected by the junior author from the
Florida populations in 1979 have proven to be viable through
simple germination tests. The species is known to be very aggres-
ive in nature and to be highly salt tolerant (J. Beckner, pers.
comm.) which suggests that it has the potential to remain or even
to become a more frequent element of the southern Florida flora.

NYMPHAEA AMPLA (Salisb.) DC., Syst. 2: 54. 1821; non Kotschy ex

Casp., 1866.

Castalta ampla Salisb., Parad. Lond. 1, t. 14. 1806.

Nymphaea lotus Aubl., Pl. Guian. Fr. 1: 533. 1775; non L.,

iN7/S3)e

Nymphaea candolleana Lehm., Ham. Gartenz. 9: 203. 1853.

Nymphaea anpla var. plwntert Planch., Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3,

LO 44S.

Leaves 15-45 cm in diameter, suborbicular, narrowly peltate,
sinuate-dentate, upper surface green, flecked with purple spots,
lower surface purple, flecked with purple-black spots, veins
prominent. Flowers diurnal, white, emergent, 4-7 cm in diameter;
sepals 4, oblong-lanceolate, obtuse to acute, outer surface green,
marked with distinct short black lines; petals 12-21, oblong-
lanceolate, obtuse; stamens 90-190, outermost longer than inner-
most, anthers apiculate; carpels 14-23, styles short-conical,
gradually narrowed to apiculate tip, stigma extending out in short
rays. Seeds subglobose to elliptic, ca. 1 mm long, with longi-
tudinal rows of hairs.

SPECIMENS EXAMINED: FLORIDA: Lee Co.: Roadside drainage
canal, ca. 3.5 mi. ESE of Fort Myers, T44S, R25E, S26, NE 1/4,
May 17, 1979, Les 3 (*), 4 (*), June 19, 1979, Les & Cassani s.n.
(USF); First canal N of FLA 78 on Del Prado, T44S, R24E, S6, SE

* Specimens on deposit at Lee County Hyacinth Control District
offices.

84 PuHaY seuOnl iO! Co 7A Vol. 45, No. 1

1/4, October 5, 1979, Les 143 (USF); Shallow water of roadside

ditch, Neal Road, T44S, R26E, S7, NW 1/4, November 13, 197

9, Les

153 (USF); Standing water of roadside ditch, Alt. 41, 0.3 mi. N

of FLA 78, -T43S, R24E,.S35, S.1/2, November 14, 1979 Les 1
(USF); Eastwood Country Club, shallow pond in golf course,
R25E, $28, SE 1/4, November 11, 1979, Les 160 (USF).

LITERATURE CITED

CONARD, H. S. 1905. The Waterlilies, a monograph of the
Nymphaea. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 4: 1-279.
CORRELL, D. S., and M. C. JOHNSTON. 1970. Manual of the

Plants of Texas. Texas Research Foundation. Renner.

PP-
SMALL, J. K. 1931. The waterlilies of the United States.
No Wo Weta, (Catal, 3475 all 7 ou.

57
T44S,

genus

vascular
1881

Journ.

. 1933. Manual of the Southeastern Flora. Univ. N.

GWRress/.echap ela rial alo aesppr.
WARD, D. B. 1977. Night-blooming waterlilies in Florida.
Seal, TAORY SESS)

Fl.

1977a. Keys to the flora of Florida--4, Nymphaea

(Nymphaeaceae). Phytologia 37: 443-448.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"BOTANY IN CHINA -- Report of the Botanical Society of America
Delegation to the People's Republic May 20 -- June 18, 1978"
edited by Anitra Thorhaug, v & 154 pp., 1 b/w photo. U.S.-
China Relations Program, Stanford University, Stanford,
California 94305.or Missouri Botanical Garden, P. O. Box
299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166. 1979. $7.50 paperbound
prepaid incl. postage,

Ten U. S. botanists officially visited the People's Republic of
China from May 20th to June 18th 1978 including departments of
botany (or biology) in 7 universities that are now reinstating
graduate studies, 12 reopened botanical research institutes and
academies that are now accepting graduate students, 8 botanical
gardens and others in city parks, temple gardens, etc. that were
often afflicted by the same vandalism and debris that we know so
well here at home. There are accounts of organizational aspects
of Chinese botany, major research foci, the botanical institutions
visited in 8 cities and the gracious reception afforded the
visitors. Appendices give the daily itineraries, the individuals
met, bibliography, etc. This publication will be of general in-
terest to botanists and agriculturists and of special interest to
those scientific academicians and researchers with parallel con-
cerns in Asia.

"THE WITCH'S GARDEN" by Harold A. Hansen, Translated from the
Danish by Muriel Crofts, xii & 128 pp., 10 b/w pl. & 10 fig.
Unity Press, Santa Cruz, California 95060. 1978. $4.95
paperbound,

I will just echo Richard Evans Schultes in his Foreword
(since his opinion holds so much more weight than mine) wherein
he states that "Much of a fundamental nature can be learned
from critical studies of the social, religious, political, and
historical influence of the witches' brews, secret formulas, and
diabolical potions so cleverly employed in so many diverse ways
in medieval Europe". Hallucinogens, soporifics, ergotics,
pain-killers, hypnotics, poisons, etc. are some of the materials
that have been aided and abetted psychologically by incantations,
etc. The texts on mandrake, henbane, nightshade, thornapple,
monkshood and the hemlocks, illustrated from early woodcuts,
reveal their uses in witchcraft and the influences of witchcraft
on so many people in Europe a while back. Fascinating and inform-

ative reading!
85

86 PAY Oh EO Cai rA Vol. 45, Now L

"LOW MAINTENANCE PERENNIALS" by Robert S. Hebb, iii & 220 pp., 27
line draw. & 72 b/w photo. Demeter Press Book of Quadrangle/
The New York Times Book Comany, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1975.
$9.00 clothbound and $4.95 paperbound.

This is indeed a safe guide to the plants referred to in the
title because "representatives of most all the major groups dis-
cussed here have been tried at one time or another at the Case
Estates of the Arnold Arboretum in the area known as the Low
Maintenance Garden.....in a frost pocket where winter tempera-
tures may drop to -20° F. or lower", Retail and wholesale nursery
sources are given (not recommended). Perennial herbs and shrubs
are listed alphabetically with simple descriptive and/or growth
directions and sources. The illustrative material is attractively
printed and shows what a grower might expect. The author is a
well known horticulturist.

"DICTIONARY OF MICROBIOLOGY" by Paul Singleton & Diana Sainsbury,
iii & 481 pp., 50 b/w fig. & 10 tab. Wiley-Interscience
Publication of John Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y. 10017.
1978. $45.00.

The preface describes correctly the nature and uses of this
specialized lexicon as a "compact source of readily available and
up-to-date information for undergraduates and postgraduates in
microbiology and for those studying - or otherwise engaged in -
any of the wide range of subjects and disciplines for which
some knowledge of microbiology is necessary. The dictionary deals
with terms, concepts, techniques, tests, other topics, and over
one thousand microbial taxa; the entries....range from short
definitions to descriptions and concise reviews."' Appendixes
diagram several important biosyntheses of amino acids, fermenta-
tions, etc.

"PLANTING DESIGN" by Brian Hackett, x & 174 pp., illus. by 14
color & 92 b/w photo & 48 fig. McGraw-Hill Book Company,
New York, N. Y. 10020. 1979. $16.95.

The author, an emeritus professor of landscape architecture at
the University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, has lectured throughout
the world stressing "how different plants can be selected and
planted in landscapes as a contribution to an appearance which
meets the aesthetic principles of the designer while entering in-
to favourable relationships with the habitat and with the other
plants. Planting design cannot be separated from landscape de-
sign." The book is good for both the professional and the ama-
teur who likes to ask "why?" It starts with an historical survey
of planting design through the ages, considers natural plant re-

1980 Moldenke, Book reviews 87

lationships, uses and visual effects, ecology and environmental
control, wildlife cover and feeding, and easy management -- all
intelligently, effectively and attractively.

"GIBBERELLINS AND PLANT GROWTH" edited by H. N. Krishnamoorthy,
xv & 350 pp., b/w illus by 64 fig., 31 tab. & 4 photo.
Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y.
OOS L976. SUG eD0

Herein are 12 papers covering the biochemistry, bioassaying,
metabolism, roles in germination and abscission, flower and
fruit development, gibberellin antagonists and antigibberellins.
Most authors are specialists in the British Commonwealth and the
United States. Important scientific English-language journals
provide the material for easily organized access to graduate
students and research workers. This book should prove of value
and help to those without access to the periodicals in larger
libraries as in the undeveloped countries.

"ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS HANDBOOK" edited by John G. Raw
& David C. Wooton, xvii & 625 pp., b/w illus by 156 fig.,
222 tab. & 19 maps. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York,
N. x. 10020. 19802 S$36250:

This compendium of valuable materials, tools, and techniques
is dedicated "to the National Environmental Policy Act whose
passage made this handbook necessary.....for population growth,
high density urbanization, industrial expansion, resource ex-
ploitation, air, water and noise pollution, undesirable land use
patterns, damage to life systems, threats to health and other
consequences adverse to environmental goals.....The contents of
this handbook are an outgrowth of course notes used by the [8]
authors in training programs and courses presented over the
last few years through the University of California at Irvine."
After clearly developing the concepts of environmental impact
analysis, this important text considers analyses of socio-
economic factors, air quality, noise, energy, water quality,
vegetation and wildlife impacts as well as a summarization.

"ENVIRONMENT AND PLANT ECOLOGY" by John R. Etherington, xii &
347 pp., b/w illus by 107 fig., 18 tab. & 5 maps. John Wi-
ley & Sons, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1975. $28.95.

This is still a modern, important study several of whose
figures display information and processes in different effective
forms which are additionally helpful as teaching and/or
studying aids. "This book attempts to examine some of the de-
tails of this intricate jigsaw of plant, animal, microorganism
and environmental interactions as it manifests itself in plant

88 PEE WaT ORT ONG eer A Vol. 45, No. 1

physiological ecology. The problem is to dissect the network of
energy fluxes, elemental cycles and control systems and to pre-
sent them in the light of the individual species' behaviour and
competitive interaction.....The ultimate in ecosystem modelling
is to describe not only general functional relationships but also
the population dynamics of the species concerned."

"DESERT JOURNAL - Reflections of a Naturalist" by Raymond B.
Cowles in collaboration with Elna S. Bakker, xv & 263 pp.,
b/w illus by 42 draw., 25 photo. & 1 map. University of
California Press, Los Angeles, California & Berkeley, Cali-
fornia 94720 & New York, N. Y. 1978. $10.95 clothbound &
$4.95 paperbound.

What a delightful testimonial to the 50 years of the author's
professional life as a naturalist of far more depth than just the
descriptive kind and as a professor who took his university
classes on wonderful field trips. The first part of the book has
11 essay chapters on Survival in an Arid Environment, describing
desert living adjustments of plants and animals, especially the
reptilian exotherms in the (irrigation) Ditch Camp and the Mes-
quite Camp. The second part has 12 more fascinating chapters on
Surviving Each Other, describing herbivore and predator roles,
microniches, adaptations, debunking myths and an important plea
for controlling excessive human population.

"THE BLOLOGY OF SYMBIOTIC FUNGI" by Roderic Cooke, xi & 282 pp.,
b/w illus. by 75 fig., 25 photo. & 26 tab. John Wiley &
Sons, News York, Ne en eLOOMG. VO 7 S29%.95.

This excellent interestingly presented and well organized
study treats symbiosis in the original literal broad de Bary con-
cept that includes the following groups and their overlaps --

1 & 2 Antagonistic-Facultative and Obligate, 3 & 4 Neutral-
Facultative and Obligate, and 5 & 6 Mutualistic-Facultative and
Obligate Symbionts in and on dead and/or living protists, plants,
animals and other fungi. Much of the research studies reported
in this broad field are those of microbiologists, entomologists,
phytopathologists and medical scientists; this orientation is
that of the mycologist.

"TMPORTANT FOREST TREES OF THE UNITED STATES" by Elbert L. Little
Jr., i & 70 pp., b/w illus by 204 fig. & 204 distribution
maps. Agriculture Handbook No. 519. 1978. $2.10 paper-
bound, from U. S. Gov't Print. Off., Washington, D.C. 20402.

This inexpensive compact book has been culled and updated
from the author's "Trees", the 1949 Yearbook of Agriculture and
his 5 volumes on the "Trees of the United States" which represent
a professional lifetime of excellent work. For 204 species there
are given common and scientific names, drawings, keys, descrip-
tions, uses and distribution.

Gf 7
4 PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication
Vol. 45 February 1980 No. 2

CONTENTS

_ ROBINSON, H., Notes on the lychnophorine genera Chresta and
Eremanthus (Vernonieae; Asteraceae)............+24. 89

KING, R. M., and ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). CLXXXVI. A review of the genus Stylotrichum. 101

_ KING, R. M., and ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae
1 (Asteraceae). CLXXXVII. Additions to Trichogonia and
RRM NPR TEIRE D5) 108 at das noe ic ave We SA cha oetat ser So wie 105

_ KING, R. M., and ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). CLXXXVIII. New species of Mikania from

RUN Be Rte PAU roe tes tte Pe eee, ale at the Kee sl dnd Ae es Padi am 124
KING, R. M., and ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae

(Asteraceae). CLXXXIX. Additions to Acritopappus....... 142
ROBINSON, H., New species of Vernonieae (Asteraceae). IV. Three

additions to Vernonia from Ecuador and Peru ........... 158
- ROBINSON, H., New species of Vernonieae (Asteraceae). V. Additions

ROAR TIED CHORE THRESH 5.3 hab sya eats (et ths owen 8 Eten 166
. MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXXIV ... 209

MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Congea. I...... rae

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Winipeake 1980

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 New YORK

fd BOTANICAL GARDEN
Price of this number $3.75; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
after close of the volume; $3 extra to all foreign addresses; 512 pages
constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the
mails must be made immediately after receipt of the next
* following number. Back volume prices will apply if
payment is received after close of the volume. 4

Raa Sy

NOTES ON THE LYCHNOPHORINE GENERA CHRESTA AND EREMANTHUS.

(VERNONIEAE: ASTERACEAE)

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

The Subtribe Lychnophorinae of the Vernonieae has been
distinguished by Bentham and Hooker (1873) and Hoffmann (1890-94)
by the presence of clustered syncephalous usually few-flowered
heads in the inflorescence. The subtribe is partially artificial,
but it is notable for containing various elements that are in-
dividually very distinct from Vernonia. The typical and rather
natural element of the subtribe, represented by Lychnophora, and
Eremanthus, and a few other closely related genera, is restricted
almost completely to eastern Brasil, and has come under study as
a result of efforts to identify various collections from that
area. The study has resulted in the discovery of significant
characters in the pollen and the nectary, and has shown the need
to resurrect the genus Chresta from synonymy. One new species of
Eremanthus and one new species of Chresta are described.

The genus Fremanthus has been interpreted broadly in most
treatments to include those species of the complex in which the
inner pappus setae are not contorted and are persistent. The
typical element of the genus is distinctly shrubby, but a number
of the species are herbaceous and some are scapose from a basal
rosette of leaves. A number of generic segregates have been
suggested for various of the more herbaceous elements, Chresta
Vell. ex DC., Pyenocephalum (Less.) DC., Stachyanthus DC., and
most recently Glaztovianthus Barroso. It has been necessary to
determine the need for segregation of the herbaceous elements of
Eremanthus and to determine what name or names are applicable.

Typical Eremanthus, based on EF. glomerulatus Less., has
short cylindrical basal tubes on the corolla, smooth inner sur-
faces of the corolla lobes, and Lychnophora-Type pollen. The
herbaceous species all share some details by which they differ
from the shrubby species. Most obviously, the corolla tubes are
very elongate and partially funnelform. More detailed examina-
tion shows a papillose inner surface at the bases of the corolla
lobes, a character that seems unique in the tribe. The papillae
differ from those of most other tribes by occurring in a series
on each of the elongate cells of the corolla surface, rather
than each representing a single cell. One other feature found in
most of the herbaceous species is a distinctly lophorate type of
pollen grain. These have a pattern with colpar areolae similar
to the Vernonia argyrophylla-Type, but they have low ridges as in
the Lychnophora-Type found in typical Fremanthus. Only two of

89

90 Pie tel OcleOue mem Vol. 45, No. 2

the herbaceous species examined lack the specialized pollen,

E. ertopus Sch.Bip. ex Baker and £. curumbensts (Philips.) H.
Robins. On the basis of the combined characters, the more herb-
aceous series of species is regarded as a separate and natural
genus.

Of the four names that have been provided for the various
herbaceous species, three have equal priority, dating for purpos-
es of validation from the Prodromus of de Candolle (1836). One
of the names, Stachyanthus based on S. martit DC., was entirely
new at that point. It is also the name most readily dismissed,
having been rejected in favor of the later Stachyanthus Engler,
nom. cons. of the Icacinaceae. The two other names have a hist-
ory preceding their use by de Candolle. Pycnocephalwn (Less.)
DC., based on Vernonia plantagintfoltus Less. and V. seapigera
Less., was originally a section under Vernonta. Chresta Vell. ex
DC., based on C. cordata Vell., nom. inval. (=C. spaerocephala
DC.) and C. lanceolata Vell., nom. inval., was initially publish-
ed without description. Vellozo names are usually considered
valid on the basis of the plates with details, but a new genus
and its included species cannot be considered validated without
a genus description. Given names of equal priority, the choice
must be made by a later author. I follow here Gardner (1842) who
gave precedence to the name Chresta.

The most recent generic name provided in the group, Glaztov-
tanthus Barroso (1947), presents special problems. The type was
G. purpureus Barroso, and reference was made to a previous unval-
idated name, Fremanthus labordet Glaziou. The most important
character of the genus was the deciduous pappus, a feature con-
trasting with the traditional characters of Hremanthus. The
species involved closely resembles members of the genus Chresta,
and might be placed there except for the presence of a Lychno-
phora-Type pollen and the deciduous pappus. Examination shows
that the corolla shape and papillosity are as in Chresta, and
generic distinction is not recommended here. Furthermore,
Eremanthus eritopus also has Lychnophora-Type pollen, but has a
persistent pappus, falling between the two groups.

There are two species names that must be considered in
relation to Glaztovianthus. Chresta spectosa Gardn. was describ-
ed as having a deciduous pappus, and it is almost certainly a
very closely related species, though Gardner's plate (1842) shows
much narrower strap-shaped leaves with teeth only near the obtuse
tip. FEremanthus curumbensts Philipson (1938), according to the
description is the same species described by Barroso (1947), and
the name should be used in which ever genus the species is
placed.

GHRESTAY Vieille ex. DG. Prodre 5885) 118365, Chresita, Vellleembsle.
jaiiitine te (eg WSKOS ISS saYoyis shanyelle
Pyenocephalum (Less.) DC., Prodr. 5: 83. 1836. Vernonta sect.
Pycnocephalum Less., Linnaea 6: 630. 1831.

1980 Robinson, Chresta and Eremanthus 91

Stachyanthus DC., 5: 84. 1836, nom. rej. in favor of Stachy-
anthus Engl., nom. cons. (Icacinaceae).

Perennial herbs or subshrubs, with inflorescence terminal or
from axils of upper leaves, long-pedunculate, often scapose from
a rosette of leaves. Heads clustered in synflorescences, discoid,
few-flowered; involucral bracts subimbricate, inner often decidu-
ous. Flowers homogamous, 2-12; corollas reddish to purple; basal
tube elongate, very narrowly funnelform; throat very short or
lacking; lobes 5, linear, with distinct papillae on lower inside
surface; anther appendages with or without glands; nectary elong-
ate; style base without node; style branches filiform, hirtellous
abaxially; achenes prismatic, ca. 10-costate; pappus with outer
series present, of various lengths, usually not sharply differ-
entiated; inner pappus usually persistent (deciduous in Glaziov-
tanthus), tapering to tip. Pollen usually lophorate, with colpar
areolae reaching to poles, usually with partial walls above and
below pores, usually 2 rows of intercolpar areolae, a few species
with Lychnophora-Type pollen.

Lectotype species: Chresta sphaerocephala DC., present
designation.

The following 11 species are recognized.

Chresta angustifolia Gardn., Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 240, t. 8. 1842.
Eremanthus angustifolius (Gardn.) Baker in Mart., Fl. Bras.
(Si (250 aly Aalee att y/e

CHRESTA CURUMBENSIS (Philips.) H.Robins., comb. nov. FHremanthus
eurumbensts Philips., Kew Bull. 7: 298. 1938. Glaztovtanth-
us purpureus Barroso, Rev. Brasil. Biol. 7 (1): 115. 1947.

CHRESTA ERIOPUS (Sch.Bip. ex Baker) H.Robins., comb. nov.
Eremanthus eriopus Sch.Bip. ex Baker im Mart., Fl. Bras.
Ge2)/1169'5.01873%.

Chresta exsucca DC., Prodr. 5: 85. 1836. FEremanthus exsuccus
CG.) Baker i717 Marte, ll asBras= 6 (2)i2i1166.5 1/873).

CHRESTA MARTII (DC.) H.Robins., comb. nov. Stachyanthus martti
DC., Prodr. 5: 84. 1836. Eremanthus martii (DC.) Baker tn
Maier iGpnG2) ic) U67ie 21373

Chresta plantaginifolia (Less.) Gardn., Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 241.
1842. Vernonia plantaginifolia Less., Linnaea 4: 251. 1829.
Pyenocephalun plantagintfolun (Less.) DC., Prodr. 5: 83.
1836. Pyenocephalun spathulaefoliwn DC., Prodr. 5: 83.
1836. Chresta spathulaefolia (DC.) Gardn., Lond. Jour. Bot.
1: 241. 1842. Eremanthus plantagintfolius (Less.) Baker in
Marts, obi JaBras.1 6 (2)/2 0168. 1873.

92 PH Yaun ©) sm O Gs lae Vol. 45), Nome

Chresta pycnocephala DC., Prodr. 5: 85. 1836. Eremanthus
pycnocephalus (DC.) Baker tm Mart., Fl. Bras. 6 (2): 166.
L873.

Chresta scapigera (DC.) Gardn., Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 241. 1842.
Pycnocephalum scaptgerum DC., Prodr. 5: 83. 1836. Eremanth-
us scapigerus (DC.) Baker im Mart., Fl. Bras. 6 (2): 168.
1873.

Chresta speciosa Gardn., Lond. Jour. Bot. 1: 240, t.9. 1842.
Eremanthus spectosus (Gardn.) Baker in Mart., Fl. Bras.
(Qys Ae, alfss7/33o

Chresta sphaerocephala DC., Prodr. 5: 85. 1836. Chresta cordata
Vell., Fl. Flum. 8. t. 150, nom. inval. Chresta intermedia
Gardn., Lond. Jour. Bot. 4: 236. 1845. Eremanthus sphaero-
cephalus (DC.) Baker tm Mart., Fl. Bras. 6 (2): 167. 1873.

CHRESTA SOUZAE H.Robins., sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes rosulatae acaulescentes. Radices
subtuberosae. Folia in rosulis spiraliter inserta sessilia;
laminae herbaceae obovatae vel oblanceolatae 2-3 cm longae et
0.7-1.0 cm latae base cuneatae margine integrae apice obtusae vel
breviter acutae supra glabrae vel glabrescentes glandulo-puncta-
tae subtus plerumque inferne et in nervis villosae vel sublanatae
ubique glandulo-punctatae, nervis secundariis paucis utrinque ca.
2 valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae scaposae, scapi 4-8 cm
longi dense sordide pilosi, pilis appressis vel subappressis
T-formibus glomerulis apicalibus solitariis capituliformibus ca.
8-10-capitatis. Capitula sessilia anguste campanulata vel sub-
cylindrica ca. 14 mm alta et 4-5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca.
10 in partibus deciduae breviter oblongae vel anguste ellipticae
ca. 5-8 mm longae et 1.8-2.5 mm latae apice breviter acuminatae
pungentes margine late scariosae dense minute fimbriatae extus
plerumque glabrae superne ad medio fuscescentes ad apicem inter-
dum purpureo-tinctae. Flores ca. 7 in capitulo. Corollae
lavandulae 12-13 mm longae, tubis ca. 8 mm longis extus sparse
minute glanduliferis, faucibus nullis vel subnullis, lobis
anguste oblongis ca. 5 mm longis et 1 mm latis extus superne
pauce glandulo-punctatis intus inferne papillosis, nervis lob-
orum e marginis remotis; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae;
appendices antherarum oblongae ca. 0.35 mm longae et 0.25 mm
latae margine involutae extus pauce glanduliferae; nectaria
elongata ca. 1.5 mm longa glabra; basi stylorum non noduliferi;
scapi stylorum in partibus hirtellis superioribus ca. 2.5 mm
longi. Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa perdense sericeo-setifera; setae
pappi interiores longiores persistentes ca. 15 ad 7.5 mm longae,
setae exteriores irregulariter breviores numerosae, setae omnino
superne angustiores plerumque ad marginem subbarbellatae. Grana
pollinis ca. 60 um in diametro distincte lophorata, cristis

1980 Robinson, Chresta and Eremanthus 93

humilis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis
(reticulation Chresta-Type). “! .

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Chapada dos Veadeiros, 14 S, 47 W, ca.
12 km NW of Veadeiros, wet campo. Elev. 1200 m. Rosette herb
from deep root, with fleshy leaves. Heads ca. 10 cm high,
magenta. Locally common. 4H.S.Irwin, R.Souza, R.Reis dos Santos
9286 (Holotype UB, isotype US).

The new species seems closest to Chresta plantaginifolia, but
the plants are much smaller with shorter, less lepidote, more
prominently glandular-punctate leaves, and the involucral bracts
are distinctly sharply acuminate. On the basis of field notes
the leaves are also more fleshy, and the venation is not prominent
in the dried plants.

The revised concept of Hremanthus is as follows:

EREMANTHUS Less., Linnaea 4: 317. 1829.

Shrubs or subshrubs, with inflorescences terminal on branch-
es, leaves not in rosettes. Inflorescences corymbose-paniculate.
Heads densely corymbose or clustered in synflorescences, discoid,
few-flowered; involucral bracts subimbricate, inner often decidu-
ous. Flowers homogamous, 1-1l (typical element 1-flowered) ;
corollas reddish to purple; basal tube usually short-cylindrical,
rarely slightly funnelform; throat short or lacking; lobes 5,
linear, smooth on inner surface; anther appendages glabrous, with
tips flat and somewhat indurated; nectary shorter than wide,
usually glabrous (hirsute in 1 species); style without basal
node; style branches filiform, hirtellous abaxially; achenes
prismatic or slightly obcompressed, ca. 10-costate; pappus with
outer series of various lengths, sometimes not sharply differ-
entiated; inner pappus persistent, setae tapering to tip. Pollen
of Lychnophora-Type.

Type species: Eremanthus glomerulatus Less.

As presently recognized the genus excludes all strictly
herbaceous and rosette-forming species. The present concept
does include all the species approaching Vernonia in the presence
of looser inflorescences, such as £. crotonotdes Sch.Bip.,

E. elaeagnus (Mart.) Sch.Bip., F. lLeucodendron Mattf., and
E. veadetroensis described below. The generic placement of the
last of these is discussed briefly below.

Three collections matching the description of Fremanthus
mattogrossensts O.Kuntze have been seen, and in all three the
nectary is densely hirsute. The character is readily observable
since the nectary remains with the achene after the corolla falls.
The genus was not completely surveyed, but no other species has
been seen with the character. Only one other example of a pubes-
cent nectary is presently reported in the Asteraceae, Sciado-
eephala amazonitca K.& R., in the Eupatorieae (King & Robinson,
1974).

The following species is described as new.

94 Jel xe IE (0) Wy OIG IE Voll. 4555 Noe

EREMANTHUS VEADETROENSIS H.Robins., sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae vel contorte arborescentes 1.5-3.0 m
altae multo ramosae. Caules teretes dense brunnescentiter velut-—
ini, internodis brevibus plerumque 3-8 mm longis. Folia spiral-
iter inserta, petiolis indistinctis; laminae oblanceolatae pler-
umque 3-6 cm longae et 0.8-1.1 cm latae base subpulviniformes
fere ad basem constrictae superiores sensim latioribus margine
integrae apice anguste rotundatae vel breviter obtusae supra et
subtus dense breviter griseo-tomentosae, nervis pinnatis, nervis
secundariis subobscuris utrinque ca. 6 ascendentibus. Inflores-
centiae in ramis terminales dense corymbosae vel subcymosae
pauci-capitatae, ramis dense velutinis vel tomentosis, bracteis
foliiformibus plerumque 0.9-2.5 cm longis et 3-8 mm latis.
Capitula in greggis parvis sessilia vel breviter pedunculata ca.
11-14 mm alta et 6-7 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 45 subimbri-
catae 4-5-seriatae appressae ovatae vel elliptico-lanceolatae
2-7 mm longae et ca. 1.5 mm latae apice acutae purpurascentes
margine inferne anguste scariosae extus griseo-tomentosae; recep-
tacula cristifera minute denticulata. Flores 8-11 in capitulo.
Corollae lavandulae in textura subfirmae 7.0-7.5 mm longae, tubis
eylindricis ca. 3.5 mm longis ca. 1 mm latis extus plerumque
glabris base et apice in seriebus solitariis glanduliferis,
faucibus nullis vel subnullis, lobis anguste lanceolatis ca. 4 mm
longis et 0.8 mm latis extus dense glandulo-punctatis subapice
uni- vel pauci-setiferis, setis valde contortis interdum parum
T-formibus; thecae antherarum ca. 3 mm longae; appendices anther-
arum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.8 mm longae et 0.3 mm latae apice
anguste rotundatae glabrae; scapi stylorum in partibus hispidulis
superioribus ca. 0.5 mm longi. Achaenia ca. 3.5 mm longa leniter
asymmetrica costata sparse antrorse setifera; setae pappi albae
vel rubrescentes persistentes interiores 40-45 ca. 7 mm longae
subcomplanatae apice vix angustiores margine et extus scabridulae,
setae exteriores filiformes vel subsquamaeformes apice attenuatae
extus sparse scabridulae. Grana pollinis ca. 50 pm in diametro
inter spinulam irregulariter areolata (Lychnophora-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Chapada dos Veadeiros, ca. 20 km N. of
Alto do Parafso, elev. ca. 1250 m, Outcrops, Cerrado on sandstone
outcrops with adjacent wet campo (brejo). Shrub ca. 1.5 m tall.
Heads pinkish lilac. H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley, G.L.Smith 32752
(Holotype UB, isotype US). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Goias: Chapada dos
Veadeiros, ese 47-W, ca. 20 km W. of Veadeiros. Elev. 1000 m.
Rocky slopes and wet campo. Gnarled tree ca. 3 m X 6 cm. Heads
dull rose-violet. H.S.Irwin, J.W.Grear,Jr., R.Souza, R.Rets dos
Santos 12561 (US).

The new species was originally put aside as an undescribed
Vernonta because of the non-syncephalous inflorescence and the
general resemblance to V. eremophila Mart. Detailed analysis has
indicated relationship to the Lychnophorinae, however. The
enarled stems with velutinous pubescence are reminiscent of
Lyehnophora, while the pollen is of the Hremanthus-Lychnophora-

1980 Robinson, Chresta and Eremanthus 95

Type which is comparatively rare in Vernonia. The number of
flowers in the head is much less than 4s the number of involucral
bracts, a feature found in Vernonta only in the section Critont-
opsis which the new species does not resemble. Nevertheless, the
heads of the new species do contain more flowers than most other
members of the Lychnophorinae. The receptacle bears low denticu-
late crests of a type unknown in Vernonia. Detailed examination
of the flowers shows a pappus, an achene shape, rather evenly
tapering corolla lobes, and a short-cylindrical corolla tube
matching those found in Hremanthus. In aspect, the new species
most strongly resembles two other species with non-syncephalous
inflorescences, F. elaeagnus of Minas Gerais which has only 3
flowers per head, and £. leucodendron of Bahia which has 5 flow-
ers per head. According to the description, the latter species
also differs by having a more funnelform tube on the corolla.

The study has also resulted in the recognition of the
following new species which falls within the presently accepted
technical limits of the genus Lychnophora.

LYCHNOPHORA SANTOSIT H.Robins. sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ad 1.5 m altae dense ramosae. Caules
teretes superne canescentiter dense lepidoti, lepidis stellatis
peltatis breviter stipitatis breviter ramosis. Folia spiraliter
inserta vel raro subopposita subsessilia, petiolis 1-2 mm longis;
laminae ellipticae vel leniter obovatae plerumque 1.2-1.5 cm
longae et 0.5-0.7 cm latae base acutae margine integrae apice
rotundatae vel breviter obtusae supra glauco-virides non pilosae
dense appresse glandulo-punctatae subtus perdense compactae albo-
tomentosae, pilis individuis stellatis. Inflorescentiae in ramis
terminales syncephalae, bracteis foliiformibus ad 1.2 cm longae
in petiolis ad 4 mm longis. Capitula unusquisque in axilis
bracteorum disposita subcylindrica ca. 9 mm alta et ca. 2 mm
lata; squamae involucri sordido-virides ca. 20 subimbricatae
erectae subappressae ovatae vel anguste oblongae 1.5-4.5 mm
longae et 0.8-1.0 mm latae apice acutae margine superne anguste
scariosae minute fimbriatae in partibus purpureo-tinctae extus
dense pallide glandulo-punctatae. Flores 3 in capitulo. Corol-
lae lavandulae? 5.5-6.5 mm longae extus etiam ad basem dense
glandulo-punctatae, tubis 2-3 mm longis, faucibus subnullis,
lobis oblongo-lanceolatis ca. 3 mm longis et 0.5-0.7 mm latis;
thecae antherarum ca. 2.3 mm longae; appendices antherarum
anguste ovatae ca. 0.7 mm longae et 2.7 mm latae margine invol-
utae extus glabrae; basi stylorum non noduliferi; scapi stylorum
in partibus hispidulis superioribus ca. 0.5 mm longi. Achaenia
ca. 2.8 mm longa inter costas dense breviter setifera, carpopod-
iis minutis; setae pappi purpurascentes interiores ca. 25
aliquantum deciduae plerumque 5.0-5.5 mm longae anguste taenii-
formes leniter tortuae, squamae exteriores numerosae lanceolatae
ca. 1 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 45 pm in diametro

96 Pen yor On EO (Goes Vols 455. Noe

(Lychnophora-Type) .

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Rio de Contas. Pico das
Almas, a 18 kms ao NW de Rio de Contas. Elev. 1600-1850 nm.

Shrub 145 m tall, flowers all past anthesis. R,M.King, S.Mort,
T.S.Santos & J.Hage 8114 (Holotype RB, isotype US).

The species has a pappus most like that of Lychnophora
blanchettt Sch.Bip., also from Bahia, but there is no evidence of
complete reduction of the outer pappus series as sometimes occurs
in the latter species. The new species is unusual in Lychnophora
by the broad elliptical to obovate leaves lacking recurved
margins. The equally broad bracts of the inflorescence are also
prominent with their whitish undersurfaces among the reddish
heads.

Literature Cited

Baker, J. B. 1873. Compositae. 1. Vernoniaceae. Jn Martius,
Hlonral Brasdlensis a) 6m C2): 79h pills —5 0)

Barroso, G. M. 1947. Um g@nero novo da familia "Compositae."
Ways Breacalil, wroil, 7 (Gb)e illsSilS-

Bentham, G. & J. D. Hooker 1873. Ordo CXXXVIII. Compositae.
Genera Plantarum 2 (1): 163-533, 536-537.

Candolle, A. P. de 1836. Ordo CII. Compositae. Prodromus
Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis 5: 4-706.

Gardner, G. 1842. Characters of three new species of Chresta,
with remarks on the identity of Pyenocephalum and Chresta.
Lond: Jour. Bot. 1: 238-241, pl. 8-9.

Hoffmann, 0. 1890-1894. Compositae. Jn Engler, H. G. A. and
K. A. E. Prantl, Die natlUrlichen Pflanzenfamilien 4 (5):
87-391.

King, R. M. and H. Robinson 1974. Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). CXXVII. Additions to the American and Pacific
Adenostemmatinae. Adenostemma, Gymnocoronis and Scetado-
cephala. Phytologia 29 (1): 1-20.

Philipson, W. R. 1938. Four new species of Vernonieae collected
by Glaziou in Brasil. Kew Bulletin 1938 (7): 298-300.

1980 Robinson, Chresta and

Chresta souzae H. Robinson, Holotype, Herb4rio U

de Brasflia. Photos by Victor E. Krantz,
National Museum of Natural History.

Eremanthus

niversidade
Staff Photographer,

97

PAHe Ya ce O; TO) Gees Voll. 4555 Nore

98

THE NEW YORK ROTANICAL GARDEN
Plants of the Planalto do Brasfl
Parade de Gcite

"32752 Chapada dos Veadeiros

Eremanthus veadetroensis H. Robinson, Holotype, Herbario
Universidade de Brasflia.

1980 Robinson, Chresta and Eremanthus 99

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

Lychnophora santosti H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim Bot4nico,
Rio de Janeiro.

100 PWHGYereONL OuGarwA Vol. 45, No. 2

PRULRRE RE CURA DPA PAPA EEE ae a ee

a
Siete
ome
‘ome
ed
—
aces
tend
—
=
=
——
al
om
om
=
om
—
es

Enlargements of heads. Top. Chresta souzae. Middle.
Eremanthus veadetroensts. Bottom. Lyehnophora santostt.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXXVI.

A REVIEW OF THE GENUS STYLOTRICHUM.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washingcon, D.C., 20560.

As in the case of other genera endemic to Bahia, material of
Stylotrichum has accumulated slowly during the last hundred and
fifty years, and species concepts have not been adequately tested.
The first species known was Agrianthus corymbosus DC. based on a
Blanchet collection. The species was transferred at one point to
Ageratun (Baker, 1876), but evetually was placed in the new genus,
Stylotrichun, by Mattfeld (1924) along with a second species that
was described as new. Barroso (1957) has recently added a third
species. A review of the genus has been occasioned by the need
to identify some new collections, and the effort has been aided
by the opportunity to examine typical material of all three
previously described species.

Stylotrichum is rather distinctive in habit with crowded
spreading spirally inserted leaves and abrupt corymbose inflores-
cences on the ends of the branches. The members of the genus
have been spared inclusion in the broad concept of Eupatoriwn
that was suffered by closely related genera, because the members
all have a reduced pappus. The genus is named after its most
unique feature, the dense spreading pubescence that covers most
of the shaft of the style. All the species also share a rather
distinctive form of pubescence on the stems, peduncles and even
the corolla, unlike that in related genera. The majority of the
hairs are a smaller variation of what might be generally termed
the Hieracewm-type, being biseriate with a triangular shape
tapering to the tip which often bears a minute gland. The outer
walls are somewhat thickened while the walls between the two
rows of cells are thin and form a variably zigzag line. The
corollas tend to be short compared to their width, and in spite
of one indication to the contrary, the flowers of all the species
are apparently whitish.

The review of material has shown four species in the genus,
the most distinct being previously undescribed. All three
previously known species have been maintained, though the differ-
ences require clarification. The present concepts indicate some
geographical differentiation within Bahia, but this is based on
very few collections.

Stylotrichun corymbosum (DC) Mattf. occurs in north-central
Bahia around Jacobina. The leaves have been described as sessile,
being narrowly obovate and evenly tapering to the base. The
glandular punctations are reddish, being particularly noticeable

101

102 12 Tel Ye dt O) Ih (OVE ie AN Vol. 45, No. 2

on the upper part of the corollas and on the upper surfaces of
the leaves. The setae of the pappus are mostly 0.6-1.0 mm long,
and the carpopodium is not distinctly enlarged. The hairs of the
corolla are almost all with small glandular tips. The anther
thecae examined are mostly pale while those of the other species
are distinctly reddish. Two collections have been seen, Blanchet
2535 (isotype US) and Sehery 669 (US).

Stylotrichum edmmndoi Barroso is known from Morro do Chapeu
in north-central Bahia. The leaves are short, about 5 mm long,
obovate, and constricted below into a short petiole. The gland-
ular punctations are pale, and none have been seen on the upper
surfaces of the leaves. The setae of the pappus are mostly 0.6-
1.0 mm long, and the carpopodium is moderately enlarged, having
a slight upper rim. The corolla has some scattered hairs of the
corolla with narrowly pointed non-glandular tips. The species is
the only member of the genus seen in which there are no capitate
glands among the hairs on the upper shaft of the styles or on the
backs of the stigmatic portion of the style branches. Two
specimens have been seen: Edmundo Peretra 2010 (isotype US); and
Duarte 9204-E.Peretra 10114 (US).

Stylotrtchun rotundifoltum Mattf. occurs in south-central
Bahia near "Bom Jesus" and near Mucugé. The leaves have nearly
orbicular blades up to 2 cm broad on very short petioles. The
glandular punctations are pale. The setae of the pappus are 0.3-
0.5 mm long with the apical cells often very blunt-tipped. The
carpopodium is the largest in the genus with a prominent upper
rim. The corolla has numerous hairs without glandular tips. The
setae on the achene vary in length but seem to differ from the
other species of the genus by almost always having one of the two
apical cell-tips greatly exceeding the other in length. Three
collections have been seen: Liltzelberg 299 (isotype M); King et
al. 8149 (CEPEC, RB, US) with only smaller upper leaves present;
and Duarte 9361-E.Pereira 10074 (US), a specimen lacking inflore-
scences from somewhat farther north near Lengéis.

STYLOTRICHUM SUCREI R. M. King and H. Robinson, sp. nov.
Plantae herbaceae? erectae 30-40 cm altae pauce pauce ramosae in
caulis paginis superioribus et inferioribus foliorum pedunculis
et squamis involucri dense stipitato-glanduliferae. Caules
teretes striati. Folia spiraliter inserta, petiolis 2-3 mm
longis; laminae late obovatae 10-13 mm longae et 6-10 mm latae
base acute cuneatae margine superiore distincte crenulatae apice
rotundatae supra et subtus dense stipitato-glanduliferae subtus
in nervis et nervulis valde prominulis, nervis secundariis pauce
ascendentibus subtrinervatis. Inflorescentiae laxe corymbosae
base subumbellatae, ramis ultimis 1-3 cm longis. Capitula ca. 6
mm alta et 7 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 25 eximbricatae
subaequilongae oblanceolatae vel lineares ca. 5 mm longae apice
breviter acutae extus bicostatae dense stipitato-glanduliferae et
glandulo-punctatae; receptacula distincte conica glabra. Flores

1980 King & Robinson, Genus Stylotrichum 103

ca. 50 in capitulo; corollae albae? 2.7-3.0 mm longae extus
inferne dense stipitato-glanduliferae superne pallide glandulo-
punctatae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis, faucibus 1.5-1.7 mm longis
distincte infundibularibus, lobis late triangularibus ca. 0.4 mm
longis et 0.5 mm latis; thecae antherarum distincte lavandulae
ca. 0.9 mm longae; appendices antherarum ca. 0.1 mm longae et
0.25 mm latae; rami stylorum inferne extus glanduliferi. Achaenia
2.5-2.7 mm longa plerumque in costis dense paxilliformiter seti-
fera inter costas glandulo-punctata; carpopodia valde prominentia
annuliformia; pappus nullus. Grana pollinis 23-25 pm in diam.
breviter spinulifera.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Andarai, sobre pedros, heliofita.
Dimitri Sucre 10853 (Holotype RB, isotype US).

The new species is strikingly distinct from the other three
known members of the genus. The hairs of the stems, leaves and
peduncles have glandular tips while the hairs of the other spec-
ies do not. The upper surfaces of the leaves are densely pubes-
cent while the leaves of the other species have only a few hairs
on the main veins. The corollas are longer and more funnel-forn,
while in the other species the corollas are scarcely narrower
below. It is the achene that is most distinct, lacking a pappus,
bearing a short and very broad annuliform carpopodium, and bear-
ing unique peg-like setae having rounded tips. Still, in all
basic characters, including the prominent net-veining of the leaf
undersurface and the stout somewhat curved achenes, the species
is like other members of the genus.

Literature Cited

Barroso, G. M. 1957. Compositae-O género Stylotrichwn Mattfeld.
Arquivos do Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro. 15: 23-25,
pl. 1-3.

Mattfeld, J. 1923. Compositae. In R. Pilger. Plantae LUtzel-
burgianae brasiliensis I. Notizbl. botanisch. Gart. Berl.
8: 428-451.

104

UNITED STATES

2853675

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

12) Tel y¢ ME @). IE

OGIA Voll. 455, None

JARDIM BOTANICO DO RIO DE JANEIRO
‘

Obs

Det. p. Data

Stylotrichum sucret R. M. King & H. Robinson, isotype,

United States National Herbarium.

Photo by Victor E. Krantz,

Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXXVII.

ADDITIONS TO TRICHOGONTAs AND TRICHOGONIOPSIS.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Trichogonta and Trichogontopsis were reviewed seven years
ago in regard to generic limits (King & Robinson, 1972a, b), but
at that time the prevailing concepts of the species were accepted.
The review uktilized in part the treatment of the Brasilian
species by Barroso (1950), but the later addition, Trichogonia
pranctt Barroso (1969) was overlooked. Since that time two
species have been added to Trichogonia, one from Bolivia and one
from Bahia (King & Robinson, 1978). Now, more recent collections
from Brasil and a more critical review of all the concepts has
shown two listed Trichogonta species that should be excluded from
the genus, five additional species previously undescribed, and a
few new characters that seem useful in identification. A new
species and new combination are also necessary in Trichogoniopsis.

Of the species to be omitted from Trichogonia, T. scabra
Klatt is placed in the synonymy of Campuloclinium tubaraoense
(Hieron.) K. & R. following Cabrera and Vittet (1963). Tricho-
gonta podocarpa (DC) Sch. Bip. ex Baker has been studied on the
basis of the original description and a microfiche of the type
specimen, and it proves to be a Trichogontopsts as indicated
below. We have previously pointed out that Trichogonia barroso-
ana Barroso proves to be a Campuloclintum (King & Robinson,

MOV 2G LOT).

Evaluation of the remaining species is aided by the recogni-
ion of some natural groupings. The two Bolivian species,
Trichogonta bishoptt K. & R. and T. capttata (Rusby) B.L.Robins.,
share a mostly opposite-leaved condition that is unusual in the
genus. Lowermost leaves may be opposite in other species but
they seem to be common only in 7. rhodotricha Malme of Brasil.

The subopposite condition is common in 7. rhadinocarpa B.L.Robins.
of the northern Andes.

Among the Brasilian species, a natural group can be distin-
guished by the presence of numerous glands on the tube of the
corolla. This same group is notable also for the tendency for a
defective pappus. It includes 7. cinerea (Benth. ex Baker) K. &
R. and 7. dubia (B.L.Robins.) K. & R. having narrow leaves, and
T. martii Baker, T. menthaefolia Gardn. and 7. zehntnera Mattf.
having broad leaves. A possible member of this group is
T. eupatorioides which is mentioned below.

The Brasilian species having about 20-30 flowers in the head,

105

106 iD isl VE Mk @ i, ©) (| ae A Vol, 45 Nome

glabrous corolla tubes, and alternately or spirally inserted
leaves are further divisible by the shape of the anther appendage,
a feature observable with the dissecting microscope. The append-
age is longer than wide in 7. salvtaefolia Gardn., which has
mostly truncate bases on the leaf blades, and in the related
species having cuneate or decurrent bases on the blades, TI.
ftebrigit Mattf. and 7. attenuata Barroso, the latter with its
finely and densely hirtellous achenes. The appendage is usually
shorter than wide and often markedly bilobed in T. campestris
Gardn., 7. spathulaefolia Mattf., and four related species des-
cribes below, 7. herlingitt, T. pseudocampestris, T. scottmortt
and 7. tombadorensits. This latter series also tends to have more
clavate tips on the style, and some of them have the pappus setae
bearing numerous hairs on the outer surface as well as the
margins.

Five Brasilian species, 7. htrttflora (DC.) Sch.Bip. ex
Baker, 7. laxa Gardn., T. villosa (DC.) Sch.Bip. ex Baker, and
T. graztelae and T. santostt described below, can be grouped
together by the 30-60 flowers in the heads, but some of these
species are individually distinctive, especially the first with
its short-petiolate subcordate leaves and 7. villosa with its
sessile linear leaves. Tritchogonia harleyt K. & R. of Bahia is
distinct in having only about 10 flowers in the head.

Careful study of the treatment of Trtchogonia by Baker
(1876) has shown that two synonymized species should be re-evalu-
ated. Recognition of the misinterpretation of Kuhnta podocarpa
DC. by Baker has necessitated re-examination of Eupatortum
conoelintotdes Gardn. which was placed in its synonymy by Baker.
Typical material has not been seen, but specimens from the
general area of the Type in Ceara, and the original description
indicate a plant near to or the same as 7. salviaefolia. Also,
in synonymy under 7. salviaefolia var. calva Baker is an Iso-
carpha eupatoriotdes Gardn. which seems distinct. The original
description by Gardner (1846) states that the receptacle is
conical and paleaceous with the paleae being very small. Such a
plant would not be a Trichogonta, but a photograph of the type in
the Delessert Herbarium at Geneva shows old heads in which the
receptacles seem in no way unusual for the genus. The complete
lack of a pappus, combined with the broad leaf blades seems
distinctive, and the following new combination is needed.

TRICHOGONIA EUPATORIOIDES (Gardn.) R. M. King & H. Robinson,
comb. nov. Isocarpha eupatortoides Gardn., Lond. Journ.
Bot. 5: 456. 1846.

The following six species of Trtchogonia from Brasil are
described as new.

TRICHOGONIA GRAZIELAE R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes ca. 1 m altae in caulis foliis

1980 King & Robinson, Trichogonia and Trichogoniopsis 107

et ramisinflorescentiae breviter stipitato-glanduliferae. Caules
teretes striati. Folia superiora alterna, petiolis 5-10 mm
longis; laminae anguste lanceolatae vel lineares plerumque 5-9 cm
longae et 0.6-2.0 cm latae base anguste cuneatae margine multo
valde serratae apice anguste acutae vix acuminatae supra sparse
puberulae et glanduliferae, nervis secundariis utrinque 3-6 valde
aequaliter ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae laxe cymosae vel sub-
corymbosae, ramis 4-10 mm longis. Capitula late campanulata ca.
8 mm alta et 4-5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 22 eximbricatae
anguste ellipticae vel lanceolatae ca. 5 mm longae apice anguste
acutae vel breviter attenuatae non densius pubescentes extus
breviter glandulo-stipitatae. Flores ca. 35-40 in capitulo;
corollae purpureae ca. 4 mm longae inferne glabrae superne minute
stipitato-glanduliferae et dense puberulae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm
longis, faucibus infundibularibus ca. 2 mm longis, lobis ca. 0.5
mm longis et latis; thecae antherarum ca. 1 mm longae; appendices
antherarum oblongo-ovatae obtusae ca. 0.35 mm longae et 0.2 mm
latae; rami stylorum apice vix clavati; achaenia ca. 2.8 mm longa
inferne distincte breviter stipitata in costis breviter setifera,
setis inferioribus longioribus; setae pappi ca. 20 plumosae extus
glabrae plerumque ca. 2.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 18 pm in
diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Chapada dos Veadeiros, 6-7 km E of Alto
Parafso on road to Nova Roma; elev. ca. 1400 m; region of cerrado
with sandstone outcrops, giving way above to grassy campo and
below to mesophytic forest. Shrub 1 m tall; flowers dark purple-
pink; edge of forest. 7 March 1973. Anderson et al. 6584
(Holotype UB). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Chapada dos Veadeiros, a
1800 m.s.m. Flores purptreas. 21.12.1968. Graztela Barroso et
Gis\es0 (US).

Trichogonia graztelae seems closely related to the wide-
spread 7. salviaefolia on the basis of the elongate anther appen-
dage and the scarcely clavate style tip, but it differs most
obviously by the attenuate tips of the involucral bracts which
lack the apical tuft of hairs. The new species also has a more
cuneate base on the leaf blade, and the surfaces of the leaf bear
numerous small stipitate glands. Also in the relationship, is
T. fiebrigit of Paraguay, having the leaf blade narrowly decurr-
ent on the petiole. The latter species is closer to 7. salvtae-
folta, however, having the same type of involucre and leaf
pubescence. The larger number of flowers in the head of 7.
graztelae also suggests relationship to 7. laxa, but the leaf of
the latter has prominent non-glandular pubescence concentrated
on the veins of the leaf undersurface, has only ca. 12-14 invol-
ucral bracts in the head, and has more acute lobes on the
corolla.

TRICHOGONIA HERINGERI R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.
Plantae herbaceae perennes? ca. 0.5 m altae pauce ramosae.
Caules virides vel flavo-virides teretes distincte striati

108 PA VorvOuL DONG ies Vol, 45, Nose?

sparse vel dense puberuli. Folia alterna superne remotiora,
petiolis tenuibus ad 2.5 cm longis; laminae membranaceae anguste
ovatae vel lanceolatae plerumque 3-6 cm longae et 0.8-2.5 cm
latae base anguste cuneatae vel attenuatae margine irregulariter
grosse crenatae vel duplo-crenatae apice obtusae supra puberulae
et sparse minute glandulo-punctatae subtus parum pallidiores
puberulae et dense glandulo-punctatae supra basem distincte
trinervatae. Inflorescentiae terminales in ramis corymbosae
pauci-capitatae, ramis ultimis 5-10 mm longis dense puberulis vel
subtomentellis sparse glandulo-punctatis. Capitula campanulata
ca. 7 mm alta et 5-7 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 10-12 exim-
bricatae anguste oblanceolatae vel lineares ca. 4 mm longae apice
obtusae vel breviter acutae pauce fimbriatae vel subtomentosae
extus puberulae. Flores ca. 20-25 in capitula; corollae roseae
3.0-3.5 mm longae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis extus glabris vel sub-
glabris, faucibus infundibularibus ca. 1.5 mm longis extus sparse
glanduliferis superne sensim dense puberulis, lobis breviter tri-
angularibus 0.4 mm longis et 0.6 mm latis extus dense puberulis;
thecae antherarum ca. 1.1-1.3 mm longae; appendices antherarum
breves truncatae vel retusae ca. 0.18 mm longae et 0.27 mm latae;
rami stylorum apice distincte clavati. Achaenia 3.5-4.0 mm longa
dense setifera persparse glandulo-punctata base anguste stipitata;
setae pappi ca. 17-20 fulvescentes plerumque 2.5-3.0 mm longae
inferne distincte crassiores omnino plumosae margine et extus
setiferae. Granapollinisca. 23 pm in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Pernambuco: Entre Petrolina e Afranio. Erva
ereta inflorescéncia rosada, bracteas verdes. 19/4/1971. EF. P.
Heringer et al. 165 (Holotype UB). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Pernambuco:
Arredores de Petrolina. Erva ereta, inflorescéncia roxo claro.
18/4/1971. Ha Ps Hertnger et al. (26 (UB).

Trichogonia heringert of western Pernambuco has short
fulvous pappus setae with broadened bases, distinctly clavate
style tips, and most other details as in the closely related
T. camvestrts Gardn. described from the adjacent State of Piauhy.
Nevertheless, the broad deeply crenate leaf blades of the new
species provide an immediate distinction, and one would not
initially suspect the relationship. The new species shows the
most marked development in the genus of hairs on the outer
surface as well as the margins of the pappus setae, but the
character occurs to some extent in 7. campestris, T. pseudo-
campestris and T. rhodotritcha, and even to a slight extent in
some specimens of 7. salviaefolia. In most species of Tricho-
gonta, including 7. salviaefolia, the outer surface of the pappus
setae is flatter and appears glabrous.

TRICHOGONIA PSEUDOCAMPESTRIS R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.
Plantae herbaceae perennes vel suffruticosae ad 75 cm altae
pauce ramosae. Caules teretes striati perdense griseo-puberuli
sparse glandulo-punctati. Folia alterna et saepe in axilis
breviter fasciculata, petiolis ad 8 mm longis; laminae anguste

1980 King & Robinson, Trichogonia and Trichogoniopsis 109

lanceolatae vel lineares plerumque 1-3 cm longae et 0.2-0.6 cm
latae base anguste cuneatae vel breviter attenuatae margine multi-
crenulatae apice anguste obtusae vel breviter acutae supra et
subtus dense puberulae et glandulo-punctatae supra basem ascend-
entiter trinervatae; folia superiora remotiora et minora. Inflor-
escentiae terminales pauce ascendentiter ramosae subcymosae, ramis
ultimis 2-8 mm longis perdense puberulis et minute glandulo-
punctatis. Capitula campanulata 8 mm alta et 4-5 mm lata;

squamae involucri ca. 12 eximbricatae lineares 4-5 mm longae

apice dense tomentosae primum visum obtusae vel truncatae extus
dense puberulae et minute glandulo-punctatae. Flores ca. 27 in
capitulo; corollae lavandulae ca. 3.5 mm longae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm
longis extus glabris, faucibus infundibularibus ca. 1.7 mm longis
puberulis inferne minute stipitato-glanduliferis superne minute
glandulo-punctatis, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.5 mm longis et
latis extus dense puberulis; thecae antherarum ca. 1 mm longae;
appendices antherarum breves apice truncatae vel subtruncatae ca.
0.1 mm longae et 0.23 mm latae; rami stylorum apice distincte
clavati. Achaenia ca. 2.7 mm longa plerumque in costis dense
tenuiter setifera plerumque inter costas et ad apicem minute
stipitato-glandulifera base non stipitata; setae pappi ca. 20
fulvescentes vel rubrescentes plerumque ca. 2.5 mm longae plum-
osae margine et extus setiferae. Grana pollinis ca. 20 pm in
diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: ca. 2 km SW of the town of Morro do
Chapeu, on the Utinga road. Approx. 41°10'W, 11°34%S.. Ades ca.
1000 m. Disturbed and cut-over caatinga transitional to Mata de
Cip6, and associated roadside vegetation. Pretty herb to ca. 25
em. Leaves grey-green. Phyllaries grey-green. Corolla bright
pinkish-purple. Styles pinkish-purple below and showy white
stigmas above. 3 March 1977. Harley et al. 19320 (Holotype
CEPEC, isotype US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Bahia: Serra da Agua de
Rega, ca. 23 km N of Seabra, road to Agua de Rega. elev. ca.

1000 m. Cerrado and occasional tree islands. Herb to ca. 50 cm
tall. Heads very pale lavender-pink. 24 Feb. 1971. Irwin et al.
30900 (US); ca. 24 km N of Seabra, road to Agua de Rega, elev. ca.
1000 m. Cerrado on slopes. Subshrub to ca. 75 cm tall. Corolla
pale pink. 24 Feb. 1971. Irwin et al. 30962 (US).

The new species has the narrow leaves, short anther append-
age and clavate tips of the style branches that indicate relat-
ionship to 7. canpestris Gardn. The pappus setae are also simil-
ar in having hairs on both the margins and outer surface. Still,
the pappus setae of the new species are not as obviously broaden-
ed at the base. More significantly, the involucral bracts of Tf.
pseudocampestris have more obtuse and densely tomentose tips,
and the achenes lack narrowly stipitate bases. The minute
stipitate glands of the achenes also seem distinctive, most
related species having only the short-stalked form of capitate
gland.

110 1 isl Se GEO) I @) (er ae A Vol. 45, No. 2

TRICHOGONIA SANTOSII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes ad 50 cm altae viscosae, ramis
erectis vel ascendentibus. Caules teretes striati vel costati
dense breviter stipitato-glanduliferi et sparse hirtelli. Folia
alterna, petiolis ad 10 mm longis; laminae lanceolatae vel
lineari-lanceolatae plerumque 2-4 cm longae et 0.4-0.9 cm latae
base anguste cuneatae margine crenato-serrulatae vel subintegrae
apice breviter acutae supra et subtus canescentiter hirtellae et
dense glandulo-punctatae, nervis secundariis valde ascendentibus
primum visum trinervatis. Inflorescentiae terminales cymosae
pauci-capitatae, ramis ultimis 4-15 mm longis dense hirtellis et
stipitato-glanduliferis. Capitula late campanulata ca. 10 mm
alta et 10-12 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20 eximbricatae
lineari-ellipticae plerumque 7 mm longae ad 2 mm latae apice
subacutae dense tomentosae extus dense puberulae et minute
glandulo-punctatae. Flores ca. 40 in capitulo; corollae lavand-
ulae 4.0-4.5 mm longae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis extus glabris,
faucibus leniter infundibularibus 2.0-2.5 mm longis extus
plerumque dense puberulis et glandulo-punctatis, lobis acutis ca.
0.7 mm longis et 0.6 m latis extus dense puberulis, cellulis
pilorum saepe ad 50 pm longis; thecae antherarum 1.3-1.5 mm
longae; appendices antherarum breves ca. 0.2 mm longae et 0.25 mm
latae apice truncatae vel retusae; appendices stylorum base
tenues apice distincte clavatae. Achaenia 4.5-5.0 mm longa dense
villosula inter costas sparse glandulo-punctata base stipitata;
setae pappi ca. 20 albae vel pallide rubescentes ca. 3.5 mm
longae longe plumosae margine et extus piliferae, pilis saepe ad
0.5 mm longis. Grana pollinis ca. 23 pm in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Serra do Acuru4, 1.5 km S of Sao Inacio
on Gentio do Ouro road. Cerrado on shallow rocky soils. Approx.
42°44'W, 11°07'S. Alt. ca. 500 m. Viscid herb with erect to
ascending stems to ca. 50 cm. Leaves grey-green with undulate
margin. Phyllaries pale greyish-green. Flowers pink-lilac,
whitish in bud. 24 Feb. 1977. #.M.Harley, S.J.Mayo, R.M.Storr,
T.S.Santos & R.S.Pinheiro 18987 (Holotype CEPEC, isotype US).

The new species seems closest to 7. laxa Gardn. of Goias,
and has more sharply acute corolla lobes as in that species, but
the latter has densely stipitate-glandular leaves and involucres,
dense pubescence concentrated on the veins of the leaf under-
surface, has only ca. 12-14 involucral bracts on the head, and
has achenes with pubescence almost completely restricted to the
ribs. The new species is most like 7. pseudocampestris, among
the Bahian members of the genus, but the latter species has
smaller heads with fewer bracts and flowers, has less pointed
corolla lobes, and has achenes lacking a stipitate base and
bearing minute stipitate glands.

TRICHOGONIA SCOTTMORIT R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.
Plantae herbaceae perennes ca. 0.5 m altae pauce ramosae in
caulis petiolis et bracteis involucri minute stipitato-glanduli-

1980 King & Robinson, Trichogonia and Trichogoniopsis ba BL

ferae. Caules virides vel flavo-virides teretes distincte striati.
Folia alterna vel raro subopposita plerumque remota, petiolis
distinctis tenuis plerumque 7-11 mm longis; laminae deltoideae vel
ovatae plerumque 1.5-2.4 cm longae et 0./7-1.4 cm latae base pler-
umque truncatae vel late obtusae in medio in partibus trinervatis
breviter cuneatae margine utrinque 5-7 crenato-serrulatae apice
acutae supra pilosae et sparse glandulo-punctatae subtus leniter
pallidiores dense glandulo-punctatae plerumque in nervis et
nervulis pilosae, nervis secundariis e basis valde ascendentibus.
Inflorescentiae terminales valde cymosae in ramis corymbosae,
ramis ultimis 3-5 mm longis dense stipitato-glanduliferis et
sparse vel dense hirsutis. Capitula campanulata ca. 9 mm alta et
5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 13 eximbricatae anguste ellipti-
cae vel oblanceolatae ca. 6 mm longae et 0.8-1.2 mm latae apice
acutae dense fimbriatae vel subtomentosae extus breviter stipi-
tato-glanduliferae et glandulo-punctatae. Flores ca. 25 in
capitulo; corollae lavandulae ca. 5 mm longae, tubis ca. 3 mm
longis extus glabris, faucibus late infundibularibus ca. 1.5 mm
longis extus sparse glandulo-punctatis superne sensim dense
puberulis, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.4 mm longis et latis apice
acutis extus dense puberulis, pilis brevibus biseriatis in
faucibus superioribus perpaucis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.2 mm
longae; appendices antherarum oblongae ca. 0.16 mm longae et 0.18
mm latae; rami stylorum apice leniter latiores. Achaenia 3.5-4.0
mm longa in costis et superne longe setifera base anguste stipi-
tata in basis et in callis apicalibus glandulo-punctata; setae
pappi ca. 22 albae plerumque ca. 3.5-4.0 mm longae inferne
leniter latiores praeter apicem longe plumosae extus plerumque
glabrae. Grana pollinis ca. 20 um in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Munic{pio de Maracds. BA 250, 40 km a
E de Marac4s AH. ca. 800 m. Regiads de Mata de Cipé. Vegetagas
perturbada. Uncommon herbs to 4 meter tall, flowers lavender.
R.M.King & S.Mori 8018 (Holotype CEPEC).

Within Bahia, the new species finds closest resemblance to
T. pseudocampestris which differs by the non-stipitate bases of
the achenes and by the narrow leaf blades, and 7. tombadorensis
which differs by the densely spirally inserted short-petioled
leaves and the condensed inflorescence. The less broadened
style tips and the form of pappus setae in the new species are
indicative of closer relationship to 7. salviaefolia, however.
The latter species, which occurs widely farther westward and
southward in Brasil, differs by having anther appendages clearly
longer than wide, having more lanceolate leaves with closely
crenulate margins, and having the trinervation of the leaf
blade from slightly to distinctly above the base.

TRICHOGONIA TOMBADORENSIS R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.
Plantae suffruticosae ca. 75 cm altae pauce ramosae. Caul-

es dense pallide puberuli et glandulo-punctati inferne fissurate

corticati. Folia dense spiraliter inserta et in axilis dense

112 Pate Vv UO: O.GemeA Vol. 45, No. 2

fasciculata, petiolis ad 7 mm longis; laminae ellipticae vel
obovatae plerumque 5-7 mm longae et 3-5 mm latae base breviter
acutae margine integrae apice rotundatae supra et subtus dense
puberulae et glandulo-punctatae, nervis secundariis paucis brev-
ibus ascendentiter pinnatis subtus vix vel non prominulis. In-
florescentiae abrupte terminales alterne ramosae subdense corym-
bosae, ramis dense puberulis et glandulo-punctatis subtomentellis,
ramis ultimis 7-10 mm longis. Capitula campanulata ca. 8 mm alta
et 4 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 12 eximbricatae lineares 4-5
mm longae apice dense tomentosae primum visum obtusae vel trun-
catae extus dense puberulae et glandulo-punctatae. Flores ca.
25-27 in capitulo; corollae lavandulae 4.0-4.5 mm longae, tubis
ca. 1.5-2.0 mm longis extus glabris vel superne sparse glandul-
iferis, faucibus infundibularibus ca. 1.5-2.0 mm longis superne
puberulis et sparse minute stipitato-glanduliferis, lobis ca. 0.5
mm longis et latis extus dense puberulis et sparse glandulo-
punctatis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendices anther-
arum breves ca. 0.15 mm longae et 0.23 mm latae apice truncatae
vel retusae; rami stylorum apice distincte clavati. Achaenia ca.
4 mm longa plerumque in costis dense longe setifera inter costas
glandulo-punctata base anguste stipitata; setae pappi 18-20
plumosae plerumque 3.5-4.0 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 23 pm
in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Serra do Tombador. ca. 22 km W of
Morro do Chapéu, elev. ca. 1009 m. Caatinga scrub on sand with
sandstone outcrops. Subshrub ca. 75 cm tall. Heads lavender-
pink (mostly dried). 20 Feb. 1971. H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley & G.L.
Smith 3067L (Holotype US).

Trichogonia tombadorensis is closely related to 7. spathul-
aefolia Mattf. which was described from somewhat farther south in
the Rio de Contas region of Bahia. The leaves of both species
are reduced and prominently borne in axillary fascicles, and the
shape of the anther appendages and style tips is the same. The
new species differs markedly, however, in the density of the
foliage and the abruptness and density of the inflorescence. More
subtile differences include the shorter elliptical rather than
spathulate leaf-blade with pubescence not denser below, the
secondary veins of the leaf being scarcely or not at all promin-
ulous, and the pappus having 18-20 setae rather than 25-30.

The species of the genus Trichogontopsts seem to have been
particularly subject to misinterpretation. It has already been
shown that the earliest name for the type species, Hupatoritumn
adenanthum DC., had been misapplied in most treatments to a
species now placed in Macropodina (King & Robinson, 1972b). Now,
the second species of the genus seems to have had an earlier
name that has been misapplied to a species of Trichogonta by
Baker (1876). The original description of Kuhnta podocarpa DC.
indicates a plant from the maritime Restinga habitat near Rio de

1980 King & Robinson, Trichogonia and Trichogoniopsis 113

Janeiro having a plumose pappus and glabrous or nearly glabrous
ribs of the achene. A microfiche of the type at Geneva indicates
a plant with stouter stems than any specimen of Trichogonta in the
area, but the stem, the leaf shape, and the achenes are precisely
like those of Trichogoniopsts specimens distributed under the

name Eupatoriwn macrolepis Baker from the Restinga habitats near
Rio de Janiero. The Candolle name has priority over that of Baker
and the following new combination is necessary.

TRICHOGONIOPSIS PODOCARPA (DC.) R. M. King & H. Robinson, comb.
nov. kKuhnta podocarpa DC., Prodr. 5: 126. 1836.

The following new species has also been encountered.

TRICHOGONIOPSIS MORIT R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae vel suffrutescentes perennes mediocriter
ramosae ad 1.0-1.5 m altae. Caules in parte purpurascentes
teretes vix vel non striati minute dense stipitato-glanduliferi et
inferne breviter hirsuti. Folia opposita, petiolis 3-10 mm long-
is; laminae ovatae plerumque 1.5-3.2 cm longae et 0.8-2.5 cm latae
base truncatae ad mediam breviter acuminatae margine grosse utrin-
que ca. 6-crenato-serratae vel duplo-crenatae apice obtusae vel
breviter acutae supra sparse pilosae sparse glandulo-punctatae
subtus pallidiores subdense glandulo-punctatae et sparse minute
stipitato-glanduliferae in nervis et nervulis majoribus pilosae
fere ad basem trinervatae. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales
laxe alterne ramosae pauce capitatae, ramis dense minute stipi-
tato-glanduliferis, ramis ultimis 1-2 cm longis. Capitula ca. 1
em alta et ca. 0.7 cm lata; squamae involucri ca. 18 virides
membranaceae non foliaceae subaequales lineari-lanceolatae vel
lineares 7-8 mm longae et plerumque 0.8 mm latae apice filiform-
iter attenuatae margine puberulo-fimbriatae extus valde bicostatae
et dense minute stipitato-glanduliferae. Flores 25-30 in capit-
ulo; corollae albae 5.0-5.5 mm longae, tubis ca. 2.5 mm longis
intus costatis extus glabris, faucibus inferne tubiformibus ca. 1
mm longis superne abrupte campanulatis et ipse ca. 1 mm longis
extus glabris, lobis ca. 1 mm longis et 0.7 mm latis extus sparse
breviter setiferis et glanduliferis; filamenta in parte superiore
0.4-0.5 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendices
antherarum ca. 0.17 mm longae et 0.24 mm latae breviter retusae.
Achaenia 4.5-5.0 mm longa hispidula inferne anguste stipitata;
setae pappi 20-25 plumosae 4.0-4.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis 22-
23 pm in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Mucug@. Estrada que liga
Mucugé, 17 km de Mucug@. Campo Rupestre. Herb with woody base,
1-15 meters tall, flowers white. July 27, 1979. R.M.Kting,
S.Mort, T.S.Santos & J.Hage 8178 (Holotype RB, isotypes CEPEC,
US).

Trichogontopsts morti shares most of the general aspect of
the other two members of the genus, and the shortly pointed

114 We Jal Né UE (0) We (Oy (at PAN Volt 45 is Nore

leaves are approached closely by some specimens of both other
species. However, a number of less obvious differences are pre-
sent. The new species completely lacks the tendency toward
oblanceolate somewhat foliaceous outer involucral bracts seen in
both 7. adenantha (DC.) K. & R. and 7. podocarpa (DC.) K. &R.,
and the branches of the inflorescence and outer surfaces of the
involucral bracts bear only minute stipitate glands without coars-
er non-glandular hairs. The new species is also distinct in the
somewhat sparser glandular-punctations, the more restricted
pilosity, and the presence of minute stipitate glands on the leaf
undersurface. The appendages of the anthers are only short-
retuse, while those of the other species are narrowly divided
more than halfway to the base. The two halves of the appendages
in the latter two species can be seen under a dissecting micro-
scope as two separate lobes. The new species represents a north-
ward extension of the range of the genus, which has been known
previously from southern Minas Gerais southward to Sao Paulo.

Literature Cited

Baker, J. G.° 1876. Compositae IL. Eupatorieae. In Martius,
Flora Brasiliensis. 6 (2): 181-374.

Barroso, G. M. 1950. Estudo das espécies Brasileiras de
Traehogonta Gardn. “Arq. Jard. Botanico 11:\ 7-18, pi: d=i3:

1969. Novitates compositarum, II. Loefgrenia 36: 1-3,
pl. 1-6.

Cabrera, A. L. & N. Vittet 1963. Compositae Catharinensis II.
Eupatorieae. Sellowia 15: 149-258.

Gardner, G. 1846. Contributions towards a flora of Brazil,
being the characters of several new species of Compositae,
belonging to the tribe Eupatoriaceae. Lond. J. Bot. 5: 455-
491.

King, R. M. & H. Robinson 1972a. Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). XCII. The genus, 7ritchogonta. Phytologia

24: 176-179.

& . 1972b. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).
XCIII. A new genus, Trtchogontopsts. Phytologia 24: 180-
181.

& . 1972c. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).

CX. Additions to the genus, Canpuloclinium. Phytologia
24: 404-406.

1980 King & Robinson, Trichogonia and Trichogoniopsis aT BS

R. M. King & H. Robinson 1974. Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). CXXX. Notes on Campuloclinium, Koanophylton,
Mikania and Symphyopappus. Phytologia 29: 123-129.

& . 1978. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).
CLXXXI. Two new species of Trichogonia. Phytologia 39:
334-338.

Acknowledgement

We would like to thank the following people for their help
in the project. Dr. Dourimar Nunes de Moura, Superintendent for
International Cooperation, Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvemento
Cientifico e Tecnologico (CNPq) Brasilia, Dr. Paulo Alvim,
Director of Research, and Dr. Scott A. Mori, Curator of the
Herbarium, both of the Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC),
Itabuna.

Vol. 455, Nowe

12) Nakh NET KON Wey (0) CEs JE 2%

HERS,

~< Wve RSID ae
mid DE ANABILIA

Trichogonta graztelae R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Photos by Victor E. Krantz,

Herbario Universidade de Brasilia.
Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

1980 King & Robinson, Trichogonia and Tricnogoniopsis 117

ry

Trichogonia heringeri R. M. King & H. Robinson,
HePparatoo lnaworesaade 8h Doe eae

Holotype,

118 PHY AE sO: Le OeG a oA Vol. 45, No. 2

cE S,
CENTRO DE PESQUISRs Do CACAU

—_—— HERBARIO = = creie
ki 17421 se
ms rABUNA ~ Ba = .

ROD. ILHEUS/!TABUNA ~ BAHIA - BRASIL

Trichogonta pseudocanpestrts R. M. King & H. Robinson,
Holotype, Herbdrio Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC), Itabuna,
Bahia.

1980 King & Robinson, Trichogonia and Trichogoniopsis 119

CEPEC
CENTRO DE PESQUISAS DO CACAU

HERBARIO
17422

ROO LHEUS//TABUNA — BAHIA -GRASK

Trichogonia santosit R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Herbario Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC), Itabuna, Bahia.

120 DEL VL AOHK, OG A Vol. 45, No. 2

RACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

tk

nL). Nae
Trichogonta scottmorit R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Herbario Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC), Itabuna, Bahia.

1980

King & Robinson, Trichogonia

UNITED STATES

2818435

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Trichogonia tombadorensis
United States National Herbarium.

and Trichogoniopsis

Ss R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,

122 PY eT SOME (ONG airs Voll. “45, Nowe

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

Trichogontopsts morit R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Jardim Botanico, Rio de Janeiro.

1980 King & Robinson, Trichogonia and Trichogoniopsis 123

—

arent ae)

eae eee ee 2

Enlargements of heads. Top. Trichogonia graztelae, T.
herlingert, T. pseudocampestris. Middle. Trichogonia santosti,
T. seottmortt. Bottom. Trichogonia scottmorit, Trichogontopsis

morit.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXXVIIT.

NEW SPECIES OF MIKANIA FROM BRASIL.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Attempts to identify Asteraceae from Brasil have resulted in
the recognition of the following eight previously undescribed
species of Mtkania.

MIKANIA ALVIMII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae erectae ad 60 cm altae. Caules fistulosi hexagonales
costati glabri. Folia opposita sessilia; laminae subcarnosae
ellipticae vel obovatae plerumque 4-7 cm longae et 1.2-2.8 cm
latae base cuneatae margine integrae vel superne subtiliter remote
subcrenulatae apice rotundatae vel vix obtusae utrinque glabrae e
basis quinquenervatae, nervis lateralibus minoribus, nervulis
subtus prominulis. Inflorescentiae terminales corymboso-panicul-
atae in internodis inferioribus elongatae, ramis paucis valde
ascendentibus plerumque glabris, ramulis ultimis plerumque 3-8 mm
longis sparse tenuiter puberulis; bracteis inferioribus subfolia-
ceis maxime 1.8 mm longae et ca. 4 mm latae; bracteis superioribus
minutis. Capitula ca. 9 mm alta; bractea subinvolucralis nulla
vel remota membranacea linearis ca. 4 mm longa; bracteae invol-
ucrae oblongo-ellipticae 5.0-6.0 mm longae apice breviter acutae
margine lateraliter pallidae anguste scariosae extus fusco-
virides glabrae. Corollae albae 6.0-6.5 mm longae, tubis supra
basem cylindraceis ca. 2.3 mm longis extus glabris, faucibus
abruptis leniter campanulatis ca. 2 mm longis extus glabris intus
laevibus, lobis oblongo-ovatis ca. 2 mm longis et ca. 1 mm latis
margine dense puberulo-fimbriatis extus persparse puberulis,
nervis loborum solitariis distincte intramarginalibus; filamenta
in partibus inferioribus ca. 1 mm longa et 0.15-0.17 mm lata in
partibus superioribus ca. 0.35 mm longa superne leniter angust-—-
iora; thecae fuscescentes ca. 1.8-2.0 mm longae; appendices
antherarum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.6 mm longae et 0.3 mm latae;
nectarium cylindricum ca. 0.1 mm altum; scapi stylorum vix
incrassati; appendices stylorum non attenuatae perdense patentiter
longe papillosae. Achaenia ca. 4.5 nn longa prismatica 5-costata
plerumque glabra superne sensim puberula inferne sensim angust—
iora, carpopodia discreta minute obturaculiformia; setae pappi
ca. 35 plerumque 5.5-6.5 mm longae superne leniter latiores,
cellulis apicalibus vix densioribus et subacutis. Grana pollinis
ca. 25 pm in diametro.

124

1980 King & Robinson, New species of Mikania 125

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de Rio de Contas. Base de
Pico das Almas, a 18 km ao NW de Rio de Contas. Elev. 1300 m.
Common herbs, flowers white. July 24, 1979. R.M.King, S.Mori,
T.S.Santos & J.Hage 8126 (Holotype RB, isotypes CEPEC, US).
PARATYPES; BRASIL: Bahia: Lower slopes of the Pico das Almas , ca.
25 km WNW of the town of Rio de Contas. Approx. 41°55'W, 1332) Sis
Alt. approx. 1500 m. '"'Carresco'' scrub vegetation among rocks,
with occasional wet flushes, and some areas partly burnt over.
Herb to ca. 60 cm. Fleshy green leaves. Bracteoles green.
Flowers clear white. 24 Jan. 1974. R.M.Harley, S.A.Renvoize,
C.M.Erskine, C.A.Brighton & R.Pinhetro 15478 (US); Lower NE slopes
of the Pico das Almas , ca. 25 km WNW of the Vila do Rio de Contas.
Approx. 41 57'W, 13 33'S. Alt. 1500 m. Sandstone, metamorphic and
quartzite rock outcrops with associated marsh and damp flushes.
Herb to 50 cm. Leaves slightly fleshy, mid-green above, paler
beneath. Phyllaries pale green with brown tips. Pappus off-
white. 17.2.77. R.M.Harley, S.J.Mayo, R.M.Storr, T.S.Santos &
R.S.Pinhetro 19563 (US).

Mitkanta alvimit is rather distinct in the erect stems
branching only near the base. The inflorescence is an elevated
corymbose panicle. The lobes of the corolla have a prominent
fringe of marginal hairs. The closest relative seems to be
M. oxylepts Sch.Bip. ex Baker of Minas Gerais, but that species
has strongly toothed rather than entire leaves, and has sharply
pointed involucral bracts.

The species is named for Dr. Paulo Alvim, Director of
Research, at the Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau, Itabuna, Bahia.

MIKANIA BELEMIT R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae volubiles. Caules anguste fistulosi fuscescentes
teretes striati plerumque in sulcis minute appresse puberuli.
Folia opposita, petiolis ad 17 mm longis; laminae membranaceae
ovatae vel oblongo-ovatae plerumque 6-9 cm longae et 2.2-3.5 cm
latae base rotundatae vel breviter acuminatae margine integrae
apice distincte late vel anguste acuminatae supra glabrae vel
glabrescentes subtus sparse plerumque in nervis minute appresse
puberulae fere ad basem valde trinervatae; reticulo nervulorum
distincto subtus leniter prominulo. Inflorescentiae pyramidal-
iter thyrsoideo-paniculatae, ramulis dense puberulis vel hirtell-
is, ramulis ultimis 2-4 mm longis; bracteis primariis foliaceis
ellipticis plerumque 1-5 cm longis; bracteis secundariis valde
minoribus. Capitula ca. 7 mm alta; bractea subinvolucralis
membranacea lanceolata ca. 2-3 mm longa et ca. 0.6-0.8 mm lata
glabra; bracteae involucri chartaceae oblongae ca. 4.0-4.5 mm
longae et 1.2-1.5 mm latae apice obtusae vel rotundatae margine
superne minute puberulo-fimbriatae extus glabrae. Corollae
albae ca. 4.5 mm longae, tubis cylindricis ca. 2 mm longis extus
puberulis, faucibus abrupte late campanulatis ca. 0.8 mm longis
extus glabris intus laevibus, lobis oblongo-ovatis ca. 1.5 mm
longis et ca. 0.6 mm latis margine et apice minute puberulis,

126 Bele en Oe La On Canin Vols 455 Noe

nervis marginalibus duplicibus; filamenta in partibus inferioribus
ca. 0.8 mm longa et 0.1 mm lata in partibus superioribus ca. 0.2
mm longa base 0.12 mm lata; thecae pallidae ca. 1.2 mm longae;
appendices antherarum breviter oblongae ca. 0.25 mm longae et
latae; nectarium breviter cylindricum ca. 0.4 mm altum; basi
stylorum leniter noduliferi; appendices stylorum vix vel non
attenuatae distincte complanatae distincte minute papillosae.
Achaenia ca. 4.0 mm longa prismatica 5-costata sparse puberula
base sensim angustiores subcarnosa, pilis uniseriatis in cellulis
apicalibus breviter clavatis; setae pappi ca. 50 plerumque 4-5 mm
longae longiores in apicem leniter latiores, cellulis apicalibus
vix densioribus vix obtusioribus. Grana pollinis ca. 23 pm in
diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de Ilhéus. Rod. BR 415, trecho
Ilhéus/Itabuna, km 12. Region de Mata Higrofila Sul Baiana, ca.
50 m de alt. Margem da rodovia. Common vines in trees, flowers
grey-white. July 10, 1979. R.M.King & L.A.Mattos Silva 8007
(Holotype RB, isotypes CEPEC, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Bahia:
Rodovia Camacan - Itabuna. Planta¢g@o de Cacau. Cipd. Fléres
brancas, invélucro verde, caule piloso. 29-7-1965. Belém 1416
(US); Santa Cruz Cabrdlia, (BA). Mata costeira. Cip6 sébre
arvore de 15 m; flGres brancas. 16.7.1966. R&.P.Belém & R.S.
Pinheiro 2597 (CEPEC); Porto Seguro, BR 5. Planta de Formacds
secundaria. 25-8-1961. A.P.Duarte 6003 (RB, US); Municipio de
Alcobaga. Rod. BA 001, trecho Alcobaga/Prado, a 5 km a NW de
Alcobaga. Restinga. Folha SE - 24 (18039a). Cipd. 9-17-1978.
S.Mort, L.A.Mattos Stlva & T.S.dos Santos 10585 (CEPEC); Ba. Rod.
Lagoa Encantada Mata solo arenoso. Trepadeira fl. branca
perrumadaa | 2oq/ ale awe Seeennetro L400" (CHEECH US): es BACasitrie
Municf{pio de Nilo Peganha Mata-restinga. Trepadeira sobre Arvore
felleje breemen, IEG. /354 te SoSlemaos Aare (Gave, wWs))c

On the basis of the thyrsoid-paniculate inflorescences, the
spreading short-throated limb of the corolla, and the double
veins of the corolla lobes, the new species would come close to
M. lindleyana DC. and M. salviaefolita Gardn. in the treatment by
Barroso (1958). The latter species differs by its leaves having
hastate bases and tomentose undersurfaces. Mikania lindleyana
differs by having large subinvolucral bracts 5-6 mm long, and
having achenes and peduncles glabrous or nearly glabrous.

MIKANTA GRAZIELAE R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae volubiles. Caules atro-brunnescentes non fistulosi
hexagonales plerumque glabrescentes in nodis sensim dense puber-
uli vel tomentelli. Folia opposita, petiolis distinctis plerum-
que 2-7 mm longis; laminae herbaceae late ovatae ca. 1.4-3.4 cm
longae et 1.2-3.5 cm latae base truncatae vel vix cordatae ad
medio in partibus trinervatis breviter acutae margine integrae
vel leniter undulatae apice anguste rotundatae supra glabrae in
nervis et nervulis insculptae subtus distincte breviter puber-
ulae et dense glandulo-punctatae in nervis et nervulis exsculptae

1980 King & Robinson, New species of Mikania 127

longius puberulae. Inflorescentiae in ramis lateralibus termin-
ales thyrsoideo-paniculatae, ramis corymbosis tenuiter puberulis,
ramis ultimis 1-5 mm longis dense puberulis, bracteis primariis
foliiformibus in laminis plerumque 8-12 mm longis et 7-12 mm
latis, bracteis in ramulis squamiformibus ca. 2 mm longis. Capit-
ula anguste campanulata 8-9 mm alta et ca. 3 mm lata; bractea
subinvolucralis herbacea elliptica ca. 3.5 mm longa et 3.0 mm
lata minute puberula et glandulo-punctata; bracteae involucri
late oblongae ca. 5 mm longae et 2.2-2.5 mm latae base leniter
subcarnosae gibbosae apice late rotundatae et saepe minute apic-
ulatae margine anguste scariosae et sensim pallidiores extus ad
medio sparse puberulae. Corollae cremeae aliquantum salverformes
ca. 6 mm longae extus in tubis et faucibus dense puberulis, tubis
cylindraceis ca. 3.5 mm longis, faucibus breviter infundibular-
ibus ca. 1.5 mm longis, lobis oblongis ca. 2 mm longis et 1 mm
latis extus superne parce puberulis ad apicem dense minute
glandulo-punctatis; filamenta in partibus inferioribus ca. 1 m
longa et 0.2 mm lata in partibus superioribus 0.20-0.25 mm longa
et base ad 0.25 mm lata; thecae atro-violaceae ca. 1.5 mm longae;
appendices antherarum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.4 mm longae et 0.3 mm
latae; nectarium cylindricum ca. 1 mm altum; scapi stylorum
leniter incrassati; appendices stylorum solum ad apicem sensim
angustiores ubique dense papillosae. Achaenia ad 4 mm longa
prismatica 5-costata base leniter angustiora base perdense
puberula superne plerumque in costis puberula superne pilis
biseriatis longis contortis et in parte retrorsis dense obtecta
in costis minute papillosa; setae pappi biseriatae ca. 60 long-
iores ad 6 mm longae apice leniter latiores, cellulis apicalibus
obtusioribus. Grana pollinis plerumque ca. 23-25 pm in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Mucugé, a 3 km ao S de
Mucugé. Na estrada que vai par Jussiape. Elev. ca. 1000 meters.
Vine, flower cream-white, fragrant. July 26, 1979. R.M.King,
S.Mori, T.S.dos Santos & J.Hage 8159 (Holotype RB, isotypes
CEPEC, US).

Mikania grazielae has some resemblance to M. phaeoclados
Mart. ex Baker of Bahia, Espirito Santo and Minas Gerais, but is
apparently not closely related, differing by the broader more
entire leaves, the broader bracts of the involucre, the deeply
divided limb of the corolla, and the different achene pubescence.
The inflorescence is also more cylindrically paniculate and the
bracts of the inflorescence branches are short and blunt. The
achene of the new species is the most distinctive feature, having
large contorted retrorse setae on the upper part that seem almost
like an outer pappus, and having a dense felt of finer hairs
basally above the carpopodium.

The densely foliate vine with dense panicles of heads
presents a rather striking appearance. It is with pleasure that
it is named here for Dr. Graziela M. Barroso of the Jardim
Botanico, Rio de Janeiro, who has written the only recent treat-
ment of the genus Mikania for Brasil.

128 i jet Ye ME ©) I, ©} i a As Voll) 455, Norm

MIKANIA HAGEI R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ad 1m altae. Caules atro-brunnescentes
non fistulosi multi-angulati dense glandulo-punctati. Folia
verticillata in nodis 3-4, petiolis ca. 5-10 mm longis; laminae
obovatae plerumque 2.5-5.0 cm longae et 1./-3.4 cm latae base
cuneatae vel anguste acuminatae margine integrae vel leniter
crenulatae apice rotundatae supra et subtus dense glandulo-
punctatae supra basem valde trinervatae, nervulis vix vel non
prominulis. Inflorescentiae terminales thyrsoideo-paniculatae in
ramis paniculatis, ramis puberulis et glandulo-punctatis, ramulis
ultimis plerumque ca. 2 mm longis; bracteis primariis foliiform-
ibus plerumque 1.5-3.5 cm longis, bracteis ultimis et subinvol-
ucralibus anguste ellipticis vel sublinearibus ca. 3 mm longis et
1 mm latis puberulis et glandulo-punctatis. Capitula anguste
cylindrica ca. 1 cm alta; bracteae involucri oblongae ca. 4 mm
longae et 2 mm latae apice rotundatae margine anguste distincte
scariosae extus glandulo-punctatae et minute puberulae. Corollae
albae ca. 6.5 mm longae, tubis late cylindraceis ca. 2 mm longis
extus glandulo-punctatis, faucibus anguste campanulatis ca. 3.5
mm longis sparse glandulo-punctatis intus laevibus, lobis tri-
angularibus ca. 1 mm longis et latis extus glandulo-punctatis;
filamenta in partibus inferioribus ca. 2.5 mm longa et ca. 1.7 mm
lata in partibus superioribus ca. 0.7 mm longa et 0.15 mm lata;
thecae pallidae ca. 1.7 mm longae; appendices antherarum oblongae
ca. 0.35 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae; nectarium breviter cylindri-
cum ca. 0.4 mm altum; scapi stylorum leniter incrassati, superne
et in ramis inferioribus abaxialiter sparse puberuli, pilis
uniseriatis 1-2-septatis, rami stylorum in partibus stigmataceis
superioribus et appendicibus inferioribus saepe abaxialiter
glandulo-punctati, appendices stylorum lineares dense breviter
papillosae apice vix angustiores. Achaenia ca. 4 mm longa
prismatica 5-costata dense glandulo-punctata base et apice et in
costis breviter multo setifera base sensim leniter angustiora,
carpopodia indiscreta breviter rotundata; setae pappi ca. 40
plerumque 7-8 mm longae apice distincte anguste clavatae,
cellulis apicalibus plerumque obtusis. Grana pollinis ca. 25 um
in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Rio de Contas. Base de
Pico das Almas, a 18 km ao NW de Rio de Contas. Elev. ca. 1300
meters. Shrub one meter tall, flowers white. July 22, 1979.
R.M. King, S.Mori, T.S.dos Santos & J.Hage 8L0Ll (Holotype RB,
frag US)

Mikania haget is one of a few species in the genus with an
erect habit and verticillate leaves on the primary stems. The
characters place the species closest to M. subverticitllata Sch.
Bip. ex Baker of Minas Gerais, but that species has subcoriaceous,
glabrous, dentate leaves. The aspect and the sulcate stems are
similar to M. neurocaula DC. and M. rothii Barroso, both of
Minas Gerais, but the leaves of the latter are described as
opposite and they are pilose or tomentose. The related species

1980 King & Robinson, New species of Mikania 129

should be examined for style pubescence of the type seen in MM.

haget.

MIKANIA INORDINATA R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae volubiles. Caules brunnescentes fistulosi subhexa-
gonales striati plerumque in nodis sparse minute puberuli et per-
sparse minute glandulo-punctati. Folia opposita, petiolis ad 5.5
cm longis base sensim incrassatis et breviter alatis; laminae
ovatae vel deltoideae ca. 8 cm longae et 5-6 cm latae base sub-
truncatae vel subcordatae in medio in parte trinervatae cuneatae
margine integrae apice anguste acutae supra sparse minute pilosae
et glandulo-punctatae subtus pallidiores sparse minute puberulae
et glandulo-punctatae. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales pyra-
midaliter paniculatae in ramulis subcorymbosis, capitulis apical-
ibus procrastinatis, ramulis ultimis plerumque 1-3 mm longis
sparse glandulo-punctatis et dense puberulis vel subtomentellis,
bracteae omnino minutae solum infimae minute foliiformes ad ca.

1 cm longae breviter petiolatae. Capitula anguste cylindrica ca.
10 mm alta et ca. 2.5 mm lata; bractea subinvolucralis linearis
ca. 2.5 mm longa; bracteae involucri anguste oblongae ca. 7 mm
longae et 1.2-1.5 mm latae apice acutae margine anguste scariosae
extus minute glandulo-punctatae superne sensim dense puberulae
vel subtomentellae. Corollae albae salverformes ca. 5 mm longae,
tubis supra basem anguste cylindraceis ca. 3 mm longis extus
persparse puberulis et glandulo-punctatis, faucibus abrupte late
infundibularibus ca. 1 mm longis extus glabris vel persparse
minute glandulo-punctatis intus laevibus, lobis oblongo-ovatis
ca. 1 mm longis et 0.6 mm latis extus superne dense glandulo-
punctatis subapice pauce minute puberulis; filamenta in partibus
inferioribus ca. 1 mm longa et 0.13 mm lata in partibus superior-
ibus ca. 0.2 mm longa et base 0.15 mm lata; thecae purpurascentes
ca. 1.2 mm longae; appendices antherarum oblongae ca. 0.25 mm
longae et 0.23 mm latae; nectarium cylindricum ca. 0.6 mm altum
et 0.5-0.6 mm latum; scapi stylorum vix vel non incrassati
glabri; appendices stylorum lineares dense breviter papillosae
apice vix angustiores. Achaenia ca. 3.5-4.0 mm longa prismatica
5-costata base puberula vel in partibus subtomentellis persparse
glandulo-punctata apice plerumque in costis retrorse contorte
setifera plerumque in costis minute papillosa base sensim angust-
iora; carpopodia distincte cylindrica; setae pappi ca. 2-seriatae
70-75 plerumque 4-5 mm longae dense scabridulae superne leniter
latiores, cellulis apicalibus breviter acutis. Grana pollinis
ca. 23 pm in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Maracd4s. Fazenda do
Passaros. A 24 km a E de Maracas. AH ca. 900 m. Mata de Cipo,
perturbada. Common vines to 3 meters above ground, flowers
white. July 13, 1979. R.M.King & S.Mori 8021 (Holotype CEPEC).

Mtkanita inordinata has a habit reminiscent of the M. scand-
ens group, though the leaf blades are not cordate and the inflo-
rescence is not corymbose. The distorted setae clustered at the

130 Pin CcrioviaGiG ones Vol. 45, Nowe

top of the achene, and the highly cylindrical nectary are most
like M. graztelae n. sp., but the two species differ in most
other features, and they seem unlikely to be close relatives.
The inflorescence of M. tnordinata is unusual in its short
pyramidally paniculate form with the apical parts maturing later
than the lateral parts. Most Asteraceae are more obviously
cymose in their maturation pattern.

MIKANIA MORII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae volubiles. Caules subtiliter rubescentes vel flavo-
virides fistulosi teretes multo striati glabri vel persparse
puberuli in nodis parum vel distincte stipuliformiter appendicul-
ati. Folia opposita, petiolis ad 9 cm longis distincte anguste
alatis; laminae triangulares ad 18 cm longae et 15 cm latae base
late cordatae vel hastatae vel auriculatae ad medio in partibus
trinervatis late acutae margine multo denticulatae vel crenulato-
denticulatae apice breviter acutae vel anguste acuminatae supra
minute puberulae subtus sparse minute glandulo-punctatae et in
nervis et nervulis breviter pilosae. Inflorescentiae axillares
vel in ramis lateralibus terminales thyrsoideo-paniculatae vel
pyramidaliter paniculatae, ramulis puberulis vel tomentellis,
ramulis ultimis ca. 1 mm longis. Capitula subcylindrica vel
anguste campanulata plerumque 10-12 mm alta et ca. 3 mm lata;
bractea subinvolucralis subherbacea elliptica ca. 5-7 mm longa
extus glabra vel sparse minute puberula; bracteae involucri
chartaceae 7-9 mm longae et 1.5-2.5 mm latae apice obtusae vel
subrotundatae dense minute puberulo-fimbriatae extus evanescent-—
iter minute puberulae vel glabrae. Corollae albae vel albo-
virides aliquantum salverformes ca. 6.5-/7.0 mm longae extus
glabrae, tubis cylindraceis 3.5-4.0 mm longis, faucibus breviter
infundibularibus ca. 1 mm longis, lobis lanceolatis ca. 2 mm
longis et ca. 0.7 mm latis, faucibus superioribus et lobis infer-
ioribus intus distincte papillosis; filamenta in partibus infer-
ioribus ca. 0.6 mm longa et 0.16-0.20 mm lata in partibus super-
ioribus ca. 0.2 mm longa base ca. 0.2 mm lata; thecae pallide
virides ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.35
mm longae et 0.25 mm latae; nectarium cylindricum ca. 1.2 mm
altum; scapi stylorum vix vel non incrassati; appendices stylorum
attenuatae dense papillosae. Achaenia ca. 4.5 mm longa prismat-
ica 5-costata persparse minute puberula in costis minute
papillato-scabridula base sensim angustiora; carpopodia cylind-
rica in sicco plicata; setae pappi ca. 70-75 ad 5 mm longae
superne leniter clavatae, cellulis apicalibus densioribus
obtusioribus. Grana pollinis ca. 23 pm in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Maracas. Rod. BA 026, a
26 km ao SW de Maracas. Transigdo de Mata de Cip6 para a
Caatinga, muito perturbada por animais. Folha SD-24 (14-41b).
Trepadeira. Flores esverdeadas. 27 Abril 1978. S.Mort, L.A.
Mattos Stlva, J.A.Kallunki & T.S.dos Santos 9995 (Holotype CEPEC,
isotype US). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Rod. R. Branca a Una.

1980 King & Robinson, New species of Mikania ata

Plantac4%o de Cacau. Trepadeira sébre Arvore fl. branca. 15.6.71.
R.S.Pinhetro 1345 (US).

Mikanta morit has long-petiolate broadly triangular-cordate
leaves similar to those of M. stipulacea (Vahl) Willd. of the Rio
de Janeiro area and M. hemisphaertca Sch.Bip. ex Baker from Par&4
and Minas Gerais southward into Argentina. All three species
have laxly pyramidally paniculate inflorescences and share a
high-cylindrical form of nectary. All three species have differ-
ent forms of corolla, however. In M. morit the corolla is most
salverform with the tapering lobes sharply spreading from a short
throat. The lower inside surfaces of the lobes are strongly
papillose. In M. stipulacea the corollas have erect more oblong
lobes that are only about as long as the throat, and the inside
surface of the lobes is nearly smooth. In M. hemisphaerica,
which has the longest flowers, the corollas have a much longer
tube, and the limb is shortly and broadly campanulate with
triangular lobes about as long as wide. The inside surface of
the limb is nearly smooth. The new species seems closest to MM.
stipulacea, but the nodes have broader flaps rather than the
narrow stipuliform appendages seen in the latter species.

MIKANIA SANTOSII R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae volubiles. Caules atro-brunnescentes late fistulosi
teretes striati sparse pilosi. Folia opposita, petiolis ad 5 cm
longis incrassatis; laminae coriaceae oblongo-ovatae ad 18 cm
longae et 10.5 cm latae base leniter late cordatae margine remote
crenato-serratae apice breviter late acuminatae supra glabrae
subtus pilosae fere ad basem 5-/7-palmato-nervatae, nervis et
nervulis supra et praesertim subtus prominulis. Inflorescentiae
axillares thyrsoideo-paniculatae in ramis dense corymbosae, ramis
dense pilosis, ramulis ultimis 0-1 mm longis pilosulis, bracteis
primariis subfoliiformibus in laminis ovatis plerumque 2.0-3.5 cm
longis et 0.9-1.5 cm latis, bracteis in ramulis valde minoribus
linearibus vel subulatis ad 6 mm longis. Capitula plerumque in
fasciculis tripliciter disposita anguste cylindrica ca. 8-9 mm
alta; bractea subinvolucralis plerumque ad basem fasciculorum
disposita subulata ca. 2 mm longa et ca. 0.8 mm lata margine
minute puberulo-fimbriata; bracteae involucri oblongae 4-5 mm
longae et ca. 1.2 mm latae base carnosae subgibbosae apice
rotundatae et dense puberulae margine anguste pallide scariosae
extus plerumque glabrae. Corollae albae anguste infundibulares
5.5-6.0 mm longae, tubis cylindraceis 1.5 mm longis extus glabris,
faucibus ca. 3.5 mm longis extus glabris intus superne in cell-
ulis prominentibus, lobis oblongo-ovatis ca. 1 mm longis et 0.6
mm latis margine dense fimbriatis extus superne sparse puberulis;
filamenta in partibus inferioribus 1.8-2.0 mm longa plerumque
0.15 mm lata in partibus superioribus ca. 0.45 mm longa et infer-
ne 0.2 mm lata; thecae pallidae ca. 2 mm longae; appendices
antherarum ovatae ca. 0.3 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae; nectarium
breviter cylindricum ca. 0.3 mm altum; basi stylorum leniter

132 1? Jel XC YE ©) Ik; ) C. 2 A Vol. 455 Nowez

noduliferi; appendices stylorum superne vix vel non attenuatae
dense patentiter anguste papillosae. Achaenia ca. 3 mm longa
prismatica 5-costata inferne glabra superne sensim puberula,
pilis in cellulis apicalibus interdum clavatis; setae pappi ca.
45 plerumque 4.5-5.0 mm longae longiores ad apicem leniter
latiores, cellulis apicalibus obtusioribus. Grana pollinis ca.
20 pm in diametro.

' TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Rio Branco, estrada de Pratas.
Trepadeira sébre Arvore, fl. branca, invéloco verde. Plantacgdo
de cacau. 27.1.71. T.S.dos Santos 1438 (Holotype CEPEC, isotype
US).

Mikanta santostt is closely related to the more widespread
species, M. globosa Spreng. and M. hookertana DC., both of which
occur in Bahia. The new species is easily distinguished by the
larger oblong-ovate, crenate-serrate, pilose leaf blades. The
lobes of the corolla also have a more prominent fringe of margin-
al hairs, and the papillae of the style branches are longer.

MIKANIA TEIXEIRAE R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae erectae ad 1m altae non vel pauce
ramosae. Caules late fistulosi subhexagonales distincte striati
glabri. Folia opposita superne interdum alterna sessilia vel
subsessilia; laminae ellipticae 6-11 cm longae et 3-7 cm latae
base rotundatae vel subcordatae margine integrae vel irregular-
iter sinuatae apice anguste rotundatae vel breviter obtusae supra
et subtus glabrae subtus pallidiores fere ad basem quinquenervat—
ae, nervis supra prominulis pallidis, nervis et nervulis subtus
leniter prominulis, nervulis tertialibus subregulariter trans-—
versalibus. Inflorescentiae terminales pyramidaliter paniculatae
inferne laxe ramosae distaliter dense subcorymbosae, ramis ultim-
is 0-7 mm longis puberulis, bracteis inferne pauce foliiformibus
plerumque 1.5-3.0 cm longis, bracteis superioribus linearibus vel
lanceolatis 4-8 mm longis. Capitula plerumque in fasciculis
tripliciter laxe disposita anguste cylindrica ca. 8-9 mm alta;
bractea subinvolucralis plerumque ad basem fascicularum binate
disposita lanceolata ad 3 mm longa margine puberula extus glabra;
bracteae involucri oblongae ca. 5 mm longae et 1.5 mm latae base
breviter subcarnosae apice rotundatae vel breviter obtusae
glabrae. Corollae albae ca. 5.5 mm longae, tubis cylindraceis
ca. 1.8 mm longis extus persparse puberulis, faucibus abrupte
leniter campanulatis ca. 2.2 mm longis extus sparse puberulis
intus laevibus, lobis longe triangularibus ca. 1.3 mm longis et
0.8 mm latis margine dense puberulo-fimbriatis extus superne
puberulis vel sparse pilosis; filamenta in partibus inferioribus
ca. 1.5 mm longa et 0.14 mm lata in partibus superioribus ca.

0.4 mm longa et base 0.16 mm lata; thecae antherarum leniter
fuscescentes ca. 1.2 mm longae; appendices antherarum oblongo-
lanceolatae ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.18 mm latae; nectarium
cylindricum ca. 0.4 mm altum et 0.5 mm latum; scapi stylorum
supra basem mediocriter incrassati; appendices stylorum fili-

1980 King & Robinson, New species of Mikania 133

formes dense breviter papillosae apice vix angustiores. Achaenia
ca. 3 mm longa prismatica 5-costata sparse puberula inferne
sensim angustiora, carpopodia discreta annuliformia; setae pappi
ca. 32 plerumque 4.5-5.5 mm longae superne vix latiores, cellulis
apicalibus acutis . Grana pollinis ca. 23 pm in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Distrito Federal: Chapada da Contagem, ca. 15
km NE of Brasflia, steep campo slopes. Elev. 1100 m. Herb with
ascending stems to 75 cm tall. Heads mostly in bud, white.

26 Oct. 1965. H.S.Irwin, R.Souza, R.Rets dos Santos 9543
(Holotype US). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Distrito Federal: Corrego
Covangas, near Chapada da Contagem, ca. 22 km NE of Brasflia.
Elev. 1000 m. Steep campo slopes. Herb ca. 1 mtall. Heads
white. 11 Jan. 1966. 4H.S.Irwin, R.Souza & R.Reis dos Santos
11572 (NY).

Mikania tetmetrae is an erect herb, apparently related to
M. thapsotdes DC. The new species differs most notably by the
entire sessile leaves, but also has smaller heads and prominently
fringed corolla lobes.

The species is named for Dr. Alcides Teixeira of CNPq in
Brasilia, head of Programa Flora.

Literature Cited

Barroso, G. M. 1958. Mikaniae do Brasil. Arquivos do Jardim
Botaniico 15) 239-333. pl. 1-31, photo. I-57.

Acknowledgement

We would like to thank the following people for their help
in the study. Dr. Dourimar Nunes de Moura, Superintendent for
International Cooperation, Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvemento
Cientifico e Tecnologico (CNPq) Brasilia, Dr. Paulo Alvin,
Director of Research, and Dr. Scott A. Mori, Curator of the
Herbarium, both of the Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC),
Itabuna.

134 PAHAYT OuLsOve cpa Vol. 455 aiaeu2

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

Mikanta alvimii R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim
Botanico, Rio de Janeiro. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff
Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

1980 King & Robinson, New species of Mikania

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA. BRAZIL

Mtkania belemit R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim
Botanico, Rio de Janeiro.

136 POLO YSsT. OT GORG sal Vol. 45, No. 2

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

Mtkania grazielae R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim
Botanico, Rio de Janeiro.

1980

Botanico

Kant

>

17m7I0D 47

King & Robinson, New species of
& ,

Mikania 137

Ae

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA. BRAZIL

>

get R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim

Rio de Janeiro.

PH SY eO ecm OMG see Vole 4 Dire

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

wma HERBAR

Mikania tnordinata R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Herbario Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC), Itabuna, Bahia.

ih 9 ee a ee

2

L980 King & Robinson, New species ol}

ARIO

13734

M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Bahia.

Mikania morii R.

Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC), Itabuna,

Herbario

140 Play tf Ou, 0.6 LA Vol. 45, No. 2

HERBARIO CENTRO DE PESQUISAS DO CACAU

Mikanita santosii R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, Herbario
Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC), Itabuna, Bahia.

1980 King & Robinson, New species of Mikania 141

EN
a ry
UNITED STATES
2518419
NATIONAL HERBARIUM ee = = aneranm ot ee Cosverstinte Go rentin,

Mikania tetxetrae R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, United
States National Herbarium.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXXIX.

ADDITIONS TO ACRITOPAPPUS.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

The genus Acritopappus represents one of the most easily
distinguished elements in the tribe Eupatorieae with its combina-
tion of shrubby to arborescent habit, coriaceous to subcoriaceous
leaves, defective pappus, and usually paleaceous non-conical
receptacles. The flowers appear "pinkish" or "lilac" with the
color concentrated in the anthers. The genus was established by
King and Robinson in 1972 for three species from eastern Brazil,
two of which had been placed variously in the genera Ageratum and
Alomia. Two additional species were added five years later (King
and Robinson, 1977), including one described as new. Recent
study of material from Bahia and Minas Gerais has encountered
six additional new species which are described in this paper,
and twelve species are now recognized in the genus. A key to the
species is presented at the end of the paper.

Acritopappus hagei R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ad 3 m altae. Caules subhexagonales
glabri, internodis ultimis non longioribus. Folia opposita,
petiolis ca. 0.5-1.0 mm longis; laminae ovatae vel ovato-ellipti-
cae plerumque 7-15 cm longae et 2.5-5.5 cm latae base obtuse
cuneatae sensim breviter acuminatae margine serratae vel sub-
integrae apice breviter acuminatae supra glabra in nervulis vix
prominulis subtus subtomentosae in nervis et nervulis valde
prominulis. Inflorescentiae terminales late cymosae vel sub-
corymbosae, internodis inferioribus aliquantum elongatis, ramis
suboppositis vel alternis ascendentibus, ramis ultimis 1-7 mm
longis dense puberulis vel subtomentellis. Capitula campanulata
7-8 mm alta et 3-4 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 25 subaequales
anguste oblongae 3-4 mm longae et 1.0-1.3 mm latae plerumque
4-costatae margine anguste scariosae sparse fimbriatae apice
breviter indurate acutae extus sparse puberulae vel subglabrae.
Flores 25-30 in capitulo; corollae pallide lavandulae 3.5-4.0 mm
longae sparse breviter stipitato-glanduliferae superne densius,
lobis 0.5 mm longis et 0.4 mm latis in cellulis interioribus
brevibus breviter papillosis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae.
Achaenia ca. 3 mm longa glabra; aristae pappi 4-5 ad 1.0 m
longae. Grana pollinis ca. 23 pm in diam.

TYPE: BRAZIL: Bahia: Munic. de Mucugé, a 3 km ao S de Mucugé.
Na estrada que vai par Jussiape. Elev. ca. 1000 m. Shrub 1 1/2
meters tall, flowers lavender. July 26, 1979. R.M.King, S.Mori,

142

1980 King & Robinson, Additions to Acritopappus 143

T.S.dos Santos, J.Hage 8164 (Holotype, RB; Isotypes, CEPEC, US).
PARATYPES: Same data as holotype, King et al. 8154, 8156 (CEPEC,
US); Serra do Sicora, 5 km south of Andarai on road to Mucugé, by
bridge over the Rio Paraguagi. Very rocky hillside, with sand-
stone rocks, and rocky river with scrubby vegetation of small
trees and shrubs. Alt. ca. 400 m, 41°19'W, 12°50'S, Shrub to 3
m. Leaves rather coriaceous, glossy dark green above grey green
below. Phyllaries pale green. Corolla pale lilac-pink. 12.2.77.
R.M.Harley, S.J.Mayo, R.M.Storr, T.S.dos Santos & R.S.Pinheiro
18573 (CEPEC, K, US).

Acritopappus hagei is one of a series of species with short
greyish tomentosity on the undersurface of the leaf. One other of
the series, A. subtomentosus n. sp., has broad leaf blades, but
details of the leaf base and involucre are different. In the
present species the leaf bases are cuneate with a slight acumin-
ation rather than sharply rounded, and the leaf tips are compara-
tively short-acuminate. The involucral bracts of A. hagei are
obtuse to short-acute and indurated as in the sympatric A. confer-
tum (Gardn.) K.& R., while in A. subtomentosus the tips are round-
ed with a narrowly scarious margin as in A. longifolius (Gardn.)
K.& R. with which it is sympatric in Minas Gerais. The corollas
of A. hagei also seem to differ from those of A. subtomentosus by
having shorter, more crowded, more bulging cells on the inner
surfaces of the lobes. The achenes of A. hagei have distinct
slender pappus aristae up to 1 mm long, while the achenes from
A. subtomentosus have little or no pappus.

Acritopappus morii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ad 2 m altae. Caules subhexagonales
glabri, internodis ultimis ad 35 cm longis. Folia opposita
sessilia; laminae lineares vel peranguste ellipticae 5-50 cm
longae et 0.8-3.3 cm latae base anguste subpetioliformes margine
integrae apice anguste acutae supra glabrae subtus subtomentosae,
nervis secundariis pinnatis brevibus, nervis et nervulis subtus
valde prominentibus. Inflorescentiae elongate paniculatae in
partibus secundariis plano-corymbosae; internodis inferioribus
elongatis, ramis primariis oppositis ascendentibus, ramis ultimis
0-2 m longis sparse puberulis. Capitula campanulata 6-7 mm alta
et ca. 4 mm lata; squamae involucri 15-18 plerumque subaequales
anguste oblongae vel lanceolatae 4-6 mm longae et ad 1 mm latae
plerumque 4-costatae margine et apice anguste subscariosae sparse
fimbriatae apice rotundatae extus glabrae. Flores saepe 20-25 in
capitulo; corollae pallide lavandulae ca. 3.5 mm longae superne
sparse breviter stipitato-glanduliferae, tubis 0.7-1.0 mm longis
indistinctis, faucis ca. 2 mm longis, lobis ca. 0.6 mm longis et
0.5 mm latis; thecae antherarum distincte lavandulae ca. 1.2 mm
longae. Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa glabra; pappus nullus. Grana
pollinis 20-22 pm in diam.

TYPE: BRAZIL: Bahia: Munic. de Mucug@é. Estrada que liga
Mucugé cam Andarai a 11 kms de primeiro. Elev. 1150 meters. July

144 1D UBL NEE (0) Wty (0) XE, LAN Vols 4575) Nowe

27, 1979. R.M.King, S.Mori, T.S.dos Santos & J.Hage 8172 (Holo-
type, RB; Isotypes, CEPEC, US). PARATYPE: BRAZIL: Bahia: Serra
do Sincoraé. 22 km S. of Andaraf on road to Mucugé. Open area of
peaty marsh. Wetter areas predominantly sedge, grasses and other
Monocots, on white sand and peat with some small shrubs, with
scattered rocky bluffs with scrub and small trees. Approx. (eg)
20'W, 12°57'S. Alt. ca. 1000 m. Shrub to 2 m high with leaves
up to ca. 50 cm and inflorescences on long stems. Corolla lilac.
16 Feb. 1977. R.M.Harley, S.J.Mayo, R.M.Storr, T.S.dos Santos &
RS. Painhestro) 118729! (CEREG, K; US)):

Acritopappus morii is thoroughly distinct in the narrow
leaves which lack a well-defined petiole. The apices of the
leaves are also distinctive in being narrow but not acuminate.
The internodes of the inflorescence are longer than those seen in
any other member of the genus, and they are responsible for the
elongate form of the panicle. Some of the vegetative internodes
are scarcely 2 cm long. The leaf undersurface has a pubescence
and prominent venation as in A, micropappus and A. hagei.

Acritopappus prunifolius R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae subarborescentes ca. 3 m altae multo ramosae. Caules
hexagonales inferne sensim teretes inter costas dense puberuli,
internodis plerumque 1-2 cm longis. Folia opposita, petiolis ca.
4-5 mm longis; laminae ellipticae plerumque 2.5-3.5 cm longae et
1.2-1.7 cm latae base cuneatae et breviter acuminatae margine
multo regulariter serrulatae apice obtusae interdum minute apicu-
latae supra et subtus glabrae, nervis distincte pinnatis, nervis
et nervulis utrinque distincte prominulis. Inflorescentiae late
corymbosae; ramis primariis oppositis erecto-patentibus dense
puberulis, ramis ultimis nullis. Capitula anguste campanulata ca.
6 mm alta et 2 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 7 anguste oblongae
plerumque 5-6 mm longae et 1.0-1.5 mm latae 2-4-costatae margine
anguste scariosae apice breviter acutae extus glabrae vel sub-
glabrae; paleae subnullae. Flores ca. 5-6 in capitulo; corollae
3.0-3.5 mm longae extus multo sparse stipitato-glanduliferae,
tubis ca. 1 mm longis, lobis ca. 0.6 mm longae et 0.5 mm latae;
thecae antherarum ca. 1.2 mm longae. Achaenia 2.0-2.5 mm longa
glabra; aristae pappi breves vel nullae ad 0.3 mm longae. Grana
pollinis ca. 20 jm in diam.

TYPE: BRAZIL: Bahia: Serra do Tombador. ca. 7 km S. of
town of Morro do Chapéu. Low woodland on middle slopes of Morro
do Chapéu, elev. c. 1125 m. Brittle-stemmed treelet ca. 3 m X 2
m. 17 Feb. 1971. H.S5.Irwin, R.M.Harley & G.L.Smith 32394
(Holotype, US).

The species is most distinct in the small elliptical and
glabrous leaves. The closely congested heads, the more numerous
glands on the corolla, and the blunt tips of the leaves all
suggest closest relationship to A. micropappus and A. santosii,
but the latter two differ by their more ovate leaves with
pubescence and strongly prominent venation below, and by the long

1980 King & Robinson, Additions to Acritopappus 145
lower internodes of the inflorescences.

Acritopappus santosii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae frutescentes ad 2.25 m altae mediocriter ramosae.
Caules teretes striati superne subtomentosi, internodis plerumque
2-3 cm longis. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-4 mm longis; laminae
late ovatae vel subdeltoideae 1.7-3.0 cm longae et 1.8-2.8 cm
latae base truncatae margine multo dentatae apice obtusae et
minute apiculatae supra glabrae et sparse minute glandulo-punctat-—
ae subtus subtomentosae fere ad basem trinervatae vel subtriner-
vatae, nervis et nervulis subtus valde prominentibus. Inflores-
centiae cymosae vel subcorymbosae, internodis inferioribus elong-
atis, ramis primariis suboppositis vel alternis ascendentibus
subtomentosis, ramis ultimis nullis. Capitula anguste campanulata
6-7 mm alta 2.0-2.5 mm lata; squamae involucri interiores ca. 5
plerumque subaequales oblongae vel anguste oblongae bi-costatae
margine late scariosae fimbriatae saepe lacinatae apice obtusae
vel minute apiculatae extus glanduliferae et sparse puberulae;
Squamae exteriores ca. 2 ca. 2-3 mm longae; paleae nullae vel
subnullae. Flores ca. 5 in capitulo; corollae pallide lavandulae
ca. 4 mm longae extus multo plerumque stipitate glanduliferae,
tubis ca. 1 mm longis, lobis ca. 0.6 mm longis et latis; thecae
antherarum distincte lavandulae ca. 1.5 mm longae. Achaenia ca.
3 mm longa glabra; pappus coroniformes ad 1 mm altus laciniatus.
Grana pollinis 20-22 pm in diam.

TYPE: BRAZIL: Bahia: Summit of Morro do Chapeu, ca. 8 km SW
of the town of Morro do Chapeu to the west of the road to Utinga.
Sandstone rocks, with open sand in flatter areas. Open scrub in
exposed sites to scattered low woodland. Approx. 41°912'W, 11°35’
S. Alt. ca. 1000 m. Shrub to 2.25 m. Leaves dull green above,
paler beneath. Phyllaries grey-green. Florets lilac. 3 March
1977. R.M.Harley, S.J.Mayo, R.M.Storr, T.S.dos Santos & R.S.
Pinheiro 19350 (Holotype, CEPEC; Isotypes K, US).

Acritopappus santosii is closely related to A. micropappus
and the two have almost identical habits. Nevertheless, during
a preliminary identification of the Harley collections, Charles
Jeffrey segregated the material of the present species, evidently
because of the very distinctive coroniform laciniately toothed
pappus. The character by itself, though striking, might not
justify a species rank, but the leaves seem consistently differ-
ent in their truncate bases and trinervate venation. Four
specimens and a type photograph of A. micropappus all show the
bases of the leaf blades obtusely angled with the basal series of
secondary veins parallel or subparallel with the margin.

The pappus of the new species is unique in Acritopappus, but
it resembles that of Scherya which is also from Bahia. The latter
genus differs from Acritopappus in more important features,
however, such as its herbaceous habit and its linear leaves with
longitudinally parellel venation.

146 12) Val xe AE (0) I (0) (at AN Vol. 45, No. 2

Acritopappus subtomentosus R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae frutescentes vel arborescentes ca. 4 maltae. Caul-
es subhexagonales superne subtomentosi, internodis plerumque 1.5-
4.0 cm longis. Folia opposita, petiolis 11-22 mm longis; laminae
ovato-lanceolatae 7-13 cm longae et 2.0-3.7 cm latae base rotund-
atae vel breviter obtusae margine minute serrulatae apice anguste
longe acuminatae supra minute puberulae vel sparse subtomentosae
dense glanduliferae subtus subtomentosae in nervis et nervulis
leniter prominulae, nervis secundariis distincte pinnatis inter-
dum indistinctis. Inflorescentiae terminales corymbosae vel
subcymosae, ramis primariis alternis ascendentibus, ramis ultimis
0-2 mm longis tomentosis. Capitula anguste campanulata ca. 6 mm
alta et 2.5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 12 plerumque subaequal-
es oblongae 3.0-3.5 mm longae et 0.8 mm latae valde bi-costatae
mMargine et apice distincte anguste scariosae apice rotundatae
extus superne puberulae. Flores ca. 15 in capitula; corollae
pallide lavandulae? ca. 4 mm longae superne sparse breviter
stipitato-glanduliferae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis, lobis 0.5 m
longis et 0.4 mm latis in cellulis interioribus elongatis sub-
mammillosis; thecae antherarum distincte lavandulae 1.5 mm longae.
Achaenia 2.0-2.2 mm longa glabra; aristae pappi nullae vel pauc-
ae ad 0.4 mm longae. Grana pollinis 20-22 pm in diam.

TYPE: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Serra do Espinhago. Campo on
white sand and cerrado among outcrops, ca. 5 km N. of Sao Jodo da
Chapada, road to Inhai. Elev. 1200 m. Outcrops. Shrub or small
tree to ca. 4m tall. Heads lavender. 28 March 1970. H.S.Irwin,
S.F.da Fons@éca, R.Souza, R.Reis dos Santos & J.Ramos 28506
(Holotype, UB; Isotypes NY, US).

The shape of the leaf and the rounded scarious tips of the
involucral bracts in A. subtomentosus indicate relationship to
A. longifolius, but the latter species has the leaves and invol-
ucral bracts glabrous. The involucral bracts of the new species
are notable for their regularly oblong shape. In Bahia A. hagei
and A. confertus represent a similar pubescent versus glabrous
species pair.

Acritopappus teixeirae R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes ad 2 m altae. Caules flavo-
virides subteretes striati subglabrae vel obscure glanduliferae,
internodis plerumque 2.5-4.0 mm longis. Folia opposita; laminae
sessiles lanceolatae plerumque 8-16 cm longae et 1-2 cm latae
base anguste cuneatae subpetioliformes margine serrulatae vel
subintegrae apice breviter caudato-acuminatae supra et subtus
glabrae vel subglabrae in nervis et nervulis prominentes, nervis
secundariis pinnatis utrinque ca. 7 ascendentibus. Inflorescent-
iae laxe corymboso-paniculatae in ramis dense corymbosae, inter-
nodis inferioribus elongatis ad 13 cm longis, ramis primariis
alternis minute puberulis et obscure glanduliferis, ramis ultimis
2-4 mm longis puberulis vel subtomentellis, bracteis subinvolu-
cralibus paucis linearibus ad 3 mm longis. Capitula breviter

1980 King & Robinson, Additions to Acritopappus 147

campanulata ca. 5 mm alta et 3-4 mm lata; squamae involucri ca.
16 anguste oblongae vel lanceolatae 2.5-3.0 mm longae et 0.5-1.0
mm latae extus plerumque valde bicostatae interiores margine
distincte scariosae apice breviter acutae vel obtusae vel sub-
truncatae induratae. Flores ca. 18 in capitulo; corollae albae
vel lavandulae vel azureae 2.0-2.3 mm longae tubiformes vel
leniter infundibulares extus plerumque in tubis minute stipitato-
glanduliferae, tubis ca. 0.5 mm longis, faucibus ca. 1 mm longis,
lobis ca. 0.5 mm longis et 0.4 mm latis intus dense distincte
mamillosis; filamenta tota 0.3 mm longa; thecae antherarum
sordidae 0.8 mm longae. Achaenia ca. 1.8 mm longa glabra; pappus
nullus. Grana pollinis ca. 22 pm in diam.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Serra do Rio de Contas. Between 2.5
and 5 km S of the Vila do Rio de Contas on side road to W of the
road to Livramento, leading to the Rio Brumado. Alt. ca. 980 m.
Approx. 41°50'W, 13° 36'S. Rocky riverside with rapids, riverine
vegetation, cerrado with sandstone outcrops and some grassland
areas subject to flooding but dry at time of collection. Large
herb to 2 m, branching from base. Leaves mid-green, glossy
beneath. Phyllaries pale green. Corolla white, anthers yellow,
styles white. 28 March 1977. R.M.Harley, S.J.Mayo, R.M.Storr,
T.S.Santos & R.S.Pinheiro 20075 (Holotype CEPEC; isotype US).
PARATYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de Livramento do Brumado. BA
156, entre Livramento do Brumado/Rio de Contas, a 5 km a NW do
primeiro. Caatinga. Elev. 600 meters. Common shrubs to 1%
meters tall, flowers lavender or blue. July 19, 1979. R.M.King,
S.Mori, T.S.Santos & J.Hage 8043 (CEPEC).

The corollas and anthers of Acritopappus teixeirae are
shorter than those of other members of the genus, and they are
scarcely exserted beyond the involucral bracts and paleae. The
species has narrow leaves with little or no petiole and elongated
lower nodes in the inflorescence, both characters shared with A.
morii, but the latter is a large shrubby plant with tomentellous
lower leaf surfaces and non-acuminate leaf tips.

The species is named for Dr. Alcides Teixeira of CNPq in
Brasilia, head of Programa Flora.

The following previously named species is also a member of
the genus.

Acritopappus heterolepis (Baker) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb.
nov. Ageratum heterolepis Baker in Martius, Flora Brasili-

ensis 6 (2): 198. 1876.

Key to the species of Acritopappus

1. Leaves with broadly rounded sessile bases (Bahia)
A. harleyi K.& R.

1. Leaves with narrow or distinctly petiolate bases ..... 2

148 Jes Jal Ne AL {Oy Ib 0) (Ean? Ja VoL. 45) Nowe
2 heat stipssobtuser to) shortlyracuters (i... . ce. ean cnnen ES

3. Leaves essentially glabrous, with shallowly prominulous
veins, margins evenly serrulate, venation strictly
jabeenes (beim) 5 5 56 6 6 6 o 5 Oo o Db JNO joieilotibollitars If 1k.

3. Leaves subtomentose below, pubescence nearly obscuring the
areolae, venation of the undersurface very prominent,
margins often rather coarsely dentate .......... 4

4. Pappus of a few separate small aristae; leaf blades not
truncate at base, veins slightly congested toward base of
blade (Bahia) . ... . .. A. micropappus (Baker) K.& R.

4. Pappus a fused laciniate crown; leaf blades truncate at

base, trinervate from near base (Bahia)
A. santosii K.& R.

2. Leaf tips narrowly acute to narrowly acuminate .......5

5. Undersurfaces of leaf blades and sometimes outer surfaces of
involucral bracts distinctly puberulous to griseo-
PONENTS MOUSH cass LPs ee es, a oe coe

6. Leaves tapering to base without distinct petiole, leaf tips
narrowly acute; inflorescence with long lower internodes
(Gem 3X0) Gm) (Bele) 6 5 5 9 5 0 6 6 8 oo oo ANG iopesial IK. IR-

6. Leaves with distinct petiole, petiole usually 7-30 mm long,
leaf tips acuminate; inflorescence without extremely long
Hower: antermnodes te ren cue (el elected (elie: UcuL fein ecll ose cone OREN

7. Inflorescence with heads all on distinct peduncles up to
10 mm long, heads with ca. 35 flowers; leaf blades
lanceolate with narrowly cuneate bases (Bahia)

A. heterolepis (Baker) K.& R.

7. Inflorescence with heads usually congested on short
peduncles, heads with 15-30 flowers; leaf blades ovate
tomovate—lanceoillatems ce temic is 0 noise) ve) fie Solita) ome

8. Base of leaf blade cuneate to acuminate; involucral
bracts short-acute with indurated tips; heads with
25-30 filowers (Bahia) .... ..... . A. hagel KiG@ Re

8. Base of leaf blade usually abruptly rounded; involucral
bracts with rounded narrowly scarious tips; heads with

ca. 15 flowers (Minas Gerais)
A. subtomentosus K.& R.

1980 King & Robinson, Additions to Acritopappus 149

5. Undersurfaces of leaf blades and involucral bracts essenti-
Aes ae CAD COUStawt se at tn We letra te sats. ote. sulce me feels aay eam

9. Corollas 2.0-2.3 mm long; leaf blades mostly flat in
pressed specimens, not conduplicate; inflorescence with
lower internodes usually over 10 cm long (Bahia)

A. teixeirae K.& R.

9. Corollas 3.5-5.0 mm long; leaf blades usually distinctly
arching and often conduplicate in pressed specimens;
inflorescence with lower internodes usually less than
ete lfoyayers 6 Sa eaure op: CC Ceer eS aero rt PCa EMC erm. ce-cury <twe wll)

10. Heads with ca. 15 involucral bracts and 25-30 flowers
Giimas GOLAta)) ee ier a Wee fels es, of eA DEWIE Roe

10. Heads with 6-10 involucral bracts and 6-15 flowers .. 11

11. Involucral bracts obtusely acute with indurated tips;
leaf tips narrowly acuminate (Bahia, Cear4)
A. confertus (Gardn.) K.& R.

11. Involucral bracts with rounded or truncate narrowly
scarious tips; leaf tips very long and filiform—-
acuminate (Minas Gerais)

A. longifolius (Gardn.) K.& R.
Literature Cited

King, R. M. and H. Robinson 1972. Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae) CIX. A new genus, Acritopappus. Phytologia
24 (5): 401-403.

and - 1977. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Astera-
ceae). CLXVI. A new genus Scherya and additions to
Acritopappus. Phytologia 38 (2): 99-105.

Acknowledgement

We would like to thank the following people for their help
in the study. Dr. Dourimar Nunes de Moura, Superintendent for
International Cooperation, Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvemento
Cientifico e Tecnologico (CNPq) Brasilia, Dr. Paulo Alvim,
Director of Research, and Dr. Scott A. Mori, Curator of the
Herbarium, both of the Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC),
Itabuna.

150 12 Jel M6 AW (Oy IE ON (EL AN Vol 45), Nore

a ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

Aerttopappus haget R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Jardim Botanico, Rio de Janeiro. Photos by Victor E. Krantz,
Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

1980 King & Robinson, Additions to Acritopappus 15]

Stage
¢, a
oe Me
|
/ \ aw

Acritopappus morti R.
Jardim Botanico,

a ~

M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Rio de Janeiro.

152 PAH Act sO} LaONG aha Vol. 4535-NomezZ

&

25158494

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Aeritopappus prunifolitus R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
United States National Herbarium.

1980 King & Robinson, Additions to Acritopappus 153

an HS
Pi

ol
Fe,

x
yw *

\

Acritopappus santosit R. M. King & H. Robinson, Isotype,
United States National Herbarium.

2851645

Vol. 45, No. 2

1 Jal we ARO) Jy 0) (EW AN

154

THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
Plants of the Planalto do Brasil

x

hale Ave
Shrub or small tree to ca. lim tall. Heads
lavender, Outcrops. Campo on white sand and

cerrado among outcrops, ca. Skm N. of Sao
Joao da Chapada, road to Inhai. Blev. 1200m.

> De >
YE DE BRaSS
Ss;

HERBARIO —

a
WE 0

Xs

Acritopappus subtomentosus R. M. King & H. Robinson,
Holotype, Herbd4rio Universidade de Brasflia.

1980 King & Robinson, Additions to

Acritopappus 155

EX HERBARIO KEWENS}
BRAZIL: ESTADO DA BAHIA
SERRA DO Rio ve { A

Age MOTI op edt ud.) Baath

Atk < -lelta 1%
: (

RM. Haatsy, SJ. Mayo. RM, Srone. T

a rele pega oper Romer
ee ee ”
Accitepoppus
Teixeirse Rit King *
CEPEC H Robina
CENTRO DE PESQUISAS Do CACAU
HERBARIO foley pe
17420
ROO. ILWEUS/ITABUNA ~ BAMiA-BRASA
Acritopappus teixetrae R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,

Herbario Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC), Itabuna, Bahia.

156

Middle. A. morit. Bottom. A. pruntfoltus.

Peay SlnOn EEOC Sil

Voll. "455

Enlargements of heads of Acritopappus.

Top. A. haget.

No.

2

1980

Middle.

Enlargements of heads of Aerttopa

‘
Ae

King & Robinson, Additions to Acritopappus

YY i>. pad Fee
Ee

.

subtomentosus. Bottom.

rae
CLUE.

NEW SPECIES OF VERNONIEAE (ASTERACEAE). IV.

THREE ADDITIONS TO VERNONIA FROM ECUADOR AND PERU.

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Continuing efforts to determine Asteraceae from the Andean

region of South America have revealed the following apparently
undescribed species of Vernonia from Ecuador and Peru. The
material reviewed also contained two collections from the Provin-
ce of Sandia in Puno, Peru (Vargas 11825, 11856) that are super-
ficially similar to various species of Vernonia subg. Critontop-
sis. The two specimens prove to be the species named Vantllos-
mopsts weberbauert Hieron. Closer examination shows a pappus of
setae in more than one series without a distinct outer pappus.
As such, the species is not reasonably included in Vernonia, but
nevertheless, it will eventually probably have to be removed from
the genus Vantllosmopsts, which is otherwise known only from
Brasil, and which differs in pubescence-type and floral details.

The new species are as follows.

VERNONIA FERREYRAE H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ca. 1 m altae multo ramosae. Caules
teretes leniter striati dense pruinoso-puberuli, pilis T-form-
ibus. Folia alterna, petiolis 2-3 mm longis; laminae ovatae vel
anguste ovatae plerumque 1.5-3.5 cm longae et 0.8-1.5 cm latae
base rotundatae vel breviter obtusae margine integrae vel sub-
integrae apice acutae vel breviter acutae supra leniter bullatae
glabrescentes sensim lucidae glandulo-punctatae subtus dense
pallide tomentosae, nervis subtus prominentibus, nervis secund-
ariis utrinque ca. 4-5 ascendentiter arcuatis. Inflorescentiae
in ramis terminales corymboso-paniculatae, ramis ascendentibus
dense pallide tomentosis, ramulis in partibus sulcatis ultimis 1-
12 mm longis, bracteis inferioribus et secundariis foliiformibus
0.6-1.2 cm longis et 0.3-0.6 cm latis, bracteis ultimis minutis
subulatis. Capitula in ramulis subdense corymbosa late campan-
ulata ca. 7 mm alta et ca. 5-8 mm lata; squamae involucri fulves-
centes vel purpurascentes ca. 38 ca. 5-seriatae erectae apice
leniter recurvatae anguste ovatae 1.0-3.5 mm longae et 0.5-1.2
mm latae apice acutae minute apiculatae margine anguste scariosae
saepe pallidae extus sparse evanescentiter tomentellae superne ad
medio dense glandulo-punctatae longitudinaliter atro-viridescent—
iter vel atro-purpurascentiter univittatae. Flores ca. 25 in
capitulo. Corollae lavandulae ca. 8 mm longae, tubis anguste
cylindraceis ca. 4.0-4.5 mm longis extus sparse minute glandul-

158

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 159

iferis, faucibus leniter infundibularibus ca. 1 mm longis, lobis
linearibus ca. 2.5-2.8 mm longis et 0.4 mm latis inferne sparse
minute glanduliferis subapicem dense glandulo-punctatis et brev-
iter contorte setiferis, setis uniseriatis in cellulis apicalibus
ca. 0.15 mm longis; thecae antherarum 2 mm longae; appendices
antherarum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.2 mm latae apice
obtusae extus glabrae; nodi stylorum annuliformes; scapi stylorum
in partibus hispidulis superioribus subnulli; rami stylorum extus
longe appresse argute sericeo-papillosi et multo glandulo-punct-
ati, papillis in parietibus incrassatis. Achaenia 1.5-2.0 mm
longa dense setifera; carpopodia breviter cylindrica lateraliter
dense glandulo-punctata; setae pappi ca. 35 ca. 4.5 mm longae
superne sensim leniter latiores margine et extus scabridulae,
squamae exteriores lanceolatae ca. 1 mm longae extus sublaeves.
Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 45 um valde regulariter lophorata,
cristis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis
(reticulation V. cognata type).

TYPE: PERU: Cuzco: Prov. Anta. Wairronka? alt. 2000 m.

18 Dec. 1966. C.Vargas C. 17905 (Holotype US). PARATYPES: PERU:
Apurimac: Prov. Abancay. Just west of Rfo Apurimac near bridge
over a small stream, km 84 east of Abancay. Alt. 2200 m. Shrub
to 1m tall; flowers purple. 3 Nov. 1957. P.C.Hutchison 1748
(US); Cuzco: km 96-97 Highway Cuzco-Abancay, near Puente Cunyac.
Habitat stony. Alt. 1900-2000 m. Flores white. Nov. 20, 1947.
Ramon Ferreyra 2744 (US); Puente de Cunyac. Flores azules. 8/7
1948. Velarde 1390 (US).

Vernonia ferreyrae seems closest to V. mandontt Sch.Bip. ex
Gleason of Bolivia, but the latter has broader leaves with more
numerous more insculpate secondary veins, has somewhat larger
heads sessile in pairs or small clusters, and has attenuate tips
on the involucral bracts. Vernonia mandonii has pollen reticul-
ation of the V. cognata type with a polar areole and two series
of intercolpar areoles as in V. ferreyrae, but the Bolivian
species lacks the glands on the upper surfaces of the carpopodium.

VERNONIA RETROSETOSA H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae frutescentes vel subscandentes mediocriter ramosae.
Caules virides vel brunnescentes teretes irregulariter leniter
striati dense longe subretrorse flavo-pilosi. Folia alterna,
petiolis distinctis brevibus ca. 3-5 mm longis dense sericeo-
pilosis; laminae ovatae plerumque 5-7 cm longae et 2.5-3.3 cm
latae base rotundatae margine utrinque remote 5-7-mucronato-
serrulatae apice breviter argute acuminatae supra et subtus longe
sericeo-pilosae non glandulo-punctatae in nervis et nervulis
prominulae in nervis primariis inferne dense retrorse sericeo-
pilosae, nervis secundariis utrinque plerumque 4-5 patentibus
arcuatis sensim ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae pauce ramosae,
ramis in nodis distincte leniter deflectis dense subretrorse
flavo-sericeo-pilosis, bracteis foliiformibus plerumque 1.5-5.5
cm longis et 0.6-2.2 cm latis. Capitula remota uniseriata

160 Pon OL s0nG aaa Vol. 45, No. 2

sessilia axillaris late campanulata ca. 10 mm alta et 7 mm lata;
squamae involucri exteriores virides ca. 30-35 multiseriatae
distincte patentes aristiformes 5-9 mm longae sparse sericeo-
pilosae superne extus pallide uni-costatae, squamae interiores ca.
12 anguste lanceolatae ca. 7.5 mm longae inferne pallidae ca. 1.3
mm latae apice anguste acutae extus superne viridescentes et
sericeo-pilosae. Flores ca. 25 in capitulo. Corollae albae? ca.
8 mm longae, tubis perangustatis ca. 5 mm longis extus glabris,
faucibus subnullis ca. 0.1 mm longis, lobis linearibus ca. 3.5 mm
longis et 0.6 mm latis inferne glabris ad apicem dense stipitato-
glanduliferis et pauce spiculiferis; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm
longae; appendices antherarum anguste ovatae ca. 0.35 mm longae
et 0.17 mm latae glabrae; nodi stylorum annuliformes; scapi
stylorum in partibus hispidulis superioribus ca. 0.4 mm longi.
Achaenia ca. 1.5 mm longa dense setifera; carpopodia rotundato-
obturaculiformia in superficie superiore setifera; setae pappi
subpersistentes ca. 55-60 ca. 5 mm longae superne sensim latiores
margine et extus scabridulae, squamae exteriores oblongo-lanceo-
latae ca. 0.8 mm longae extus plerumque laeves. Grana pollinis
in diametro ca. 50 pm valde lophorata, cristis minute multo
spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation V. geminata
type).

TYPE: PERU: Puno: Prov. Sandia, bajando de Valle Grande.
Habitat bosque ralo. Alt. 2000 m. 7 Agosto 1957. C.Vargas C.
22844 (Holotype US).

Vernonta retrosetosa is named after the distinctive form of
pubescence on the stems. The stiff yellowish hairs are directed
backward and curve outward, forming a brush around the slender
stems. The pollen of the new species has colpar areoles which
touch at the poles and has two intercolpar rows, a condition seen
in V. geminata Less. and its close relatives in Brasil.

VERNONIA VIOLICEPS H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae vel subscandentes ad 2 m altae. Caules
teretes leniter striati dense sordide velutini. Folia alterna,
petiolis 5-7 mm longis; laminae ovato-lanceolatae plerumque 9-12
em longae et 3.0-4.5 cm latae base rotundatae vel obtusae margine
integrae vel subintegrae anguste recurvatae apice breviter argute
acuminatae supra persparse strigulosae in nervis primariis
prominentes pilosae in nervis secundariis prominulae subtus
appresse sericeo-puberulae in nervis et nervulis prominulae,
nervis secundariis utrinque ca. 7 ascendentiter arcuatis.
Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales multo ramosae, ramis dense
sordido-velutinis, bracteis inferioribus paucis foliiformibus
plerumque 3.0-4.5 cm longis et 1.0-1.5 cm latis, bracteis
superioribus et ramulosis minoribus plerumque ca. 1 cm longis et
ad 0.4 em latis facile deciduis, ramulis interdum in nodis
leniter deflectis. Capitula in seriebus solitaria vel geminata
sessilia ad 12 mm alta et plerumque 3-4 mm lata; squamae invol-
ucri exteriores lavandulae ca. 30-35 ca. 4-seriatae erecto-

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 161

patentes vel subappresse anguste lanceolatae pungentes 1.5-5.5 mm
longae et ca. 0.5-1.0 mm latae margine sparse pilosae extus albo-
sericeae, squamae interiores ca. 9 oblongo-lanceolatae superne
late scariosae apice breviter abrupte acuminatae extus praeter
marginem albo-sericeae. Flores 10-12 in capitulo. Corollae
lavandulae ca. 7.5 mm longae, tubis anguste infundibularibus ca.
4 mm longis extus glabris, faucibus ad 1.5 mm longis infundibular-
ibus glabris, lobis lanceolatis 2.0-2.3 mm longis inferne 0.5 mm
latis extus superne dense setiferis; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm
longae; appendices antherarum anguste ovatae ca. 0.5 mm longae et
0.2 mm latae glabrae apice subacutae crenulatae; nodi stylorum
annuliformes; scapi stylorum in partibus hispidulis superioribus
ca. 0.5 mm longi. Achaenia ad 2.2 mm longa dense setifera;
carpopodia rotundato-obturaculiformia in superficie superiore
setifera; setae pappi subpersistentes ca. 45 plerumque ca. 5 mm
longae superne sensim latiores margine et extus scabridulae,
squamae exteriores lanceolatae plerumque 1.0-1.3 mm longae extus
laeves. Grana pollinis leniter oblata ca. 45 pm alta et 50 pm
lata valde lophorata, cristis minute spinuliferis, spinis major-
ibus nullis (reticulation with 1-3 polar areoles and 3 rows of
intercolpar areoles).

TYPE: ECUADOR: Tungurahua: along the road to Puyo, ca. 2 kms
E of Rfo Negro. Elev. ca. 4300 ft. Several plants, ca. 2 meters
tall, shaded areas, phyllaries lavender. Jan. 21, 1974. R.M.
King 6558 (Holotype US). PARATYPE: ECUADOR: Tungurahua: Road
Bafios—-Mera, 35 km from Bafios. Clearing and rain forest along
line from Television Plant to antenna (along Rfo Cashaurco). Alt.
1450-1550 m. (78 10'W 1 25'S). Scandent shrub. Flowers violet.
Sep. 4, 1976. B.@llgaard & H.Balslev 9301 (US).

In general aspect and number of flowers in the heads, the
new species seems closest to V. ehretitaefolia Benth. of Venezuela,
Guiana and northern Brasil, and V. sclareaefolia Sch.Bip. of
Colombia. The first of these is closer in leaf texture and
blade pubescence and in its differentiated outer involucre, but
it has more elliptical leaves with narrower bases and has more
crowded heads on less deflected branches of the inflorescence.
The Colombian species has larger heads without differentiated
outer bracts, and has leaves with more roughened upper surfaces,
densely tomentellous undersurfaces, and acute bases of the blade.
Both specimens of the new species have violet involucral bracts,
a feature not seen in the related species.

162 Pon ate On ONG lreA

Vol. 45, No. 2

HERBARIO VARGAS, CUZCO. PERU
PLANTAE PERUVIANAE

Vernon) fer reypoe lees rey He lefype

<. VARGAS ARGO 5 ANS he leabec (46 €
Departamento hee $ ¢ © Provincia "fae Leg
UNITED STATES i *Wacrven Her.
2575402 A Qree
Detcrminado
NATIONAL HERBARIUM

, arbusco, herbaces

Vernonia ferreyrae H. Robinson, Holotype, United States
National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photo-
grapher, National Museum of Natural History.

1980

2575403 A

Robinson, Additions to Vernon:

ernonta retnoset

National Herbariun.

setosa H. Robinson, Holotype

>

a

United

Stat

e

if)

WwW

164 le lel YE Ae (0) i (0) (El ae AN Vol. 45, No. 2

PLANTS OF ECUADOR

UNITED STATES
'
2733088
F
NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Vernonia violiceps H. Robinson,

Holotype, United States
National Herbariun.

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 165

eee eee Ee i ee eee 8 kk Pee ee

by f

TELE Cerri ULerraerretry + tf.

Vernonia enlargements of heads. Top. V. ferreyrae. Middle.
V. retrosetosa. Bottom. V. violtceps.

NEW SPECIES OF VERNONIEAE (ASTERACEAE). V.

ADDITIONS TO VERNONIA FROM BRASIL.

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

A collection containing many undetermined specimens of
Vernonia from Brasil was sent some years ago by the New York
Botanical Garden, and more recently material from the State of
Bahia has been made available through the aid of Scott Mori at
Itabuna in Bahia and Charles Jeffrey at Kew. In the last year
still more material of Vernonia from Bahia has been collected by
R. M. King. Since names are needed for some chemical and cyto-
logical vouchers in the last collections, and since the U. S.
National Herbarium has a rather complete representation of
Brasilian species of Vernonia, a simultaneous effort has been
made to determine the material of all the recent collections. As
a result, the present papper adds 17 species to the more than 200
already described from Brasil. These new species cannot be match-
ed with specimens, type photographs, or descriptions of previous-—
ly known species. It should be noted that older undetermined
material remains unworked, although searches have been made for
earlier collections of the new species described here. The
present effort has remained primarily one of identification, and
careful monographic review is greatly needed.

Five species from Bahia have been described in a recent
paper (Robinson, 1979), and two of these are now seen to need
revision. Vernonta mattos-stlvae H.Robins. is the same as
V. lanuginosa Gardn. which I would resurrect from the synonymy of
V. scorptotdes var. sororia Baker. For-reasons of pollen struc-
ture detailed below, combined with other characters given in the
previous paper, it seems best to transfer Vernonia nobilis to the
genus Mattfeldanthus H.Robins. & R.M.King. The combination is as
follows:

MATTFELDANTHUS NOBILIS (H.Robins.) H.Robins., comb. nov. Vernon-
ta nobtlis H.Robins., Phytologia 44 (4): 291. 1979.

In discussions below of relationships of new species, a
prime consideration has been the form of the pollen. Differences
in pollen in the Vernonieae have been noted by many workers,
including Stix (1960), Keeley and Jones (1977), and Jones (1979),
and some consistancy is evident within related groups. The
terminology of Stix is given precedence here. Some comparisons
are offerred with other characters and with the mostly artifici-

166

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 167

al Sections and subseries of Baker (1873).

The most distinctive pollen type in the genus is the Lychno-
phora-Type of Stix (Type A of Keeley & Jones, 1977, and Jones,
1979). This has irregular and comparatively low, thickened or
crested areas on the surface of the pollen. The diameter is ca.
40 pm. The Type is found in V. noveboracensis (L.) Michx., the
type species of the genus from eastern North America. In Tropic-
al America the Type occurs in various species of the section
Critoniopsis, and in the parts of Baker's Lepidaploae Scorpioid-
eae which contains V. scorpiotdes Pers., V. brasiliana (L.) Druce,
V. patens H.B.K. and V. polyanthes (Spreng.) Less. The Type has
already been noted as occurring in V. harleyi H.Robins. and V.
lanuginosa Gardn. (Robinson, 1979), and it occurs in V. piresit
n.sp., all of which are close relatives of V. scorpiotdes. The
Type also occurs in V. angulata n.sp., which has a thyrsoid pani-
cle, and which seems to fall in the Lepidaploae Paniculatae of
Baker. The two new species with the pollen type also share a
type of anther appendage showing minute spicules but no glands on
the outer surface, but such spicules are not present in some of
the related species.

The majority of Brasilian species have pollen grains of
larger size with high crests forming distinct lophorate patterns.
Different lophorate patterns were distinquished first by Stix
(1960), and these, plus one other type distinguished here, seem
to be of some taxonomic use.

The most common lophorate form of pollen is the V. argyro-
phylla-Type of Stix (Type B of Jones, 1979), having the three
colpar areolae meeting at the poles and having three rows of
areolae across the intercolpar region. Species with this type
include, V7. morit H.Robins., from the previous paper, as well as
V. catapoensis, V. cristalinae, V. fonsecae, V. grearit, V.
pseudoptptocarpha, V. soderstromii, V. souzae and V. subcardu-
otdes described below. These species have characters of the
various series Axilliflorae, Macrocephalae and Oligocephalae of
the Section Lepidaploae of Baker (1873).

A minor variant of the V. argyrophylla-Type has partial or
complete additional partitions across the colpar region above and
below the pores. Species involved include VY. regis n.sp. having
the characters of Section Stenocephalum, and the singularly
distinctive scapose V. santosii n.sp., with its few large heads
having the peripheral flowers maturing precociously as a group
before the central corallas emerge from the pappus.

The previous subtype approaches the VY. arenaria-Type of
Stix (Type D of Jones, 1979), which has cross-walls above and
below the pores, but which has only two series of intercolpar
areolae. The Type occurs in V. pinhetroi and V. tombadorensis,
described below, both of which seem to belong in a natural
group with VY. arenaria Mart. marked by variously T-shaped hairs
on the vegetative parts of the plants. The pollen Type also is
seen in V. echinocephala n.sp. which resembles V. holosericea

168 Pi Yor Onl Ox nes Vol. 45, No. 2

and its relatives in the Lepidaploae Paniculatae of Baker (1873)
in its great number of spreading spine-like involucral bracts.

Another pollen variation is termed here the VY. gemtnata-Type.
The three colpar areolae are continuous and meet at the poles as
in the VY. argyrophylla-Type, but there are only two series of
intercolpar areolae. The Type is found in V. persericea H.Robins.
from the previous paper, as well as V. alvimit and V. haget,
described below, all from Bahia. All are related to /. geminata
Less., described from near Rio de Janeiro. The group is notable
for including obviously related species, some of which have large
inflorescence bracts and would fall in the Axilliflorae series of
Baker, while V. coulonit Sch.Bip. ex Baker and V. gemtnata have
minute inflorescence bracts and have been placed in the Scorpi-
oides series by Baker. The V. geminata-Type pollen also occurs in
the genus Mattfeldanthus, and its occurrence in Vernonia nobilts
is one of the reasons that species is transferred here. The
genus Mattfeldanthus can be characterized by the V. geminata-Type
pollen, the pluri-axillary branching of the inflorescence, the
unequal lobing of the corollas, and the more completely lignified
tips of the corolla lobes.

The distinctive V. cognata-Type pollen of Stix (Type C of
Jones, 1979) has a separate polar areole, lacks cross-walls above
and below the pores in the colpar region, and has only two rows
of intercolpar areolae. Stix reported the Type from four species,
but none of these or any of the natural group related to V. cog-
nata Less. have been examined in this study. The Type does not
occur in any of the new species, but it has been seen in /.
lilacina Mart. of Bahia and Minas Gerais, a species that other-
wise resembles the V. geminata group.

The 17 new species are as follows.

VERNONIA ALVIMIT H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffruticosae ca. 1 m altae mediocriter ramosae.
Caules teretes striati evanescentiter laxe strigosi vel sub-
sericei. Folia alterna, petiolis ca. 2-4 mm longis; laminae
ellipticae vel oblongo-ellipticae plerumque 3-6 cm longae et 1.2-
2.2 mm latae base anguste rotundatae margine anguste recurvatae
obscure remote subserrulatae apice argute acutae vel vix acumin-
atae supra strigosae vel subsericeae subtus dense sericeae et
sparse glandulo-punctatae, nervis secundariis utrinque ca. 5-6
ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae plerumque axillares multo ramosae,
ramis serialiter cymosis in nodis vix vel non deflectis laxe
strigosis vel subsericeis, bracteis plerumque minutis vel nullis.
Capitula in seriebus solitaria vel geminata sessilia ca. 8 mm
alta et 4-6 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 28-30 subimbricatae
ca. 4-5-seriatae appressae lanceolatae vel oblongo-lanceolatae
1-5 mm longae et 0.4-1.2 mm latae apice acutae vix pungentes
margine albo-scariosae ad medio viridi-vittatae extus laxe vill-
osae. Flores 12-15 in capitulo. Corollae albae? in textura

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 169

tenues 4.5-5.0 mm longae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis extus plerumque
glabris superne latioribus et sparse minute glanduliferis, fauc-
ibus ca. 0.5 mm longis, lobis linearibus ca. 2.8 mm longis et 0.4
mm latis extus plerumque glabris ad apicem dense glandulo-punct-
atis et pauce spiculiferis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.7 mm longae
base in partibus breviter caudatae; appendices antherarum ovatae
ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.23 mm latae apice acutae extus multo gland-
uliferae; scapi stylorum in partibus hispidulis superioribus ca.
0.2 mm longi; rami stylorum extus sparse glanduliferi. Achaenia
ca. 2 mm longa ubique patentiter setifera et multo prominentiter
punctata, punctis superficialibus 1-3-cellulatis subglanduliform-
ibus; setae pappi persistentes ca. 37 plerumque 4.0-4.5 mm longae
apice non latiores margine et extus scabridulae, squamae exter-
iores oblongo-lanceolatae vel lineari-lanceolatae 0.6-1.0 mm
longae et 0.06-0.15 mm latae apice irregulares extus sparse
scabridulae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 40 pm valde lophor-
ata, cristis altis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus
nullis (reticulation V. geminata-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de Santa Cruz de Cabrdlia a 5
km a W de Santa Cruz de Cabralia. Restinga. Elev. ca. 50 meters.
Common, one meter tall, flowers white. July 6, 1979. R.M.King,
Seott Mori, A.M.de Carvalho & A.Euponitno 7991 (Holotype, RB;
isotypes, CEPEC, US).

The species is named for Dr. Paulo Alvim, Director of
Research, at the Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau, Itabuna, Bahia.

Vernonta alvimtt is related to V. geminata, with which it
shares the same pollen type, the same kind of 1-3-celled punct-
ations on the achene surface, glands on the anther appendages and
style branches, and the minute bracts subtending the heads. The
new species differs most obviously by the lack of long sharply
pointed reflexed tips on the involucral bracts, and the heads
have significantly fewer bracts and flowers, ca. 40 and 12-15,
versus ca. 50 bracts and ca. 25 flowers in V. geminata. The
leaves are also less densely glandular-punctate below and have
appressed rather than spreading pubescence. The recently de-
scribed V. persericea H.Robins. is also evidently closely related,
but differs by the densely sericeous pubescence, the lack of
gemmiform bulging punctations formed of idioblasts on the achene
surface, and the lack of glands on almost all parts. Authentic
material of the related VY. coulonit has not been seen, but the
description and a type-photograph indicate the leaves are broader
with cordate to subcordate bases and subglabrous surfaces, and
that there are only 15-20 flowers in the heads.

The pollen of the new species seems to be of the V. geminata-
Type, but the type specimen was over-aged and infested with gall-
insects, and only one grain has been seen with any clarity. The
galls are of a type also seen commonly in V. geminata.

The bulging gemmiform punctations on the surface of the
achenes consisting of 1-3 rather thick-walled cells, seem to be
idioblasts of some sort, each cell containing a large central

170 Pee Ye Le Om ORG rE rA Vol. 455 \NowerZ

body that seems to be a crystal.

The habitat of the new species is in the restinga, while the
label data indicates the related V. geminata is a plant of forest
edges. The latter species is not presently known to occur north
of the southern part of Minas Gerais and Espirito Santo.

VERNONIA ANGULATA H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffruticosae vel fruticosae erectae ca. 1 m altae
non vel pauce ramosae. Caules fulvescentes distincte 5-/-angulati
puberuli vel minute pilosi. Folia alterna sessilia vel subsessil-
ia, petiolis ad 2 mm longis; laminae oblongae vel oblongo-ovatae
plerumque 3.0-5.5 cm longae vel 2.0-3.5 mm latae base rotundatae
vel breviter obtusae margine distincte multo serrulatae apice
breviter obtusae supra puberulae subtus dense glandulo-punctatae
et in nervis et nervulis puberulae. Inflorescentiae terminales
thyrsoideo-paniculatae in ramis subcymosis, ramis distincte
angulatis dense puberulis, ramis ultimis in capitulis primariis
subnullis in capitulis ultimis ad 16 mm longis, bracteis primari-
is foliiformibus ad 3 cm longis et 2 cm latis, bracteis ramorum
minutis. Capitula late campanulata ad 9 mm alta et 14 mm lata;
squamae involucri fulvescentes ca. 45-50 subimbricatae ca. 5-
seriatae, exteriores valde recurvatae lanceolatae 4-6 mm longae
1.3-1.5 mm latae apice breviter pungentes margine dense longe
fimbriatae, interiores erectae 6-7 mm longae apice acutae margine
minute fimbriatae, omnes extus sparse puberulae et superne dense
glandulo-punctatae; receptacula leniter convexa hispidula. Flores
ca. 50 in capitulo. Corollae albae 6.5-7.0 mm longae extus glab-
rae, tubis anguste infundibularibus ca. 3 mm longis, faucibus
infundibularibus ca. 1.5 mm longis, lobis lineari-lanceolatis ca.
3 mm longis et ca. 0.6 mm latis; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm
longae; appendices antherarum anguste ovatae ca. 0.7 mm longae et
0.23 mm latae apice acutae extus inferne pauce minute spiculifer-
ae; nodi stylorum late disciformes margine subtiliter crenulati;
scapi stylorum in partibus hispidulis superioribus subnulli.
Achaenia ca. 1.5 mm longa in costis dense breviter hispidulo-
setifera inter costas dense pustulifera, pustulis 1-3-cellularis;
setae pappi albae ca. 35 plerumque ca. 5.5 mm longae superne
sensim latiores margine et extus dense scabridulae, series exter-
iores setiformes ca. 0.5 mm longae dense scabridulae. Grana
pollinis in diametro ca. 40 pm irregulariter areolata et spinul-
osa (Lychnophora-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Serra do Caiapé, ca. 40 km S of Caiap-
6nia, road to Jatai, wet slope. Elev. 950 m. Subshrub ca. 1m
tall. 26 June 1966. 4H.S.Irwin, R.Souza, J.W.Grear, R.Reis dos
Santos 17793 (Holotype, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Goids: Serra do
Caiap6, ca. 25 km (straight line) SW of Caiapénia; elev. 800 mn;
gallery forest, adjacent brejo, and nearly cerrado and campo
limpo. Herb 1.5 m tall; heads white; brejo. 1 May 1973. W.R.
Anderson 9593 (US); Municfpio Jataf, loc. Queixada. Arbusto da
vargeur, (f1.) brancas e lilajes. 8-VII-1949. A.Macedo 1904

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia Lt

(US); Municipio Jatai, loc. Balsano. Arbusto da vargeur, (fl.)
brancas. 18-VII-1951. A.Macedo 3316 (US).

Material of the new species has been labelled previously as
V. scabra Pers., which equals VY. brasiliensis, and the two species
are undoubtedly related. The relationship does not seem to be
immediate, however, and even the leaves, which are similarly
obtusely pointed, have a basically different shape, being mostly
obovate in VY. brasiliensis. The form of the inflorescence is
denser in V. angulata, and it is more closely matched by that of
V. griseola Baker ex Warming. The new species is distinguishable
from all of the most likely relatives by the narrow recurved tips
on the involucral bracts. The stems of the new species also tend
to be more sharply angled.

VERNONIA CAIAPOENSIS H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae; rhizomata horizontalia brevia. Caules
primarii erecti interdum aggregati in partibus inferioribus non
ramosi ad 40 cm alti flavescentes subpentagonales et pauce striati
sparse puberuli. Folia alterna sessilia linearia plerumque 3-8 cm
longa et 0.30-0.35 cm lata margine integra apice anguste acuta et
minute apiculata supra et subtus glabra vel sparse minute puberula
subtus sparse minute et indistincte glandulo-punctata, nervis
secundariis brevibus tenuibus prominulis, nervis marginalibus
valde distinctis. Inflorescentiae laxe cymosae pauci-capitatae,
bracteis foliiformibus, pedunculis elongatis ad 8 cm longis
superne leniter latioribus et densius puberulis. Capitula late
campanulata ad 17 mm alta et 12-17 mm lata; squamae involucri
subcoriaceae ca. 35-45 subimbricatae 4-5-seriatae erecto-patentes
plerumque lanceolatae 1.5-12.0 mm longae et 0.8-1.8 mm latae
apice pungentes margine anguste scariosae in partibus laxe longe
fimbriatae extus puberulae vel sparse arachnoideo-pilosae superne
fulvescentes vel purpureo-tinctae. Flores ca. 20 in capitulo.
Corollae lavandulae 13-14 mm longae, tubis 7-8 mm longis infund-
ibularibus extus glabris, faucibus ca. 1.5 mm longis, lobis
linearibus 4.5-5.0 mm longis et 0.6 mm latis plerumque glabris
fere ad apicem pauce piliferis et minute glanduliferis; thecae
antherarum ca. 4 mm longae; appendices antherarum ovato-lanceol-
atae ca. 0.7 mm longae et ca. 0.2 mm latae apice breviter acutae
extus glabrae; basi stylorum non abrupte noduliferi; scapi styl-
orum in partibus superioribus hispidulis ca. 1.3 mm longi.
Achaenia submatura ca. 2.5 mm longa inter costas perdense seti-
fera; setae pappi ca. 40 plerumque 7.0-8.5 mm longae superne non
latiores plerumque in marginis dense scabridulae; squamae exter-
iores anguste lineares ca. 1 mm longae extus sparse minute spic-
uliferae. Grana pollinis aliquantum oblata ca. 45 pm alta et 55
pm lata valde lophorata, cristis altis minute multo spinuliferis,
spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation VY. argyrophylla-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Serra do Caiapé, ripe WAG 51°47'wW. 60
km S of Caiap6nia on road to Jatai. Elev. 800-1000 m. Burned-
over cerrado. Stems mostly solitary, to 40 cm tall. Heads

LIZZ 1) Jel Ne AY) Ie 0) (& AL AA Vol. 45, No. 2

magenta. Oct. 29, 1964. H.S.Irwin & T.R.Soderstrom 7518 (Holo-
type, US).

Vernonta catapoensts has narrow essentially glabrous leaves
and sparsely branched inflorescences with long-pedunculate heads
as seen in the related V. grandiflora Less. and V. sesstlifolta
Less. The new species differs from both by the generally smaller
size, by the narrowly pointed involucral bracts, and by the weak
spreading secondary veins of the leaf that end in a strong margin-
al vein. The related species have more prominent ascending
secondary veins, and they lack a well-developed continuous margin-
al vein.

VERNONIA CRISTALINAE H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes erectae ad 50 cm altae non ramos-
ae. Caules leniter pentagonales dense sordide tomentosi. Folia
alterna sessilia elliptica vel obovata vel leniter oblanceolata
inferne ad 3.5-6.5 cm longa et 1.5 cm lata superne descrescentia
base cuneata vel interdum leniter constricta margine integra vel
superne pauce subcrenulata apice obtusa vel breviter acuta supra
tenuiter sericea glabrescentia subtus dense sordide tomentosa,
nervis secundariis utrinque 3-5 valde ascendentibus. Inflores-
centiae terminales 1-2-capitatae, bracteis subinvolucralibus
capitulis saepe proximis foliiformibus oblongis plerumque 9-15 mm
longis et 4-5 mm latis. Capitula late campanulata; involucra 10-
15 mm alta et 10-20 mm lata; squamae involucri purpureo-tinctae
vel atro-purpureae 70-100 subimbricatae 4-6-seriatae subappressae
exteriores apice leniter patentes lanceolatae 3-13 mm longae et
1-2 mm latae apice acutae praeter interiores breviter pungentes
margine plerumque pallidiores induratae dense puberulo-fimbriatae
extus plus minusve tomentosae ad medio distincte uni-costatae.
Flores ca. 35-45 in capitulo. Corollae lavandulae 13-14 mm long-
ae, tubis anguste infundibularibus ca. 7 mm longis ad medio per-
sparse minute glanduliferis, faucibus 1.5-2.0 mm longis glabris,
lobis linearibus 4.5-5.0 mm longis ca. 0.7 mm latis subapice
dense minute spiculiferis margine pauce tenuiter piliferis;
thecae antherarum ca. 3 mm longae; appendices antherarum anguste
ovatae ca. 0.7 mm longae et 0.23 mm latae apice anguste rotund-
atae extus glabrae; basi stylorum non vel vix noduliferi, scapi
stylorum in partibus superioribus sparse hispidulis 0.5-1.0 mm
longi. Achaenia ca. 3 mm longa inter costas dense longe lanato-
setifera; setae pappi 35-40 plerumque 6-7 mm longae superne
distincte clavatae inferne plerumque in marginis scabridulae
apice margine et extus dense scabridulae, scabridulis distincte
apiculatis; series exteriores setiformes vel anguste squamiform-
es ca. 1 mm longae extus sublaeves. Grana pollinis leniter
oblata ca. 55 pm alta et ca. 65 wm lata valde lophorata, cristis
altis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis
(reticulation VY. argyrophylla-Type). ie a

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Serra dos Cristais, 17 S, 48 W. Campo,
ca. 2 km N of Cristalina. Elev. 1250 m. Herb to ca. 25 cm tall.

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 173

Heads magenta. 2 March 1966. 4H.S.Irwin, J.W.Grear, Jr., R.Souza
& R.Reis dos Santos 13309 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US). PARATYPES:
BRASIL: Goids: same data as Type. Herb ca. 8 cm tall. JIrwin et
al. 13304 (NY); Campo, ca. 10 km W of Cristalina. Elev. 1200 m.
Erect herb ca. 15 cm tall. 5 March 1966. JTrwin et al. 13534 (NY);
Chapada dos Veadeiros, ca. 19 km N of Alto do Parafso. Elev. ca.
1250 m. Campo. Cerrado on steep rocky slopes, surrounded by
campo. Herb to ca. 50 cm tall. Heads magenta. 20 March 1971.
H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley & G.L.Smith 32817 (US).

The new species seems close to V. trwinit Barroso and /.
bardanoides Less. which have similar erect narrowly pointed uni-
costate involucral bracts and corollas with throats exserted well
beyond the tips of the pappus setae at anthesis. The new species
differs by the characteristically limited number of heads in the
inflorescence, the shorter tips on the involucral bracts which
never exceed the pappus at anthesis, by the distinctly clavate
tips of the pappus setae, and by the denser tomentum on the under-
surfaces of the leaves. A variety uniflora Barroso of V. trwinit
can apparently have a single head in the inflorescence, but the
isotype of the variety at the USNH is a plant with a series of
5 heads. The new species also tends to differ by the generally
smaller leaves with fewer secondary veins, and by the shorter less
squamiform outer series of the pappus.

VERNONIA ECHINOCEPHALA H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffruticosae vel fruticosae ad 2 m altae mediocriter
ramosae. Caules nigrescentes teretes distincte costati breviter
cinereo-sericei juvenales dense albe sublanati. Folia alterna
sessilia; laminae lanceolatae plerumque 2.5-6.0 cm longae et 0.5-
1.5 cm latae base leniter constrictae margine integrae anguste
reflexae apice acutae et minute apiculatae supra dense sericeo-
puberulae subtus perdense albo-sericeae, nervis secundariis paucis
brevibus ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae diffusae, pedunculis
elongatis ad 8 cm longis non ramosis dense albo-sublanatis.
Capitula solitaria campanulata ad 18 mm alta et 14 m lata;
Squamae involucri ca. 400-500 subimbricatae 7-9-seriatae patentes
vel erecto-patentes lineares 3-12 mm longae et 0.5-1.0 mm latae
superne rubro-tinctae apice longe pungentes extus albo-sericeae.
Flores ca. 50 in capitulo. Corollae lavandulae 10-11 mm longae,
tubis anguste infundibularibus ca. 7 mm longis extus glabris,
faucibus ca. 0.7 mm longis glabris, lobis linearibus ca. 3.5 m
longis et 0.5-0.6 mm latis extus plerumque glabris subapice
pauce spiculiferis et minute glanduliferis; thecae antherarum ca.
2.7 mm longae; appendices antherarum oblongo-ellipticae ca. 0.45
mm longae et 0.22 mm latae extus glabrae; scapi stylorum in
partibus hispidulis superioribus ca. 0.5 mm longi, rami stylorum
extus plerumque contorte vel inflexe hispiduli. Achaenia ca. 1.8
mm longa longe setifera; setae pappi persistentes ca. 30 ca. 7 mm
longae apice leniter latiores margine dense scabridulae extus
Ppauce minute scabridulae, squamae exteriores lineares ca. 2 mm

174 Pw ce Oly OG, AeA Vol / 45) Nea

longae ad 0.1 mm latae extus sublaeves. Grana pollinis in diam-
etro ca. 50 ym valde lophorata, cristis altis minute multo spinul-
iferis, spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation near VY. arenaria-
Type but with incomplete additional cross-walls in colpar area
above and below pores.

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: ca. 20 km N of Alto do Paraiso. Elev.
ca. 1250 m. Disturbed places, gallery margin. Gallery forest
and adjacent wet campo (Brejo). Subshrub ca. 1.5 m tall. Heads
lilac-magenta. 19 March 1971. H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley & G.L.Smith
52220 (Holotype, UB; isotype NY). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Goias:
Chapada dos Veadeiros, 14 S, 47 W. ca. 20 km W of Veadeiros.
Elev. 1000 m. Creek margin, among racks. Shrub ca. 2 m tall.

In bud. 9 Feb. 1966. H.S.Irwin, J.W.Grear,Jr., R.Souza, R.Rets
dos Santos 12438 (US).

Vernonta echtnocephala is probably related to V. holosertcea
Mart. ex DC. and V. pungens Gardn. which also show the extreme
development of many rows of slender pointed outer involucral
bracts. The new species seems to have the largest number of
bracts of any of the group. The new species has the heads solit-
ary on long peduncles, and has broader leaves with the undersur-
faces covered with dense white pubescence.

VERNONIA FONSECAE H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffruticosae erectae ad 1.5 m altae. Caules teretes
striati glabri. Folia alterna sessilia vel subsessilia; laminae
oblongae vel oblongo-ellipticae plerumque 4-9 cm longae et 2.5-
5.5 cm latae base breviter cordatae subamplexicaules margine
integrae apice rotundatae vel breviter obtusae et minute apicul-
atae supra et subtus glabrae subtus minute glandulo-punctatae,
glandulis immersis nigrescentibus, nervis et nervulis utrinque in
reticulis minutis subtiliter prominulis, nervis secundariis utrin-
que plerumque 8-14 valde patentibus et leniter arcuatis basilar-
ibus aliquantum retroris. Inflorescentiae non ramosae rectae vel
subrectae, internodis glabris, bracteis foliiformibus ad 6.5 cm
longis et 4.0 cm latis glabris. Capitula remota vel remotiuscula
uniseriata sessilia axillaria vel extra-axillaria; involucra late
campanulata 12-15 mm alta et lata post anthesin non vel pauce
constricta; squamae involucri brunnescentes ca. 80 subimbricatae
ca. 6-seriatae plerumque appressae late ovatae vel lineari-
lanceolatae 3-14 mm longae et 2-4 mm latae apice breviter obtusae
vel acutae margine dense breviter setuliferae margine et extus
evanescentiter sparse flexuose piliferae, interiores apice
rubro-tinctae. Flores ca. 45 in capitulo. Corollae lavandulae
in textura tenues 15-20 mm longae extus plerumque glabrae, tubis
cylindraceis 6-10 mm longis et 0.8 mm latis, faucibus anguste
infundibularibus 3-4 mm longis, lobis lineari-lanceolatis ca. 5
mm longis et 0.6 mm latis apice minute glanduliferis et breviter
carnose appendiculatis; thecae antherarum 5 mm longae; appendices
antherarum ovatae ca. 1 mm longae et 0.28 mm latae apice breviter
acutae margine leniter recurvatae extus glabrae; scapi stylorum

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia L/S

in partibus hispidulis superioribus ca. 3 mm longi. Achaenia ca.
3.5 mm longa dense longe setifera superne in punctis superficial-
ibus 1-3-cellulatus subglanduliformibus dense ornata; setae pappi
persistentes ca. 50 plerumque ca. 11 mm longae apice latiores
margine perdense scabridulae extus sparsius scabridulae, squamae
exteriores anguste lanceolatae 1.5-2.0 mm longae et ca. 0.2 mm
latae apice anguste acutae extus laeves. Grana pollinis leniter
oblata in diametro ca. 75-80 pm valde lophorata, cristis altis
minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation
V. argyrophylla-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Chapada dos Veadeiros, ca. 20 km south
of Alto do Parafso (formerly Veadeiros). Elev. 1000 m. Campo on
steep slopes with occasional outcrops. Erect shrub ca. 1.25 m
tall. Heads magenta. 20 March 1969. H.S.Irwin, R.Rets dos
Santos, R.Souza & S.F.da Fonséca 24698 (Holotype, US). PARATYPES:
BRASIL: Goids: Chapada dos Veadeiros, ca. 7 km south of Caval-
cante. Elev. 1000 m. Valley. Cerrado on steep rocky slopes and
sandy valley flats below. Erect subshrub to ca. 1.5 m tall.
Heads magenta. 8 March 1969. JTrwin et al. 24040 (US); Ca. 30 km
north of Veadeiros. Elev. 1000 m. Outcrops. Gallery woods and
campo with outcrops. Erect herb or subshrub to ca. 1.5 m tall.
Heads magenta. 16 March 1969. Irwin et al. 24503 (US).

Vernonia fonsecae is in the general relationship of V. mort
H.Robins. and V. ammophila Gardn., having large heads in a
seriately cymose inflorescence bearing large foliose bracts. The
new species is immediately distinguished by the large, erect,
smooth, glabrous, sessile leaves having cordate bases that some-
times slightly clasp the stem.

VERNONIA GREARII H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffruticosae; rhizomata horizontalia brevia. Caules
primarii erecti interdum aggregati in partibus inferioribus non
vel pauce ramosi ad 1 m alti brunnescentes teretes vel subpenta-
gonales pauce striati superne evanescentiter tenuiter arachnoideo-
tomentosi. Folia alterna sessilia linearia plerumque 5-12 cm
longa et ad 2 mm lata margine integra valde recurvata apice an-
guste acuta supra sparse scabridula in nervis primariis pallida
distincte prominentia subtus distincte pallide tomentosa, nervis
secundariis perbrevibus indistinctis. Inflorescentiae laxe
cymosae pauce capitatae, bracteis foliiformibus, pedunculis
plerumque elongatis ad 28 mm longis tenuiter canescentiter toment-
osis. Capitula campanulata 12-14 mm alta et ca. 7-8 mm lata;
squamae involucri violaceae ca. 70 subimbricatae 5-6-seriatae
appressae orbiculares vel oblongae 0.5-8.0 mm longae et 1.0-2.3
mm latae apice rotundatae vel breviter obtusae margine dense
minute albo-fimbriatae extus sparse evanescentiter arachnoideo-
tomentosae superne ad medio multo glandulo-punctatae. Flores ca.
25 in capitulo. Corollae lavandulae ca. 10 mm longae, tubis
anguste infundibularibus ca. 5 mm longis extus glabris, faucibus
ca. 1.7 mm longis glabris, lobis lineari-lanceolatis ca. 3 mm

176 12 dah ve AL (0) ity (0) (Ce HN Voll. 45)5 Norm

longis et 0.5-0.6 mm latis plerumque glabris apice pauce piliferis
et minute glanduliferis; thecae antherarum ca. 3.3 mm longae;
appendices antherarum ovato-lanceolatae ca. 0.5 mm longae et ca.
0.2 mm latae extus glabrae, cellulis marginalibus lateralibus
subdistinctis; basi stylorum vix noduliferis; scapi stylorum in
partibus hispidulis superioribus ca. 1 mm longi. Achaenia ca. 3.5
mm longa intra costas subdense sericeo-setifera; setae pappi
sordidae ca. 40 plerumque 5.5-6.0 mm longae superne distincte
latiores plerumque in marginis scabridulae ad apicem margine et
extus dense scabridulae; squamae exteriores anguste lanceolatae
vel lineares 1-2 mm longae extus minute spiculiferae. Grana
pollinis leniter oblata ca. 47 pm alta et 55 pm lata valde lophor-
ata, cristis altis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus
nullis (reticulation V. argyrophylla-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Goias: Chapada dos Veadeiros, ca. 10 km N of
Alto do Paraiso, elev. ca. 1250 m. Cerrado. Cerrado on outcrops
with adjacent wet campo (brejo). Subshrub ca. 1m tall. Heads
lavender-magenta. 24 March 1971. H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley & G.L.
Smith 338090 (Holotype, UB; isotype, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL:
Goias: Chapada dos Veadeiros, ca. 20 km W of Veadeiros. Elev.
1000 m. Rocky slopes and wet campo. Slender herb ca. 1m tall.
In bud. 11 Feb. 1966. 4H.S.Irwin, J.W.Grear,Jr., R.Souza & R.
Rets dos Santos 12565 (US); Ca. 10 km W of Veadeiros. Elev. 1000
m. Outcrops and sandy campo. Slender herb ca. 1 m tall. In bud.
15 Feb. 1966. H.S.Irwin, J.W.Grear,Jr., R.Souza & R.Rets dos
Santos 12863 (NY); Ca. 20 km N of Alto do Parafso, elev. ca. 1250
m. Gallery margin. Gallery forest and adjacent wet campo (bre-
jo). Subshrub to ca. 1m tall. Heads. lilac-magenta. 19 March
1971. H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley & G.L.Smtth 32162 (US).

Vernonia grearii is closely related to V. compacttflora
Mart., described from Mato Grosso, but the latter is a generally
more robust plant with longer peduncles, larger heads containing
40-50 flowers, and more persistent pubescence on the stems. AIl
leaves that have been seen of the new species are essentially
filiform, with the pubescence of the undersurface only narrowly
visible between the midrib and the strongly revolute margins.

VERNONIA HAGEI H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae ad 1m altae. Caules virides vel brunnes-
centes teretes pauce costati evanescentiter sparse pilosi vel
subglabri. Folia alterna, petiolis 2-5 mm longis dense pilosis;
laminae lanceolatae vel oblongo-lanceolatae plerumque 4.5-13.0
cm longae et 1.5-2.5 cm latae base rotundatae vel subtiliter
subcordatae integrae vel remote obscure subserrulatae anguste
revolutae apice acutae et minute mucronulatae supra lucidae spar-
se evanescentiter strigulosae subtus sparse sericeo-strigosae et
multo glandulo-punctatae, nervis secundariis ascendentiter
arcuatis. Inflorescentiae terminales multo ramosae, ramis
serialiter cymosis in nodis vix vel non deflectis distincte
costatis et breviter pilosis, bracteis foliiformibus ovatis vel

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia bb i

anguste ovatis plerumque 0.4-3.5 cm longis et 0.3-1.6 mm latis.
Capitula in seriebus solitaria vel raro geminata sessilia axill-
aria vel interdum alternantiter extra-axillaria campanulata 12-13
mm alta et 8-13 mm lata; squamae involucri virides ca. 50-60 ca.
4-5-seriatae exteriores patentes omnino lanceolatae vel lineari-
lanceolatae 3-10 mm longae et ca. 1.0-1.5 mm latae apice longe
pungentes margine inferne pallidiores et anguste scariosae super-
ne sparse piloso-fimbriatae extus in squamis exterioribus superne
sparse pilosis in squamis interioribus superne dense minute scab-
ridulis. Flores ca. 25-30 in capitulo. Corollae albae in textura
tenues ca.7.5 mm longae, tubis anguste infundibularibus ca. 3.5
mm longis extus glabris vel subglabris, faucibus ca. 1 mm longis
glabris, lobis oblongo-lanceolatis ca. 3.0 mm longis et 0.6 mm
latis superne reflexis extus plerumque glabris ad apicem dense
spiculiferis et breviter setiferis, setis multi-cellularibus
biseriatis non glandulosis; thecae antherarum ca. 3 mm longae;
appendices antherarum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.28 mm
latae apice rotundatae extus glabrae; scapi stylorum in partibus
superioribus non hispiduli; rami stylorum ca. 3 mm longi extus
hispiduli. Achaenia ca. 1.5 mm longa dense setifera; carpopodia
in superficie superiore setifera; setae pappi subpersistentes ca.
60 plerumque 5-6 mm longae apice leniter latiores margine et
extus dense scabridulae; squamae exteriores lineari-lanceolatae
ca. 1 mm longae et ad 0.13 mm latae apice anguste acutae extus
laeves. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 50 pm valde lophorata,
cristis altis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis
(reticulation V. geminata-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Rio de Contas, entre Rio
de Contas e Mato Grosso a 9 km ao N de Rio de Contas. Elev. ca.
1000 meters. Herb to ca. one meter tall, flowers white. July
20, 1979. R.M.King, S.Mort, T.S.dos Santos & J.L.Hage 8059
(Holotype, RB; isotypes, CEPEC, US).

Vernonia haget is a member of the V. geminata group, and is
like V. geminata and V. alvimit in the presence of glands on the
undersurfaces of the leaves and lack of large foliose bracts in
the inflorescence. The new species differs from both relatives
by the longer lanceolate leaves and by the inflorescence with
larger more remote heads. Further differences include the lack
of recurved lower involucral bracts of the type seen in /.
geminata, and the presence of a larger number of bracts and
flowers in the heads than in V. alvimit. The new species rather
resembles the widely distributed V. salzmannii DC., but the latt-
er is a more pubescent species with shorter involucres and
V. cognata-Type pollen, being more closely related to V. lilacina
Mart.

The carpopodium is basically an abscission zone, but in at
least the V. geminata group of Vernonia the upper parts of the
differentiated cap seem to represent epidermal tissue. A number
of members of the group bear setae or even glands on this upper
carpopodial surface. This is seen best in V. hagezt of the

178 12 Jnl VE ECO)" 15 0) (G16 IN Vol. 45, No. 2

brasilian species examined. Pubescence has not been noticed in
any other tribe below the upper edge of the carpopodium.

VERNONIA PIRESII H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae 2-3 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules
teretes striati dense sordide tomentosi. Folia alterna, petiolis
brevibus 2-4 mm longis; laminae herbaceae obovatae vel leniter
obpanduriformes plerumque 5-9 cm longae et 2.8-4.8 cm latae base
abrupte anguste rotundatae margine superne multo subserrulatae
apice late rotundatae supra in sicco atro-virides dense minute
pilosulae in nervis primariis palide subtomentosae subtus laxe
sordide vel fulve tomentosae, nervis secundariis utrinque ca. 10
ca. 35°-45° ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae terminales multo
ramosae, ramis scorpioideo-cymosis dense breviter sordide
tomentosis, bracteis nullis vel subnullis. Capitula in seriebus
duibus alterne secunde disposita subsessilia late campanulata ca.
8 mm alta et 6-7 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 45 fulvescentes
subcoriaceae subimbricatae 4-5-seriatae breviter ovatae vel
anguste oblongae ca. 1.0-4.5 mm longae et 0.8-1.3 mm latae apice
breviter acutae et in carinis brevibus minute apiculatae margine
anguste subscariosae superne dense minute fimbriatae extus pler-
umque glabrescentibus superne in maculis brunnescentibus glandulo-
punctatae. Flores ca. 20 in capitulo. Corollae ca. 6 mm longae,
tubis anguste infundibularibus ca. 2 mm longis extus glabris,
faucibus ca. 1.5 mm longis glabris, lobis oblongo-lanceolatis ca.
2 mm longis superne multo glanduliferis, nervis loborum sub-
marginalibus; thecae antherarum ca. 2 mm longae; appendices
antherarum anguste ovatae ca. 0.6 mm longae et base 2.3 mm latae
apice anguste rotundatae extus minute spiculiferae; nodi stylorum
late disciformes margine pauce denticulati; scapi stylorum in
partibus superioribus sparse hispidulis perbreves subnulli.
Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa in costis breviter setifera inter costas
dense glandulo-punctata et pustulifera, pustulis 1-4-cellularis;
setae pappi ca. 35 plerumque 4.0-4.5 mm longae apice leniter
latiores margine et extus dense scabridulae; series exteriores
setiformes 0.3-0.9 mm longae dense scabridulae. Grana pollinis
in diametro ca. 40 pm irregulariter areolata et spinulosa
(Lyechnovhora-Type) .

TYPE: BRASIL: Mato Grosso: 85 km from Cuiaba en route to
Rondonopolis. Frequent in hilly cerrado. Woody shrub 2-3 m
high, 3-5 cm diam, post-flowering. Sept. 28, 1963. B.Magutre,
J.Murea Ptres, C.K.Magutre & Nilo T. Stlva 56893 (Holotype, UB;
isotype, NY).

The inflorescence having no obvious bracts, the close-set
secundly borne heads, and the pollen type all suggest the new
species is closely related to V. scorptotdes Pers.. but the blunt
obovate leaves are thoroughly distinct. The involucre also
differs, being more like that of V. brastltensts and related
species which have non-scorpioid more divaricately branched in-
florescences.

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 179

VERNONIA PINHEIROI H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ad 2 m altae multo ramosae. Caules teret-
es vel leniter angulati canescentiter perdense hispiduli, pilis
sub-T-formibus irregulariter glebosis apice argute acutis. Folia
alterna, petiolis ca. 5-10 mm longis; laminae ovatae plerumque
3.5-7.0 cm longae et 1.4-3.0 cm latae base breviter acuminatae
margine integrae apice acutae vel vix acuminatae supra et subtus
perdense canescentiter pubescentes et perdense glandulo-punctatae,
nervis primariis ad medio sulcatis, nervis secundariis utrinque
ca. 5-6 ca. 45° ascendentibus leniter arcuatis. Inflorescentiae
in ramis terminales pauce ramosae, ramis serialiter cymosis in
nodis leniter deflectis perdense canescentiter hispidulis,
bracteis foliiformibus plerumque 1.5-2.5 cm longis et 0.6-0.9 cm
latis. Capitula in seriebus solitaria sessilia vel subsessilia
axillares vel raro extra-axillares campanulata ca. 11-12 mm alta
et ca. 7 mm lata; squamae involucri fuscescentes ca. 50 subimbri-
catae ca. 4-5-seriatae erecto-patentes lineari-lanceolatae 2-10
mm longae et 0.5-1.5 mm latae apice longe pungentes margine
inferne subscariosae et pallidiores extus in vittis medianis latis
sparse puberulae et superne multo punctatae. Flores ca. 25 in
capitulo. Corollae lavandulae ca. 9 mm longae extus plerumque
sparse minute glanduliferae, tubis anguste infundibularibus ca. 5
mm longis, faucibus ca. 0.7 mm longis, lobis lineari-lanceolatis
ca. 3 mm longis et ca. 0.6 mm latis ad apicem pauce minute spicul-
iferis et dense glandulo-punctatis; thecae antherarum ca. 2.7 mm
longae; appendices antherarum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.4 mm longae et
0.23 mm latae apice rotundatae extus glabrae; nodi stylorum
papillosi; scapi stylorum in partibus hispiduli superioribus ca.
0.7 mm longi. Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa dense longe sericeo-
setifera et multo breviter glandulifera; setae pappi ca. 37 ca. 5
mm longae superne vix vel non latiores margine dense scabridulae
extus subcomplanatae minute remote scabridulae, scabridis minute
hyaline apiculatis, squamae extiores lineari-lanceolatae ad 1.8
mm longae et ad 0.15 mm latae extus sparse minute scabridulae.
Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 50-55 pm valde lophorata, cristis
altis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis (retic-
ulation VY. arenaria-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Serra do Acurua. Sao Indcio, on rocky
hillside called Pedra da Mulher just south of town. Alt. ca.
500-600 m. ? Metamorphosed sandstone. Approx. 42°44'W, 11°07'S.
This plant on summit of rocks. Shrub, much branched to 2 m.
Leaves grey, paler beneath. Phyllaries pale green with pale
straw setose tips. Corolla lilac. 25 Feb. 1977. R&.M.Harley,
S.J.Mayo, R.M.Storr, T.S.Santos & R.S.Pinhetro 19028 (Holotype,
CEPEC; isotype US).

The new species is very close to V. arenaria Mart., desc-
ribed from the State of Piauhy immediately to the north of Bahia.
On the basis of the plate of V. arenaria in Baker (1873) and an
isotype of its synonym, V. sarmentiana Gardn., the latter species
has blunter leaf-tips, more subtruncate leaf bases, and much

180 PAL si Omi On Gesia rs Vol. 455) Nowe

shorter abruptly acuminate involucral bracts. The involucral
bracts of the new species exceed the length of the florets at
anthesis, while the bracts of V. arenaria are obviously exceeded
by the florets. On the basis of the Gardner type, the two species
share the lumpy, often sub-T-form hairs of the stems and leaves
and the median furrow on the undersurface of the midvein of the
leaf.

VERNONIA PSEUDOPIPTOCARPHA H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ca. 2 m altae. Caules brunnescentes sub-
hexagonales et subtiliter striati minute puberuli vel subtoment-—
elli et sparse minute glanduliferi. Folia alterna breviter
petiolata, petiolis ad 10 mm longis; laminae oblongo-ovatae vel
ovato-ellipticae ad 13 cm longae et 7 cm latae base breviter
acutae interdum inaequales margine integrae vel minute mucronato-
denticulatae anguste indistincte reflexae apice acutae vel brev-
iter acuminatae supra dense breviter pilosae subscabridae subtus
plerumque in nervis et nervulis puberulae, nervis et nervulis
majoribus prominentibus, nervis secundariis utrinque ca. 9 recte
patentibus vel leniter ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae multo
ramosae, ramis serialiter cymosis interdum subtiliter in nodis
deflectis subtomentellis et sparse minute glanduliferis; bracteis
foliiformibus breviter petiolatis in laminis ovatis 2.0-6.5 cm
longis et ca. 1-3 cm latis apice plerumque breviter acutis.
Capitula in seriebus solitaria vel geminata sessilia anguste
campanulata vel subcylindrica ca. 9-10 mm alta et 5 mm lata;
squamae involucri fulvescentes ca. 35 subimbricatae 5-6-seriatae
plerumque appressae 1.5-6.0 mm longae ad 1.8 mm latae, exteriores
ovatae breviter acutae margine anguste scariosae et dense minute
fimbriatae extus inferne glabrescentes superne sparse appresse
puberulae, interiores oblongo-lanceolatae vel lineares apice
obtusae margine albo-fimbriatae superne extus dense minute
glanduliferae et canescentiter subtomentellae. Flores ca. iS) atfa)
capitulo. Corollae lavandulo-purpureae ca. 6 mm longae extus
subglabrae in medio sparse minute glanduliferae, tubis cylindrac-
eis 3-4 mm longis, faucibus 0.5-1.0 mm longis, lobis lineari-
lanceolatis 2.5 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis apice extus dense
minute glanduliferis; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae; append-
ices antherarum ovato-lanceolatae breviter acutae ca. 0.5 mm
longae et 0.2 mm latae extus glabrae; scapi stylorum fere ad
ramos glabri. Achaenia immatura ad 2 mm longa plerumque glabra
base juxta carpopodia pauce breviter setifera; setae pappi
interiores facile deciduae ca. 30 plerumque 5.0-5.5 mm longae
plerumque anguste complanatae base sensim angustiores margine
perdense scabridulae extus sparsius scabridulae apice subobtusae,
squamae exteriores numerosae oblongae vel lanceolatae ad 1 mm
longae et plerumque 0.10-0.25 mm latae. Grana pollinis in dia-
metro ca. 45 um valde lophorata, cristis altis minute multo
spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation V. argyro-

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 181

phyllwn-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Goias: Chapada dos Veadeiros, ca. 10 km south
of Cavalcante. Elev. 1000 m. Gallery margin. Gallery and ad-
jacent cerrado. Shrub ca. 2 m tall. Heads dull lavender-purple.
8 March 1969. H.S.Irwin, R.Rets dos Santos, R.Souza & S.F.da
Fonseca 24081 (Holotype, US).

The new species has a habit reminiscent of members of the
genus Piptocarpha, with usually two heads clustered in the axils
of short-petiolate, leaflike bracts. The details of the florets
are, nevertheless, entirely Vernonia. The V. argyrovhylla-Type
pollen indicates that the new species is not even closely
related to Piptocarpha or to various species of Vernonia mostly
from the Andean Region which resemble Piptocarpha.

VERNONIA REGIS H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae 1.0-1.5 m altae laxe ramosae. Caules
brunnescentes teretes striati superne dense sericei. Folia
alterna breviter petiolata, petiolis 2-4 mm longis; laminae late
ellipticae vel oblongae plerumque 2.0-4.5 cm longae et 1.5-3.2 cm
latae base obtusae vel breviter acutae margine integrae apice
obtusae vel rotundatae et minute mucronatae velutinae inferne
sensim sublanatae subtus dense sericeae non glanduliferae, nervis
secundariis pinnatis ascendentibus laxe arcuatis utrinque 3-4.
Inflorescentiae multo ramosae, ramis scorpioideo-cymosis dense
fulvo-sericeis vel breviter lanatis, bracteis distinctis sub-
sessilibus ovatis vel ellipticis ad 15 mm longis et 8 mm latis
apice breviter acutis subtus breviter lanatis. Capitula congesta
plerumque in nodis solitaria ca. 13 mm alta et 4-5 mm lata;
squamae involucri ca. 28 subimbricatae 4-5-seriatae non patentes
ovatae vel lanceolatae 1-8 mm longae et 1-2 mm latae apice acutae
vel breviter mucronatae, exteriores plerumque in medio virides
margine dense longe fimbriatae extus dense sericeae, interiores
superne purpurascentes sparse vel evanescentiter sericeae.

Flores ca. 10 in capitulo. Corollae purpureae in textura tenues
8-9 mm longae in tubis faucibus et apicibus loborum minute gland-
uliferae, tubis cylindraceis ca. 2.5 mm longis et 1 m latis,
faucibus superne vix latioribus ca. 1.3 mm longis, lobis linear-
ibus ca. 3.5 mm longis et ca. 0.5 mm latis extus superne breviter
indurate spiniformibus; thecae antherarum ca. 2.7 mm longae;
appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae
apice breviter acutae extus glabrae; scapi stylorum in partibus
hispidulis superioribus ca. 0.5 mm longi. Achaenia ca. 2 mm
longa dense sericeo-setifera; setae pappi interiores sub-deciduae
ca. 37 plerumque 7.5-8.5 mm longae superne vix latiores sub-
complanatae margine perdense scabridulae extus sparsius scabrid-
ulae, squamae exteriores lanceolatae ca. 2.5 mm longae et ca. 0.4
mm latae in marginem distincte imbricatae apice anguste acutae
extus minute sparse scabridulae. Grana pollinis in diametro ca.
50 um valde lophorata, cristis altis minute multo spinuliferis,
spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation near V. argyrophylla-Type

182 Das York On LONG es igeA Vol. 45, No. 2

with extra cross-walls in colpar area above and below pores.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Mucugé, a 3 km ao S de
Mucugé. Na estrada que vai par Jussiape. Elev. ca. 1000 meters.
Shrub 1-1 meters tall, flowers purple. July 26, 1979. R,M,King,
S.Mori, T.S.dos Santos & J.Hage 8158 (Holotype, RB; isotypes
CEPEC, US).

The new species seems most closely related to species such as
V. tragiaefolta DC. and V. megapotomica Spreng. of Section Steno-
cephalium, having reduced numbers of involucral bracts and flowers
in the heads. Vernonta regis has a particularly colorful inflore-
scence with purplish corollas and bracts and with a greenish
median band on the outer involucral bracts.

The species is named for Robert M. King who has been respons-
ible for the collection of a number of species described in this
paper.

VERNONIA SANTOSII H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes ad 4.5 dm altae vegetative acaul-
escentes. Radices palares subtuberosae. Folia rosulata sessilia;
laminae in sicco coriaceae subcarnosae? obovatae plerumque 4-7 cm
longae et 1.5-2.2 cm latae base cuneatae margine integrae distinc-—
te incrassate limbatae apice rotundatae vel breviter obtusae
supra et subtus sparse evanescentiter villosae subtus plerumque
in nervis primariis persistentiter sub-lanatae, nervis secundari-
is obscuris utrinque ca. 4 valde ascendentibus. MInflorescentiae
erectae longe scaposae superne non vel uni-ramosae, scapis dense
villosis vel sub-lanatis non vel pauce remote bracteiferis,
capitulis solitariis vel in cymis positis sessilibus vel variab-
iliter peduncatis. Capitula late campanulata 13-17 mm alta et
15-25 mm lata; squamae involucri in partibus superioribus purpur-
eo-tinctae ca. 55 subimbricatae 4-5-seriatae appressae oblongae
vel lineari-lanceolatae 2-14 mm longae et inferne 1.5 vel 2.5 mm
latae extus dense villosae margine inferne anguste scariosae
albae apice in squamis exterioribus breviter apiculatae in
squamis interioribus lineariter acuminatae. Flores ca. 50 in
capitulo exteriores praecoces. Corollae lavandulae in textura
subtenues 10-11 mm longae, tubis anguste infundibularibus 5-6 mm
longis, faucibus ca. 1 mm longis, tubis et faucibus extus sparse
minute glanduliferis, lobis linearibus 4-5 mm longis et ca. 0.6
mm latis subapice dense glandulo-punctatis ceterum extus glabris;
thecae antherarum ca. 4 mm longae base in partibus breviter caud-
atae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.28 mm
latae apice obtusae extus glabrae; scapi stylorum in partibus
hispidulis superioribus ca. 1.5 mm longi. Achaenia ca. 2.5 mm
longa perdense longe setifera; setae pappi persistentes ca. 35
plerumque 8.5-9.0 mm longae apice vix vel non lateriores margine
et extus dense scabridulae, squamae exteriores lineari-—lanceol-
atae 2.5-3.0 mm longae et ad 0.25 mm latae apice anguste acutae
margine perdense scabridulae extus sparse spiculiferae. Grana
pollinis in diametro 50-55 um valde lophorata, cristis altis

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 183

minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation
near V. argyrophylla-Type with additional cross-walls in colpar
area above and below pores).

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Rio de Contas. Base de
Pico das Almas, a 18 km ao NW de Rio de Contas. Elev. ca. 1300
meters. Ray flowers lavender, disc flower yellow-brown. July 24,
1979. R.M.King, S.Mori, T.S.dos Santos & J.Hage 8117 (Holotype,
RB; isotypes CEPEC, US). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de
Rio de Contas, a 4 km ao NW de Rio de Contas. Campo rupestre.
Elev. 1000 meters. Ray flowers lavender, disc flowers yellow.
July 21, 1979. King et al. 8064 (CEPEC, US).

The new species is distinguished from most members of Vernon-
ta by the acaulescent or short-caulescent habit. Other such
species from Brasil include V. belltotdes Ekman, V. cephalotis
DC., V. hypochaeris DC., V. hypochlora Malme and V. sellowit
Less., but only the last from southern Brasil, shows a tendency
toward a similar seriately cymose inflorescence. None of the
other species shows the same type of entire, distinctly rimmed
leaf margin seen in the new species, and there is no reason to
believe that the various acaulescent species are necessarily
closely related either to VY. santosit, or to each other. At least
one, V. hypochlora, seems more closely related to V. cognata Less.
and V. herbacea (Vell.) Rusby.

The field notes on both collections indicate a head with
lavender ray flowers and yellowish disk flowers. Closer
examination shows that the outer series of flowers is formed of
normally shaped but precociously developed outer discoid corollas.
The distinctive feature is the manner in which the inner disk
flowers, as a well-defined group, remain in bud and buried in the
yellowish pappus until after the outer corollas have fallen. One
head has been seen showing the later stage where the inner group
of flowers is in bloom.

VERNONIA SODERSTROMIT H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffruticosae; rhizomata horizontalia brevia. Caules
primarii erecti interdum aggregati in partibus inferioribus non
ramosi 30-50 cm alti apice multo ramosi atro-rubrescentes sub-
hexagonales evanescentiter dense sordido-tomentosi, ramis per-
dense fulvo-tomentosis. Folia alterna subsessilia in caulis
primariis mox decidua non visa, petiolis ad 1 mm longis; laminae
oblongae plerumque 10-20 mm longae et 5-7 mm latae base obtusae
vel rotundatae margine integrae vel subintegrae apice rotundatae
supra tenuiter pallide sericeo-velutinae subtus dense fulvo-
tomentosae, nervis secundariis utrinque ca. 3 plerumque 40°-50°
ascendentibus vix arcuatis. Inflorescentiae multo ramosae, ramis
serialiter cymosis subtiliter deflectis dense sordide tomentosis,
bracteis foliiformibus subsessilibus plerumque 10-15 mm longis et
5-6 mm latis. Capitula in seriebus solitaria sessilia axillar-
ibus vel extra-axillaribus campanulata ca. 10 mm alta et 7-8 mm
lata; squamae involucri ca. 37 subimbricatae ca. 4-seriatae

184 Prey ie OVE Ov Cras vA Vol. 45, No. 2

plerumque appressae 3-7 mm longae et 0.8-1.5 mm latae apice argute
acutae margine inferne anguste scariosae et dense fimbriatae extus
inferne sericeae superiore margine et extus dense sordido-villosae.
Flores ca. 19 in capitulo. Corollae lavandulae vel pallidiores,
tubis anguste unfundibularibus ca. 5 mm longis plerumque glabris
superne sparse setiferis, setis in cellulis biseriatis, faucibus
ca. 0.5 mm longis extus glabris, lobis lineari-lanceolatis ca. 4
mm longis et 0.5 mm latis apice dense spiculiferis minute papill-
osis extus ceterum glabris, spiculis brevibus argutis in cellulis
uniseriatis; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae; appendices
antherarum anguste oblongae breviter acutae extus glabrae; scapi
stylorum in partibus hispidulis superioribus ca. 1 mm longi.
Achaenia immatura ad 1.5 mm longa dense longe setifera; setae
pappi persistentes interiores ca. 40 plerumque ca. 6 mm longae
apice leniter latiores margine perdense scabridulae extus sparsius
scabridulae, setae exteriores anguste lineares 1.5-2.0 mm longae
apice spiniformes margine dense scabridulae extus planae et laev-
es. Grana pollinis in diametro 50-55 pm valde lophorata, cristis
altis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis (retic-
ulation VY. argyrophylla-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Goias: Serra do Caiapé, ca. 50 km S of Caiap-
onia on road to Jatai. Rock summit of mesa, near escarpment, 17°
12'S, 51947'W. Elev. 800-1000 m. Subshrub ca. 75 cm tall. Heads
neiemMens i = CA, iO, Gleic idsy Wolboihtionaie, Oe, 25, IOe 5.
Irwin & T.R.Soderstrom 7334 (Holotype, US). PARATYPE: BRASIL:
Goids: Serra do Caiapé6, ca. 48 km S of Caiaponia on road to Jatatf,
among campo grasses at summit of cliff. 17°12'S, 51°47'W. Elev.
800-1000 m. Heads in bud. Oct. 23, 1964. H.S.Irwin & T.R.Soder-
strom 7262 (US).

The two collections of the new species both show the distinc-
tive erect leafless primary stems ending above abruptly in a
densely branching leafy crown. The species may be close to the
series discussed below with V. sougae, but the involucral bracts
of V. soderstromit present a different appearance from any of
them, having a thinner, more evenly distributed, less erect
pubescence and being more obviously lanceolate in shape.

VERNONIA SOUZAE H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffruticosae erectae ca. 1 m altae mediocriter
ramosae. Caules teretes vel subhexagonales dense brunnescentiter
velutini. Folia alterna, petiolis 1-8 mm longis dense velutinis;
laminae oblongae vel oblanceolatae plerumque 2-11 cm longae et
0.8-3.0 cm latae base obtusae vel breviter acutae margine remote
subserrulatae apice rotundatae supra dense sordido-velutinae
subtus dense flavo-tomentosae, nervis secundariis patentibus
ascendentiter arcuatis. Inflorescentiae mediocriter ramosae,
ramis serialiter cymosis in nodis vix deflectis dense sordide
velutinis, bracteis foliiformibus plerumque 1.5-4.0 cm longis et
0.8-2.0 cm latis. Capitula in seriebus solitaria vel raro gemin-
ata sessilia axillares vel raro extra-axillares ca. 11-13 mm alta

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 185

et 8-10 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 40 subimbricatae 4-5-
seriatae plerumque appressae vel in apicem leniter patentes
ovatae vel lanceolatae 2-10 mm longae et 1.5-2.0 mm latae apice
argute acutae sed extus et margine in pubescentia dense velutina
et sordida occultae. Flores ca. 20 in capitulo. Corollae lavand-
ulae in textura tenues 10-11 mm longae in tubis et faucibus extus
glabrae, tubis anguste infundibularibus 6.0-6.5 mm longis, fauc-
ibus ca. 0.8 mm longis, lobis lineari-lanceolatis ca. 4 mm longis
et ca. 0.6 mm latis inferne extus glabris subapice spiculiferis
interdum breviter glanduliferis et pauce longe setiferis, setis
in cellulis uniseriatis, cellulis apicalibus setarum ad 0.7 mm
longis; thecae antherarum ca. 3 mm longae; appendices antherarum
ovatae 0.5-0.6 mm longae et ca. 0.23 mm latae apice breviter
acutae extus glabrae; scapi stylorum in partibus hispidulis
superioribus ca. 1.5 mm iongi. Achaenia ca. 1.5 mm longa dense
longe setifera; setae pappi persistentes 25-30 plerumque 6.0-6.5
mm longae apice leniter latiores margine dense scabridulae extus
sparse scabridulae, squamae exteriores anguste lineares ca. 1.5
mm longae apice anguste acutae margine scabridae extus sparse
scabridae. Grana pollinis leniter oblata ca. 50 pm alta et 55 pm
lata valde lophorata, cristis altis minute multo spinuliferis,
spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation VY. argyrophylla-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Chapada dos Veadeiros, ca. 25 km N of
Alto do Parafso, ca. 1250 m elev. Cerrado. Campo and cerrado on
outcrops. Herb to ca. 1 mtall. Heads lilac. 22 March 1971.
H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley & G.L.Smith 32990 (Holotype, UB; isotype,
US). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Chapada dos Veadeiros, 14°S, 47°W,
ca. 20 km W of Veadeiros. Elev. 1000 m. Creek margin, among
rocks. Subshrub ca. 1m tall. Heads magenta. 9 Feb. 1966.

H.S. Irwin, J.W.Grear,Jr., R.Souza & R.Rets dos Santos 12441 (US).

In the densely pubescent involucre, VY. souzae seems most
similar to such species as V. floccosa Gardn., V. lacunosa Mart.
and VY. vestita Baker. The new species is initially distinguish-
able from all of these by the oblong to oblanceolate leaves with
rounded tips. The latter two species differ further by having a
rugulose upper leaf surface and having only 8-10 flowers by head.
The totally glabrescent upper leaf surfaces, the large ovate
lower leaves, the smaller upper inflorescence bracts, and the
more densely branched rather thyrsoid inflorescence easily dist-
inguish VY. floccosa.

The new species has the upper surfaces of the leaves mostly
covered with a dense felt, but one older leaf shows a glabrescent
condition, and the veinlets of the upper surface can be seen to
be prominulous. The long setae on the tips of the corolla lobes
consist mostly of a single moderately thick-walled apical cell.

VERNONIA SUBCARDUOIDES H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes erectae ad 50 cm altae supra
basem non ramosae. Caules rubescentes teretes leniter striati
superne sparse villosi. Folia alterna subsessilia, petiolis ca.

186 Pe Hie SE ORL) ONGa TA Vol. 45, No. 2

1-2 mm longis; laminae herbaceae anguste oblongae vel oblongo-
lanceolatae plerumque 3.5-8.0 cm longae et 0./7-1.1 cm latae base
acutae margine integrae anguste indistincte recurvatae apice
acutae supra lucidae persparse tenuiter pilosae subtus plerumque
glabrae dense glandulo-punctatae, nervis et nervulis utrinque
prominulis, nervis primariis subtus sparse tenuiter pilosis,
nervis secundariis paucis utrinque ca. 4-5 brevibus erecto-patent-
ibus. Inflorescentiae terminales non ramosae serialiter cymosae
pauce capitatae, internodis dense villosis vel hirsutis, bracteis
foliiformibus lanceolatis 2.5-3.5 cm longis et 0.6-0.9 cm latis,
capitulis ex axillis bractearum long pedunculatis, pedunculis 1-3
cm longis dense villosis vel hirsutis. Capitula late campanulata
15-17 mm alta et 10-14 mm lata; squamae involucri coriaceae ca.
110 subimbricatae 5-6-seriatae inferiores patentes lanceolatae
vel lineari-lanceolatae 4-14 mm longae et 1.0-1.5 mm latae apice
minute apiculatae margine dense denticulatae supernme margine et
extus sublepidotae vel dense pilosae. Flores ca. 20? in capitulo.
Corollae lavandulae in textura subtenuis ca. 12-13 mm longae,
tubis anguste infundibularibus ca. 6.5 mm longis extus glabris,
faucibus ca. 2 mm longis glabris, lobis anguste oblongis 3.5-4.0
mm longis et ca. 0.7 mm latis inferne glabris subapice dense
glanduliferis; thecae antherarum ca. 4 mm longae; appendices
antherarum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.35 mm longae et 0.2 mm latae
apice anguste rotundatae extus glabrae; nodi stylorum indistincti
vel nulli; scapi stylorum in partibus hispidulis superioribus ca.
1.2 mm longi. Achaenia ca. 1.8-2.0 mm longa perdense setifera;
setae pappi sordidae ca. 28 plerumque 8.5-9.0 mm longae apice non
latiores interdum distinctae tenuiores margine et extus argute
scabridulae, series exteriores setiformes ca. 1 mm longae
indistincte scabridae. Grana pollinis distincte oblata ca. 50 pm
alta et 65 pm lata valde lophorata, cristis altis minute multo
spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation V. argyro-
phylla-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Serra do Espinhaco, ca. 3 km N
of SHo Joao da Chapada. Elev. 1200 m. Cerrado. Campo, cerrado
on outcrops, and wooded valley. Herb to ca. 50 cm tall. Heads
lilac. 24 March 1970. 4H.S.Irwin, S.F.da Fonseca, R.Souza, R.
Reis dos Santos & J.Ramos 28237 (Holotype, UB).

The flattened, lanceolate, denticulate involucral bracts of
the new species are most like those of V. carduoides Baker, but
they are much more coriaceous with scarcely thinner margins.
Also, the margins are straight with rather regularly disposed
teeth, while the margins are thinner and minutely laciniate in
V. carduotdes. The leaves of the new species are also broader,
flatter, and more glabrous, with large dark glandular punctations
on the under surface. The younger involucres of the new species
retain a thin web of hairs distally, with some hairs present on
the older bracts, but the involucre of V. carduotdes shows few
or no hairs at anthesis. The longer peduncles of the heads of
the new species are also distinctive.

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 187

VERNONIA TOMBADORENSIS H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ca. 1.5 mm altae mediocriter ramosae.
Caules pentagonales inferne teretes striati canescentiter appresse
breviter pubescentes, pilis sub-T-formibus sessilibus apice acutis.
Folia alterna sessilia; laminae lineares plerumque 3-7 cm longae
et 0.2-0.4 cm latae base vix petioliformes margine integrae apice
anguste obtusae supra et subtus canescentiter appresse pubescentes
et dense glandulo-punctatae, nervis secundariis brevibus valde
ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae terminales mediocriter ramosae,
ramis serialiter cymosis in nodis vix vel non deflectis dense
appresse puberulis, bracteis foliiformibus plerumque 2.5-3.5 cm
longis et ca. 2 mm latis. Capitula in seriebus solitaria sessilia
vel subsessilia axillares vel parum extra-axillares campanulata
ca. 16 mm alta et 10 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 60 subimbric-
atae ca. 6-seriatae appressae oblongae vel anguste oblongae 0./7-
9.0 mm longae et 0.5-1.5 mm latae apice plerumque subtruncatae et
abrupte apiculatae margine anguste scariosae saepe rubro-tinctae
extus villosae et obscure glandulo-punctatae ad medio plerumque
late viridi-vittatae. Flores ca. 17 in capitulo. Corollae lav-
andulae 10-11 mm longae, tubis anguste unfundibularibus ca. 6 mm
longis extus glabris, faucibus ca. 1.5 mm longis glabris, lobis
anguste oblongis 3.0-3.5 mm longis et ca. 0.6-0.7 mm latis superne
dense pilosis et glandulo-punctatis; thecae antherarum ca. 3.5 mm
longae; appendices antherarum oblongo-lanceolatae ca. 0.5 mm
longae et 0.3 mm latae apice anguste rotundatae extus glabrae;
scapi stylorum in partibus hispidulis superioribus ca. 0.5 mm
longi. Achaenia ca. 2.5 mm longa dense sericeo-setifera et multo
breviter glandulifera; setae pappi persistentes 40-45 plerumque
6.0-6.5 mm longae apice leniter latiores margine ad apicem et
extus perdense scabridulae ceterum margine mediocriter scabridulae
extus sparsius scabridulae, squamae exteriores lineares ad 2 mm
longae et ad 0.15 mm latae extus sparse scabridulae. Grana
pollinis in diametro ca. 55-60 pm valde lophorata, cristis altis
minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation
V. arenaria-Type).

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Serra do Tombador, ca. 22 km W of Morro
do Chapéu, elev. ca. 1000 m. Caatinga scrub on sand with sand-
stone outcrops. Shrub ca. 1.5 m tall. Heads pinkish lavender.

20 Feb. 1971. H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley & G.L.Smith 32642 (Holotype,
UB; isotype NY).

On the basis of the pollen and the pubescence with sub-T-
formed hairs, the new species is related to VY. arenaria Mart. of
nearby Piauhy and V. pinhetroi n.sp., also of the Serra do Tomb-
ador. The narrowly linear leaves of V. tombadorensts readily
distinguish the species from others of the group. The short-
tipped involucral bracts are also distinctive.

188 jel Ye St ©) I OG 1 AA Vols. 455 Nowez

Literature Cited

Baker, J. B. 1873. Compositae. I. Vernoniaceae. Jn Martius,
Flora Brasiliensis 6 (2): 1-179, pl. 1-50.

Jones, S. B. 1979. Synopsis and pollen morphology of Vernonia
(Compositae: Vernonieae) in the New World. Rhodora 81 (828):

425-447.

Keeley, S. C. and S. B. Jones 1977. Taxonomic implications of
external pollen morphology to Vernonia (Compositae) in the
West Indies. Amer. Journ. Bot. 64 (5): 576-584.

Robinson, H. 1979. New species of Vernonieae (Asteraceae). II.
Five new species of Vernonia from Bahia. Phytologia 44 (4):
287-299.

Stix, E. 1960. Pollenmorphologische Untersuchungen an Composit-—
en. Grana palynol. 2 (2): 41-114.

139

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

Vernonia alvimii H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim Botanico,

Rio de Janeiro. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer,

National Museum of Natural History.

190 1 isl NC AE @) ik; @ ( we A

Vernonta angulata
National Herbarium.

Voll. (45)aNonne

2569314

Ista H Re binsen
He oFype

THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN

Plants of the Planalto do Brasil
Es .
17793 SERRA DO CAIAPS

Vernonia scabra
Det.: G. Ma Barroso 1966

Subshrub ca. lm. tall. Heads white.
Wet slone, ca. 1:0 km. S. of Calaponia,
road to Jatai. Elevation 250 mes

H, S. Irwin, R. Souzad.i¥. Grear,
R. Reis don Santos 26 June 1966

eld " of ¥ Made de Braeitoa,

i

kh conducted with the enilahoration ne were
ar rio da Agricultura. Supported in
pdauon,

H. Robinson, Holotype, United States

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia

: We

THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
Plants of the Planalto do Brasil

ra de Calap), Golda IT*1S, 81°47 W
No 7
ar
*, Burned-over ce
xm S. of Caianon‘a or
UNITEO STATES “ae

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Vernonta caiapoensis H. Robinson,

Holotype, United States
National Herbarium.

92 1 lal NG AE 0): ty (0) (EME YN

Vernonta cristalinae H. Robinson, Holotype,
Universidade de Brasilia.

Vol. 45, Now 2

2 March 19K

rebiade de Beaattin,
ture Supperted in

Herbario

1980 Robinson, Additions to

Vernonta echinocephala H. Robinson,
Universidade de Brasflia.

Vernonia 193

a!

YY

hapada dos Veadeiros

Holotype, Herbario

194 12 Jal Ve MNO) 1 (0) (Git AN Vol. 45, No

ay

UNITED STATES

De

2818523

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Vernonia fonsecae
National Herbarium.

i.
isa

f

H. Robinson, Holotype, United States

2

1980 Robinson, Additions

to Vernonia

Vernonia grearit H. Robinson, Holotype, Herb4rio Universidade
de Brasilia.

196 1) Jel Ve SEO} ik, () (2 ar A Vol. 45) None

S

ae \ rey frequent 1
am / “

Vernonta ptresti H. Robinson, Holotype, Herbdrio Universidade
de Brasilia.

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 197

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

Vernonia haget H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim Botanico, Rio
de Janeiro.

198 Pb Ye On O} Gaile 7x Vol. 4535 Noe

rote

EX HERBARIO KEWENSI
BRAZIL: ESTADQ DA BAHIA
‘ A H

9Q5 - ° '
2551641 - : RM. Haater, SJ. MAYO. RLM, Syomn. Ts NTOS & RS. PRAEIRO.
HaleyNo. (402%

' rhe KR ” ee, amd the Acedeman
of the Cenero de

YATIONAL HERBARIUM

Vernonta pinhetrot H. Robinson, Isotype, United States
National Herbarium.

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia

2818715

Vernonta pseudopiptocarpha H. Robinson, Holotype, United
States National Herbarium.

199

200 Bixee COCO: OF G 1H TA Vol. 453° Noe

Vernonia regis H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim Botanico, Rio
de Janeiro.

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia

2

Va,

i |

Vernonia santosti H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim Botanico,
Rio de Janeiro.

ee”

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA. BRAZIL

201

202

|

1 Jel Ne EO) ih OY © I A

Vole 455 Nowe

THE NEW YORK I
nits ¢

ROTANICAL GARDEN
Piants of the Planalte de Brasil
ar ae e falar i 7 128, 41°47'W
No. 7 33
+ yy rn
' ; i
o 2 mA. t
we ky sum HD,
mn . to Jataf,
mie t bi rer niv
UNITED STATES ; eR Oe . «le ; v
nal
ey
251564 ‘ Ele 1000
H T vet
NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Vernonta soderstromit H. Robinson, Holotype, United States
National Herbarium.

203

Robinson, Additions to Vernonia

1980

THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
Plants of the Planalto Go Bras

cea de

No, 32990 Chapada dos Veadeiros

f ~ ‘ : vy
Vernmia SOULE <
to ca. lm tall. Heads rrado
Campo “i cerrado on outer se
. of Alto do Paraiso, ca, 1 ev.

4 3 Irwin, ROM Harley, Got emmy 86-22 March

Fut wuch wentumad Hh the valisbowstion of the Universiinds ae Bran
the Teeeitees wine ¢ Enperimentnsio Agrimie & Marte. emp
vert ker Comte fm the Cte

Vernonia souzae H. Robinson, Holotype, Herbario Universidade

de Brasilia.

204 Pane TO ay ‘Gucam I Vol. 45, No. 2

THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
Plants of the Planalto de Brasil
Patado de Minas Geral
terre do Manpthee

Mes wpe
Herb to ca. 50cm tall. Heads lilac. Cerrado.
Campo, cerrado on outcrops, and w ded
valley, c&» 3xm N. of Sao Joae da Chapada.
Elev. 1200m,

QSiDADE DE BRaS
ee Sy

S HERBAR'O

H. 8, Irwin, S, F. da Fonséea,
R, Souza, R. Reis dos Santos,
3, Ramos

Vernonia subcarduotdes H. Robinson, Holotype, Herbdrio
Universidade de Brasilia.

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 205

THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
Plants of the Planalto do resi

Ne 32642 Serra do Tombador

rea “PDP kore nis

Shrub ca. 1.5m tall. Heads pinkish
lavender. Caatings scrub on sand with
Sandstone outcrops, ca. 22km W. of
Morro do Chapeu, elev. ca. 1000s,

MS, Irwin, RM Harley, Gt tim 20 February igh

Fad wart ened wih Uw misicention wf tie Univouhinds Ao Beas ca

ae Intense Pomgutee + Bapevimentogh: Agrémis to Bow seems
hy fond

Vernonia tombadorensis H. Robinson, Holotype, HerbArio
Universidade de Brasflia.

206 IO Jat NC AE ©) IE OE It A Vol. 45, No. 2

¥ &
ERORRRAG IES

Pr EeLY

Ltlilll i Gece STttttititte

Enlargements of heads of Vernonta. Top. V. alvimtt, V.
angulata. Middle. V. catapoensts, V. ecristalinae. Bottom.
V. echinocephala, V. fonsecae.

1980 Robinson, Additions to Vernonia 207

Enlargements of heads of Vernonia. Top. V. grearit

+ . - ry Se ae Tr * 3 ss : — ;
haget. Middle. V. ptnherrot, V. piresit. Bottom. V. pseudo-

rHtnr Ee Vv ea - h
ptptocarpha, V. regis.

208 Pe Yo eRyOes) ORG sie Vol. 45, No. 2

Tn 7" WEBEE EE &|

Enlargements of heads of Vernonia. Top. V. santostt, V.
soderstromit. Middle. V. souzae. Bottom. V. subcarduotdes ,
V. tombadorensts (from Isotype, NY).

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXXXIV

Harold N. Moldenke

SYNGONANTHUS PHILODICOIDES var. MORII Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit foliis glabris ca.
4 cm. longis, pedunculis glabris, et vaginis glabris.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its leaves, sheaths, and peduncles glabrous and the leaves
about 4 cm. in length

The variety is based on S. A. Mori, R. M. King, T. S. dos San-
tos, & J. L. Hage no. 12641, collected in the vegetation along the
margins of a stream in campo rupestre, at 1000 m. altitude, 3 km.
south of Mucuj@, along the road to Jussiape, 13°00" S., 41°24" W.,
Municipality of Mucuj@, Bahia, Brazil, on July 26, 1979.

SYNGONANTHUS SIMILIS var. VENEZUELENSIS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis usque ad 4 cm. lon-
gis glabris pedunculis glabris recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species chief-
ly in having the leaves to 4 cm. long and glabrous and the peduncles
glabrous.

The variety is based on Otto Huber 1633, collected on flat land
partially inundated during the wet season, but dry at the time of
collection, in the "cabecera del Cano Cotua hasta el pié occiden-
tal del Cerro Yapacana". 66°50" W., 3°40' N., Department of Ata-
bapo, Amazonas, Venezuela, and deposited in my personal herbarium.
The collector notes that the plant is an herb 40 cm. tall, with
pale-gray flower-heads, rather frequent in the type locality. He
collected it between February 14 and 28, 1978.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS CONGEA. I

Harold N. Moldenke

CONGEA Roxb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f.,
Gengee hs 202) ll36s U59-—11 60s 6 12545 1876s Cs B. Clarke in
Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 561 & 601--604. 1885; T. Cooke, Fl.
Presid. Bombay, imp. 1, 2: 438. 1906; Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
Jard. BotssBuitenz.,, ser. 3, 3: 100——10L) 16l> & Xow92isehs J.

Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 99. 1921;

T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, imp. 2, 2: 518 & 600. 1958; Munir,

Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 315, 316, 333, 334, 336, 338, 340, 349;

Sailer S52, 6623603. L966! LT. Gookes Fl iePresid. Bombay, imp.93; 2: 518
209

210 1) lal ye dt) ©) ty (0) (EG at AA Vol. 45, No. 2

& 600. 1967; Mold., Phytologia 25: 242--243, 505, & 510. 1973;
Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 42, 44, 46, 48, &
55. 19783. Mold., Phytologia 45: 47--62. 1980.

CONGEA FORBESII King & Gamble

Additional bibliography: Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 101 & X. 1921; Mold., Phytologia 45: 56-57
Sao LOS Or

CONGEA GRIFFITHIANA Munir

Additional synonymy: Congea tomentosa Cooke ex Bakh. in Lam &
Bakh., Bulls Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 35) 3: 10 & xX > sanisynee O27
[not C. tomentosa Hall. f., 1947, nor King & Gamble, 1959, nor R.
& B., 1980, nor Roxb., 1819, nor Roxb. sec. Dop. 1966, nor Roxb.
sec. Fletcher, 1966, nor Roxb. sec. Wight, 1960, nor Roxb. sensu
King & Gamble, 1966].

Additional & emended bibliography: Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull.
Jard. Bot. buttenze. sere 55) o) LOO, 10M & x.) 921s) Molds Baye
tollogia 452) 527k) 56——6iN Os OF

CONGEA GRIFFITHIANA var. ELLIPTICA Munir

Synonymy: Congea velutina var. elliptica [Munir], Biol. Abstr.
48: 5018, sphalm. 1967.

Additional bibliography: [Munir], Biol. Abstr. 48: 5018. 1967;
Mold., Phytologia 45: 60. 1980.

CONGEA SIAMENSIS Fletcher

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 62. 1980.

Recent collectors have described this species as a trailer or
climber, the involucre united for 4 mm., and the bracts pink-
magenta in color. They have encountered it in evergreen and in
mixed bamboo forests, in open spaces at the edges of evergreen
forests, and on rough limestone hills, at 170--200 m. altitude,
flowering from December to February. Parker calls it "common" in
Burma, while Bunkhramy refers to it as "not common" in Thailand.
The "flowers" [corollas? bracts?] are said to have been "purple"
on Bunkhramy 7. “

Munir (1966) cites BaPe 804, Bot. Surv. 379, and Parker 2161 &
2393 from Burma and Boonkrong 7, Kerr 10166 & 19792, Larsen 8723 &
9167, Marcan 2529, Phengkhlai 175, Sangkhachand 757, and Smith
314 from Thailand.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar-
ia as C. tomentosa Roxb. On the other hand, the Cheviwat & Nima-
nong 21, distributed as C. siamensis, actually is C. tomentosa
Roxb., while Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 29432 and Phengkhlai 554 are
C. tomentosa var. nivea Munir.

Citations: BURMA: R. N. Parker 2393 (Ca--320618, Z). THAILAND:
Bunkhramy 7 [Herb. Roy. Forest. Dept. 26223] (S); K. Larsen 8723
(S), 8740 (Cp), 9167 (Z); H. M. Smith 314 (W--1274120).

CONGEA TOMENTOSA Roxb., Pl. Coromand. 3: 90, pl. 293. 1819 [not C.
tomentosa Cooke, 1921, nor Hall. f., 1947, nor King & Gamble,

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea st

1959, nor Roxb. sec. Dop, 1966, nor Roxb. sec. Fletcher, 1966,
nor Roxb. sec. Wight, 1960, nor Roxb. sensu-King & Gamble,
1966].

Synonymy: Congea azurea Wall., Numer. List [47], no. 1733/1,
hyponym. 1829; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 116. 1845. Congea
azurea var. latifolia Wall., Numer. List [47], no. 1733/2, hypo-
nym. 1829. Roscoea tomentosa Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, imp. l
[Carey], 3: 56--57. 1832. Roscoea villosa Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2,
imp. 1 [Carey], 3: 55--56. 1832. Calochlamys capitata Presl, Bot.
Bemerk. 149. 1844. Congea tomentosa ~ oblongifolia Schau. in A.
DC., Prodr. 11: 624. 1847. Congea tomentosa @® latifolia Schau.
in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 624. 1847. Rocoea villosa Roxb. ex Schau.
in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 624, in syn. 1847. Congea tomentosa var.
azurea (Wall.) C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 604.
1885. Congea tomentosa var. oblongifolia Schau. ex C. B. Clarke
in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 604. 1885. Congea villosa (Roxb.)
Wight ex C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 603. 1885
[not C. villosa "(Roxb.) Wight" apud Munir, 1966, nor Wight,
1966]. Gonjea azurea Woodr., Gard. India, ed. 5, 420, sphalm.
1889. Congea villosa Wight ex Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., imp. 1, 1: 595. 1893. Congea tomentosa var. coerulea
(Griff.) Clarke ex Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfan.,
ed. 1, 4 (3a): 181, nom. nud. 1895. Congea tomentosa var. azurea
Clarke ex Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 545. 1902.
Congea tomentosa var. azurea "Wall. Clarke" ex Bakh. in Lam &
Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: X, sphalm. 1921.
Congea tementosa Roxb. ex Bakh. in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 100, in syn. 1921. Congea tomentosa var.
azurea (Wall. ex Wight) C. B. Clarke ex Fletcher, Kew Bull.

Misc. Inf. 1938: 440. 1939. Congea villosa (Roxb.) Wighh ex Mold.,
Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 8, in syn. 1947. Congea tomentosa
var. caerulea (Griff.) Clarke ex Mold., Résumé 275, in syn. 1959.
Congea tomentosa var. caerulea (Wall.) Clarke ex Munir, Gard. Bull.
Singapore 21: 305, in syn. 1966. Congea tomentosa var. tomentosa
[Roxb.] ex Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 305. 1966. Congea
tomentosa var. azurea (Wall. ex Walp.) Clarke ex Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 15: 20, in syn. 1967. Congea azurea Vahl ex Mold., Phyto-
logia 36: 42, in syn. 1977. Congea tomentosa var. p Schau. ex
Mold., Phytologia 36: 42, in syn. 1977. Congea tomentosa R. & B.
ex Mold., Phytologia 45: 210, in syn. 1980.

Bibliography: Roxb., Hort. Beng. [95]. 1814; Roxb., Pl. Coro-
mand. 3: 90, pl. 293. 1819; Wall., Numer. List [47], nos. 1733/1 &
W7S572. 8G29> Roxb.) El seind.,, ede 2, imp. Ls [Carey]s 32 55-57:
1832; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 619. 1843; Presl, Bot. Bemerk. 149.
1844; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 470. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot.
S¥SE. 542 116° (184¢5)° and'6> 691. 847s ‘Schau. in -A. DC. ,“Prodr. Lbs
623--624. 1847; Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. (Orient. 4 (3): 14 & 15, pl.
W479, 1565,. & 1566. 1849; Wight, Lllustr; Ind. Bot. 2: pl. 173
bis. 1850; Miq., Fl. Ned. Ind. 2: 911. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn.
Candoll. 3: 110. 1858; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, imp. 2 [Clarke],
476--477. 1874; Kurz, Forest Fl. Burma 2: 256. 1877; Gamble, Man.
Indian Timb., ed. 1, 282 & 504. 1881; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f.,

212 12) Jel NO AE (0) 1, PE Ie UA Voll. 45> —iNomeez

Fl. Brit. India 4: 603--604. 1885; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India
22 57 889) Wood. Gard India, ved. 55420. 1889" Jacks een
Hook.f.) & Jacks)... Undies Kewe., amph, Ls Ii: 59568 93)5) BirdGeaeioebmpaes
& Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 179--181. 1895; J. J.
Sm., Teysmannia 10: 366--368. 1899; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed.
ye aking Ils SYA G ISOS wiesbbn, Lyemeal Iisa akuyy, il, GLB fis¥sj, itG08)2
Knuth, Handb. Blltenbiol. 3 (2): 78. 1905; Williams, Bull. Herb.
Bodss Ser. 250 5) 4526 LI0Ss Brands.) Indian! ireesi cimp. asus
LIVGs Cooke, Hil Preside) Bombay, imp.) 1); 2); 438), 1906.5 DD.
Cunningham, Plagues Pleas. Beng. pl. 29. 1907; King & Gamble,
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (3 extra): 865--866. 1908; Solered.,
Syst. Anat. Dicot. Ergunz. 254. 1908; Woodrow, Gard. Trop., ed. 6,
441. 19103; Craib, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1911: 445. 19115 Duthie,
Fl. Upper Gang. Plain 2: 229. 19113 Craib, Contrib. Fl. Siam Di-
Cote 67/5 Om? Spies SNotes Rove bot. Gard shdanbiog (oS). oso
WOMB S HG ING WeyeNGHls 5 Yio, MNase, COR ZO, IWGhSs Vl, 15 Meyewetitil, .
Cebctel, Gobeong 5 Eeisn Sg BAG SOQ stay, isk}, IMESIS Welg 14 Weebl. .
Trop. Agric. 46: 262. 1916; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid.
37: 86--87. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verb. Malay. Arch. 335, 337--339, &
365. 1919; Ridl., Journ. Fed. Malay States Mus. 10: 111. 1920;
Bakhey) in) Lamece Bakh... Bulle Jandy) Bot.) Budtenz.,,. Ser. 3.05 melOO=—
OMe xX) 9205) Gambilles Mank indian limber, eden 2.) amps 2,0 D4 oem rs
Ridl., Fl. Malay Penins. 2: 640. 1923; Gambille, Fl. Presid. Madras
6: 1106. 1924; Boynton, Addisonia 13: pl. 426. 1928; Cat. Quint.
Perez Estr. San Pedro Sula 28. 1935; R. W. R. Mill., Gard. Book
Barbados 84 & iii. 1935; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4:
908, 911, & 913. 1936; Navarro Haydon, Fl. Comun. Puerto Rico 10.
1936; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 439 & 440. 19383
Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 1004. 1938; Mold., Annot. List
108. 1939; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Names 11 & 21. 1940; Worsdell,
Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1: 248. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 22.
1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 22, 54, 55,
57, 59--61, 73, & 92. 1942; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant. Gard.,
ed. 5, amp. 1, 120). 1942: Moilds, Phytollogiia 2) 102. 1944s Jacksr
im Hookwet. cudacksia. Endl iNew... clmpl) ils: OD LOA Gci Hie HemeMiac
Milt cRrop.) Plant. Garde. edin)5).) impin 2i5) 2.0) 94.615 MoilldeeebinyioR
ogda2:) Sion LO47 we HeeMacMicllliy os Crop.) eilantGard eda,
imp. 3, 1]0 (1948) and ed. 5, imp. 4, 120. 1949; Mold., Known Ge-
ogr.) Distrib. Verbenae.,, ed. 2, 39, 59, 124, 126, 129, 136-—i5a5
160, & 173. 1949; W. L. Phillips, Cat. Pl. Fairchild Trop. Gard.
17 & 50. 1949; D. V. Cowen, Flow. Trees Shrubs India 119. 1950;
Menninger, 1950-1951 Offer. 300 Diff. Flow. Trop. Trees [4]. 1950;
Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1037. 1950; Erdtman, Pollen Morph.
wile Uee45 Galo i, AB, WOES ii, Wo Wevetetlike | ube, Iilemies Cavel, -
eda) Ds) imp.) Os 20), LO52Steiner.). Phiddp., Orne. Pilla Sesho a2,
Roig, Dicc. Bot. 2: 599 & 1009. 1953; Sawarantarai & Misra, Sci.
Culture 18 (8): 388--389. 1953; Bor & Raizada, Some Beaut. Indian
Climb. 140 & 282, fig. 89. 1954; H. F. MacMill., Trop. Plant Gard.,
ed. 5, imp. 6, 120. 1956; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, imp. 2, 2:
518 & 600. 1958; Menninger, 1959 Price List [6]. 1958; Anon., Kew
Bull. Gen. Index 82. 1959; Mold., Résumé 46, 66, 159, 161, 165,
1755, 177, 79s 21 28. 275.,.:349.. 6499. 1959); Mold... Resunegonp.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 213

pl. 1: 14. 1959; D. & B. Hargreaves, Trop. Bloss. Fla. 12. 1960;
Wecks, in Hook, £. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.s, imp. 3,,:1: 595. 1960;
Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 305--306. 1960; Jimenez, List
Nomb. Vernac. 3. 1961; H. S. Rao, Indian Forest. 87: 34--36. 1961;
Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.3: 553. 1961; Gledhill, Check List
Flow. Pl. Sierra Leone 30. 1962; Harler, Gard. Plains, ed. 4, 24
rerteoeel962s Ho EF. MacMill... Trop. Plant. Gard’, ed. 5, imp. /,;
120. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 22.
1962; Rehman, Curr. Sci. 31: 302--303. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
Semlenel7s 20 (1962), 5s 6 (1962), and 6 8. 19633Craft, Exotica
3: 1482 & 1583. 1963; Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: [85]. 1963;
Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 2, 2: 625--626. 1963; Sharma & Mukhopadh-
yay, Journ. Genet. 58: 359, 371--372, 377, 380, & 384, pl. 12,
fig. 51 & 52. 1963; Van Campo & Planchais, Pollen Sp. Bibl. 5
(2): 471. 1963; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos. Numb. 2: 330. 1964; Men-
ninger, Seaside Pl. 66 & 68, pl. 61. 1964; Puri, Jain, Mukerjee,
Sarup, & Kotwal, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19: 108. 1964; Santapau,
Excerpt Bot. A.7: 18. 1964; Chopra, Badhwar, & Ghosh, Poison.
Piloinatae2: 694. 1965s Datta, Handb. Syst. Bot. 182. 1965s
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.8: 227. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 350.
1965; Nielsen, Introd. Flow. Pl. W. Afr. 161. 1965; Sen & Naskar,
Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 41. 1965; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl.
Tax., ed. 2, 448. 1966; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 259--
265, 267, 269, 274--276, 279, 305--309, 313, & 314, map 2, fig.
10. 1966; Ramaswami, Study Flow. Pl. Bangalore [thesis] 1039 &
1392. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 14: 9 (1966), 15: 8, 10, 15, 19,
& 20 (1967), and 16: 13. 1967; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, imp.
3, 2: 518 & 600. 1967; J. J. Jiménez, Archiv. Bot. Biogeogr. Ital.
ASLO weLOoss. Munir.) BLol. Abst. 465) 5008.) 1967/5 Munir jsGard.
Bull. Singapore 22: 157 & 158, fig. 1 G. 1967; Pal & Krishnamur-
thi, Flow. Shrubs 31, 134, & 135. 1967; Sladkov, Introd. Spore-
poll. Analys. 129 & 261. 1967; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar.,
Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715. 1969; Corner & Watanabe,
PanstreGcuide Trop. Pl. 759. 2969s Mo A. Rau, Bulls Bot. Surv.
India 10, Suppl. 2: 62. 1969; Sawyer & Chermsiriv., Nat. Hist.
BUM eotaMm SoG. 23020. 1969S Jae Watkins. Fla. Landse., PE. 30
& 363. 1969; Menninger, Flow. Vines 35 & 61. 1970; Mold. in Men-
ninger, Flow. Vines 327--328, pl. 189. 1970; Anon., Roy. Bot.
Gard. Perad. 26. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 513. 1971;
Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 3, 448. 1971; Farnsworth,
Pharmacog. Titles 5, Cumul. Gen, Ind. 1971; Hannau & Garrard,
Fairchild Trop. Gard. 7. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 87. 100, 105,
LUG eZOG se 215 2O2 502505) 295, 500,305, 565, 420, 1468, & 469
(1971) and 2: 618 & 843. 1971; Pierre-Noel, Nom. Polyglot. Pl.
Bate 470. UO Roxb... .Fis ind., ed. 2, imp. 3, 4/60——477).. 1971s
C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 626 & 810. 1972; Gamble, Man.
Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 545. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 426
& 430. 1972; Altschul, Drugs Foods 248 & 351. 1973; Farnsworth,
Pharmacog. Titles 6, Cum. Gen. Ind. [34]. 1973; R. E. Harrison,
Climb. Trail. 44 & 114, pl. 87. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 26: 367
(1973) and 28: 449. 1974; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar.,
Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 715. 1974; Gibbs, Chemotax.

214 12) Jel SC It (0) 1) (0) (Eat AN Voll. 45), NoverZ

Blower Pill. Sis 73) 7 547) L974 Howes, Dict. sUsetullPle io oemlboncas
Lasser, Braun, “& Steyerm.), Act. Bot. Venez. 92) 36.) 19/7/42 ete
Morton, 500) Ri Ss Hilas ola Lo 74 0. VeeWatkins. Ella Land scepeler
eda Ly tmp 4) S10) S63), a SOc LOS) MolkinaliR Geibamlormgor
EO75);; Molds Phy tollogtal S41 273) (Gl9/76)) and S639 G42 LO ieee
Roth, Fr. Angiosp. 131=-132. 1977; Fournet, Fl. illustr. Phans
Guad. Mart. 1404. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 42: 300 (1979) and 45:
D2 Dos) Dow Di, a! 09-62. L980)

fitustratdons's Roxb., Pi. Coromend. 3): pili 293) 1819s waeht.
icon Bl.) Ind.) Ordent. 42) (pil, 1479 & “W479b ior 156515 W849. waiehtes
iniktieieie, Ie, RYO AG joil5 dl7/3) losis [shay Coilpell, WIOS wkeie(, ain
Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 180. 1895;
Knuth, Handb. BlUtenbiol. 3 (2): 78. 1905; D. D. Cunningham,
Plagues Pileas. Beng. pill. 29/5) 19075 Ho BH. MaeMilll. Card. (Chron,
Sieg Sin SiG sis)5 aralfez, ilske6 IIGHIS}S ilo 185 Weeibolile- aus Avecie. 40
(1): 20,.(1913) and 46 (4): 262. 1916; Boynton, Addisonia 13: pl.
426. 1928; Navarro Haydon, Fl. Com. Puerto Rico [10]. 1936; H. F.
MacMasits, Lrop. eLant., Gard.) edi) 5) elmpl) 5) e201 Gi943)) pedmar
Amp)s Zi) 20) (946) jedi 5) aumpinn 3) UZ0N@L948) i) tedee Ss eimp eee Oo
(1949), and ed. 5, imp. 5, 120. 1952; Bor & Raizada, Some Beaut.
Indian Glaimbrs, U405 sites 89 L954. 5H.) be MacMaikly rope blanita.
Card, edi) 55 imp.) 6, 120%) 195635 D. & B. Hascneaves, Icop. blosse
Pilla 2 san collor]|l9603 Hk Ee MacMalllis= rope selantGandeemeds
5, amp. 7, 120). 1962; Graft, Exotica 3%) 14825 1963\) Sharma é&=Muh—
hopadhyay, Journ. Genet. 58: 384, pl. 12, fig. 51 & 52. 1963;
Mold. in Menninger, Flow. Vines pl. 189 [in color]. 1970; Hannau &
Carranrd, Farrchiwld irop. Garde 7 [in collor)7 19/71 Rs Ha Harrison.
Gilstwy, Ghreastil, “A. jole Sy7/ |latin C@lloye||, UGYVSis aio Wo Weilatas. mile.
aie 5 Wiles E@lo Ilo sings 5a SiO. 1977/4

It is of interest to note that Jackson (1893) and Lam (1919)
regarded C. azurea Wall. as a synonym of Sphenodesme pentandra
Jack. It should also be noted here that the Boynton (1928) refer-
ence in the bibliography (above) is cited by Worsdell (1941) as
"1927", but actually was not published until July 11, 1928.

Recent collectors describe Congea tomentosa as a large, woody,
showy, climbing or sprawling vine, to 13 m. long, or as an arch-
ing, scandent, or scrambling shrub, 1--5 m. tall, the branches
long and pendulous, the leaves grayish-green, the "inflorescence
purplish-green", the "involucres purple", the bracts large, showy,
light-purple, purple, or reddish-purple, varying to lavender,
pale-pink, lavender-white, vinaceous, pink-mauve, "mauve to gray",
bright violet-purple, or "light-pink and whitish toward the base",
velvety, the calyx-lobes elongate in fruit, the flowers small,
frequented by insects, the corolla glabrous or nearly so, the sta-
men filaments lavender-—pink or maroon to purple or red, the style
purple, and the stigmas whitish.

Koeltz describes the plant as "a climber with gray felt more or
less masked with rose or rose-purple". The "flowers" [involucre?]
are said to have been "pink" on Bunchuai 807, Dee 518, and Lindhard
s.n., "“dark-pink" on Dee 972, "light-pink" on Hosseus 370, "pink-
ish-purple" on Cheviwat & Nimanong 21, "red" on King's Collector
s.n. and Shaik Mokim 25, “violet" on Hosseus 386x, “light-lilac" on

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 23:5

Hosseus 371, “azure” on Nur s.n., and "purple" on Valero & Rica
V.40, but [the corollas?] "white" on Gillis 7564, Howard & Nev-
ling 16914, C. P. & al. 3041, Sheehan R.23, Skog 1224, and Wagner
762, “white with purple marks on larger lip" on Furtado s.n., and
"white, base of tube maroon" on Jack 8486.

Collectors have found this species growing in evergreen forests
and in "degenerated mixed deciduous forests with many clearings
and bamboo growth", at 200--1665 m. altitude, in flower from Janu-
ary to April, as well as in August, October, and November, in
fruit in March. Nur asserts that it "flowers all year" in Malaya.
Cheviwat & Nimanong describe it as a "common climber by swamps in
evergreen forests" in Thailand. Hosseus refers to it as a
"rare tree, 8 m. tall, trunk 20 cm. diam." or as a "scattered
tree of beautiful aspect", also in Thailand. It is probable that
his reference to it as a tree is an error in observation -—-
most probably it was a vine climbing on a tree. Bunchuai found it
"common in mixed deciduous forests", while Beusekom & Phengkhlai
call it a "common climber in open bamboo forests" and Dee refers
to it as "common in dry deciduous forests and dry evergreen
jungles", also in Thailand. McMillan asserts that in Borneo the
"plants [are] so numerous that they give a purple color to the
landscape". Lindhard reports it a "very common liana in the [Thai-
land] mountains". MacMillan (1943) asserts that "The coloured
calyxes remain long after the corollas have fallen", obviously
referring to the involucres and perhaps also the fruiting calyxes.

Common and vernacular names reported for C. tomentosa include
"awndaeng", "cocinera", "congea", "dawk awm", "dawl awn",
"enredadera santa hoji-rojiza", "japonesa", “ka-yan", "kayaw",
"lavender-wreath", "lluvia de orquidas", "lluvia de orquidas",
"lluvia de orquideas", "nwezat", "phao prayote", "shower of
orchides", "shower of orchides vine", "shower of orchids vine",
“"shower-of-orchids-vine", "tamakanwe", "terciopelo", '"thamaka-nwe",
and "woody congea".

The species is reported in cultivation in Sierra Leone by
Gledhill (1922), in Colombia by Duque, in Honduras by Molina R.
and by the author of the Cat. Quint. Perez (1935) work cited in
the bibliography (above), in Costa Rica by Standley (1938), in Cu-
ba by Roig (1953), in Puerto Rico by Boynton , in Venezuela by
Lasser, Braun, & Steyermark (1974), and in India by Prain (1903),
by Cooke (1906), by Sena & Naskar (1965), and by Puri & al. (1964),
as well as by Voigt (in Calcutta). Nielsen (1965) reports it as
introduced in West Africa from "Trop[ical] Asia". The Liogiers
found it apparently escaped and naturalized in the Dominican Re-
public. The unnumbered O'Neill collection, cited below, was taken
from material cultivated in Florida, but introduced there by N. L.
Britton, probably from Puerto Rico. The Hummel collection from
Jamaica does not indicate on its accompanying label that it was
taken from cultivated material, so it may have come from a natural-
ized escape.

It is worth noting here that Hosseus 386x was labeled "Congea
n. sp. Hoss." by the collector. It should also be noted that some
authors have claimed that the Roscoea tomentosa Roxb. of p. 95 of

216 PH RYe LO Le OrGe iar Vol. 45, No. 2

Roxburgh's "Hortus Bengalensis" (1814) is Conyza tomentosa Mill.
and R. villosa Roxb. of the same page is Laggera aurita Sch.-Bip.,
both in the Carduaceae. The late N. Y. Sandwith, however, in a
letter to me from Kew, dated February 20, 1957, says: "I referred
your problem [about this claim] to J. R. Seely, who knows all a-
bout Roxburgh....He says: 'We have Roxburgh's illustrations of both
Roscoea tomentosa R. & R. villosa R. The former was published in
Roxb. Pl. Coast Coromandel, III. t. 293 as Congea tomentosa. The
latter is inscribed "Congea villosa" by C. B. Clarke. Both are
Congea spp., not composites. The reduction of R. tomentosa to
Conyza tomentosa is obviously an error through misreading Congea
as Conyza. I cannot suggest an explanation for the reduction of
R. villosa to Laggera. I do not know whether or not there are
Roxb. specimens of these spp., but the Roxburgh drawings leave no
doubt as to their identity and these drawings are authentic.'"

It should also be noted here that the Congea tomentosa "sec.
Dop",referred to in the synonymy (above), is in part C. pedicella-
ta Munir and in part C. vestita W. Griff; C. tomentosa "sec.
Fletcher" is C. tomentosa var. nivea Munir; C. tomentosa "sensu
King & Gamble" and C. tomentosa King & Gamble are C. griffithiana
Munir; C. tomentosa "sec. Wight" is C. vestita W. Griff.; and C.
tomentosa Hall. f.is C. velutina Wight; C. villosa Wight is C.
griffithiana Munir and C. villosa "(Roxb.) Wight apud Munir" is
C. vestita W. Griff. The so-called C. tomentosa var. velutina
(Wight) Bakh. is C. velutina Wight, while C. tomentosa var. pub-
escens Hook. is Sphenodesme involucrata var. pubescens Mold.

Many authors keep C. tomentosa var. azurea (Wall.) C. B.

Clarke -- based on Wallich 1733/1 from Martabania, collected in
1827 -- as a distinct taxon, characterizing it as having the leaf-
blades elliptic, apically acute and more thinly hairy beneath, the
bracts oblong or narrowly oblong, and the calyx larger, lobed to
1/2 the way down, the teeth (lobes) broadly lanceolate. The typ-
ical form of C. tomentosa, on the other hand, is described as
having the leaf-blades ovate, softly hairy beneath, the bracts el-
liptic, and the calyx lobed to only 1/3 the way down. Munir, how-
ever, feels that the variety cannot be maintained. The following
collections, cited below, may be taken as representing the azurea
form: Eames s.n., Ekman H.9963, Friend 88, Helfer 28, Herb. Hort.
BOES BOgGOrs XVicE oS) kViebie/ Ol, (Selle, HELD. HOLE. Bota Calcutemss
ne, Herbs Hort. Tuinherb. Senne, Jack 6486, and Lasser s46oquenmie
quet (1895) keeps var. coerulea (W. Griff.) C. B. Clarke as dis-
tinct, but this is probably a mistake for var. azurea.

Menninger (1970) tells us that C. tomentosa "is the most wide-
spread of the species in the wild state and is also the one most
commonly seen in cultivation. It is native from East Pakistan
[Bangladesh] and the Assam and Manipur areas of India to Burma,
Thailand, Lao, Vietnam, and the Yunnan region of China, probably
commonest in Burma....A large well-developed plant may have over
100 panicles and the display is then understandably quite spectac-—
ular. The flowering panicles hold well in water after being cut.
If gathered early in the flowering season and stored in bundles,
base up, until dry, they will keep for many months for use in dry
arrangements." [to be continued]

oa?

PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 45 March 1980 No. 3
CONTENTS
OSORIO, H. S., Contribution to the lichen flora of Uruguay XII.
Lichens from Sierra Mahoma, San Jose department ....... 217

GOLDING, J., Begonia nomenclature notes. 4. The lectotypification of
TI OUD INCE = Oe a ey oie ee irae a tS Se ee

WUJEK, D. E., RUPP, P. M., LENON, H. L., KING, R. H., & BAILEY,
R. E., Phytoplankton of the Tittabawassee River, Midland,

PUTERNICE SE CON arr AS CUS) eee ata Suis CRE Pele 255
MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXXV .... 270
MOLDENKE, H.N., Additional notes on the genus Congea. Il........ 270
MOLDENKE, H.N., Materials toward a monograph of the genus

TI) Tp es OAT A ha he Ee ene EN SABE oa! et 4B Pl ve 280
RODRIGUEZ-CARRASQUERO, H. A., Studies on Rhamnaceae I.

Condalia henriquezii Boldingh in Venezuela. ............ 283
RODRIGUEZ-CARRASQUERO, H. A., Studies in Rhamnaceae I],

Ampelozizyphus amazonicus Ducke in Venezuela......... 285
RODRIGUEZ-CARRASQUERO, H. A., Studies in neotropical

Sapotaceae III. Ecclinusa guianensis Eyma in Panama ...... 287
ST. JOHN, H., Evaluation of H. Léveillé’s new Hawaiian species.

RIMM TE ANIL DENIGICS! TO. 7 i) igi x 0) eevee de ate eet e eee saves 289
ST. JOHN, H., A new variety of Nototrichium viride (Anaranthaceae).

Peeevatiath iE hafih (Se WIOR See We Ae Gee ag ale ds tikes 295

MOLDENKE, H.N., Reduction in taxonomic rank of some Verbenaceae
and Eriocaulaceae

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 “44
U.S.A:

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
after close of the volume; $3 extra to all foreign addresses; 512 pages
constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the
mails must be made immediately after receipt of the
next following number for free replacement.

at thy

te é
on

i hy!

Bata
i ;

CONIHIBUTION TO THE LICHzi FLCHA OF URUGUAY XIII.
LICHENS FROM SIERRA MAHOMA, SAN JOSH DEPARTMENT.

Héctor S. Osorio

Departamento de Botdnica, Iluseo liacional de
Historia Natural, liontevideo, URUGUAY.

The region known as Sierra liahoma is situated in the
northwestern limit of San Jose Department and is con-
sidered one of the most important rocky outcrops in
the Southwest of Uruguay. It has a full extent of 10-
12 km long and 3 km wide. A complete geomorphological
study including its phanerogamic flora and fauna has
been already published (Chebataroff 1944).

The present paper is based on samples collected by the
author in an area located 4 km northeastwards the Ce-
rro Mahoma, aproximately 63°25'W and 37°89'S.

The author regards as a matter of interest to communi-
cate the results obtained because they improve our
knowledge on the distribution of members of the aus-
trobrazilian lichen flora in the uruguayan country.
The numbers are those of the author and are deposited
in his private herbarium.

The author thanks Drs. T. Ahti, J. Hafellner and I.

KE. Hale, Jr. for the identifications here reported.

Acarospora boliviana Magn.
Top of boulder, not common, 6204.
A. lorentzii (Mtill.Arg.) Hue.
Top of boulder, 6196.
Anaptychia casarettiana Mass.
Shaded, S-facing rocks, locally common, 6215.
A. diademata (Tayl.) Kurok.
Rapanea laetevirens trunk, 6150; shaded, S-facing sto-
nes, 6179.
A.d. fo. brachyloba (Miill.Arg.) Kurok.
Rapanea laetevirens trunk, 6165.
Caloplaca americana (Malme) Zahlbr.
Stones in e meadow, 6199.
C. cinnabarina (Ach.) Zahlbr.
Top of boulder, locally common, 6194; stone in a mea-
dow, 6198.
PANT |

218 12 jel We AE ©) ik, OG iw A Wells “5; io. 3

C. crocea (Krep.) Haf. & Poelt.
ee laetevirens trunk, rev. Hafellner, 6163.61 72
Cc. erythrantha ‘ythrantha (Tuck. ) gZahlbr.
Rapanea laetevirens trunk, 6164.
C. xanthobola (Kremp.) Zahlbr.
Stones near a creek, 6214.
Candelaria fibrosa (Fr.) Mill. Arg.
Celtis tala branches, 6191.
Cladonia ageresata (Sw.) Ach.
Rock crevices, locally common, 6156.
C. didyma (Fée) Vain.
Rock crevices, rare, det. D. Ahti, 6171.
Collema glacophthalmum Nyl. var. glaucophthamum
Hapanea laetevirens trunk, 6157.a.
C. g- var. implicatum (Nyl.) Degel.
hapanea laetevirens trunk, 6157.b.
Cora pavonia (Sw.) Fr.
Soil, between stones, 6177.
Everniastrum pachydermum (Hue) Hale
Top of boulder, 6162.
Haematomma montevidense (Rs.) Follm. & Rud.
Rocks, not common, 6208.
Hypotrachyna livida (Tayl.) Hale
o-facing side of boulder, der Ii. Hale, 6216
H. osorioi (Hale) Hale.
whaded stones, rev. M. Hale, 6178.
Lecanora atra (liuds.) Ach.
»-facing side of boulder, 6189.
L. farinacea Fée.
Rocks, 6210.
L. fusca Mill. Arg.
Eocks, locally common, 6205.
Letidea russula Ach.
S-facing side of boulder, 6190; stones in a meadow,
6202.
Leptogium adpressum Nyl.
hapanea laetevirens trunk, 6158, 6185.
L. phyllocarpum > (Pers.) Mont.
Rapanea laetevirens trunk, 6151, 6152 a & b.
L. tuckermani Dodge
S-facing side of boulder, not common, 6181.
Cchrolechia osorioana Vers.
S-facing side of boulder, 6211.

1980 Osorio, Lichens from Sierra Mahoma 219

QO. pallescens (L.) Mass.
Trunk of liyrtaceae, 6160.
Parmelia hypoleucites Nyl.
Rapanea anea laetevirens trunk, 6176.
Es subpraesignis Nyl.
Rapanea laetevirens trunk, det.M. Hale, 6174, 6184.
Parmelina consors (Nyl.) Hale
Trunk of Myrtaceae, 6153.
Farmotrema cetratum (Ach.) Hale
Trunk of Myrtaceae, 6161; Blepharocalyx branches, 6169
S- facing side of boulder, det. Ii. Hale, 6218.
P. delicatulum (Vain.) Hale
Top of boulder, locally common, 6219 a & b.
P. reticulatum (Tayl.) Choisy.
Rapanea laetevirens trunk, rev. Ii. Hale, 6159, 6183;
shaded stones, rev. M. Hale, 6180.
Peltula euploca (Ach.) Wetm.
Perpendicular irrigated stones, uncommon, 6209.
Pertusaria colorans Malme var. glebosa (iiis.)Magn.
Stones in a meadow, 6207.
PB. pulchella Malme
Branches of liyrtaceae, 6213.
Physcia carassensis Vain.
Celtis tala branches, 6193.
Pseudoparmelia carneopruinata (4Zahlbr.) Hale
Shaded stones, 6148.
P. exornata (Zahlbr.) Hale
Trunk of Mytaceae, det. M. Hale, 6154; branches of
shrubs, 6195.
EF. papillosa (Lynge ex Gyeln.) Hale
Rocks, rare, 6203.
P. rupicola (Lynge) Hale
S-facing side of boulder, rare, 6212.
Fyxine subcinerea Stirt.
Shaded stones, 6175.
Ramalina celastri (Spreng.) Krog & Swinsc.
Blepharocalyx branches, 6146; wooden fence post, 6166.
Teloschistes chrysophthalmus (L.) Th. Fr. var.
cinereus liill. Arg.
Celtis tala brances, 6192.
Usnea densirostra Tayl.
Top of boulder, locally common, 6217.a.
U. dichroa liot. var. spinulosa lot.

220 1p Jak NG Ab (0) Vb, (0) (Ce 1b 7:\ Vol. 1455 hones

Blepharocalyx branches, 6149, 6170.

U. pulvinata Fr.
‘op and S-facing side of boulder, 6168, 6217.b.
This species,that was involuntarily omitted from
the author's Catalosue (Csorio 1972), had been recor-
ded by Notyka (1936/38 pg. 318) for Nontevideo as Us-
nea amblycoclada. Swinscow and Erog (1S$76) also re-
port it for Uruguay elthough they do not indicate the
locality.

Xanthoparmelia congensis (Stein.) Hale
nocks in a meadow, 6201.
Ae plittii (Gyeln) Hale
Shaded rocks, 6197. New to Uruguay.

SUMMARY

51 taxa collected in Sierra Mahoma, Si Uruguay are
listed, iianthoparmelia plittii is added to the known
lichen flora of Uruguay.

LITENATURE CITED

CHBEBATAROPF, J. 1944. La Sierra Mahoma. Bol. Secc.
investig. Bot. Inst. Est. Sup. I (1):1-108.
Vontevideo.

MOTYKA, J. 1936-38. Lichenum generis Usnea studium
monographicum. Pars systematica. Vol. I—-II.
Leopoli.

ISCHIO, H. S. 1972. Contribution to the lichen
flora of Uruguay. VII. A preliminary Catalogue.
Com. Bot. Mus. Hist. Nat. Montevideo IV (56):
1-46.

SWINSCCW, T.D.V. & H. ERCG. 1976. The Usnea bornmue-
lleri aggregate in East Africa. Norw. J.
Bot. 23: 23-31.

BEGONIA NOMENCLATURE NOTES, 4
The Lectotypification of Begonia obliqua Linnaeus

wack Golding, 47 Clinton Ave, , Kearny, N.J. 07032

The Spectes of the Begonitaceae, edition 2,
1974, by Fred A. Barkley and Jack Golding is a
compendium of the published names and the pub-
lished synonomy for the species and therefore
continues the errors from the literature. I
have been reviewing the literature to verify or
Correct the citations and their synonomy. My
determinations will be published in this series,
"Begonta Nomenclature Notes."

INTRODUCTION

The correct identity of Begonia obliqua Linnaeus
has been very confused in the literature, but by
following the principles of typification required by
the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, the
name Begonia obliqua Linnaeus can be applied only to
the Plumier species, Begonia purpurea, nivea, et rosea,
maxtma, folto aurito, the largest, red, white, and
rose [flowered] Begonia, with eared leaf.

The lectotype for Begonia obliqua could be deter-
mined only after a thorough study and understanding of
Linnaeus and his methods. Fortunately, as a guide, we
have the excellent analysis of Linnaeus by William T.
Stearn in his introductions to Spectes Plantarum ed. 1
(1753) 1957 reprint, and Genera Plantarum ed. 5 (1754)
1960 reprint.

SPECIES PLANTARUM

The start of the search for the lectotype began
with the initial citation for the Begonia obltqua
Linnaeus in Species Plantarum ed. 1. 2: 1056. 1753.

221

22 Bip Hy Yen Te Ons OMCE Te Vol. 45, No. 3

Composite of the Plumier drawings Begonta ntvea et rosea
maxima, folto aurito and Begonta purpurea maxima, folto

aurtto.
Pagune:

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes

Begonia nivea et roséa maxima, fo
mSS. "Botanicon Americanum" SPL sGx 1689-97;
Haegeman, Tuberous Begonia 15, fig. 7. 1979

Typotype of
Begonta obliqua Linnaeus, Species Plantarum 2: 1056,
E753.

Figure 2

ho

224 1D Jal VE AL 1@) 16, (0) (Cr aN Vol. 45, No.

Begonia purpurea maxima, folto aurtto Plumier, mss.
"Botanicon’ Americanum ss: pesos y;tg. ule Loso-oMm,
Haegeman, Tuberous Begonias 10. fig. 2. 1979.

= Begonia obliqua Linnaeus, Species Plantarum 2: 1056.
L753

Figure 3

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature

notes

Begonta purpurea maxtma, folio aurito
"Botanicon Americanum" Seap tt fi
Haegeman, Tuberous Begonia 15, fit
= Begonia obliqua Linnaeus, Spec
TSS.

Figure 4

ho

wu

226 elal Wo AL (OVI, (0) (Eat AK Vol. 45, No.

linniaeusmispectes Plantarum ed. wins 2: L056 ely oee

1056 POLYGAMIA DIOECIA.

BEGONIA.
obit = 1, BEGONIA.
Begonia nivea maxima, folio aurito. Plums. fpec. 21.
Aceris truétu herba anomala, flore tetrapctalo albo.
Sloan, sara. 83. hiff. 1. p. 199. é- ees Mo Be
Begonia purpurea maxima, folio aurito, Plem. fpec. 20.
B. Begonia, rofeo tlore, folio aurito, minor & glabra.
Pluin. fpec. 20.
¥. Begonia, rofco flore, folio aurito, minor & hirfuta.
Plum. fpec. 20.
od. Begonia rofeo flore, folio orbiculari. Plum. fpec. 20.
8. Begonia rofeo flore, foliis acutioribus auritis & late cre-
natis. Plum. fpec. 20.

C. Begonia hirfuta, flore albo, folio aurito, fruétu crena-
to. Barr..eguin. 21, ' ;
Habitat we America meridionalt.
Folia cordate altcro latere obliterata

Note: Linnaeus copies the phrase name of Barrere
incorrectly--.., fruetu erenato should be fructu
eoronato.

Translation

1. Begonta obliqua

The largest, white [flowered] Begonia, with
eared leaf. Plumier, Catalogus Plantarum
Americanarum 21, 1703.

Irregular [leaved] herb with bitter fruit, with
white four-petaled flowers. Sloane, Catalo-
gus Plantarum Quae in Insula Jamaica 83.
Loot Natural history of Jamaica 1: s9Se
(Ue MEAD eS NS BOYER

The largest, red [flowered] Begonia, with

earned plleak. | Pilumter, (Cait.,u1P lym Ame camer cine
OS

beta -—"Begontamwuchy rose flower, cared lean.
smaller and) glabrous, ) Plumer. Cat. Pa
Amex. e210). 1 7.0/5;

gamma - Begonia with rose flower, eared leaf,
smatler and hirsute. Pdumiex, Cac. eit
Mnisiek 205 MIWS.

delta - Begonta with rose flower, round leaf.
Pilunzen. Cat. Pi Amen. 20. 1710'S).

epsilon - Begonia with rose flower, leaves
more acute and broadly crenate. Plumier,
Cataer las. Amen a 210)ena0 Se

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 227)

zeta - Begonia with coarse stiff hairs, white
flower, eared leaf, fruit crowned. Barrere,
Essai sur l'Histoire Naturelle de la France
Equiniale, 21. 1741.

It grows in Southern America

Leaf cordate with one of the sides weakly
developed.

Following the methods of Linnaeus this format is
examined:

Begonita-- the generic name, which is described in
Genera Plantarum ed. 5. 495. 1754.

The generic name was usually followed by the nomen
spectficum legttimun; i.e., the specific differential
character by which Linnaeus identified the individual
species, But when he considered a genus to comprise a
Single species, as he did Begonia, it was omitted be-
cause he considered the generic character alone suffi-
cient to define it.

The nomen triviale, obltqua, is inserted in the
margin. This is the specific epithet of modern nomen-
clatural terminology,

The synonomy and literature citations were listed
next. For the primary element, he listed two spcies of
Plumier and one from Sloane. Additional synonomy was
listed as varieties beta thru zeta; they were the other
four species of Plumier and one £rom Barrere.

he habwicat 6s) Lalsiteds

Finally he completed the protologue with either a
brief description or, as in this case, a diagnostic
note which is essentially an amplification of the
specific name: Folta cordata altera latere obliterato--
in modern phraseology, obliquely cordate leaf.

Linnaeus made several additions to the Begonia
Citation in Species Plantarum ed. 2. 2: 1497-8. 1763.
Edition 3 (1764) is merely a reprint.

228 Pa VALIOML OMG iyA Vol. 45), (Norms

Linnaeus, SpeeteesPlantarumued: «2.02%. 1497-8. Ao.

POLYGAMIA MONOECIA. 1497
BEGONTA,
1. BFGONIA. obliqua,
B.gouia nivea maxima, folio aurito, Plum. fpec. 21.
1c. 45 f I.

Romer {ylveftris fcandens, follis cordato-angulatis ab
altera parte mayjuribus. Brown jam, 203.
Aceris fruétu herba anomala, flore tetrapetalo albo.
Sloan yam. §3. bifk 1. p- 199. t. 127. f 1.2.
Begonia purpurea maxima, tolio aurito. Plam.fpec. 20.
Bbbbb 5 Empe-

1498 POLYGAMIA MONOECIA.
Soran acetofum, Rumph. amb. 5. p. 457. f. 169.

L. Begeti, rofeo flore, folio aurito, minor & giebr2;
lum. fpec. 20. i¢. 45. f.3
%y. Begonia, rofeo flore , folte aurito, minor & hirfuta,

Plum. fpec. 20. ic. 4. f. 2
d. Begonia rofeo flore, folio orbiculari, Plum. frec. 205

1c. 45.
e: Begonia rofeo flore, foliis acutioribus auritis & lete

crenatis. Plum. fpec. 20. 1c. 45. f. 3.
@. Begonia hirfuta, fore albo, folio aurito, frucy ere
ato. Barr. «quin. 21.
, Habitat in Inds. Dee
Folia cordata altero Iatere obliterata.

References to Plumier in Burman, Plantarum Amer-
Leqnarum 2eS4. pla 45 tf. ot, 2 & 3 (1756) and thes tolmtone
ing synonyms were added:

Rumex sylvestris scandens, foltts cordato-angulatis
ab altera parte, majortbus Brown, Civil and Natural His-
tory of Jamaica 203. 1756. (Rumex of the woods climbing,
with the leaves cordately angled, with the second part
larger.)

Empetrum acetosum Rumphius, Herbarium Amboinense
535 4ST eei ded 1169s feelers ANTAT

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 229
GENERA PLANTARUM

The study of Linnaeus's methods for the compila-
tion of Genera Plantarum has shown that many genera
have descriptions that have clearly been drawn from a
single species and this is true for Begonia.

Genera Plantarum ed. 5. 475. 1754,

POLYGAMIA MONOECIA. 415
102.4. BEGONIA,¢ Tourney, 442.

* Mafculus Flos.

CAL, nullus: nifi Corollam dicas.

Cor. tetrapetala atens, revularis : Petala duo oppofita lanceo-
pe ’ > 5 = 3
lata; duo religua Ovita cmaryinata , lauora,
? q ’ b ’

Stam. Jilamenta numerofa, corolla breviora, capillaria, As-
there {ubrotunda,

Pist. caducum.

* Wermaphroditus Flos in cadem planta cum Maftculis.

Car. nullus, cujus vices gerjt Germen.
Cor. Petala quinquc, obcordata, gblonga, patentia.

Stam. Filanzentz numerofa, corolla breviora, capillaris, An-
there fubrotwnds.

-~ . \

Pist. Geraex fab recepraculo, triangutarc anzilts membrana-
ceis, tricufpidacam, erectum. — Séy/r tics, bifidi, longitudine
ftaminum., Stigrata globofa.

PER. triangularc, tiloculare: tribus alis longitudinalibus.

SEM. numerofa , parva,

Ons. De vuxmere fiaminum, de pericarpii Specte (HM. 3accgs
comnemora. de piflille mafculi floris, nil certs {cimsus.

Hermapbrodite petsala quatusr adfcribit Rumphius,

2. DIOK-

230 PH Bos 20) ee OmG, ae vA Voll. “45, Now ss
Translation

1024 Begonta (known from herbarium material) Tournefort,
Institutiones,ReayHerbariaes 1): 660.4 pid. 422e
T7A00;.

Male Flower

Calyx - none; only the corolla mentioned.
Corolla - four-petaled, spreading, regular.
two opposite petals lanceolate, the remaining
two ovate, emarginate, wider,
Stamens - filaments numerous, shorter than the
corolla, threadlike. Anthers - almost round.
Pisti l= icaducous).

Hermaphrodite Flowers, on the same plant with the male.

Calyx —"none,” iSteadiotewhich it carries Jan oviede.
Corolla - petals’ five, obcordate, oblong, spreadime:

Stamen - filaments numerous, shorter than the
corolla, threadilake. pAnthers salmoste round’,
Pistil = ovary below the receptacleswtrianculare

the angles membranous, with three cusps, erect,
Styles, three, batid, the same length as the
Stamens, stigma spherical.

Fruit - triangular, three-celled, with three
longitudinal wings.

Seeds - numerous, small.

Observations:

We know nothing with certainty concerning the
number of stamens, the kind of fruit (berries
illustrated in Hortus Malabaricus), and the
pistils of the male flowers.

The hermaphrodite flowers with four petals from
the writings of Rumphius.

From this description, it is obvious that Linnaeus
did not understand the true nature of Begonia flowers
(monoecious and unisexual) but placed them in his class
Polygamta Monoecta (monoecious but with some herma-
phrodite flowers).

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 231

Begonia was not placed in his correct class
Monoecta Polyandria until Supplementum Plantarum 419
(1781), which contains some of Linnaeus's last writings
edited, published, and amended by his son.

Previous authors have shown that once Linnaeus
drafted a generic description he often left it un-
changed from edition to edition of Genera Plantarum.

A study of all the editions showed this to be true for
Begonia. The only changes from the original listing

in ed, 1: 360 (1737) was the addition of the dagger —
symbol starting with ed. 2: 516 (1742), the elimination
after edition 4 of the literature reference "vide H.H.
IX 86," and beginning in ed. 5: 475 (1754) the addition
at the end of his observation the note, "Hermaphrodtito
petala quatuor adsertbit Rumphius."

In the preface to Spectes Plantarum Linnaeus im-
plied he had studied various herbaria. But the records
indicate that he did not have time for more than a
superficial look at them. Listed among those he saw
was the herbarium of Bernard de Jussieu, which had
specimens collected by Joseph Surian, who accompanied
Plumier to the West Indies.

At the United States National Herbarium, searching
for herbarium material that might have been seen by
Linnaeus, I studied photographs of various herbarium
specimens at the Paris Museum.

In the Begonia macrophylla Lamarck files were the
most interesting photographs, No. 305 (Fig. 5) and its
companion No. 879 (Fig. 6). Unfortunately the hand-
writing on the specimen is very faint, but what I could
read is as follows, with the dots representing unread-
able words:

Handwriting to left of stem,
"Begonta maxima folto aurito purpurea Plumier S T.3."

Handwriting to right of stem,

"Oxalts Sylvarum major, americana folio sylvestris...
nato carnoso, flortbus umbellatis, colore varias
ntvea aut...

-.-purpureo...aut coccino aut rubro pallientis(?)...
Calayou oxtcardia Surian 196 Swelle Karke...

Begonia nivea maxtma folto aurito Pl. Sp. 21...

FS OD) ecalOltOie. th Valle Mart. (7) 22%

The number to right of stem is 196, (the Surian
collection number) and at the bottom is "vide n. 879."

Pei ah OME a OmGe Tara Vol.

Paris Museum Photograph No. 305
(Courtesy United States National Herbarium)

Figure 5

45, No.

3

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 233

Paris Museum Photograph No. 879
(Courtesy United States National Herbarium)

Figure 6

234 Dye NCO) ity (GL Ak Voll’) 45) Orem

The specimen No. 879 is of the inflorescence and
also has the Surian nunber 196.

inwthe: lowes right hand comer, ates Vabelied:

Begonta purpurea et nitvea maxtma folto aurito Plum,
Oxalts maxtma Petasttides folto

apud

Begonta ntvea flore, folto aurtto minor et glabra
Plumier

[tas possible that, Lannacus saw these ormobhes
specimens in the Jussieu Herbarium and then added the
dagger symbol in edition 2 (1742). But since he made
no other changes in the generic character of Begonia,
it is not logical that he could have. s tudved@thesnen—
barium specimens and still not correct his erroneous
understanding of Begonia flowers.

I consider this convincing evidence that Linnaeus
did not determine his generic character fom Begonta
from herbarium material, but only fromethe Lternarmne
he cited ins edition, 2 @l737)2> Toumetorth iverececcones
Ret Herbartae app. 660). pl. 442 (1700) and) Rheede,
Hortus Malabartcus 9: 167. pl. 86 (1689). The Rheede
citation was eliminated in edition 5 (1754) > possibly
because it did not conform to his description of the
genus Begonia, its “hermaphrodite" flowers has only
three jpetailis.

1980

Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes

Tab . 442.

Begonia :

Tournefort, Institutiones Ret

Herbariae
app. 660: pl. 442. 1700.

(Courtesy Hunt Institute for Botanical Document ation)

Figure 7

236 iD yet Ne AN (1G; (0) (EG 2 Vol. 45, Noms

660 Instsrutrones Rer HERBArRr&.
Jegonia.
Tab. 444. Beconca eft plant genus, auctore Clariff. Plumerio, lore gemino, alio

{cilicet fterili A, ex quatuor petalis amplioribus B & anguftioribus C compo-

fito : alio verd rofaceo D ex plurimis petalis E in orbem pofitis conftante &

calyci foliato F infidentibus : is aurem deinde abit in fructum G trigonum,

alacum H, in tria loculamenta I divifum, ferminibufque foetum exiguis L.
Begoniz fpecies funt.

Begonia purpurea, maxima, folio aurito Plum.

Begonia rofeo flore, folio aurito, minor & glabra Plum.

Begonia rofeo flore, folio aurito, minor & hirfura Plum.

Begonia rofeo flore, foliis acutioribus, auritis & latids crenatis Plum.

Begonia rofeo flore, folio orbiculari Plum.

Begonia nivea, maxima, folio aurito Plum.

Begoniam appellavit Clarifl. Plumerius tanquam perenne obfervantiz fuz
monumentum erga Iluftrif. virum DD. Bégon, Regi ab intunis confiliis
& Rei nautice Przfectum in ora Santonum.

Translation
Begonta

Begonta is a genus of plants from the most renowned
author Ptumier. With two. flowers, one evadent lyesre rite
Fig. A’ composed of four petals, the Larger as ingrag. be
the narrower as in Fig. C; the other, however, with the
petals arranged like a rose, Fig. D; with most petals as
in Fig, E; pilaced in a ring and situated on the) calyx
provided with leaves [bracts], Fig. Fes but ast asiipnen
gone im the three-cormered fruvt, Fig. 1G) wanigs sued er site
divided anto three cells. Fig, I: and the little frertale
Seed’, Bhaige cr

The species ori begont a ares

The “argest, red [tlowered], Begonta, with earned) leat
Plume x:

Begonta with rose flower, eared leaf, smaller and
glabrous Plumier.

Begonta with rose flower, eared leaf, smaller and
hirsute Plumier.

Begonta With rose flower, leaves more acute, eared,
and broadly crenate Plumier.

Begonta with rose flower, round leaf Plumier.

The largest, white [flowered] Begonia, with eared leaf
Plumier.

The most renowned Plumier named Begonia as a memorial
of his lasting respect toward the most celebrated gentle-
man Begon, royal official and superintendent of marine
affairs on the coast of Saintoge (S.W. France).

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 237

Linnaeus used the work of Tournefort as a founda-
tion for his generic descriptions, Tournefort based
his classifications mainly on the form of the corolla,
he neglected the stamens because he did not understand
their sexual functions. Linnaeus, however, being very
aware of the true nature of stamens and pistils, built
his "sexual system" of classification on them.

From the study of Tournefort's plate 442 and the
description, it is not possible to determine the details
concerning the stamens and pistils of the flowers
illustrated because they were drawn the same in both
flowers, A and D. The other citation-~-Rheede, Hortuea
Malabaricus 9: 167. pl. 86 (1689)+e-is for the plant
called fsjeria-narinampult. From the illustration it
is difficult to determine any detail of the stamens and
pistils. But in the text Rheede refers to both male
and hermaphrodite flowers.

Linnaeus had also seen Sloane's History of Jamaica
and recognized Acerts fructu herba anomala, flore
tetrapetalo albo from Natural History of Jamatea 1: 199,
pe. 127 .f. 1 & 2 (1707), as a Begonia. It has a good
description of the staminate flower, but no details
concerning the other flower, just a description of the
capsule. The illustration is of one leaf and the cap-
Sule,

Linnaeus, probably influenced by Rheede, placed
Begonta in his class Polygamta., But his observation
after the Begonia description in Genera Plantarum in-
dicates he was not completely satisfied with the decis-
ion. He most likely planned to check this again, but
probably never had the time

PLUMIER'S MANUSCRIPT

Tournefort's knowledge of the genus Begonia came
from the unpublished drawings and manuscript of Plum-
ier, "Botanicon Americanum Seu Historia Plantarum in
Americanis Insulis Nascentium" 1689-1697. These orig-
inal drawings and manuscripts are now in the Museum
d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris (Stafleu, Tax. Lzt. 360.
1967). Photographs of the Begonia drawings in Volume
3 were published in Haegeman, Tuberous Begonias 10-15.
pe. 2-6, 1979,

238 Po yersORENONGe TEA Vol. 45, No. 3

I am grateful to J. Haegeman for sending me copies
of these photos which he obtained from the Paris Museum,
The figures numbers Z, 7 and 8 in his book Tuberous
Begonta@ tare reproduced™here ‘as “frgures? ZS “andwade

Figure 2 1S Begonta nivea et rosea maxima, folto
aurtto Pluntern mss. + Boitanicon” Amerircanum'! 9S) spear
1689-97; Haegeman , Tuberous= Begonias 155) frig. 17a.
Thee orteinalwes dn color plate depicting the detanuis
of the leaf? roots’ and flowers. Originally, thas) drawe
ing was labeled by Plumier "+ oxalis maxtma semt-
petastttdtis folva"” [largest Oxalis with deat almost
like the Petasites]. The + before the name indicates
thatthe identity was uncertain, Below this, he wrote
Begontqa nivea et rosea maxima folto aurito. This draw-
ime has the= number I5o.i1n the upper: lett, comer.

Figure 3 is Begonia purpurea maxima, folto aurtto
Plumer mss. "“"Botanacon, Americanum') 3: pls) omega
1689-97; Haegeman, Tuberous Begonias 10. fig. 2. 1979.
This black and white plate shows the habit and general
arrangement of the flowers and capsules. The numbers
257-266 are in the lower left corner. Some additional
information under the phrase name has been blocked off.

Figure 4 is Begonia purpurea maxima, folto aurtto
Pluntexrs msis.. -wBotanicon Amernivcanum 3: 0. fo peg ee
1689-97; Haegeman, Tuberous Begonias 15. fig. 8. 1979.
theornaginaleplate is acolored rendition of the
Central “portions of hie.) S Showing the habwt. 7 wlhewemers
a number 192 in the upper right hand corner. There was
some writing in the lower right hand corner of the draw-
ing that was blocked off.

PLUMIER'S MANUSCRIPT
A copy of Plumier's manuscript description of

Begonta purpurea et ntvea, maxtma, folto aurito, with
my transcription and translation follows:

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 239

Excerpt from Plumier manuscript "Botanicon Americanum
Seu Historia Plantarum in Americanis Insulis Nascentium"
prepared between 1689 and 1697,

? .
h. > Sigua | pend ham ed nivea A jobe Cre bes.

)

i JAahh June nefha theeova faues re qe wm prin - Amulatul—

Herude jp bow vhae hi yas wl Jinvae Afprecte Pirate ro ffinve (rrp. 6 ie 4
ome afpeced mite Me J/g awe bie VS © flor loves m qua ey
yndule Fitri cus ve @ 6 fever an ener, po nye ar. C; | ere v pbey—
y Piyviaen— mitev ern Upton de. Aci Af i tim, Come up ler Ip oY eam /A-
Aun Amanum tlie * acl Gindeovem niveuwn at Tp MNronenr.
awta_ eft Waitin” aut NvuelJs nut fy bay wontsfef « ~A-
Raum Daf artant, lava] PAO! cof mabe in lad f ~, vanvofae mtb af: 77

Mier en OP - 2 hati ber Jaw peer e
Vee VDeveee Terpfr erfet a pam poste aR ars Poin

ae fere eta Fate Sie 7 ae sh Unune i ngiy oy
Shee in amyrlarn— Aauniutlaw— exten dere liuy, Oo La he .
Cucrvcfa— unt— eh cle far we Agere infhatae he codig
Coffey ue nef eninen tl netvofa, Dapper vere Tat Mg 2)
fyterdentsvinre pot; Life) gue exiguy nT oe to GY avin wes
= Catih: upd? rflunds Sea Lavon 1h y ervind ¥ clvicakee i =f ye
‘et miulatt , nen mittuw ath, ao ing ute gerbes unio frtio
npn ino deat’ eA iw a Ojala magy ye

” wr cok fevti EE ep ES peprermtir In Lad er
ante A re ee Bee. : Se ee hy ea

py, frst eT she GSod cure lest, e/t—
ce iwfrdentiCuf Vi Set ee Ct, PB 6 LO AP ian
mage tied sheng. , ete um | fens buy i fe
MF piel utaw— 4 nandan— é

yo facci , q watson Len im Crcftane sf il widem pupty
(Se buf) Duchy felirot maimndyp eLoppcphy , Durty at
minenbuf Aare oppetity elad angulf tel “(um marnbay Graf
Filahy maiwva— Jvatp— untA— 2h HArerg alam froth of amypta_,;
prerrieva— e4: ple Ctatu nmi nate Circa a Thame ~ ent d am Autre

aajrofita:

oY infunt—Aeat

ise Pe | ie ‘ fe mali aS oe a yn We As Pravin -
Caviam ah Abs ot ate a ics Moa pare A a
etal” Se motene ce vulyo Lf OO NET Pi

nunc se atur.

240 Poh YEO dew Onern eA Vol. 45, No. 3
Transcription

Begonia purpurea et nivea, maxima, folio aurito

Petastttdum nostratum factem quam prtmun aemulatur
Hujusce plantae elegantisstmae aspectuque jucundissimae
factes. Cutus sane aspectus mtht plusquam caeterarum
plantarum quas apud tnsulas Americanas observat enim,
semper amt stt, tum propter foltorum nitorem splendentem
et sttum, tum propter tpsorum florum amoenum rubrum
roseum aut ecandorem niveum disposittonem,

Planta est tgttur aut rivulos aut sylvas montosas
et humtdas amans, cutus radtces multum ftbrosa, ramosae
multumque graminum instar repentes et dtffusae, unde
caultecult quidam prodeunt semidigitum fere crassi et
folta multa petastttdum nostratum forman fere et
amplttudinem oblinentta nist unum tpstus basts latus
tn amplam aurteculam extenderetur. Stngula haec folta
earnosa sunt et acetosarum nostratum instar actda,
subtus albtcantta costtsque multts eminentibus nervoso
desuper vero glabra, saturo sed splendente vtrere poltita,
subttsque extguts ex oppostto costarum insculpta.

Caultculut tpse rotundi sunt untitt, evtrtdt rubteundt
fragiles et gentculatt, non multum altt, ad singulos
gentculos untco folto instructt jam dicto, et tn peda-
mentum destnentes paulo magis semt-pedem altum, rubens
centrum et multottes in ramusculos bisurculos divisum
tta ut flores tpst quit singults ulttmus ramuscults
tnstdent umbellam consptcuere videantur eleganttsstimam.,
flores autem aut steriles sunt aut fertiles. sut ab
steriltbus separantur in eadem plantae in pedamento
pecultart, rosacetque sunt, quinque sctlicet petalts
ovatts semtpolltcem amplis, aut rosets aut nivets, tin
orbem posttts, stamina quaedam cum aptictbus suits aurets
etreumdanttbus et calyct tnsidenttbus virentt, et
anguloso. qut calyx abtt deinde in fructum membranaceum
fulvum trtangulatum et trialatum. (una ex alis magts
alits extensa) itntria loculamenta dtvisum, semintbus
foeta extguts per ftssuram quandam dilabenttbus.

Flores vero stertles, fere cructformes insunt
licet rosacet, quatuor etenim constant petalis tn orbem
equtdem posttts sed tnaequaltbus, duobus scilicet
majortbus et opposittes, duobus alits minortbus ettam
opposttts et ad angulos rectos cum majortbus,

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 241

constitutts, majora ovata sunt et ungulum pollicts fere
ampla, minora angusta et acuminata ctreaque staminula
quaedum aurea ad postta.

Plantam nulltbi repert mtht apud insulam martin-
teanum, secus fluvtulum arcem divi petrt praeterlab-
entem et versus tllum montem qut vulgo Le morne dela
Calebasse nuncupatur.

Translation

The largest, red, and white [flowered] Begonia,
with eared leaf.

Although at first emulating the appearance of
native Petasites this plant has a most elegant appear-
ance and delightful form. The very appearance of it
is more [attractive] than the rest of the plants which
were observed in the writings of the American Islands,
always lovely, not only because of the brilliance and
arrangement of the glossy leaves but also because of
the regular arrangement of the beautiful flowers them-
selves> red, rose, or pure snow white,

The plant is then either of streams or mountain
woods and loving moisture, the roots of which are very
fibrous and very branched, creeping and spread out like
grass, whence grow small stems almost a half finger
thick and laden with many leaves almost the form and
size of the native Petasites, except one of the sides
of the base extended like a large ear. The leaves are
fleshy, of an acid flavor like the native sorrel,
whitish below with many veins from the projecting mid-
rib, but above glabrous, deeply yet shining polished
green and with weak sunken markings below opposite the
midrib.

Its small stems are round, united, reddish green,
brittle and geniculate, not very tall, provided with
one leaf to each node, leaves already described, and
ending in peduncles a little more than 1/2 foot high,
reddish at the center and many times divided into small
branches with two shoots, in such a way that the flowers
themselves, which are arranged one on each of the final
branchlets in an umbel, appear most elegant to behold.
The flowers are either sterile [male] or fertile [fe-
male], itself separated from the sterile in the same
plant, on its own peduncle; like the flower of a rose,
there are five ovate petals, large as half an inch,
either rose or snow white, placed in a circle, some

242 12) Net Ne Aw (0) dk, (0) (GIL AN Voll. 4575 Nome

cylindrical stamens with golden yellow tips, and situ-
ated on a green calyx with prominent angles, which
calyx vanishes thereupon into membranous tawny fruit
three-angled and three-winged (one more extended than
the others) divided in three projecting chambers, the
seeds) fertile? Tittle, trssured alll, over, them faimemne
asunder,

The truly sterile flowers are for the most part
cross-shaped although some like the flower of a rose,
since four uniform petals are placed equally in a
circle, yet most are unequal with two evidently larger
and opposite with two of the others certainly smaller
opposite and arranged at an upright angle with the
larger ones, The larger are ovate and about as large
as a thumb ring, smaller ones narrower and acuminate,
placed around some golden yellow stamens,

This fine plant was found by me on the nearby Is-
land of Martinque along the rich curves of the little
river flowing past rocks and towards that mountain
commonly called Le morne dela Calebasse,

Plumier identified his drawing Fig. 2 by the phrase
Name Begonia ntvea et rosea maxima folto aurito; the
drawing Fig. 3 by the phrase name Begonta purpurea
maxtma, folto aurtto; and his manuscript with the title
Begonta purpurea et ntvea, maxima, folto aurtto. In
his Catalogus Plantarum Americanarum on page 20, he
listed Begonia purpurea, maxtma, folto qaurtto and on
page 21, Begonia ntvea, maxima, folto aurito.

Plumier described the flowers as reddish, rose
and white. There is confusion concerning the exact
color intended by the adjective purpurea as indicated
by this definition in Lewis § Short, Latin Dicttonary,
Mourple-colored, purple, ancluding very different
shades of color’as red, reddish, violet, brownish,
black,..." We know Begonia does not have purple
flowers, so from the manuscript, I deduce that Plumier
used purpurea as a synonym for ruber, red,

It is clear that Plumier considered his three
drawings, Fagurnes .2,.3 and 4 (to be the Same speciese
which is best designated as Begonta purpurea, ntvea,
et rosea, maxtma, folto aurito.

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 243

Plumier, Plantarum americanarum 2: Plate 45. 1756.

MAIN FIG. Begonta roseo flore, folto orbiculart
Plumier. = Begonia rotundtfolta Lamarck,

FIG. 1. Begonia purpurea et ntvea maxima, folto aurtto
Plumier. = Begonta obliqua Linnaeus.

FIG. 2. Begonta roseo flore, folto aurito, minor et
hirsuta Plumier. = Begonta repens Lamarck.

FIG. 3 Begonia roseo flore, foltts acuttoribus
aurttis, et late crenatis Plumier. = Begonia
plumtert A, DC.

(Courtesy Hunt Institute for Botanical Documentation)

Figure 8

244 12 ile See DEO) iy Qu(E Ik “Ad Vole 455 Nowe

AUstudy of ‘the Tournefort Plate 442) (Fig. 7) Shows
that the details are an almost exact copy of the details
of the Plumier drawing Plate 6 (Fig. 2),

Copies of the Plumier drawing were made by Claude
Aubriet in 1733 for Herman Boerhaave and are known as
"Codex Boerhaavianus;" Included in this series was
Plate 123, Begonta purpurea maxima folto aurtto and
Plate 124, Begonia nivea maxima folto aurito. I. Urban,
"Pilumiexrs Leben und) Schriften" wkepert. Sp. Nove Sc45
(1920) noted ethat these yplants: dit ftered omy bys the
color of the flowers. JI had wanted to include copies
of these two plates here, but unfortunately, I was un-
able to procure them from the Library at Groningen. I
assume Plate 123 is a copy of the original drawing in
Plumier's manuscript ''Botanicon Americanum" 3: pl. 5
(fig. 4) sande that Plate si24eils a scopy of thermss. (piso
(Gas)

The Boerhaave copies were used by Johannes Burman
for the preparation of Plumier, Plantarum Americanarum
2? 35-54 pila 40. 1/50 CEU, So). sthe: flowes deta ids nk
through) Dei anwthe icentrai@parcro: Plate 45) aresexace
copies of the details of the Plumier original drawing
Plate 6 and the Tournefort Plate 442° (The Varge lleat
Fig, ToL Plates s aswagcopy or the right) slieadt goiesume
drawing, my) Eleures 3 and 4 -

Linnaeus saw the Boerhaave drawings in 1737-38.
At that time, he made notes and wrote specific diag-
nosis Opposite the relevant genexa in the’ “interleaved
and annotated copy of the Genera Plantarum ed. 1, now
in the’ Library of the wlinneany Society of London’
(PolhililG Steam. WGaxone25 2525. LO7o)e

I wrote to the Library requesting they check to see
if Linnaeus made any notations on page 360 concerning
Begonta, but I received no reply. However, since
Linnaeus considered Begonta, as only one species, I ex-
pect he did not made any notations there about Begonta.

DETERMINATIONS OF THE TYPE

From all this evidence, I conclude that Linnaeus
based the generic description for Begonia, in
Genera Plantarum ed. 5. 475. 1754, on the Tournefort
Plate 442 (fig. 7) and the diagnostic note for his

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 245

trivial epithet obliqua, in Species Plantarum 2: 1056.
1753, was based on the copy of Plumier's drawing Plate
124 in the "Codex Boerhaavianus"

Therefore, I designate as lectotype of Begonia
obliqua Linnaeus the Plate 124 Begonia nivea maxima,
folio aurito "Codex Boerhaavianus" in the Library of
the Rijksuniversiteit, Groningen.

Both the Boerhaave Plate 124 and the Tournefort
Plate 442 were copied from the original Plumier draw-
ing (Fig. 2) Begonia nivea et rosea maxima, folto
aurtto Plumier, mss, "Botanicon Americanum" 3: pl. 6.
1689-97, which I designate typotype of Begonia obliqua
Linnaeus. I would have preferred to select this orig-
inal Plumier drawing as the type, but unfortunately, it
was not seen by Linnaeus,

The character of Begonta obliqua Linnaeus is
illustrated by Figure 1, a composite drawing made by
my daughter, Marilyn White, of the essential elements
selected from the original Plumier drawings, Plate 5
Begonta purpurea maxima, folto aurito and Plate 6
Begonta nivea et rosea maxima, folio aurito.

THE CORRECT NAME AND SYNONOMY

Begonia obliqua Linnaeus, Species Plantarum 2: 1056.
1753. Lectotype: Begonta nivea maxtma, folto
aurtto Plumier, ''Codex Boerhaavianus" plate 124.
1733. Typotype: Begonia nivea et rosea maxima,
folto aurtto Plumier, mss, "Botanicon Americanum"
Se pe tb. 1689-97.

Begonia purpurea, maxtma, folio aurito Plumier, mss.
“Bot anicon®Americanun'! 3! "ply 5° Ff. 27a 2. 1689-97;
Plumier. in Tournefort, Inst. Rei Herb. app. 660.
Bes 442 17003 -Piuntern, Cat..Pi. Amer. 207 1703.

Begonia ntvea maxima, folto aurito Plumier in
Tournefort, Inst. Rei Herb. app. 660. pl. 442.
M7005 Plunter; CaticPl >.Amer.) 21 o7i7 0s:

Begonta purpurea et ntvea maxima, folio aurito
Plumier in Burman Pl. Amer, 2: pt. 45 f. 1.
LT SG%

246 eH oman O ic OM Carlag el Vol. 45), Nokes
Begontavobliqua «Jacquin, \Observs "Bots p25 tls ghie7.

Begonta macrophylla Lamarck, Encycl. 1: 394. 1785;
O; EB. schulz, Urban ‘Symb.; An€ii?. 7: 213 soe

Begonia grandifolita Jacquin, Collectanea 1: 128.
7 Sin CXC L.-eSyn. abrown.

Begonta martintcensts A. DC. Ann. Sc. Nat. IV. 11:
W236, 11859)2 bO, Es, :Schuliz), Urban) ~Symb) « gAnitea ely gaye
Dilys a9,

Begonia rotundtfol¢va ~Grisebach,.Fl. Brats Wee
504-5. 18605 sO sek Schulz, Urban Symb., Antaiske
Po22 = LO, snoneLanmarck.

CONFUSION IN THE LITERATURE

Much of the confusion in the literature concerning
the name Begonia obliqua is because Linnaeus considered
all the Begonia known to him as one species and then
listed them as its synonyms. Later authors have studied
these plants and determined, them to be. Separate speeres,

Lamarck, Eneyclopedie Methodique, Botantque 1: 394,
(1785) included the type of Begonta obliqua Linnaeus
in his protologue of Begonta macrophylla, therefore,
Lamarck's name is superfluous.

The species named for the other synonyms are as
follows:

Acerts fructu herba anomala, flore tetrapetalo albo
Siioane, Cat, Pi, Jam, 83. 1691; Nat. Hist. dame
DO pele Cy we O

= Begonia acutifolia Jacquin, Collectanea 1: 128.
78a.

Rumex sylvestris scandens, folits cordato-angulatis ab
altera parte majortbus Browne, Jam. 203. 1756,
excl vesynw; O-CE, Schutz Urban! Symb;, .Antada.

7 67 Salle
= Begonia glabra Aublet, Hist. Pi. Guiane 2:°913,,
PLmotea Li 5, DLrORpAaGeEe,.

Observation:

From the synonyms listed by Browne, this could be
equal to either Begonta acuttifolta Jacquin, or

Begonia malabarica Lamarck, but it is not cited as

the synonym of either of these by either author.

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 247

Empetrum acetosum Rumphius, Herb. Amb. 5: 457. pl. 169
Pie lia el Ae
= Begonia tuberosa Lamarck, Encycl. 1: 393. 1785.

Begonta roseo flore, folto aurtto, minor et glabra
Plumier in Tournefort. Inst. Rei Herb. app. 660.
1700: Plumier, Cat, Pin-Amer. 20. 1704;' Linnaeus,
SPyeele.23 1056, 1753,,..asi Begonta, obliqua vat. beta.

= Begonia brachypoda 0. E. Schulz, Urban Symb, Antill.
7 gers TOIL,

Observation:

Lamarck, Encyel «1° 394»\(1785) had considered, this
to be a variety of his Begonia repens Lamarck, but
O, E. Schulz disagreed. Lamarck also cited Plumier
In Burman, .Pi..Amer..Plantarume2::.pl. «dor ftgngs.
1756, but this was an error as his description did
not.apply to, this. figure; ‘Fig. 3 has been determimed
to be a different species, Begonia plumtert A,DC,

Begonta roseo flore, folto aurtto, minor & hirsuta
Plumier in Tournefort, Inst, Rei Herb. app. 660.
E7005. Piumier, Cat. Pl. Amen.202 170355 lanadeus,
sp. Pl. 2: 1056. 1753, as Begonia obliqua var.
ganna; «Plumier in,Burman, Pl, ;Amer. 26 pi.04oe7. 2;
756.7 .Goldinp. Phytologiassoey 115. 19 78%

FP peponia repens Lamarck, Encycl. 1: 394. 1765.

Begonia roseo flore, folio orbiculart Plumier in
Tournefort,, Inst, Rei Herbs app. 660.°2700%
Pilunter, Cat, PitsAmner.9 208. 1705: Lannaease
Bp, Pls 2: 1056, 1753. as Begonia obitqgua Var.
detta; Pilumier) in) Burman, Pl, Amer. 2:°p7.745
MALRe I Lees SO.

= Begonia rotundifolia Lamarck, Encycl. 1: 394. 1785.

Begonta roseo flore, folits acutiortbus auritis et late
crenatts Plumier in Tournefort, Inst. Rei Herb.
apps .660%) 14700; .Sp.(Ple 2: .1056.°175afas Begorza
obliqua var. epsilon; Plumier in Burman, Pl. Amer.
Se pLATeoT Fis. LIS.

= Begonia plumieri A. DC. Prodromus 15(1): 295. 1864.

Begonta hirsuta, flore albo, folto aurtto, fructu
erenate Barreré,; Hist.) Fr. Equine 2i. P7aiteas
nv egy J rwete vcoronatros* Lannaeus,op.* Pilz
1056. 1753, as Begonia ob liqua var. zeta.

=" Bepon 1a) ihrrsuta) Aublet, Hist.” PL. Guiane 227913.
Diz o40, L7 7a,

248 Py eee OL ORC sitwA\ Vol. 45, No. 3
THE LAST LINNAEUS CITATION OF BEGONIA OBLIQUA

Manttssa Plantarum Altera 502. 1771

sor POLYGAMIA,

Begonia ebliqua, Species forte plures. Capenfis fpecies fequend
; {tructura elt,

Radix tubcrofa , craffa.

Scape teretiu(culi, petiolis longiores, peaicclert

Folia radica'ia, pevolata , odlique coréata, ree
panda, denticulata,

a Beale 2, obcordata, ereAa; 2 cordata, pallide
rolca.

Stamina multa, Antoeris Vinearibus, filamento
longioribus.

2 Corolla maris. Stamina nulla.

Stylt 3, ramofi, filiformes, Srigmasa obtulh.

Capfula infera, trilatera laseribus inzqualibuas.
Keenig.

Obf. Tfieria narinam pulli. Reeed. mal. 9. p.
167. t. 36. eft caulefcens, Floribus Makulis
aindris ; Hermaphroditis 3petalis fecundum
Rheede,

Translation
Begonta obliqua

Species perhaps more. The species from the Cape
iS with» the, following, structure.

Root - swollen into a tuber, thick

Seape - somewhat cylindrical, longer than the
petiole, with flowers borne in a panicle.

Leaves - arising from the root, petiolate,

obliquely cordate with slightly uneven
and waved margins, denticulate.

Male flowers
Petals = two reverse cordate, erect; two cordate,
Dial Cenosier

Stamens - many, anthers linear, longer than the
filaments,

Female flowers

Corolla - like the male. Stamens - none,

Styles - 3, branched, threadlike. Stigma obtuse,

Capsule - inferior, three-sided, unequal, accord-
ing to Koenig.

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 249

Observation:

Tsjernia-narinampulti Rheede, Hortus malabaricus
Oy 167. 2689) plineés Mt as*stemmeds:the male
flowers male only: hermaphrodite with 3 petals,
according to Rheede,

This final use of the name Begonia obliqua by
Linnaeus is interesting for several reasons, It in-
dicates his uncertainty about proper classification for
Begonta. He still kept it in his class Polygamia, but
showed it to have separate male and female flowers
noting it did not have stamens as if he still thought
it might or should have some,

He probably added his observation concerning
fajernta-narinampult to justify retaining Begonia
in his class Polygamia.

SUPPLEMENTUM PLANTARUM

Supplementum Plantarum (1781) contained writings
of Linnaeus that were edited and published by his son,
On pages 419 and 420 there are several citations for
Begonia aS separate species that were given epithets.
Included was the following citation:

420 MONOECIA, Polyandria.

Capenfis. BEGONIA acaulis, foliis inaequaliter denticulatis,
Begonia obliqua. Mant. plant. p. 502.

Begonta capensis, stemless with leaves unequally
denticulate,

Here, the son of Linnaeus renamed the Begonia
obliqua Linnaeus in Mantissa Plantarum Altera 502,
(1771) as Begonta capensis Linnaeus f. in Supplementum
Plantarum 420 (1781).

Dryander! (Trans, "Linn? Soc.,:179270. 1791) gave
this species a new name, Begonia diptera, But under
Article 62.1 ICBN (1978) a legitimate name must not
be changed arbitrarily; therefore, Begonia capensis
L, f, having priority is the correct name,

250 1 tal YG AL (0) Ie (0) TE aL A Voll. 45,5 Nope
CITATIONS BY OTHER AUTHORS
Jacquin used the name Begonia obliqua for the

plant he found growing in Martinique. The following
description in his Observationum Botanicarum 2: ll.

TWGU
BEGONIA OBLIQUA,

BEGONIA. Linn. /p. pl. rv. p. 1497. Ubi vide fynonymiam.

Occafione Acetofe precedentis etiam hujus Acetofe fylveftris
Cita enim Gallicum nomen Oczeille des bois fonat}) mentionem facere
volui. Eft autem planta elegantiffima, que in Martinicee montibus
umbrofis & udis paffim crefcit. Inveni quoque in ipfis humentibus
{axis & rupibus ad torrentes loco aprico. Eft bipedalis, fucculen-
ta, annua forte vel biennis, patula, adfpe@u decora. Habitu ad-
modum variat, ita ut Plumeriane diverfe fpecies loco magis mi-
nusve udo vel aprico ortum debeant. Folia fucculenta & acida a
quibusdam acetofee hortenfis in modum in cibis adhibentur.

iransataon!

Begonta obltqua

Begonta Linnaeus, Species Plantarum I: 1497; fledsoZ:
1763]. In which place see the synonymy.

At the same time as the above Acetosa I wish to
mention also this Acetosa of the woods (thus indeed it
is called the French name "ozeille des bois" [wood
sorrel]). It is however a most elegant plant, which
grows here and there in shady and damp mountains of
Martinique. I have found each in groups by themselves
on damp cliffs and rocks in sunny places near cataracts.
It is 2 feet tall, succulent, an annual or perhaps bi-
ennial, spreading and beautiful to look at. It varies

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes Z5i:

much in appearance; thus, for example, the different

species of Plumier might be a result of their growth in
more or less damp or sunny places, The succulent, acid
leaves of some acetosas of the gardens are used as food.

Observation:

Jacquin noted that the appearance of the Begonia
he found growing in the mountains of Martinque were
very varied because of their growth in different environ-
ments. He speculated that the species of Plumier may
also differ only because of their origin from various
places,

At that time (1767) Jacquin did not consider the
plants he found and those of Plumier as separate species,
so he followed Linnaeus and used his name Begonia obliqua.

It was 20 years later when Jacquin, (Collectanea
1: 127-8, 1787) wrote, "The Begonta once called obliqua
by Linnaeus included several species." There he listed
Begonta obliqua (Observ. Bot. 2: 11, 1767) as a synonym
of Begonta grandtfolta Jacquin 1787,

The correct citation for Jacquin.''s obifzqua is:

Begonta opltqua, Jacquin, Observ. Bot. 2: 11... 1767.
[= Begonta grandtfolta Jacquin, Collectanea 1:
128. 1787; = Begonia macrophylla Lamarck,
Eneyel. LT: 594. 1785; Dryander, rans, .uinge, coc.
Ge Loan L7Si oa

= bevonta ooligua,, Linnaeus. “Sp. Pl. 2: 2056, se7sa

252 eee Se At OY 10) (EL Vol. 455) Nore

The name Begonia obliqua was also used by other
authors for various species of Begonia. These citations
are listed with, theanr comrect, name.

Begonia obliqua Thunberg, Fl. Jap. 231. 1784, non
Linnaeus 1753; Kaempfer, Amoen. Exot. Fasc. 5: 888.
Wi as, Siurarao. Kaempiern.. lcom.soclect... rer.

BP Oot
= Begonia grandis Dryander, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1: 164.
ATS

Begonta opliqua I"*Heritier, Stirp. Nov..2: 46. 17838.
non Linnaeus 1753.
[ = Begonia nittda (Dryander in) Aiton, Hort. Kew
Sr, 5520. 11 Sol

= Begonia minor Jacquin, Collectanea 1:,126., 1/7587
Jacduim. COblcetaned o. U8. ‘pc. ele. Eo.

Begonta obliqua Schneevoogt, Icon, Pl. Rar. pl. 24,
1793. non Linnaeus [ = Begonia obliqua 1'Heritier]
O07 E. Schulz im Urban. Sym. Anerri 7. LO oaaie
= Begonia minor): Jacquin, Coltectanea 1: 120.) Paage

Begonia obliqua. Velllozo; FI. Flum, TFeon. 10: pl. ie.
PES FL, Elum. Desers. ed, 2. in Arch. Mus aaNace
Rio de Janerio 5: 406. 1881. non Linnaeus 1753.
[= Begonia patula Haworth; Smith § Schubert
Jourm: Washes Acad. oer. 40° (Si); 245.0 1950. g
= Begonia fischeri Schrank, Pl. Rar. Hort. Acad.
Monde. Z. pl. og Lez0).

Begonia obliqua herb. Ruizii ex Klotzsch, Begonia-
ceen 10M. 1855. pro sym. non Lannaeus 17535
Aw DG: Prodromus U5iCl) 353. 1se4~
= Begonia cyathophora Poeppig § Endlicher, Gen. et
Opes 75 ple it< wosse

Note:

Begonta obliqua Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1056 (1753)
has been frequently listed as a synonym of Begonia
acuminata Dryander and Begonia acutifolta Jacquin.

1980 Golding, Begonia nomenclature notes 253

Acknowledgments:

Gratefully, I acknowledge the assistance of all who
helped with the preparation of this monographi

Dr. Lyman B, Smith and Dr. Dan Nicolson for their
guidance, encouragement and critiques of my early draft
manuscript,

Carrie Karegeannes for her assistance with the
translation, our many discussions and her critique of
my manuscript.

Dr. Gilbert Daniels and Dr. Bernice Schubert for
their discussions with me on this subject and help
obtaining copies of literature from the libraries at the
Hunt Institute and Arnold Arboretum,

Mrs. Schallert of the Smithsonian Institution
Library, Mrs, Lothian Lynas and Gerard McKiernan of the
New York Botanical Garden Library for their research
assistance and copies of literature.

Dr. J. Haegeman for publishing the Plumier manu-
script drawings of Begonta and sending me copies.

Dr. Alicia Lourteig for the information concerning
the original drawing in Plumier mss. "Botanicon Ameri-
canum",

Marilyn White for the composite drawing of Begonia
obliqua.

This listing does not imply concurrence with all
the interpretations and conclusions,which are the re-
sponsibility and opinion of the author.

References:

bewmasy. €. Ts §& Short, C.) 1879. .A Latin, Dictionary,

London

Linnaeus, C, 1737, Genera Plantarum ed, 1, Leiden.
ove. 2742 ed, 2, » Leiden,
ety fe edy Gy Parks,
paeuheS 27 ed, 4, Halle.
- 1753. Species Plantarum ed. 1. Stockholm
- 1754, Genera Plantarum ed. 5. Stockholm
- 1762/63.Species Plantarum ed. 2. Stockholm
are ks OA, ed,)3, Wein:
- 1764, Genera Plantarum ed. 6, Stockholm
- 1771. Mantissa Plantarum Altera, Stockholm

Linnaeus, C, von, filius, 1781. Supplementum Plantarum.
Braunschweig,

254 2 jal M4 AU ©) Wb ©) (Cae AN Vols 451) Nowe

Plumier, Charles 1689-1697, Manuscript "Botanicon Ameri-
canum Seu Historia Plantarum in Americanis Insulis
Nascentium,"

. 1703, Catalogus Plantarum Americanarum, adden-

dum to Nova Plantarum Americanarum Genera. Paris.

el / Sor Je burman edie. Pilantarun Ame raicanaaum
fasiculus secundus. Amsterdam/Leiden.

Polhill, Ro Mo G.stearn, W. 61976... Linnaeus \seNoces
on Plumier Drawings with special reference to
Mimosa Lattsquqa. Taxon 25: 323-325.

Statileu, F, A. 1967. Taxonomic Literature. ,Utreches
197i. Uinnaeus and the Lannaeans. Wtaechet
- 1978, International Code of Botanical Nomen-
elature. Utrecht.

Stearn, W. T. 1966. Botanical Latin. New York.

- 1957. <An Introduction to the Species Plantarum
and cognate botanical works of Carl Linnaeus,
Species Plantarum. Facsimile edition. London,

- 1960, Notes on Linnaeus's Genera Plantarum
Facsimile edition of Genera Plantarum. ed. 5.
Weinheim,

Tournerort, J. Pb. cde. 1/00.) Instatutiones Reds lege
artae. . Paris.

Urban, I. 1920. Pilumiers Leben und Schriften. Fedde,
Repeges sop. Nowe Reg. Veo. Bein. or.

PHYTOPLANKTON OF THE TITTABAWASSEE RIVER,
MIDLAND, MICHIGAN

Daniel E. Wujek, Patricia M. Rupp, Herbert L. Lenon, Robert H.
King, and Robert E. Bailey
Department of Biology, Central Michigan University
Mt. Pleasant, Michigan 48859

ABSTRACT

Phytoplankton samples were collected from June 1977 to Jan-
uary 1979. Low and high occurrences were in the winter (Jan-
uary, 1979) and spring-summer (May, 1978) respectively. Twenty-
three taxa were dominant (> 5% occurrence at any station) among
the 301 taxa observed. The dominant species were representatives
of the divisions Chlorophyta, Bacillariophyta, Cyanophyta, and
Cryptophyta.

INTRODUCT LON

The Tittabawassee River is one tributary of the Saginaw
River, a system which drains the majority of the east central
region of Michigan. The Tittabawassee drains approximately
678,577 hectares of flat to slighly rolling terrrain in central
Michigan (6). The city of Midland is the only major population
or industrial center located on the river.

The Michigan Department of Natural Resources conducted bio-
logical surveys of the Tittabawassee River in 1971 and 1972 (1)
and 1974 (7), to determine water quality conditions. Phytoplank-
ton identifications in those studies were to the generic level
only. Sixty genera were distinguished in 1971-72, and 45 genera
sta IRS Wy (ae

SITE DESCRIPTION

Five transects were established in the vicinity of Midland,
Midland County, Michigan in a major industrial section of the
Tittabawassee River (Fig. 1). Three stations were established at
each transect. Facing upstream, station 1 was one-third the dis-
tance form the left bank, station 2 in the middle of the river,
and station 3 one-third across from the right bank.

Transect A (67 m across) was located 175 m above Dow Chemi-
cal Company's Tertiary Treatment Pond effluent. Transect B was
directly upstream of the Midland Nuclear Power Plant, Consumer's
Power Company. Transect C was located directly below the ter-
tiary treatment discharge, while transect D was 1 km below the
tertiary outfall and immediately below the city of Midland's
sewage treatment effluent. Transect E was 84 m across, and was
located 12 km below the power plant site, and 0.5 km above the
Freeland Road bridge near the town of Freeland, Michigan.

255

256 1 Nel Ne AL (0) AL; (0) (ie AN Voll. 455) Nore
MATERIALS AND METHODS

Whole water grab samples were collected at two transects (A
and E) in June, August and October 1977, and at four transects (B,
C, D, E) in April, May, July, August, September and November 1978,
and January 1979. Triplicate samples were taken at each station
in a transect.

In the laboratory, Lugol's Iodine was added to a 0.5 or 1
liter aliquot of each sample, and the phytoplankton concentrated
by sedimentation. A second aliquot (45 ml) of the original sample
was preserved when phytoplankton density was sufficient for enumer-
ation without concentration.

Phytoplankton were enumerated at a magnification of 450X (1977)
or 400X (1978). A 0.1 ml aliquot of sample was placed in a Palmer-
Maloney counting chamber, and every other row observed across the
counting chamber. All soft bodied algal cells encountered were
identified to the lowest possible taxon. Diatoms were grouped into
growth forms.

Strewn burnt Hyrax mounts were made from the concentrated sam-
ples for diatom species identification and enumeration. Percent
composition of each species of the growth forms were calculated
from the Hyrax slide counts as 1000X.

Occurrence (cells/ml) and percent occurrence were calculated
for individual taxa and major algal divisions.

PHYTOPLANKTON ABUNDANCE

Phytoplankton abundance was lowest in January 1979, and high-
est in May 1978 (Fig. 2). Most maximum abundances occurred during
the summer months, while lows were generally noted in April 1978
and January 1979. In the Sandusky River during 1973 and 1974, the
lowest abundances were also recorded in the winter and early spring
(4).

During sampling in 1977, phytoplankton occurrence was usually
greatest at transect E, the transect located farthest downstream
and at that time the sampling site most directly effected by the
city of Midland's discharge. In 1978 however, occurrence in 1978
was greatest at transect D, downstream of Dow Chemical Company's
tertiary treatment discharge. The standing crops observed were
much higher than those observed by the earlier Department of Natu-
ral Resources studies (1,7).

A total of 301 taxa in 96 genera, representing eight divisions
were observed during the sampling period (Table 1). Ninety-five
taxa were observed in both 1977 and 1978, while only 10 additional
taxa were present in 1977only, and 196 taxa were observed only in
1978. This difference was due to the more intensive sampling de-
sign in 1978.

Only the divisions Bacillariophyta, Cyanophyta and Chloro-
phyta were important in terms of percent composition during 1977
and 1978 (Fig. 3). In January 1979 however, the division Crypto-
phyta became important due to the extreme abundance of one species.

1980 Wujek, Rupp, Lenon, King, & Bailey, Phytoplankton 257

A total of 23 phytoplankton species were dominant (>5% occur-
rence at any station, during the sampling period, including six
blue-green species (Cyanophyta), ten green species (Chlorophyta),
six diatom species (Bacillariophyta) and one member of the divi-
sion Cryptophyta (Table 1). Only six species were dominant in
1977, with three of those among the 20 dominant in 1978-79.

Occurrence (cells/ml) of members of the division Chlorophyta
were greater than all others at all sampling dates except the
spring date (April and May 1978). Green algae were the second
most important group in the Sandusky River near Fremont, Ohio
(4). Sixty-three taxa in 33 genera were observed and ten species
were dominant. In 1977, Crucigenia tetrapedia and Scenedesmus
quadricauda were domiant and in 1978 the dominant species includ-
ed Ankistrodesmus falcatus, Chlamydomonas snowii, Chlamydomonas
sp., Chlorella vulgaris, Coelastrum sphaericum, Cloeocystis vasi-
culosa, Pandorina morum, Scenedesmus quadricauda, and an uniden-
tified green coccoid. The majority of these species peaked in
occurrence in August and September.

The division Bacillariophyta was the most diverse group, but
in 1977 was a minor contributor to the percent composition. In
1978, diatoms were the most abundant group in April and May. In
the Arkansas River, 1975-76, maximum occurrence of plankton
diatoms occurred in early spring (12). A total of 33 genera and
194 diatom taxa were observed. Only Cyclotella memeghiniana was
dominant in both years. The other dominant species (1978)

included Cyclotella michiganiana, Cyclotella pseudostelligera,

Cyclotella stelligera, Stephanodiscus invisitatus and Stephano-
discus subtilis. Many of these centric forms are typical of

alkaline rivers in themidwestern United States where they are
often the most abundant group of river phytoplankton (4). This
tendency has been observed in the Sandusky (4), Little Miami (10)
Susquehana (9), and Mississippi Rivers (2). Stephanodiscus in-
visitatus peaked in occurrence in APril 1978. This species was
also a spring dominant in the Sandusky River, Ohio (4). Cyclo-
tella meneghiniana, C. pseudostelligera and C. stelligera were
fall dominants here in the Tittabawassee River and in the San-
dusky River (4). Cyclotella was also the most abundant phyto-
plankton genus in the Arkansas River (12).

The division Cyanophyta was never the largest contributor
to the percent composition, but it was an important group in the
summer months. Twenty-two taxa (12 genera) were observed, and
seven taxa were dominant. Dactylococcopsis fascicularis and
Dactylococcopsis raphidioides were dominant in 1977 only,
Merismopedia tenuissima was dominant in both years, and Anabaena
sp., Chroococcus dispersus and Chroococcus limneticus in 1978.

The division Cryptophyta was important in percent composition
only in January 1979 samples. One species, Chroococcus nordsted-
tii, was extremely abundant at this time, with peak occurrence
of 81.2% at one station. Chroococcus nordstedtii was not observ-
ed at any other time during the sampling period.

Spectral preference data were complied for the dominant
species in the Tittabawassee River (3, 5, 8, 11). This tabula-

258 12 Ink NG AE (0) 16; (0) (@ ae JA Vol. 45, No. 3

tion indicated a community which was acidophilous to indifferent
in pH, mesosaprobic to oligosaprobic, indifferent to halobion
spectrum, limnophilous, planktonic to tychoplanktonic, and
eutrophic.

SUMMARY

1. Phytoplankton abundance in the samples taken at five
transects in the Tittabawassee River from June 1977 to January
1979, was greatest in the summer and lowest in the winter. Over-
all peak high and low occurrences were in May 1978 and January
1979, respectively. Abundances were greatest at transects down-
stream of tertiary sewage treatment outfalls.

2. 301 taxa in 96 genera of 8 divisions were identified. The
divisions Chlorophyta, Bacillariophyta and Cyanophyta were major
contributors to percent composition of all sampling dates. Cryp-
tophyta was also important in January 1979.

3. Twenty-three taxa were dominant (> 5% occurrence at any
station). ,This total included six blue-green, ten green, one
cryptophyte and six diatom taxa.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

This study was conducted under a contract with Consumers
Power Company, Jackson, Michigan. The cooperation and support
of Dr. Ibrahim Zeitoun, John Gulvas and Brad Latvaitis is great-
fully acknowledged. This paper represents report no. 4, Depart-
ment of Biology-Limnological Services.

1980 Wujek, Rupp, Lenon, King, & Bailey, Phytoplankton 259

10.

If.

tie

LITERATURE CITED

Department of Natural Resources. 1972. Biological Survey of
the Tittabawassee River 1971-72. Mich. Water Res. Comm.
pp. 1-98.

Gale, W.F. and R.L. Lowe. Phytoplankton ingestion by the fin-
gernail clam Sphaerium transversum (Say), in pool 19,
Mississippi River. Ecology 52: 507-513.

Lowe, R.L. 1974. Environmental requirements and pollution
tolerance of freshwater diatoms. EPA-670/4-74-005.

Lowe, R.L. and P.A. Kline. 1975. Planktonic centric Diatoms
from the Sandusky River, Ohio. In Proc. Sandusky River
Basin Symp., Inter. Joint Comm., pp. 143-152.

Prescott, G.W. 1951. Algae of the Western Great Lakes.
Wm. C. Brown Co., Publisher, Dubuque, Iowa.

State of Michigan. 1960. Water Resource Conditions and Uses
in the Tittabawassee River Basin. Water Res. Comm.
pp. 1-16.

Sylvester, Susan. 1974. A Biological Survey on the Tittaba-
wassee River. Mich. Dep. Nat. Res. Staff Report.
pp. 1-44

VanLandingham, S.L. 1979. Guide to identification and envir-
onments of blue-green algae (Cyanophyta) significant
in water quality evaluation. EPA Publ. (In Press).

Wager, D.B. and G.J. Schumacher. 1970. Phytoplankton of
the Susquehanna River near Binghamton New York: Season-
al Variations; effect of sewage effluents. J. Phycol.
6: 110-117.

Weber, C.I. and D.R. Moore. 1967. Phytoplankton, seston and
dissolved organic carbon in the Little Miami River at
Cincinnati, Ohio. Limnol. Oceanogr. 12: 311-318.

Whitford, L.A. and G.J. Schumacher. 1968. A Manual of the
Freshwater Algae in North Carolina. North Caronlina
Agri. Exper. Sta., Raleigh, N.C.

Wilbm, J., T. Dorris, J.R. Seyfer, and N. McClintock. 1977.
Seasonal Variation in Plankton Populations in the
Arkansas River near the Confluence of Red Rock Creek.
Southwest Natur. 22: 411-420

Vol. 545). Noms

Ie Ish Ne IE OP 1k, @. Gee JK

260

¥3L3WOTIm
!

“Qu ONV13344

‘Qu SYNBZIVS

“6L-LL61 (APATY PossemeqejzqTL) uestyoTy

“pueTPIW ‘suotjeqs Surtdwes ueqyueTdo Aug “7 san8tTy
‘OY =3FTTIANOGHOD
3
QNOd BItoo9 m
<
=
i
m
»
9
ee ‘ay Y377IN
SS
7 re) raw’ wel
re v —
(= >
=. Vee, Fe
Py eS)

Quy MVNIDVS
o
4

261

Wujek, Rupp, Lenon, King, & Bailey, Phytoplankton

1980

5 ‘ ‘
6L-L261 ‘Suestyoty PUPTPIW ‘ATOATY dOSsemEeqeq_T] ‘uojyueTdojAyd Jo uoTzeTAeA Teuoseas ‘7 saNnsTy

, SX ‘ ;

~NEW ADT

Na =

LS), NOES

2 jal Tt © & © wt A Vol.

262

T6LSELOT

‘ueSTYyoTW ‘PUPTPTWN ‘a0aTy

sossemeqeqqTy ‘uoqyueTdozAyd Fo UoTINGTAISTp JUedIed

°€ omn3sTty

serAydoidAsO)
sworeiaiy
suessyl )
sueci6—eon\ ci

1980 Wujek, Rupp, Lenon, King, & Bailey, Phytoplankton 263

Table 1. Summary of phytoplankton observed from the Tittabawas-
see River, Midland, Michigan, June 1977 - January 1979,
arranged alphabetically within representative divisions.

Bacillariophyta
*Attheya zachariasi J. Brun
*Chaetoceros hohnii Wujek & Graebner
*Coscinodiscus sp. 1

*Cyclotella atomus Hust.
Cyclotella comta (Ehr.) Kutz.
*Cyclotella kutzingiana Thwaites
Cyclotella meneghiniana Kutz.
*Cyclotella michiganiana Skv.
*Cyclotella operculata (Ag.) Kutz.
*Cyclotella pseudostelligera Hust.
*Cyclotella stelligera Cl. et. Grun.
*Melosira ambigua (Grun.) 0. Mull
*Melosira distans (Ehr.) Kutz.
Melosira granulata (Ehr.) Ralfs
*Melosira granulata var. angustissima (Ehr.) O. Mull
Melosira varians Ag.

Rhizosolenia eriensis H.L. Smith

*Stephanodiscus astraea (Ehr.) H.L. Smith
Stephanodiscus astraea var. minutula (Kutz.) Grun.

*Stephanodiscus binderana (Kutz.) Round
Stephanodiscus invisitatus Hohn & Hellerman

Stephanodiscus niagarae Ehr.

*Stephanodiscus subtilis (Van Goor) A. Gi.

*Thalassiosira fluviatilis Hust.

*Achnanthes clevei Grun.

*Achnanthes conspicua A. Mayer

*Achnanthes exigua Grun.

*Achnanthes exigua var. constricta (Grun.) Hust.

*Achnanthes flexella (Kutz.) Brun.

Achnanthes haukiana Grun.

*Achnanthes haukiana var. rostrata Schultz
Achnanthes lanceolata Breb. ex. Kutz.
Achnanthes lanceolata var. dubia Grun.

*Achnanthes lemmermanni Hust.

Achnanthes linearis fo. curta H.L. Smith
Achnanthes minutissima Kutz.

*Achnanthes sp. 4

anaes bullatoides Hohn & Hellerman
Amphora coffeiformis (Ag.) Kutz.

*Amphora ovalis (Kutz.) Kutz.

*Amphora ovalis var. affinis (Kutz.) V.H. ex. DeT.

*Amphora ovalis var. pediculus (Kutz.) V.H. ex. DeT.

*Amphora perpusilla (Grun.) Grun.

*Asterionella formosa Hass.

*Caloneis amphisbaena (Bory) Cl.

264 PHY, SuOM Ee aONG, seg Voie.) 45), Noes
Tabilewlen = const.

*Caloneis bacillum (Grun.) Cl.

*Cocconeis diminuta Pant.

*Cocconeis disculus (Schum.) Cl.

Cocconeis pediculus Ehr.

*Cocconeis placentula Ehr.

Cocconeis placentula var. euglypta (Ehr.) Cl.
Cocconeis placentula var. lineata @hr..)) Vie.
Cocconeis thumensis Mayer

*Cymatopleura elliptica (Breb.) W. Smith
Cymatopleura solea (Breb.) W. Smith
Cymbella affinis Kutz.

*Cymbella cistula (Ehr.) Kirchn.

*Cymbella microctphadla Grun.

*Cymbella minuta Hilse ex. Rabhn.

*Cymbella muelleri var. ventricosa (Temp. & Perag.) Reim.

*kCymbella prostrata (Berk.) Cl.

*Cymbella tumida (Breb. ex. Kutz.) V.H.
Diatoma tenue Ag.

Diatoma tenue var. elongatum Lyngb.

*Diatoma vulgare Bory

*Diatoma vulgare var. breve Grun.

*Diploneis puella (Schum.) Cl.

*Epithemia adnata (Kutz.) Breb.

*Epithemia adnata var. minor (Perag. & Herib.) Patr.

*Eunotia praerupta var. bidens (Ehr.) Grun.

*Fragilaria brevistriata var. capitata Herib.
Fragilaria capucina Desm.

*Fragilaria capucina var. mesolepta Rabhn.
Fragilaria construens (Ehr.) Grun.

*Fragilaria construens var. subsalina Hust.
Fragilaria construens var. venter (Ehr.) Grun.
Fragilaria crotonensis Kitton

*Fragilaria leptostaurom (Ehr.) Hust.

*Fragilaria leptostaurom var. dubia (Grun.) Hust.

*Fragilaria pinnata Ehr.

*Fragilaria pinnata var. intercedens (Grun.) Hust.

*Fragilaria pinnata var. lanzettula (Schum.) Hust.
Fragilaria vaucheria (Kutz.) Peters

*Gomphonema ocuminatum (Ehr.)

*Gomphonema angustatum var. citera (Hohn & Heller.) Patr.

*Gomphonema gracile Ehr.

Gomphonema olivaceum (Lyngb.) Kutz.

Gomphonema parvulum (Kutz.) Kutz.
*Gomphonema sphaerophorum Ehr.
**Gomphonema tergestinum (Grun.) Fricke

*Gyrosigma attenuatum (Kutz.) Rabhn.

*Hantzschia amphyoxis (Ehr.) Grun.

*Meridon circulare (Grev.) Ag.

*Navicula anglica Ralfs

Table 1.

Wujek, Rupp, Lenon, King, & Bailey, Phytoplankton

con't.
*Navicula anglica var. subsalsa Grun.
*Navicula arrensis Hust.
*kNavicula atomus (Kutz.) Grun.
*Navicula biconica Patr.

Navicula capitata Ehr.

Navicula capitata var. hungarica (Grun.) Patr.
*Navicula cocconeiformis Greg. ex. Greg.
*Navicula cryptocephela Kutz.

Navicula cryptocephela var. veneta (Kutz.) Tabhn.
*Navicula cuspidata (Kutz.) Kutz.

Navicula decussis (@str.) Kutz.

*Navicula exigua Greg. ev. Grun.

*Navicula gastrum (Ehr.) Kutz.

*Navicula graciloides A. Mayer

*Navicula gregaria Donkin

*Navicula heufleri Grun.

*Navicula heufleri var. leptocephela (Breb. ex. Grun.
Pate.

*Navicula integra (W. Smith) Ralfs

*Navicula lanceolata (Ag.) Kutz.

*Navicula menisculus var. upsaliensis (Grun.) Grun.

*Navicula minima Grun.

*Navicula minuscula Grun.

*Navicula muralis Grun.

*Navicula mutica Kutz.

*Navicula peregrina (Ehr.) Kutz.

*Navicula placentula Ehr.

*Navicula placentula fo. rostrata A. Amyer

*Navicula protracta fo. elliptica Hust.

*Navicula pupula Kutz.

*Navicula pupula var. rectangularis (Greg.) Grun.

*Navicula pupula var. rostrata (Kutz.) Hust.

*Navicula pygmaea Kutz.

*Navicula radiosa var. parva Wall.

*Navicula radiosa var. tenella (Breb.) Grun.

*Navicula reinhardtii (Grun.) Grun.

*Navicula rhyncocephela Kutz.

*Navicula salinarum Grun.

*Navicula salinarum var. intermedia (Grun.) Cl.

*Navicula scutelloides W. Smith ex. Greg.

*Navicula simplex Krasske

*Navicula tripunctata (O.F. Mull.) Bory

*Navicula viridula (Kutz.) Kutz.

*Navicula viridula var. rostellata (Kutz.) Cl.

*Navicula vulping Kutz.

*Nedium dubium (Ehr.) Cl.

*Nedium dubium var.

constrictum Hust.

265

266 2) YBL NE EO) Ik, (0) (Es It A Vol. 45, No. 3

Tabile wie) cont.

*Nitzschia acicularis W. Smith

*Nitzschia acicularis var. closteroides (Ehr.) W. Smith
*Nitzschia acuta Hantz.

*Nitzschia amphibia Grun.

*Nitzschia angustata (W. Smith) Grun.

*Nitzschia angustata var. acuta Grun.

Nitzschia apiculata (Greg.) Grun.

*Nitzschia capitellata Hust.

Nitzschia dissipata (Kutz.) Grun.

*Nitzschia filiformis (W. Smith) Hust.

Nitzschia fonticola Grun.

*Nitzschia frustulum Kutz.

Nitzschia frustulum var. perpusilla (Rabhn.) Grun.
Nitzschia gracilis Hantz.

Nitzschia hungarica Grun.

Nitzschia kutzingiana Hilse

*Nitzschia linearis W. Smith

*Nitzschia microcephela Grun.

Nitzschia palea (Kutz.) W. Smith

*Nitzschia paradoxa Kutz.

*Nitzschia parvula Levis

*Nitzschia recta Hantz.

*Nitzschia sigma (Kutz.) W. Smith

*Nitzschia sigmoideae (Ehr.) W. Smith

*Nitzschia sinuata var. tabellaria Grun.

*Nitzschia sublinearis Hust.

Nitzschia thermalis

*Nitzschia tryblionella Hantz.

*Nitzschia tryblionella var. levidensis (W. Smith) Grun.
*Nitzschia tryblionella var. victoriae Grun.
*Nitzschia sp. l.

*Opephora martyi Herib

*Plagiotropis lepidoptera var. proboscidea (Cl.) Reim.
*Pleurosigma delicatulum W. Smith

Rhoicosphenia curvata (Kutz.) Grun. ex. Rabhn.
*Stauroneis smithii Grun.

*Surirella ovalis Breb.

Surirella ovata Kutz.

Synedra acus Kutz.

*Synedra delicatissima W. Smith

*Synedra delicatissima var. angustissima Grun.
*Synedra parasitica (W. Smith) Hust.
*Synedra parasitica var. subconstricta (Grun.) Hust.

*Synedra pulchella Ralfs ex Kutz.
*Synedra radians Kutz.

*Synedra rumpens Kutz.
*Synedra rumpens var. familaris (Kutz.) Hust.
*Synedra tenera W. SMith

1980 Wujek, Rupp, Lenon, King, & Bailey, Phytoplankton 267

Table 1. con't.

*Synedra ulna (Nitz.) Ehr.

*Synedra ulna var. oxyrhychus (Kutz) SVE.
*Synedra ulna var. ramesi (Herib) Hust.

Chlorophyta

*Acanthosphaera "like"
*Actinastrum hantzschii var. fluviatile Lemn.

Actinastrum sp. l.

Ankistrodesmus falcatus (Corda) Ralfs
Ankistrodesmus nannoselene Skuja
Ankistrodesmus spiralis (Turner) Lemm.
*Asteroccus "like"

Chlorella vulgaris Beyer

*Coelastrum microporum Naeg.
*Coelastrum proboscideum Bohlin
*Coelastrum sphaericum Naeg.

Crucigenia quadrata Morren

Crucigenia tetrapedia (Kirch.) West & West
Dictyosphaerium pulchellum Wood
Elakatothrix gelatinosa Wille

*Gloeocystis Gloeocystis vesciculosa Naeg.
*Micractinium pusillum Fres.
Oocystis pusilla Hansg.
*Palmodictyon varium (Naeg.) Lemm.
Pediastrum boryanum (Turp.) Meneghini
*Pediastrum duplex var. clathratum (A. Brown) Lag.
Pediastrum duplex var. gracilimum West & West
*Pediastrum duplex var. reticulatum Lag.
Pediastrum tetras (Ehr.) Ralfs
*Pediastrum tetras var. tetraodon (Corda) Rabhn.
**kPlanktosphaeria gelatinosa G.M. Smith
*Polyedriopsis quadrispina G.M. Smith
*kQuadrigula lacustris (Ched.) G.M. Smith
Scenedesmus abundans var. longicauda G.M. Smith
Scenedesmus acuminatus (Lag.) Chodat
*Scenedesmus armatus var. chodatii G.M. Smith
Scenedesmus bijuga var. alternans (Rein.) Hansg.
Scenedesmus bijuga (Turp.) Kutz.
*Scenedesmus denticulatus Lag.
*Scenedesmus dimorphus (Turp.) Kutz.
*Scenedesmus opoliensis P. Richter
Scenedesmus quadricauda (Turp.) Breb.
*SB (unknown green coccoid)
*Tetraedron gracile (Rein.) Hansg.
*Tetraedron incus (Teil.) G.M. Smith
*Tetraedron minimum (A. Brown) Hansg.
Tetraedron penaedricum W. & G. M. Smith
Tetraedron trigonum (Naeg.) Hansg.

268 Pele Yj ete OME OF GC, eiarA\ Vol.

Rabies leon st.

*Tetraedron heteracanthum (Nordst.) Chodat
*Tetraedron staurogeniaeforme (Schroeder) Lemm.
*Treubaria sertigerum (Archer) G.M. Smith
*xkArthrodesmus sp. l.
Closterium sp.
Closterium sp.
*Closterium sp.
*Closterium sp.
*Cosmarium sp. l.
*Cosmarium sp. 2.

*Mougeotia sp. l.
*Stigeoclonium nanum Kutz.
*Carterial spe. Le

Chlamydomonas snowii Printz
*Chlamydomonas sphagnicola Fritsch & Takeda
*Chlamydomonas sp. l.

Eudorina elegans Ehr.

Pandorina morum (Muell.) Bory

FWNre
ef Sen ey Se

Chrysophyta

*Chrysosphaerella longispina lemn.

Dinobryon bavaricum Imhof

Dinobryon divergens Imhof

*Kephryion sp. l.

*Mallomonas monograptus Harris & Bradley
*Paraphysomonas vestita de Stokes
*Perionella planktonica G.M. Smith
*Salpinogoeca frequentissima (Zach.) Lemm.

Cryptophyta

*Chroomonas nordstedtii Hansg.

*kCryptomonas erosa Egr.

*Rhodomonas minuta var. nanoplanktica Hall

Cyanopyta

*Aphanocapsa elachista West & West
Aphanothece sp. l.
Chroococcus dispersus (Kersel.) Lem.
Chroococcus limneticus Lemm.
Chroococcus minor (Kutz.) Naeg.
*Chroococcus pallidus Naeg.
*Chroococcus turgidus (Kutz. Naeg.

Dactylococcopsis fascicularis Lemn.
**Dactylococcopsis rhaphidioides Hansg.

45, Noe

3

1980 Wujek, Rupp, Lenon, King, & Bailey, Phytoplankton

Table 1. con't.

Gloeocapsa aeruginosa (Carm.) Kutz.
*Gomphosphaeria lacustria Chodat
*Merismopedia elegans (A. Braun) Kutz.

**Merismopedia glauca (Ehr.) Naeg.
Merismopedia tenuissima Lemm.

*Microcystis aeruginosa Kutz. emend. Elenkin
Microcystis incerta Lemm.

Anabaena sp. l.

Anabaena sp. 2

*Anabaena sp. 3.

Lyngbya diguetii Gomot

Oscillatoria subbrevis Schmidle
*Oscillatoria tenuis Ag.

Euglenophyta

*Euglena elongatum Schewiakoff
Euglena sp. l.
*Euglena sp. 2.

*Euglena sp. 3.
Phacus) sp. 1.

*kPhacus sp. 2.
Trachelomonas sp. l.

Pyrrophyta

Ceratium hirundinella (0O.F. Mull.) Duj.
*Peridinium sp. l.

Xanthophyta

*Botryococcus sp. l.
*Stipitococcus vasiformis Tiff.

*
I

= observed in 1978-79 only
xk observed in 1977 only
No asterix = observed 1977-79

269

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXXXV

Harold N. Moldenke

PAEPALANTHUS SCANDENS var. ALMASENSIS Mold., var. nov

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit foliis major-
ibus coriaceis usque ad 1 cm. longis basin 2 mm. latis
pedunculis longioribus usque ad 15 cm. longis et capitulis
plerumque proliferentibus.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its
larger, heavier (coriaceous) leaves, which are to 1 cm. long toward
the apex of the stems (smaller below) and there to 2 mm. wide at
the base, very stiff and greatly recurved, the peduncles much lon-
ger, to 15 cm. long, and the fruiting-heads often proliferating
into leaves and/or secondary long-stipitate heads.

The variety is based on Harley, Mayo, Storr, Santos, & Pin-
heiro in Harley 19725, described by the collectors as an erect
herb, to 1 m. tall, the leaves coriaceous, recurved, the involucral
bracts dark, and the flowers white, and collected among long grass
on the slope of the summit ridge of Pico das Almas, about 25 km.
west-northwest of the Vila do Rio de Contas, in an area of sand-
stone conglomerate metamorphic and quartzite rock outcrops with
associated scrubby vegetation with damp flushes, grassland and
marsh in some areas, approximately 41°57' W., 13°33' S., Serra das
Almas, Bahia, Brazil, at 1600--1850 m. altitude, on March 19,

WE) 7/6

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS CONGEA, II

Harold N. Moldenke

CONGEA TOMENTOSA Roxb.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 210--216. 1980.
Menninger (1970) asserts that "Usually the bracts [of this
species] acquire color in late October [in Florida], become bril-
liant in the beginning of the new year, then gradually darken un-
til March or April, when the new growth starts. If no seeds are

produced, propagation may be effected by stem cuttings, though
they tend to root with difficulty." He notes that other cultiva-
ted taxa of this genus are var. nivea Munir "with more ashy-white
pubescence", C. vestita W. Griff. with "its individual flowers
stalked, and the floral bracts.....often deeply notched at their
apex", and C. griffithiana Munir "with four spatulate or oblanceo-
late bracts".

Pal & Krishnamurthi (1967) assert that "The plant is more

270

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 271

easily propagated from seeds than cuttings". Woodrow (1910) says
that "It thrives in a moist atmosphere, and at Madras becomes
‘one blaze of colour with flowering branches one foot in length'
(Agri.-Horti. Soc. Report). It is difficult to propagate, and is
rare in gardens: layers root tardily, and cuttings in pots with
clean sand protected by a bell glass and placed in a shaded frame
root fairly."

MacMillan (1913) states that Congea tomentosa "is a compara-
tively recent introduction from Burma, its native home, and in
beauty and charm of blossom rivals the most beautiful of flower-
ing climbers. It bears large loose sprays of inflorescence which
remain bright and unfaded for several weeks. Like some other
well-known favourites, the showy part consists, not of the actual
flower but of the bright coloured persistent bracts subtending
the flowers. At first of a delicate pink shade, these gradually
merge into lighter tints of pleasing contrast. The plant obvious-
ly deserves a place in every garden, and will thrive from sea-level
to about 3,000 feet elevation. It has not as yet produced seed
at Peradeniya [Sri Lanka], but may be propagated with comparative
ease if cuttings of the mature wood are inserted in a bed of light
sandy soil, during the wet season, and kept shaded and moderately
moist." Steiner (1952) asserts that flowering [in the Philip-
pines] lasts from November to March and propagation is by cuttings
and layering. He describes the bracts as mauve and spatulate so
it is possible that the reference is to C. griffithiana rather
than to C. tomentosa.

Cowen (1950) avers that if only the flower sprays are cut, they
will last many days in water, but if the stem is cut along with the
flower sprays, it will droop and quickly die.

Gibbs (1974) reports the absence of syringin in the stems of
Congea tomentosa and negative results with the HCl/methanol test.
The pollen is described by Rehman (1962). The chromosome number
is reported by Sharma & Mukhopadhyay (1963), Cave (1964), and
Bolkhskikh & al. (1969) as 2n = 34, but Rao (1961) reports n = 18.
Norman R. Farnsworth, in a letter to me dated March 1, 1971, states
that "phytochemical screening showed the presence of saponins, but
triterpenes, stereols and alkaloids were absent".

Schauer (1847) recognized two varieties under C. tomentosa
which he distinguished as follows: "(. latifolia, foliis subro-
tundo-ellipticis (3--4 uncias longis, 2 1/2 -- 3 poll. latis)
subabrupto acuminatis, involucri phyllis calycibusque paulo major-
ibus" [the typical form, based on Wallich's no. 1733/2 from Prome,
Upper Burma, in 1826] and "6. oblongifolia, foliis oblongis (4--6
poll/ lomg., 2 poll. latis) coarctato-acuminatis, involucri phyllis
calycibusque paulo minoribus" [the C. azurea Wall. & Roscoea villo-
sa Roxb. form, based on Wallich's no. 1733/1, from Martabania,
Lower Burma]. Munir (1966) synonymizes both names under typical
C. tomentosa.

Roth (1977) notes that "The dry subtending bracts of the flow-
ers of Congea tomentosa corresponding at the same time to the pro-
phylls of the partial inflorescences produce a rotary movement of
the falling diaspores, since the inflorescence detaches as a dis-

272 P Hadar ly OnCrplaA Vol. 45, No. 3

persal unit together with the bracts. The prophylls, with a vel-
vety surface, develop a few layers of a spongy mesophyll paren-
chyma and a small-celled upper and lower epidermis tightly beset
with long ramified hairs. The armed cells of the mesophyll
leave large intercellular spaces between them which reduce the
specific weight of the diaspore."

Watt (1889) claims that "in Coromandel....it flowers in the
cold season, the Chittagong plant flowering in March". He as-
serts that var. azurea "is cultivated in North India".

Altschul (1973) reports the roots of an unidentified species
of Congea used as a laxative -- judging from the specimen cited
this statement doubtless refers to C. tomentosa.

While most authors on cultivated plants credit C. tomentosa as
having been introduced from Burma, Graf (1963) credits it as
from India. Corner & Watanabe (1969) ambiguously say "Congea
tomentosa Roxb. = C. griffithiana Munir" -- their accompanying
illustration appears to be of C. griffithiana.

Clarke (1885) cites Roxburgh s.n. [Chittagong] and Griffith
6013 from Bangladesh and Burma, respectively, as C. tomentosa,
"Wallich, McLelland, &c." from Burma as C. tomentosa var. azurea,
and Roxburgh's.n. [Rangoon] and Griffith 6012 (in part) from Burma
asmGn waelklosar

Diels (1913) cites Forrest 1144; Hallier (1918) cites Hosséus
370. Munir (1966) cites the following: BANGLADESH: Cowan 244, 802,
1679, 1899, 2377, & s.n.; Lace 2176; Lister 89. INDIA: Assam:
Parry 609. Manipur: Watt 5055 & 5105. BURMA: Central & Upper:
Anderson s.n.; Aubert & Gage s.n.; Forrest 1144, Fulton s.n.
[Watt 10770]; Haines 5776; Huk 208 & s.n.; Kan 260; King s.n.;
Kingdon-Ward 21729; MacGregor 1120; Maunders s.n.; McKee 5986; Mc
Millan 20; Mokim 25 & s.n.; Mundul 86; Parkinson 15700; Pottinger
S.n.; Prazer 36; Rock 1691 & 1923; Rogers 597; Watt 16. Insein:
Kan 270; Khant 82. Martabania: Amherst s.n. [Wallich 1733, 1733a,
& 1733/1]; Beddome 6531, 6533, & s.n.; Dickason 6869; Falconer 2;
Helfer 28, 53, & 6013; Loble s.n. Pegu: Brandis 878 & 880; Col-
lector undetermined 429; Kurz 1039 & 2398; McLelland s.n. Prome &
Karenni: Chin 4366; Collector undetermined s.n.; Dickason 6927;
Lace 2724; Toppin 2557. Rangoon: Collector undetermined 104 &
S.N.; Dickason 3142 & 5662; McLelland s.n.; Meebold 14047; Park-
inson 13930; Weiste X.P.L.I. Tenasserim: Gallathy 13; Griffith
6013. THAILAND: Bunpheng 472; Collins 359; Hosseus 370; Kasin 162,
Kerr 533, 6368, & s.n.; Larsen & Hansen 6636; Nakkarn 82; Native
collector 3810; Put 2283; Vanpruk 163. INDOCHINA: Laos: Pételot
1539; Spire 749 & s.n.. Vietnam: Annam: Poilane 19977. CHINA:
Yunnan: Anderson s.n.; Forrest 29388; Wang 72678, CULTIVATED:
Burma: Bernard X.P.L.I. Cuba: Eames s.n.; Jack 8486. Florida:
Boom 38552; Moore 6007. Haiti: Ekman 9963. India: Balapure s.n.;
Erlanson 5368; Griffith 9331; Herb. Bot. Calcutt. s.n.; Herb.
Wight s.n.; Raizada s.n.. Java: Herb. Hort. Bogor. XV.E.70 (in
part). New York: H. N. Moldenke 9454 (in part). Puerto Rico:
Britton & Boynton 8165. Singapore: Deshmukh s.n.; Furtado s.n.;
Noor s.n.

According to Munir (1966) part of H. N. Moldenke 9454 in the

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 727, 5}

New York Botanical Garden herbarium is C. tomentosa and part is C,
vestita.

Material of C. tomentosa has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as C. siamensis Fletcher, C. vestita W. Griff.,
and Sphenodesme sp. On the other hand, the Tsai 52611, distributed
as C. tomentosa, is the type collection of C. chinensis Mold.;
Rivera s.n. [Philip. Nat. Herb. 33460] and Steiner 597 [Philip.
Nat. Herb. 22931] are C. griffithiana Munir; Rock 1677 is the type
collection of C. rocki Mold.3; H. M. Smith 314 is C. siamensis
Fletcher; Bunpheng 1126 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 21137], Collins
2073, Lindhard s.n. [19 Jan. 1904], Pierre s.n. [Cochinchine] &
s.n. [ad flum. Dong Nai], and Thorel 648 are C. tomentosa var.
nivea Munir; W. Lee LASCA.923 and Moldenke & Moldenke 19799 are C.
velutina Wight; while Moldenke & Moldenke 10408 and Pierre s.n,.
[2/isitieare Cu vestita We. Grite.

Citations: COSTA RICA: San José: Sieger s.n. [San José, summer
1936] (N). JAMAICA: D. Hummel s.n. [10/4/1958] (S). HISPANIOLA:
Dominican Republic: Liogier & Liogier 24710 (N). PUERTO RICO:
Otero M.86 (Mi). COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Daniel 3884 (W--1907047).
INDIA: Assam: Chand 6869 (Mi); Koelz 27609 (Mi). Madras: Kuria-
kose s.n. [12-1-33] (N). West Bengal: J. M. Cowan 2378 (It);
Helfer 28 (B, Bt--40758, Bz--20961, Gg--267598, Go, Gz, I, Mu, N,
S, W--1668972); Mukherjee s.n.[{15.12.68] (Ld). State undeter-
mined: Voigt s.n. BURMA: Martabania: Helfer 6013 (Mu--1064, S).
Shan States: Rock 1923 (Ca--264325, W--1214650). Tenasserim:
Bélanger 218 (Du--166402). Upper Burma: J. Anderson s.n. [23/1/
68] (Mu--3805); Huk 47 (W--369350); King's Collector s.n. [Mak-
haye Hill] (Bz--20962); J. R. McMillan 201 (Ca--745115, Mi, W--
1864419). Province undetermined: Luxburg s.n. [23.2.1903] (Mu);
Rock 774 (W--1171461), 784 (W--1171469)3; Shaik Mokim 25 (Br).
THAILAND: Beusekom & Phengkhlai 87 (Ac); Bunchuai 807 [Herb. Roy.
Forest Dept. 24026] (Gg): Charoenphol, Larsen, & Warncke 4483
(Ac, N), 4508 (Ac); Cheviwat & Nimanong 21 (Ac); Cockerell s.n.
[Nan] (W--1372352); Collins 359 (W--1700525); Dee 472 [Herb. Roy.
Forest Dept. 7345] (Z), 518 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 7742] (Ss);
Gram & Syrach-Larsen 114 (Cp); Hosséus 370 (Mu--4191, V), 371
(Mu--4193), 386x (Mu--4192); Lindhard s.n. [19 Jan. 1904] (N, S)3
Phenklai, Nimanong, & Singhasthit 3041 (Ac); Phloenchit 78 [Herb.
Roy. Forest Dept. 10692] (Ss); Rock 1691 (W--1213305); Sérensen,
Larsen, & Hansen 6636 (Bm); Surapat 42 (W--2450888). INDOCHINA:
Gochinehina:) Pierre sun. \[2/1877)} "(B)5 sen. [1877] (8); son.)
Laos: Pételot 1539 (Ca--236744); Spire 749 (B). Vietnam: Poi-
lane 11674 (B). MALAYA: Kedah: Kadir 35802 (Bz--72779), 35803
(Bz--72778). CULTIVATED: Bangladesh: Zeyauddin 148 (Kh). Colom-
bia: Duque 1595 (N, W--1744505). Costa Rica: Kupper s.n. (Mu).
Cuba: Acufia 15996/16220/16513 (Es); Dahlgren s.n. [March 30,
1950] (W--2159350); Eames s.n. [Soledad, March 7, 1948] (Ca--
772702); J. G. Jack 8486 (Du--357471, N, Pd, W--1556245). Domin-
ica: L. H. Bailey 747 (Ba, Ba); Hodge 3654 (Ms). Dominican Re-
public: B. Augusto 646 (N). Florida: Fairchild Trop. Gard. 2150
(Ft); Gillis 7564 [Fairchild Gard. 59-759] (Ac, Ba); H. E. Moore
6007 (Ba); O'Neill s.n. [Feb. 28, 1933] (1); Sheehan R.23 (Ba).

274 1aiet ve IL (0) IG fo) (Gre IN Vol. 45, No. 3

Haiti: Buch s.n. [Ekman H.9963] (Ld, N, W--1413839); S. B. May
s.n. [1935] (N). Honduras: Boghdan & Barkley 39438 (Ac);

Pfeifer 1739 (W); Yuncker 4787 (Dp). India: Erlanson 5368

(Mi, N); Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. s.n. (T); Herb. Hort. Bot. Cal-
cutt. S.n. (Bz--20963, Mu--1063, Mu--1168, Mu--1169, Pd, T). Ja-
MalcateG. We Barley sen.) [Aprils 25 V948iI) (Ba). ) Javass Herbs Hone
Bot. Bogor. XV.E.3 (Bz--26256, Bz, Bz, N), XV.E.70 in part (Bz-—
26275, Bz, Bz, N), sen. (Bz--72775,Bz--72776, Bz--72777, Er);
Herb. Hort. Tuinherb. s.n. [1905] (S). Martinique: Stehlé &
Stehlé 4311 (W--2453708). New York: Boynton s.n. [N. Y. Bot.
Card. Cult. Pill. 54967] (N)5) 2. Na Moldenke 8420): [No Yo Bots

Cenels (Gollies wilS SACKS) (ON) 5 GHG shel joenae (Utes Bly Bila Iie, bhe5 (im.
E, Go, Ml, N, Nd, Po, St, Ur). Panama: Moldenke & Moldenke 19799
(N)3; F. Nelson s.n. [10 April 1976] (Ld, Uw). Philippines: mM. BL.
Steiner s.n. [Philip. Nat. Herb. 22931] (Mg). Puerto Rico:
Britton & Boynton 8164 (N); Howard & Nevling 16914 (Ba); R. J.
Wagner 762 (S). Singapore: Furtado s.n. [Nov. 15, 1927] (Ca--
34301) is Nurse, 25) Dec L924) (Ba) ie, Siete Lanka) EeWeDe
Silva 4 (Pd). Tobago: L. M. Andrews 3-50 (N). Trinidad: WwW. E.
Broadway 6891 (Um--140, W--1411459); Friend 88 (N). Venezuela:
Croizat 2 (N, Ve); Lasser 3466 (Ve--36915); Skog 1224 (W--
2705159); Valero & Rice V.40 (Ld, Ld).

CONGEA TOMENTOSA var. NIVEA Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21:
310--312, fig. 10a. 1966.

Synonymy: Congea oblonga Pierre in Dop, Bull. Soc. Bot. France
61s) S20=—321', 1955. Congea) petelots, Molld. , Phytollogia 32) 409%
1951. Congea alba Harler, Gard. Plains, ed. 4, 185. 1962. Con-
gea tomentosa "Roxb. sec. Fletcher" apud Munir, Gard. Bull. Singa-
pore 21: 310, in syn. 1966 [not C. tomentosa Roxb., 1819]. Con-
gea velutina "Wight sec.Dop" apud Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore
21: 310, in syn. 1966 [not C. velutina Wight, 1849]. Congea
vestita "Griff,sec. Dop" apud Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21:
310, in syn. 1966 [not C. vestita W. Griff., 1854]. Congea
oblonga Dop apud Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 310, in syn.
1966.

Bibliography: Dop, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 61: 320--321. 1915;
Prainm, ind) Kew. Supple, imp. J 65.) 1921's) Dop An, Lecomte sania.
Gén. Indochine 4: 908 & 910. 1936; Fedde & Schust, Justs Bot.
Jahresber. 60 (2): 572. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver-
benaci.),, sed. , 595-92 41942) and eds 2), 1136) & sW/3i. 1949s Moilldiy.
Résumé 175 & 439. 1959; CG. Taylior, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 38.
1959s Pradimey wind) (Kew. Suppilee i145 Emp, (OD) L960 “HarillerseiGarde
Plains, ed. 4, 185. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 5: 6 (1962) and
12) wie LOGS sMundas, (Cardy Bull, Sameaporer 210) 2675) e269) eis
276, 305, & 310--314, map 2, fig. 10a. 1966; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
ISS MO Is tO UGK) novel ANS Sle ISH 7/S Withee, iil, Wocige. “Aes
5018. 1967; Mold. in Menninger, Flow. Vines 328. 1970; Mold.,
Patfeth «Summ eli 29/5/0530 Os) S6lle e468), 160469) 1 G97) ands 2c e43nu Lovee
Mold., Phytologia 45: 56, 57, 59--61, 211, & 216. 1980.

Illustrations: Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 311, fig. 10a.
1966.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 2715

This variety is said to differ from the typical form "by its
branchlets and inflorescence axis being cinereo-tomentose even when
young, involucral bracts obovate or broadly elliptic, white-
tomentose, sometimes tinged mauve when fresh. Calyx cinereo-
pubescent without, lobes one-third the length of the calyx-tube or
shorter with no accessory teeth; corolla with a broader villous
band in the throat". It is based on Noor & Munir 5, collected
in the Botanical Garden at Singapore.

Harler's C. alba is described by him as "a white variety of C.
tomentosa" and I am assuming that it belongs here. Congea oblonga
Pierre is based on Pierre 5229 from Kam-pot, Cambodia. Dop says
of it: "Cette espece parait voisine, par son appareil vegetatif,
du C. Forbesii King et Gamble, de Sumatra. Elle s'en distingue
par l*absence de bracteoles lineares, le calice beaucoup plus long,
tomenteux et non villeux"'. Congea peteloti Mold. is based on
Pételot 3852a from Thom, Tonkin [Vietnam].

Recent collectors describe this plant as a woody climber or a
shrub, 1.5 m. tall, abundantly flowering, "the whole inflores-
cence beautiful pink", the bracts whitish above, greenish beneath,
and the stamens maroon. They have found it growing along road-
sides and in thickets on sandy calcareous soil, at 100--600 m. al-
titude, in flower in January, March, and November. The corollas
are said to have been "white" on Bunpheng 1126, "greenish" on
Phengkhlai 554, and "white with maroon dots" on Maxwell 74-1088.

In Thailand Phengkhlai reports the plant "scattered" in dry
evergreen forests on hillsides; Lindhard found it "very common in
the mountains"; Bunpheng says that it is "common" in deciduous
forests, while Maxwell reports it "abundant in the deciduous
forest canopy".

It should be noted that the Dop (1936) reference in the bib-
liography (above) is often cited, but apparently erroneously, as
"1935", while his 1915 reference is sometimes cited as "1914",
but a footnote on the titlepage plainly'sindicates that the work
was not actually issued until 1915.

Munir (1966) cites the following collections: THAILAND: Col-
lins 2073, Kerr 9516, Lakshnakara 491, Marcan 1072 & 1550, Put
2101. CAMBODIA: Evrard 2459, Poilane 14639 & 23271. LAOS:

Joseph s.n., Pételot 3852 & 3853. VIETNAM: Annam: Poilane 11695.
Cochinchina: Poilane 2413. CULTIVATED: Java: Dilmy s.n., Herb.
Bot. Gard. Bogor. X.G.62, XV.E.78, XV.E.78a, Soepadmo 1. Singa-
pore: Furtado s.n., Holttum s.n., Munir 4, Noor & Munir 5. He
suggests that C. vestita var. subvestita Munir may represent a
natural hybrid between this species and C. vestita W. Griff.

Citations: THAILAND: Beusekom & Phengklai 2573 (Ac); Bunpheng
1126 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 21137] (Z); Collins 2073 (W--
1701665); Linnard s.n. [19 Jan. 1904] (Mu--4194); Maxwell 74-1088
(Ac); Phengkhlai 554 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 28432] (Cp). LAOS:
Pételot 3852 (N). VIETNAM: Annam: Poilane 11695 (B, Ca--53769).
Cochinchina: Pierre s.n. [ad flum. Dong Nai] (Bz--72805, S), s.n.
[Bavia] (Ca--53764), s.n. [Cochinchine] (Bz--72804, Ca--53766,

S); Poilane 2413 (B); Thorel 648 (B, Bz--72929, Ca--38890, S).
South Vietnam: R. M. King 5637 (W--2436032). Tonkin: Pételot

276 PH yeelnO hy OR GaiierA Vol. 45; Nore3
3852a (N).

CONGEA VELUTINA Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 4 (3): 15, 1849
[not C. velutina "Wight sec. Dop", 1966].

Synonymy: Congea velutena Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 4 (3):
pl. "1479/3 or 1566". 1849. Congea tomentosa Hall. f. ex Mold.,
Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 8, in syn. 1947 [not C. tomentosa
Cooke, 1921, nor King & Gamble, 1921, nor Roxb., 1819, nor ''Roxb.
sensu King & Gamble", 1966, nor "Roxb. sec. Wight", 1960, nor
"Roxb. sec. Fletcher", 1966, nor R. & B., 1979]. Congea tomen-
tosa var. velutina (Wight) Bakh. ex Mold., Résumé 275, in syn.
1959. Congea velutinus Wight ex Mold., Phytologia 23: 430, in
syn. 1972.

Bibliography: Wight, Icon. Pl. Orient. 4 (3): 15, pl. "1479/3
ope ALSYSOVE ALCYAC)S Vetelniog Ilse, Iwovls Iopeg QE jolla al7/s} jl, esos C-
BeGlarke in) Hook. fe, Pl. Brittasind tad: 603 S85 a Jackcemen
Hook. £...4) Jacks.5) Ind. Kew...) amp.) 50 1h: 595). 18935 | Cambiles Man’.
findiany Tambie.m eis. 12,kMp ela D4 LOO2s Com Be Clarke! nwrlis
Schmidt, Bot. Tidsskr. 26: 174. 1904; Brandis, Indian Trees,
imp 1, olse L906) Bakh., ani Lam &)Bakhs, Bulls Jard., Bot. wBui—
tenz., ser. 3, 3: 100 & 101. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed.
Ds ainda 745 SYaG WSS iesiGlil | Whltspyeresig ILE Wohl yolks (5 IL)siOs
Stapf, Ind. Lond. 2: 277. 1930; Engles.-Julius, Tuin. Wagen. Ind.
Laagulakte 47. 1932; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gen. Indo-chine 4: 908--
910 & 912, fig. 94 (3) & 95 (1--3). 1936; Worsdell, Ind. Lond.
Suppl. 1: 248. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed.
ils SYA, SS)5 GilS 335, 77Si5 & GAG WAS GRICE sin ileolisg EG MEIEKS5 5
Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 595. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names
Suppl. 1: 8. 1947; Neal, In Gard. Hawaii, ed. 1, imp. 1, 635,
645), & 774 (948) and edey lly imp... 25.635), 645), & 077.4) 1949-5 Mollidier
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 126, 129, 139, 143, 160,
& 1738-01949) Molde .wResume 426i, lod. 17.9, cS8. TOO LoSS
2A RIO se keto 9 lOO Oe acksn ny HOOk. ee wee dacks.. wind ewKewrss
imp. 3, 1: 595. 1960; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 20 & 28. 1962; R.
Good, Geogr. Flow. Pl. 210. 1964; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2:
612, & 613), 1965s5 Neal, InjGard. Hawai, ed. 2, 720; 732) 6.885)
LO6535 Muni, Gard. Bulls iSangapore, 2263), 26, 2 2oe2i>)) 2os
279, 296--298, 313, & 314, map 5, fig. 6 (1966) and 22: 158. 1967;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 7, 9, 15, & 20. 1967; Backer & Bakh.,
Fl. Java 3: 657. 1968; Keng, Ord. Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 280. 1969;
Van der Pijl, Princip. Dispers. Higher Pl., ed. 1, 57--58. 1969;
Menninger, Flow. Vines 49. 1970; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2,
Sis OTUs Molldinn, HihtheSumm.los279) 2OSi, 295/60 S02 Sis) OlemO Gr
& 469 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2,
Amps) 3) D451 9723) Molde. Phytollogda 23/0423 (65430). 99/72) aVianuidiens
Rigi brine pee Dispersal herasbils sued cm 215m 5)/ eel O)7 2,c1 Mo) ldraie mmr Dye
tologia 28: 449. 1974; 0. & I. Degener, Hawaii. Pl. Names x.
1975; Mold., Phytologia 34: 269. 1976; Clay & Hubbard, Haw. Gard.
Trop. Shrubs 185 & 288. 1977; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose
Res. Inst. 41: 44. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 45: 56--59, 61, 210, &
216. 1980.

Tilustrations: Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 4 (3): pl. “14797

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 277

BOGel 566" 9184900" Wight, ~lLlust.) Inds Bot) _2:<pl,0h73 ‘bis.o18505
Ridl., Dispers. Pl. Through. World pl. 6. 1930; Engles-—Julius,
Tuin. Wegen Ind. Laagvlakte 47. 1932; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gen.
Indo-chine 4: 909 & 912, fig. 94 (3) & 95 (1--3). 1936; Munir,
Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 297, fig. 6. 1966.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a large, scandent or
somewhat scandent-climbing shrub, 2 m. tall, or as an attractive
ornamental vine, the wood tan-brown, the leaves dark-green, velu-
tinous beneath, the 4 bracts very conspicuous and showy, rounded
at their apex and obovate-spatulate in shape, "profuse and most
colorful", velvety in texture, grayish-white or lavender to pink,
lilac, or magenta, the calyx yellowish-green, shortly 5-fid, the
"teeth not short and obtuse", the corolla 2-lipped, exserted,
"sparsely glabrous [=subglabrous?] outside", densely villous in
the throat, the filaments pink, and the anthers orange. They
have found it growing in semi-moist ground, flowering from Janu-
ary to March, as well as in September and November. Pancho re-
ports that it is a "popular ornamental vine in the Philippines".
Van der Pijl (1969) asserts that "colored wings develop from the
bracts [and] first collaborate in attracting animals for pollina-
tion, then [later on serve] for dispersal [of the seeds]".

The "flowers" [corollas? bracts?] are said to have been
"purple" on Inafuku s.n., "white, pink at base" on Soepadmo 1,
and "purple except for white lobe-margins and base of tube” on
Furtado s.n.

Vernacular names reported for this species are "lau-huila-
ho'one'e", "molentjes bloem", "pink sandpaper vine", and
"propellerplant".

The Congea tomentosa credited to King & Gamble and to "Roxb.
sensu King & Gamble" in the synonymy (above) applies to C. grif-
fithiana Munir, while C. tomentosa "Roxb. sec. Wight" applies to
C. vestita W. Griff.

Backer & Bakhuizen (1965) give the natural distribution of C.
velutina as "native to Further India and Malay Peninsula". In
Java it is said to be a common ornamental "from 1--800 m." alti-
tude. Clarke (1885) cites only Griffith 838 from the Mergui
Archipelago and Helfer 6012 from Tavoy, Burma. Munir (1966)
cites Helfer 6012 & s.n. and Parker 2579 from the Mergui Archi-
pelago and Hamid 3769, Keith 2, and Kloss 6703 from Thailand.
The species is widely cultivated and appears to have escaped and
become naturalized in Indonesia and Zaire.

Material of C. velutina has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as C. tomentosa Roxb., C. villosa Wight,
and Symphorema luzonicum (Blanco) Fern.-Villar. On the other
hand; ‘the Herb... ‘Hort. Bot. .Bogor.- X11 .B.IX.53, (XV.B.1,) XV.E.71,, &
XV.E.7la, Pancho 204, and Whistler W.843, distributed as C. vel-
utina, actually are' C. griffithiana Munir.

Citations: ZAIRE: Goossens 45ll (Br, Br, N). BURMA: Wallich
1733 (Pd). MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO: Parker 2579 (Ca--358719). THAI-
LAND: Bogner 419 (Mu); J. Schmidt 433 (Mu--4195); H. M. Smith
314 (Ca--926534); Snan 913 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 16175] (Bk).
GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Borneo: Tatong 2000 (Bz--20965, Le--

278 12 Jal NC At ©) 1h ©) G Ie AN Vol. 45, No. 3

92266-32). Java: Bakhuizen van den Brink 285 (Bz--20970, Le--
92266-91, Ut--63814); Brinkman 480 (Bz--20972); Veldhuis 62 (Ut--
66590a); Visser C.90401 (Le--938210-47). Sumatra: Jacobson 90
(Bz--20960). CULTIVATED: California: W. Lee LASCA.923 (Sd--80066).
Hawaiian Islands: Eastwood s.n. [Honolulu, August 1--16, 1924]
(Gg--34506); Inafuku s.n. [Feb. 2, 1931] (Ba, Bi, Mu, N--photo,
Z——photo)|s) Esenberg 12775 (Bi). Indias Scott sine (Pd). )savake
Bakhuizen van den Brink 1555 (Ut--24899A, Ut--24900A), 2642 (Bz--
20971), 2694 (Bz--20969); Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor s.n. (Bz--20964,
Z); Herb. Mus. Bot. Upsal. s.n. [Buitenzorg Hort. Bot., 1932] (B,
N); Hofstee 59 (Bz--20968); Leeuwen-Reijnvaan s.n. [10/8/09] (Bz--
20973); Popta 60 (Bz--20967); Soepadmo 1 [Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor.
X.G.62] (N). Panama: Moldenke & Moldenke 19799 (N). Philippine
Islands: MacDaniels 31 (Ba, Ws); Pancho 1093 (Ba); Steiner 504
(W--2376501). Sarawak: Clemens & Clemens 20479 [field no. 6571]
(Bz--20966, N). Singapore: Clemens & Clemens 22567 (N); Furtado
s.n. [Nov. 15, 1927] (Ca--343117). Sri Lanka: Moldenke, Moldenke,
Jayasuriya, & Dassanayake 28339 (Pd). Zaire: Corbisier 110 (Br);
Vanderyst 24690 (Br); Vermoesen 2156 (Br, Br, N, N. Qu).

CONGEA VESTITA W. Griff., Notul. Pl. Asiat., imp. 1, 4: 174-=175.
1854 [not C. vestita "Griff. sec. Dop", 1966]

Synonymy: Congea tomentosa "Roxb. sec. Wight" apud Munir,
Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 302, in syn. 1966 [not C. tomentosa Hall..
f., 1947, nor King & Gamble, 1959, nor Roxb., 1819, nor "Roxb.
sec. Dop", 1966, nor "Roxb. sec. Fletcher", 1966, nor ''Roxb. sensu
King & Gamble", 1966]. Congea vestita var. vestita [W. Griff.] ex
Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 302. 1966.

Bibildiography ss Wee Grik fs licon. PllwAsidatn) 4c) pill. (458 see eee.
Ip syAS WN/G (Grewizieg 5 IWoremils Iie Wissleve. | “alps SUS TAG a7 L/S). SyilS}.
TEINS oils ASys5 series AILS Alsye (G6 iG. (Gilewe aan Neloyoses 1eG 5 IMLK lyestie,
India 43" 603 1885 Jacks. an Hook. £. & Jacksia, india Keweaeimpenele.
595 5 Ve 9SeGambke Man. vind.) Gimb).1,, edi. 25.cLmp.ulis sero. O2e
Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 513. 1906; King & Gamble, Journ.
Asiat. Soc. Bengal 74 (2 extra): 865--866. 1908; H. J. Lam, Verben-
ac. Malay. Arch? 3375 3385 (& 365% L995) Bakh. Gin’ Lam! "& Bakhiy, Bulls.
Jard Bot. Buitenze,sser. 35,32) dO & x. 91921: GambilessManweindean
Timbeeweda 25 mp. Zan 545.0 O22 a Radio. Hl MallavasPenin(s.i2 smo Or
1923; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 908 & 911. 1936;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 55 & 92. 1942;
Jacks) an Hook yt.. 6 Jacksieind New, cimpiy 2,6 lls) 95915) LOAiGrs
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 129 & 173. 1949;
Molids. Resume ll65, 177, 79s, 207 vee 439y 1959s) Jacks. intHookaea.
& Jacks, Inde Kewe. amp. 35) 2 5957 1960s Molds, Resume Suppo:
LO L962 Muni Gard) Bulls ‘Sangapore 21) 263), 9265). 2O7i5) 2)/ele
274--276, 279, 302--304, 313, & 314, map 4, fig. 9 (1966) and 22:
157. 1967; Mold., Resume Suppl. 15: 9 & 20. 1967; Mold. in Mennin-
ger, Flow. Vines 328. 1970; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 513.
NCIS. Ve Gresnnies Noel a Ne Nspieie Gy abuse Ao. AR IAS LIS) Gy Sls}.
IGT ASS Molid/ss, sEaitth Summ as 9283)9 295), 300), 305, S61.) 4685 ke469
@971)' and’ 2: 8438. 19715; Gambile, “Man. Indian Timb., ‘eds 25 impeesis
54 Din UO 72is Molldy, “Phytollogiae23 423% loi 2s

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Congea 279

Mainstrations si Wen Gritt.,, Leone Pl. Asiat. 4s pl5.458, fe. 21.
1854; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 303, fig. 9. 1966.

Recent collectors refer to this plant as an extensive climber
or liana, the bracts purple, the flowers scented, and the fruit
winged, and have found it growing at 35--500 m. altitude, flower-
ing from February to April and in November. The "flowers"
[corollas?] are said to have been "pink" on Sangkhachand 757,
"Violet" on Collector undetermined 16, and "white" on Kasin 162.
In Thailand Sangkhachand reports the species "common" in evergreen
forests, while an unidentified collector found it "scattered in
evergreen forests and some in deciduous forests".

The species is based on Griffith 898 from Mergui in the Burmese
Mergui Archipelago and deposited in the Edinburgh herbarium. The
C. tomentosa Hall. f., referred to in the synonymy above, belongs
in the synonymy of C. velutina Wight, while the homonym credited
to King & Gamble and to "Roxb. sensu King & Gamble" is C. grif-
fithiana Munir and C. tomentosa Roxb. is a valid species. The H.
N. Moldenke 9454, cited below, is a mixture of C. vestita and C.
tomentosa Roxb.

Clarke (1885) cites for C. vestita only Helfer 6014 from Tenas-
serim and Griffith s.n. from the Mergui Archipelago. Munir (1966)
cites the following collections: BURMA: Beddome 6530, Helfer 6014,
Lace 4802 & 5591, Meebold 16999, Pachman 116, Rogers 406, Wight
2305. MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO: Mergui: Griffith 898, Griffiths’ Col-
lector s.n., Meebold 14078, Proudlock 44. CULTIVATED: Java: Herb.
Hort. Bot. Bogor. XV.E.70 (in part). New York: H. N. Moldenke
9454 (in part).

Material of C. vestita has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as C. peteloti Mold., C. tomentosa Roxb., and C.
velutina Wight. On the other hand the Pierre s.n. [Cochinchine],
distributed as C. vestita, appears to be C. pedicellata Munir,
while Pierre s.n. [Bavia] & s.n. [ad flum. Dong Nai], Poilane
11695, and Thorel 648 are C. tomentosa var. nivea Munir.

Citations: BURMA: Helfer 6014 (Mu--10540). MERGUI ARCHIPELAGO:
Mergui: Meebold 14078 (N, N--photo, S, Si--photo, Z--photo). THAI-
LAND: Collector undetermined 16 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 18043]
(Bk); Kasin 162 (Bz--72806); Sangkhachand 757 [Herb. Roy. Forest
Dept. 23748] (Z). VIETNAM: Cochinchina: Pierre s.n. [2.1877] (S).
MALAYA: Kedah: Spare 37314(Bz--72781); Wolfe & Kadir 21455 (Bz--
72780). CULTIVATED: Java: Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. XV.E.70 in part
(Bz--26276, Bz, N). New York: Connolly s.n. [N. Y. Bot. Gard.
Cult. Pl. 5496] (N, N); H. Ne Moldenke 9454 (N, Qu), 9454a (N),
10408 (Go, N, Se--171585, Ur).

CONGEA VESTITA var. SUBVESTITA Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21:
304--305. 1966.

Bibliography: Munir, Gard, Bull. Singapore 21: 267, 271, 275,
276, 279, 304--305, & 313, map. 4. 1966; Munir, Biol. Abstr. 48:
5018, 1967; Mold., Resume Suppl. 15: 10. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ,

1: 300 (1971) and 2: 843. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 45: 61 & 275.
1980,
This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-

280 Poe Ya ORL OnGrsiars: Vol. 45, No. 3

ing its branchlets, rachis, and the lower surface of its leaf-
blades faintly yellowish-pubescent, rather than hirsute,

The variety is based on Kloss s.n. from Daban, at 650 meters
altitude, Phan Rang, Vietnam, deposited in the herbarium of the
British Museum in London, Munir (1966) cites only the type speci-
men and suggests that the taxon may represent a natural hybrid
with C. pedicellata Munir or C. tomentosa var. nivea Munir.

MATERIALS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS LAMPAYA
Harold N. Moldenke

The is the 48th genus to be treated in my series of notes in
the present journal, Although time has not been available to make
a formal monograph, it has been thought advisable to place on re-
cord here the notes on this genus assembled by my wife and myself
over the past fifty years of intensive library and herbarium re-
search so that they will be available to future monographers. Full
explanation of the herbarium acronyms hereinafter employed (as
they have been in all of my long series of papers in this journal
since 1933) will be found in my "Fifth Summary of the Verbenaceae
eisiste nl S7s) paayOlune 2 sepagesiw,95) to SOI.

LAMPAYA R, A, Phil., Ann. Mus. Nac. Chile Bot. 1: 58. 1891.

Synonymy: Lampaya F,. Phil., Verh. Deutsch. Wiss. Ver. Santiago
3160); an *obsi; 8863) Mold), Suppl. List Inv. Names 215 W94ue
Lampayo Phil. ex Murillo, Pl. Médic. Chil. 163, nom. nud. 1889;
Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 4, in syn. 1941.

Bibliography: F. Phil., Verh. Deutsch. Wiss. Ver. Santiago 1:
160 S863) Murillo sePlseMed. Chil 63). USS9s Roa vAc Phalies Anme
Mus) Nace ChillesBote LealiCaty Praev. weils ein. Larape|) 56 spl
el rr ey LOO eR AS eahidale \Vierz. sHocheb Prove Antorage miata pm etales
ple 26 -USSils Brig. ain) Engl. & Prantl’; Nat. PElanzentamss edness
Nachtr. zu 4 (3a): 290. 1897; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1,
imp. 1, 237. 1903; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. l,
4305 L904) Erdles, Nov. Acts Regs Soe. Sei. Upsall 4 OG) qiNord
Argent.] 110. 1905; Reiche, Verhandl. Deutsch. Wiss. Ver. Santiago
5) 6) LIOS se Reichess&: Phill aneReiches Estudl, Crit. Els Ghidtewe:

272 & 303--304. 1910; M. Kunz, Anatom, Untersuch. Verb. 35 & 36.
1911; Nienburg, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 1051. 1916; Fedde,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 1420. 1917; Dominguez, Invest. Fito-
quims L960.) 1923: Baezay Nomb. Vullo) Pill Sdlliv.y.) (ed m2 al Zeeeo SOR
Stapf, Indeelondat4) 3 LOS 0s Juneda (Symbe, Bote Upsalssnlan(4s)r
36-—-37/., 19345) Aa We Hild, Ind. Kew. Suppl’. 9) a54). 11988) purandas
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 237. 19415; Mold., Phytollogia 2:
Di — 525 194s Molds) Suppi's) Last dnv.) Names 4) al941'ssMoilidt) Alpi.
List Inv. Names 27. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
edi: hy, "42),) 43). (& 94) 11942); Moilldigy, (Alliphijalawsite (Gilt. als 195 i@S46) mand
238 DS/o AIYASS Ilo ING NG hg Molla. Iwilo wshiea 28 Bil, Aso S35 & Gq
1948; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 690 & 813 (1949) and 4: 1293, 1949;

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Lampaya 281

Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 96, 101, 104, &
187. 1949; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1031, 1032, & 1040.
1950; Hunziker, Rev. Invest. Agr. 6: 192. 1952; E. J. Salisb.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 131. 1953; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan.
17: 4. 1956; Cabrera, Revist. Invest. Agric. 11: 336. 1957; Dalla
Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 430. 1958; Durand & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 237. 1959; Mold., Résumé 113, 121,
124, 302, 407, & 458. 1959; Munoz Pizarro, Espec. Pl. Descr.
Philip. 110. 1960; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen, Siphonog., imp. 3,
430. 1963; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 75 & 178. 1965;
Piay ssiawieln. Jel Os) Willis, Dict. Flow. Pls.) ed< 7,9 685.7 119665
Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 104 & 352. 1970; Heusser, Pollen Spores
CGhiter6l& 82, pli. 57-665. 19715 Mold. ,, Fifth Summ.) Is 182,, 192,

& 197 (1971) and 2: 534, 756, & 883. 1971; Thanikaimoni, Inst.
Frang. coud. Trav. Sect. Scient...Tech. 12) /(idizo 131 9725, eAdaay,
ShawaanJ. Co eWillis, Dict. Flow. Plc, ed. 8, 632. 973% Moldi,
Phytologia 28: 458 & 509. 1974;Montes, Wilkomirsky, & Ubilla, Pl.
Meda 252 292.9 1974s Napp—Zinn,| Anat. Blatt.) Ar Gaerats 1974.
Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 296, 301, 302, 306, 355--358, & 409,

fig. 16 & 17. 1974; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect.
Scient. Tech, 13: 130 & 328, 1976; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose
Res. Inst. 41: 40 & 47, 1978.

Philippi's original (1881) description of this genus is: "Calyx
hypogynus, tubulosus, quinquedentatus, dentibus brevibus parum
inaequalibus, Corolla tubulosa versus os sensim infundibuliformi-
dilatata, lobis limbi brevibus, obtusis, subaequalibus, demum re-
flexis., Stamina didynama; antherae globosae, inferiores in fau-
cibus corollae sessilibus, superioribus filamento brevi stipitatae,
laciniis corollae subbreviores. Ovarium ovatum, biloculare, loc-
ulis uniovulatis; stylus filiformibus, corollam aequans, apice
truncatus; stigma apex styli. Fructus calyce inclusus, ovatus,
subcostatus, epicarpio forte carnosulo, in pyrenas duas, ad com-
missuram concavas facile secedens, quae semen unicum includunt."

Troncoso (1974) has amplified this description to: "Caliz breve,
tubuloso, persistente y acrescente en el fruto, 5-dentado, dientes
cortos, agudos, desiguales, generalmente incurvos. Corola zigo-
morpha de tubo largo, recto, estrecho, ligeramente dilatado en la
parte superior; limbo reducido, 5-lobado, lébulos subiguales, ob-
tusos enteros y recurvos. Estambres 4 didinamos, insertos en la
porci6n superior del tubo corolar cerca de la garganta, inclusos;
filamentos muy breves; anteras globosas, tecas paralelas dorsifi-
jas. Ovario unicarpelar y 2-locular,. léculos uniovulados; dvulos
anatropos, ascendentes, basales; estilo filiforme, de igual longi-
tud o superando el tubo corolar; estigma bilobada con el ldbulo
anterior grueso, papiloso y el posterior reducido y agudo. Es-
quizocarpio drup&ceo subcarnoso, con 2 nficulas Sseas uniseminadas,
algo coherentes a la madurez. Semillas oblongas, exalbuminadas,
Arbustos en general bajos, achaparrados, muy ramosos, de tallos
postrados, formando matorrales; ramas cortas erectas o extendidas,
densamente viscosas, de corteza gruesa, rugosa, rojiza; entrenudos
breves. Hojas opuestas coriaceas o subcarnosas, uninervadas, por
lo general imbricadas, ovales o elipticas, enteras, uniformemente
verde-grisaceas, glabras, brevisimamente pecioladas. Espigas

282 PH Oe ORG aig A Volley 4558 Noes

terminales contraidas paucifloras. Flores azul-violaceas, bracte-
adas; bracteas escamiformes."

The type species of the genus is L. medicinalis R. A. Phil.

As to the geographic distribution of the genus, Troncoso (1974)
says: "Bolivia, N. de Chile y NO.de la Argentina. Habita las
regiones desérticas del altiplano boliviano-argentino-chileno,
constituyendo un elemento caracteristico de la provincia punena...
Se extiende hacia el S hasta la provincia de La Rioja."

Although six binomials have been published in the genus, as of
now it appears that the genus comprises only three valid species.
Dalla Torre & Harms (1904) recognized only a single species; An-
gely (1956) recognizes three. For gynoecium morphology and econom-
ic uses, see under L. medicinalis R. A. Phil.

A reference, "Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. Nachtr. 2: 66",
appears in the literature, but has not as yet been located or
verified by me.

LAMPAYA CASTELLANI Mold., Phytologia 2: 51--52. 1941.
Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 2: 51--52. 1941; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 43 & 94. 1942; Mold., Alph. List
Gilt. 95) (946) anda 2): 44s 536.) L948) Hy Nie) (& AlCe ile Molise bales

Tite 2 53.948" MolideAdiphien ats (Gites 4am 299i) 1949) s Moilidire
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 96, 104, & 187. 1949; E.
Jie Oalaisbiee inde Kew. suppl.) dull: Si 9533) Cabreras Revasit.aeln
Vesta, Agric. aul S54 eg 59), (e369, fice B & pile 10!) (Gp aiaigs7)

and 11: 398. 1958; Mold., Résumé 113 & 458, 1959; Heusser, Pollen
Spores Chile 61 & 62, pl. 57-665. 1971; Mold,, Fifth Summ, 1: 182
& 197 (1971) and 2: 883. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 355 & 356.
1974.

Illustrations: Cabrera, Revist. Invest. Agric. 11: 354, fig.
7B & pl. 10 (1); Heusser, Pollen Spores Chile 62, pl. 57-665.
OVA

This species is based on Herb. Mus, Argent. Cienc. Nat. 20161,
collected by Alberto Castellanos between Cienaga Grande and Ceril-
los, Jujuy, Argentina, on February 5, 1937, and is deposited in
the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. A splen-
did photograph of the plant in situ is provided by Cabrera (1957)
on his plate 10. He states that the plant is medicinal and that
its vernacular name is "lampaya'". He cites Cabrera 8763 & 9303,
Fries 969, and Fernandez 15. Troncoso (1974) lists it only from
Jujuy and comments that further field work is required before a
final decision can be made as to its specific validity.

Recent collectors refer to the plant as a shrub, 20--50 cm.
tall, and have found it growing in sandy soils at 3500--3800 nm.
altitude, flowering in December, February, and March. The corol-
las are said to have been "lilac" on Cardenas 3710 and "tube
white, limb violet" on Fries 969, The pollen is described by
Heusser (1971) as 'Monad, isopolar, radiosymmetric; tricolporate,
colpi long and narrow, pores transverse, usually constricted at
the crossing of each colpus; spheroidal, amb triangular with sides
concave; exine as much as 2 mu thick, faintly tectate, fossulate;
31--36 x 31--36 mu.", based on Cardenas s.n. [U. S. Nat. Herb.
1909477] from Bolivia. [to be continued ]

STUDIES IN RHAMNACEAE I. Condalia henriquezii Boldinghin
Venezuela.

de
“

Henry A. Rodriguez-Carrasquero
Missouri Botanical Garden

During routine curatorial work in the Herbarium of the
Missouri Botanical Gardens a phytogeographécally interesting
representative of a genus new to Venezuela was discovered in a
consigment of specimens sent for identification for the Flora
of the Falcon Project.

Condalia henriquezii Boldinghis reported here as a new
specific and generic record for Venezuela

According to JHONSTON ( 1962 and 1972) Condalia Cavani-
lles is an exclusively American genus of arid zones habitats
with twelve species in North America ( Texas, Baja California,
and North Mexico), five species in continental South America
( Argentina, Southern Peru, and Southeast Brasil), and one spe-
cies Condalia henriquezii, known only from the Dutch West In-
dies ( Curacao and Bonaire).

When Boldinghoriginally described C. henriquezii from
Curacao and Bonaire in 1914, it represented a remarkable dis-
junction in the generic range, well over 1000 miles from the
nearest station for Condalia in either North or South Ameri-
ca. The new record from northern Venezuela is only 20 miles
away from the type locality in Bonaire and Curacao.

Discovery of C. henriquezii in Venezuela suggests that
the species should be reinterpreted as a native of the thorn-
scrub forest of coastal Venezuela which also reaches the dry
ofshores islands, a pattern it would share with many other s-
pecies. The Dutch Islands are both geologically young and bio-
tically depauperate, and existence of this remarkably disjunct
representative of Condalia as an endemic there presented a

phytogeographic enigma. That Condalia has not been collected
283

284 Pe VE (OE TONG iE wa Wola (65), Ie 3!

previously in Venezuela is hardly suprising in view of its in-
conspicuovs flowers and the general lack of collections in this
region.

Condalia henriquezii Boldinghseems to be closely related
to Condalia weberbaueri Perkins from Pert’ and Condalia buxifo-
lia Reissek from Brasil. Its discovery in coastal Venezuela
provide appropiate representation for the genus in all of the
main areas of dry habitat in the Neotropics which might sugge-
st a more continuouwsdistribution of Condalia through intervening
regions during periods of drier climate.

In a forthcoming paper (1980) I will present a key to
the Vnezuelan genera of Rhamnaceae, including Condalia. Collec-
tion dato are as follows:

VENEZUELA: Falcon State, Coro, medanos 1 km. norte de
la Catedral. Alt. 10 m./s.n.m. En medanos con Prosopis. Arbus-
to 1.5-2.5 m. de alto. Flores verdes, tornandose amarillos
cuando mueren y caen. Caliz 5-m. Corola ausente. Estambres 5,
alternandose con los sépalos. Gineceo 2-locular, loculos 1-
blastos, ovulos basales, anatropos. 19 de Abril 1978. R. Wing-

field 5322 fl. (MO.); 28 de Julio 1978 R. Wingfield 5322a fr.
(MO.).

BIBLIOGRAPHY
BOLDINGH, I. 1914. Flora of Dutch West Indies Isl. 2: 61 t.7.

JOHNSTON, M.C. 1962. Revision of Condalia including Micro-
rhamnus (Rhamnaceae). Brittonia 14: 332-368.

- 1972. Rhamnaceae. Flora Ilustrada Catarinense
Itajai, Herbario Barbosa Rodrigues, Brasil. 50 p. illus.

MACBRIDE, J. Francis. 1956. Rhamnaceae. In Flora of Peru.
Fieldiana Bot. 13 (3,2): 391-407

REISSEK, S. 1861. Rhamnaceae. In C.P.F. Martius Flora Bra-

Siiiensic Ma G)isy 89 yt 24 e Siet. w28.

STUDIES IN RHAMNACEAE II. Ampelozizyphus amazonicus Ducke
in Venezuela.

Henry A. Rodriguez-Carrasquero *
Missouri Botanical Gardens

A new range extension for Ampelozizyphus amazonicus Ducke,
a poorly collected monotypic woody vine, is herein reported for
Venezuela.

It was originally described by DUCKE (1935) from Amazo-
nian Brasil and later recorded by MACBRIDE (1956) from the Pe-
ruvian Amazonia from only five collections.

Ampelozizyphus has recently been collected once from the
Guayana of Venezuela and also from the Ecuador-Peru border,

(Pastaza Department-Loreto Department). This represents another
example of some artificial disjunction patterns of poorly co-
llected neotropical areas.

Ampelozizyphus amazonicus Ducke has been mainly collected
along rivers and on "terra firme" and should be sought in com-
parable areas in Ecuador and Colombia Amazonia.

Its inflorescence and leaves suggest certain Menisperma-
ceae, and according to DUCKE (1935), the outer bark has the o-
dor of methyl salicylate, as does Pourouma, some Polygalas,
and Parkia oppositifolia Spruce ex-Bentham. In a forthcoming
paper (1980) I will present a key to the Venezuelan genera.

Collections data for the new collections are as follows:

VENEZUELA: Amazonas Federal Territory, 11 kms. northeast
of San Carlos de Rio Negro, 1° 58' N, 67° 03' W alt. 120 m.
Primary Forest adjacent to road near mammal site at Huachica.
Laterite soil except white sand near stream. Common name: ho-

ja de mano. 15 Nov. 1977 lvs. and fr. Ronald Liesner 3508 (MO)

*This paper was supported by the Facultad de Ciencias

Forestales, Universidad de Los Andes, Merida, VENEZUELA.
285

286 1 Jal SE AP (0) IE (0) (Ee EAN Vol. 45, No.

CA s
PERU: Loreto Department, Rio Corrientes at the Ecuador
border, between Teniente Lopez and Puerto Avanzado, 280-350 m.

alt. Vine, flowers tannish. 4 April 1977 lvs. and fls. Al Gen-

try, Juan Revilla, and Doug Daly 19032 (MO) .
BIBLIOGRAPHY

DUCKE, Adolpho. 1935. Plantes nouvelles ou peu connue de la
region amazonienne. Ampelozizyphus Ducke n. gen. Arch.
inst biol. Ver. 202): 157—158..5 pl. 1-2

MACBRIDE, J. Francis. 1956. Rhamnaceae. In Flora of Peru.
Fieldiana 13(3,2): 391-407.

RODRIGUEZ-CARRASQUERO, Henry A. 1980. Studies in Rhamanaceae
TII. Key to the Venezuelan Genera. VI Congreso Venezola-
no de Botdnica, Maracay, Venezuela.(To be held in May)

STUDIES IN NEOTROPICAL SAPOTACEAE III.
Ecclinusa guianensis Eyma in Panama.

¢
*Henry A. Rodriguez-Carrasquero, Herbario MER, Facultad de Cien-
Cias Forestales, Universidad de Los Andes, Mérida, VENEZUELA.

Ecclinusa Martius, a poorly known and rarely collected
genus of about ten species centered in Guayana region and pre-
viously known only from northern Brasil, Venezuela, the Guia-
nas, Amazonian Peru, and one species in Colombia (Choco), has
been recently collected in Panama, AUBREVILLE (1961, 1972) and
RODRIGUEZ-CARRASQUERO (1980).

The panamanian collection is Ecclinusa guianensis Eyma,
previously known from the Guayana area (Venezuela, northern
Brasil, Surinam, Cayenne, and Guyana). It was collected in
1977 in Bocas del Toro Province by B.L. Gordon during his on-
going primates studies.

This apparently represents a remarkable range disjunction.
While this long disjunction between Guayana and eagtern Pana-
ma might be a collection artifact, GENTRY (1979) lists nine-
teen other genera which have similar patterns of disjunction.

As another example of the Guayana-Panama disjunction,
the new report of Eccl@nusa guianensis from Panama, further su-
pports the Gentry's hypothesis that this is a real biogeogra-
phic pattern.

* This work was supported by the Universidad de Los Andes,
Facultad de Ciencias Forestales and Consejo de Desarrollo Cien-

tifico y Humanistico, Mérida, VENEZUELA.
287

288 1 Hel ve th ©) It, @ Git AN Vola 45 nNore
¢
Collection data are as follows: PANAMA, Bocas del Toro

¢ a
Province, Rio San Pedro, Guayme country; common name:negrito;
fo)
friuts are partially eaten by animals. 9 60' N, 81° 30' W

July 9, 1979 B.L. Gordon 59-C.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

AUBREVILLE, André. 1961. Notes sur les Sapotacées africaines
et sud-americaines. Adansonia 1(1): 6-38

Z, . 1972. Sapotaceae. In B. Maguire et all.
The Botany of the Guayana Highland 9. Mem. New York Bot.
Gard. 23(9): 199-227

GENTRY, Alwyns+ 1979. Extinction and Conservation of Plant
Species in Tropical America: A phytogeographical perspec-
tive. In 0. Hedberg (Ed.) Systematic Botany, Plant (Wea
lization and Biosphere Conservation. Stockholm, Alquist,
SIE Spee Lalo 26.

RODRIGUEZ-CARRASQUERO, Henry. 1980. Studies in Neotropical
Sapotaceae II. The Centro American Genera. Symposia of
Natural History of Panama. (To be held on April 1980)

EVALUATION OF H. LEVEILLE'S NEW HAWAIIAN SPECIES
Hawaiian Plant Studies 76

Harold St. John
Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Box 19000A, Hawaii, 96819, USA.

Abbe’ Urbain Faurie was a French Catholic missionary
to Japan. When so urged he made a plant collection, and
sent it to Abbe (Augustin Abel) Hector Léveille’ of Le Mans,
France. Léveille described a large percentage of them as
new species, and named most of them Fauriei. Inspired by
this distinction, Faurie made more and more collections,
and finally resigned from the mission to become a plant
collector. From April 1909 to June 1910 he explored
the Hawaiian Islands, and collected some 1,160 numbers
of plants.

On studying this Hawaiian collection (1911-1913)
Léveillé published 114 of them as new species (or varie-
ties). His diagnoses were about four or five lines in
length, and seldom gave any measurements, or contained
a comparison with the closest known species. His work
was hasty and careless, and of his Hawaiian new species
about half are synonyms of valid, earlier published
species. J. F. Rock (1914) published a critical review
of Léveillé's Hawaiian "novelties."

The writer is in general agreement with Rock's
treatment, but subsequent monographs, and observations
by the writer, have caused numerous changes. Conseguently
it is desirable to publish a new critique of the Hawaiian
species published by Léveillé.

Of the 114 new Hawaiian taxa published by Léveillé
61 are synonyms, 5 have become basionyms, 2 are species
dubia, and 46 are now accepted as good species or
varieties.

Léveillé's Species arranged by Families according to
Leveille. The numbers are the collection numbers

Piperaceae
Peperomia Fauriei 108, Molokai
P. Helleri 109, Molokai
P. refractifolia 123, Molokai =P. Cookiana C. DC-
Urticaceae
Pipturus hawaiiensis 508, Hawaii
Pittosporaceae
Pittosporum Fauriei 18, 38, Oahu = P. glabrum H. & A.
P. Hillebrandii 17, Molokai = P. insigne Hbd., var.
Hillebrandii (Lévl.) Sherff
Rosaceae
Rubus Damieni 805, Molokai = R. hawaiiensis Gray

289

290 Pan Yo 0 -eOnGe lA Vol. 455) Noun3

Rubus Hillebrandii 802, 806, Hawaii, Maui = R. hawaiiensis
Gray

R. Koehnei 801, Maui, published in 1911, hence the earlier,
valid binomial, and R. penetrans Bailey, 1933, becomes
a synonym.

Rutaceae ,

Pelea acutivalvata 172, Kauai = P. peduncularis Levl.

Pp. Faurued 04, 203. Molokai = PRP. clusiactoliiayGray,
var. Fauriei (Lévl.) St. John & Hume

P. Feddei 194, Kauai

P. foetida 193, Maui = P. molokaiensis Hbd.

P. grandipetala 4, Oahu = in part P. honoluluensis St. Joh
in part P. peduncularis Lévl.

P. Hillebrandii 183, 184, Kauai = P. anisata Mann

P. Leveillei 1, Kauai

Pee nodosa 5), Kaviadii——P sanwsatay 2

D5 Ociabinisae ali, 2il7/, Ail Woalsy, Olelext!

P. peduncularis 189, Oahu :

P. penduliflora 9, Sandwich Is. = P. peduncularis Levl.

Pi) Singulitlora 194,195, 224.= in part. PP. ~peduncewanis
Lévl.; in part P. Wawraeana Rock

P. subpeltata 209, Kauai = P. anisata Mann gs

P. waianaiensis 215, Oahu = P. peduncularis Levl., var.
guadrata Stone

Euphorbiaceae

Euphorbia Hillebrandi 468, Oahu

Phyllanthus sandwicensis F. Muell., var. hypoglauca =
Breynia distiucha (Forst £., £: nivosa (Ws (Gs Sms)

Grouzalt
Aguifoliaceae
Byronia Helleri 280, Kauai = Ilex anomala H. & A.
Malvaceae

Hibiscus Fauriei 828, Oahu = H. schizopetalus (Mast.)
Hook. £., fide Rock; or = H. Arnottianus Gray 7 ebide
Roe. These two species are strikingly different.
Neither of the botanists could have been mistaken,
so there was doubtless a mixed number, with duplicate
sheets, each with a different species.

Malva hawaiensis 855, 858 = M. moschata L.

Sida Fauriei 5, Oahu = Malvastrum coromandelianum
(L.) Garcke

S. oahuensis839, Oahu = Malvastrum coromandelianum
(L.) Garcke

S. sandwicensis 6, Sandwich Is. = S. fallax Walp.

Sterculiaceae
Waltheria Fauriei 841, Oahu - Triumfetta Bartramia L.
Violaceae

ITsodendrion (as Isodendron) Fauriei 693, Molokai
=Gouania Hillebrandi Oliver in Hbd.

Viola sandwicensis 1, Oahu - Cyrtandra sandwicensis
(Levl.) St. John & Storey

1980 St. John, Léveillé's Hawaiian species 291

Thyme liaceae
Wikstroemia Fauriei 548, Maui = W. sandwicensis Meisn.
THA. £DC.
Myrtaceae
X Nania Fauriei 27, Molokai. = Metrosideros polymorpha

Gaud., ssp. incana (Levl.) Skottsb., var. Fauriei
(Levl.) Skottsb.

X N. Feddei 32, Kauai = Metrosideros tremuloides (Heller)
Rock, fide Rock, but that species in known only on Oahu.

N. macropus (H. & A.) Ktze., f£f. microphylla 26, Kauai.
This has not been seen or placed.

N. polymorpha (Gaud. Heller, var. incana 28, Molokai
= Metrosideros polymorpha Gaud., subsp. incana
(Lévl.) Skottsb.

N. polymorpha (Gaud.) Heller, var. glaberrima 35, Oahu.
= Metrosideros polymorpha Gaud. subsp. glaberrima
(Lévl.) Skottsb.

N. polymorpha (Gaud.) Heller, var. nummulariaefolia 34,
Hawaii. = Metrosideros polymorpha Gaud., var.
polymorpha. :

N. polymorpha (Gaud.) Heller, var. sessilis 32. Oahu.
This has not been seen or reassigned.

Araliaceae
Cheirodendron trigynum (Gaud.) Heller, var. Hawaiensis
262, = var. trigynum.

var. Kauaiensis 266 = C. Fauriei Hochr., Kauai.
var. mauiensis 265, Maui.
Ericaceae
Vaccinium Fauriei 700, 702, Molokai = V. calycinum Sm.,
var. calycinum, f. Fauriei (Lévl.) Skottsb.
V. hamatidens 699, Kauai = V. calycinum Sm., var.
calycinum, f. hamatidens (Lévl.) Fosb.
Epacridaceae
Cyathodes imbricata Stschegl., var. volcanica 442, 445,
Hawaii =Styphelia Douglasii (Gray) F. Muell. ex Skottsb.
Myrsinaceae
Myrsine Fauriei 422, 423, 427, Oahu = M. Lessertiana A. DC.
M. molokaiensis 435, Molokai = Planchonella spathulata
(Hbd.) Pierre, var. molokaiensis (Lévl.) St. John.
var. punctata 447, Kauai = M. punctata (Lévl.)
Wilbur.
M. sandwicensis A. DC., var. mauiensis 449, Maui.
M. Vanioti 448, Oahu = M sandwicensis A. DC.
Suttonia apodocarpa 446, Kauai = Myrsine punctata
(Lévl.) Wilbur.
S. cuneata 2, 3, 431, Hawaii = Myrsine Lessertiana A. DC.
S. flavida 4, 5, Maui = Myrsine Lessertiana A. DC.
S. mauiensis 449, Maui = Myrsine sandwicensis A. DC.,
var. mauiensis Lévl.
S. Meziana 428, = Myrsine Meziana (Lévl.) Wilbur.

292 Bete Youd (OG HONG ae 7A Vol) 45. aNoews

Suttonia pukooensis 426, Molokai = Myrsine pukooensis
(Lévl.) Hosaka. M

S. punctata 447, Kauai = Myrsine punctata (Levl.) Wilbur

S. Vanioti 448, Oahu = Myrsine sandwicensis A. DC.

Primulaceae

Lysimachia daphnoides Hbd., var. Fauriei 708, Oahu

= L. Hillebrandii Hook. f£. ex Gray.
Apocynaceae

Alyxia (as Alixia) myrtillaefolia (Gray) Lévl., 455,
Molokai = A. Olivaeformis Gaud., f. myrtillaefolia
(Gray ex! Hbd.) ‘St<ecdohn:

Convolvulaceae

Ipomoea Fauriei 1,035, 1,049 = I. stolonifera (Cyrill.)
Ue GmMeny:

I. koloaensis 1,036, Kauai = I. stolonifera (Cyrill.)
J. F. Gmel. Rock called this I. pes-caprae Sw., so
the several sheets under this number may have contained
a mixture.

Labiatae

Stenogyne Fauriei 911 = Coleus Blumei Benth.
Solanaceae

Solanum Fauriei 861 = S. nigrum L.
Scrophulariaceae

Herpestis Fauriei 1,126, Hawaii = Bacopa Monnieria
(L.) Wettst.

Veronica hawaiensis 892, Hawaii = V. arvensis L.
Gesneriaceae

Cyrtandra asaroides in part, 623, Kauai = C. oenobarba
Mann, var. oenobarba.
in part, 624, Kauai = C. oenobarba Mann, var.

petiolaris (Wawra) Clarke

G3 Hauriei o32heMolokaiy— Ce “lysilosepala (Gray)iiCilamker
var. Fauriei (Lévl.) Rock

C. Kamoloensis 646, Molokai = C. Grayana Hbd.

C. Oahuensis 638, Oahu

Co Wanktliota a 44s Oahu

C. Wainihaensis 640, Oahu (probably = Kauai), not seen.

Myoporaceae

Myoporum Fauriei 677, Molokai = M. sandwicense Gray,

subsp. Fauriei (Levl.) Kraenzlin
Plantaginaceae

PlHlantago! Haundein i ,O78), Kavaa— Pa princepsnCiyauSe,
var. longibracteata Mann

P. Gaudichaudiana 1,075, Hawaii = P. hawaiensis (Gray)
Pilger, var. hawaiensis

Rubiaceae

Coprosma Fauriei 330, Kauai = C. stephanocarpa Hbd.

C. parvifolia = C. stephanocarpa Hbd. The data 324 and
Molokai supplied by Rock (1914: 358).

Gouldia cirrhopetiolata 344, 416, Maui, Molokai.

Of two different hybrids, fide Fosberg.

1980 St. John, Léveillé's ilawaiian species 293

Kadua herbacea 368, Maui = Hedyotis Cookiana (C. & S.)
Steud., var. herbacea (Lévl.) Fosb.

Straussia Fauriei 400, Oahu = Psychotria Fauriei
(Lévl.) Fosb.

Cucurbitaceae
Sicyos Fauriei 877, Oahu = Momordica charantia L.
Lobeliaceae

Clermontia carinifera 10, Kauai = a species dubia,
fide Rock.

C. Fauriei 578, Kauai = C. clermonti“oides (Gaud.)
Heller

C. fulva 11, Kauai

Cyanea Blinii 575, Hawaii = Clermontia parviflora Gaud.

C. Fauriei 565, 591, Kauai = C. coriacea (Gray) Hbd.,
var. Fauriei (Le&vl.) E. Wimn.

C. Feddei 567, Kauai = C. fissa (Mann) Hbd.

C. multispicata 576, 594, Kauai

c.salicina 569, Kauai. Described from a specimen with
only leaves. Species dubia.

Delissea Fauriei 572, Molokai. Not seen by Rock,
Wimmer, or the writer. The genus is otherwise
unknown on ‘Molokai.

Rollandia Fauriei 568, Kauai = Cyanea spathulata
(Hbd.) Heller

Goodeniaceae

X Scaevola Blinii 661, Kauai = S. procera Hbd.

S. Chamissonis Gaud, var. caerulescens 659, Kauai

S. Pauriei 651, Kauai = S. Taccada (Gaertn.) Roxb.,
var. Fauriei (Lévl.) St. John

Compositae

Ageratum sandwicensis 940, Maui, not seen, but probably
= A. conyzoides L.

Campylotheca rutifolia = Bidens Hillebrandiana (Drake)
Deg. ex Sherff

Cnicus hawaiensis 963, Hawaii = Cirsium arvense L. ?
fide Rock

Crepis molokaiensis 974, 976, Molokai = Hypochoeris
radicata L. .

Dubautia Faurie 920, Maui - D. laxa H. & A., var.
hirsuta Hbd.

Lipochaeta asymetrica 960, Oahu = Bidens asymmetrica
(Lé€vl.) Snerff

L. Fauriei 1,012, Kauai

L. variolosa l, 008, 1,009, Molokai, Kauai = L.
succulenta (H. & A.) DC., Gardner chose 1,008 as
lectotype.

Raillaridia Fauriei 1,015, Hawaii = R. ciliolata DC.,
var. laxiflora (DC.) Sherff

ee FS Literature Cited
Leveille, (Augustin Abel) Hector

ie 13h YG Th (0) Is (0) (Go 1b AN Voli. 455) aNomes

1911. Plantae novae sandwicenses, Fedde Repert. 10:
120-124; 149-157.

19lla. Decades plantarum novarum LXXV-LXXIX, Fedde
Repert. 1093735, XXxX-LxNvl: 442-4445) pooner
LXXXVIII: 476.

1912. Decades plantarum novarum LXXXIX, Fedde Repert.
328 MCS NGIMILS she

1913. Decades plantarum novarum CXXVI, Fedde Repert.
12 505-506.

A NEW VARIETY OF NOTOTRICHIUM VIRIDE (ANARANTHACEAE)
HAWAIIAN PLANT STUDIES 98

Harold St. John
Bishop Museum, Box 19000A, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96819, USA.

Nototrichium viride Hbd. consists of a species and two
varieties, known from Kauai and Oahu. Now there is to
be added to them a third variety from the island of
Molokai.

Nototrichium viride Hbd., var. kalaupapae var. nov.

Diagnosis Holotypi: Ramulis petiolis’et pedunculis
viridibus et adpresse albo-puberulis, petiolis 15-30
mn longis, laminis 3-11.5 ecm longis 2-7.8 em latis
molliter chartaceis supra clare viridibus et in juvente
adpresse albo-pilosulis mox subglabratis infra
albo-pilosulis late ovatis apice subacuminato basi
cordata, pedunculis 16-50 mm longis, spicis 6-15 mm
longis 6 mm diametro subglobosis vel ovoideis, floribus
3 mm longis, sepalis proxima apicem partim glabris
alibi pilosis cum pilis 1.5-0.5 mm longis.

Diagnosis of Holotype: Branchlets, petioles, and
peduncle green, closely appressed white puberulous;
petioles 15-30 mm long; blades 3-11.5 cm long, 2-7.8
cm wide, soft chartaceous, above bright green, at first
sparsely appressed white pilosulous, but quickly
subglabrate, below permanently white pilosulous, broadly
Ovate, the apex subacuminate, the base cordate; peduncles
16-50 mm long; spike 6-15 mm long, 6 mm in diameter,
subglobose ovoid; flowers 3 mm long, the sepals
partly glabrous near the tip, but elsewhere pilose with
hairs 1.5-0.5 mm long.

Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Molokai Island,
Kalaupapa, Uau Crater (=Puu Uao), inside crater,

March 8, 1974, Betsy Harrison & Wayne Gagné (BISH).

Discussion: The new variety from Molokai differs
from var. subtruncatum Sherff which has its blades
5.5-8.5 cm long, and widely cuneate to subtruncate at
base. The var. kalaupapae has its blades 3-11.5 cm
long, and they are cordate at base.

295

REDUCTION IN TAXONOMIC RANK OF SOME VERBENACEAE AND ERIOCAULACEAE
Harold N. Moldenke

PAEPALANTHUS KARSTENII f. COREI (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Paepalanthus karstenii var. corei Mold., Phytologia 29: 386. 1974.

LANTANA CAMARA f. ALBA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Lantana camara var. alba Mold., Phytologia 5: 132. 1955.

LANTANA CAMARA f. FLAVA (Medic.) Mold., stat. nov.
Lantana flava Medic., Act. Acad. Theod. Palat. Phys. 3: 225.
L/D

LANTANA CAMARA f£. MACRANTHA (Loes.) Mold., stat. nov.

Lantana camara var, macrantha Loes., Verh. Bot. Ver, Brand, 53:
Woe, Ila

LANTANA CAMARA f. MISTA (L.) Mold., stat. nov.
Tantana musitzal lets mov Site Na taryleding 25. Ail oem lu/ OMe

LANTANA CAMARA £, MULTIFLORA (Otto & Dietr.) Mold., stst. nov.
Lantana camara var. multiflora Otto & Dietr., Allg. Gartenzeit.
OS SYO, ikeyvhils

LANTANA CAMARA f£, MUTABILIS (Hook.) Mold., stat. nov.
Lantana nivea var. mutabilis Hook., Curtis Bot. Bot. pl. 3110.
IkS}s Ee

LANTANA CAMARA f. NANA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Lantana camara var. nana Mold., Phytologia 28: 402. 1974.

LANTANA CAMARA f£. ROSEA (Mosty) Mold., stat. nov.
Lantana camara rosea Mosty ex Mattoon, Pl. Buyers Guide, ed. 6,
Nevis, LISS.

LANTANA CAMARA f£. RUBELLA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Lantana camara var. rubella Mold., Phytologia 3: 61. 1949.

LANTANA CAMARA £. RUBRA (Mosty) Mold., stat. nov.
Lantana camara rubra Mosty ex Mattoon, Pl. Buyers Guide, ed. 6,
Oe IESE .5

LANTANA CAMARA f. SANGUINEA (Medic.) Mold., stat. nov.

Lantana sanguinea Medic., Act. Acad. Theod. Palat. Phys. 3: 229.
NY De

LANTANA CAMARA f£. SPLENDENS (Medic.) Moildc,, State now
Lantana splendens Medic., Act. Acad. Theod, Palat. Phys. 3:
DIO, MIT Sc,

LANTANA CAMARA f£. TERNATA (Mold.) Mold., stst. nov.
Lantana camara var, ternata Mold., Phytologia 8: 160. 1962.

LANTANA CAMARA £. VARIA (Kuntze) Mold., comb. nov.

Lantana aculeata & subinermis f., varia Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl.

72 SOS}, ISH =
296

Y ~~ =PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 45 April 1980 No.4
CONTENTS

HOLMES, W.C., & McDANIEL, S., Notes on Mikania (Compositae)—VI .. 297

WANG, W., Notulae de Gesneriaceis sinensibus................2404. 301
WURDACK, J. J., Certamen Melastomataceis XXXI ............... 321
| MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXXVI ... 335
MOLKENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Lampaya.I....... 336
MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Peronema ............... 339
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on the genus Neosparton .............. 349
D’ARCY, W. G., A new combination in Agalinis (Scrophulariaceae)... . . 353
cee kW. G.. Hunzikeria. aiclarification. .... . <6. 0%. 0a dsc eee 353
ST. JOHN, H., Key to Hawaiian species of Rauvolfia (Apocynaceae ).
pemauor Plant studies. OOo. os cos Lev ae ee 354
ESHBAUGH, W. H., WERTH, C. R., & WILSON, T. K., Tillandsia
valenzuelana A. Rich. in the Bahamas............. 356
meaernes A sd BOOK FEPIEWS! 2 ode so gos ssw woe ao Ae ke Ge Ba 357

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number $2.75; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00 after
close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses; 512 pages constitute
a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be
made immediately after receipt of the next following number; 4

back volume prices apply if payment is received after a
volume is closed.

y
i ’
f

a

Hat

NOTES ON MIKANIA (COMPOSITAE) - VI

Walter C. Holmes
Institute for Botanical Exploration
and
Dept. Biological Sciences, Northwestern State
University of Louisiana, Natchitoches, Louisiana

and

Sidney McDaniel
Institute for Botanical Exploration
Mississippi State, Mississippi

Continued studies in Mikania (Eupatorieae) have
resulted in the following notes which propose two new
species and clarify the status of another name. This
Will be the final note preparatory to completion of the
treatment of Mikania for Pera.

MIKANIA DUDLEYI Holmes & McDaniel, sp. nov.

Suffrutex volubilis; foliis ovato-oblongis, ad
13 cm longis et 6 cm latis, apice attenuatis, basi
anguste cordatis, subpinnatinervis; inflorescentiis
paniculatis, ca 12 cm longis et 7 cm longis; capitulis
6 mm longis; corollis 3.5 mm longis, dentibus limbi
late triangularibus, achaeniis ca 1.5 mm longis; pappi
setis ca 30, ca 4.5 mm longis, barbellatis.

Subligneous liana, stems terete, costate-striate,
glabrate, internodes to 18 cm long. Leaves ovate-
oblong, coriaceous, dark green, glossy to 13 cm long and
6 cm wide, margins entire to remotely and obscurely den-
ticulate, apices attenuate, bases narrowly cordate
(bracteal leaves subcordate to truncate), upper surfaces
glabrate to puberulent, glandular, subpinnately nerved
from near the base with two pairs of secondary nerves
Separating within 1 cm of the base thence arching toward
the apex, tertiary veins exserted, transverse, lower
surfaces puberulent, glandular, veins exserted, petiole
to 2.5 cm long, thickish. Inflorescence a panicle, to
ca 12 cm long and 7 cm in diameter, branchlets terete,
crisp-puberulent, pedicels ca 1 mm long, terete, puberu-
lent. Heads ca 5-6 mm long, exterior bract linear-
lanceolate, ca 1.5 mm long, puberulent, borne at the base
of the pedicel. Involucral scales linear to elliptic-
oblong, ca 4 mm long, puberulent, apices somewhat acute,
densely puberulent-pilose. Corolla violet, ca 3.5 mm

297

298 PUBS SLeO) EL ONCin TA Vol. 45, No. 4

long, glandular, tube ca 1.3 mm long, throat campanu-

late, ca 2.3 mm long, teeth broadly triangular, ca 0.6
mm long, glandular, puberulent. Achene (immature) ca

1.5 mm long, brownish. Pappus bristles ca 30, white,

ca 4.5 mm long, barbellate, thickened at the tips.

TYPE: PERU. Cuzco. La Concepcién, exposed steep ridges
at top of old landslide below Camp 5, ca 2800 m, July
9, 1968, T. R. Dudley 10913 (US, holotype).

Mikania dudleyi is characterized by ovate leaves
with narrowly cordate bases. Venation is subpinnate,
with two pairs of secondary nerves separating within
about one centimeter of the point of insertion of the
petiole. Tertiary veins are prominent and transverse.
Surfaces of the leaves are uniformly glandular, with the
lower surfaces puberulent. The exterior bract is borne
well beneath the involucre. The corolla is violet in
eolor, glandular, and has corolla teeth that are breddiy
triangular and much shorter in length than the throat.

This species, which is known only from the type,
does not appear to resemble any known Peruvian species
of Mikania.

MIKANIA SHUSHUNENSIS Holmes & McDaniel, sp. nov.

Suffrutex volubilis; foliis lanceolatis vel ovatis,
attenuatis, ad 10 cm longis et 4.5 cm latis, basi cune-
atis, pinnatinervis; inflorescentiis paniculatis, ad
15cm Longs et 7 cmilatis;. capitulis 6 mm Loengaice
corollis 4 mm longis, dentibus limbi lanceolatis;
achaeniis ca 1.8 mm longis; pappi seti ca 30-35, ca 4.5
mm longis, scabridis.

Liana, stems terete, costate, glabrous, pithy,
internodes to ca 7 cm long. Leaves lanceolate to ovate,
to 10 cm long and 4.5 cm wide, apices attenuate, bases
cuneate, margins entire, pinnately nerved, surfaces
glabrous, lower prominently reticulate, petiole ca 1.5
mm long, glabrous. Inflorescence a panicle, to ca 15
em long and 7 cm in diameter, branchlets puberulent.
Heads somewhat racemosely disposed, ca 6 mm long, ex-
terior bract linear, ca 3 mm long, puberulent, borne
at the base of the pedicel. Involucral scales lanceo-
late, ca 5 mm long, glabrate, apices acute, puberulent.
Corolla white, ca 4 mm long, tube gradually expanding
into and scarcely distinguishable from the throat,
teeth lanceolate, ca 1.2 mm long. Achene (immature)

1980 Holmes & McDaniel, Notes on Mikania 299

ca 1.8 mm long. Pappus bristles ca 30-35, ca 4.5 mm
long, brownish near the base, gradually turning white
and enlarged toward the tip, scabrid.

TYPE: PERU. Loreto. Prov. Maynas. Dtto. Iquitos.
Carretera de Zungaro Cocha near Quebrada de Shushuna,
September 20, 1978, Manuel Rimachi Y. 3984 (IBE, holo-
type; AMAZ, F, NATC, US, USM, isotypes).

This new species is characterized by its panic-
ulate inflorescence with heads somewhat racemosely dis-
posed toward the tips of the branches. The exterior
bracts are linear and borne at the very base of the
pedicel. Pappus bristles are bicolored, the bases
being tawny or brownish, the tips white and enlarged.
The plant apparently turns brownish upon drying.

Comparison with other Peruvian species of Mikania
has revealed that two other species turn brownish upon
drying, M. stygia, a plant with ternately disposed heads,
and M. iguitoensis, a plant certainly with close affin-
ities to M. shushunensis. The cuneate leaf bases, corolla
with tube and throat scarcely distinguishable, and lanceo-
late corolla teeth, among other differences suffice to
distinguish this plant from M. iquitoensis which has
acute to obtuse leaf bases, campanulate-turbinate corolla
throat, and deltoid corolla teeth.

Other than in turning brown in drying, the leaves
of this species are almost exactly like those of Mikania
aschersonii Hieron. However, that species is easily
recognized by its corymbose inflorescence. The habitat
of this species is a somewhat disturbed high white
sand area notable for interesting species. It was
observed in sterile condition in November, 1979, at
the type locality. Mikania shushunensis was noted at
that time to occur in a somewhat open savanna in slightly
elevated tussocks of Trichomanes and Adiantum. Addit-
ional material will be collected for distribution.
Shushuna is lowland Quechua for sieve.

MIKANIA WEBERBAUERI Hieron., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. ll:
389. 1908. Pert. Hudnuco. Huamilies, Monzon,
100-1000 m, July 23, 1903, Weberbauer 3426 (B,
holotype, not seen, F, GH, photos).

M. rivularis Robins., Contr. Gray Herb. 73: 30. 1924.
Pera. Junin, La Merced, 2000 ft., August 10-24,
1923, Macbride 5414 (F, holotype).

300 POH SY SEO; LYORG EA Vol. 455 Now

Mikania weberbaueri is known only from the type
specimen at Berlin (B) presumed destroyed. Robinson
(1922) characterized the plant as having ovate-oblong
leaves with long tapering apices, a panicle of somewhat
dense glomerules, and pappus bristles distinctly thic-
kened at the summit. He also reported it seemed near
M. tambillensis, a species lacking the long tapering
leaf apices, but having a shorter stalked inflorescence
and pappus bristles not thickened upwards. The species
appear to be satisfactorily distinct, at least from the
Sparse material available for study.

However, difficulty was encountered in separat-
ing Mikania weberbaueri and M. rivularis. Clear photos
of the type (F, GH) and a line drawing with pencil
notations, Ceesieaenereaian in the hand of B. L. Robansens
were available of M. weberbaueri and enabled a some-
what detailed comparison to be made. The leaves of
both are identical in texture, margins, venation, types
of bases, and even to the long tapering apices. As
noted on the drawing of M. weberbaueri and from exami-
nation of the type of M. rivularis, both are glabrous.
The dense corymbose inflorescences are identical.
Robinson (1922) describes M. weberbaueri as having
sessile heads, but examination of the photos showed
heads both sessile and pedicellate, as occurs in the
type material of M. rivulanis; Both plants). closely
agree in characters of exterior bracts and phyllaries.
Robinson further describes the corolla of M. weber-

baueri as "tube not suneneed WEae ad " which is also
true of M. rivularis. Pappus ristles of both are

distinctly enlarged at the summit. It readily becomes
apparent under detailed comparison that the two plants
cannot be adequately separated, therefore only the
older name is retained, M. weberbaueri.

Lite RATURE. Cle)
Robinson, B. L. 1922. The mikanias of northern and

western South America. Contr. Gray Herb. 64:
22 —deh6r

Pa ee SAH oR
ee at

CHB SRE MM AT)
NOTULAE DE GESNERIACEIS SINENSIBUS*
Wang Wen-tsai

(Institutum Botanicum Pekinense Academiae Sinicae)

ffranslated by Hayden M. Wetzel (1514
Seventeenth Street N.W., #108, Washington, DC
20036) and Laurence E. Skog (Department of
Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washington,
Dc 20560), from the Chinese originally
published in Acta Phytotaxonomica Sinica
SZ) 62=70)7 “L975. This translation was
done with the kind permission of the author;
publication was made possible by a generous
gift from Mrs. Bea Gold, Miami Beach, FL, and
by the Elvin McDonald Research Fund of the
American Gloxinia and Gesneriad Society, Inc.

[his is the second of two translations of
articles by Wang Wen-ts'ai describing Chinese
Gesneriaceae. "Taxa Nova Gesneriacearum e
Flora Tibetica” (Acta Phytotaxonomica Sinica
17(1): 110-111, 1979) appeared in Phytologia
45(1): 31-34, 1980. The present article will
be published in two parts, as it appeared in
the original; the illustrations will be in-
cluded in the second part.

[The Wade-Giles system of transliteration
has been used throughout. The author's name
is properly spelled Wang Wen-ts'ai; future
publications from China will use the pinyin
system of Romanization, in which the name
will be written Wang Wencai. Corrections and
additions have been made in starred footnotes
or brackets. ]

In recent years the writer, in preparing the
section on the family Gesneriaceae for the "Icono-

* This article includes photographs by Comrades Chu
P'ei-chun and Kao Kuei-chen. The photographs will
appear in the next issue. [In original]

301

302 PRL Ye Ts OF LR ORGe i A Vol. 45, No. 4

graphia Cormophytorum Sinicorum", organized our
specimens of this family, and proposed several new
taxa and combinations, which are given in this arti-
cle. All of the specimens cited in this article are
contained in our herbarium [PE].

THE SHARP-HAIRED GESNERIAD GENUS --
Aeschynanthus Jack

THE LINEAR-LEAVED AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. lineari-
fomwuis

Aeschynanthus Mimeanmiroldiat) iC.) Ei. aC. Falsicniwsen
Kew Bull. 1928: 321 (19:28) **.

Tibet: Ch'a-yu, 2500 m above sea level, Ching-
hai-Tibet Expedition 73-792.

Yunnan: Kung-shan, 2000-2800 m above sea level,
Yu Teh-chin [yu Te-tsun] 22061, Wang Ch'i-wu 67521.

Distributed in this country in SE Tibet, NW
Yunnan; NE India. First recorded from this country.

This species has bracts and calyx (5 lobes divi-
ded nearly to the base) entirely red, and the seeds
with one hair at each end and is close ‘to A. brac-
teatus Wall. and the Broad and Long-leaved Aeschy-
nanthus*** >) —-— SA. oblanceovatus’ (Anthi-)))) Ce Eo G.
Fisch. This species has leaves narrowly oblance-
olate or elongate oblanceolate (5-7 cm long, 0.7-1.5
cm broad), easily distinguished from the ovate-
leaved A. bracteatus. A. oblanceolatus has leaves
oblanceolate, 2-2.8 cm broad, and is nearest to this
species.

THE SOU TH-YUNNAN AESCHYNANTHUS aS Aeschynan-
thus austroyunnanensis (illustration will appear in
next issue)

Small climbing shrub. Stem ca. 1 m long, gla-
brous, not divided or with a few short branches.
Leaves opposite; leaf blades thinly coriaceous or
rigidly chartaceous, elliptic or narrowly elliptic,
4=725 Vem) tong, (2.2-3.9) (om) broad, apex eacuteror
somewhat obtuse, base broadly cuneate or cuneate

* Sic; linearifolius
SS SC aL So.
*** Common name; see key.

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus 303

rotund, margin entire, lateral veins 4-5 and oppo-
site, obscure; petioles thick, 3-6 mm long. Flowers
1-2 borne from buds on reduced axillary branches;
peduncles 4-8 mm _ long, Sparsely puberulent; the
calyx ca. 4 mm long, outside puberulent, 5 lobes
divided to ca. 1 mm from the base, the lobes elon-
gate lanceolate; corolla red, nearly tubular, 2.4-
2.8 cm long, slightly curved near the apex, outside
puberulent, inside glabrous, limb obscurely bila-
biate, upper lip of 2 shallow lobes, lower lip of 3
shallow lobes, the lobes ovate, ca. 3 mm long; sta-
mens 4, borne at the upper part of the corolla tube,
slightly exserted, filaments puberulent; dise annu-
lar, glabrous, with shallow lobes; pistil slightly
exserted from the corolla, style sparsely puberu-
lent. Capsule nearly linear, 18.5-26 cm long,
glabrous; seed narrowly oblong, ca. 0.8 mm long,
with 1 long white hair at each end (hairs 12-15 mm
long).

This species is allied to A. lineatus Craib
(distributed in Thailand), but this species can be
distinguished by the calyx lobes that are not divi-
ded to the base, the lobe apices acute, while the
latter has calyx lobes divided to the base, the lobe
apices somewhat obtuse.

Aeschynanthus austroyunnanensis W. T. Wang, sp.
nov. [Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(2): 63, 1975]

Affinis A. lineato Craib e descr., sed calyce
non ad basin diviso, eius segmentis apice acutis
difttert.

Yunnan: Ching-hung, Nan-hsien River, 800 m above
sea level, on stones by the side of the river,
liana, flower red, October 1936, Wang Ch'i-wu 79443
(Holotypus!); I-wu, 880 m above sea level, in a
forest, climbing liana, flower red, October 1936,
Wang Ch'i-wu 80192.

THE HAIRY-FLOWERED AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. lasi-
anthus (illustration will appear in next issue)

Small shrub. Stem 40-120 cm long, branched,
glabrous, youngest branches with brown’ sericeous
pubescence. Leaves opposite, glabrous; the leaf
blades thin coriaceous, ovate, narrowly ovate or
ovate lanceolate, 3.7-6.5 cm long, 1.5-2.9 cm broad,
apex acuminate, base broadly cuneate, margin entire,
veins obscure; the petioles 3.5-7 mm long. Flowers

304 Pee Y LOsLNOr Ger A Vol. 45, No. 4

1-2 from buds on extremely reduced axillary bran-
ches; peduncles 1-1.4 cm long, with dense _ brown
sericeous pubescence; calyx campanulate, 1-1.8 cm
long, outside with dense sericeous pubescence, 5
lobes divided slightly past the middle or near the
base, the lobes elongate lanceolate; corolla red,
tubular funnelform, slightly curved, BGASP.GE) in
long, outside with sericeous puberulence, inside at
the base and above sparsely puberulent, limb of 5
nearly equal lobes, the lobes deltate ovate, ca. 2.2
mm long, apex rotund; stamens 4, borne from the
middle of the corolla tube, strongly exserted from
the corolla, filaments' upper part sparsely pubes-
cent, anthers coherent in pairs; disc nearly tubu-
lar, glabrous; pistil glabrous or nearly glabrous,
style strongly exserted from the corolla. Capsule
ca. 20 cm long.

This species is close to the aforementioned A.
austroyunnanensis, but it differs by the leaves
which are ovate, not elliptic, apex acuminate, and
the calyx relatively much longer.

Aeschynanthus lasianthus W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
[Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(2): 63, 1975]

Affinis A. austroyunnanensis W. T. Wang, sed
foliis ovatis apice acuminatis, calyce multo longi-

ore differt.

Yunnan: Kung-shan, Pei-hai-lo, 2300-2600 m
above sea level, herb, 5 m long, on rocky cliffs at
the side of a stream, flower red, 1 September 1940,
Feng Kuo-mei 7282 (Holotypus!); same place, Kao-li
Kung-shan, 1800 m above sea level, in a tree at the
edge of a forest, epiphytic shrub, 1 ft long, flower
red, 27 August 1937, Yu Teh-chiin [YU Te-tsun ] 19973.

THE NARROWLY-OBLONG-LEAVED AESCHYNANTHUS -- A.
angustioblongus (illustration will appear in next
issue)

Epiphytic small shrub. Stem 12-30 cm long, gla-
brous, frequently with long branches. Leaves oppo-
site, glabrous; leaf blades rigidly chartaceous,
narrowly oblong, oblong lanceolate or narrowly el-
Ape cy (1.16'—)isi—5) 14 CMe LONG), 6 (Ol-16 — meee CMD nOdiclty
two ends gradually narrowing, apex somewhat obtuse,
Margin entire; the petioles 2-5 mm long. Flowers
frequently simple axillary; peduncles 1-2.2 cm long,
glabrous; the calyx 9-11 mm long, 5 lobes divided to

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus 305

the base, the lobes linear lanceolate, de Bere
mmbroad, apex somewhat obtuse, with sparse short
marginal hairs, corolla red, nearly tubular,
slightly curved, 2.8-3 cm long, outside puberulent,
inside glabrous, limb suberect, of 5 nearly equal
lobes, the lobes ovate, ca. 2 mm long, apices
rotund; stamens 4, borne at above the middle of the
corolla tube, exserted, filaments puberulent; disc
annular, glabrous, Margin denticulate; pistil
slightly exserted, style puberulent.

This species is close to A. lineatus Craib en-
demic to Thailand, but this species can be distin-
guished by the leaves that are narrowly oblong, to
1.5 cm broad, calyx lobe apices acute, while the
latter has leaves lanceolate or oblanceolate, or
sometimes oblong, io 7=3.3 ) cme ebroadi, calyx lobe
apices somewhat obtuse. This species is also close
to A. lasianthus (see above), but it can be distin-
guished by the leaves that are narrowly oblong,
relatively smaller, and the calyx with marginal
hairs only at lobe apex.

Aeschynanthus angustioblongus W. T. Wang, sp,
nov. [Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(2): 64, 1975]

ALLinisi eA. Sineato siCraidibsse. descr. 7 ised) jfoliis
anguste oblongis ad 1.5 cm latis, calycis segmentis
apice acutis differt; ab A. lasiantho W. T. Wang
foliorum forma latitudineque, calyce segmentis apice
tantum ciliatis exceptis glabro distinctus.

Yunnan: Kung-shan, Ch'iu Chiang River valley,
1500 m above sea level, shrub epiphytic on a tree
trunk, flower red, 25 September 1938, YU Teh-chin
[Yu Te-tsun] 20424 (Holotypus!).

THE LONG-ACUMINATE AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. acumina-
tissimus

Small epiphytic climbing shrub. Stem branched,
glabrous. Leaves opposite, glabrous; leaf blades
thin coriaceous, lanceolate, 5.8-7.4 cm long, 1.4-
2.5 cm broad, the apices long acuminate or nearly
caudate, tip sometimes falcate curved, base obtuse
or slightly rotund, margin entire, veins obscure,
abaxial side densely covered by light brown spots;
petioles 3-4 mm long. Flowers single and axillary;
the peduncles ca. 1 cm long,* glabrous; calyx cam-

*Sic; differs from corresponding Latin description.

306 Pe WY 7h) ONL VOuGeEeA Vol. 45, No. 4

panulate, ca. 7.5 mm long, glabrous, 5 lobes divided
to the base, the lobes lanceolate subulate, ca. 0.8
mm broad, with 1 vein; the corolla red, funnelform
tubular, slightly curved, ca. 2.8 cm long, outside
glabrous, tube ca. 2.2 cm long, limb obscurely bila-
biate, of 5 nearly equal lobes, the lobes ovate,
inside puberulent, ca. 6 mm long; the stamens 4,
borne above the middle of the corolla tube, elongate
to the corolla mouth, filaments sparsely puberulent,
anthers ca. 2 mm long; disc annular, glabrous; the
pistil glabrous, as long as the corolla, stigma
depressed orbicular.

This species is allied to A. tenuis Hand.-Mazz.,
but it can be distinguished by having leaves rela-
tively large, leaf blades 5.8-7.4 cm long, apices
long acuminate, rarely nearly caudate, abaxial side
densely covered with small, light brown’ spots,
flowers simple and axillary, without peduncles; A.
tenuis has leaves 3-5.5 cm long, apices caudate,
without spots, inflorescences of 1-2 flowers, with
peduncles.

Aeschynanthus acuminatissimus W. T. Wang, sp.
nov. [Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(2): 64, 1975]

Affinis A. tenui Hand.-Mazz., sed foliis major-
ibus apice longe acuminatis raro subcaudatis subtus
sub lente dense brunneolo-punctatis, flore singulari
axillari, pedunculo nullo* differt.

Yunnan: Hsi-ch'ou, Fa-t'ou, Shui-ching-shih
Creek, 1500 m above sea level, in an immature rain
forest, liana borne on a tree trunk, flower red,
slightly labiate, 4 August 1964, Chang Chih-yu 46
(Holotypus!).

THE LANCEOLATE-LEAVED AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. lanci-
limbus

Small shrub. Stem glabrous, with long branch-
es. Leaves opposite, glabrous; the leaf blades
coriaceous or rigidly chartaceous, lanceolate, rare-
ly ovate, 4-6.3 cm long, 1.4-2.5 cm broad, apices
long* acuminate or acuminate, base obtuse or nearly
rotund, margin entire, veins obscure; the petioles
3-6 mm long. Flowers axillary (?); peduncles ca.

*Sic; differs from the corresponding Latin/Chinese
description.

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus 307

1.3 cm long, glabrous; the calyx campanulate, ca. 7
mm long, glabrous, 5 lobes divided to ca. 2 mm from
the base, the lobes elongate lanceolate, 1-1.5 mm
broad; the corolla red, funnelform tubular, slightly
Curved near the apex, ca. 2.7 cm long, outside
slightly puberulent, inside glabrous, the limb sub-
erect, of 5 nearly equal lobes, the lobes elliptic
Ovate, ca. 2 mm long; stamens 4, borne from the
upper part of the corolla tube, strongly exseted
from from the corolla, glabrous, anthers coherent in
pairs, narrowly oblong, ca. 25° Sumer along, 2 aisle
annular, glabrous; pistil glabrous.

This species is close to A. acuminatissimus (see
above), but it can be distinguished by the leaf
apices short acuminate, calyx lobes not divided to
the base, and corolla exterior puberulent.

Aeschynanthus lancilimbus W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
[Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(2): 64, 1975]

Affinis A. acuminatissimo W. T. Wang, sed foliis
apice brevius* acuminatis, calyce non ad basin divi-
so, corolla extus puberula differt.

Yunnan: Yen-shan, 1200 m above sea level. in a
mountain ravine, in a dense forest, flower red, 27
October 1939, Wang Ch'i-wu 84791 (Holotypus!).

THE SLENDER AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. novogracilis

Aeschynanthus novogracilis W. T. Wang, nom. nov.
[Seta *Phytotax. Sins 71392) 2 65, #1975) **

Ao wgrnactlis *aAParish.tex Clarke, ‘Comm. et) “Cyrt=
Benne etic: b A0l, eC). infer. (1874): in’ )DC.*° Monogr.
Phan. 5S: 27 (1883 )5 im Hook. £. El. Brit. Inds “4
3420 (1884): Hara, “FL. “East. Himal. 297 (1966), ‘ion
Hort. ex Hanst. (1864).

*Sic; differs from the corresponding Chinese
description.

**Aeschynanthus novogracilis W. T. Wang is probably
superfluous by application of the International Code

of Botanical Nomenclature as it is an avowed substi-
tute for an illegitimate name. A. gracilis Hort. ex
Hanst. is a nomen nudum only listed in synonymy.

308 Pray eO en nORGets A Vol. 45, No. 4

Yunnan: Meng-tzu, fruit, Liu Sheng-o [Liu
Tchen-ngo] IRs yabey7 P'ing-pien, 1700 m above sea
level; on “stones! “at the edge tof ‘al “forest, fruve
green, 15 October 1939, Wang Ch'i-wu 82510.

Distribution: This country in S Yunnan; Sikkim;
Bhutan; NE India; Burma. First recorded from this
country. :

The two above described specimens in fruit agree
with that drawn and described in Clarke's discussion
of this species. This species' distinguishing char-
acteristics are branches with dense patent pubes-
cence, leaves small (1.5-3.4 cm long, 4-7 mm broad),
lanceolate or oblong lanceolate, both sides with a
complete dense pubescence. It» isi; very close stoma
levipes (see below), but the latter has leaves even
smaller, narrowly lanceolate or elongate lanceolate,
1.3-2.6 cm long, 1-4.5 mm broad.

THE SMALL-LEAVED AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. levipes

Aeschynanthus levipes Clarke in DC. Monogr.
Phan. fo 28 CLsiss)ie) Sin) Hook. £2.81) Breit. —endawear

34 CLs84)-) erainesan, Rec. | Bots sunvie “Uniden cemco
(1898-5 Marg. inwivJourn. “Linn. “Soc. 9Bot.) S48ceee2n4
(1929).

Yunnan: Kung-shan, Kao-li Kung-shan, 1200 mo
above sea level, on a tree trunk in a dense forest,
26 September 1938, YU Teh-chun [YU Te-tsun] 20454.

Distribution: This country in) SEV Tibet; aanw
Yunnan; N Burma, NE India. First recorded from
Yunnan in this country.

THE DENTICULATE AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. denticuliger
(illustration will appear in next issue)

Epiphytic small climbing half shrub. Stem slen-
der, diameter ca. 1 mm, bearing roots, with somewhat
dense pubescence, with long branches. Leaves oppo-
site or in whorls of 3; the leaf blades elliptic,
obovate elliptic or obovate, [veins?] slightly not
opposite, 10-19 mm long, 6-10 mm broad, apices acute
Or acuminate, base broadly cuneate, margin at the
middle and above sparsely denticulate, adaxial side
glabrous or nearly glabrous, abaxial side with some-
what dense pubescence; the petioles 1.5 mm long,
pubescent. Flowers axillary (?); the calyx campanu-

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus 309

late, ca. 4 mm long, outside densely puberulent, 5
lobes divided to near the base, the lobes triangular
lanceolate; the corolla yellow, funnelform, ca. 3.4
cm long, outside with somewhat dense puberulence,
inside glabrous, tube ca. 2.6 cm long, becoming
slender near the base, limb bilabiate, upper limb
ca. 7 mm long, 2 lobed, lower lip ca. 9 mm long, of
3 deep lobes, the lobes oblong ovate; stamens 4,
borne at near the middle of the corolla tube,
elongated to the corolla mouth, glabrous, anthers
coherent at the apices, narrowly oblong, 3 mm long;
disc cupulate, glabrous; pistil glabrous.

This species is near A. novogracilis W. T. Wang,
but this species can be easily distinguished by its
having leaves elliptic or obovate elliptic, margin
denticulate, and corolla yellow; A. novogracilis has
leaves lanceolate or oblong lanceolate, margin en-
tire and flowers red.

Aeschynanthus denticuliger W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
[Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(2): 65, 1975]

Affinis A. novogracili W. T. Wang, sed foliis
ellipticis vel obovato-ellipticis denticulatis,
corolla flava facile differt.

Yunnan: Hsi-ch'ou, Fa-t'ou, 1200 m above sea
level, in a dense forest, epiphytic on a 21.34 m
tall Quercus tree, flower yellow, 12 December 1939,
Wang Ch'i-wu 85615 (Holotypus!).

THE CLUSTER-FLOWERED AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. hookeri

Aeschynanthus hookeri Clarke in DC. Monogr.
Phan) *S2°921 “(1883) 7 in VHooks £5. Fly seBeites bind. i 4:
338 (1884); Hara, Fl. East. Himal. 297 (1966); ibid.
2nd rep. 121. (1971).

A. parasitica auct. non Wall.: Clarke, Comm. et
Cyrt. Beng. t. 49 (1874).

Yunnan: Meng-hai, 1900 m above sea level, in a
forest on a dried tree trunk, flowers of deep red,
Wang Ch'i-wu 77347.

Distribution: This country, in Ss Yunnan;
Sikkim. First recorded from this country.

The identifying characteristics of this species
are flowers that grow near the tips of the plant,
with an appearance much like an umbellate inflores-

310 PEO) ty OnGul A Vol. 45, No. 4

cence, the flower's calyx has 5 shallow lobes, and
at near the base of the seed are 2 hairs, and at the
apex 1 hair. For the foregoing specimen we can only
describe the flower, for we have not yet seen the
seed. This species is fairly close to A. mimetes
Burtt, although in the flowers of the latter species
the calyx has lobes elongate lanceolate, with the
apices pointed, the corolla relatively large, ca.
4.8 cm long, nearly glabrous, while in this species
the calyx lobes are broadly ovate, the apex rotund,
the corolla relatively small, ca. 3 cm long, with a
dense puberulence outside.

The genus Aeschynanthus has about 140 species,
distributed from southeastern Tibet in this country,
Sikkim, Bhutan, and from eastern India eastward to
Indonesia. This country has about 23 species, dis-
tributed through southeastern Tibet, Yunnan, Sze-
chuan (Omei is the northern limit of this genus),
Kweichow, Kwangsi and Kwangtung, with many species
in Yunnan. Below is a key based on the specimens of
this genus collected by the Botanical Insitute of
the Academia Sinica in Peking.

1. The calyx of 5 shallow lobes from 1/4 to 1/3 the
total, length vo£ | the «calyx; the. leaves) jcora—
ceous, more or less 10 cm long, and glabrous. (S
Yunnan).

2. The calyx lobes broadly ovate, the apex rotund,
with ciliate hairs; the corolla ca. 3 cm long,
and outside densely puberutMent Sco. cere a sletere
SHGb ob oo oO dObOC oO GOD O OOD OOO ODD OOoDO Re Bally (emoeiricit=

FLOWERED AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. hookeri Clarke

2. Calyx glabrous, the lobes elongate lanceolate,
the apex pointed; the corolla ca. 4.8 cm long,
neanly Vglab yous meredaolelcleslelclclelelelelelicle ole tem rH emi A RG

FLOWERED AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. mimetes Burtt

1. The calyx of 5 lobes divided to past the middle
or to the base.

3. The calyx ca. 3 cm long, with 5 lobes divided
to the base, the lobes elongate oblong, and the
apex »bilunit; | thie) ~corol lal ca. (9) cma dongsasthe
leaves chartaceous, oblong, more or less 15 cm
long, and glabrous. (Yunnan) ...--ceeeereeessvee
OUD TO DOD SOD OOM OD OOD OOOO UO ODO OOO 7 Oy Helin te) ie Maso

BEAUTY AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. superbus Clarke

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus 311

3. The calyx 1.5 cm or less long, the corolla 4 cm
or less long.

4. Calyx 5-7 mm long, glabrous, lobes ovate, the
apex rotund or nearly rotund; the leaves
chartaceous, glabrous, and 4.5-13 cm long.

5. The leaves often oblong; the peduncles
0.8-3 cm long (Kwangtung, Kwangsi, Yunnan,
SBECHWAI)) ceteretace ua wikis cs a.dlele.e c.0\ eb ae elms wie) tis aia ciate
-++.+.++.- AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. acuminatus Wall.

5. The leaves often elliptic; the peduncles
6-15 cm long (Kwangtung in Hainan) ...-.-.ee.
SWalista'siiel oct aMelintnelelatwre latdueieialele?s, ale (a elsliskelkabt eet ae Bake

AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. moningerae (Merr.) Chun

4. The calyx lobes oblong, linear, narrowly lan-
ceolate, or subulate, the apex pointed or
obtuse.

6. Dichasia pedunculate, with several flowers;
the bracts purple-red, ovate or narrowly
ovate, 1-2 cm long; the calices purple-red,
and glabrous, with 5 lobes divided to the
base, the lobes oblong or elongate oblong,
the apex commonly obtuse; the leaves
glabrous.

7. Leaves ovate or elliptic (SE Tibet, Yun-

NAN)! Mate didiela chale Mieteidiclaiahe CLHE, ViokBbak—BRACTED

AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. bracteatus Wall.

7. Leaves oblanceolate, narrowly oblanceo-
late or elongate oblanceolate.

8. Leaves elongate oblanceolate, 0.7-1.5
cm broad (SE Tibet, NW Yunnan) ........-
eceeeceeeee THE LINEAR-LEAVED AESCHYNAN-
THUS -- A. linearifolius C. E. C. Fisch.

8. Leaves oblanceolate or narrowly oblan-
ceolate, 2-2.8 cm broad (W Yunnan) .....
-.-- THE OBLANCEOLATE AESCHYNANTHUS -- A.

oblanceolatus (Anthony) C. E. C. Fisch.

6. The flowers borne in axillary clusters of
1-3 (only in A. tenuis are the inflores-
cences pedicellate); the bracts small,
linear, or caducous; the calyx apparently
not dark red, the lobes linear, elongate

lanceolate or subulate.

9. The leaves (3.5-) 4 cm or more long,
glabrous.

312

10.

ON

Pele ¥ LO} ExORG sie A Vol. 45, No. 4

The leaf margin 1-2 toothed toward the
apex (N Kwangtung) ...cccccscccccccccce
e elleliel cielel cl lfc) clelelicelslere) eet ian r CA tails Yi—rl Onur ire?

AESCHYNANTHUS -- A. apicidens Hance
The leaf margin entire.

11. The outside of the calyx puberulent.

12. The calyx has five lobes divided
to the base, the lobe apex
obtuse (Weand sw Yulnniaini)iy scr. onemerene
eeee-e The SEPARATED-CALYX AESCHY-

NANTHUS -- A. chorisepalus Orr

12. The calyx has 5 deep lobes
reaching to within 1-2.5 mm of
the base, the lobe apex pointed.

13. The leaves ovate, the apex
acuminate; the calyx 7.5-11

mm long (NW Yunnan) ...... THE
HAIRY-FLOWERED AESCHYNANTHUS

-- A.lasianthus W. T. Wang

13. The leaves elliptic, the apex
acute or somewhat obtuse; the
calyx 4-6 mm long (S Yunnan) .
alisvollel olleMalictielel sis Sogo0g G5 shell Sloylarsiq
YUNNAN AESCHYNANTHUS -- A.

austroyunnanensis W. T. Wang

11. The outside of the calyx glabrous.

14. The 5 lobes of the calyx divided
to the base, the lobes linear,
the apex obtuse, with a few
Marginal hairs.

15. The leaves coriaceous, com-
monly narrowly ovate, some-
times broadly lanceolate or
lanceolate, 2.8-4 cm broad,
the apex acuminate (W and SW
MeN) SodgoooashodoonopcoooDOS
-.- The SEPARATED-CALYX AESCHY-
NANTHUS -- A. chorisepalus Orr

15. The leaves chartaceous, nar-
rowly Yobliong, L.59em or 9 less
wide, the apex somewhat obtuse
(NW Yunnan) s2.).: - THE NARROW-
OBLONG-LEAVED AESCHYNANTHUS --

A. angustioblongus W. T. Wang

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus S13

14. The lobes of the calyx are
linear subulate or subulate, the
apex pointed, glabrous.

16. The calyx has 5 deep lobes
not divided to the base; out-
side of the corolla puberu-
lent; leaves lanceolate, the
apex acuminate (SE Yunnan) ...
aes a -aielelnt chute e Salers siwiccs La

CEOLATE-LEAVED AESCHYNANTHUS
-- A. lancilimbus W. T. Wang

16. The calyx has 5 lobes divided
to the base; the corolla
glabrous.

Wie The leaves lanceolate,
5-7.5 cm long, the apex
long acuminate or caudate
and acuminate, the abaxial
side is densely maculate
with small light brown
spots; single flowers
arise from the axil, the
pedicels ca. i sem long,
without peduncle (SE
WUritiaini)ve sieve. ¢/e.0 etacctieie: ele letatetaitaste
yo Oe 5 -.- THE LONG-ACUMINATE

AESCHYNANTHUS -- A.
acuminatissimus W. T. Wang

ihe Aone leaves are ovate,
lanceolate or elliptic
lanceolate, 3-5.5 cm long,

the apex caudate, the
abaxial side without
spots; the inflorescence

of 1-2 flowers, with pe-

duncles present, 3-4.3
(-5.8) cm long (NW Yunnan)
fl w'e, 0.0 8 we) ele le es) a 6 ehe. ee oe Aes Hos

CAUDATE-LEAVED AESCHYNAN-
THUS - A. tenuis Hand-Mazz.

9. The leaves 3 cm or less long.
18. The stem and branches, leaves, and the

calyx glabrous, or sometimes the calyx
lobes with short marginal hairs.

314 PH Year OME TOnGrts A Vol. 45, No. 4

19. The leaves ovate or lanceolate, the
apices caudate; inflorescences with
peduncles 3-4.3 (-5.8) cm long (NW
Yunnan) ccccccccccrcccesccescsccscecce
sececeeees THE CAUDATE-LEAVED AESCHY-

NANTHUS -- A. tenuis Hand.-Mazz.

19. The leaf apex obtuse or rotund.

20. The leaves chartaceous, narrowly
oblong; the calyx lobes with a
few short marginal hairs (NW
Zine) ooo ooooooOoon BIS RIN Yomia

OBLONG-LEAVED AESCHYNANTHUS
-- A. angustioblongus W. T. Wang

20. The leaves coriaceous, elliptic,
broadly elliptic or obovate; the
calyx glabrous (SE Yunnan,
KiWainGiSil))) “ees «1s «lelelel © «1c «isle! el slaleleisleiuls

THE YELLOW POPLAR-LEAVED AESCHY-
NANTHUS -- A. buxifolius Hemsl.

18. The stem, branches, leaves and the
outside of the calyx all covered with
hairs.

21. The leaves elongate lanceolate or
oblong lanceolate, margin entire;
the calyx with 5 lobes divided to
the base.

22. The leaves elongate lanceolate,
3 mm or less broad (SE Tibet, NW
Yunnan) .......-. THE SMALL-LEAVED
AESCHYNANTHUS - A. levipes Clarke

22. The leaves lanceolate or oblong
lanceolate, 4-7 mm broad.

23. The leaves all opposite, lan-
ceolate, the apex pointed (S
Yunnan) .ccccccccceveeesscccce
-.-.-. THE SLENDER AESCHYNANTHUS

-- A. novogracilis W. T. Wang

23. The leaves at the stem apex
nearly whorled, oblong lance-
olate, the apex blunt (SW
VIUUMIN AT) We valle reite fel/e [ecole e//o/\e).e/ehelletelelelin
..- THE WHORLED-LEAVED AESCHY-
NANTHUS - A. andersonii Clarke

22. Leaves of some other shape.

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus 315

24. The stem slender, and not
erect; the leaves opposite or
in’ “whorls* of tri, elliptic ior
obovate elliptic, the margin
denticulate; calyx with 5
lobes divided to the base;
corolla yellow (SE Yunnan) ...

om ea e.slele vie exsiole silalsisiles clstes «| Lis

DENTICULATE AESCHYNANTHUS
-- A. denticuliger W. T. Wang
24... ‘The stem relatively stout,
erect; the lower part of the
stem with leaves opposite,
the upper part with some
leaves at the stem's apex
nearly whorled, spathulate or
oblong spathulate, the margin
entire, however leaves on the
lower stem obscurely denticu-
late; the corolla red.

25. The leaves spathulate or
oblong spathulate; the 5
calyx lobes divided to
just past the middle (SE
YUNNAN) cavcicis ofc sic vm elsicis o wise
sececssvcve LHE SHORT) AESCHY—
NANTHUS - A. humilis Hemsl.

25. A few of the leaves appar-
ently spathulate, most
oblong lanceolate; the 5
calyx lobes divided to the
base? (SW) Yunnan)? sae soe Les

WHORLED-LEAVED AESCHYNAN-
THUS - A. andersonii Clarke

THE ROCK-HANGING GESNERIAD GENUS --
Lysionotus G. Don

THE KWANGSI LYSIONOTUS -- L. kwangsiensis (il-
lustration will appear in next issue)

Small shrub, each part glabrous. Stems ca. 30
cm long, nearly terete, ca. 3 mm in diameter, smooth,
lenticels sparse and elliptic. Leaves opposite; leaf
blades coriaceous, elliptic ovate or elliptic, 6-10
cm long, 3.4-4.5 cm broad, apex with many”) short

316 Pig Yoh) set OmG eA Vol. 45, No. 4

tapered teeth, nearly obtuse, base slightly oblique,
rotund or broadly cuneate, margin above the base den-
ticulate, lateral veins 5-7 and opposite, obscure;
petioles 0.9-1.5 ecm long. Cymes axillary, of 1-2
flowers; the peduncles 1.5-4 cm long, quadrangular,
very narrowly winged; the bracts narrowly elliptic,
ca. 5 mm long, margin crenate*; pedicels 1.2-—2 ‘em
longi; Ehe. calyx ica. ecm dong, of 5 lobes! daivadedmito
the base, the lobes linear lanceolate, ca. 1.2 mm
broad; ‘corolla light purple, ca. 4.5 cm long, jEubu—
lar funnelform, limb bilabiate, upper lip ca. 6 mm
long, with 2 shallow lobes, the lobes broadly ovate,
lower lip 13 mm long, with 3 shallow lobes; stamens
Die included, filaments narrowly linear, coiled at
middle, anthers coherent, nearly orbicular, ca. 2 mm
in diameter, connectives with protuberance at the
back; staminodia 2, narrowly linear, ca. 10 mm long;
disk annualar, margin with shallow lobes; pistils ca.
223 /cme Vong.

This species is allied to L. hainanensis Merr.
et Chun, but can be distinguished by the leaves that
ages sOpposmtel,) eliaipticmeovate (or jeddliptirc, sicalyvacauor
lobed divided to the base, the lobes linear lanceo-
late, while the leaves of the latter are borne in
whorls of 3, oblong or narrowly elliptic, calyx with
5 deep lobes, but not divided to the base, the lobes
narrowly triangular. TEs also. alliived jtomene
Visible-bracted Lysionotus** -- L. serratus D. Don,
but its leaves are coriaceous, inflorescences with
few flowers, bracts narrowly elliptic, denticulate,*
the calyx lobes linear lanceolate, while the leaves
of the latter are herbaceous, the inflorescences with
relatively many flowers, the bracts broadly ovate,
Margin entire, the calyx lobes ovate or narrowly
ovate.

Lysionotus kwangsiensis W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
PActa Phytotax. SincTis(2)e6s, 19175]

Affinis L. hainanensi Merr. et Chun, sed foliis
oppositis latioribus elliptico-ovatis vel elliptic-
is, calyce ad basin in segmenta 5 lanceolato-linear-
ta divalso idiitttfert; a Lg sieimmatoyD.. Don jfolars icornilas
ceis, cyma pauciflora, bracteis anguste ellipticis
crenulatis,* calycis segmentis lanceolato-linear-
ibus recedit.

*Sic; differs from the corresponding Chinese/Latin
description.

**Common name; see key.

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus 317

Kwangsi: Jung-shui, Shan-fang, Pen-tung, Chiu-
wan Mt., 1360 m above sea level, on rocks in a thin
forest on a mountain top, corolla tube with
light maroon’ sutures ? ; 2. July 1958, (Chiten
Shao-ch'ing 15021 (Holotypus!); same place, 1300 m
above sea level, on a mountain top, in a dense
forest, 26 July 1958, Ch'en Shao-ch'ing 15846.

THE VARIED-LEAVED LYSIONOTUS -- L. heterophyllus

Lysionotus heterophyllus Franch. in Bull. Mus.
Hist. Nat. Paris 5: 249 (1889).

L. brachycarpus Rehd. in Sarg. Pl. Wils. 3: 387
de

(S16 syn. nov.

var. heterophyllus

Szechuan: Omei Mt., Yao Chung-wu 5296, Yang
Kuang-hui 56639, 57425: O-pien, Liu Sheng-o [Liu
Tchen-ngo] 12577, Yao Chung-wu 2789; ie
Erh-lang Mt., Hu Wen-kuang and Ho Chu 11634;
Hung-ch'i, 2300 m above sea level, Hu Chia-ch'in et
al. 1177, 1455; Nan-ch'uan, 1700-2600 m above sea
level, Ptei Chien 7202, Ch't’ Chung-hsiang 1439,
Hsiung Chi-hua and Chu fTzu-lin 92187, Li_ Kuo-feng
62921; unspecified locality, A. Henry 8997 (picture
seen, L. brachycarpus Rehd. paratype).

Distribution: NE Yunnan, Szechuan.

The type of this species was collected by Dela-
vay in northeast Yunnan, but we have not seen this
specimen, however the aforementioned Szechuan speci-
mens agree with the original description. L. bra-
chycarpus Rehd. described later, is united here.

THE HAIRY-LEAVED LYSIONOTUS (variety) -- L.
heterophyllus var. mollis

The small branches, petioles and abaxial sides
of the leaf blades of this variety are all
relatively densely puberulent. In typical L.
heterophyllus, the small branches, petioles and leaf
blades are glabrous.

var. mollis W. tT. “Wang, “Valtie nov. [Acta
Phytotax. ‘Sin.>13 (2)\2 ‘69, 1975]

A var. heterophyllo ramulis petiolis et folio-
rum laminis subtus densiuscule pubescentibus differt.

318 EeipN Ds EPOueu ais Vol. 45, No. 4

Szechuan: Mt. Omei, Ch'u-tien, 1700 m above sea
level, flower white, 26 July 1935, Tu Ta-hua’ 522
(Holotypus!).

The genus Lysionotus contains about 18 species,
distributed from Nepal, and northern India to Malay-
Sia, north to Tad—Ying “ain) thils) country | land @ithe
tropical and subtropical areas of Japan. This coun-
try has 12 species, of which I have specimens of 11
species in this collection, and these 11 species are
given in the key below.

1. Branches small and glabrous.
2. Leaves all opposite.

3. Leaves herbaceous, many narrowly elliptic, to
17 cm long, to 5 cm broad, margin commonly
toothed; inflorescences commonly of 3-9
flowers; bracts ovate or broadly ovate, to 8
mm broad, margin entire; calyx lobes narrowly
ovate, 2.5-3.5 mm broad (Yunnan, SW Kweichow;
NeVietnam toeNepal) ...i-6 «eee es ee CHES TOOTHED

LEAVED LYSIONOTUS -- L. serratus D. Don

3. Leaves coriaceous; inflorescences of 1-2
flowers; bracts not ovate; calyx lobes lin-
ear, 1-1.1 mm broad.

4. Margin denticulate; bracts elliptic, ca. 5
mm long, ca. 3 mm broad, margin crenate
GRiwalmgis iin clele elie oles) stalislielelele)s)eleiele of LH bh WAN Gost

LYSIONOTUS -- L. kwangsiensis W. T. Wang

4. Margin entire; bracts linear, ca. 1 mm
long, ca. 0.5 mm broad, margin entire (Sze-
chuan in O-pien, area from Omei to Kuan
COUNIEW, eiteyeelieteielelielelielioicl ole) clellsilele (ellslelelele ln acl Haat oui

SZECHUAN LYSIONOTUS -- L. wilsonii Rehd.

2. Leaves in whorls of 3, or at the same time with
some opposite, or in groups of 4-8 borne at the
apex of the branch.

5. Calyx o£ 5S lobes) divided slightly “past )gthe
middle, the lobes triangular.

6. Leaves often narrowly elliptic, 4.5-9 cm
long, 2).4=-3.8 cm (broad, margin shallowly
undulate, or rarely with a few small sharp
teeth, petioles 5-10 mm long (Hainan in
Kwangtung, Kwangsi) .......-......- THE HAINAN

LYSIONOTUS -- L. hainanensis Merr. et Chun

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis Sinensibus 319

6. Leaves ovate, elliptic, sometimes nearly
oblong, 2-6.5 cm =Ilong, 1.2-3 cm broad,
Margin at the middle and above with coarse
teeth, petioles 1.5-5 mm long (SE Yunnan) ..

atic li dale ie ieik asap ohare prele sue ple oe 6 ism ale a Bininge ees oe kes

MENG-TZU LYSIONOTUS -- L. carnosus Hemsl.

5. Calyx of 5 lobes divided nearly to the base,
the lobes linear lanceolate, but in 7 ir.
pauciflorus sometimes triangular subulate.

7. Leaves oblong to linear, 1.2-5.5 cm long,
0.3-1.6 cm broad, margin from the middle
and above with a few teeth (E Yunnan,
Szechuan, Kweichow, | Kwangsi, Kwangtung,
Fukien, Taiwan, Chekiang, Kiangsi, Hunan,
Hupei, S Shensi, Anhuei; N Vietnam, Japan) .

shdlalic” siavaisis Weielefdie a slsusle_alcclavesa ut LONO-LUMLN CROCK =
hanging Orchid) -- L. pauciflorus Maxim.
7. Leaves elliptic, narrowly elliptic or

narrowly ovate.

8. Leaves in groups of 4-8 borne at the apex
o£ the | branch, 1..2-6..5 cmjlong, »0./=2.>
cm broad, Margins nearly entire or
obscurely denticulate; inflorescences of
1-2 (-4) flowers; corolla tube funnel-
form, ca. 1 cm thick (NE Yunnan, Szechuan)
Ss ethic Misia cee Oeelc seleiaiesiede LHR VARDLSO—LEAVED

LYSIONOTUS -- L. heterophyllus Franch.

8. Leaves in whorls of 3 or at the same time
opposite, 5.5-12 cm long, 2-5.5 cm broad,
Margin with many Sharp teeth; inflores-
cences of 3-7 flowers; corolla tube
cylindric, ca. 5 mm thick (NW Yunnan in
the area from Fu-kung to Kung-shan) ......
on 6 26 slole ssc) ule.s 6s sevecs« THE SHORT-PETIOLED
LYSIONOTUS -- L. sessilifolius Hand.-Mazz.

1. Branches small and with an indument.

9. Leaves coriaceous; bracts elongate lanceolate,
ca. 0.5 mm broad.

10. Small branches with patent hairs; leaves
narrowly elliptic or narrowly ovate, 2-7 cm
long, 1-2.4 cm broad, margin obscurely den-
ticulate, abaxial side puberulent (Sze-
Chvlany ae OMenuiMt i velategen ie cise) elereia ae sue She east sera
eh wales os sislklelc-eleiss LNG. HALRY =GeAV ED) bYoLONG Luo

-- L. heterophyllus var. mollis W. T. Wang

10.

12 WL Yeo (0) 14 (@) (GIL UN Vol. 45, No. 4

Small branches with short appressed hairs;
leaves oblong to linear, 1.2-5.5 cm long,
0.3-1.6 cm broad, margin dentate at the
middle and above, glabrous (distribution as

AID OVC) Im teloledelcicieielclolaitelaienereioic (ele sllelelicleielelslclelclclelalotelene

sees ees. LYSLONOTUS,—— LL. paucitflorus Maxime

9. Leaves herbaceous, margin toothed.

ike

abe

Leaves relatively large, narrowly elliptic
or elliptic ovate, to 8 cm long, to 3.2 cm
broad, Margin both sides with 10 = #£small
teeth; bracts subulate, ca. 0.6 mm _ broad;
calyx lobes linear lanceolate (W Yunnan) ....
HOO OID GO O,0l0 DIDO DOO CIolO GU Go OOOO OG oo mo 6, SES: hata

YUNNAN LYSIONOTUS -- L. forrestii W. W. Sm.
Leaves relatively small, narrowly ovate,
1-2.5 cm long, 4-9 mm broad, margin both
sides with 2-4 small teeth.

12. Small branches with appressed hairs; in-

florescences of 1 flower; bracts subulate
lanceolate, 1-1.5 cm Ilong, not 1 mm
broad; calyx lobes linear lanceolate;
corolla glabrous (NW Yunnan in the area
from Wei-hsi to Kung-Shan) .........ccceces
booadoDOobC OOD oD OOOO OOOOOO ENS Eien W/ls)o

LYSIONOTUS -- L. sulphureus Hand.-Mazz.

12. Small branches with dense and patent

puberulence; inflorescences of 2 flowers;
bracts broadly ovate, ca. 4 mm long, ca.
3.5 mm broad; calyx lobes narrowly ovate;
corolla puberulent (NW Yunnan in the area
of Kung-shan; N Burma) ....-.... THE HAIRY-
BRANCHED LYSIONOTUS -- L. wardii W. W. Sm.

(Continued)

CERTAMEN MELASTOMATACEIS XXXI.

John J. Wurdack
U. S. National Herbarium, Smithsonian Institution

Most of the current notes reflect neotropical francophilia;
an outpouring of recent collections, particularly those of the
ORSTOM foresters (Cremers, de Granville, Oldeman) and Sastre,
have stocked herbaria with rare species, as well as providing
many new records for French Guiana. One still obscure species,
Bellucia cacatin (Aublet) Sagot, has been collected several times
in very young bud and fruit; obviously a transfer to either
Miconia or Tococa is needed, but flowers at anthesis are still
unknown. Attention is now turning to another disappearing lacuna
in modern melastome collections, Bahia, Brazil.

TIBOUCHINA BAHIENSIS Wurdack, sp. nov.

Sect. Pleroma. Speciebus 46-56 Monographiae Cogniauxii
affinis, foliorum pilis valde barbellatis differt.

Ramuli sulcato-tetragoni non alati sicut petioli laminarum
Subtus venae primariae inflorescentiae axis et rami modice pilis
pinoideis (0.1-)0.2-0.3(-0.4) mm longis setulosi. Petioli 1.5-
3.5 cm longi; lamina 6-13 X 3.5-6.5 em elliptico-ovata apice
hebeti-obtuso vel rotundato basi ca 0.5 ecm cordulata, rigida,
supra pilis barbellato-ciliolatis 0O.5-1 mm longis densiuscule et
laxiuscule strigulosa, subtus in superficie pilis stellulato-
pinoideis ca 0.3 mm longis dense setulosa, -nervata nervis
primariis lateralibus usque ad basim omnino liberis nervis
secundariis ca 2-4 mm inter se distantibus. Panicula 20-30 cm
longa oblonga submultiflora; flores 5-meri, pedicellis ad anthe-
sim ca 3 mm longis; bracteolae 2-4 mm longae ellipticae caducae.
Hypanthium (ad torum) 4.5-5 mm longum pilis 0.3-0.5(-1) m longis
laevibus subappressis modice armatum; calycis tubus ca 0.5 mm
longus, lobis ca 4-4.5 X 1.5-2 mm oblongo-lanceatis intus glabris
demum deciduis. Petala 16-20 X 11-14 mm obovata apicem versus
ciliolata alioqui glabra. Stamina paulo dimorphica; filamenta
5.5-6.4 mm vel 4.5-5.2 mm longa sparse glanduloso-puberula pilis
ca 0.2 mm longis. Stamina maiora: thecae 5.3-5.5 X 0.5 mm;
connectivum ca 1.8 mm prolongatum glandulis 0.2-0.4 mm stipita-
tis 16-20 ornatum, lobis ventralibus ca 0.2 mm longis. Stamina
minora: thecae 5-5.3 X 0.7-0.8 mm curvatae; connectivum 1 mm
prolongatum ad basim glandulis stipitatis ca 4 ornatum, lobis
ventralibus ca 0.3 mm longis. Stylus 8 X 1-0.7 mm sparse
appresso-setulosus setulis pro parte minore glanduliferis;
ovarium apicem versus dense strigulosum pilis ca 0.5 mm longis
eglandulosis.

Type Collection: T. S. Santos 2716 (holotype CEPEC 9612;
isotype US), collected in Parque Nacional do Monte Pascoal ("Pico
do Monte Pascoal-Porto Seguro"), Bahia, Brazil, 16 January 1973.
"Arbusto de 2 m de altura, flor roxa, estames brancas.”"

321

322 Pt kO nO Gor vA Vol. 45, No. 4

Paratype: J. L. Hage 152 (CEPEC, US), from Monte Pascoal,
Bahia, Brazil, elev. 538 m, 7 May 1976. "Planta de 3 m de alt.
Flores roxas e botoes cremes.”

All the species of this group known to Cogniaux except one
have smooth foliar hairs; T. candolleana (DC.) Cogn., which is
sparsely pubescent vegetatively and with 3(-5)-nerved leaf blades
acute at the base, has foliar hairs sparsely and obscurely bar-
bellate basally. All the more recently described species of this
affinity (T. limoeirensis Brade, T. luetzelburgii Markgraf,

T. magdalenensis Brade, T. radula Markgraf, and perhaps 7. amoena
Herzog and I. rupicola Hoehne ) have smooth vegetative trichomes.

TIBOUCHINA MORII Wurdack, sp. nov.

T. bahiensi Wurdack affinis, foliis breviter petiolatis
pedicellis hypanthiis sepalisque glanduloso-setulosis differt.

Ramuli sicut ramulorum foliorumque trichomata ut in T.
bahiensi. Petioli 0.3-0.5 em longi crassi; lamina ovato-ellip-
tica apice hebeti-obtuso basi 0.5-0.7 em cordata, 6-10 X 3.5-5
em rigida 7(-9)-nervata. Panicula 18-20 em longa submultiflora;
flores 5-meri, pedicellis ca 2-4 mm longis dense setulosis pilis
pro parte glanduliferis, bracteolis 2-3 X O.7-l mm oblongis
caducis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 6 mm longum densiuscule pilis
laevibus 0.1-0.3 mm longis setulosum et modice pilis laevibus
glanduliferis 0.3-0.8 mm longis appresso-setulosum; calycis tubus
ca 0.6 mm longus, lobis ca 7 X 3 mm lanceatis demum deciduis
intus glabris. Petala 18-19 X 13-14 mm obovata apicem versus
glanduloso-ciliata alioqui glabra. Stamina dimorphica; filamenta
6.5 mm vel 5 mm longa modice glanduloso-puberula. Stamina
maiora: thecae 6.2 X 0.6 mm; connectivum 1.2 mm prolongatum
glandulis 0.1-0.2 m stipitatis ca 12-16 ornatum, lobis ventral-
ibus ca 0.1 mm longis. Stamina minora: thecae 6-6.2 X 0.9 mm
curvatae; connectivum 0.8 mm prolongatum ad basim glandulis
stipitatis 2-4 ornatum, lobis ventralibus 0.2 mm longis. Stylus
modice appresso-setulosus, pilis pro parte minore glanduliferis;
ovarium apicem versus dense strigulosum, pilis eglandulosis.

Type Collection: S. Mori, L. A. Mattos Silva, & I. S. dos
Santos 10726 (holotype CEPHC 14698; isotype US), collected on
rocks in disturbed mata hygrophila at Fazenda Pau-brasil ca 5 km
northwest of Itamaraju, Bahia, Brazil, 19 Sept. 1978. "Subarbus -
to, 1.5 m de altura. Pétalas roxas com as bases brancas. 0
centro da flor também € branca."

While T. bahiensis is obviously closely related, the
differences cited in the diagnosis seem of specific importance;
also the filaments and style of T. morii are more densely pubes-
cent and the anthers and sepals somewhat larger. ‘The two species
are nearly sympatric.

ERNESTIA GRANVILLEI Wurdack, sp. nov.

E. pullei Gleason affinis, foliis amplioribus 7-9-nervatis
sepalis longioribus differt.

Ramuli paulo quadrangulati sicut petioli foliorum venae
primariae subtus inflorescentiaque dense setulosi (pilis

1980 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis g23

gracillimis 0.1-0.2 mm longis eglandulosis) modice glanduloso-
setulosi (pilis ca 0.2-0.6 mm longis) et sparse glanduloso-setosi
(pilis gracilibus 1-2 mm longis). Petioli plerumque 3-5 cm
longi; lamina 8-12 X 4-6.5 cm anguste ovata apice anguste acuto
basi 0.4-0.8 cm cordata, tenuis et inconspicue ciliolato-serru-
lata, ubique sparsissime puberula pilis debilibus ca 0.5-0.7 m
longis p. p. glanduliferis, 7-9-nervata nervis secundariis)2-3 m
inter se distantibus. Panicula ca 8 cm longa terminalis sub-
multiflora; flores 4-meri, pedicellis 2-3 mm longis, bracteolis
ca 0.5-0.7 X 0.1 mm. Hypanthium (ad torum) 4 mm longum modice
puberulum (pilis eglandulosis ca 0.1 m longis) et glanduloso-
setulosum (pilis 0.3-1 mm longis); calycis tubus 0.1-0.2 m
longus, lobis 3.5 X 0.6-0.7 mm anguste oblongis. Petala ca

6.5 X 2.5-2.7 mm obovato-oblonga apicem versus glanduloso-
ciliolata alioqui glabra. Stamina dimorphica glabra; antherarum
thecae subulatae, poro minuto ventraliter inclinato. Stamina
maiora: filamenta 5.7-6 mm longa; antherarum thecae 5.2-5.3 X
0.6 mm; connectivum 3.5-3.7 mm prolongatum, ad basim dorsaliter
0.5-0.6 mm calcaratum ventraliter appendice caudato-bifida 3 mm
longa ad basim 0.1-0.2 mm coalita instructum. Stamina minora:
filamenta 4.3-4.5 mm longa; thecae 4 X 0.5 mm; connectivum 0.8
mm prolongatum dorsaliter paulo (0.2 mm) supra basim 0.2 m
calcaratum ventraliter appendice caudato-bifido 2.5-2.7 mm longa
ad basim 0.6 mm coalita armatum. Stigma punctiforme; stylus 10
X 0.2 mm glaber; ovarium (ad anthesim) 2 mm longum 3-loculare
glabrum.

Type Collection: J. J. de Granville 3032 (holotype US
2860481; isotype CAY), collected along "trace de Satil a Carbet
Mais. Colline granitique situ¢e a 2 km au Nord de Carbet Mitan.
Forét basse sur parois rocheuses au sommet (alt. 500 m environ),"
French Guiana, 5-7-1979. "Arbuste de 2 mde haut. Feuilles
poisseuses, glanduleuses. Calice vert. Corolle lilas."

Paratype: J. P. Schulz 10293 (US), from "Z-hellig Juliana
top," Suriname, alt. ca 1000 m, 2-8-1963. "Struikje, op bijna
vert.-granietwand worteland in spleet gevuld met verteerd
strooisel, vochtig (tev druipwater) ged. grootste deel v. jaar.
Hier zeer. algemeen. Kroonbl. bijna wit. Zon gedurende deel van
daag."

Ernestia pullei has 5(-7)-nerved leaf blades 3.5-4 X 2-3 cm
and narrowly triangular calyx lobes 1.5-2 X 1-1.2 mm. Another
relative in anther structure, E. glandulosa Gleason (also known
from Satil) has few-flowered and lateral inflorescences, as well
as smaller flowers (but similar leaf blades). ‘The Suriname
paratype of E. granvillei differs in minor particulars (somewhat
larger anthers, small stamen connectives slightly more prolonged,
calyx lobes 2.8-3 mm long) from the Satil population; the
description encompasses only the holotype features. Another
related taxon (for future evaluation after more collections) is
represented by Schulz & Donselaar 10544 (1 km north of Voltzberg,
Coppename River, Suriname), with connectives lacking dorsal
spurs and petals with only a single terminal setula.

324 1 Jak WEL (OY 1h (0) (En IN Vol. 45, No. 4

ERNESTIA SUBGLABRA Wurdack, sp. nov.

E. pullei Gleason affinis, foliorum laminis 7-nervatis in
superficie ubique glabris hypanthiis secus costulas sparse
glanduloso-setulosis alioqui glabris differt.

Ramuli quadrangulati sicut petioli inflorescentia hypanthi-
aque sparse pilis erectis 0.3-0.5 mm longis glanduliferis setu-
losi. Petioli 0.6-1.2 cm longi; lamina plerumque 1.5-2 X 1-1.5
em ovata apice acuto basi rotundato-truncata vel paullulo (ca
1 mm) cordulata, firme chartacea et distanter ciliolato-serru-
lata, supra glabra, subtus basim versus secus venas primarias
sparse glanduloso-setulosa alioqui glabra, {-nervata. Panicula
10-15 em longa foliosa submultiflora; flores h-meri, pedicellis
(ad anthesim) ca 3-5 mm longis, bracteolis ca 1 X 0.6 mm oblongo-
triangularibus. Hypanthium (ad torum) 4.3-4.7 mm longum 8-costu-
latum; calycis tubus 0.2 mm longus, lobis 1.2-1.4 mm longis
triangularibus sparse glanduloso-ciliolatis. Petala 9.5-10 X 6-
6.5 m, elliptica (apice obtuso) glabra vel interdum setula unica
glandulifera terminata. Stamina dimorphica; filamenta 6.2-6.3 mm
vel 4.8-5 mm longa glabra; antherarum thecae subulatae, poro
minuto ventraliter inclinato. Stamina maiora: thecae 6.5-6.7 X
O.5 mm; connectivum 3-3-3 mm prolongatum, ad basim dorsaliter
0.25 mm hebeti-calcaratum ventraliter appendice caudato-bifido
2.8-3 mm longum (lobis basaliter inflatis) instructum. Stamina
minora: thecae 5.6 X 0.45 mm; connectivum 0.9-1 mm prolongatun,
dorsaliter non tuberculatum ventraliter appendice bifida hebeti-
acuta 0.6 mm longa armatum. Stigma punctiforme; stylus 11- 11.5
X 0.3 mm glaber; ovarium ad anthesim 3-3.5 mm longum (2-)3-
loculare glabrum.

Type Collection: J. J. de Granville 2632 (holotype US
2855831; isotype CAY), collected in rocky savanna on southeast
slope of Mont St. Marcel, Haut Oyapock, French Guiana, elev.
400-450 m, 31 July 1975. "Sous arbrisseau en coussinet poussant
sur les rochers. Feuilles coriaces non charnues , vert fonce 4

poupre en dessus, vert clair dessous. Fleurs a éorolle mauve.
Anthéres blanches & appendice lilacé."

Paratype (topotypical): C. Sastre 4455 (P, US), fruiting.

Ernestia pullei has leaf blades with usually only 5 primary
nerves and puberulous on both surfaces, hypanthia moderately to
densely glandular-setulose, and (at least in Suriname material)
ends of the ventral connective appendages aristate in both large
and small stamens. ‘The other species of Ernestia with 3-locular
ovaries seem more distantly related. In eight flowers and fruit
of E. subglabra, six had 3-celled ovaries, the others 2-celled
ovaries.

MERTANIA TETRAMERA Wurdack, sp. nov.

In pubescentiae forma M. calophyllae (Cham.) Triana et M.
robustae Cogn. affinis, floribus tetrameris connectivi appendice
dorsali ascendenti non evoluta differt.

Ramuli primum rotundato-quadrangulati demum teretes sicut
folia subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque modice rufo-furfuracei
pilis subamorpho-pinoideis plus minusve deciduis. Petioli

1980 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 325

(1.5-)2.5-4 cm longi; lamina (8-)10-17 X 3-6 cm elliptica apice
paulo gradatimque acuminato basi late acuta, firme chartacea et
integra, supra glabra, breviter (0.5-0.8 em) 3-plinervata (pari
exteriore tenui inframarginali neglecto) nervis secundariis
plerumque 4-5 mm inter se distantibus nervulis obscuris. Inflo-
rescentia 2-3 cm longa pauciflora; flores 4-meri umbellatim
aggregati, pedicellis 4-6 mm longis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 4 m
longum teres; calyx 1.2 mm longus truncatus vel obscure (usque ad
0.2 mm) lobatus, dentibus exterioribus non visis. Petala glabra
9 X 3.8-4.2 mm obovato-oblonga apice rotundato. Stamina essenti-
aliter isomorphica glabra; filamenta 6.5-7 mm longa; antherarum
thecae 6.3-6.4 X 0.8-0.9 mm curvato-subulatae, poro minuto
dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum non prolongatum, calcari dorso-
basali 1.6-1.8 mm longo hebeti-acuto. Stigma vix expansum 0.4 m
diam.; stylus 15.5 X 0.25-0.35 mm glaber in ovarii apicem 0.4 m
immersus; ovarium 4-loculare glabrum, collo truncato.

Type Collection: T. S. Santos 973 (holotype CEPEC 5988;
isotype US), collected at "Capital, BR-262 a Realeza," Espirito
Santo, Brazil, 21 July 1970. "Arvore de 10 m de alt., 12 cm
diam. Fl. com petalas esbranquigadas, estames brancos, antera
amarela, calice marron, fr. novos e marrons. Mata."

All the species of Meriania from southeastern Brazil treated
in Cogniaux' Monograph (Species 22-31, 36a, 37) have 5-merous
flowers and ascending dorsal appendages on the anther connectives
in addition to the basal spurs. The two species from this region
with similar pubescence both have vegetative differences from
M. tetramera and considerably larger flowers. As indicated in
studies of the Andean species of Meriania, the absence or presence
of the ascending connective appendage does not seem of sectional
importance; most species of Meriania have 5-merous flowers, but
several 6-merous taxa are known and tetramery is not unexpected.
The anther pores of both stamen whorls in M. tetramera are
dorsally inclined, thus (in my current stage of development in
merianioid understanding) ruling out disposition in Graffenrieda.
Only mature flowers and young fruits of Santos 973 were
available, the calyx in bud unknown.

MACROCENTRUM LATIFOLIUM Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. cristato (Rich.) Triana et M. fruticoso Gleason affinis,
foliis supra modice aspero-strigulosis differt.

Caules quadrangulati nodis exceptis esetulosi; nodi obscure
puberuli pilis ca 0.3 mm longis deciduis. Petioli (0.8-)1.5-4
em longi; lamina (5-)6-9 X (2.5-)3-7 cm ovata apice late acuto
basi rotundato-truncata vel cordulata, tenuis et minute serru-
lata, supra primum modice strigulosa pilis 0.1-0.2(-0.3) mm
longis tarde’ glabrata, subtus glabra, distincte 5-nervata nervis
secundariis ca 3-4 mm inter se distantibus. Inflorescentia
longe (5-6 cm) pedunculata ad apicem plerumque bifurcata, ramis
0.5-1.5 cm longis secundifloris; flores ca 20-25, 4-meri;
pedicelli ad anthesim ca 1.5 mm longi, bracteolis ca 0.2 mm
longis lanceatis caducis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 2.6-2.8 mm
longum 8-costatum; calycis tubus 0.5 m longus, lobis vix

326 Bee Yee Oni Or Greeic Vol. 45, No. 4

evolutis 0.1 mm longis oblatis, dentibus exterioribus non
eminentibus. Petala glabra 6.1-6.5 X 2-2.1 mm elliptico-

oblonga apice acuto. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 2.8-
3.2 mm longa; antherarum thecae 3 X 0.25 mm subulatae poro 0.1
mm diam. ventraliter inclinato; connectivum paullulo (0.1-0.15

mm ) prolongatum, cauda dorsali 2.2-2.3 mm longa. Stigma puncti-
forme; stylus 6.3-6.5 X 0.1 m glaber; ovarium 3-loculare superum
glabrum. Fructus pedicellus ca 2 mm longus; corpus 5 mm longus
8-costatus.

Type Collection: J. J. de Granville 3035 (holotype US
2860496; isotype CAY), collected along "trace de Satil a Carbet
Mais. Colline granitique situeée 4 2 km au Nord de Carbet Mitan.
Foret basse sur les parois rocheuses au sommet (alt. 500 m
environ)," French Guiana, 5-7-1979. "Herbe peu ou pas ramifiée.
Feuilles brun pourpre. Fleurs blanches.”

Both suggested relatives have leaf blades above very
sparsely puberulous. Macrocentrum cristatum has usually smaller
and 3-nerved leaf blades with acute to obtuse bases (and usually
short -pedunculate inflorescences), but barely developed calyx
lobes; M. fruticosum (ex descr. and photo) has relatively
narrower leaves and well-developed calyx lobes with shortly
projecting external teeth (but cordulate-based leaf blades and
long-pedunculate inflorescences). ‘The flower size differences
are perhaps of no import; the Tafelberg material with 5-merous
flowers cited as M. fruticosum (Bull. Torrey Club 75: 540. 1948)
shows oblate calyx lobes and seems to be only a variant of
M. fasciculatum (DC.) Triana. Despite the small (4-merous)
flowers, I have tentatively referred several collections from
Paloulouiméenpeu, Tumac Humac region, French Guiana, to M.
fruticosum (long peduncles, prominent calyx teeth); these
collections seem to agree with Hulk 342. Another collection
(Daniels & Jonker 751, Kleine Hendriktop, Suriname) has habit,
flower size, and sepals as described by Gleason for M.
fruticosum, but 5-merous flowers; reexamination of flower-mery
in Stahel 457 is needed.

MICONIA OLDEMANITI Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. stamineae (Desr.) DC. et M. jucundae (pes) Triana
affinis, foliis valde plinervatis floribus minoribus differt.

Frutex 1.2-2 m; ramuli primum paulo compressi mox teretes
sicut foliorum venae primariae subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque
modice resinoso-granulosi demum laeves circum petiolorum bases
annulo crasso ca 1 mm elevato armati. Petioli liberi 0.3-l cm
longi; lamina (12-)16-20(-36) X (5-)6-8(-13) em elliptica vel
oblongo-elliptica apice subabrupte 1-3 cm acuminato basi anguste
acuta decurrenti, firme membranacea et integra vel obscure
distanterque undulato-serrulata, in superficie ubique primum
sparse resinoso-granulosa glabrata, manifeste 5-plinervata pari
interiore plerumque 2-3(-6) em supra basim divergenti nervis
secundariis plerumque ca 5 mm inter se distantibus nervulis
ultimis subtus obscuris areolis ca 0.3-0.5 mm latis. Panicula
9-13 em longa anguste oblonga (ramis primariis plerumque ca 5 m

1980 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 327

longis) submultiflora; flores 5-meri, bracteolis 0.5-0.7 mm
longis subulatis caducis, pedicellis crassis ca O.5 mm longis.
Hypanthium (ad torum) 3.2-3.4 mm longum; calycis tubus 0.9 mm
longus, lobis interioribus oblatis vix 0.1-0.2 mm longis, denti-
bus exterioribus minutis vix (0.1 mm) eminentibus; torus intus
sparse glanduloso-setulosus (0.2-0.3 mm). Petala 4-4.4 x 1.6-2
mm obovato-oblonga pruinoso-granulosa. Stamina paulo dimorphica;
filamenta 4.5-5 mm vel 4 mm longa glabra; thecae subulatae.
Stamina maiora: thecae 4.9 X 0.6-0.7 X 0.6-0.7 mm, poro 0.1 mm
diam. ventraliter inclinato; connectivum ad basim ventraliter
crasse bilobulatum lobis modice glanduliferis. Stamina minora:
thecae 4-4.4 X 0.6-0.7 X 0.6-0.7 mm, poro minuto dorsaliter
inclinato; connectivum ventraliter ad basim paulo bilobulatum
lobis sparse glanduliferis. Stigma non expansum; stylus 9-1ll X
0.5-0.6 mm glaber in ovarii collum ca 0.5 m immersus; ovarium
3-loculare 1/2 inferum apice sparse glanduloso-setuloso (0.1 mm).

Type Collection: R. A. A. Oldeman B-637 (holotype CAY,

2 sheets), collected in forest on lateritic soil at Chantier
Fourgassie, Orapu, French Guiana, 12 Oct. 1966. "Arbuste 1,60 m
de haut. Ecorce blancheatre a taches rouges; bois jaune. Fruit
mur noir."

Paratypes (all French Guiana): Montagne de Kaw, Oldeman
B-2367 (CAY), de Granville 2921 (CAY, US), de Granville 235 (caAY,
PB "Petales jaune-clair legérement rabbatus. Etamines et styles
blancs."); Montagne Maripa, Route de l'Est (RN 2) P. K. 75, de
Granville 2886 (CAY, US); Cacao 60 km south of Cayenne, Oldeman
1342 (cAY).

The suggested relatives both have basally nerved or barely
(to 0.5 em) plinerved and shorter leaf blades, hypanthium 4-5 m
long, petals 9-11 mm long, and large anthers 6-8 m long. More
distant relatives in northeastern South America include M.
melinonis Naud. (similar but longer anthers with glandular
connective base, calyx well lobed at anthesis, style puberulous,
essentially basally nerved leaf blades only 5-10 X 2-4 em), M.
amacurensis Wurdack (smaller basally nerved leaf blades, 6-merous
flowers, eglandular stamen connectives), and M. lasseri Gleason
(rather similar vegetative aspect, but 6-merous flowers, lobed
calyx limb, eglandular stamen connectives, glabrous barely
inferior ovary). The general vegetative aspect of M. oldemanii
is like that of M. prasina (Sw.) DC., which is distinguishable
superficially by the non-callose branchlets at the petiole
insertions, somewhat laxer leaf veinlet reticulation, and broader
inflorescences (as well as very different and smaller flowers).
None of the Guiana synonyms of M. prasina correspond to M.
oldemanii.

MICONIA TRIMERA Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. lamprophyllae Triana et M. procumbenti (Gleason) Wurdack
affinis, floribus trimeris differt.

Frutex plus minusve repens plerumque radicans ca 0.5-0.6 m;
ramuli teretes sicut folia inflorescentia hypanthiaque glandulis
appressis ca 0.05 mm longis deciduis modice induti. Petioli

328 Pied OEM wend Vol. 45, No. 4

(1-)2-6 em longi; lamina (6-)8-14(-18) X (3-)5-7(-10) em ovato-
elliptica vel elliptica apice paulo gradatimque acuminato basi
asymmetrice rotundato-obtusa et interdum auriculata, chartacea
et integra vel obscure undulata, distanter appresso-ciliolata
alioqui esetulosa, 5-nervata vel paulo (usque 1 cm) plinervata
nervis secundariis principalibus ca 4-5 mm inter distantibus
nervulis supra obscuris subtus vix elevatis laxe reticulatis
(areolis ca 1-1.5 mm acaone Panicula primum terminalis demum
lateralis pauciramosa plus minusve deflexa, ramis secundifloris
primum ca 1 ecm longis demum 3 cm; flores 3-meri sessiles,
bracteolis 0.2-0.3 mm longis ovatis subpersistentibus. Hypan-
thium (ad torum) 3 mm longum teres; calycis tubus ca 0.3 mm
longus, lobis interioribus vix (0.1-0.2 mm) evolutis oblatis,
dentibus exterioribus ca 0.6-0.7 mm eminentibus setula unica
0.1-0.2 mm longa terminatis; torus intus glaber. Petala 3, extus
pruinosa, ca 2 X 1 mm, oblonga apice rotundato. Stamina 6, iso-
morphica glabra; filamenta ca 1.5 mm longa; antherarum thecae ca
2.5 X 0.5 X 0.6 mm anguste oblongae, poro minuto dorsaliter
inclinato; connectivum non vel vix (0.1 mm) prolongatum exappen-
diculatum. Stigma paullulo expansum 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; stylus
6.7 X 0.3-0.4 mm glaber in ovarii collo 0.2-0.3 mm immersus;
ovarium 2-3-loculare et ca 1/2 inferum, collo glandulis minutis
modice coronato.

Type Collection: J. J. de Granville 2181 (holotype US
2849785; isotype CAY), collected at base of a mountain 2 km north
of Degrad Claude, petit Tamouri, French Guiana, 21 March 1974.
"Herbe plus ou moins rampante et lignifiée 4 la base. Fleurs
blanches. Forét broussaillense sur éboulis rocheux."

Paratypes: Suriname: Irwin, Prance, Soderstrom, & Holmgren
54787 (NY, US), lower slopes of Juliana Top north of Lucie River,
elev. 300 m; de Granville 1480 (CAY, P, US), Ouaremapann, Tumac
Humac, elev. 200 m; Sastre 1467 (CAY, P, us), Crique Petit
Koulé -Koulé, Tumae Humac. French Guiana: L. C. Richard s. nh.
(P), Conana; Oldeman 2902 (CAY) and 3020 (CAY), both from Riviere
Arataye (Approuague affluent); de Granville B4023 (CAY) and BY763
(CAY), both from near Plateau de la Douane, Saul; de Granville
2213 (CAY, US), Chemin des Emérillons 5 km from Degrad Claude;
Sastre 4406 (P, US), Crique Eulepoussing, Haut Oyapock; de
Granville T1168 (CAY, US), west of Trois Sauts, Haut Oyapock;
Grenand 263 (CAY), near Zidock. Brazil: Egler & Irwin 46690

NY, US), near Cachoeira Macacoara, Rio Jari, Amapa, elev. 200 m.

Both suggested relatives have (4-)5-merous flowers, but are
similar vegetatively, in the secund flowers, and in petals and
stamens. Miconia lamprophylla has 3-nerved leaf blades broadly
acute at the base, more floriferous inflorescences, and the torus
within glandular-setulose, while M. procumbens has both the
inflorescence branchlets and hypanthia glandular-setulose and
the external calyx teeth not or barely projecting. No other
trimerous species of Miconia is known at present. Usually only
one of the two branchlets rapidly overtopping the inflorescence
of M. trimera develops to any extent. All of the five dissected
buds from the type were 3-merous, with 6 stamens; numerous young

1980 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 329

fruit among the various collections all had 3 sepals. The
Richard paratype had been annotated by Cogniaux, who indicated
a novelty but not to be described from incomplete material.

MICONIA SASTREI Wurdack, sp. nov.

M. centrodesmae Naud. affinis, floribus plerumque 5-meris
ramis sicut petiolis laminarum subtus venis primariis setosis
adiffert.

Frutex 1-2 m; ramuli teretes sicut laminarum subtus venae
primariae petiolique modice setosi pilis (1-)1.5-2 mm longis
laevibus tarde deciduis et primum (sicut inflorescentia)
sparsiuscule vel modice stellulato-puberuli pilis 0.1-0.15 m
latis caducis. Petioli (1-)2-3 cm longi; lamina (7-)12-21 x
(3-)5-10 cm elliptica apice subabrupte per 0.5-1.5 cm acuminato
basi late acuta vel rotundato-obtusa, membranacea et subintegra
vel distanter crenulata ciliolata, supra sparse vel sparsissime
setulosa glabrata, subtus in venulis superficieque glabra,
breviter (0.5-1 cm) 5-plinervata nervis secundariis ca 5 mm inter
se distantibus nervulis subtus laxe reticulatis (areolis ca 2-3
mn latis). Panicula 5-8 em longa submultiflora; flores plerumque
5-meri sessiles, bracteolis setuliformibus ca 0.5 mm longis
persistentibus. Hypanthium (ad torum) 2 mm longum glabrum vel
setis paucis deciduis armatum; calyx hyalinus primum clausus ca
1 m altus apiculatus demum in lobis usque ad ca 0.5 mm supra
torum irregulariter dehiscens, dentibus exterioribus inframargi-
nalibus minutis setulis 1-2 armatis; torus intus dense glandu-
loso-setulosus. Petala glabra 2.7-2.9 X 1.4-1.5 mm obovato-
oblonga. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 2-2.5 mm longa;
antherarum thecae 2.2-2.8 X 0.4-0.5 X 0.35-0.4 mm subulatae,
poro O.1 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum non prolonga-
tum dorsaliter ad basim dente 0.25-0.3 mm longo descendenti
hebeti vel bilobulato instructum. Stigma vix expansum 0.4 m
diam.; stylus 5.3-7.3 X 0.3-0.4 mm glaber in ovarii collo 0.4 m
inmersus; ovarium 3-loculare 1/4-1/3 inferum, collo ad apicem
glanduloso-puberulo subintegro vel lobulato.

Type Collection: J. J. de Granville 849 (holotype CAY;
isotypes P, US), collected on forested slope 500 m from Maroni
River east of Isle Assadam Tabiki (trail to Monts Atachi Bacca),
French Guiana, 12 March 1971. "Arbrisseau velu a tiges vertes.
Petiole violet foncé. Fleurs & corolle blanc-jaunatre. Etamines
jaunes."

Paratypes (all French Guiana): Sastre 1365 (P) and Sastre &
Moretti 3959a (P), Riviere Inini, Station of Pasteur Institut;
de Granville 1550 (CAY, P), Satil-Monts Galbao trail; de Granville
4453 (CAY), Satil-Eau Noire trace.

Miconia centrodesma has predominantly 4-merous flowers and
esetulose branchlets, petioles, and primary leaf veins beneath.
Other relatives include M. centrodesmoides Wurdack (glabrous
leaf blades except for the margins, smaller flowers, 4-5-locular
ovary), M. mariae Wurdack (vegetatively esetulose except for
leaf blade cilia, basally nerved leaf blades, smaller stamens),
and M. valeriana (Standl.) Wurdack (basally nerved leaf blades,

330 BAY! 205s One anu Vol. 45, No. 4

absence of stellulate pubescence). Of the flowers (including
buds) examined in M. sastrei, 14 of 16 were 5-merous, the
remainder 4-merous; all of the 10 ovaries dissected were 3-
celled.

CLIDEMIA SAULENSIS Wurdack, sp. nov.

C. graciliflorae Huber affinis, ramulorum setis longioribus
laminarum supra setis longioribus ovarii pilis longioribus
differt.

Frutex 0.5-1.7 m; ramuli teretes sicut laminarum venae
primariae subtus petiolique dense setosi pilis laevibus paulo
reflexis 3-(-5) mm longis (in laminarum venis primariis paulo
brevioribus) et modice resinoso-granulosi. Petioli plerumque
3-7 em longi; lamina (7-)10-19 X (3-)5-11 cm ovata apice per 2-3
em gradatim acuminato basi 0.5-1.5 cm cordata, chartacea et
ciliato-serrulata, supra sparse subpersistenterque appresso-
setosa pilis gracilibus 1-2 mm longis, subtus sparsiuscule setu-
losa pilis ca 1 m longis gracilibus, (5-)7-nervata nervis
secundariis ca 5-7 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus dense
reticulatis areolis ca 0.2 mm latis. Inflorescentiae in ramulo-
rum nodis superioribus foliosis vel efoliatis oppositae 2-3(-5)
em longae pauciflorae, ramulis sparse glanduloso-setosis (setis
1-2 mm longis); flores 4-meri, pedicellis (ad anthesim) 3-6 mm
longis, bracteolis 1-2 mm longis subulatis setuliferis persis-
tentibus ca 0.8-1 mm infra hypanthium insertis. Hypanthium (ad
torum) 3.5-4.2 mm longum dense resinoso-granulosum ad anthesim
esetosum; calycis tubus 0.1 m longus, lobis interioribus 0.3 m
longis semicircularibus, dentibus exterioribus 0.7-0.8 mm emi-
nentibus paucisetulosis; torus intus glaber. Petala 2.4-2.5 X
1.2 mm oblonga glabra. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta
2-2.2 mm longa; antherarum thecae 2.5-2.6 X 0.4 X 0.3 mm oblongo-
subulatae, poro minuto paulo dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum
ea 0.2 mm prolongatum exappendiculatum. Stigma vix expansum ca
0.25 mm diam.; stylus 6.5 X 0.25 mm in ovarii collo ca 0.5 m
immersus ad basim ipsam inconspicue glandulosus alioqui glaber;
ovarium (3-)4-loculare omnino inferum (collo excepto), collo 0.6
mn alto sparsiuscule setuloso pilis 0.5-1 mm longis p. p.
glanduliferis; fructus sparse glanduloso-setosus.

Type Collection: J. J. de Granville 2787 (holotype US
2855827; isotype CAY), collected on the ORSTOM trail from Saul
to Monts Galbao ("P. K. 1,5 environ"), French Guiana, 2 March
1977. "“Arbrisseau hirsute, cauliflore, de 1.5 m de haut.

Fleurs blanches. Fruits elliptiques bleus. Sous-bois sur le
sommet d'une colline.”

Paratypes (all French Guiana): de Granville 4220 (CAY),
"Sur le circuit Limonade," Satil; de Granville 2004 (CAY, US),
"piste de Carbet Mais," Satil; de Granville 2395 (CAY, US),
northeast of Monts Galbao 10 km southwest of Saul.

The suggested relative has branchlet setae only 1.5-2 mm
long, leaf blades above esetulose or very sparsely and caducously
strigulose (0.1-0.3 mn), and ovary apices with glandular setulae
O.1 mm long. Other relatives include C. silvicola Gleason

1980 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 331

(cauline hairs fine and 0.5-1 mm long, leaf blades above very
sparsely and caducously strigulose, hypanthium moderately
glandular-setulose in bud and flower), and more distantly C.
pilosa Don and C. ciliata Don (both with short petioles and
larger short-pedicellate flowers), C. microthyrsa R. O. Williams,
C. swartzei Griseb., C. vincentiana Urban, and C. umbrosa (Sw.)
Cogn. The latter species has similar long cauline hairs but with
a deciduous underlayer of barbellate setulae on the young growth,
hypanthia moderately fine-setulose at anthesis, anthers broad-
pored, and both the torus within and ovary apex with glandular
hairs only O.1 mm long; the Stockholm sheet from the Swartz
herbarium has the data "Ins. Sti. Christophori: Fahlberg."
Pickled inflorescences of the type collection kindly furnished
by de Granville were utilized for the description of C. saulen-
sis.

BELLUCIA SUBROTUNDIFOLIA Wurdack, sp. nov.

In systemate Cogniauxii B. dichotomae Cogn. affinis, foliis
proportionaliter latioribus ad apicem obtusis venulis subtus
crebris hypanthiis stigmatibusque minoribus differt.

Ramuli robusti primum quadrangulati demum teretes sicut
folia novella inflorescentia hypanthiaque primum modice strigu-
losi (pilis 0.05-0.1 mm longis) ubique mox glabrati; linea inter-
petiolaris ca 0.5 mm elevata evoluta. Petioli (2-)3-4(-6) em
longi; lamina (12-)15-26 X (11-)13-23 em suborbicularis vel
ovato-suborbicularis apice obtuso vel rotundato basi rotundato-
truncata vel paullulo (usque ad 0.5 em) cordata, subcoriacea et
integra, 5(-7)-nervata nervis secundariis plerumque 6-8 mm inter
se distantibus nervulis subtus planis crebro reticulatis (areolis
ca 0.3-0.4 mm latis). Inflorescentiae ca 5-7(-9)-florae, pedun-
culo et ramis omnibus ca 1(-2) cm longis, pedicellis 0.5-1 em
longis; flores 5(-6)-meri. Hypanthium (ad torum) 6-7 mm longum;
calyx ca 4-5 mm longus in alabastris clausus ad anthesim in
lobos usque ad 2-3 mm supra torum irregulariter dehiscens.
Petala pulverulenta 13-15 X 9-11.5 mm oblongo-obovata apice
rotundato-obtuso. Filamenta 5 mm longa; antherae 6 X 4-4.6 X
3-5 mm ovato-oblonga ventraliter sub apicem minute biporosae.
Stigma paulo expansum 1.6 mm diam.; stylus 14 X 1 m glaber;
ovarium 5(-6)-loculare ca 4 mm altum omnino inferun.

Type Collection: B. H. J. de Jong 2 (holotype WAG; isotype
US), collected in a small wet savanna at forest edge, Saul,
French Guiana, 3° 37" N, 53° 12" W, 11-2-1978. "Small tree 5 m
high, 10 cm diam. (other trees up to 8-10 m high, 10-15 em
diam.); leaves coriaceous. Petals on upper side white-rose, on
under side rose-white. Anthers yellow. Fruit reddish when
unripe, purple when ripe.”

Paratypes (topotypical): de Granville B 4629 (CAY, P),
a5 Oct. L9fe ("Petit arbre ramiflore, env. 3 m de haut. Ecorce
grise, tachetee de blanc, avec de nombreuses fourmis. Bois
jaune. Fleurs 4 corolle rose."); de Granville 2815 (CAY),

6 Mar. 1977 ("Arbre de 5 & 15 metres de haut. Fleurs a corolle
rose, anthéres jaunes. Jeunes fruits pourpres").

332 Ben Years OF L WONG Miers Vol. 45, No. 4

The suggested relative has leaf blades abruptly short-
acuminate at the apex and with length/width ratio 1.5-1.7 (rather
than 1-1.2), as well as leaf venule areoles ca 0.5-0.6 mm diam.;
the flowers are 7-S-merous, with hypanthium ca 1 cm long and
stigma ca 3 mm diam. The bud calyx of B. subrotundifolia is much
shorter than typical of the genus and the stigma smaller; however
the overall vegetative similarity (especially the fine leaf ven-
ule reticulation) as well as the minor tendency to 6-merous
flowers indicate that the present generic disposition (rather
than Loreya) is preferable. All of the 14 examinable flowers or
young fruits in de Jong 2 were 5-merous; in de Granville B 4629,
12 of 19 flowers were 5-merous, the others 6-merous.

LEANDRA PALEACEA Wurdack, sp. nov.

L. rufescenti (ne: ) Cogn. affinis, ramulorum pilis appressis
compressisque foliorum laminis trinervatis supra ab initio (ner -
vis primariis exceptis) glabris differt.

Frutex 0.5-4 m; ramuli teretes sicut petioli inflorescenti-
aque pilis appressis (in inflorescentiis laxioribus) 1-1.5(-2)
mm longis compressis densiuscule strigosi. Petioli 0.5-1(-1.5)
em longi; lamina (4-)7-10 X (1.7-)2.5-4.5 em elliptica apice
breviter gradatimque acuminato basi acuta, chartacea et integra,
appresso-ciliolata, supra secus venas primarias densiuscule
strigosa alioqui glabra, subtus in superficie sparse strigulosa
pilis plerumque 0.5-1(-1.5) mm longis, trinervata nervis secun-
dariis principalibus ca 3 mm inter se distantibus nervulis ob-
scuris areolis ca 1 mm latis. Inflorescentia 2-3(-6) em longa
pauciflora; flores 5(-6)-meri sessiles, bracteolis (inconspic-
uis?) non visis. Hypanthium (ad LaGFaTa ca 2.2 mm longum pilis
subappressis plerumque 1-1.5 mm longis paulo compressis densius-
cule indutum pilis glanduliferis patentibus ca 1 mm longis sparse
vel sparsissime intermixtis; calycis tubus O.1 mm longus, lobis
interioribus 0.6 mm longis ovatis glanduloso-ciliolatis, dentibus
exterioribus ca O.7 mm eminentibus setulosis; torus intus dense
glanduloso-setulosus pilis ca 0.5 mm longis. Petala 1-1.5 X 0.4
mm oblonga ciliolata extus apicem versus setulosa et seta 2.2-
2.3 mm longa terminata. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta
ca 1.5 mm longa; antherarum thecae 2 X 0.3 mm oblongo-subulatae,
poro 0.05 mm diam. terminali; connectivum nec prolongatum nec
appendiculatum. Stigma paulo expansum O.4 mm diam.; stylus 7 X
0.25 mm glaber; ovarium 5(-6)-loculare vix (1/10) inferum, apice
pilis eglandulosis ca 2.5 mm longis dense coronato.

Type Collection: J. J. de Granville 2061 (holotype US
284978 ; isotype CAY), collected in forest on the right bank of
Riviere Camopi (Saut aoa French Guiana, 10 March 1974.

"Arbrisseau du sous-bois de 0,5 m environ. Jeunes fruits verts."

Paratypes: French Guiana: Oldeman & Sastre Ses (P, US), 42
(CAY), and 57 (P, US), all topotypical; Sastre 4654 (cAY) and
Oldeman T-776 (cAy), both from Trois Sauts, Haut eee Lescure
200 (P, US), from Km 6, Chemin des Enerillons; Lescure = CAY,
US), from Degrad Claude, Riviere Tamouri; de Granville 890 (cay,
US), from Satil, Layon du Grand "Circuit Boeuf Mort"; de Granville

1980 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 333

1785 (CAY), from "Fleuve Ouaqui". Brazil, Amapa: Irwin, Pires,
& Westra 48131 (US), from Cachoeira Tres Saltos, Rio Oiapoque;
Irwin, Pires, & Westra 47784 (US), from Rio Iaue near Oiapoque
confluence; Pires, Rodrigues, & Irvine 50685 (US), from Rio
Araguari.

The suggested relative has similar petals and ovary, but
terete patent cauline hairs, 5-nerved (and usually larger) leaf
blades appressed-setulose on the upper surface (at least when
young), and somewhat smaller stamens. Most of the collections
of L. paleacea had previously been superficially identified by
me as possibly a variant of Miconia mutabilis (DC.) Triana;
however the Richard type (P), with no exact recent collection
match, differs from L. paleacea in the evenly strigose upper
leaf surfaces, large floral bracts, eglandular hypanthial hairs,
and glabrous obovate and rounded petals 4.5 X 2 mm. ‘The flatten-
ed (ca 0.15-0.25 mm wide) cauline hairs of L. paleacea are unlike
those of the other species of Sect. Tschudya.

LEANDRA NANAYENSIS Wurdack, sp. nov.

Sect. Tschudya. L. glanduliferae (Triana) Cogn. affinis,
ecaulorum et petiolorum pilis appressis ascendentibus ovarii
pilis eglanduliferis differt.

Ramuli teretes sicut laminarum venae primariae subtus et
supra petiolique dense strigulosi pilis laevibus ca 1-1.2 m
longis eglandulosis. Petioli 1-2 cm longi; lamina (5-)7-12 x
(1.5-)3-4.5(-6.5) cm oblongo-elliptica vel ovato-elliptica apice
breviter gradatimque acuminato basi acuta vel anguste obtusa,
chartacea et integra vel obscure serrulata, supra sparsiuscule
laxiusculeque strigulosa pilis ca 0.3-0.5 mm longis, subtus
densiuscule setulosa pilis gracilibus laevibus 0.5-0.7 mm longis,
breviter (0.3-1 cm) 5-plinervata (pari inframarginali incluso)
nervis secundariis 2-3 mm inter se distantibus nervulis obscuris.
Inflorescentia 3-5 cm longa pauciflora, ramis dense appresso-
setosa pilis rufidulis 1-1.5 mm longis laevibus eglandulosis;
bracteolae subulatae 1-1.5 mm longae persistentes; flores 5(-6)-
meri sessiles. Hypanthium (ad torum) 2 mm longum dense appresso-
setosum pilis gracilibus 1-1.3 mm longis p. p. minore glanduli-
feris; calycis tubus 0.1 mm longus, lobis interioribus 0.2 m
longis ovato-subrotundatis, dentibus exterioribus setulosis
paulo (0.1-0.15 mm) eminentibus; torus intus dense glanduloso-
setulosus pilis ca 0.1 mm longis. Petala glabra 0.4-0.5 X 0.3 m
oblonga. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 1.7-1.8 mm longa;
antherarum thecae 2.5-2.7 X 0.3 mm subulatae, poro O.1 m dian.
paulo dorsaliter inclinato; connectivum ad basim vix (0.15 mn)
prolongatum dorsaliter inconspicue tuberculatum. Stigma vix
expansum 0.25 mm diam.; stylus 6 X 0.2 mm glaber in ovarii collo
0.2-0.3 mm immersus; ovarium 3(-4)-loculare vix (1/10) inferum
apicem versus dense strigulosum pilis eglandulosis; semina 0.9-l
X 0.5 mm minute tuberculata.

Type Collection: Manuel Rimachi 3390 (holotype US 2855588),
collected in upland forest on trail from caserfo de Nifia Rumi,
Rfo Nanay, Dto. Iquitos, Maynas, Depto. Loreto, Peru, 2 March

334 Pate YOR OVE G* G2 Tesh Vol. 45, No. 4

1978. "Rifarillo liana. Fruit green.”

Paratypes (all Dto. Iquitos, Maynas, Loreto, Peru; US):
McDaniel & Rimachi 20287 ("Liana; infl. red, fr. purple") and
Rimachi 2274 ("Liana; fr. green"), both from near Nina Rumi
above Puerto Almendro; McDaniel & Rimachi 17705 ("Infl. branches
red; fr. green") and 17186 ("L.5 m tall; immature fruit green"),
both from Quebrada Aucaya; McDaniel & Rimachi 18922 ("Fls pink;
fr. green; anthers white") and Rimachi 1122 ("Fls red; immature
ie green"), both from near Lago Chamchama, Rio Nanay.

Leandra glandulifera has similar petals but patent cauline
and petiolar hairs, more obviously crenulate-serrulate leaf
blades, external calyx teeth projecting 0.3-0.5 mm, and gland-
tipped ovarial hairs. Of the other species of Sect. Tschudya
with completely glabrous petals, L. edentula Gleason has basally
nerved leaves, completely eglandular and coarser hypanthial
hairs, and longer petals, while L. polyadena Ule (sometimes with
a single petal setula) has setulose branchlets, cordulate leaf
blades and longer petioles, larger hypanthia and anthers, and
glandular ovary hairs. Of the dissected flowers and fruit in
L. nanayensis, 10 were 5-merous and 4 were 6-merous; 15 ovaries
were 3-celled and 4 were 4-celled.

OSSAFA MARGINATA (Desr.) Triana subsp. CABRALIENSIS Wurdack,
subsp. nov.

A subsp. marginata foliis basaliter nervatis differt.

Type Collection: S. A. Mori, T. S. dos Santos, & C. B.
Thompson 10823 (holotype CEPEC 15436; isotype US), collected in
mata hygrophila on old highway from Sta. Cruz de Cabralia 4-6 km
east of Est. Ecoldgica do Pau-brasil (ca 17 km west of Porto
Seguro), Municipio de Sta. Cruz de Cabralia, Bahia, Brazil, 18
Oct. 1978. "Arbusto 1,5 m de altura. Perianto esverdeado e
anteras amarelas."

Paratypes (all Bahia, Brazil): Mori, dos Santos, & Euponino
11879 (CEPEC, US), topotypical ("Arbusto escandescente, com ten-
dencia a ser cipo"); R. S. Pinheiro 1815 (US), from Km 8 of Sta.
Cruz de Cabralia road ("Planta de 3 m de altura, fruto verde");
A. J. Ribeiro, L. A. Mattos Silva, & T. S. dos Santos 015 (CEPEC,
US), from near Km 33 of Travessao/Camamu road at entrance to Faz.
Brahma road, Municipio de Camamu ("Arbusto 1,5 m de altura.
Frutos imaturos verdes e maduros roxos"); R. M. Harley, Mayo,
Storr, dos Santos, & Pinheiro 18342 (K, US), from ca 6 km south-
west of Itacare south of mouth of Rio de Contas, elev. 0-100 m
("Shrub to 3 m with green stems, in coastal evergreen forest
understory; leaves slightly coriaceous. Calyx dull, pale green.
Petals off-white, reflexed; anthers yellow").

The typical and rather variable subspecies, not yet known
from Bahia, has leaf blades distinctly (albeit shortly, 0.3-1
em) plinerved; also usually the development of simple hairs on
the leaves beneath is obvious, the anthers somewhat shorter (1.5-
2 mm long), and the development of toral hairs within less. In
the Bahia population, simple hairs are nearly or quite absent

from the lower leaf surfaces, the anthers 2.6-3 mm long, and

1980 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 335

toral hair tufts dense. Apart from the primary leaf venation,
the two subspecies are qualitatively similar.

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXXXVI

Harold N, Moldenke

LANTANA LUNDIANA f£, ALBIDA Mold., f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis albidis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing cream-colored corollas.

The form is based on A. Mo Carvalho Pereira & C. M. S. Lira 6
from "em meio ao milharal, estrada de terra préxima a estrada en-
tre Teresdpolis e Friburgo", Barracao dos Mendes, Rio de Janeiro,
Brazil, collected on November 7, 1978, and deposited in the her-
barium of the Departamento de Conservagao Ambiental, Rio de Jan-
eiro. The collectors note that the "flores creme, mais de um
metro de altura, folhas pedudas, cheiro ativo".

STACHYTARPHETA PATENS Mold., spo nove

Fruticulus, ramis ramulisque gracilibus tetragonis minutissime
puberulis glabrescentibus, foliis tenuiter chartaceis in sicco
nigrescentibus decussato-oppositis, petiolis gracillimis ca. l
em. longis minutissime puberulis glabrescentibus, laminis oblongo-
subovatis basaliter in petiolum attenuatis apicaliter obtusis vel
subacutis margine irregulariter serratis, spicis terminalibus
solitariis 10--12 cm. longis multifloris minutissime puberulis
glabrescentibus, rhachide leviter exsculpato, calycibus post
anthesin patente divergentibus.

Small subshrub, to about 70 cm. tall; branches and branchlets
comparatively very slender, rather obscurely tetragonal and sub-
margined, very minutely puberulous when young, eventually glabres-
cent; leaves abundant, long-petiolate, decussate-opposite, nigres-
cent in drying; petioles very slender, about 1 cm. long, weak,
very minutely puberulous, finally glabrescent; leaf-blades thinly
chartaceous, oblong-subovate or sublanceolate, 2--4 cm. long,
1,.5--2 cm, wide, basally attenuate into the petiole, apically ob-
tuse or subacute, marginally rather irregularly serrate, sub-
glabrate on both surfaces; inflorescence spicate, terminal, soli-
tary, many-flowered, subsessile or extremely short-pedunculate,
very minutely puberulent throughout or finally glabrescent; pe-
duncle usually obsolete or less than 1 cm. long; rachis very
slender, shallowly excavated beneath the fruit; bracts linear, 1.5
to 4 mm long, glabrous, usually less than half the length of the
fruiting-calyx, widely spreading; calyx 5--6 mm. long, glabrous,
obscurely subulate-toothed at the rim, more or less patent-spread-

336 Pelee OPE sONGa IA Vol. 45, No. 4

ing after anthesis; corolla white.

The type of this species was collected by Romero Carnevali (no.
2910) in the woods along the banks of the Paranda River, at Paso
de La Patria Vivero Forestal, Dept. San Cosme, Corrientes, Argen-
tinag on March 3, 1972, deposited in the herbarium of the Insti-
tuto de Conservacdo da Natureza, Guanabara, Brazil, The collec-
tor notes that the plant was abundant "en las picadas del bosque".
The species bears strong resemblance to S. cayennensis (Lo. Co
Rich.) Vahl and to S, maximiliani var. glabrata Schau., but is
easily distinguished by its short bracts, widely spreading
fruiting-calyxes, etc.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS LAMPAYA,. I

Harold N. Moldenke

LAMPAYA CASTELLANI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 45: 282, 1980.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as L, medicinalis R. A. Phil., a species to
which it is very closely related.

BOLIVIA: Potosi: Asplund 3040 (Us), 3172 (S, Us); M. Cardenas
3710 (W--1909477); Hicken 22 (N, S)3; Troll 2946 (B, Mu). ARGENTI-
NA: Jujuy: A. Castellanos s.n. [Herb. Mus. Argent. Cienc. Nat.
20161] (N--type); R. E. Fries 969 (S).

LAMPAYA HIERONYMI Schum, & Mold. ex Mold., Suppl. List Inv.
Names 4, hyponym. Aug. 31, 1941; Phytologia 2: 52. Dec. 8,
1941,

Synonymy: Lampaya hieronymi Schum, ex Mold., Suppl. List Inv.
Names 4, in syn. 1941. Lampaya schickendantzii Mold. ex J. Hun-
giker, Revist. Invest. Agric. 6: 177 & 192. 1952. Lampaya
hieronymi Schum. ex Mold. apud E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl.
11: 131. 1953. Lampaya hieronymi Mold. apud Troncoso, Darwiniana
Ui 355, S575 &) S585, OTe

Bibliography: Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 4. 1941; Mold.,
Phytologia 2: 52. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 27. 1942;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 43 & 94. 1942; H.
Nie @ Ave: Ins, Moilidiy., Pil atker 2s) 640 1948's) Mold. , Adlphis, LilstGaltom2s
537 (1948) and 3: 690. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
aco, edo 2, 104 & 187. 1949; J. H. Hunziker, Revist. Invest, Agrice
6: 177, 183, (& 192. 19525) Cabrera, Revist. Invest. Agric. Uilsson
& 349, 1957; Mold., Résumé 124, 302, & 458. 1959; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 197 (1971) and 2: 534 & 883. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 28:
UStei IAG UliaeueCce, Wetavaisalzne IWR Ss sy) > (3 Sletsis sealeys IL7/c
1974,

Illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 357, fig. 17. 1974.

This species is based on Hieronymus & Niederlein 191 from La
Rioja, Argentina, and Macbride photographed the type specimen at

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Lampaya 337

Berlin as his type photograph number 17578, Unfortunately, this
type specimen is now presumably destroyed,

Schreiter describes the plant as 1 m, tall, the corolla light-
violet in color, It has been collected at 4000 m, altitude,
flowering in January, The only vernacular name reported for it
is "lampaca", Its juice is said to be used by local inhabitants
in the treatment of stomach and liver ailments, to wash out open
wounds, and in the treatment of gonorrhea.

Hunziker (1952) cites Hunziker 2189 and Hunziker & Occhioni
4128 from La Rioja, Argentina, Troncoso (1974) cites A. Castel-
lanos sen. [Herb. Mus. Argent, Cienc, Nat. 30/602] and Herb. M.
Lillo 32407 from Catamarca, pointing out that more field work is
needed to ascertain the validity of this taxon, Material has
been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as L. medici-
nalis R. A. Phil., a species to which it is obviously very close-
ly related,

Citations: ARGENTINA: Catamarca: A, Castellanos s.n. [Herb.
Mus. Argent. Cienc. Nat. 30/602] (N); Schreiter 6068 [Herb. Osten
22985, (F--photo, N, N--photo, Sg--photo, Z--photo). La Rioja:
Hieronymus & Niederlein 191 [Macbride photos 17578] (B--type, F--
photo of type, Kr--photo of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of
type, Z--photo of type).

LAMPAYA MEDICINALIS R. A. Phil., Anal. Mus. Nac. Chile Bot. 1:
Se DieL2, Liss 5c LOOM

Synonymy: Lampayo officinalis Phil. ex Murillo, Pl. Médic.
Chili 163, nom. provis. 1889. Lampaya officinalis Phil. apud
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 237. 1903. Lampaya
aratae Molfino in Dominguez, Invest, Fitoquim. 196. 1928.

Bibliography: F. Phil., Verh. Deutsch. Wiss. Ver. Santiago 1:
160. 1886; Murillo, Pl. Médic. Chili 163. 1889; R. A. Phil., An-
ale Mise Naew Chile Bots i. [Cats Praeve Pl. Ttin. “larape] 50,
Di, 2, fig, 5. 1891: Ro A. Phil., Verz. Hocheb. Prov. Antofae.
Tarap. Pfl. pl. 2. 1891; R. E. Fries, Nov. Act. Reg. Soc. Sci.
Upsal. 4 (1): [Nord Argent.] 110. 1905; Reiche & Phil. in Reiche,
Estud, Crit. Fl. Chil. 5: 304. 1910: M. Kunz, Anatom Untersuch.
Verb. 35 & 36. 1911; Dominguez, Invest. Fitoquim. 196. 1928;
Baeza, Nomb. Vulg. Pl. Silv., ed. 2, 123. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond.
4: 37. 1930; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 34 & 36, fig. 66.
1934; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 4. 1941; Mold., Alph. List
Inv. Names 27. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed.
1, 42 & 94. 1942; Mold., Lilloa 10: 374. 1944; Mold., Phytologia
2: 104. 1944; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 690 & 813. 1949; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 101 & 187. 1949; Acevedo
de Vargas, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 25: 44--45. 1951;
Mold., Résumé 121, 302, & 458. 1959; Munoz Pizarro, Sin. Fl. Chil.
199. 1959; Munoz Pizarro, Espec. Pl. Descr. Philip. 110. 1960;
Mold., Phytologia 15: 466. 1968; Heusser, Pollen Spores Chile 61.
1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 192 (1971) and 2: 534 & 883. 1971;
Mold., Phytologia 28: 458. 1973; Montes, Wilkomirsky, & Ubilla,
Pl. Med. 25: 192. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 355, 356, & 358,
fig. 16. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 45: 282. 1980.

338 Pan Yer 0 Ly One A Vol. 45, Now 4

illustrations: Ro Ao Philo, Anal. Mus. Nac. Chile, BotosizaiGate
Praev.) Pls Ltin.g Larapo/ plc, 2a ete.) So, LOOMS IR AG Bhaslemivictac
Hocheb, Prov. Antofag. Tarap. Pfl. pl. 2. 1891; Junell, Symb.

Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): fig. 66. 1934; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 356,
fig. 16. 1974.

Although a specific ("officinalis") epithet was proposed for
this species earlier than the one here adopted, it is invalidated
under the present Code of Botanical Nomenclature, having been pub-
lished before the genus itself had been validly published. Lampaya
aratae, a later name, is a nom. provis. published without valida-
ting description.

R. A. Philippi's original (1891) description is: "Frutex 50--
60 cm. altus, saepe diametri 2--3 m., ramisissimus, rami cortice
rufa vestiti, ramuli breves. Folia opposita, conferta, crassa,
coriacea, brevissime petiolata, ovata, integerrima, ad summum 13
mm. longa, 7 mm, lata, glaberrima, resinoso-punctulata, Flores
pauci, c. 10 in apice ramulorum sessiles, bractea squamuliformi,
ciliolata fulti, quae cupulam simulat, Calyx 5 1/2 mm. longus,
subcylindricus, quinquecostatus s. plicatus, fructifer parum am-
pliatus, fructui arcte adhaerens, ore constricto. Corolla 9 mn,
longa, glaberrima, pallide violacea. Habitat in tractu de Machuca
ad Pica, ab incolis Lampaya vocatur, et uti valde medicinalis
laudatur." The title of the article in which this description
occurs is "Catalogus praevius plantarum in itinere ad Tarapaca a
Friderico Philippi lectarum. Elaboravit R. A. Philippi", so it is
obvious that the type was collected by F. Philippi, not by R. A.
Philippi, but R. A. Philippi is the author of the binomial, The
province of Chile investigated on this trip is Tarapaca, north of
Antofagasta, toward the Peruvian boundary. Of Pica, the type lo-
cality, Philippi, in the introduction to his work (p. vi), says:
"Del punto llamada Huasco (cerca de 3900 m. sobre el mar) los vi-
ajeros tomaron la direccion al oeste para bajar a Pica, oasis
situada en la Pampa del Tamarugal a la altura de 1367 m....La pam-
pa o desierto del Tamarugal .....se estiende entre la cordillera
de la costa al oeste hasta el pié de la alta meseta al este con
un anchura de 45 quilm, mas o mémos, i entre el rio Loa al S,. i el
rio Camarones al N. por casi tres grados i medio, Esta despoblado
a escepcion de unas pequenas oasis."

Reiche and Philippi (1910) describe the species as "Arbustito
mui ramoso, lampino. Las ramitas cortas, con la corteza rojae
Hojas tupidas, coriaceas, aovadas, mui cortamente pecioladas,
finismamente resinoso—puncteadas: de 8 12 mm. de largo. Flores
ca. 10, sésiles, hacia el estremo de las ramas. Br&cteas cortas,
pestanosas, Caliz de 5 mm. de largo, despues un poco mas grande i
con el limbo encojido. Corola pelada, de un violaceo palido, de 1
em, de largo, Drupa ovdide, de 4--4,5 mm. de largo. Huesos de la
drupa de 3 mm, Tallos 0,1--0,3 mm. Tallos 0,1--0,3 m. En las
cordilleras altas (3,500 4,000 m.) de la provincia de Tarapaca,
al sureste de Pica; todavia en territorio chileno? Planta mui
medicinal,"

Macbride has photographed an isotype of this species in the Ber-
lin herbarium as his photograph number 17579. Recent collectors

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Lampaya 339

have encountered this plant at altitudes of 2800--3750 meters.
"Lampaya" is the only vernacular name thus far recorded for it.

Montes and his associates (1974) report that the leaves are
used to treat "Maladies des voies urinaires et du foie". Tronco-
so (1974) quotes Murillo (1889) as saying that "Les habitants lui
donnent le nom de lampaya o lampayo et le regardent comme un re-
méde universel, 1'employant fréquemment et avec une confiance
trés grande, Selon M. Belisario Java, de Pica, l'infusion d'une
once de lampayo dans un litre d'eau est un excellent sudorifique
pour les refroidissements, les rhumatismes et les siphilis." She
continues: "En el N. argentino, especialmente en el Quebrada de
Humahuaca, se usa L, medicinalis Ph, como materia colorante. (De
la tesis inéd. del Ing. M. Uro, 1927)."

Junell (1934) says that "Der Fruchtknotenbau wie bei den vor-
hergehenden Gattungen [Nashia, Lantana, Lippia, etc.] wie aus
Fig. 66 ersichtlich, setzt sich von den beiden Plazentagefass-
biindeln je ein kraftiger Zweig nach oben in den Fruchtknoten
fort. Die Integumenttapetum ist schwach ausgebildet. Der Em-
bryosack ist gleichmdssig dick und oben kaum erweitert. An einem
Pradparat habe ich ein mikropylares Haustorium mit etwa sechs, in
einem Kreis nebenainander liegenden Zellen beobachtet. Ich habe
keine Gelegenheit gehabt, Friichte zu untersuchen. Duese zerfal-
len in zwei Steine und sind vermutlich steinfruchtartig."

Heusser (1971) cites L. medicinalis from Tarapaca and Antofa-
gasta, Chile. Troncoso (1974) cites F. Philippi s.n. from "Co-
lana" and Perry 6985 from Antofagasta, Chile, and A. Castellanos
son. from Jujuy, Argentina, as well as Martin 378 from an unspeci-
fied locality.

The Cardenas 3710 and Troll 2946, distributed as L. medicina-
lis,seem actually to represent L. castellani Mold., while Asplund
12352 is Acantholippia deserticola (R. A. Phil.) Mold.

Citations: CHILE: Antofagasta: Marticorena, Matthei, & Quezada
404 (Z); Pfister 8387 (S)3; A. Pinto s.n. [Est. San Pedro, 28-IX-
1948] (Ac). Tarapacad: R. A. Philippi 1283 (W--1323387), s.n.
[Macbride photos 17579; Herb. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 54881]
(Kr--photo os isotype, N--photo of type, N--photo of isotype, N--
photo of isotype, W--photo of isotype, Z--photo of isotype).

NOTES ON THE GENUS PERONEMA

Harold N, Moldenke

It had been my intention to publish a formal detailed mono-
graph of this genus, along with all other genera on this and re-
lated segregated families, but this plan now appears to be infeas-
ible because of lack of time. It has seemed worthwhile, however,
to place on record herewith the miscellaneous notes, chiefly bib-
liographic, assembled by my wife and myself over the past fifty

340 PEP ah O) RONG ITA Vol. 45, Now 4

years. This is the 49th genus so treated. Full explanation of
the herbarium acronyms employed herein, as in all others in this
large series of papers in this journal since 1933, will be found
in my "Fifth Summary of the Verbenaceae,...." (1971), pages 795--
801.

PERONEMA Jack, Malay. Misc., imp. 1, 1: 46--47. 1820.

Synonymy: Peronema Jacq. apud Schnitzl., Icon, Fam. Nat. Veg.
2: 137 Verbenac. [3], sphalm. 1856. Paronema Chowdhury, Journ.
Indian Bot. Soc. 43: 335, sphalm. 1964; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15:
21, in syn. 1967.

Bibliography: Jack, Malay. Misc., imp. 1, 1: i & 46--47. 1820;
Jack, Descrip. Malay. Pl., imp. 1, 46--47. 1822; Jack in Hook.,
Comp. Bot. Mag. 1: 152--153. 1835; Endl., Gen. Pl. 634--635. 1838;
Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2: 198, 1840; Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. Phan.
9: 227. 1840; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 371 & 606. 1843; Jack, Calc.
Journ, Nat. Hist. 4 (13): 41--42. 1843; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc.
465. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 626--627. 1847; Wall., Nu-
mer. List 303, no. 9075. 1849; Wight, Icon. Pl. Orient. 4 (3): 10,
pl. 1460. 1849; W. Griff, Notul. 4: 177--178 & 759. 1854; W.
Grift <5) Leona Ei. Asiate 47) pli. 448, £ie.(3> 1654; Miqoj Piemmeds
Ind. 2: 908--909. 1856; Schnitzl., Icon. Fam. Nat. Reg. Vego 2:
137) Werden, fi/q WessOs Whlieiag Wile ies Beye, Ewheyl, S70 —s)7/ie
18603 Boeq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 90, 119, 120, 123, 18a 54—
156. 18623 Benth, an Benth, & Hook. £., ‘Gen. Pl. 2 (2) se8ts2,
1B 6) AS Sey GelZ68. eS7GsnGor Be Clarke! im Hoole obo. Eulic pBisitomeun
dia 4: 599, 1885; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4
(3a): 177--179. 1894; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
1, 2: 473. 1894; Koord., Meded. Lands Pl, 12: /Plantkund, Woord-
enb.] 92 & 146. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 4
(3a): 383. 1897; Koord.& Valet., Meded. Lands Pl. Bat. 42 [Bijdr.
Booms, Java 7]: 164 & 213--215. 1900; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen.
Siphonog., imp. 1, 433. 1904; King & Gamble, Journ, Asiat. Soc.
Beng. 74 (2 extra): 795 & 857--858. 1908; King « Gamble, Fl. Malay
Penins. 21: 795 & 857--858. 1909; Francé, Leben Pflanze 6: 513.
1913; Koord. & Valet., Atlas Baumart. Jav. pl. 280 & 281. 1914;
Heyne, Nutt. Pl, Nederl. Ind., ed. 1, 4: 122--123 & xviii. 1917;
H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 321--322 « 366. 1919; Ridl., Fl.
Malay Penins, 2: 636. 1923; Heyne, Nutt. Pl. Nederl. Ind., ed. 2,
1324, 1925; S, Moore, Journ, Bot. Lond. 63: Suppl. 81. 1925; Wan-
gerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 645. 1925; Janssonius, Mik-
rogre Holz. 754. 1926; C. Coster, Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. 38: 21,
24, & 27. 1928; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 237. 1930;
Stapf, Ind. Lond, 5: 35. 1931; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4):
95, 97--98, & 201--202, fig. 148. 1934; Corbett, Journ. Fed. Malay
St. Mus. 17: 749. 1936; Japing & Seng, Tectona 29: 529--534. 1936;
Mold,, Prelim, Alph. List Inv. Names 33. 1940; Mold., Suppl. List
Comm, Vern. Names 7, 11, 13, & 21. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names 34, 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., edo 1, 60,
61, 63--65, 73, & 97. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 107. 1944; Jacks.
in Hook. fo Jacks., Ind. Kewsa, imp. 2, 23 4735 19465 Ho Noe Ac
L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 22--24 ¢ 34. 1946; Den Berger, Determ. Houts.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Peronema 341

Mal, Fam. 73. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2,
139, 140, 143, 144, 146, 162, & 192. 1949; Metcalfe & Chalk,

Anat. Dicot. 1035--1038 & 1041. 1950; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen.
Bot. Fan. 17: 5. 1956; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen, Siphonog., imp.
2, 433. 1958; Iljin, Acad. Sci. Bot. Inst. Dept. Repr. Mat. Hist.
Fl. Veg. USSR 3: 216. 1958; Mold., Résumé 178, 180, 188--190,

193, 220, 330, 413, & 464. 1959; Embarger in Chadefaud & Embarger,
Traité Bot. 2: 828. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
imp. 3, 2: 473. 1960; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp.

3, 433. 1963; Chowdhury, Journ, Indian Bot, Soc. 43: 335, 336, «&
342, plo 1, fig. 3. 1964; J. Muller in Cranwell, Ancient Pacif.
Floras 39. 1964; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 594 & 612. 1965; F.
A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 195. 1965; Chopra, Badh-
war, & Ghosh, Poison. Pl. India 2: 694. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. C.
Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 853. 1966; Mitra, Elem. Syst.

Bot. Angiosp., ed. 2 abrdg., 141. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15:
21. 1967; Kundu & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 406. 1968; Uphof,
Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 397 & 541. 1968; Corner & Watanabe, I1-
lustr. Guide Trop. Pl. 763. 1969; J. Hutchins., Evol. Phylog.
Flow. Pl. 469 & 701. 1969; Keng, Ord. Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 278.
1969; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 142 & 352. 1970; Airy Shaw in J. C.
Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 875. 1973; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1:
29ise 305, 325. & 366 (1971), and 2: 593; 594, 763, e@-89/7>5 19715
Mukhopadhyay, Pollen Morph. Verb. [thesis]. 1971; Mold., Phyto-
logia 23: 424, 429, & 500. 1972; Hegnauer, Chemotax, Pfl. 6 [Chen.
Reihe 21]: 678. 1973; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect.
Seients Teche | 1'2 1¢2)is: 95° (1973). and.13s .178.¢ 3285 19765, Mold¢;
Phytologia 34: 265, 270, & 508. 1976; Jack, Malay. Misc., imp. 2,
1:[iJ &46--47, 1977; Jack, Descr, Malay. Pl., imp. 2, [i] & 2:
46--47. 1977; Mound & Halsey, Whitefly World 160, 305, & 312.
1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40 & 47.
1978; Mold., Phytologia 44: 221 & 510. 1979.

It is worth noting here that the date of the original publica-
tion of this genus is given as "1822" by most authors, although
the erroneous dates, "1820" and "1832", also appear in the liter-
ature on the genus. Jack's original description is: "Didynamia
Angiospermia. N.O. Verberaceae. Br. Calyx 5-partitus. Corolla
tubo brevi, limbo irregulari 5-lobo, laciniis secundis. Stamina
duo, exserta; rudimenta duorum sterilium. Stigma refractum.
Fructus siccus, 4-partibilis, 4-spermus. Arbor, foliis pinnatis
petiolo alato, panicula terminali, opposite corymbosa....o.The
genus is related to Vitex but is abundantly distinct therefrom."

Bentham (1876) amplified this description to: "Calyx campanula-
tus, breviter 5-fidus, fructifer immutatus. Corolla tubus brevis;
limbus sub-2-labiatus, 5-fidus, lobis parum inaequalibus, 2 posti-
cis exterioribus, antico caeteris paullo longiore, concavo. Stam-
ina 2, antica, fauci affixa, subexserta; antherae parvae, late
ovatae, loculis subparallelis distinctis, Ovarium 4-loculare,
loculis l-ovulatis; stylus apice incurvus, acutus, integer; ovula
sub apice lateraliter affixa, Capsula parva, subglobosa, calyce
longior, 4-valvis; valvae a basi deciduae, crustaceae cum membrana
externa villosula, placentae in columnam centralem 4-alatam coher-

342 Po BWYa TO) 0 (Gaia Vol. 45, Nos 4

entes liberantes v. demum inter se solutas auferentes. Semina

sub apice affixa, pendula, exalbuminosa,. - Arbor procera, ramulis

foliis inflorescentubusque tomento minuto subcanescentibus. Folia
opposita (2-pedalia) imparipinnata, foliolis suboppositis conjugis
lanceolatis integerrimis, rhachi apice saepe anguste alata. Cymae

laxae, in paniculas 3-chotomas floribundas in axillis superioribus
pedunculatas dispositae. Flores minimi., Bracteae minutae, seta-

ceae."

Clarke (1885) describes the genus as "A lofty tree; branchlets
grey-tomentose. Leaves opposite, unequally pinnate; leaflets
several pair, entire. Panicles in the upper axils large, com-
pound; bracts small, flowers very small. Calyx shortly 5-fid, not
accrescent, Corolla tube cylindric; limb 2-lipped, 5-lobed. Sta-
mens 2; anthers subexserted, ovate; cells parallel, subseparate.
Ovary 4-celled, 4-ovuled; style filiform, subentire. Capsule
small, globose, longer than the calyx, 4-valved; valves quarter-
spheres, margins inflexed holding the seeds. Seeds pendulous."

Miquel (1856) describe it as "A tree, medium or rather small;
branches grey-tomentose. Leaves imparipinnate; leaflets 7 to 9
pairs. Inflorescence of large corymbose panicles terminal of very
numerous, small white flowers. Calyc campanulate, 5-lobed. Corol-
la short, 2-lipped, 5-lobed, midlobe of flower-lip largest. Sta-
mens 2, exsert. Ovary 4-celled; cells l-ovuled. Capsule small,
globose, of 4 crustaceous valves separating from base. Seeds
small, Species 1, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Sumatra, Java."

Briquet (1894) characterizes the genus as follows: "Kelch
glockig, kurz 5spaltig, zur Zeit der Reife unverdndert. Blkr. mit
kurzer RGhre; Saum schwach 2lappig, 5spaltig, mit schwach ungleich-
en Lappen, die 2 hinteren nach aussen gelegen, der vorderer
grésser als die tibrigen, concav. Stb. 2, die vorderen im Blumen-
kronsc-lunde inseriert,# exsert; A. klein, breit eiférmig, mitt
parallelen Thecae. Frkn. 4facherig, mit je 1 fast gipfelstdndigen,
hangenden, Sa. enthaltenden Fachern; Gr. am Gipfel gebogen, spitz,
ungeteilt. Kapsel klein, halbkugelig, langer als der Kelch,
4klappig; Klappen von der Basis abfdllig, etwas krustig, die 4 zu
einer 4fltigeligen axilen Sdule verwachsenen Placenten frei machend
oder losreissend, S. fast gipfelstandig. - Hoher Baum, mit dinnen
Filze auf Zweigen und B. bedeckt. B. gegenstdndig, unpaarig-
gefiedert, mit fast gegenst&éndigen, zahlreichen, lanzettlichen,
ganzrandigen B,. Cymes locker in axillaren, reichblitigen Rispen.
Bl. und Bracteen sehr klein,"

Lam (1919) also describes the genus in practically identical
manner: "Small trees; branchlets, inflorescences and petioles minu-
tely grey-tomentose; leaves large, opposite, imparipinnately com-
posed; inflorescences terminal, large, composed of cymes; bracts
subulate; flowers small; calyx 5-toothed, somewhat 2-lipped, unal-
tered in fruit; corolla with short tube; limb oblique, 2-lipped, 5-
lobed, upper lip with 2 small, lower lip with 3 larger lobes, the
middle one larger; stamens 2, exserted, inserted in the ventral and
basal part of the corolla-tube; style slender, with subulate stig-
ma, sometimes bifid; ovary 4-celled, cells l-ovuled; fruit a 4-
valvate capsule; placenta central, winged, seeds pendulous, without

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Peronema 343

albumen, Distribution: Malay Peninsula! and western part of
Archipelago}"

Junell (1934) notes that "Bei Peronema zerfallt auch tatsdch-
lich die Frucht ziemlich leicht". He places the genus in
Subtribe Viticeae (instead of Caryopteridoideae) with Hymenopyra-
mis Wall., saying "Die Einreihung dieser beiden Gattungen in
Viticeae begriinde ich hauptsdchlich mit der Ubereinstimmung hin-
sichtlich des Fruchtknotenbaus. Die Plazenten sind jedoch im
obersten Teil des Fruchtknotens nicht verwachsen, Médglicherweise
waren die beiden Gattungen, und zwar vorsugsweise Peronema, mit
Riicksicht auf den Fruchtknotenbau besser in Callicarpeae unter-
zubringen. Der Umstand, dass die Fruchtwand trocken ist, bildet
meines Erachtens kein direktes Hindernis fiir die Plazierung der
Gattungen in einer dieser beiden Subtribus, insbesondere wenn man
berucksichtigt, dass die Fruchtwand immerhin noch Steinzellen
enthdlt, -- Peronema besitzt auch Ahnlichkeit mit einigen Gattun-
gen, die den Ubergang zwischen Clerodendreae und Ajugeae bilden."

Backer and Bakhuizen (1965) have lately amplified the generic
description as follows: "Flowers small, in an erect, large, dense-
ly short-hairy, terminal panicle; bracts small; calyx 5-fid almost
halfway down, slightly enlarged under the fruit; corolla bilabiate;
tube short, widened in the upper half; upper lip short, bifid,
lower one longer, 3-fid, median lobe by far the largest; stamens 2
(anterior ones), inserted at the base of the widened part of the
corolla-tube, far exserted between the posterior corolla-segments,
decurved; ovary 4-celled; cells l-ovuled; style far exserted, its
tip subulate; drupe small, globose, dry, 4-coccous. Branches
densely pubescent; leaves opposite, imparipinnate; rachis winged;
leaflets opposite or alternate, 3--ll-jugate plus terminal leaflet,
sessile or shortly stalked, entire or occasionally serrate, accres-
cent toward the apex of the leaf; lateral nerves numerous, paral-
lel, Tree."

It is perhaps worthy of note here that the Endlicher (1838)
reference cited in the bibliography (above) is often cited as
"1836--1856", the titlepage date, but the pages involved with the
genus under discussion were actually issued in 1838. Similarly,
the Schnitzlein (1856) reference is often cited by the titlepage
date of '"1843--1870", but, again, the page involved here was actu-
ally issued in 1856. Moore's paper (1925) is sometimes cited as
authored by "Rendle" or "S., Moore in Rendle", but according to the
table of contents Moore was the sole author. The plate sometimes
cited to Griffith's Notul. Pl. Asiat. actually was issued in his
Icon. Pl. Asiat. of the same year (1854).

Peronema canescens Jack is the type and only known species in
the genus.

PERONEMA CANESCENS Jack, Malay. Misc., imp. 1, 1: 46--47. 1820.
Synonymy: Peronema heterophyllum Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl.
570--571. 1860, Peronema canescens Vahl ex Mold., Résumé 330, in
syn. 1959, Peronema canescens Jacq. ex Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl.,

ed. 2, 397, sphalm. 1968
Bibliography: see under the genus as a whole.

344 POY T7Ol E70 (Cer A Vol. 45, No. 4

Illustrations: Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 4 (3): pl. 1460.
SAO We Gries Con Eo ASHatog 4s) pila 4a tice 1 culiaeyes
Francé, Leben Pflanze 6: 513, 1913; Koord. & Valet., Atlas Baum-
art. Jav. pl. 280 & 281. 1914; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 4: 95,
fig. 148. 1934; Chowdhury, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 43: opp. 342,
fig. 3. 1964; Corner & Watanabe, Illustr. Guide Trop. Pl. 763.
1969.

Jack's original (1820) description of this species is as fol-
lows: "A large tree, native of Sumatra, Trunk straight, but
little branched. Leaves opposite, ovate, nearly two feet long,
with 7--9 pair of leaflets which are alternate or subopposite,
lanceolate, attenuated to both ends, acute, somewhat recurved, en-
tire, smooth above, canescent beneath, veins reticulate on the un-
der surface; 8--9 inches long. Petioles winged, finely and deli-
cately tomentose, wings decurrent from the insertion of the leaf-
lets. Stipules none. The branches are crowned by a vast terminal
oppositely corymbose panicle, of which the ultimate divisions are
dichotomous with a flower in the bifurcations; the whole is finely
tomentose and hoary. Bracts small, acute. Flowers inconspicuous,
whitish. Calyx five-parted, segments acute, erect. Corolla not
much longer than the calyx, limb expanding, irregular, five-lobed,
segments secund, the two upper ones diverging, the lowermost con-
siderably longer than the rest. Stamina two, reflexed backwards
between the upper segments of the corolla; filaments subulate,
thickened towards the base; anthers long. Rudiments of two abor-
tive stamina. Ovary four celled, ovule erect. Style rather
longer than the stamina. Stigma simple, refracted. Fruit seated
on the calyx, villous, dry, separating into four portions, each of
which contains a single seed. Obs. This is a valuable timber tree,
the wood being hard and tough, well suited for carriage shafts,
which require to combine strength and elasticity with lightness.
When long buried in the earth, it is said to become petrified. The
genus is related to Vitex, but is abundantly distinct therefrom."

More recent writers and collectors describe the plant as a
shrub or small to large tree, 12--30 m, tall, the trunk slender and
strict, the bole to 9 m. high, 38--70 cm. in diameter at breast
height, the wood durable, tough, darkening when cut, the bark white
or gray to pale-brown or "biscuit-color", rather smooth, bitter,
very strongly laminated or peeling, longitudinally fissured, the
sap not milky, the branchlets densely grayish- or brownish-tomen-
tose or short-hairy, the leaves imparipinnately compound, decussate-
opposite, 15--60 cm. long, 10--15 cm. wide, rich-purple when young,
hoary-white beneath, the rachis often winged throughout the space
between the leaflets, decurrent or "not truly decurrent", the peti-
oles 3--18 cm. long, flat above, conspicuously alate, ligntly or
densely grayish- or brownish-tomentose, the leaflets 7--9 alter-
nate or subopposite to opposite pairs, sessile, herbaceous or rath-
er thin-chartaceous, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, apically
acutely acuminate to attenuate or caudate, basally acute to attenu-
ate or cuneate, serrate (upper) or entire (lower), the smallest
ones basal, 2.5--15 cm. long, 1--3.5 cm. wide, and acute at both
ends, the upper larger ones 10--35 cm. long and 3.5--7.5 cm. wide,

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Peronema 345

densely gray- or whitish-pubescent or tomentose and reticulate-
venose beneath, often concave, glabrous above, often subrecurved,
the secondary venation comprising 20--30 pairs, the inflorescen-
ce terminal or thyrsoid, large, resembling that of Tectona gran-
dis L. f., 25--35 cm. long, 18--40 cm. wide, densely grayish- or
brownish-puberulent or lightly pubescent-tomentose throughout,
with a pale-green or brown aspect when fresh, made up of opposite
trichotomous cymes in secondary corymbs, the axes light-yellowish,
the first branches decussate-opposite; bractlets 1 mm. long, nar-
row, apically acute, pubescent; flowers minute, inconspicuous,
white or greenish-white, 2--3 mm. long, not fragrant; calyx cam-
panulate, green or greenish, about 1 mm. long, densely glandular-
hairy, deeply toothed or 5—parted to almost the middle, unchanged
in fruit, the lobes patulous or deltoid, reflexed in fruit; cor-
olla 3--4 mm. long, whitish-glandular-pubescent, the tube subin-
fundibular, somewhat longer than the calyx, often glabrate, the
limb oblique, 2-lipped, the 4 upper lobes subequaling the calyx-
lobes, the 5th anterior lobe twice as long, erect, 2-lobulate,
quite petaloid; fertile stamens 2 (the lower pair), exserted, re-
curved, the upper 2 reduced to rudimentary filaments; lower fila-
ments stout, subulate, pale- or yellow-green, introflexed in
aestivation; anthers large, reniform-oblong, sordid-yellow, 2-
locular, attached in the sinus between the thecae, longitudinally
dehiscent; style filiform, pale-green, basally pilose; stigma
subsimple, subulate, curved; ovary cordate-rotund, apically dense-
ly pilose, 2-locular; ovules enclosed in partial cells from a re-
curved placenta, pendulous; capsule about 3 mm. long and 2 m,
wide, hirsute.

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Balgooy 2483,
"whitish" on Put 251, and "yellow-green, lip white" on Maxwell
75-905. On Jacobs XI-K-25 they are described as "2 upper petals
green with a whitish base enveloping the base of the stamens, 3
lower petals white".

Griffith (1854) notes that "As the ovarium increases the calyx
is forced to spread out, it is now pubescent, in all the exposed
part marked by 4 lines converging to the cicatrix of the style
and simulating well a Boragineous fruit. The placentas have be-
come fleshy, and the proper cells of the ovula, quite complete
(except adhesion). This is evidently the Peronema canescens of
Jack, who describes the ovary as 4-celled, and the ovules as e-
rect, in which case a greater degree of affinity with Tectona
would be manifested; he also describes the wing of the petiole
as decurrent, i.e. derived from the leaflets. The inflorescence
and aspect of the young fruit, is exactly that of Tectona, so is
the appearance of the under surface of the leaves, although these
perhaps are not siliceous, It osculates directly between the
Vitex section and Tectona do."" He says that the calyx is "demum
immulatis", but this is an obvuous error for "immutatis", just
as his "“osculates” is obviously an error for "oscillates"!

Junell (1934) affirms that "Im oberen Teil des Fruchtknotens
sind die Plazenten frei, Unterhalb der Samenanlagenfusspunkte
verwachsen die Plazenten, Die Fruchtblattrander bleiben jedoch

346 PHYTOLOGIA Vol, 45, Neuue

frei, Die Fruchtblattmitte ist nicht verdickt. Die Samenanlagen
sind oberhalb der Mitte inseriert. Der oberer Teil des Embryo-
sacks ist etwas erweitert. Die Fruchtknotenwand ist sehr dick,
und im Fruchtstadium sin die inneren Schichten start verhdrtet;

es ist daher schwierig, Mikrotomschnitte durch die Frucht zu er-
halten, Die kugelige Frucht zerfallt zuerst an der Grenze zwisch-
en den Fruchtblattern, und die Halften teilen sich dann an der
Medianlinie des Gyndceums entlang."

Recent collectors have found this species growing in open
country, swampy river edges, evergreen forests and jungles on
foothills, and damp ground along roadsides, at altitudes of 50--
900 m., flowering in February, April, May, August, and September,
in fruit in May, August, and October. Corner and Watanabe (1969)
report the species as medicinal and assert that it is also used
as a hedge plant. In fact, the Stone & Anderson 8733, cited be-
low from Johore, may well have come from a cultivated plant.
Stone reports it common in Pahang, while Balgooy reports it conm-
mon in more or less open places in forests. Burger 1048 & 2207
represent seedlings, the former very young ones. Jacobs refers
to it as a "tree enveloped in a cloud of flowers" when in full
anthesis, but most authors refer to the flowers are quite incon-
spicuous per se. The bark is said to be employed medicinally in
the treatment of fevers. Corbett (1936) affirms that Peronema
canescens, as well as Cinnamomum sp., serve as host to the white-
fly, Dialeuropora decempuncta (Quaint. & Bak.) Takahashi in Sri
Lanka.

Uphof (1968) affirms that the wood of this "Malayan Arch/ipel-
agoj'' tree resembles that of "djati" [Tectona grandis L. f.]
though lighter in color and is “of much demand in Sumatra for
the construction of houses and bridges; a decoction of the
leaves is used as a mouthwash for toothache". Backer and Bakhui-
zen (1965) assert that the Javan population as "Possibly intro-
duced from Sumatra, as may be concluded from the popular names
"djati sabrang' and 'ki sabrang' (i.e., tree of beyond the sea)."

Heyne (1917) says of the species: "Boom, tot 22 M. hoog en 60
cM. dik, in 1892 volgens K. & V......0p Java wildgroeiend alleen
aangetroffen nabij Menes in West-Bantam, thans in Bantam en het
westelijk deel van Batavia reeds tamelijk algemeen en zich der-
halve vrij snei oostwaarts verbreidende. In Midden-Java is hij
herhaaldelijk aangeplant gevonden, zoowel voor pagers als om het
hout. Op Sumatra is hih in de benedenlanden algemeen. Het hout
wordt daar volgens K. & V. geroemd voor huisbouw en bruggen; het
is licht en veerkrachtig en dient in Palembang voor den bouw van
ossenkarren en dergelijk klein werk, in de Lampongs bij den huis-—
bouw, doch liefst onder dak. Stakman.....noemt het een zeer ge-
wilde houtsoort en vermeldt de ook in Palembang bekende eigen-
aardigheid, dat het in stroomend water in den tijd van 6 jaar
versteent. In Bulletin No. 14 Kol. Museum, bl. 60, wordt gezegd,
dat loeroeshout door zijn laag s.g. bijzonder in aanmerking komt
voor kapconstructies: voor andere doeleinden zou het minder
bruikbaar zijn wegens een sterke neiging om te scheuren. Ook zou
het worden aangetast door witte mieren en in den grond snel ver-

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Peronema 347

rotten, Een aktreksel van de bladeren wordt in Z. O. Borneo ge-
bezigd als mindspoeling tegen tandpijn; in Palembang kent men aan
een afkooksel koortswerende eigenschappen toe,"

Vernacular names reported for this plant are "djati sabrang",
"false elder", "ki sabrang", "kisabrang", "loeroesi", "mélajoe",

"noengké", "sekai", "sekay", "soehai", "soekai temor hiram",
“soengkai", "soengkaii", "soengkay", "soengk®", "soéngké",
"soengkei", "soengke-melajoe", "soéngkie", "song krae longha",
"soongkai", "sungkai", and "tjisabrang".

Wallich, Numer, List 303, no. 9057, is sometimes cited as
Peronema, but actually is Panax pinnatum Lam. (Araliaceae), but
no. 9075, on the same page, is the number intended, Of it Wal-
lich (1849) says "Origin uncertain",

Miquel (1856) records the species from Sumatra; Griffith (1854)
from Malacca. Clarke (1885) records it from Malacca, Sumatra,
Java, and Borneo, but cites only Griffith 6025 from Malacca.

King and Gamble report it from Borneo. Ridley (1923) cites un-
numbered collections by Foxworthy, Griffith, and Scortechini from
Singapore, Pahang, Malacca, Selangor, Perak, and Penang in Malaya.
Lam (1919) cites Ridley 3993 from Singapore, Junghuhn s.n. from
Java, and Forbes 2655 and Korthals 1360 from Sumatra.

Japing and Seng (1936) aver that Peronema canescens makes moder-
ate demand upon the soil, but does not thrive on physically bad
soils. The increment is rather slow, even on good soils. The wood
has moderate value, We advise against planting of this species on
a large scale,"

King and Gamble (1908) cite the following collections: Curtis
2427 from Penang, Ridley 2247 from Pahang, Scortechini 1160 from
Perak, Griffith 6015 from Malacca, Ridley 3993 from Singapore,
Forbes 2655 and Teijsmann s,n,. from Sumatra, and Motley 870 from
Borneo.

Material of Peronema canescens has been misidentified and dis-
tributed in some herbaria as Vitex sp. On the other hand, the
W. Y. Chun 1090 [Herb. Univ, Nanking 6469], distributed as Pero-
nema canescens, actually is Sphenodesme pentandra Jack in the
Symphoremaceae, Blume s.n. in the Leiden herbarium was annotated
by someone as "Nov. gen, Melicarum",

Citations: THAILAND: Maxwell 75-905 (Ac); Put 251 [Herb. Roy.
Forest. Dept. 10549] (Z). MALAYA: Johore: Ngadiman 36890 (Bz--
22016); Stone & Anderson 8733 (K1-=-10690). Kedah: Corner 31514
(Le--94124-44), Kelantan: M. R. Henderson 29553 (Bz--22017). Pa-
hang: Balgooy 2483 (Ac, N); B. C. Stone 10872 (K1--16782). Penang:
C. Curtis son. (W--206352, W--206353, W--206354). Perak: Burkill
13839 (Bz--22018); Poore 389 (K1--389), 1106 (K1--6106). Singa-
pore: T. Anderson 133 (Br, Pd); Ridley 3993 (Le--908266-1154, Le--
908266-1174). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Batu: Collector undetermined
612 H.B. (Ut--43926). Borneo: Adou 32 [L. 0. B. 4010; Boschproef-
st. BB.13963)] (Bz--21898); Atiel 62 [1420; Boschproefst. BB.14980]
(Bz--21896, Bz--21897); Boschproefst. BB.13963 (Bz--21899), BB.
14980 (Le--93260-277); Jong 490/w.B. [Boschproefst. BB.8305] (Bz--
21904); Labohm 9 (Bz--21907), 90b (Bz—-21906, Le--920248-203) ;
Posthumus 2248 (Bz--21902); Ramal son. [Oct. 1941] (Bz--21901);

348 Poet 0} 0! aC; ae FA\ Vol. 45, Noo 4

Soeriodiherto 4 [4039; Boschproefst. BB,.14083] (Bz--21900); Tryd
11 [Boschproefst. BB.13528] (Bz--21903. JAVA: Backer 1044 (Bz--
21936), 7190 (Bz--21932, Bz--21933), 7267 (Bz--21941, Bz--21942),
10082 (Bz--21935), 26482 (Bz--21939, Bz--21940, Le--92268-355) ;
Bakhuizen 2411 (Bz--21923, Bz--21924, Le--92268-338), 3379 (Ut--
24868A); Birkhoff 11 (Bz--21922); Blume s.n, (Le--908267-681, Le--
908267-693, Le--908267-694, Le--908267-695); Grashoff 135 (Le--
920248-202); Ham s.n. [Bagelen] (Bz--21925, Bz--21926, Bz--21927);
Herb, Lugd. Bat. 90990-766 (Le); Junghuhn s.n. (Le--908266-1162,
Ut--43928); Koorders 9853 (Bz--21943, Bz--21944, Ca--265980, Le--
923150-664), 29616 (Br, Br, Ca--236582, Le--923150-402, Le--
923150-694, Pd); Kramer 5707 (Bz--21938), 5707a (Bz--21937); Kuhl
& Van Hasselt 30 (Le--908267-872); Los 6545 (Bz--21929, Le-—-
924341-662); Pistorius s.n. [Maart 1924] (Bz--21930, Bz--21931);
Uhl 6225 (Bz--21934); Van Steenis 11761 (Bz--21928); Zippelius
SoM. (Le--—908266-1035). SUMATRA: Abdoelmoein 6 [Boschproefst,.
BB.31038] (Bz--21979), 11 [Boschproefst. BB.31043] (Bz--21978),
12 [Boschproefst. BB.31044] (Bz--21977), 20 [Broschproefst. BB.
8946] (Bz--21971); Arsad 20 [Boschproefst. BB.9227] (Bz--21963);
Bakaroedin 34 [Boschproefst. BB.9074] (Bz--21980); Bokhorst 24
[Boschproefst. BB.6014] (Bz--21969); Bol 20 (Bz--21962); Bosch-
proefst,. 19.T.1eF.22 (Bz--21989, Bz--21993, Bz--21994, Bz--21995,
Ca--235061, Le--923353-118, Le--924320-255), BB.2850 (Bz--22011,
Le--923363-536), BB.2855 (Le--924331-206), BB.6014 (Bz--21970,
Le--925206-888), BB.7716 (Bz--21975, Bz--21976, Le--925250-120,
N, Ut--8153), BB.7094 (Bz--21981, Bz--21982), P.879 (Bz--21985),
T.B.667 (Le--925206-903), T.B.879 (Le--925206-918, Le--925206-
933), T.B.1097 (Ca--265978, Le--924342-384, Ut--80453); Boschwe-
zen son. [1.1.92] (Bz--22014); Buwalda 63 [Boschproefst. BB.
31735] (Bz--21983)3; Collector undetermined s.n, (Pd); Dirksen 14
(Bz--22012, Bz--22013, Le--923138-838); Dorst 19.T.I.P.22 (Bz--
21988, Bz--21990, Bz--21992); J. M. Dumas 1597 (Le--920248-219) ;
Endert 50 (Bz--22005, Bz--22006), 134 (Bz--22004, Le--920248-
199); Forbes 2655 (Le--908141-710); Grashoff 135 (Bz--21952, Bz--
21954); Gusdorf 90 (Bz--21996, Bz--21997), 173 (Bz--21955, Bz--
21956, Bz--21957, Le--920248-193, Le--920248-194); Hasan 5
[Boschproefst. BB.7716] (Bz--21974); Herb. Bot. Bogor. 22001
(Bz); Idenburg 27 (Bz--21959); Koorders 10478P (Bz--25596),
10479 f& (Bz--22008, Bz--22009, Bz--25597, Le--923150-679); Korth-
als 1360 (Le--908267-684, Le--908267-696), s.n. (Le--908267-682,
Le--908267-685)3; Lérzing 4042 (Bz--22003, N), 11127 (Bz--22002);
Praetorius son. [Ao. 1834] (Le--908267-193); Pieters 45 [Bosch-
proefst. BB.2850] (Bz--22010); Renwarin 90 [Boschproefst. BBo
2833] (Bz--22007); Rutten-Kovistra 21 (Bz--21951); Saleh 6 [Bos-
chproefst. BB./995] (Bz--21965); Teijsmann 612 (Bz--21998, Bz--
21999, Bz--22000), son. (Le--908266-1172, Le--908266-1182, Le--
908266-1192); Thorenaar 19-T-I,P-22 (Bz--21991, Le--322244-83) ;
Tjing 2 [Boschproefst, BB.8328] (Bz--21972, Bz--21973), 41 [Bosch-
proefst. BB.9188] (Bz--21964); C. F. van der Twaan s.n. [Bosch-
proefst. T.3.P.879] (Bz--21984, Bz--21986); C. J. van der Twaan
son. [Boschproefst. 19.T.3.P.8/79] (Bz--21987); Van Steenis 3387
(Bz--21960), 3981 (Bz--21961, Le--93232-161); Verduyn Lunel 33

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Peronema 349

Boschproefst. T.B.1097] (Bz--21966); Versteegh & Merkamal 326
[Boschproefst. BB.32250] (Bz--21958); Wohab 15 [Boschproefst. T.
B.667] (Bz--21967, Bz--21968). CULTIVATED: Java: Backer son.
(Aug. 1909) (Bz--21912, Bz--21913); Burger 1048 [Herb. Hort. Bot.
Bogor.X1.K.e25] (Bz--21908), 2207 [Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. XI.K.
25] (Bz--21909); Collector undetermined 63 (Mi, N--photo, Z--pho-
to); Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. 21910 (Bz), 21911 (Bz), 21914 (Bz),
21915 (Bz), 21916 (Bz), 21917 (Bz), 21918 (Bz), 21919 (Bz), 21920
(Bz), 21921 (Bz), XI.K.25 (Bz--25871, Bz--25872, Bz, Bz, Bz, Bz),
XI.K.25a (Bz—--26595), XIoK.25 en a (Bz, Bz, Bz, N); Jacobs xXI.K.
25 (Ba); Koorders 29616 (Bz--21945, Bz--21946, Bz--21947, Bz--
21948, Bz--21949, Bz--21950, Le--9235-351, Le--92339-20, Le--
92339-46); Sutrisno 30 [Herb. Hort. Bogor. XI.J.4] (N). Sumatra:
Herb, Hort. Sibolangit 7 (Bz--26510). Sweden: Herb. Mus. Bot.
Upsal. Sen. [hort. bot. 1932] (N, S, S). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION
UNDETERMINED: Collector undetermined s.n. (Pd); Herb. Acad. Rheno-
Trai. Son. (Ut--43927, Ut--43929); Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor. 22015
(Bz), 25873(Bz); Herb. Lugd.-Bat. 92268-370 (Le), 908267-683 (Le),
908267-697 (Le), 908267-698 (Le), 908267-699 (Le), 908267-700
(Le).

NOTES ON THE GENUS NEOSPARTON

Harold N. Moldenke

Lack of time has forced me to abandon my original plans for a
thorough and detailed monograph of this genus, but it has seemed
advisable to place on record the miscellaneous notes, chiefly
bibliographic, on this genus assembled by my wife and myself over
the past fifty years. This is the 50th genus so treated by me in
this series of notes in PHYTOLOGIA. The herbarium acronyms used
hereinafter as the same as those used in all previous installments
of these notes in this journal since 1933 and are fully explained
in my Fifth Summary of the Verbenaceae...oco(1971), pages 795 to
801.

NEOSPARTON Griseb., Abhandl. Ges. Wiss. G6tt. 19: 245. 1874.

Synonymy: Neosparyon Griseb. ex Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 690,
sphalm. 1949.

Bibliography: Hook., Bot. Misc. 1: 161, pl. 46. 1829; Steud.,
NomemBotee Phan.) edoe 2, 22) 7495 ISA's) De Dietro, syle rl. Seas
W345" Schau, in A. DG... brodr.e lls 545, 16473) Co Gay, Hist. Ezas
Chile Bot. 5: 20. 1849; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 494.
1858; Miers, Trans. Linn, Soc. Lond. Bot. 27: 103. 1871; Griseb.,
Abhandl. K. Ges. Wiss. G6tt. 19: 245, pl. 2, fig. 6. 1874; Gris-
eb., Pl. Lorentz. f[Abhandl. Ges. Wiss. G6tt. 19:] 197--198, pl.
2, fig. 6. 1874; Benth. in Benth. & Hook., Gen. Pl. 2 (2):1144.

350 PH Yerl 0) Ls0) Gs WA Vol. 45, Now 4

1876; Griseb., Abhandl. K. Ges. Wiss. Gott. 24: [Symb. Fl. Ar-
gent.] 279. 1879; Hieron., Bol, Acad. Nat. Cordoba 4: 407. 1881;
Fo Phil.,, Cat. PleyWase. Chil. 219. 18815, R. A. Phil., AnalZ Mus:
Nac. Chille Bot. 1:. Cat, Praev. Pl. Itim. Iarap. 60. 18915 Brig,
in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 147, 149,
150, 154, & 382, fig. 58 G--K. 1895; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 2: 303, (1894) ‘and imp. 1, 2: 1178.) 189538 Bridge
in) Engloes Prantl; Nat. PElanzentam., ‘ed. 15 4 (Ga)s 38722 lsois
Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 254. 1898; Briq., Ann. Conserv. Jard.
Bot. Genév. 4: 22. 1900; Briq. in Chod. & Wilczek, Bull. Herb.
Boiss., ser. 2, 2: 543. 1902; Speg., Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 55:
242. 1902; Speg., Nov. Add. Fl. Patag. 2: 65. 1902; Durand ¢&
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 291. 1903; Dalla Torre &
Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 430. 1904; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind.

Kew. Suppl. 2: 123. 1904; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 104. 1908;
Reiche & Phil, in Reiche, Estud. Crit. Fl. Chil. 5: 295 & 303,
1910; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch, Verb. 41. 1911; Seckt, Anal.
Soc. Cient. Argent, 74: 185. 1912; Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Ar-
gent. 88: 96--100 & 134, fig. 1, 1919; Hauman, Anal, Mus. Nac.
Hist, Nats Buenos Adres 32: 473. 1925; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 373.
1930; Hicken, Sert. And. 65, 1922; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 4265

19s8ie Jonell> SymboebotemUpsall., d5(4) ice SO——Sil ee pillch 2s a faltorcmes
1934; Latzina, Trab. Inst. Bot. Farm. Buenos Aires 54: 112. 1935;
H. S. Marshall, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1936: 87. 1936; Mold., Geogr.
Distrib. Avicenn. [lJ] & 29. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv.
Names 33 & 44, 1940; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2,
291. 1941; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 6 & 12. 19413; Mold.,
Lilloa 6: 431--433 (1941) and 8: 427. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names 30, 33, & 45. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
eda ds) 425, 43,546) 96.. 1942-5 Molds, Lilloa 102) 3452 °1944 5) Molde.
Phytologia 2: 107. 1944; Covas & Schnack, Darwiniana 7: 86 & 89.
1945;*\ Jacks) un Hook. sf.) c& Jacks.),, Ind Kewo,) ape 25.2 05a

D7 Se LOA 6 se Molidcie) Adiphicg haste CGi to) 12195), O/eel427sl635 a2 Sone
250. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 16. 1947; Mold.,
Atph. List Cite 2s) 377, 384, 4405-5995, 600, 6285 « 6295, 1948s sie
Ne & A, Li. Mold. Pils, Life 2: 24, 30, 43, € 55.5 1948; Mold., Ailphe
List Cit. 3: 672, 690, 812, 813, 894, 900, 909, & 911 (1949) and
4: 1120 & 1128. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ede
2, 101, 105, & 191, 1949; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1032 &
1040. 1950; Acevedo de Vargas, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist, Nat. Chile

25: 45-—46, 1951; Cabrera, Revist. Mus. La Plata, ser. 2, Bot. 8
(30): 87--168. 1952; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen, Bot. Fan. 17: 5.
1956; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atl., imp. 1, 323 & 512. 1956;
Anon,, Taxon 6: 243, 1957; Cabrera, Revist. Invest. Agric. ll:
331, 368, & 398. 1957; Troncoso, Darwiniana 11: 163--192, pl. 3--
5, fig. 1--14. 1957; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2,
430. 1958; DeRoon, Internat, Direct. Spec. 229. 1958; Burkart,
Excerpt. Bot. Aol: 444, 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl.

Le cimpicy 35) 2291", O59 se Mold... Resume 121, 1126, 93112. 321.) 35i/ses
463. 1959; Emberger in Chadefaud & Emberger, Traité Bot. 2: 829.
19605 Jacks ).in) Hook, fae Jacks.) ind.) Kewes) alpe: Sens) SOSne
1178. 1960; Munoz Pizarro, Espec. Pl. Descr. Philip. 110. 1960;

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Neosparton So

Mold., Résumé Suppl. 2: 9. 1960; Rahn, Bot. Tidssk. 56: 123. 1960;
Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromos,. Numb. 2: 63. 1961; Darlington & Wylie,
Chromos, At., imp. 2, 323 & 512. 1961; Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A.3:
208. 1961; Bécher, Hjerting, & Rahn, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 22: 108.
1963; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 3, 430. 1963;
Mold., Phytologia 9: 113 & 114. 1963; Troncoso in Bécher, Hjer-
ting, & Rahn, Dansk Bot. Arkiv. 22: 108--109. 1963; F. A. Barkley,
List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 189. 1965; Mold., Phytologia 12: 27

& 29, 1965; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 122--
tae) Bdge 43.. 19653 Airy: Shaw in. JonC.) Willis, Dict.’ Flows. Pl.<,
ede 5) /68.-1966;' GC. Taylor, Ind. Kew. ‘Suppl. 13% 93.) 19665 Mc
Ginnes in McGinnes, Goldman, & Paylore, Deserts World 438, 490, «
499. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow.
Pl., imp. 1, 716. 1969; Heusser, Pollen Spores Chile 62 & 82, pl.
59-674. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 192 & 199 (1971) and 2: 553,
573, 652, 754, & 895--896. 1971; Mukhopadhyay, Pollen Morph.

Verb. [thesis]. 1971; Rouleau, Taxon Index 1: 247, 1972; Thanikai-
moni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn, 12 (1): 163
CUO 72 yarnd 22 )(2))s8/'>, 1978S Adis Shaw in. J.C. Willits sa Dice.
Flowael., ed. 48, 788.1973: Bolkh., Grit, Matvej., & Zakhares
Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 716. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana
18: 296, 300, 302, 306, 328--330, & 410, fig. 7. 1974; Hunziker,
Kurtziana 9: 141. 1976; Rogerson & Becker, Bull. Torrey Bot.

Club 103: 234. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect.
Scient. Techn. 13: 160 & 328. 1976; Anon., Biores. Index 13 (4):
B.191. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 36: 507. 1977; Mukherjee & Chanda,
Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40, 41, 45, & 47. 1978; Mold., Phyto-
logia 44: 136, 138, & 509 (1979) and 45: 40. 1980.

Grisebach's original (1874) description of this genus is:
"Calyx membranaceus, campanulato-tubulosus, subtruncatus, minute
5dentatus, denticulis ciliatis. Corolla infundibuliformis, limbo
aequaliter 5lobo imbricativo., Stamina didynama, inclusa, corol-
lae tubo superne inserta, antheris bilocularibus., Ovarium minutun,
disco cupulari basi inclusum, biloculare, loculis uniovulatis,
ovulis erectis; stylus filiformis, terminalis, stigmate oblique
capitato, Drupa abortu monococca, margine utrinque in carinam
alatam producto, calyce ampliato inclusa. Semen albuminosum, sub-
cylindricum, embryoni axili, albumine corneo, radicula infera. --
Frutex glaber, aphyllus, ramis oppositis v. verticillatis, stric-
tis validis apice pungenti-acutis, internodiis elongatis cylin-
dricis striatis; spicae breves, ad nodos sessiles, bracteis minu-
tis. Genus habitu Ephedrae insigne, cum Verbena aphylla Gill.
comparandum, quae spicis longe pedunculatis a nostra specie differt."

Troncoso (1974) describes Neosparton as a "Género endémico ar-
gentino, con 4 especies distribuidas en dreas geograficas fragmen-
tarias, desde Salta hasta el N de la Patagonia en la zona andina,
Santa Cruz y sur de la prov. de Buenos Aires.....Las referencias
para el pais transandina basadas en las citas de R. A. Philippi...
1891, para Antofagasta y de 0. Kuntze....c..1898 para Chile: Paso
Cruz, deben referise a Antofagasta de la Sierra, prov. de Catamar-
ca, y a Mendoza, respectivamente”. As to economic uses she asserts
that "En el norte argentino se la emplea para techar ranchos",.

352 PH Yet OVE OsGar A Vol. 45, Noo 4

Sanzin (1919) separates the two species of the genus known to
him as follows:
"Espigas terminales alargadaScocococccceeeccecscccccooNs aphyllum.

Espigas laterales, cortaSccocccoccoscccgcecccceeN. ephedroidess™

Bentham (1876) characterizes the genus as follows: "Calyx tubu-
losus, minute 5-dentatus. Corollae tubus exsertus, superne am-
pliatus; limbus patens, lobis 5, aequalibus. Stamina 4, didynama,
inclusa (v. breviter exserta?); antherae ovatae, inappendiculatae,
loculis parallelis, Ovarium disco, breviter cupulato insidens,
2-loculare, loculis l-ovulatis; stylus filiformis, stigmate ob-
liquo crassiusculo, Fructus drupaceus, abortu l-pyrenus, ad
utrumque latus in carinam alatam productus, calyce ampliato in-
clusus. Semen subcylindraceum, albuminosum,. -- Frutices glabri,
aphylli, ramis junceis teretibus oppositis v. verticillatis
strictis validis. Spicae globosae v. ovoideae, densae, ad nodos
sessiles, multiflorae, Flores sessiles. Bracteae minutae (v.
ovatae calycem aequantes caducae)....Genus evidenter cum Bail-
lonia inter Verbenam, Boucheam et. Lippiam quasi medium tenet, ab
omnibus tamen diversum seminibus, si revera albuminosa sint."

Briquet (1894) modified this generic description to "Kelch
rohrig, undeutlich 5zahnig. Blkr. mit exserter, nach oben zu er-
weiterter Réhre; Saum ausgebreitet, gleich 5lappig. Stb. 4,
2machtig, 2 eingeschlossen; A. eifd6rmig, mit parallelen Thecae.
Gyniceum aud 1 2facherigen Frkn. gebildet. Gr. fadenformig, mit
verdickter, scgiefer N. Steinfr. beiderseits 2fliigelig, mit 1
einzigen Stein (durch den Abort der 1 Sa.). S. mit Nahrgewebe
(ob auch zur Zeit der vollen Reife?). -- Kahle, blattlose
Striucher mit Juncus-artigen, steifen, glatten, gegenstadndigen o-
der quirlstaindigen Zweigen, Ahren kugelig oder eiférmig, mit ge-
drangten Bl., an der Frkn. sitzend, vielbliitig. Bl. sitzend.
Brakteen klein, oder grésser, aber abfallig. 2 Arten in extra-
tropischen Siidamerika."

Junell (1931) avers that "Der Bau des Gyndceums zeigt grosse
Ubereinstimmung mit dem bei Stachytarpheta und Bouchea, und
zwar zufolge des Umstands, dass die Verwachsung zwischen der Mit-
telpartie des Fruchtsblatts und den nach innen gekriimmten Randern
desselben erst ziemlich hoch oben im Fruchtknoten stattfindet, am
besten mit dem bei B. garepensis, Wie sich aus Taf. II, Fig. 1
ergibt, zeigt die Mittelpartie des Fruchtblatts auch Wachstum
nach innen. In der Hdhe, wo die Verwachsung mit den Fruchtblatt-
randern stattfindet und eine gewisse Strecke darunter ist diese
ausgebauchte Partie im allgemeinen gespalten. Auch der Samen-
anlagen besitzen denselben Bau wie die von B. garepensis. Die
Mikropyle ist lang; bei N. aphyllum habe ich Pollenschlauche in
der Mikropyle beobachtet, Der obere Teil des Embryosacks ist er-
weitert. Aus Taf. Il, Fig. 1 ergibt sich, dass die innere Zel-
lenschicht des Kelches stark verdickte Zellenwande besitzt. Eine
4hnliche Ausbildung der dusseren Bltitenhtille findet man auch bei
gewissen Verbena-Arten. Bemerkenswert ist, dass bei dieser Gat-
tung die eine Samenanlage abortiert, sodass die Frucht nur einen
Samen enthdlt, Die Frucht soll eine Steinfrucht sein."

[to be continued]

A NEW COMBINATION IN AGALINIS (SCROPHULARIACEAE)

W. G. D'Arcy
Missouri Botanical Garden
Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166

Agalinis lanceolata (R. & P.) D'Arcy, comb. nov.
Virgularia lanceolata R. & P., Fl. Peruv. & Chil. Prodr.
OE aby hl 4s

This combination was omitted in two previous publications on
the nomenclature of Agalinis:

D'Arcy, W.G., 1978. Names in Agalinis for some
plants that were called Gerardia and Virgularia
(Scrophulariaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Garden
65: 769-771.

D'Arcy, W.G., 1979. Proposal to conserve the
name Agalinis Raf. (1837) against Virgularia
Ruiz & Pavon (1794) Scrophulariaceae. Taxon
28: 419-422.

HUNZIKERTIA: A CLARIFICATION

W. G. D'Arcy
Missouri Botanical Garden
Box 299, St. Louis, Missouri 63166

The generic name Hunzikeria D'Arcy, commemorating the name
of Armando T. Hunziker of Cordoba, Argentina, was
published with an -ia termination, the i being added
for euphonic reasons. This conforms with Paragraph 1
of Article 20 of the International Code of Botanical
Nomenclature, 12th International Botanical Congress,
Leningrad, July 1975 (published by Bohn, Scheltema &
Holkema, Utrecht 1978). To date this name has been
spelled this way by the author in the original
publication (Phytologia 24: 283. 1977) and ina
subsequent publication (Ann. Missouri Botanical Garden
65: 698-724. 1978).

8 1o)s)

KEY TO HAWAIIAN SPECIES OF RAUVOLFIA (APOCYNACEAE)
Hawaiian Plant Studies 99

Harold St. John
Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Box 19000A, Hawaii 96819, USA.

The genus Rauvolfia (Apocynaceae) in Hawaii was
long considered to consist of the single species
R. sandwicensis A. DC. Then Sherff (1947) revised
it and treated it as with seven species and two
varieties. Sherff had the ability to discriminate
and recognize taxa, but his keys are mostly imprac-
tical and unworkable, and his key to Rauvolfia is
such a one. It depends heavily on leaf width and
shape, with choices between: mostly narrow, versus
mostly broader; and obtuse, versus mostly subacum-
inate. Students of the Hawaiian flora have been
frustrated with this key, and tend to reject all his
taxa in this genus.

When Sherff's revision appeared, the writer
investigated the Hawaiians collections of it, and
agreed that there were seven species, single island
endemics, except one common to Molokai and Lanai.
The two varieties described by Sherff are here re-
duced to synonymy. The writer made a new key to these
species which he considers more practical. By
request he is printing it to make it available.

Key to Species
Calyx 1-2.3 mm long,

Calyx 2-2.3 mm long; inflorescence loose; stone 3-4

mm thick, the cavity in X-section 1.2 mm wide.
Hawaii. R. remotiflora.
Calyx 1-2 mm long; inflorescence dense,
Corolla 11-12 mm long; stone 4.5 mm thick, the
cavity in X-section 1.2 mm wide.
Molokai, Lanai. R. molokaiensis.
Corolla 8-9 mm long,
Corolla lobes 1.6-3 mm long; stone 4 mm thick,
9 mm long, in X-section the cavity 1.5 mm wide.
Kauai. R. Helleri.
Corolla lobes 1.2-1.3 mm long; stone 4.5 mm
Eick wO; Si mmilongaather cavity ean) x—-sec—
tion 1.8 mm wide. Maui. R. mauiensis.
Calyx 3-5 mm long,

Calyx (3.5-5 mm long), the lobes broadly obovate,
broadly obtuse or truncate; stone cavity in
X-section 1.2 mm wide.Oahu,Waianae. R. Degeneri.

354

1980 St. John, Hawaiian species of Rauvolfia 355

Calyx lobes ovate,

Corolla 8.5-11 mm long; (calyx 3-4.5 mm long) ;
blades elliptic to oval, 2-3% times as long
as broad; stone cavity in X-section 1.7 mm
wide. Oahu, Koolau Range. R. sandwicensis.

Corolla 7-8 mm long; (calyx 4-5 mm long) ;
blades narrowly elliptic, 3-4 times as long
as wide; stone cavity in X-section 1.8 mm wide.

Oahu, Koolau Range. R. Forbesii.

R. Helleri Sherff, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser.
Bon ro2o=350,) L947.
R. sandwicensis A. DC., var. subacuminata Sherff,
Piela Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot. Ser. 23: 326, Lo47.
R. molokaiensis Sherff, Field Mus. Nat. Hist., Bot.
Here 25. S20—-52 7, L947':
R. molokaiensis Sherff, var. parvifolia Deg. &
Sherer, Eield Mus. Nat. Hist. , "Bote "Ser.*23-
327, 1947.

Literature Cited
Sherff, Earl Edward
1947. A Preliminary Study Of The Hawaiian Species
Of The Genus Rauvolfia (Plum.) L. Family
Apocynaceae. Field Mus. Nat: Hist:;, Bot."Ser:
Sr set sol pee Ls

TILLANDSIA VALENZUELANA A. RICH. IN THE BAHAMAS
W. Hardy Eshbaugh, Charles R. Werth, and Thomas K. Wilson

Department of Botany
Miami University
Oxford, OH 45056

During the past three years we have been teaching a course on
the Tropical Flora of the Bahamas at the Forfar Field Station just
south of Stafford Creek on North Andros Island. To support the
teaching of the local flora a selected collection of some 260 speci-
mens was made during May and June of 1977 and 1979. Several inter-
esting discoveries have been made in the course of our cobhechtne,
on Andros Island one of which is reported here.

Tillandsia valenzuelana A. Rich. was first reported from the
Bahamas by Britton and Millspaugh in The Bahama Flora. They indi-
cated that the plant occurred on trees in coppices in the Marsh
Harbor region of Abaco. Since that time there has been an addi-
tional report of this species from Grand Bahama.

Although the plant is considered rare in the Bahamas we found
several individuals of this species growing along a storm ridge
adjacent to a bail road 2 miles west of Stafford Creek settlement.
We did not note the tree species with which these plants were
associated. Our collection was verified by Donovan S. Correll and
is an unnumbered specimen collected by C. Werth and V. Baird in
May 1977. The specimen bears a Miami University (MU) accession
number 125883.

This interesting extension of the range of this species in the
Bahamas suggests the need for much more extensive field studies of
the flora of the Bahamas. As the largest of the islands in the
Bahaman Archipelago, Andros Island is still relatively poorly known
floristically. The range extension of other species might be anti-
cipated as the isolated coppets of this island become better known.

356

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L,. Moldenke

"ENGLISH-SPANISH SPANISH-ENGLISH ENCYCLOPEDIC DICTIONARY OF TECH-
NICAL TERMS" edited by Javier L. Collazo, Volume I English-
Spanish A--N, lxxv + 880 pp. Volume II English-Spanish
O--Z, xv + 881--1787 pp. Volume III Spanish-English A--Z,
xv + 430 pp. McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, N. Y.
10020. 1980. $142.00.

Since Latin is becoming more and more eclipsed as the universal
language of the scientists, with English replacing it almost
everywhere, this excellent encyclopedic dictionary will prove ex-
ceedingly useful throughout the American continent, the Philip-
pines and Spain and cognately so in Brazil and Portugal. The Eng-
lish to Spanish volumes have over 100,000 entries and the Spanish
to English volume over 43,000 entries. Throughout there are over
41,000 cross-references. The whole set is carefully compiled and
carefully published, Even though taxonomic and ecological botany
may be somewhat shortchanged in favor of aeronautics, systems en-
gineering, television and ultrasonic terms, my husband and I have
found helpful information here, all within an hour of receipt of
the set!

"THE POLLINATION OF FLOWERS BY INSECTS" edited by A. J. Richards,
Ke eclooppes b/we dLluss, asy42.t£ac.,, 26 taboo. maps
43 photo. and 1 color plate. Published by Academic Press,
London NW1 7DX and New York, N. Y. 10003 for the Linnean
Society of London /1978] 1979. $29.00.

This valuable collection of 20 fascinating papers comes from a
symposium held at the University of Newcastle upon Tyne and is pub-
lished jointly as the Linnean Society Symposium Series No. 6 and as
No. 16 of the Botanical Society of the British Isles Conference Re-
ports. A few of the highlights are: Faegri's "Trends in Research
in Pollination Ecology" citing phytocoenosis relationship and elu-
cidating pollen-stigma interactions through microchematography;
Corbet's "Bees and the Nectar of Echium vulgare" with varying
visitations as water and sugar content vary; Stelleman's detective
work with dyed pollen grains showing that Plantago lanceolata is
insect (by syrphid flies against the wind) as well as wind pollina-
ted; Kevan's color plate showing four different blossoms with one
side as humans see their coloration and the other side as insects
(bees) do. This is one symposium report in which each paper has
much to offer to interested readers, of whom there should be many.

357

358 POR YL OME 0 1G) i A Vol. 45, Now 4

"THE ILLUSTRATED FLORA OF ILLINOIS -- WILLOWS TO MUSTARDS" by
Robert H, Mohlenbrock, xiv + 286 pp., illus. by 126 b/w line
draw. plates + 126 geog. distrib. maps + 1 state-county map.
Southern Illinois University Press, P. 0. Box 3697, Carbon-
dale, Illinois 62901. 1980. $18.00.

This is the 7th volume in this series that is of ever-growing
value to amateur, student and professional botanists. The whole
page drawings are pleasantly natural to look at and illustrative
of definitive characters without being "text-booky" or contorted.
The matching keys and text are easily workable for the 44 genera
and their 117 species, 17 lesser taxa and 4 hybrids in the Sali-
caceae, Tamaricaceae, Capparidaceae, Resedaceae and Brassicaceae.
Scientific names, their authorities and sources, common names,
habitats, ranges, Illinois distributions and flowering times are
all given. Mohlenbrock has authored and edited all volumes to
date. A phenomenal task, especially along with a fulltime
teaching schedule}

"HOW TO IDENTIFY MUSHROOMS TO GENUS I. Macroscopic Features",
Second Edition by David L. Largent, 86 pp., b/w illus. of
131 line draw. + 2 tab. Mad River Press Inc., Eureka, Cali-
fornia 95501, 1978. $3.85 paperbound.

This book should provide facile “happy hunting" for the ama-
teur field mycophile because of the excellent simple illustrations
by Sharon Hadley and the helpful text. For college and university
students taking field and/or ecological courses dealing with the
larger fungi this book and its subsequent volumes make easy "'step-
ping stones" to Smith's "The Mushroom Hunter's Field Guide" and
"Mushrooms in Their Natural Habitats", as well as to similar texts.

"HOW TO IDENTIFY MUSHROOMS TO GENUS II. Field Identification of
Genera" by David L. Largent and Harry D. Thiers, iii + 32 pp.
Mad River Press Inc., Eureka, California 95501, 1978. $2.50
paperbound,

"One of the purposes of this book is to explain to individuals
interested in identifying fleshy fungi just how we recognize gen-
era in the field". This is done usually without a key; one is
provided at the end of Volume I. "A second purpose....is to intro-
duce several of the segregate from Fries genera, particularly
those that can be recognized using only macroscopic features,"
These macroscopic features are capitalized (uppercased) within
each of the alphabetized genera,

"HOW TO IDENTIFY MUSHROOMS TO GENUS III. Microscopic Features" by
David Largent, David Johnson and Roy Watling (Consultant), v +
148 pp., 100 b/w photo + 36 fig. Mad River Press Inc., Eureka,
California 95501. 1978. $7.25 paperbound,

1980 Moldenke, Book reviews 359

"In the modern or contemporary classification of agarics, and
to some extent the boleti, microscopic features are emphasized"
as in this volume with its full directions for preparing slides,
explanations of the many spore and other plates and its good
photographs and excellent drawings by Kathryn Simpson, There is
a combined glossary and index annotated with examples,

"HOW TO IDENTIFY MUSHROOMS TO GENUS IV. Keys to Families and Gen-
era" by Daniel E, Stuntz, iv + 94 pp. Mad River Press Inc.,
Eureka, California 95501. 1979. $4.50 paperbound.

These keys are a combination of three consisting of (1) Elias
Fries' famous dichotomous key based on macroscopic features and
published at the end of Volume I in this series, (2) Rolf Singer's
revision of the pertinent Friesian genera in the third edition of
“Agaricales in Modern Taxonomy", a very detailed and therefore
difficult one, and (3) Stuntz" own key which was part of his doc-
toral studies in which he separated by Unisort Cards Singer's many
key characteristics and criteria into fewer minimally pertinent
ones to make more readily operable keys that are published in this
volume,

These four volumes become a naturally graduated guide in detail,
scope and complexity for information re "happy mushrooming" wished
by the authors.

"CHECKLIST OF UNITED STATES TREES (Native and Naturalized)" by
Elbert L. Little Jr., iv + 375 pp. Forest Service, United
States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. 1979.
Available from U. S. Gov't Printing Office, Washington, D. C.
$10.00

This is the Agriculture Handbook No. 541, superceding No. 41
of 1953, also by Little, and treating 748 species in 244 genera in
76 families, adding Alaska but not Hawaii. Some new tropicals and
some recent naturalizations are also added along with modern taxo-
nomic changes such as reducing Crataegus from 150 to 35 species.
This checklist compiles alphabetically the scientific names with
citations, current synonyms, approved common and lumber names, im-
portant varieties, natural interspecific hybrids with parentage,
and geographic ranges gleaned from the recently completed 6-volume
"Atlas of the United States Trees", This book can also be used
for Canadian trees, There are 8 appendices. It is amazing how
much orderly, easily accessible information is condensed into this
excellent, compact, inexpensive form, All kinds of libraries and
schools should have this book,

"LA VEGETATION SUR L' TLE-AUX-BASQUES: Nomenclature Scientifique,
Frangaise et Anglaise" by Jean Smith, 28 pp; La Société
Provancher d'Histoire Naturelle du Canada, 1979. Paperbound,
pocket-size,

360 Haye OLN OMG Er eA Vol. 45, No. 4

A springtime collecting trip in 1976 by J. Smith made possible
a modernization of Fr. Marie-Victorin's earlier records to the
total of 240 vascular plant species and 67 bryophytes and lichens
verified... The listing comes in 3 matching columns grouped by
families with (1) the scientific, (2) the French, and (3) the
English names. The work should prove conveniently useful on
field trips to this island,

"ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY AND WATER DEVELOPMENT" edited by Charles R.
Goldman, James McEvoy III and Peter J. Richerson, viii + 510
PPe> D/wadiiuss of JOstte.,, 21 ‘tab, 3 photon... Oemapssmue
H, Freeman and Company, San Francisco, California 94104.
1973. $28.50.

This report, originally for the National Water Commission, is
still very important because of its astute analyses of the problem
and its excellent recommendations. These latter include: (1)
Greatly increased public participation in planning, (2) extended
evaluations that include analyses of the social and the natural
environment checked by integrative and innovative techniques,
benefit-cost studies, demographic projections of requirements,
law improvement and the establishment of a separate governmental
agency. A series of papers on evaluating specific cases follows,
such as: man's effect on the Great Lakes, Bodega's intense con-
troversy, and decision-making at local, state, federal and inter-
national levels.

"GENERICS OF HOST-PARASITE INTERACTION" by Peter R. Day, xii + 238
PpPes and b/weillusi of 38) fileo. 25> ephotoe and 23 mtabmeemWiemeln
Freeman Company, San Francisco, California 94104, 1974.
$19.00.

That this fine text is still selling for more than twice its
original price indicates that its orientation is still pertinent
and forward-looking. It is directed "to advanced undergraduates,
research students, and researchers in genetics, plant breeding,
plant pathology, entomology, and related fields.....Ilmportant de-
velopments in the study of plant-parasite interaction include the
extension of Flor's gene-for-gene concept to a range of interac-—
tions, the use of isogenic lines and temperature-sensitive genes
in the study of the biochemistry of disease resistance, and the
heightened interest in biological controls arising from dis-—-
satisfaction with pesticides" and the limitations on breeding for
resistance, The last chapter, Genetics of Epidemics, is particu-
larly well presented,

Tf
“ PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 45 April 1980 No. 5

ys
hom

APR 1 6 1980

New YORK
CONTENTS BOTANICAL GARDEN
WANG, W.T., Notulae de Gesneriaceis sinensibus (continued )

FOOTE, M. A., The Pediastrum of the upper Hackensack River Estuary . 381
REED, C. F., Myriophyllum spicatum L. along shores of Gulf of Mexico . 383

MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Neosparton. I ..... 385
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Parodianthus. I .... 394
MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on the genus Syvmphorema ............. 396
SCHUSTER, R. M., New combinations and taxa of Hepaticae,I ...... 415
KOLOTILA, M. P., & VOLZ, P. A., Nitrogen sources and cleistothecial
production of Monascus ruber van Tieghem............. 438

MOLDENKE, A. L., Book reviews

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
Cr SnA:

Price of this number $3.00; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
after close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses;
512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers
lost in the mails must be made immediately after
receipt of the next following number
for free replacement.

-\

(Institutum Botanicum Pekinense Academiae Sinicae)

ch Ba] 25 Ss SB BY HE

ce em:

Cof Bd #4 2F Be dt Bk Hi FEB

NOTULAE DE GESNERIACEIS SINENSIBUS (CONTINUED)

Wang Wen-tsai

[Translated by Hayden M. Wetzel (1514
Seventeenth Street, N.W., #108, Washington,
DC 20036) and Laurence E. Skog (Department
of Botany, Smithsonian Institution, Washing-
ton, DC 20560), from the Chinese original-
ly published in Acta Phytotaxonomica Sinica
Pass) 97-105, . 1975.. This translation was
done with the kind permission of the author;
publication was made possible by a generous
gift from Mrs. Bea Gold, Miami Beach, FL,
and the Elvin McDonald Research Fund of the
American Gloxinia and Gesneriad Society, Inc.

[This is the second part of the article;
the first part appeared in Phytologia 45:
301-320, 1980. A translation of Wang
Wen-ts'‘ai's "Taxa Nova Gesneriacearum =
Flora Tibetica” (Acta Phytotax. Sin. 17(1):
110-111, 1979) was published in Phytologia
45(1): 31-34, 1980.

[The Wade-Giles system of transliteration
has been used throughout. The author's name
is properly spelled Wang Wen-ts'ai; future
publications from China will use the pinyin
system of Romanization, in which the name
will be written Wang Wencai. Corrections
and additions have been made in starred
footnotes or brackets.]

THE FUNNELFORM GESNERIAD GENUS --
Didissandra Clarke

Didissandra Clarke in DC. Monogr. Phan. 5:

65

(1883); Burtt in Not. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 21: 196-198
(1954).

Raphiocarpus Chun in Sunyatsenia 6: 273 (1946),

syn.

nov.
361

362 PHY E10) he ONGr irs Vol. 45, No.
THE GLABROUS DIDISSANDRA -- D. sinica

Didissandra sinica (Chun) W. T. Wang, comb. nov.
[Acta Phy totax. Sank 0 13)(3)) 2497 po 1975)

Raphiwocanpus) jsaniicuss Chun, loci 0275) etl cemmsiee
pl. 44 ((19/46)\:

Kwangsi: Shih-wan Ta-shan, Liang Hsiang-jih
69820, T'ai Jen=-ch'ang 8310; Lung-chou, Ta-ch'ing
Mt., Liang Hsiang-jih 65870. (The above specimens
are all syntypes)

Distribution: Kwangsi (endemic).

The corolla of this species is funnelform, with
4 fertile stamens, and the same as in the genus
Didissandra Clarke. Ch'en Huan-yung [Chun Woon-
Young] in 1946 established the new genus Raphiocar-
pus Chun upon the basis of this species, but accept-
ing W. G. Craib's incorrect inclusions for Didissan-
dra, he compared his new genus with the latter. W.
G. Craib in 1919 possibly overlooked the then mono-
specific genus Corallodiscus Batal., and took many
species from that correct genus and described these
species in the genus Didissandra, and upon these
species produced his general definition of genus
"Didissandra"!,2, Therefore the definition that he
established for the genus "DidissSandra" actually
equals the definition of the genus Corallodiscus.
Ing Lo4ie Boe le BurEt realized (Crabs) (errno .mangd
moved to the genus Corallodiscus all the relevent
new species from the latter's 1919 description?. In
L962), WB. Le wuUGehe In) writing the generic keys) sto mene
Gesneriaceae of the Old World pointed out the subtle
differences between Raphiocarpus Chun and Didissan-
dra Clarke, although he had not seen specimens of
this species and had not yet made a decision as to
its placement‘.

lye | Gs Craib, Gesneracearum novitates. Not. Bot.
Gard. Edinb. ll: 240-249 (1919).

2 , Didissandra and allied genera in China and
Kies doveltev; Bley, (bliss dlibs Zep oASIL (ALCL) ¢

3B. L. Burtt, Didissandra and Corallodiscus, Gard.
GmMeomla ps dati qe WAAR ACL weakey (CRC) 6

4 , Studies on the Gesneriaceae of the Old
Wordle) XxXehvis Tentative keys to the tribes’ and
genera, Not. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 24:2 213, 215 (1962):

5

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis 363
THE FUNNELFORM GESNERIAD -- D. sinoophiorrhizoides

Didissandra sinoophiorrhizoides W. Ta Wang,
nom. nov. [Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 98, 1975]

Lysionotus ophiorrhizoides Hemsl. in Journ.
Linn. Soc. “Bot. 26s 224..|.(1890).,.-non (Didissandra
ophiorrhizoides K. Schum,

Didymocarpus cavaleriei Lévl. in Fedde, Rep.
sp. nov. 9: 453 (1911), non Didissandra cavaleriei
Lévl. et Vant.

Anna ophiorrhizoides (Hemsl.) Burtt et
Dayianon, in Not. »Bot. Gard... Edinb. 21: 2337, ctm
Cescr.ampl. (USSS)seBurtt, Pees) 2224305) (1958).

Szechuan: Omei Mt., 850-1200 m above sea level,
Fang Wen-p'‘ei 2455, Cheng Wan-chun 6739, Liu Sheng-o
[Liu Tchen-ngo] et al. 948, Yang Kuang-hui 57539,
Faber, unnumbered (Holotypus, photograph seen).

Distribution: Szechuan, Kweichow.

F. Pellegrin in 1930 described a new genus Anna
Pellegr.°, containing one species A. submontana Pel-
legr., endemic to N Yunnan. This genus has a fun-
nelform corolla, has 4 fertile stamens, and is ex-
tremely close to Didissandra Clarke, the only point
of difference with the latter being that the bracts
are large, rotund, and cover the inflorescence
before anthesis is complete. BS La Brett wand oe.
Davidson in 1955 (see the above study) found Lysio-
notus ophiorrhizoides Hemsl. whose description has

characteristics similar to the A. submontana
Pellegr., and moved the former to the genus Anna
Pellegr. But the bracts characteristic of some

species of genus Didissandra Clarke also have this
condition, such as D. begoniifolia Lévl., and since
we feel that to establish a new genus only on the
basis of the bract characteristic is not acceptable,
we now return this species to the genus Didissandra
Clarke.

This species is a small shrub, close to the
aforementioned species D. sinica (Chun) W. T. Wang,
but it can be distinguished by its stem, and leaves
which are sparsely puberulent, the leaves’ lanceo-
late, bracts relatively large, rotund, while the
stem and leaves of D. sinica are both glabrous, the

Sr. Pellegrin, Anna, genere nouveau de Gesnéracées
d‘'Indo-Chine, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, 77: 45 (1930).

364 Pet Yen Om ENO ICe heal Vol. 45, No. 5

leaves long elliptic, bracts relatively small, and
elongate lanceolate.

In "“Iconographia Cormophytorum Sinicorum" vol-
ume 4 page 133 there is a figure of D. sinoophior-
rhizoides, which can be consulted.

THE LONG-TUBED DIDISSANDRA -- D. macrosiphon

Didissandra macrosiphon (Hance) W. T. Wang,
comb. nov. [Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 98, 1975]

Chirita? macrosiphon Hance in Ann. Sci. Nat.
ser. 5, 5: 231 (1866); Clarke in DC. Monogr. Phan.
5: 131 (1883); Hemsl. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 26:
231 (1890).

Kwangtung: Chao-ch'ing, Ting-hu Mt., in a
forest on damp rocks, Hou K'uan-chao [Hou Foon-chew
74141, T. Sampson (Hance n. 7562 in Herb. propr.)
(Holotypus, photograph seen); Hsin-yi, Huang Chih
37736.

Distribution: Kwangtung, Kwangsi.

The corolla of this species is long funnelfornm,
with 4 fertile stamens, the same as in the genus Di-
dissandra Clarke. This species is an annual herb,
leaves densely pubescent, relatively close to D.
begoniifolia Lévl., but this species can be distin-
guished by the flowers which are borne singly and
axillary, bracts caducous, corolla orange red, long
funnelform, ca. 6 cm long, below the middle suddenly
becoming thin so as to be rounded cylindric; D.
begoniifolia (distributed in SE Yunnan and SW Kwei-
chow) has an umbellate inflorescence, bracts rounded
ovate, to 2.4 cm long, to 3 cm broad, corolla
purple, funnelform, gradually becoming thin from the
top to the bottom, to 5 cm long.

THE CORAL GESNERIAD GENUS --
Corallodiscus Batal.
THE STONE FLOWER -- Cc. flabellatus

Corallodiscus flabellatus (Craib) Burtt in
Gard. Chron. ser. 3, 122: 212 (1947).

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis 365
THE BRIGHT-CALYX VARIETY -- var. leiocalyx

The type variety's pedicel and calyx all have
either a dense or sparse rust-colored villous indu-
ment, while this new variety has pedicels glabrous
or very quickly becoming glabrous, calyx is entirely
glabrous.

var. leiocalyx W. T. Wang, var. nov. [Acta
Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 99, 1975]

A var. flabellato pedicellis glabris vel cito
glabrescentibus, calyce glabro differt.

Tibet: Yi-kung, 2200 m above sea level, on
rocky cliffs on a mountainside, corolla white, tube
light (purple, 19 July "1965,° Ying Chun-sheng °'Wing
Tsun-shenl, Huo Teh-yuan 649 (Holotypus); Lin-chih,
Ni-hsi, 3040 m above sea level, on dry rocks on a
mountainside, flower white, tube base purple blue,
28 July 1965, Chang Yung-t'ien, Lang K'ai-yung [Lang
Kai-yung] 1082; Lung-tzu, Ko-hsi, 3700 m above sea
level, gravel on a mountain-side, 21 August 1960,
Ch'uan Kuo-hsun 639.

THE HORSE-BELL GESNERIAD GENUS --
Oreocharis Benth.

THE BRIGHT-LEAVED LOTUS-ON-A-ROCK -- O. leiophylla

Perennial acaulescent herb. Leaves ca. 5, all
borne from the base; leaf blades elliptic ovate or
ovate, 5-8 cm long, 3.6-5.5 cm broad, apex acute,
base slightly cordate or nearly truncate, margin
with shallow small obtuse teeth, both sides glabrous
Or nearly glabrous, lateral veins ca. 6 and oppo-
site; the petioles 3-7.5 cm long, with a dense tan
puberulence. Scapes ca. 2, ca. ll cm tall, with tan
pubescence; cymes umbellate, with 11-13 flowers;
bracts elongate lanceolate, ca. 6 mm long; the pedi-
cels thin, ca. 10 mm long, with brown puberulence;
the calyx ca. 2 mm long, 5 lobes divided to near the
base, the lobes linear lanceolate, with sparse long
Marginal hairs; corolla white (?), oblique campanu-
late, ca. 3.5 mm long, glabrous, limb obscurely
bilabiate, of 5 nearly equal 1lobes, the lobes
oblong, ca. 1.5 mm long; stamens 4, distinct, well
exserted, glabrous, anthers broadly ovate, 0.5 mm
long; disk annular, glabrous; pistil glabrous.

366 PB YsE OnE OnG eA Voll. 4550. NOcm

This species is close to the Big-leaved Oreo-
charis -- O. benthamii Clarke, but they can be
distinguished by the leaf blades which are glabrous
or nearly glabrous, and the flowers’ relatively
small; O. benthamii has the leaf blades' adaxial
sides densely puberulent, abaxial sides with rust-
colored tomentose indument, and the corolla ca. 9 mm
long.

Oreocharis leiophylla W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
[Acta Phytotaz. Sin, 913/(3)/2 991, 1975]

Affinis O. benthamii Clarke, sed foliorum lami-
nis glabris subglabrisve, floribus multo brevioribus
(corolla circ. 3.5 mm longa) differt.

Fukien: Lien-ch'eng, Lo-ti, 20 October 1932,
Lin Yung [Ling Yong] 4182 (Holotypus).

THE ERECT-PETALLED GESNERIAD GENUS --
Ancylostemon Craib

THE LOW ANCYLOSTEMON -- A. humilis Plate 15, figure
6.

Perennial low-growing acaulescent herb. Leaves
8-17, all borne from the base; the leaf blades
ovate, elliptic ovate or elliptic, 1.1-2.2 cm long,
0.7-1.2 cm broad, apex somewhat obtuse, base rotund
or slightly cordate, margin crenate, both sides with
rust-colored villous indument or adaxial side becom-
ing glabrous, veins on adaxial side frequently
immersed, or abaxial side prominent; the petioles
1.8-3.6 cm long, with rust-colored villous indu-
ment. Scapes 1-4, 5.5-7.5 cm tall, indument similar
to that of the petioles, becoming glabrous; cymes
frequently umbellate, of 1-4 flowers; bracts linear,
2-4 mm long, villous; the calyx ca. 2 mm long, out-
side sparsely puberulent, 5 lobes divided to near
the base, the lobes linear lanceolate, apex blunt;
the corolla light yellowish white, tubular funnel-
form, ca. 11 mm long, outside with extremely short
pubescence, inside glabrous, the limb bilabiate,
upper lip ca. 1.2 mm long, inside concave, lower lip
ca. 2.5 mm long, 3-lobed, the middle lobe nearly
square, lateral lobes relatively small, oblique
broadly ovate; stamens 4, didynamous, glabrous,
front pair slightly exserted from the corolla, rear
pair included, anthers coherent as pairs, nearly
orbicular, diameter ca. 1.2 mm; disc annular,

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis 367

glabrous; pistil ca. 8 mm long, glabrous, ovary
nearly linear, style short. Capsule linear, ca. 2
cm long, glabrous.

The characteristic of this species is its
diminutive habit. Other species of Ancylostemon
have leaf blades 3.5 cm or more long, calices 3.5 cm
Or more long, corollas 2 cm or more long (A.
lancifolius, (Franch.) Burtt has ,the corolla,ica. 11
mm long, but purple, leaf blades to 11 cm long,
lanceolate).

Ancylostemon humilis W. T. Wang, sp. nov. [Acta
Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 100, 1975]

Didissandra saxatilis Hemsl. var. microcalyx
Hemsl. in Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 26: 227 (1890).

Ancy lostemon saxatile (Hemsl.) Craib var.
microcalyx Hemsl. ex Craib in Not. Bot. Gard. Edinb.
Tose 2016 1(.1.9)2'9));.

Species multo humilis a omnibus’ congenericis
adhuc cognotis facile distincta.

Szechuan: Wu-shan, Tang-yang, 2100 m above sea
level, on rocks in a forest, flower light yellowish
white, 26 July LIS8y, Yang Kuang-hui 59063
(Holotypus).

Hupei: Pa-tung, 2100 m above sea level, on damp
calcareous rocks, flowers unopened, 22 July 1957,
Ch'uan Kuo-hsun, Chang Chih-sung 960.

The genus Ancylostemon is endemic to the south-
western part of this country, with ca. 8 species.
W. G. Craib in 1919 described this genus and in-
cluded a key to the species? (see the aforementioned
paper, page 266).,. and. in’ 1954, Bw Ls Burtt and’ R:
Davidson made additions®. Below is given the latter
key translated and with additions.

PoecorGt las’ purple: (W) HSzechuan) 0.8 <b ScSic swe ucsesicec
eerccccccesrccccccccccccccccces THE PURPLE-FLOWERED
ANCYLOSTEMON -- A. lancifolius (Franch.) Burtt

1. Corollas orange-yellow, a few yellowish white.

65. L. Burtt & R. Davidson, Studies in the Gesner-
iaceae of the Old World, V: Notes on Ancylostemon,
Not. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 21: 215-216 (1954).

368

PaH OYE ORE ONG Es: Vol. 45, No. 5

Scape and petioles with dense tan tomentose
indument (Kweichow) ..---cccccccccrccrecscsscscce
D2 she Sec lesclemicloeee ec.) THE *“KWETCHOWSANCY LOSTEMON

-- A notochlaenus (Lévl. et Vant.) Craib

Scape and petioles with patent brown bristly
indument.

3. Ovary densely puberulent (E Szechuan, W
Hupei, S Shensi) <.. ccc scccccccc cscs cseceses
... ANCYLOSTEMON -- A. saxatilis (Hemsl.) Craib

3. Ovary glabrous or with a few hairs scattered.

4. Calyx at time of flowering not over 7 mm
long.

Sea Leat “blades “to> 2.2) cm Ylong),, sto —la2 em
broad, margin evenly crenulate, petioles
to) 3/36 cm Wong; calyx ‘ca. 92) 9mms Hong, a>
lobes divided to near the base; corolla
yellowish white, ca. 1.1 cm long; pistil
ca. 8 mm long (E Szechuan, W Hupei) <....:
pduoUdoeaKOnDO OC OOnNgODOOOOOC OOOO On, FES fot

ANCYLOSTEMON -- A. humilis W. T. Wang

55 Leaf biades to 4s cm ong, —to 97 -5easem
broad, margin with uneven coarse teeth,
some teeth appearing as small lobes,
petioles to 9 cm long; calyx 3.5-7 mm
long, 5 lobes divided to near the middle;
corolla orange yellow, 2.2-2.6 cm long;
pistil ca. 1.4 cm long.

6. Leaves membranous, adaxial side with
white short hairs and some brown
bristly hairs, abaxial side between the
bristly veins with sparse extremely
short white hairs; seeds 1 mm long (NW
MUMIRENN) ooononoDoodoUD Coon o CD OUOMGOoOO BENS
CONVEX ANCYLOSTEMON -- A. convexus Craib

6. Leaves chartaceous, adaxial side with
dense relatively long white hair, and
also some brown bristly hairs, abaxial
side also with dense white hairs be-
tween the bristly veins; seeds 0.5 mm
long (N Yunnan) ....... THE NORTH-YUNNAN

ANCYLOSTEMON -- A. mairei (Lévl.) Craib

4. Calyx at time of flowering ca. 1 cm long.
7. Corolla outside puberulent (W Yunnan) ....

elictiaiiolsiclalticl olstetiele)lclisiel ofc) clteheliclelal oiler el elemer tie Eno) N CANUs
ANCYLOSTEMON -- A. aureus (Franch.) Burtt

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis 369

7. Corolla outside with long bristly hairs
(Yunnan in the area of Ping-ch'uan).

8. Corolla twice as long as calyx, dorsal
Side not inflated’? sic0s os si cate a2 see's #0 wile
eis Siecete 610 wee eee ce cece THE FOX-HAIR ANCY-
LOSTEMON - A. vulpinus Burtt et Davidson

8. Corolla four times* as long as calyx,
upper part ofvdorsal side inflated). «2.
seeeee-e-e+THE HAIRY-FLOWERED ANCYLOSTEMON

-- A. trichanthus Burtt et Davidson

THE STONE-MOUNTAIN GESNERIAD GENUS --
Petrocodon Hance

THE TOOTHED-MARGINED PETROCODON -- P. denticulatus
Pilate a5, Ligure: 7

Perennial acaulescent herb; rhizomes to 4 cm
long, 4-7 mm thick, with long thin roots. Leaves ca.
7, all borne from the base, long-petiolate; leaf
blades oblong or oblong lanceolate, 4.5-11.5 cm long,
1.8- 3.8 cm broad, apex short acuminate or acute,
base acute, margin dentate or denticulate, both sides
with short appressed hairs, lateral veins 3-5 and
opposite, with the midveins curving obliquely upward;
the jipetiioles’ s2-6.5 “cm long, ‘slightly “thick, with
dense short appressed hairs. Scapes 1-2, 9-14 cm
tall, indument similar to that of the petioles; cymes
umbellate, flowers 6-12; bracts linear lanceolate, to
7 mm long; peduncle ca. 6 mm long, with dense patent
puberulence; calyx campanulate, ca. 2 mm long, out-
side with short hairs, 5 lobes some divided to the
base, the lobes lanceolate subulate; corolla urceo-
late, ca. 8 mm long, outside with sparse short hairs,
of 5 nearly equal lobes, the lobes triangular or
nearly deltate, ca. 1.8 mm long; stamens 2, borne
above the base of the corolla tube, glabrous,
reaching to the corolla throat, anthers coherent;
disk caducous; pistil glabrous.

The genus Petrocodon originally contained only
one species, The Petrocodon -- P. dealbatus Hance,
distributed in Kwangtung, Kwangsi, Kweichow, and W
Hupei, whose leaf margins are entire or with ex-
tremely small teeth. P. denticulatus now discovered
is extremely close to the former, but can be distin-

*Sic; three times according to Burtt and Davidson.

370 Pee Ye LF ORL Or Gat vA Vol, 45,5) Nowe

guished by the leaf margins that are dentate or
denticulate.

Petrocodon denticulatus W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
[Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 101, 1975

Proximus P. dealbato Hance, specie typicae huius
generis monotypici adhuc cognoti, a quo foliis den-
tatis denticulatisve differt.

Hunan: Ch'ien-yang, Anhuei-Chekiang Agricultural
School 60; same place, Hsueh-feng Mt., 9 September

UOSE} 5 Anhuei-Chekiang Agricultural School 407
(Holotypus).

THE REAR-BUDDED GESNERIAD GENUS--
Opitandra* Burtt

THE LUNG-SHENG OPITHANDRA -- O. lungshengensis Plate
E57) Lagune 8

Perennial acaulescent herb. Leaves 7-9, all
borne from the base; leaf blades elliptic ovate or
ovate, 4.2-7 cm long, 3-4.8 cm broad, apex apiculate
Or somewhat obtuse, base shallowly cordate, margin
shallowly crenate, adaxial side with a somewhat dense
white indument, 1.5-3.2 mm long articulated pubes-
cence, abaxial side puberulent, lateral veins 5-6 and
opposite; the petioles 1-3 cm long, with dense white
puberulence. Scapes 1-3, 5.7-8 cm tall, with spread-
ing villous indument; cyme umbellate, of 2-4 flowers;
bracts linear lanceolate, ca. 8 mm long, with a dense
white pubescence; the pedicels 7-11 mm long, with a
patent pubescence; calyx ca. 7 mm long, outside with
a dense pubescence, 5 lobes divided to the base, the
lobes linear lanceolate; corolla whitish red, narrow-
ly funnelform, ca. 3 cm long, outside sparsely
puberulent, limb bilabiate, upper lip ca. 7.5 mm
long, of 2 shallow lobes, the lobes rounded ovate,
lower lip ca. 11 mm long, 3 lobes, the middle lobe
largest, broadly ovate; stamens 2, borne slightly
above the middle of the back of the corolla tube,
elongating to the corolla mouth, filaments puberu-
lent, anthers coherent, glabrous; staminodes 2,
narrowly linear, ca. 5.5 mm long; disk annular, ca.
1.2 mm tall, glabrous; pistil slightly longer than
the stamens, ca. 2.5 cm long, ovary ca. 1.3 ecm long,

*Sic; usual spelling is Opithandra.

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis 372

upper part and the style sparsely puberulent, stigma
2-lobed, the lobes broadly ovate, ca. 1 mm long.

This species is close to the Swatow Opithandra
-- O. dalzielii (W. W. Sm.) Burtt, but the leaves are
relatively small, the adaxial side with white villous
indument, abaxial side white pubescent, the bracts
relatively small, ovary upper part only and style
with extremely sparse short hairs, while the leaf
blades of O. dalzielii reach to 15 cm long, both
sides covered with a tan hirsute indument, bracts 2-3
cm long, and the ovary and style both covered with a
dense pubescence.

Opitandra lungshengensis W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
[Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 102, 1975]

A QO. dalzielii (W. W. Smith) Burtt e descr.,
foliis minoribus supra albo-villosis subtus albo-
pubescentibus, bracteis minoribus, Ovario superne
tantum cum stylo sparsissime puberulo differt.

Kwangsi: Lung-sheng, P'ing-shui district, T'ao-
p‘u villge, 800 m above sea level, below a thin
forest, flowers whitish red, 14 October LS 'SSi,

Kwangsi-Kwangtung-Fukien Forest Investigation
Expedition 1059 (Holotypus).

B. L. Burtt in 1956 used the plant formerly
known as Oreocharis primuloides (Miq.) Clarke endemic
in Japan to establish the then monospecific genus
Opitandra Burtt’. Two years later, in 1958, he
placed several gesneriads endemic in China in this
genus ®, The genus Opithandra is extremely close to
Chirita D. Don and Didymocarpus Wall., the important
differences are, in this genus the rear 2 stamens are
fertile, the front 2 stamens are sterile, while in
the other two genera the rear 2 stamens are sterile,
and the front 2 stamens are fertile. This genus has
about 6 species, of which 5 species are distributed
in this country in the three provinces of Kwangsi,
Kwangtung and Szechuan, and 1 species distributed in
Japan. Below is a key listing all the species of
this genus found in this country, translated from B.
L. Burtt's key of 1958 (p. 302), with additions.

7B. L. Burtt, An independent genus for Oreocharis
primuloides, Baileya 4: 160-162 (1956).

8 , Studies in the Gesneriaceae of the Old
World, XII: Opitandra, a genus with sterile anticous
stamens, Not. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 22: 301-303 (1958).

372 PE 1h Oya sOv Gal vA Vol. 45, No. 5

l. Petioles and leaf blades abaxial sides both with

tomentose indument (SE Kwangsi) ..... Sika. eNeLe tenons THE
TOMENTOSE OPITHANDRA -- O. sinohenryi (Chun) Burtt

(Didymocarpus sino henryi Chun)
1. Petioles and leaf blades pubescent.

2. Leaf blades corrugate-bullate* (Szechuan) ......

Re loWclislicMclisicel eitebiohal-oheledehelel sietowelells Sooo oS -.--. THE WRINKLED-
LEAVED OPITHANDRA -- O. fargesii (Franch.) Burtt

(Rottlera fargesii Franch.)
2. Leaves smooth.

3. Corolla ca. lem long; pistil exserted) from
New COLON: lays ((KiwalGiSi))) see) <1 ilel eile! elie -.-- THE SMALL-
FLOWERED OPITHANDRA - O. acaulis (Merr.) Burtt

(Chirita acaulis Merr.)

3. Corolla 3s—s.5cm slong epHsitis’= aneluded wach am

the corolla.

4. Scapes and leaves with white pubescence;
bracts mca-necn mlm) nelongi:) Comolilanecial Smmmcn
long; ovary upper part only and the style
Wiletintmalads Cwamhiabliarisu (Nil KiwialniGish))sivetener clemeielatene ER ctete
eiclichieMiallelsclledislioiiel cite sielieite Soa0nD OOD - THE LUNG-SHENG

OPITHANDRA - QO. lungshengensis W. T. Wang

4. Scape and leaves with tan hirsute indument;
yeeros AWS thi” Wee A Cxefee lily Wee S65) Cui
long; ovary and style both with a dense
pubescence (E Kwangtung) ...--+-e+eseeeeseeeeese
Joos Sou OCOoDO UDG OODO OD OOD Ob DUO HOD THES SUNOS

OPITHANDRA - O. dalzielii (W. W. Sm.) Burtt
(Chirita dalzielii W. W. Sm.)

THE LIPPED-STYLE GESNERIAD GENUS --
ChamattiageDi Dion

THE WINGED-LOBED CHIRITA -- C. pinnatifida

Chirita pinnatifida (Hand.-Mazz.) Burtt in Not.
Bot.) Garde. Edunbee2siw 99)( 19160); SiconographialsiCcor.
mophytorum Sinicorum 4: 137, figure 5688 (1975).

Didymocarpus pinnatifidus Hand.-Mazz. in Sin-
ensia 5: 8 (1934).

Chirita quercifolia Wood in Not. Bot. Gard.
Edinb ose S169) (S72) ireitis Sie 1445511599774) Siy nic nO.

*Burtt: verrucose-bullate.

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis 373

Kwangtung: Lien-nan, 820 m above sea level,
T'an P'ei-hsiang [P. C. Tang] 58918; Yang Shan, Teng
Liang 341.

Kwangsi: Jung-shui, Ch'en Shao-ch'ing 16183;
Tzu-yuan, Chung Chi-hsin 83461; Hsiang-chou county,
Huang Chih 40038; Ling-yun, T'ai Jen-ch'ang 6988
(isotype of Didymocarpus pinnatifidus Hand.-Mazz.!).

Kweichow: Jung R., 920-1300 m above sea level,
Chien Chuo-p'o et al. 51486, 51814, South Kweichow
Expedition 3170.

Hunan: Yi-chang, 1200 m above sea level, Ch'en

Shao-ch'ing 2762.
Kiangsi: Shang-yu, 800 m above sea level,

Kiangsi Expedition 71-413.

Fukien: Sui-an, Huang-kang Mt., 1100 m above
sea level, Chien Chuo-p'o et al. 400931.

Chekiang: T'ai-shun, Chang Shao-yao 3710.

This species is distributed in this country in
the above listed provinces, its leaves are all borne
from the base, calyx of five lobes divided to near
the base, the lobes often denticulate and close to
the Locust-seven* Chirita -- C. fimbrisepala Hand.-
Mazz. and other species, but it can be easily dis-
tinguished by the leaves shallowly-pinnately lobed,
which is its only distinguishing characteristic.

Recently Comrade Wu Cheng-yi discovered that
Chirita quercifolia Wood (see above reorganization)
described in 1972 by D. Wood on the basis of a
specimen from Kwangsi should be classified with C.
pinnatifida (Hand.-Mazz.) Burtt, and this writer
agrees with his opinion.

THE YUNNAN-SZECHUAN CHIRITA -- C. forrestii

Chirita forrestii Anthony in Not. Bot. Gard.
Edinb. 18: 192 (1934).

var. forrestii

Yunnan: Chung-tien, Pai-ti, G. Forrest 20564
(Isosyntypus!).

Szechuan: Mu-li, 2650 m above sea level, Yii
Teh-chin [Yii Te-tsun] 14160; Lang-ta, 2300 m above
sea level, Feng Kuo-mei 2753.

Distribution: NW Yunnan, SW Szechuan.

*Exact meaning unclear.

374 Peo, Yor OME O (Grr TA Vol. 45, Now Ss

THE ACUTELY-DENTATE VARIETY -- var. acutidentata
Plate 16, figure 10.

The type variety's leaf margins have rela-
tively small obtuse teeth, differing from | vthivs
variety's leaf margin's triangular and relatively
large acute teeth.

var. acutidentata W. T. Wang, var. nov. [Acta
Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 103, 1975]

A var. forrestii foliis margine acute majusque
dentatis differt.

Szechuan: T'‘'ien-ch'uan, Erh-lang Mt., Chiu-
t'iao ridge, 1900 m above sea level, flower light
purple, 27 July 1953, Chiang Hsing-hsing 35070
(Holotypus); unspecified place, Ch'ti K'uei-ling 6215.

THE LONG-PEDUNCLED CHIRITA -- C. longipedunculata
Plate 16, figure 9

Small half-shrub. Stems to 36 cm long, basal
diameter ca. 5 mm, not branched, upper part puberu-
lent, lower part becoming glabrous. Leaves oppo-
site; leaf blades oblong or oblong lanceolate,
slightly unequal, 11-20 cm long (including petiole
0.9-3 cm), 3.2-5.2 cm broad, apex sharply acuminate,
base cuneate, margin denticulate, both sides with
somewhat dense and closely appressed puberulence,
lateral veins 7-9 and opposite, arching upwardly.
Cymes on long peduncles, of ca. 4 flowers, with
slightly dense patent puberulence; peduncles 6-8 cm
long; bracts linear, ca. 3 mm long; the calyx cam-
panulate, ca. 6.5 mm long, outside with slightly
dense closely appressed puberulence, 5 lobes divided
to 1 mm above the base, the lobes narrowly lanceo-
late; the corolla yellow, tubular funnelform, ca. 2.8
cm long, glabrous, tube ca. 4s acm a LOnGis limb
bilabiate, upper lip ca. 7 mm long, 2-lobed, the
lobes rounded ovate, lower lip nearly as long as the
tube, 3-lobed, center lobe large, broadly ovate; the
stamens 2, borne 1 mm above the basal part of the
corolla, ca. 10 mm long, glabrous, anthers coherent,
broadly ovate, Ca. 1PM) selon: staminodes 2,
narrowly linear, 2.2-3.4 mm long; disk annular,
glabrous, shallowly lobed; pistil ca. 1.1 cm long,
glabrous, ovary elongate oblong, style slightly
shorter than the ovary, stigma 2-lobed, the lobes
broadly ovate.

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis 375

This species is close to Chirita kurzii Clarke
(auetributed. in Nepal, Sikkim), ‘but. in that. the
bracts are linear, relatively short, the calyx also
relatively short, pistil glabrous, stigma obviously
2-lobed, while the bracts of C. kurzii Clarke are
elliptic, 10 mm long, the calyx 15 mm long, ovary and
style completely puberulent, stigma nearly peltate.

Chirita longipedunculata W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
[Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 104, 1975]

Similis C. kurzii Clarke e descr., a qua brac-
teis linearibus brevioribus, calyce breviore, pis-
tillo glabro, stigmate conspicue 2-lobato differt.

Yunnan: P'ting-pien, 1700 m above sea level, on
rocky cliffs at the edge of a forest, flower yellow,
15 October 1939, Wang Ch'i-wu 82505 (Holotypus); same
place, 1400 m above sea level, 25 September 1939,
Wang Ch'i-wu 82106.

THE BIG-TOOTHED CHIRITA -- Cc. grandidentata Plate
16, figure 11

Perennial herb. Stems 10-25 cm tall, un-
branched, with rust-colored villous indument, with
2-3 nodes. Leaves opposite; leaf blades ovate,

rounded ovate or reniform, 4.5-10.5 cm long, 4-15 cm
broad, apex rotund, base shallowly cordate, margin
coarsely toothed (teeth oblique ovate, bearing
smaller teeth), adaxial side with dense rust-colored
puberulence, abaxial side with random small red
spots, marginal veins with rust-colored puberulence,
lateral veins 4-6 and opposite; the petioles 0.5-10
cm long. Cymes borne above the axil, with a long
Stalk; the peduncles 4.5-7 cm long, with patent
puberulence; the bracts purple, ovate or rounded
Ovate, 5-8 mm long, margin with sparse marginal
hairs, other parts glabrous; the calyx campanulate,
ca. 5.5 mm long, glabrous, 5 slightly unequal shal-
low lobes, the lobes broadly ovate, apex rounded
truncate; the corolla purple-red, cylindric,
glabrous, tube ca. 18 mm long, diameter at the
corolla throat ca. 4 mm, limb bilabiate; stamens 2,
borne in the upper Part of the corolla tube,
glabrous, anthers coherent, elliptic, ca. 1.5 mm
long; staminodes 2, filiform, ca. 3 mm long; disk
cupulate, glabrous; the, pistil. ca. i7., mm, long,
glabrous, ovary narrowly linear, style 2 mm long,
stigma 2-lobed.

376 DB Hee enOm in OG ara Vol. 45, No. 5

In this species the leaf teeth are large,
lobe-like, bearing smaller teeth which is its
important characteristics, by which Lt can be
distinguished from the other Chiritas of this country.

Chirita grandidentata W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
[Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 104, 1975]

Species nova ab omnibus congenericis sinen-
sibus adhuc notis foliis grosse dentatis, dentibus
lobuliformibus denticulatis distinguenda.

Yunnan: Meng-che, 1250 m above sea level, in a
mountain valley, in a forest, flower purple-red, June
1936, Wang Ch'i-wu 75354 (Holotypus).

THE LONG-CAPSULED GESNERIAD GENUS --
Didymocarpus Wall.

THE HARBINGER-OF-SPRING DIDYMOCARPUS -- D. primu-
linus Plate 16, figure 12

Perennial acaulescent herb. Leaves 6-7, all
borne from the base; the leaf blades deltate or
rounded ovate, 1.8-4.6 cm long, 1.6-4 cm broad, apex
acuminate, base shallowly cordate or truncate, margin
with obscure shallow lobes (the lobes tooth-like,
deltate, apex acute, with 1-2 small teeth), sometimes
only with blunt teeth, adaxial side with white
villous indument, abaxial side with sparse white
pubescence, and furthermore, the marginal vein with
dense rust-colored villous indument; the petioles
1-4.5 cm long, with dense rust-colored villous
indument. Scapes 2-4, 7-12 cm tall, indument simi-
lar to that of the petioles; cymes of 1-3 flowers;
the bracts narrowly ovate or linear, 3.5-7 mm long;
the pedicles 0.9-2.4 cm long, with dense patent
pubescence; the calyx oblique campanulate, ca. 7 mm
long, outside sparsely puberulent, 5 lobes of which
some divided to the base, the lobes somewhat unequal
in size, the rear one being the largest, narrowly
obovate, ca. 8 mm long, the other 4 linear spathu-
late, 6-7 mm long; the corolla whitish red (?),
glabrous, the tube funnelform, ca. 9 mm long, limb
bilabiate, uper lip ca. 5 mm long, 2 shallow lobes,
the lobes broadly oblique ovate, lower lip ca. 8 mm
long, 3 deep lobes, the lobes oblong, apex blunt; the
stamens 2, borne below the corolla throat, filaments
8 mm long, upper part sparsely puberulent, anthers
coherent, densely puberulent; staminodes 2, broadly

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis 377

linear, 0.5-0.8 mm long; disk annular, glabrous; the
pistil ca. 1.4 cm long, ovary linear, with dense
white puberulence, style short, glabrous, stigma
depressed capitate. Capsule slender clavate, 6-8 cm
long, slightly falcate-curved, becoming glabrous.

This species is near the Fukien-Kiangsi
Didymocarpus -- D. heucherifolius Hand.-Mazz., but it

can be distinguished by the calyx lobes linear
spathulate, corolla glabrous, staminodes 2, ovary
without glandular hairs; the calyx lobes of OD.
heucherifolius are narrowly ovate, the outside of the
corolla with sparse hairs, staminodes caducous, ovary
with eglandular hairs.

Didymocarpus primulinus W. T. Wang, sp. nov.
[Acta Phytotax. Sin. 13(3): 105, 1975]

Affinis D. heucherifolio Hand.-Mazz., a quo
calycis segmentis spathulato-linearibus, corolla
glabra, staminoideis 2, ovario eglanduloso-puberulo
distinguitur.

~

Hunan: Hsueh-feng Mt., 1954, Li Che-t'ang 189

(Holotypus), 2392; Ch'ine-yang, L953, Anhuei-Che-
kiang Agricultural School 5l.

(Conclusion)

378 PVE NL ME (OY AE, (0), Ter IE YN Vol. 45, No.

ow Bem om
eee OF romeen

i

‘9.
yas
|

o

me

2. A. angustioblongus

1. Aeschynanthus austroyunnanensis on
(ya Teh-chun 20924)

(Wang Ch'i-wu 79443)

tera... Sy *
Woe 8
Ft piewth, t
RAW. het ey

A 4. A. denticuliger
3. A. lasianthus = =a
(eenah Kuo=mei 7282) (Wang Ch'i-wu 85615)

1980 Wang, Notulae de Gesneriaceis 379

l 15
ome
—
_-
o
at
a .
iv

|

~

sionotus kwangsiensis Gia
(Ch'en Shao-ch'ing 15021)

7. Petrocodon 8 Opitandra lungshengensis
(Anhuei-Chekiang Kwangtung-Kwangsi-Fukien

School Expedition 1059)

380

9.

Pe Yor ROTO) (Geet oA

Chirita longipedunculata

(Wang Ch'i-wu 82505)

ll. C. grandidentata
(Wang Ch'i-wu 75354)

<tie

Mere ee

10. C. forrestii var. acutidentata
(

Chiang Hsing-hsing 35070)

12. Didymocarpus primulinus
(Anhuei-Chekiang Agricultural
School 51)

THE PEDIASTRUM OF THE
UPPER HACKENSACK RIVER ESTUARY

MaryAnn Foote
Department of Ecology - Rutgers University
New Brunswick, NJ 08903

Pediastrum is a ubiquitous, colonial planktonic green alga.
Although Pediastrum spp. are freshwater organisms, they are able
to withstand the salinity of the Hackensack River environment.

A previous study has determined that the salinity of the river
fluctuates between 40 and approximately 4000 ppm chloride at this
study's collection site (Hazen and Isquith, 1975).

Biweekly samples were made from a footbridge on the Teaneck-
Hackensack campus of Fairleigh Dickinson University from August,
1975 to July, 1976. Five species of Pediastrum were found during
this period: P. simplex var. duodenarium (Bailey) Rabenhorst,
P. boryanum (Turpin) Meneghini, P. tetras var. tetraodon (Corda)
Hansgirg, P. duplex var. clathratum (A. Braun) Langerheim, P.
duplex var. gracillimum W. & G.S. West. Identifications were
confirmed using a number of sources including Bourelly (1968),
Collins (1928), Pascher (1913), Smith (1920) and Whitford and
Schumacker (1973).

P. simplex var. duodenarium (Bailey) Rabenhorst

Coenobia of 16 or 32 cells found with one tapering spine
projecting from the marginal cells and large, often irregular,
spaces between the cells.

A most abundant species in the Hackensack River and the only
species collected during February, 1976.

P. boryanum (Turpin) Meneghini
Coenobia entire without perforations. Marginal cells have
two projections but inner cells do not vary markedly from them.
This species was collected in low numbers August, September
and October, 1975 and June and July, 1976.

P. tetras var. tetraodon (Corda) Hansgirg

This species is characterized by very regular coenobia in
a 7 + 1 arrangement. All cells have a deep cleft.

A very rare form, it was collected in low numbers in August
and September, 1975 and July, 1976.

P. duplex var. clathratum (A. Braun) Langerheim
Coenobia had 8-64 cells with very small perforations between
them. The marginal cells often bore a hyaline seta.
381

382 Boy, L107) 0) Ger eA Vol. 45, No. 5

An extremely plentiful species, it was collected every month
except February, 1976 often in numbers greater than P. simplex,
the other abundant species.

P. duplex var. gracillimum W. & G.S. West

This variety is distinguished by large coenobial perforations
and very slender cells. The marginal cells have slightly convex
sides.

This alga was collected on a few occasions. Smith (1920)
noted that it is difficult to distinguish variety gracillimum from
variety clathratum and that the two often intergrade.

Literature Cited

Bourelly, P. 1968. Les Algues D;Eau Douce. Tome II. Les Algues
jaunes et brunes. pp 223-226. N. Boubee. Paris

Collins, F.S. 1928. Green Algae of North America. pp 96-99.
Stechert & Co. New York

Hazen, R.E. and I.R. Isquith. 1975. The zooplankton of the upper
Hackensack River estuary. Bull N J Acad Sci 20:9-12

Pascher, A. 1913. Die Susswasserflora Deutschlands. Osterreichs
und der Schweiz. Heft 2:Flagellatae 2. pp 89-105

Smith, G.M. 1920. Phytoplankton of the Inland Lakes of Wisconsin.
Bibliotheca Phycologia. Band 30. pp 166-174. J. Cramer
Reprint 1977

Whitford, L.A. and G.J. Schumacker, 1973. A manual of fresh-
water algae. pp 41-42. Sparks Press. Raleigh, North
Carolina

Myriophyllum spicatum L, along shores of
Gulf of Mexico

Clyde F. Reed

In 1977 the author published an extensive account of the his-
tory and distribution of Eurasian watermilfoil, Myriophyllum spicatum
L., in the United States and Canada. During the summer and autumn of
1979 an extentive survey was made of the ports and shore lines along
the Gulf of Mexico from Panama City, Florida to New Orleans, south to
Brownsville, Texas by the author. A few new localities for this water-
milfoil were observed at that time.

A brief discussion of the history and presence of “urasian water-
milfoil in North America might be of interest here. Ilijriophyllum
spicatum L, was described by Linnaeus in 1753 from quiet waters from
Europe, As early as 1848 Asa Gray listed it from Northern United States;
Tatnall in 1860 suggested M. spicatum probably could be found in New
Castle County, Delaware, without any definite cited record. Again,

Gray in 1867, 1880 and 1887, in various editions of Gray's Manual, listed
M, spicatum for northeastern United States, this last time stating it as
the first to cite definite specimens from the Potomac River, near Alex-
andria and Hunting Creek. Hitchcock in 1919 noted the Virginia specimens
in the Potomac River (although the river to the Virginia shore belongs to
Maryland) and added ‘widely distributed in North America, Europe and Asia',

Looking mainly at northeastern material, Fernald in 1919 clearly
indicated that American plants differed in several aspects from the
Eurasian specimens, and named the American material M. exalbescens Fern.,
without indicating that some of the material could be typical M, spicatum
L. Hulten in 1947 regarded M, exalbescens as a subspecies, namely M,
spicatum subsp, exalbescens (Fern. ) Hulten, Gleason in 1952 notes ‘perhaps
better subordinated to the Eurasian M. spicatum as var. exalbescens (Fern, )
Jeps,

Reed in 1970 was the first to treat both species as being in North
America, Since the explosion growth of M, spicatum L, in the Chesapeake
Bay, the Potomac River and TVA in the 1950's and 1960's, a great number
of specimens have been collected and studied. Reasons for this explosive
growth during the late 1950's was discussed in the 1977 paper, and as
early as 1962, Reed had stated in the Summry of the 1962 Interagency Re-
search Meeting on Eurasian Watermilfoil that due to the hurricanes and
the vast amounts of runoff water from limestone areas, pH, ion-concentra-
tions and other nutrient balances had been upset in the Potomac, Susque-
hanna (which emptied into the head of Chesapeake Bay) and TVA areas.

383

384 BUH Y, T) 0 7, 0) Gr A Vols) 45,0 Noe

Since the mid 1960's the population of M. spicatum L, was waned,
but so have the frequency of hurricanes in the areas and the amounts of
runoff water coming into Chesapeake Bay. However, every year I have been
able to find some plants of M. spicatum in the Chesapeake Bay or along
the shores of the lower Potomac River,

However, M. spicatum was on its way south. By 1962 Dexter Haven
had found it in nearly every tributary of the Virginia shore of the
Potomac River; by 1970 it was well established in marshes and ditches
near Back Bay, Princess Anne County (Virginia Beach), Virginia, just
back from the Atlantic Ocean; John Steenis reported it in 1962 from Pea
Island Refuge on the Outer Banks of North Carolina and Reed found it to
be abundant at Currituck, North Carolina in 1968, By 1979 it had become
a noxious weed in the waterways of the Albemarle Sound and Palmico Sound
regions of eastern North Carolina,

In 1970 Reed recorded on maps spotty localities for M. spicatum
in western Florida (in the Tampa-Sarasota region and from Panama City
westward along the Gulf Coast), southwestern Georgia, Louisiana and Texas
(Houston =~ During my search for noxious weeds in 1979, I found
several more localities along the shores of the Gulf of Mexico, this time
in Mississippi and Louisiana; annotations for these specimens are given
below and specimens are deposited in the Reed Herbarium, unless otherwise
noted,

As more botanists are studying the watermilfoils, more specimens of
the Eurasian Watermilfoil have been coming to light, and Hitchcock's
statement that M. spicatum is widely distributed in North America might
be quite true,

Annotated specimens: |

Mississippi: Shore of Gulf of Mexico at Bay St. Louis, near
Puates Cove, Harrison Co, June 21, 1979, Reed 104578,

Louisiana: Shore of Gulf of Mexico, Rt. 90 at Fort, Pike
State Monument, New Orleans Parish, Oct. 24, 1979. Reed
103844,

Pointe Coupe Parish, False River near New Roads, July
1966, John W, Thieret. (Fish & Wildlife, Laurel, Md.).

Reed Herbariun,

10105 Harford Road,
Baltimore, Maryland
21234 |

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS NEOSPARTON,. I

Harold N. Moldenke

NEOSPARTON Griseb.
Additional bibliography: Latzina, Lilloa 1 [Index 2]: 189,
1937; Mold., Phytologia 45: 349--352. 1980.

NEOSPARTON APHYLLUM (Gill. & Hook.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3 (2):
254. 1898.

Synonymy: Verbena aphylla Gill. & Hook. in Hook., Bot. Misc. 1:
161, pl. 46. 1829. Neosparton aphyllum Kuntze apud Thiselt.-
Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 123. 1904. Neosparton aphyllum (Gill.
ex Hook. & Arn.) Kuntze apud Latzina, Lilloa 1: 189. 1937.
Neosparton andinum Kurtz ex Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names
So eeoe Sys, L940,

Bibliography: Hook., Bot. Misc. 1: 161, pl. 46. 1829; Steud.,
Nomen botnet) Hubanisse Cd's) 25 92° 17495 A84ls DD. Dietre, Syne Ele 32 60h.
iSeaseochau, ein A. DC., Prodm. Ii: 545. 18475 C. Gay; Hist. Eis.
Chile Bot. 5: 20. 1849; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 494,
18583 Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 27: 103. 18713; F. Phil.,
Gata bl. Vase. Chill, 219 88h: Brig, in Engl. & Prantl, Nate
Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a), 147. 1894; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
ddeks. ind. Kew, imp. J, 22. 1078. 18955. Kuntze, Rev. ‘Gen.abi. 3
(2): 254. 1898; Thiselt.-Dyer, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 123. 1904;
Reiche & Phil. in Reiche, Estud. Crit. Fl. Chil. 5: 295. 1910; San-
zin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 88: 06, 97, 99, 100, & 134, fig. l.
1919; Hicken, Sert. And. 65. 1922; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 373 (1930)
and 6: 428, 1931; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 30--31. 1934;
Molfino, Trab. Inst. Bot. Farm. Buenos Aires 54: 112. 1935; H. S.
Marshall, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1936: 87. 1936; Latzina, Lilloa 1
[Index 2]: 189. 1937; Mold., Geogr..Distrib. Avicen, 29. 1939;
Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 33 & 44. 1940; Mold., Lilloa
6: 431--432. 1941; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. l,
42, 43, & 96. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 33 & 45. 1942;
Mold., Lilloa 10: 345. 1944; Covas & Schnack, Darwiniana 7: 86 &
89201945). Jacks. in Hook. £. 1& Jacks. sInd..Kewe, I0psa25, 25 Ube
1946; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 96, 235, & 250. 1946; Mold., Alph.
List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 16. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 2: 443,
444, 628, & 629 (1948), 3: 894 (1949), and 4: 1035 & 1128. 1949;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 101, 105, & 191.
1949; Cabrera, Revist. Mus. La Plata, ser. 2, Bot. 8 (33): 87-—-
168. 1952; Troncoso, Darwiniana 11: 186--192, fig. 12--14. 1957;
Burkart, Excerpt. Bot. A.l: 444. 1959; Mold., Résumé 121, 126, 321,
357, & 463. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3,
2: 1178. 1960; Rahn, Bot. Tidsskr. 56: 123. 1960; Cave, Ind. Pl.
Chromos. Numb. 2: 63. 1961; Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A.3: 208. 1961;
Bocher, Hjerting, & Rahn, Dansk Dot. Arkiv 22: 108, 1963; McGinnes
in McGinnes, Goldman, & Paylore, Deserts World 499. 1968; Bolkhov.,

385

386 iedsl NEE (0) 1th OME aE WN Voll, 455 Now

Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 716.
1969; Heusser, Pollen Spores Chile 62, pl. 59-674. 1971; Mold.,
Eifth) Summ. 12 lo2Me. 199 \Gisi7 1) and 225 73h 6525 S96.) LOTae
Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp.
2, 716. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 330 & 410. 1974; Hunziker,
Kurtziana 9: 141. 1976; Rogerson & Becker, Bull. Torrey Bot.

Gib e103" 254.4976 eAnOn. ae bioTes. Ind. 136 (4) Bolo Lovins
Mold., Phytologia 44: 136 & 138 (1979) and 45: 351 & 352. 1980.

Illustrations: Gill. & Hook. in Hook., Bot. Misc. 1: pl. 46.
1829s Sanzin, Analy SocenGient. Arcent. 86>) LOO} fie. ee along
June svmb. Bote Upsalenelan(4))spiles a2 etlon ele LOD Ari iconecose
Darwiniana 11: 188--190, fig. 12--14. 1957; Heusser, Pollen Spores
Chile 62, pl. 59-674. 1971.

Recent collectors and authors describe this species as shrub-
by, 1.2 m. tall, fragrant, the branches and branchlets very slen-
der, mostly more slender than those of N. ephedroides, terete,
green, not nigrescent in drying, longitudinally many-striate,
glabrous throughout or very obscurely pulverulent, decussate-
opposite or whorled, rather stiff and erect or ascending, usually
more or less swollen at the nodes, the nodes conspicuously annu-
late, on larger branches usually marked by a circumferential
ridge, bearing a pair of opposite, minute, scale-like structures
(morphologically leaves) which are 1 mm. long or less, closely
appressed, often minutely ciliolate along the margins; principal
internodes 0.7--7 cm. long; inflorescence spicate, axillary, borne
singly or in pairs in the axils of the scale-leaves or terminating
abbreviated or more or less elongated axillary twigs, these twigs
(especially when short) differing in color and texture from the
adjacent branchlets, more slender and gray, distinctly grayish-
puberulent, mostly becomg dry and breaking off after flowering and
fruiting; spikes rather short, 1--3.5 cm. long, 1--1.8 cm. wide
during anthesis, very densely many-flowered, sessile or short-—
pedunculate, the peduncles similar to and merging into the adja-
cent twig, distinctly and densely white-puberulent; flowers ses-
sile, crowded so densely on the densely white- and short—pubescent
rachis that its sympodia are practically obsolete, intensely frag-
rant; bracts and bractlets obsolete; prophylla minute, one subten-
ding each flower, less than 1 mm long, stiff, truncate at both
ends, ciliolate,

This species is based on Gillies s.n., collected between Los
Chacayos and Las Arbolitos, Mendoza, Argentina, on November 2,
1824, and is deposited in the Kew herbarium.

Rahn (1960) was not able to determine exactly the chromosome num-
ber in this species, "but in some prophases about 16 bivalents were
seen", based on Bocher, Hjerting, & Rahn 909, determined by Tronco-
so. Heusser (1971) describes the pollen, based on "Fabris, XI-1953,
NY" [=Fabris 893], as "Monad, isopolar, radiosymmetric; tricolpor-
ate, colpi lengthy, straight, rather narrow, constricted at the
equator, pores small, ill-defined, appearing short transverse;
largely subprolate, amb triangular or subtriangular; exine ca. 1 m.
in thickness, tectate, verrucate; 34--46 x 34--38 mu."

Recent collectors have encountered the plant in sandy places at

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Neosparton 387

1100--2000 m. altitude. The corollas are said to have been "blue"
on Kuntze 3 and Wilczek 40, "blue to pinkish-white" on Ruiz Leal
9651, "lilac" on Ruiz Leal 6412, and "violet to rose" on Ruiz

Leal 2742. Cabrera (1952) refers to the species as a nanophanero-
phyte. It has been collected in flower in September and from No-
vember to February, and in fruit in January and February, The
length of the pistil in relation to the size of the pollen grains
is discussed by Covas & Schnack (1945).

Schauer (1847) describes the species as "suffruticosa, ramos-
issima, ramis flexuosis teretibus striatis omnino aphyllis, spicis
terminalibus multifloris, bracteis minutissimis squamaeformibus
subrotundis cum calyce pubescentibus...In Andibus Chilensium prope
Villa Vicenzia et civit. Platensi prope Mendozam (Gill.). Caules
3--4-pedales. Rami squamulis minutis fuscis deciduis basi subten-
si. Spicae pollicares-bipollic. Flores Melliodori, Calyx cylin-
draceus, angulatus, corolla duplo brevior. Corollae limbus 5-
lobus."

Gay (1849) characterizes the species as "ramis flexuosis, tere-
tibus, striatis, omnino aphyllis; spica pubescente" and then de-
scribes it further as with "Tallos de tres 4 cuatro piés, partidos
en muchos ramos flexuosos, cilindricos, opuestos, un tanto agudos,
enteramente desprovistos de hojas, pero acompamados en su orijen
de pequenas est{pulas morenas y caducas. Espigas terminales, de
pulgada y media de largo, con las flores bastante apretadas y de
oler de la miel. C&aliz cilindrico, pubescente, anguloso, con cinco
dientes cortos, adornado de br&cteas muy pequenas, muy cortas y
ovalarias. Corola el doble mas larga y tiene su limbo mediano. Se
halla en las cordilleras entre Santiago y Mendoza."

Sanzin (1919) affirms that N. aphyllum is characteristic of the
subandean zone, from 900 to 1500 m. altitude, and encountered it
"en los cerros 4ridos y calcareos" in Mendoza, citing his no. 994
and Kuntze 1700. Troncoso (1957) gives its natural distribution as
"desde el N de Mendoza, hasta Neuquén, noroeste de Rio Negro y W
de La Pampa", but Hunziker (1976) says "Interesa, en consecuencia,
dar a conocer un viejo ejemplar del herbario de C6rdoba, que lleva
el Srea hacia el norte, en algo mas de 3 grados de latitud, hasta
la Provincia de La Rioja", citing Hieronymus & Niederlein 420.

Vernacular names recorded for the species are "barba de tigre"
and "retamillo". Kurtz reports that its flower-buds are often
eaten from the branches ["abgefressen"] by some wild animals,
identity unspecified.

It is of interest to note that the Gillies & Hooker reference in
the bibliography (above) is often inaccurately cited as "1830", the
titlepage date, but was actually effectively published in 1829 ac-
cording to Marshall (1936). Also, contrary to Latzina's (1937)
claim that the "Botanical Miscellany" was edited by Hooker & Ar-
nott together, it was apparently edited by Hooker alone, Latzina's
work is sometimes cited as "Latzina, Index II (1937) 139".

Junell (1934) cites only Gillies s.n. in the Kew herbarium,
Troncoso (1957) cites the following collections from Argentina: La
Pampa: Monticelli s.n. Mendoza: Boelcke 4018 & 4027; Burkart 14081;
Troncoso & Nicora s.n.; Carette 327 & s.n.; Castellanos s.n.; Girth

388 P Heer Oe EV ONG aA Vols 451 NOees

17; Herb. Ruiz 137; Kuntze 3; Kurtz 3455; Molfino s.n.; Perez
Moreau S.eN.e; Ruiz Leal 2742, 2906, 5399, 6944, & 7132; Sanzin
3110; Semper 631; Soriano 4040; Torres 55, Neuquén: Cabrera
11046; Fabris 893; Hauman s.n.; Roth s.n. Rio Negro: O'Donell
1951.

Chilean records for this species in previous literature are
based on the Kuntze collection from Paso Cruz, which Troncoso
maintains was made on the Mendozan, not Chilean, side of the
pass and which Kuntze himself has inscribed "Arg." on the accom-
panying label.

Material of N. aphyllum has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as N. ephedroides Griseb. On the other hand,
the Fabris 2178, distributed as N. aphyllum, actually is Diostea
juncea (Gill. & Hook.) Mold., while Dessauer s.n. [Cerro de la
Viscacha, 1875] and Negrete s.n. are D. scoparia (Gill. & Hook.)
Miers.

Citations: ARGENTINA: Mendoza: Bartlett 19475 (Ca--772438, Mi,
W--1904523); Bodenbender 53 [Kurtz 10008; Herb. Osten 13015] (Ug);
Burkart 8415 (W--1858300); A. Castellanos s.n. [Herb. Inst. Mig-
uel Lillo 15206; Herb. Mus. Argent. Cienc. Nat. 36868] (E--2198244,
N); Gillies s.n. [betw. Chacayos & Las Arbolitos] (K--type, N--
isotype, N--photo of type, Z--photo of type); Gussfeldt s.n. [Di-
amente, Pampa, Jan. '83] (B); Kuntze s.n. [Paso Cruz, 1700 m., I.
92] (B, N, W--701193); Kurtz 7204 (B), 7422 (B); Ruiz Leal 2742
(N), 6412 (N), 6944 (N), 6955 (N), 6970 (N), 7132 (N), 9651 (N),
16434 (Tu--155535), 16975 (Tu--137905); Sanzin s.n. [Herb. Mus.
Nac. Hist. Buenos Aires 25/2217] (N); Semper s.n. [Ruiz Leal 10255]
(N); Wilczek 40 (Cb, Cb, N). Neuquen: Fabris 893 (N); Haumann s,n.
[Zapala, I1.1902] (Br).

NEOSPARTON DARWINII Benth, in Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 2 (2):
1144. 1876.

Synonymy: Neosparton darwinii Benth. & Hook. f, apud Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 303. 1894. Lippia darwinii
(Be & He) Speg.. Anal’ Soc. Gilent. Argent.) 552 242.8 1902. a iippra
darwinii Speg. apud Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 104, in syn. 1908.
Neosparton @arwinii Benth, & Hook, apud Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl.
Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 125, 1965.

Bibliography: Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 2 (2): 1144.
1876s Jacks... in) Hookaeheme Jack... Lnd.) Kew. ,impenl, 2s S05. 2o9a
Speg., Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 55: 242. 1902; Speg., Nov. Add.
Fl. Patag. 2: 65. 1902; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 104. 1908;
Mold., Prelim. List Inv. Names 33. 1940; Mold., Lilloa 6: 432.
1941; Mold., Suppl. List Inv. Names 6 & 12. 1941; Mold., Alph. List
Inv. Names 30 & 33. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 1, 43 & 96. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
2, 2291303). 1946s) Molds, Alph.. last) Git. Is14206 163) Gl946)eande2:
444, 1948; H. N. & A. Le. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 55. 1948; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 105 & 191. 1949; Troncoso, Dar-
winiana 11: 177--180, fig. 6 & 7. 1957; Burkart, Excerpt. Bot. A.1:
444. 1959; Mold., Résumé 126, 312, 321, & 463. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 2: 303. 1960; Troncoso in

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Neosparton 389

Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 124 & 125, fig. 43. 1965;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 199 (1971) and 2: 553, 573, & 896. 1971;
Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 330 & 410. 1974.

Illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 11: 178 & 179, fig. 6 & 7.
1957; Troncoso in Cabrera, Fl. Prov. Buenos Aires 5: 124, fig.
43. 1965.

Bentham's original (1876) description of this species is:
"typicam [of the genus] e prov. Catamarca non vidimus, sed con-
gener videtur specimen a Darwinio (N. Darwinii, nov.) in monte
Hermoso juxta Bahia Blanca lectum. Habitus inflorescentia calyx
corolla et ovarium omnino conveniunt, specifice differre videtur
bracteis late ovatis calycem aequantibus v. subsuperantibus et
staminibus e tubo breviter exsertis. Fructus tamen deest." In
some previous publications I regarded N. darwinii as conspecific
with N. ephedroides, from which it is virtually impossible to
differentiate in the herbarium. It is said to differ from the
latter in the characters listed by Bentham. I at one time
thought that it might differ in having a very short and included
pistil, but this character does not hold for even the type col-
lection. Argentine botanists maintain the two taxa as separate,
pointing out (as "evidence") that N. darwinii inhabits only an
area in the province of Buenos Aires at 50 m. altitude, while N.
ephedroides inhabits an Andean region in Catamarca, Los Andes,
Mendoza, Salta, and Tucuman at 3500 m. altitude.

Troncoso (1965) has given us an amplified description of the
lowland form: "Arbusto subafilo, efredoide, de #1,50 m de altu-
ra, muy ramoso. Ramas rigidas, erguidas, de Aapice generalmente
seco, cilindrico-estriadas. Estrias numerosas (26)--29--34--
(35). Hojas reducidas a una escamita o mucroén subtriangular de
Spice obtuso, precozmente caducas, la de los vastagos jévenes
algo mayores, de 4--5 mm de longitud, lanceoladas, subcarnosas,
Espigas contrafidas densas, axilares, subglobosas, opuestas, sub-
s@siles. Flores blancas. Bracteas obovado-cuneadas, caducas,
membrandceas, de borde superior irregular, glabras, de 5--5.5 mm
de longitud, igualando o superando el caliz. Caliz tubuloso,
lustroso, glabro, 5-dentado, dientes incurvos, subtriangulares,
ciliolados. Corola subactinomorfa, glabra. Drupa globosa, pap-
iraceo-lustrosa, epicarpio membranaceo, fibroso interiormente...
Endemico del sudoeste de la Provincia [Buenos Aires], en los
médanos costaneros de Coronel Dorrego y Coronel Rosales." She
cites Cabrera & Fabris 14910, Darwin 528, and Veretoni s.n.

Bentham has placed a misleading sketch on the holotype speci-
men giving the appearance of epigyny. He says "Ovarium 2-locu-
lare, loculis 2-ovulatis" and "Monte Hermoso outside Bahia Blan-
ca coast of Patagonia 2 Oct. [1832]". The bracts are quite ob-
vious.

Although binomials published in Bentham & Hooker's "Genera
Plantarum" are usually accredited to both authors, it is plainly
stated by Bentham in Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 304--308
(1883), in his paper entitled "On the joint and separate work of
the authors of Bentham and Hooker's Genera Plantarum", that the
section on the Verbenaceae was done entirely by Bentham.

390 P\ aXe OulpOnG Ted. Vol. 45, No. 5

As stated above, Charles Darwin's original type (no. 528) came
from Monte Hermoso, outside of Bahia Blanca, coast of Patagonia",
was collected on October 2, 1832, and is deposited in the Kew
herbarium, More recent collectors have found it in flower in No-
vember and December.

Citations: ARGENTINA: Buenos Aires: Burkart 25637 (W--2568008,
Z)3; C. Darwin 528 (K--type, N--photo of type, Z--photo of type);
Doello-Jurado s.n. [Herb. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. 24/1711] (N).

NEOSPARTON EPHEDROIDES Griseb., Abhandl. Gesell. Wiss. Gdtting.
19: [Pl. Lorentz. 197--198] 245, pl. 2, fig. 6. 1874.

Synonymy: Neosparton striatum R. A. Phil., Anal. Mus. Nac.
Chile 1: [Cat. Praev. Pl. Itin. Tarap.] 60. 1891. Neosparton
ephedrodes Griseb. apud Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 254. 1898.
Neosparyon ephedroides Griseb. ex Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3: 690,
sphalm. 1949.

Bibliography: Griseb., Abhandl. Gesell. Wiss. GOtting. 19:
[Pl. Lorentz. 197--198] 245, pl. 2, fig. 6 (1874) and 24: [Symb.
Fl. Argent.] 279. 1879; Hieron., Bol. Acad. Nat. Cordoba 4: 407,
US Siis Rew Ae BhasieewAnalsseMusie Nac. (Chile, Bot. lesiPecaeve celvemee
in.) Larap. | 60). U8oils) Jacks. in Hook. £. & Jacks. , Ind iKewe,.amps.
I ART Si0sig: aksevAs Brig. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed.
1, 4 (3a): 150 & 154, fig. 58 G--K. 1895; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl.

3 (2): 254. 1898; Briq., Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genév. 4: 22.
1900; Briq. in Chod. & Wilczek, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 2:
543. 1902; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 291.

1903; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 41. 1911; Seckt, Anal.
Soc. Cient. Argent. 74: 185. 1912; Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Ar-
gent. 88: 96--100 & 134. 1919; Hauman, Anal. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat.
Buenos Aires 32: 473. 1925; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 373. 1930; Ju-
nell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 30--3i1, pl. 2, fig. 1. 19345 Lat—
zina, Trab. Inst. Bot. Farm. Buenos Aires 54: 112. 1935; Latzina,
Lilloa 1 [Index ]]: 189. 1937; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 29.
1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 33. 1940; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 291. 1941; Mold., Lilloa 6:
432--433. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 33. 1942; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 42, 43, & 96. 1942;

Mold., Lilloa 8: 427 (1942) and 10: 345. 1944; Mold., Phytologia
2: 107. 19445 Jacks. in) Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind’. Kew. imp. 25) 25
3089465) Moilid/ sw Al phe hasteGit oss) 95.097. ke 245 n(LOAG) haze

SVAn Soy Sth CO Be). fe Coro (aleve So O75 Geto, chlwe: thls}

900, 909, & 911 (1949), and 4: 1040, 1056, 1120, 1197, & 1302.
1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 101, 105, &
191. 1949; Acevedo de Vargas, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 25:
45--46. 1951; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atl., ed. 2, 323. 1956;
Cabrera, Revist. Invest. Agric. 11: 331, 368, & 398. 1957; Tron-
coso, Darwiniana 11: 172--177, pl. 3-5. 1957; Burkart, Excerpt.
Bot. A.l: 444. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3,
291. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 2: 303.
1960; Munoz Pizarro, Espec. Pl. Descr. Philip. 110. 1960; Rahn,
Bot. Tidsskr. 56: 123. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 9: 113 & 114. 1963;
Troncoso in Bécher, Hjerting, & Rahn, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 22: 108--

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Neosparton 391

109. 1963; McGinnes in McGinnies, Goldman, & Paylore, Deserts
World 438 & 490. 1968; Bolkh., Griff, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chro-
moses Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 716. 1969; Heusser, Pollen Spores
Chile 62. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 192 & 199 (1971) and 2: 573
& 896. 1971; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos,. Numb.
Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 716. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 328--330 &
410, fig. 7. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 45: 352. 1980.

Illustrations: Griseb., Abhandl. Gesell. Wiss. Gotting. 19:
[Pl. Lorentz.] pl. 2, fig. 6. 1874; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat.
Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 150, fig. 58 G--K. 1895; Junell,
Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): pl. 2, fig. 1. 1934; Troncoso, Darwini-
ana 11: 173--175, fig. 3--5 (1957) and 18: 329, fig. 7. 1974.

A fastigiate shrub, 1.5--2.5 m. tall, gray-green, Ephedra-like;
branches, branchlets, and twigs terete, ascending or erect, green,
straight and stiff, longitudinally many-striate, usually glabrous
and shiny throughout when mature, the larger branches and branch-
lets swollen at the nodes, the young growth sometimes with the
many longitudinal striations densely white-farinose in the sulca-
tions, the ridges remaining green and smooth, giving a striped
Appearance, the twigs sharp and spine-like apically, often bend-
ing sharply and ascending parallel to the branchlets; nodes con-
spicuously annulate, almost appearing as though articulate on
older branches (but apparently not so, since breaking mostly oc-
curs in the internodes), the annular ring prominent on smaller
twigs, sunken between 2 parallel rings on older wood, mostly
bearing a pair of decussate-opposite scale-like structures (mor-
phologically leaves); principal internodes 1--9 cm. long; inflor-
escence spicate, but the spikes so abbreviated and densely many-
flowered as to appear glomerate, borne in opposite pairs at the
lower nodes of the current season's growth, 1--2 cm. long, very
densely many-flowered, sessile, the glabrous rachis only visible
after the flowers and fruit have fallen off; bractlets apparent-
ly present and subtending the flowers, but soon caducous, broad-
ly elliptic or spatulate, about 5 mm. long and 3 mm. wide, round-
ed and crenate apically from the widest part, basally cuneate and
entire, glabrous; flowers with a peculiar perfume; fruit described
as white.

Grisebach's original (1874) description of this species is:
"Frutex 6pedalis et ultra, dichotomia ramorum erectorum supra axes
abortivos apice pungentes eminens, trunco inferne 2--3'", ramis
sub apice acuminato 1'" crassis, internodiis 2--3" longis, junior-
ibus vernicoso-nitidulis; nodi in annulum margine sphacelatum
(foliorum scilicet rudimenta) dilatati; spicae 6--8'" longae, ad
basin usque densiflorae; bracteae ovato-subrotundae, sphacelato-
membranaceae, nodulo dilatato apice truncato-constricto, cui flos
inseritur, vix majores; calyx sub anthesi 2', corolla 4'" longa,
haec ‘albae'; filamenta anthera paullo longiora; stylus 4 '" lon-
gus; drupa 'alba', ovali-compressa, calyce inclusa, 3'" longa, 1
£72! lata,”

The species appears to be based on Lorentz 357 from Catamarca,
Argentina, “in deserto Campo del Arenal pr. S. José frequens in
arena mobile supra Nacimientos", deposited in the Gottingen her-

392 i lel YC ME () I (0) (Ge AA Vols 455) Nowe

barium, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photo-
graph number 17580. Recent collectors have found the plant grow-
ing in huge shifting sand-dunes in dry river courses, at alti-
tudes of 1200--3570 m., flowering from October to February, in
fruit in December and April. J6rgensen reports it common on
"medanos" in the Andean region. McGinnes (1968) refers to it as
a nanophanerophyte. Sanzin (1919) affirms that it is character-
istic of the subandean zone, from 900 to 1500 m. altitude.

Rahn (1960) reports the chromosome number as "about 16 biva-
lents"; Bolkhovskikh and his associates (1969) give it as 32,
based on the work of Covas (1950).

Vernacular names recorded for the species include "badre",
“bare”, “bodre'', “chinquilloy "paichanilla", “retamil lo" > and
"retamo".

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Burkart 17534
and Cabrera 8934, "yellow" on Ruiz Leal 9720, "yellowish-rose" on
Venturi 6928, and "blue" on Chodat & Wilczek 40 according to
Briquet (1900).

The stems and branches are used to cover the roofs of native
houses in the area where it grows. Troncoso (1963) says of the
species: "In Argentina probably with bicentric distribution. De-
viating morphologically in the small southern area at Malargiie...
In Chile in the Cordillera at Antofagasta."" In her 1974 work she
cites Cabrera 8934 from Catamarca. In her 1957 work she cites
the following: Catamarca: Castellanos s.n.; Castill6n 3346 & s.n.;
Falcone & Castellanos s.n.; Jorgensen 1731; Lillo s.n.; Lorentz
357, 460, & S.ne; Philippi s.n.; Sayago 2264; Schickendantz 105,
250, & 262; Schreiter 6314,6340, & 7112; Vervoorst 730. Mendoza:
Boelcke 4204; Covas s.n.; Ruiz Leal 7508 & 7700. Salta: Burkart
s.n.; Castellanos s.n.; Spegazzini s.n. Tucuman: Castellanos s.
Wel COZZO) Lie

She comments that "Los ejemplares de Mendoza presentan a pri-
mera vista algunas diferencias morfolégicas con los tipicos de
Catamarca: las ramas laterales con mas cortas, de 8--30 cm de
long. y de entrenudos m&s breves (2--8 cm de long.), ademas el
numero de estrias es menor (20--23). El ejemplar S1I19.948, pre-
senta inflorescencias contraidas axilares, o terminales en rami-
tas laterales de 2,5--1l1 cm de long. El estudio de mejor material
permitira determinar si estos caracteres poseen valor varietal."

Heusser (1971) lists N. ephedroides from "the high cordillera
of the Province of Antofagasta", Chile.

It should be noted that some recent authors cite the Philippi
reference in the bibliography (above) as "14: 60. 1891" and the
Engler & Prantl (1895) reference as "1897", which is incorrect.
The fruits are inaccurately described as "berries" by several col-
lectors, although they are plainly drupes.

Philippi's Neosparton striatum, based on Lorentz 197 from 35/70
m. altitude at Antofagasta Alta, has in the past been considered
to have been collected in Antofagasta, Chile, but Troncoso has
shown that the locality designated is actually in the the Pro-
vince of Los Andes, Argentina -- the type is deposited in the Ber-
lin herbarium, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Neosparton 393

photograph number 17581. It is described by Philippi as follows:
"",. ramis egregie striatis, haud verrucosis; nodis ‘annulo margine
sphacelato' nullo circumdatis; fructu elongato, tereti. Ad Anto-
fagasta frequens. Frutex orgyalis, sicut N. ephedroides Gris,.;
rami majores basi 4 mm., sub apice 2 1/2 mm. crassi, rami saepe
verticillati. In nodis loco foliorum squamae duae oppositae,
minimi, latiores quam longae, fuscae, sed nunquam annulus margine
sphacelatus conspicitur. Pedunculus communis vix 3 mm, longus,
dense squamis rufis, illis ad nodos ramorum sitis simillimis,
pariter latioribus quam latis (quas Grisebach bracteas vocat)
tectus; bracteae ad originem singulorum florum ad marginem an-
gustissimum reductae. Calyx fere 5 mm. longus, corolla ochro-
leuca 8 mm. Fructus calyce demum obovato-oblongo, apice clauso,
viridi, margine nigrescente inclusus, siccus, 4 mm. longus, vix

2 mm. crassus, castaneus, ideo valde a 'drupa alba, ovali com-
pressa' N. ephedroidis distinctus." It would seem that more
field study is called for in order to ascertain if this form may
not actually be distinct, at least in varietal rank.

Citations: ARGENTINA: Catamarca: Cabrera 8934 (N); Castellanos
s.n. [Herb. Mus. Argent. Cienc, Nat. 30/603] (N, N); Castillon
3346 [Herb. Inst. M. Lillo 38000] (N, N); Jorgensen 1731 [Herb.
Osten 11093] (Cb, E--823756, G, N, N--photo, Ug, W--917968, Z--
photo); Lorentz 93 (B, N), 357 [Macbride photos 17580] (B--iso-
type, F--663059-- photo of 2 isotypes, K--isotype, Kr--photo of 2
isotypes, N--photo of 2 isotypes, W--photo of 2 isotypes, Z--
photo of isotype), 367 (B, N--photo, Z--photo), 460 (B, N, N--
photo, Z--photo), s.n. [Laguna Blanca, 1872] (B); R. A. Philippi
sen. [Antofagasta, 3570 m.; Herb. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile
42500; Macbride photos 17581] (B, F--663060--photo, K, Kr--photo,
N, N--photo, N--photo, N--photo, N--photo, Vu, W, W--photo, Z--
photo, Z--photo); Schickendantz 105 (B, B, Cb, K, N, N--photo,
Z--photo), 250 (B), 262 (B); Schreiter 6340 [Herb. Inst. M. Lillo
32417] (N), sen. [XI.1915] (N); Venturi 6928 (W--1591499); Ver-
voorst 730 (B1l--97387); E. W. White 38 (Bm). Mendoza: Ellenberg
4556 (Ld); Ruiz Leal 7508 (N), 7700 (N, Tu--155518), 9720 (N, Tu-
137897). Salta: Burkart 17534 (W--2746855); Cabrera 10596 (Vi);
R. E. Fries s.n. [19.10.48] (S); Moldenke & Moldenke 19734 (Ac,
B, Bi, Bm, Bs, Ca, Es; F, Fe, Fy, Gg, Hk, Hw, Ld, Le, Lg, In,

Lw, Mi, Mm, Mr, Ms, N, N, N, N, No, Ok, Ot, Rs, S, Sm, Sm, Ss,
Ss, Ut, Ws, Z); Roig 15428 (Es); C. Skottsberg s.n. [18/10/1947]
(S), sen. [19/10/1948] (Go). Tucuman: Schreiter 7112 [Herb.
Inst. M. Lillo 32597] (N, Ug, W--1802560).

NEOSPARTON PATAGONICUM Troncoso, Darwiniana 11: 180--186, fig.
8—-11. 1957.

Bibliography: Troncoso, Darwiniana 11: 180--186, fig. 8--1l.
1957; Cabrera, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 7: 150. 1958; Burkart, Ex-
cerpt. Bot. A.l: 444. 1959; Mold., Résumé 126 & 463. 1959; G. Tay-
lor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 93. 1966; Ruiz Leal, Revist. Facult.
Cienc. Agrar. 15: 244 & 245, pl. 3. 1969; Mold., Fifth Sum, 1:
199 (1971) and 2: 896. 1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 330 & 410.
1974.

394 Peeve OP Or Geren Vol. 45, Now 5

Illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 11: 182--185, fig. 8--ll.
1957; Ruiz Leal, Revist. Facult. Cienc. Agrar. 15: 244, pl. 3.
1969.

Troncoso (1957) says of this species: "Especie patagénica, lo-
calizada en las regiones de Colonia Sarmiento y Puerto Deseado.
Habita en lugares arenoso-pedregosos y salitrosos, a orillas de
rios y parece planta..e.e.escasa. El ejemplar de San Julian pre-
senta las siguientes diferencias con los ejemplares tipicos pro-
cedentes de Chubut: ramas en general mas delgados, de 2--3 mm de
didmetro, las de mayor edad hasta 4 mm, hojitas algo mas desarrol-
ladas, mas anchamente ovales, de 2--7 mm de longitud x 1,5--4 m
de latitud, con breve peciolo delgado, de 0,5--1 mm de longitud x
0,7--1 mm de latitud, caliz subglabro y lustroso, corola de tubo
mas breve. En el ejemplar LPS21935, dnico fructificado (frutos
en un sobre), los frutos con le mitad exertos del caliz pero todos
ellos estan atacados y transformados en agallas. La carencia de
frutos maduros y sanos y la escasez de material no permite valo-
rar definitivamente esta diferencias."

The species is based on A. Soriano 4012, collected at Sarmien-
to, between km. 131 & 132, on the road to Comodoro Rivadavia,
Chubut, Argentina, on December 1, 1949, and is deposited in the
San Isidro herbarium. Troncoso (1957) cites also Grondona 5808
and Soriano 3231 from the same locality and Ameghino s.n. [LPS
21935, 21936, 21937, 21938, and 21939] from San Julian, Santa
Cruz, originally distributed as Lippia darwinii (B. & H.) Speg.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS PARODIANTHUS. I

Harold N. Moldenke

Additional bibliographic information and herbarium material
that has come to me since my original publication on this genus in
1941 is herein summarized. Herbarium acronyms employed are those
used in all my papers in the present journal since 1931 and are
fully explained in my Fifth Summary 2: 795--801 (1971).

PARODIANTHUS Troncoso

Additional & emended bibliography: Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 10: 233. 1947; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan, 17: 5.
1956; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 184: 170. 1958; Mold., Phy-
tologia 7: 244--247. 1960; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 36: 719. 1961; Hock-
ing, Excerpt. Bot. A.4: 223. 1962; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam.
Anthoph. 76 & 194. 1965; Caro, Kurtziana 2: 217--219. 1965; Hunzi-
ker, Kurtziana 2: 220 & Add. 223. 1965; Mold., Phytologia 12: 6.
1965; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 835. 1966;
Anon,, Torrey Bot. Club Ind. Am, Bot. Lit. 3: 308. 1969;Rouleau,
Guide Ind. Kew. 140 & 353. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 6, 199, &

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Parodianthus 395

423 (1971) and 2: 642, 756, 794, & 897. 1971; Airy Shaw in J. C.
Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 857. 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana
18: 19--26, fig. 1--3. 1973; Anon., Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 15:
meaneg74s “TI, Si Je! s Biol wwAbstr.) 58) (7) + BsASalkeCe, Eat hake
306. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 441 & 510. 1974; Troncoso, Dar-
winiana 18: 297, 299, 302, 303, 307, 387, 401--403, 408, & 411,
fig. 40. 1974; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41:
47. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 45: 40. 1980.

Troncoso (1974) says that this is a "Género endémico de la
Argentina, Habita la provincia fitogeografica del Monte (La Ri-
oja, Cordoba y San Luis), con dos especies: P. ilicifolia (Mold.)
Tronc. y P. capillaris Tronc." She also notes the presence of
"Pubescencia malpighiacea o submalpighiacea en ramas jovenes y
hojas y de pelitos glandulares y ‘exocristalfferos' en pedGncu-
los y pedicelos." As to its economic importance, she says: "No
se le conoce. El ganado, probablemente caprino, lo come, pues
las matas se han hallado ramoneadas."

Caro (1965) places the genus in a new tribe, Parodiantheae
Caro, in the subfamily Viticoideae, the characters of which he
gives as "Inflorescentia definita, cymae axillares 2 (-3-4-)-
florae, Flores zygomorphi. Stamina 4, didynama. Ovarium 2-
carpellare, 4-loculare, loculis uniovulatis. Ovula pendula.
Fructus siccus schizocarpicus; mericarpia 2 bilocularia disperm-
ev

PARODIANTHUS CAPILLARIS Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 19--26, fig. 1--
Syke PAST
Bibliography: Troncoso, Darwiniana 19: 19--26, fig. 1--3 (1973)
and 1824025 403; & All, fie. 40:e & hs 19743. Anon., Bol. soc.
Arevenies BOtsad 52.4946 SLO7 4507s Sel. I Biol Abstr.e SBM (ier Beas
S.1.C. E.306. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 441. 1974.

Illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: [20], 225 & Zoe eeeee
i==3 (1973) and 18: 402, fig. 40 ¢ & h. 1974.

This species is based on B. Balegno 353, collected in hedges at
San Francisco del Chanar, dept. Sobremonte, Cérdoba, Argentina, on
December 8, 1944, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Insti-
tuto Miguel Lillo. The species differs from P. ilicifolius chief-
ly in its low creeping habit and its linear or filiform leaves. A
special type of "exocrystaliferous" hair is described, common to
both species and therefore adding to the generic distinction, in
which a small linear crystal is present on the tip of the trichome.
" Troncoso (1974) gives the distribution of P. capillaris as

Noroeste de Cérdoba, proxima a las salinas Grandes, approxima 500
ms.em. Habita en el monte de Sierra baja (chaco-serrano), en sue-
lo suelto, de tipo xerdfilo-chaquefio, protegiendose del ganado
hajo matas espinosas, rastreras, de Opuntia sp. y Prosopis campes-
tris" in a community of Thritrinax campestris, Geoffroea decorti-
cans, Prosopis chilensis, P, torquata, Aspidosperma quebracho-
blanco, Celtis chichape, Atamisquea emarginata, Acacia atramentar-
ja, Prosopis campestris, Cassia aphylla, Larrea divaricata, Porli-
eria microphylla, Schinus longifolius, Maytenus spinosus, M, Vitis-
idaea, Condalia microphylla, Aloysia gratissima, Lycium sp., Stipa

396 Pi TAO wove PA Vol. 45, No. 5

sp., Sphaeralcea cordobensis, Opuntia SPe, Menodora integrifolia,
Verbena hookeriana, Junellia juniperina, Solanum chacoense, S.
elaeagnifolium, Baccharis ulicina, and Trichocline incana. She
cites also Burkart 29643 from the same area.

PARODIANTHUS ILICIFOLIUS (Mold.) Troncoso

Bibliography: Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 18, 1934; Mold.,
Phytologia 1: 97. 1934; Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 39: 47
(1935) and 39: 132, 138--139, 152, & 153. 1936; Mold., Geogr.
Distrib. Avicenn. 29. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 54.
1938; Mold., Prelim, Alph. List Inv. Names 14. 1940; Mold., Lil-
loa 6: 434. 1941; Troncoso, Darwiniana 5: 31--40, fig. 1--3. 1941;
Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 43 & 44, 1942; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 43 & 97. 1942; Mold., Lilloa 8: 428
(1942) and 10: 345. 1944; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 233.
O47 HoON. & As Tie Molidss Pils Life 2) 31 & 975. 1948s) Mold. .Alpn.
List Cit. 3: 694 & 903 (1949) and 4: 979 & 980. 1949; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 105 & 192. 1949; E. J. Salisb.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 178 & 273. 1950; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot.
Subj. Index 14358. 1958; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 184:
170. 1958; Mold., Résumé 26, 250, 354, & 464. 1959; Mold., Phytolo-
gia 7: 246--247. 1960; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.4: 223. 1962; Caro,
Kurtziana 2: 219. 1965; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 199 & 423 (1971) and
PRGA GI) q WAL MNivermo5 walls /Norsteres Sti (7))B UiG/AoSioIbalGs ligZiIlo
1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 387, 402, 403, 408, & 411, fig. 40
a--f£. 1974.

Illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 5: 33, 36, & 38, fig. 1--3
(1941) and 18: 402, fig. 40 a--f. 1974.

Troncoso (1974) cites Hunziker 13085 & 17313 from Cordoba, Ar-
gentina, and Hunziker & Caro 13590 from La Rioja. Caro (1965)
cites Hieronymus & Niederlein 139, Hunziker & Caro 13590, and
Stuckert 17013 from La Rioja. Troncoso (1974) also mentions Hunzi-
ker 13154 and Stuckert 1073 as source material for her illustra-
tion of the species, without reference to place of collection,

NOTES ON THE GENUS SYMPHOREMA

Harold N. Moldenke

In view of Munir's recent (1966) monograph of this genus, it
would be presumptious of me to continue with the thorough mono—
graph of this genus which I had planned. However, it does seem
worthwhile to place on record the bibliographic and other notes
which my wife and I have assembled over the past fifty years. Her-
barium acronyms herein employed are the same as have been used in
all of my papers in the present (and other) journals since 1929
and are fully explained in my Fifth Summary, pages 795--801
(1971). This is the 51st genus thus far treated by me in this

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Symphorema 397
series of papers.

SYMPHOREMA Roxb., Pl. Coast. Coromand., 2: 46, pl. 186. 1798.

Synonymy: Analectis Juss. in Jaume St.-Hil., Expos. Fam. Nat.
2: 362. 1805. Symphorema Heyne ex Wall., Numer. List [47], no.
1739, in syn. 1829. Symphorensa Spr. ex Llanos, Mem, Acad, Cienc,.
Madrid 3 (4): Nuev. App. 508. 1858. Sczegleewia Turcz., Bull.
Soc. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 212--213. 1863 [not Sczegleewia Turcz.,
1858]. Szeglewia C. Mull. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 7: 419.
1868. Symphyromea Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 237,
sphalm. 1930. Sczegleéwia Turcz. apud Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis,
Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 1028. 1966. "Litsaea sec Blanco" apud
Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 161, in syn. 1967 [not Litsaea
Juss., 1973, nor Pers., 1807]. Analectpis Mukherjee & Chanda,
Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 45, sphalm. 1978. Symphorama Vill.,
in herb. Symphorena F.-Vill., in herb.

Bibliography: Roxb., Pl. Coast. Coromand. 2: 46, pl. 186.
1798; Jaume St.-Hil., Expos. Fam. Nat. 2: 362. 1805; Spreng. in
L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 208. 1825; Wall., Numer. List [47],
HOSee Look 1740. 1829s. Roxb, Fle, Ind.,, ede 25 imps ds, 22) 262%
26560 10523\ Meisns, PL. Vasco Gen. 2: 292. 18363 Blanco, Fis Fai—
ip., ed. 1, 406--407. 1837; Endl., Gen. Pl. 638. 1838; Meisn.,
Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2: 198 & 200. 1840; Spach, Hist. Nat. vég. Phan.
Gee 22 ee O40 seWight., Leong PE.Orient. 2: 5, pl. 36225363, £8405
Jack, Calcut. Journ, Nat. Hist. 4: 43. 1843; Blanco, Fl. Filip.,
ed. 2, 284. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 116 & 134. 1845;
Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 464 & 470. 1845; Schau. in A. DC.,
Prodr. 11: 621. 1847; Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 4 (3): 13.
1849; Wight, Illustr. Indian Bot. 2: 216-217 & 257, pl. 173 bis.
L5O se WeGri ths. Notul..Pl.Asiats, imp. 15420875, 854s
Schnitzl., Icon. Fam, Nat. Reg. Veg. 2: 137 Verbenac. [3]. 1856;
Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 464. 1858; Llanos, Mem. Acad.
Cienc. Madrid 3 (4): Nuev. App. 508. 1858; Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp.
Nat. Mosc. 31 (1): 233--234. 1858; W. Ell., Fl. Andhra 63 & 97,
1859; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 199. 1861; Thwaites & Hook. f.,
Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 242. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2:
84 & 90. 1862; Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Not. Mosc. 36 (2): 212--
213. 1863; Hassk., Flora 48: 402. 1865; C. Mull. in Walp., Ann.
Bot. Syst. 7: 419. 1868; Pfeiffer, Nom. Bot. 2 (2): 1326. 1874;
Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2, imp. 2, 326. 1874; Benth. in Benth. &
Hooke £. Gens, Pl. 92 4(2) 56113925 $11365, 11595) &91276...88765 Runs
Forest Fl. Brit. Burma 2: 253--256. 1877; Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed.
3, 2: 162. 1878; Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4:
104, [105], 108, 367, & Nov. App. 160--162. 1880; Gamble, Man,
Indian Timb., ed. 1, 281, 282, & 520. 1881; Vidal, Sin. Gen. Fam.
Pl. Len, Filip. [Introd. Fl. For. Filip.] 1: 202 (1883) and 2
[Atlas] 36, pl. 75, fig. F. 1883; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl.
Brit. India 4: 561 & 599--602. 1885; Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl.
Ceyl. [Journ, Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9:] 69. 1885; Vidal,
Phan. Cuming. Philip. 135. 1885; Vidal, Rev. Fl. Vasc. Filip.
212. 1886; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 5 (3): 396. 1889;
Baill., Hist. Pl. 11: 89. 1891; Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 6

398 EP HerelOrL Ore LA Vol. 45, No. 5

(3): 396. 1891; Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 245 & 248--249,
1894; Talbot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 1, 159, 163, &
228. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4
(3a): 179 & 180, fig. 67 A--D. 1895; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Inde Kew., imps 1, 259857, 1021, 3& 1028. 18955) Trimen, HandbeweL.
Ceyl. 3: [345] & 362--363. 1895; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat.
Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 383. 1897; Engl., Syllab. Pflanzen-
fam., ed. 25 178. 18983 Van Tiegh., Journ. de Bot. 12: 359==365.
1898; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. 712 & 716. 1899; Woodr.,
Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 12: 360. 1899; Koord. & Valet., Med-
ed. Lands Plant. 42: [163]. 1900; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed.
2a imp, S24 (& S45 ee L9O2Zee Enel. Syllabi. Pilanzentam needs) 5
LSeo 908s) Prain, Bengal Pi. scimpien al, Ze 240m S37. L908 ceDalsla
Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 434. 1904; Perkins, Frag.
By Phidzipe, t——s.7 904s Mere.) bun. Govt. Lab. Bull 273) 69 o0bs
T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, imp. 1, 3: 418 (1905) and imp. 1,
2: 434--435. 1906; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 502, 513, &
pulan 19062) Ee) De Mertens bhilidipe JOUrN sn SCi.) SUppIl. sls) Le b2 amet oUors
Engl., Syllab, Pflanzenfam., ed. 5, 193. 1907; King & Gamble,
Journ. Roy. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 861. 1908; D. H.
Scott in Solered, [transl. Boodle & Fritsch], Syst. Anat. Dicot.
1: 631 & 634. 1908; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. Ergdnz. 254 &
255. 1908; Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 6, 198. 1909; Talbot,
Forest Fl. Bomb., ed. 1, 2: 343 & 360--361. 1909; Craib, Kew
Bole Mises) inks (Oe 44 Semis Te) Cok May WallitictRevcm Caton ilowr.
Pl. Ceyl. [Perad. Man. Bot. 2:] 69 & 164. 1911; Craib, Contrib.
Fl. Siam Dicot. 167. 1912; Gilg in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfan.,
eden iis) Sak SA toe elon Hiroe LOZ ech ee. Merrie. iop. eblaner
335.) L9ISi ED. Menre,) BleMandi lass imp. 15) 39/7) 1& 7400. 1912k

Gilg in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 8, 318, 319, & 392, fig.
413 H & J. 1919; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 6, 329--331,
335), & 368. 1919s Ho Je Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buiq
tenz., ser. 3, 3: 99 & xvi. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed.
2; simp. 2; 524 &) 545.5, 19225 Haines, ‘Bot... Bihar, Orissa, ediqi, uae
103), 104, &) 1245 19225 Eo DeeMern., Enum. Phiidipe hls S2e406.
1923; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 2 (6): 1036 & 1103--1104. 1924;
Gils an Enel. 5) Sydvabp. Pillanzentame, ed. 9 & 10593395 1340, & 46,
fis 418 H& Js 1924:ehaines, Bot. Bihar Ornissa, (eds 15 2: l435
1925; Janssonius, Mikrogr. Holz. 764 & 831. 1926; Wangerin,

Justs Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 237. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 243.
1931; Dop & Marchetti, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, ser. 2, 6:
387--390. 1934; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 132--134, 138--
140, & 203--206, fig. 210. 1934; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-
chine 4: 776 & 896 (1935) and 4: 897--898, fig. 93 (2--5). 1936;
Diels in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 11, 339 & 416, fig.

432 H & J. 1936; Sulit; Makiline Echo 15: 2535 19363, Flletchen,
Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938: 401, 409, & 441. 1938; Mold., Suppl.
List Comm. Vern. Names 9, 12, 16, & 21. 1940; Fedde & Schust.,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 574. 1941; Mold., Alph. List Inv.
Names 40. 1942; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1,
55, 56, 60, 62, 74, & 100. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 113. 1944;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 2: 857 & 1028.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Symphorema 399

1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 2 & 21. 1947; Mold.,
Phytologia 2: 142. 1948; A. L. & H. N. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 22--24,
26, 27, 29, 37, & 65. 1948; Schwarten, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75:
239. 1948; F. A. Barkley, Revist. Fac. Nac. Agron. 8: 176 (1948)
and 9: 46, 169, & 177. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben-
ace, ed. 2, 128--130, 138, 142, 144, 163, & 174. 1949; Talbot,
Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 3, 406. 1949; Schwarten, Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 76: 471 (1949) and 77: 415. 1950; Gundersen, Fam.
Dicot. 202 & 203. 1950; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1033,
1035, 1038, & 1041, 1950; Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp. 1, 688

& 818. 1951; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 447--449,

fig. 256H. 1952; Lombardo, Invent. Pl. Cult. Montevid. [10]. 1954;
Mold., Phytologia 5: 94. 1954; Schwarten, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
82: 145. 1955; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 8: [2]. 1956;
Angely, Fl. Paran. 7: 7. 1957; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 29: 3551 &

3630. 1957; Anon., Commonw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi Petrak Cum.
Ind. 2: 279. 1957; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Index 15:
14359. 1958; Bullock, Taxon 7: 32. 1958; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid.
Bombay, imp. 2, 2: 497, 514--515, & 610. 1958; Dalla Torre &

Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 434. 1958; DeRoon, Internat. Direct.
Spece 79, 227, 229, & 231. 1958; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Index 274.
1959; Mold., Résumé 164, 166, 178, 185, 191, 222, 234, 236, 237,
318, 343, 344, 350, 351, & 439. 1959; Van Steenis-—Kruseman, Fl.
Males. Bull. 14: 661. 1959; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 33: 3171 (1959)

and 35: 983. 1960; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3,
2: 857 & 1028. 1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 305. 1960;
Van Steenis-Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull. 15: 757. 1960; Haines, Bot.
Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2: 737 & 759. 1961; Hansford, Sydowia, ser. 2,
Beih. 2: 692 & 693. 1961; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 36: 2843. 1961; Run-
ner, Rep. Groff Coll. 362. 1961; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.4: 591.
1962; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 40: 250 & 1560. 1962; Mold., Résumé Sup-
pl. 3: 35 (1962) and 4: 8. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot.
Gard. Lucknow 76: 21. 1962; Van Steenis—Kruseman, Fl. Males. Bull.
3: L. 1962; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 3, 434. 1963;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 454. 1963; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 42:
1517. 1963; Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 86. 1963; Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 6: 10. 1963; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 2, 1: 50 & 59 (1963)
and imp. 2, 2: 625. 1963; Soukup, Biota 4: 320. 1963; Angely, Bibl.
Veg. Paran. 197. 1964; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop.
Bull. 15: 23 (1964) and Index 1963: 9. 1964; Anon., Biol. Abstr.

45 (23): Be13,.Be42, B.113, B.116, B.119, & B.128. 1964; Hansen,
Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 607. 1964; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.8: 190.
1964; C. J. Lyon, Biol. Abstr. 45: 8025. 1964; Melchior in Engl.,
Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2: 435 & 437. 1964; Mold., Biol. Ab-
Btre 45: 3521, Bul; Bel’, Bl44, ‘Bs45, B15; Boa; Geese 1964;
Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 16. 1964; Soukup, Biota 5: 194. 1964;
Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 242. 1964; Van Steen-
is, Fl. Males. Bull. 19: 1203. 1964; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Fl. Afr.
Trop. Index 1964: 10. 1965; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph.
13, 92, & 213. 1965; R. C. Cook, Leaders Am. Sci., ed. 6, 414.
1965; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.8: 227 (1965) and A.9: 289. 1965;
Meijer, Bot. News Bull. Forest Dept. Sandakan 4: 29. 1965; Mold.,

400 PHHCYSLTOh1 OG ETA Vol. 45; Now

Biol. Abstr. 46 (1): 1012 (1965) and 46 (3): B.14, B.46, B.118, &
B.121. 1965; Mold., Phytologia 12: 6. 1965; Naurois & Roux, Bull.
Inst. Fr. Afr. Noire A.27: 854. 1965; Smitinand, Sympos. Ecol.
Res. Humid Trop. Veg. 41. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict,
Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 57, 1028, 1092, & 1097. 1966; Erdtman. Pollen
Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 2, 447--449, fig. 256H. 1966; Munir, Gard.
Bull. Singapore 21: 316, 333, 334, 340, 341, & 343. 1966; Sebas-—
tine & Ramamurthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 171 & 180. 1966;
Mold., Biol. Abstr. 47: 754 (1966) and 48: 10097. 1967; Anon.,
Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Index 1966: 9. 1967; Anon., Biol.
Abstr. 48 (22): S.18 & S.65. 1967; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay,
imp. 3, 2: 497, 514--515, & 610. 1967; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.
11: 505. 1967; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 48: xxii & 10099 (1967) and 48
(20): S216; S61, So161, & S165. 19673 Molds. Resume Suppl aor
23. 1967; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 153--171. 1967; Soukup,
Biota 6: 359. 1967; Vajravelu & Rathakrishn., Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 9: 43. 1967; Abid, Biol. Abstr. 49: 9687. 1968; Anon., Biol,
Abstr. (49) (20): Sel845 1968s. Us Elidis, Bulle Bore Sunve. India
10: 157. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 148. 1968; Hocking,
Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 505--506. 1968; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp.
2, 397 & 400. 1968; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 49: 4188 (1968) and 49
(9): S.5 & S.58. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 27. 1968; Patel,
EL. Melichat e270 3 1968;Anon., biol. Abstre 50! (6))2) S.b/e) SACD Eo
EBS SX (S689 CL969) mandsSOm Gls BeAsS LoCo Sepl7s Si Sine emrseplioue
1969; Anon., Pacif. Botanists Suppl. 1969; Anon., Torrey Bot.

Club Ind. Am. Bot. Lit. 3: 304, 305, & 308--310. 1969; Duke, Ann.
Mo. Bot. Gard. 56: 128 & 129. 1969; J. Hutchins., Evol. Phylog.
Flow. Pl. Dicot. 465, 469, 473. & 712. 1969; Jeffrey in Takhtajan,
Flow. Pl. 232 & 308. 1969; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 50: 3108 & 10212.
1969; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 258. 1969; Ehren-
dorfer, Taxon 19: 599, 1970; Menninger, Flow. Vines 410. 1970;
Mold. in Menninger, Flow. Vines 330. 1970; Takhtadzhian, Proisk.
Rassel. Tsvet. Rast. 449. 1970; Van Steenis-—Kruseman, Fl. Males.
Bull. 5: Ind. 1lxxiv. 1970; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S.
Paulo, ed. 1, 4: xviii & 841. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2,
5OZ eg D135 D4. 197 We GEteh.eNotuls: PleavAsiatemelmp em sens
175. 1971; Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp. 2, 688 & 818. 1971;
Malhotra & Moorthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 13: 310. 1971; Roxb.,
ri ind, ede) 2,5. 1mp.Sse2 2S 266) L971, Anones BLol ew AbsEneaD 4 a Gn
B.A.S.1I.C. S.74, S.184, & S.254. 1972; Anon., Commonw. Myc. Inst.
Index Fungi 3: 824. 1972; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp.
3, 524 & 545. 1972; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 23: 317 & 318. 1972;
Mold., Biol. Abstr. 54: 65. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 511. 1972;
Novak, Vyassi Rostliny, ed. 2, 2: 740. 1972; Thanikaimoni, Inst.
Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn, 12 (1): 231. 1972; Tomlin-
son & Fawcett, Journ. Arnold Arb. 53: 389. 1972; Airy Shaw in J.
Co Willis, Dict. Flow. Pill.; ed. Syelxidi,, 91105 °8) 1920/5, 1973-eAnones
Biol. Abstr. 56 Gl) sR CASS ee CoS. 356 S450 & 52556973) mand

56 (3) BeAcSeleGs. sSe735 (Se1865)S.251, or Se25 7.7 1979) DiATcey ae
Keating, Brittonia 25: 223. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6
[Chem. Reihe 21]: 658--659. 1973; J. Hutchins., Fam, Flow. Pl., ed.
3, 487 & 962. 1973; Marquis, Who's Who East, ed. 14, 572. 1973;

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Symphorema 401

Mold., Biol. Abstr. 56: 69 & 1252. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 25:
511 (1973) and 26: 511. 1973; Rogerson, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
1002 192. 1973seD. Re & B. Ke Winkler, Phytologia. 26: 114. 1973;
El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 73 & 82. 1974; R. D. Gibbs,
Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 2: 1084 & 1175 (1974), 3: 1406 (1974), and 4:
2275009743. Hocking, Excerpts. Bots A.23: 314. 19745, A. Le Molds,
Phytologia 29: 171. 1974; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 57: 1905. 1974;
Mold., Phytologia 28: 425, 463, & 512 (1974) and 29: 54. 1974;
Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blat. 1079 & 1368. 1974; Traub, Pl. Life 30:
143. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 411. 1974; Anon., Off. Staff
Publ. N. Y. Bot. Gard. Add. 2. 1975; Jaeger & Mold., Phytologia
30: 405. 1975; Marquis, Who's Who East, ed. 15, 503. 1975; Mold.,
Phyvtologia 29% Sid, Gi975),° 30: 50) (1975), 3220374 G975)5e32:
B57 aa, S58) (1975), 322.522 (1976), and 342:«247.& 511.519765, Soukup;
Botan lie 122.1976: Talbot, Forest Fl... Bomb.,; ed. 2572* 343°&
360--361. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Fran . Pond. Trav. Sect. Sci-
ent. Techn. 13: 325 & 327. 1976; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 4787.
1977; Rogerson, Becker, & Prince, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 104: 82
& 410. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 36: 511 (1977) and 38: 257 & 511.
1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst, 41: 42, 45, 46,
48, 54, 55, & 57. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 42: 300 & 511 (1979)
and 45: 54, 277, & 347. 1980.

Symphorema is the type genus of the family Symphoremaceae Mold.
The family name was originally published as Symphoremacées by Van
Tieghem (1898) - this French vernacular spelling was used also by
Dop & Marchetti (1934). The latinized spelling as originally
proposed by me (1948) is employed also by Janssonius (1926),
Barkley (1949), Gundersen (1950), Lawrence (1951, 1971), Erdtman
(1952, 1966), Angely (1956, 1957), DeRoon (1958), Van Steenis-
Kruseman (1962), Soukup (1963, 1967, 1976), Van Steenis (1964),
Naurois & Roux (1965), Munir (1967), Jeffrey (1969), Duke (1969),
Tomlinson & Fawcett (1972), D'Arcy & Keating (1973), Napp-Zinn
(1974), El-Gazzar (1974), and Traub (1974). The emended form,
"symphorema (ta)ceae" is used by Airy Shaw (1973) and Gibbs (1974),
"Symphoremataceae" by Bullock (1958), Melchior (1964), Angely
(1971), Hegnauer (1973), Winkler (1973), and Thanikaimoni (1976),
and the misspellings, "Symphormaceae", "Symphocemaceae",
"Symphoraceae" by Schwarten (1948, 1949, 1950), "Symphoricacaea"
by Lawrence (1951), "Sympharemaceae" by Lombardo (1954),
"Symphoemaceae" by Schwarten (1955), and "Symphoraceae" by an
anonymous writer (1969).

The group is regarded as a Subfamily "Symphoremoideae”" by Bri-
quet (1895) and Troncoso (1974) and "Symphorematoideae" by Angely
(1971) and Hegnauer (1973). Schauer (1847) and Bentham (1876) re-
garded it as a Subtribe "Symphoremeae Meisner" of the Tribe
Viticeae. Wight (1850) regarded it as a Tribe. Bullock (1958)
accredits "Symphoremataceae" to Van Tieghem, Journ. de Bot, 12:
359 (1898), but it is written there only in the French vernacular
form, "las Symphoremacées". Gundersen (1950), Metcalfe & Chalk
(1950), Melchior (1964), Takhtajan (1969), Angely (1971), and
Hutchinson (1973) still combine the family with the Verbenaceae.
Airy Shaw (1966, 1973) gives a good condensed description of the

402 Pe HeYeIUONE. Ore TA Vol. 45, No. 5

Symphoremaceae as a separate and distinct family, suggesting that
it may be related to the Plagiopteraceae. Barkley (1965) follows
a more traditional line in classifying it, along with the Globu-
lariaceae, Myoporaceae, Selaginaceae, Tetrachondraceae, Avicenni-
aceae, and Lamiaceae in his Order 83, LAMIALES, while he puts

the Verbenaceae, along with the Phrymaceae, Cordiaceae, Ehretiace-
ae, Chloanthaceae, Stilbaceae, and Duckeodendraceae, in Order 61,
VERBENALES. Hutchinson (1973) also places the Verbenates and the
Lamiales far apart in his classification, the former as the apex
of his arborescent line, Lignosae, and the other as the apex of
his herbaceous line, "Herbaceae".

The type species of Symphorema is S. involucratum Roxb. The ge-
nus Decadontia W. Griff., included in the synonymy of Symphorema
by Bentham (1876), Briquet (1895), Dalla Torre & Harms (1963), and
others, is based on D. coerulescens W. Griff., a synonym of
Sphenodesme griffithiana Wight and therefore belongs in the syn-
onymy of Sphenodesme Jack. The Sczeglewia Turcz., referred to in
the synonymy (above) is a synonym of Pterospermum Schreb. in the
Sterculiaceae.

It should be noted that Munir (1967) erroneously cites the
Meisner (1840) reference to Symphorema as "1843", that of Briquet
(1895) as "1879" and '1897", and that of Walpers (1845) as "1844".
The Endlicher (1838) reference is often cited as "1836--1856", but
the page involved here was actually issued in 1838.

The generic name is taken from the Greek, symphoreo, meaning to
accumulate or unite, because the small individual flowers are
gathered together in heads surrounded by a conspicuous involucre
of 6 large bracts. The genus consists of 3 known species, ranging
from India and Sri Lanka, through Burma and Thailand, to the Phil-
ippine Islands and Tanimbar in the Moluccas. They are scandent
shrubs or vines, glabrous, stellate-tomentose, or simply pilose;
leaves decussate-opposite, entire or sinuate-dentate; cymes pedun-
culate, capitate, mostly 7-flowered, involucrate, paniculate at
the ends of the branches, often with a small bract at the base of
the peduncle; involucre composed of 6 oblong "bracts" which are
foliaceous, often showily colored, accrescent in fruit; the flower
head a dichotomous cyme with normally 3 central and 4 lateral
flowers, one pair of opposite large (true) bracts supporting the
primary, while 2 smaller pairs (bracteoles) support the 2 secon-
dary bifurcations; flowers sessile, small, centrifugal; calyx ob-
ovoid or turbinate, at first closed, later shortly 4--8-toothed,
somewhat accrescent; corolla small, white, actinomorphic, normally
6--16-merous, its tube cylindric, widened above, the lobes 6--16,
imbricate in bud, equal or subequal, narrowly oblong; stamens 6--
16, as many as the corolla-lobes, inserted at the apex of the
corolla-tube and alternate with its lobes; anthers exserted, ovate,
the connective rather thick, the 2 thecae parallel; ovary basally
2-celled or imperfectly 4-celled, apically 1-celled, 4-ovulate,
the ovules pendént from the apex of the free central placenta;
style filiform, elongate; stigmas shortly bifid, the branches a-
cute; fruit capsular, nearly dry, included by the mature calyx,
obovoid or subglobose, by abortion 1-seeded, shallowly 2-sulcate,

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Symphorema 403

indehiscent; seeds erect, the pericarp and testa thin-membranous,
appressed to the embryo, the embryo thick-fleshy, conforming to
the fruit in size and shape, the base entire, the radicle not
prominent, the 2 cotyledons fleshy, often concave within.

Nair & Rehman (1962) describe the pollen-grains as 3-zonicol-
pate (as in Sphenodesme), not 3-zonicolporate with more than one
endocolpium per colpium (as in Congea).

In connection with the relationship of the Symphoremaceae and
Verbenaceae, Junell's (1934) comments are worth repeating here:
"Tribus Symphoremoideae und Avicennioideae. Diese beiden Tribus
werden hier in demselben Umfang wie bei Engler & Prantl genommen.
Die erstere Tribus umfasst die Gattungen Congea, Symphorema und
Sphenodesma, die letztere nur die Gattung Avicennia. Diese
Pflanzen weichen von den tibrigen Verbenaceen nicht unbetrdchtlich
ab, und sie sind auch von einigen Forschern aus dieser Familie
ausgeschlossen worden. Bocquillon (1862--63, p. 181) betont aus-
driicklich, dass sie mit Verbenaceae nichts zu tun haben, Ferner
ver6ffentlichte Van Tieghem (1898) unmittelbar nachdem Briquets
Bearbeitung der Familie in Engler & Prantl erschienen war, eine
Untersuchung uber die Anatomie und den Fruchtknotenbau dieser
Pflanzen, in der er den Standpunkt vertritt, dass diese Gattun-
gen keine Verbenaceen sind, sondern in einen ganz anderen Teil des
Systems einzureihen sind. Van Tieghem stellte daher die beiden
Familien Avicenniacées und Symphoremacées auf, welche er zusammen
mit Santalaceae und meherer anderen Familien in seiner ‘Ordre des
Innucelles' oder Santalinées aufnahm. Seine Hauptgrtinde fiir diese
Umstellung waren, dass diese Pflanzen zentrale Plazentation hat-
ten, und dass die Samenanlagen weder Integument noch Nuzellus be-
sdssen. Briquet (1900) unterzieht Van Tieghems Untersuchung einer
kritischen Erérterung und zeigt, dass sie von geringem Wert ist,
und dass sich seine systematischen Schliisse auf mehrere falsche
Auslegungen des Baus der Fruchtknoten und Samenanlagen sttitzen.
Van Tieghems Beschreibungen des Gynaceumsbaus sind ziemlich ein-
gehend; da sie aber nicht von Figuren begleitet sind, ist es
schwer, sich eine klare Vorstellung vom Fruchtknotenbau bei den
einzelnen Gattungen zu bilden."

The Litsea Juss., referred to in the synonymy (above) is a val-
id genus in the Lauraceae.

Fungi reported as attacking Symphorema are Aschersonia philip-
pensis, Crossospora symphorematis, Meliola symphoremae, and M.
symphorematis var. major.

The genus is said to be referred to in "Gazateer Bombay 15: 440}
but as of now I have not been able to verify this reference.

List of excluded species:

Symphorema grossum Kurz = Sphenodesme eryciboides Kurz

Symphorema jackianum Kurz = Sphenodesme pentandra Jack

Symphorema microstylis Bedd. = Sphenodesme ferruginea (W. Griff.)
Briq.

Symphorema paniculatum Heyne = Sphenodesme involucrata(Presl) B. L.
Robinson

Symphorema pentandra Jack = Sphenodesme pentandra Jack

Symphorema pentandrum Kurz = Sphenodesme griffithiana Wight

404 Perey seeOMl) (OG, Tes Vol. 45, No. 5

Symphorema unguiculata Kurz = Sphenodesme involucrata (Presl) B.
L. Robinson

Symphorema unguiculatum Kurz = Sphenodesme involucrata (Presl) B.
L. Robinson

Sczegleewia involucrata Turcz. = Pterospermum obliquum Blanco

Sterculiaceae

Sczegleéwia Turcz. ("1858" 1973) = Pterospermum Schreb., Ster-
culiaceae

Sczegleéwia involuceata Turcz. = Pterospermum obliquum Blanco,
Sterculiaceae

The C. B. Robinson 1464, distributed as Symphorema sp., is
Sphenodesme griffithiana Wight.

SYMPHOREMA INVOLUCRATUM Roxb., Pl. Coast Coromand. 2: 46, pl.
186. 1798 [not S. involucratum "Roxb. sensu Wall.", 1967,
nor Kew, 1972, nor Llanos, 1880, nor Spreng., 1858, nor Wall.,
1895].

Synonymy: Analectis speciosa Vahl, Dansk Nat. Selsk. Skriv. 6:
1810. Lerchea rotundifolia Hamilt. ex Mold., Fifth Summ, 2: 248,
in syn. 1971. Sphenodesme larseni Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 624, in
Sas UV7/Ab6

Bibliography: Roxb., Pl. Coast Coromand. 2: 46, pl. 186. 1798;
Vahl, Dansk Nat. Selsk. Skriv. 6: 94. 1810; Spreng. in L., Syst.
Vieouemeds) l6-n2cm 208ml S25-a Wallon Numesu laste 4ialiqemolew L740).
129s Roxb, Elie ind).miedeie2.ectmpey el, 2c) 262—-—263i, 1832s Waehite.
eon. Pile dnd Oriente Zee, pl. 362. L840) Voigt, Hort. suburb.
Calc. 470. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 116 & 134. 1845;
Schau an) Aw DG. Prodrepeleliz) 621 1847/5) Buek,, Gen yspec. Sy Den Gals
doll. 3: 464. 1858; Llanos, Mem. Acad. Cienc. Madrid 3 (4): 507.
1858; W. Ell., Fl. Andhr. 63 & 97. 1859; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl.
199, 1861; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 242.

US 6lisRoxbiey) Ele End) ,edem250impe 2), 326. 18/745) Kurz, Forestabi.
Brit. Burma 2: 254. 1877; Fern.—Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed.
3, Nov. App. 162. 1880; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 1, 282 &
520 SSiisiGey Ba GllarkereinmHoole i). shill) Bird bey eindaay 4599 ooo
Trimen, Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat.
Soc. 9:)]) 69. 18855 Watt, Dict. Econ. Prod. India 5)(3)i: 396.1889;
BEBULIS S Isathes VALS GER G)S5 IIMS Waves Weietes icles, Wwietoyel Ievdsiay (6
(3): 396. 1891; Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 248--249. 1894; Tal-
bot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb., ed. 1, 163 & 228. 1894; Brig.
in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 179 & 180,
fig. 67 A--D. 1895; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
1, 2: 1021. 1895; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 363. 1895; Woodr.,
Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 12: 360. 1899; Gamble, Man. Indian
Ibis Gals 25 ainsg iy SYA S WeOwWS weesin, wisyyenl ila elo WR. etsi7/-
1903; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 514. 1906; T. Cooke, Fl.
Presid. Bomb., imp. 1, 2: 435. 1906; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot.
Erganz.e 254 & 255. 1908; Talbot, Forest Fl. Bomb., ed. 1, 2: 360-
S6ilsn1909s 1Graibs a Kewa Bulle Masc amine 9445 eee Ose liom Creme
Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Perad. Man. Bot. 2:] 69. 1911;
Craib, Contrib. Fl. Siam Dicot. 167. 1912; Gilg in Engl., Syllab.
Pflanzenfam., ed. 7, 314, fig. 413 H & J.(1912) and ed. 8, 318,

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Symphorema 405

fig. 413 H & J. 1919; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2,
545. 1922; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 724. 1922; Gamble,
Fl. Presid. Madras 2 (6): 104. 1924; Gilg in Engl., Syllab. Pflan-
zenfam., ed. 9 & 10, 339, fig. 418 H & J. 1924; Stapf, Ind. Lond.
6: 243. 1931; Diels in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 11, 339,
fig. 432 H & J. 1936; Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 897-
898, fig. 93 (2--5). 1936; Fletcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1938:
441. 1938; Mold., Suppl. List Comm. Vern. Names 9, 12, 16, & 21.
1940; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 55, 56, 60,

& 100. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 113. 1944; Jacks. in Hook. f.

& Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 2: 1021. 1946; Razi, Journ. Mysore
Univ. 7 (4): 64. 1946; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbemac., ed.
2, 128--130, 138, & 174. 1949; Talbot, Trees Shrubs, ed. 3, 406.
1949; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 448--449,. 1952; T.
Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., imp. 2, 2: 515 & 610. 1958; Abeywick-
rama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 218. 1959; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen.
Index 274. 1959; Mold., Resumé 164, 166, 167, 178, 234, & 439.
1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 2: 1021.
1960; Nath, Bot. Surv. South. Shan States 305. 1960; Haines, Bot.
Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2: 759. 1961; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Bot.

Gard. Lucknow 76: 22. 1962; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 35. 1962;
Mold., Dansk Bot. Arkiv 23: 86. 1963; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 2,
2: 625. 1963; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 242.
1964; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 2, 448--449, fig. 256
H. 1966; Sebastine & Ramamurthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 171 &
180. 1966; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., imp. 3, 2: 515 & 610.
1967; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: [153]--155, 164--168, &
171, fig. 3, map 2. 1967; Vajravelu & Rathakrishn., Bull. Bot.
Suirverundia 92 435 19673 J. Ge Ellis, Buld.; Bot. Surv. india 10:
157. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 148. 1968; Venkatared-
di, Bull, Bot. Surv. India 11: 258. 1969; Mold. in Menninger, Flow.
Vines 330. 1970; Blasco, Inst. Fran¢. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient.
Techn. 10: 33, 38, & 423. 1971; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 514.
1971; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 448--449. 1971;
Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 278, 281, 284, 298, & 390 (1971) and 2: 548,
624.5844, & 970. 1971: Roxb.5 Fils Inds, ed. 2, imp. 3.) 22 3265
1971; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 545. 1972; Talbot,
Forest Fl. Bombay, ed. 2, 2: 360--361. 1976.

Illustrations: Roxb., Pl. Coast Coromand. 2: pl. 186 (in col-
or). 1798; Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 2: pl. 362. 1840; Baill.,
Hist. Pl. 11: 89. 1841; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfan.,
ed. 1, 4 (3a): 180, fig. 67 A--D. 1895; Gilg in Engl., Syllab.
Pflanzenfam., ed. 7, 314, fig. 413 H & J.(1912), ed. 8, 318, fig.
413 H & J (1919), and ed. 9 & 10, 339, fig. 418 H & J. 1924; Diels
in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 11, 339, fig. 432 H & J. 1936;
Dop in Lecomte, Fl. Gén. Indo-chine 4: 897, fig. 93 (2--5). 1936;
Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 2, 449, fig. 256 H. 1966; Mu-
nir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 166, fig. 3. 1967.

A large shrubby climber, rampant, often ascending tall trees;
stems slender, the younger parts stellate-tomentose; bark thick,
gray, corky, vertically deeply furrowed; wood white, soft, porous,
the pores large, often subdivided by wedges between the few moder-

406 PHY EAOM LONG SEA Vol. 45, No. 5

ately broad medullary rays; leaves decussate-opposite, often large
on the main branches, but often only 0.8--1.6 cm. long on flower-
ing branches; petioles normally about 5 mm. long; leaf-blades o-
vate or elliptic, 2--6.5 cm. long on non-flowering branches and 4
cm. wide, apically subacute, marginally usually coarsely crenate-
serrate, basally rounded, pubescent or villous when young, ulti-
mately nearly glabrous above, remaining pubescent beneath with
close white stellate pubescence; peduncles about 2.5 cm. long;
bracts lanceolate-oblong, semi-—membranous, about 6 mm. long during
anthesis, venose, pubescent or villous, in fruit to 3.2 cm, long
and 1.5 cm. wide, spatulate-elliptic, thinly pubescent; calyx
green, persistent, about 4 mm. long, ribbed, stellate-tomentose,
its rim very shortly 6--8-toothed with oval subacute teeth, in
fruit 6 mm. long or longer, narrowed upwards; corolla white, a-
bout 6 mm. long, the tube short, cylindric, the 6--8 lobes about
as long as the limb, linear, apically acute, reflexed; pollen 3-
colpate (occasionally 6-rugate or more or less polyrugate), prolate,
49 x 34 mu; involucre in fruit thin-membranous, prominently re-
ticulate; fruit about 4 mm. long, glabrous.

This plant inhabits monsoon forests in India, dry deciduous
forests, the banks of small streams, the edges of semi-evergreen
forests, and open evergreen jungles in Burma and Thailand, and has
been encountered by recent collectors at altitudes of 100--1330 m.,
flowering from February to May, fruiting in May and June.

The species is apparently native from western peninsular India,
through Burma and Thailand, and south to Sri Lanka. Talbot (1949)
gives its distribution as "Western Peninsula from the Konkan south-
ward. Ceylon. Throughout the Konkan and North Kanara in moist for-
ests, common in the forest near Yellapur." Naire (1894) says:
"Konkan (Gamble). It appears to be rare [in western India].
D[alzell] had it between Nagotna and Alibag; I at two places in the
Rutnagherry collectorate. It has some resemblance to Getonia flor-
ibunda."" Cooke (1906) gives its overall distribution as western
peninsular India, Burma, and Sri Lanka. Munir (1967) doubts that
it is native in Sri Lanka, having been collected there only once
by Rev. S. O. Glenie. Thwaites cites this collection as his C.P.
3645 and comments "very rare" in the "Dry region", Voigt (1845)
reports it as cultivated in Calcutta,

Saldanha records S. involucratum as an "occasional woody scan-
dent straggler" in Mysore; Razi (1946) also reports it from Mysore
and calls it a chamaephyte according to Raunkiaer's scheme of life-
forms. Nath (1960) lists it from the Southern Shan States of Bur-
ma. Smitinand reports it "scattered" in Thailand, and Sérensen
and his associates describe it there as a "4 m. tall tree", probab-
ly meaning that it was climbing in such a tree. Watt (1893) calls
it "A large deciduous scandent shrub, frequent in the Western Dec-
can Peninsula from the Konkan southward; also in Burma and Ceylon..
the wood used for fuel". Clarke (1885) cites only Hamilton s.n.
and gives the species’ distribution much the same, adding only
"Behar", He notes that the leaves on flowering branches are often
only 1/2 -- 2/3 inch long and that "The picture of Roxburgh shows
the corolla decidedly too large, which misled Wallich, whom Schauer

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Symphorema 407

followed, Kurz....says this species is ‘common all over Ava,
Martaban and Pegu' [in Burma] where no one else has found it: it
might be suspected that Kurz had mistaken for it some Sphenodesme,
but he describes the corolla as having 6--8 linear-lanceolate a-
cute lobes, and the leaves as coarsely toothed." Munir (1967)
cites numerous Burmese collections, including several from Pegu.

Roxburgh's original (1798) description of S. involucratum is:
"Suroodo of the Relingas. A large scandent shrub, a native of
forests; casts its leaves during the cold season, but they return
with the flowers in February, March, and April. I know of no use
made of any part of this shrub, except for fuel." Sphenodesme
larseni is based on Sgrensen, Larsen, & Hansen 861 from Thailand;
Lerchea rotundifolia is based on Francis Buchanan Hamilton 1499
from Madras, deposited in the Edinburgh herbarium, a sheet com-
prising a mixture of Symphorema involucratum and something else.

Nair & Rehman (1962) describe the pollen of S. involucratum
as prolate, 32 x 23 mu (range 28--33 x 21--25 mu), the ectine sur-
face psilate, with a faint LO, and the other characters as seen
in Sphenodesme involucrata (Presl) B. L. Robinson. Erdtman (1966)
describes it as 3-colpate and prolate, the dimensions about 35 x
25 mu. All collectors who describe the color of the corollas
give it as "white",

Common and vernacular names recorded for the species are "gubba
dara", "gubba dara", "konda tekkali", "nway-sat", "nwe-sat",
"nwezat", "sigyi", "suroodo", "surudu", "surudu", "thamaka", and
"thamanwe".

Prain (1903) separates S. involucratum from S. polyandrum Wight
as follows:

Corolla 1/4 inch long, 6--8-lobed..sseecccecceceesS. involucratum,
Corolla 1/2 inch long, 12--16-lobedeeecccccccesecceeeSe POlyandrum.
Sebastine & Ramamurthy (1966) speak of S. invokucratum as oc-
curring "sporadically" and cite their no. 16152. Thwaites (1861)

cites only C.P.3645 from Sri Lanka. Ellis (1968) cites his no.
23758 from Andhra Pradesh, India. Vahravelu & Rathakrishnan (1967)
cite their no. 23544 from Madras; Venkatareddi (1969) cites Reddi
Sen, and reports the species "common in [the] Bushi and Kate Pani
Forests,"

Clarke (1885), Watt (1893), and Dop (1936) include Congea pani-
culata Wall. in the synonymy of Symphorema involucratum, but this
name, instead, is now regarded as belonging in the synonymy of
Sphenodesma involucrata var. paniculata (C. B. Clarke) Munir. Sev-
eral bibliographic references to Symphorema involucratum are some-
times cited incorrectly in the literature of the species. For in-
stance, the Walpers (1845) reference is cited by Munir as "1844",
but pages 1--192 of volume 4 of the Walpers work were not issued
until 1845. The Haines (1922) reference is sometimes erroneously
cited as "6: 724. 1924", while Munir cites it as being in part "3",
but pages 419--752 are actually in part 4 of the work. He also
misdates the Briquet (1895) work as "1897". The species is said
to be referred to in "Gazateer Bombay 15: 440", but to date I have
not been able to verify this reference. The Thwaites & Hooker
(1861) work is sometimes erroneously cited as "1839",

408 PY LO rLONG fA Vol. 45, Now 5

Cooke (1906) cites unnumbered collections of Dalzell, Dalzell &
Gibson, Law, Stocks, Talbot, and Woodrow from India. Munir (1967)
cites the following: INDIA: Andhra Pradesh: Barber 1573; Beddome
39, 6519, 6520, 6521, 6522, 6523, & s.n. Bihar & Orissa: Carter
1507; Fischer & Gage 83; Gamble 13745; Haines 2542 4944; Madden
663. Kerala: Bourdillon 537. Konkan: Stocks & Law s.n. Madhya
Pradesh: Collector undetermined s.n.; Duthie 9687. Madras: Cleg-
horn s.n.; Perrottet 487; Roxburgh s.n.; Wight 909, 2303, 2586, &
2587. Maharashtra: Dalzell s.n.; Herb. Blatter 6112. Mysore:
Fernandes 220; Talbot 52 & s.n. Nagaland: Beddome s.n.. SRI LAN-
KA: Thwaites C.P.3645. BURMA: Aubert & Gage s.n.; Brandis 881;
Collect 435; Khalil s.n.; Kingdon-Ward 21976; Kurz 1040, 2392, &
2399; Lace 2794; Parkinson 15773 & 15750; Robertson 316; Rogers
274 & 910. THAILAND: Kerr 991, 2932, & 5234; Larsen & Hansen 861;
Smitinand 4169.

Material of Symphorema involucratum has been misidentified and
distributed in some herbaria as Sphenodesme sp.

Citations: INDIA: Andhra Pradesh: Beddome s.n. (Pd). Karnata-
ka: Saldanha 16774 (W--2653630); Talbot s.n. [Yellapore, March
1882ii— (Cd)e Sem) [Ne Canara, 10/82] (ed), s.n. [YelllaporesAprial
12, 1885] (Pd). Kerala: Santapau 3982 (N). Maharashtra: Stocks,
Law, etc. s.n. [Malabar, Concan] (Mu--1063, Pd, S). Tamil Nadu:
Hamilton 1499 (Ed); Wight 2303 (Mu--1457, Pd, S), 2586/1837 (Pd),
sen. [Peninsula Ind, Orientalis] (N). SRI LANKA: Glenie s.n.
[Thwaites C.P.3645] (Pd). BURMA: Aubert & Gage 5721 (Vt); Dicka-
son 7104 (A); Kingdon-Ward 21796 (Bm); Kurz 1040 (Mu--1780); Mee-
bold 16569 (S, S). THAILAND: Larsen, Larsen, Nielsen, & Santisuk
32148 (Ac, Ld); Smitinany 4169 (Z); Sérensen, Larsen, & Hansen
861 (Cp, Z), 7022 (Mi). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED:
Collector undetermined s.n. (Cp, N--photo, Z--photo).

SYMPHOREMA LUZONICUM (Blanco) Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip.,
Edin Sl Ase NOVAEAD pean lO2e) SSO.

Synonymy: Balibai Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 1, 406--407. 1837.
Litsaea luzonica Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 2, 284. 1845. Symphorensa
involucratum Spreng. ex Llanos, Mem. Acad. Cienc. Madrid 3 (4):
Nuev. App. 508. 1858. Sczegleewia lugonensis Turcz., Bull. Soc.
Imp. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 212. 1863. Symphorema glabrum Hassk.,
Flora 48: 402. 1865. Symphorema involucratum Llanos ex Fern.-
Watillebe sin Liebe. Il Istilijy4-4 Ele Se “8 Wore /Nojng Ieee ain Shan.

1880 [not S. involucratum Roxb., 1798]. Sczegleewia luzonensis
Turcz. apud Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: Nov.

App. 160, in syn. 1880. Symphorema involucratum Spreng.ex Fern.-
Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4: [105]. 1880. Symphorema
sp. Benth. & Hook. ex Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3, 4:
Nov. App. 162, in syn. 1880. Sczeglewia luzoniensis Turcz. ex
VidalyeSin. am. Gen Pile lens Balap. introd., Elle For Ealsipen

2: 36, in syn. 1883. Symphorema luzoniense Benth & Hook. ex Vidal,
Sinop. Atlas 36, pl. 75, fig. F. 1883. Symphorema luzoniensis
Vidal, Phan. Cuming. Philip. 13 & 135. 1885. Symphorema luzonicum
Fern.-Villar apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. l,
2: 1021. 1895. Symphorema luzoniense Vidal apud Jacks. in Hook. f.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Symphorema 409

& Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1021. 1895. Symphorema cumingia-
num Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a):
180, nom. nud. 1895. Sczegleewia luconiensis Turcz. ex E. D.
Merr., Sp. Blanc. 335, in syn. 1918. Litsea luzonica Blanco apud
E. D. Merr., Sp. Blanc. 335, in syn. 1918. Symphorema luzonense
Vidal apud Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 243. 1931. Symphorema luzonensis
Turcz. ex Mold., Résumé 344, in syn. 1959. Symphorema luzoniense
(Turcz.) Benth. & Hook. apud Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 162,
in syn. 1967. Symphorama luzonicum (Blanco) Vill., in herb.
Symphorena luzonicum F.-Vill., in herb.

Bibliography: Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 1, 406--407 (1837) and
ed. 2, 284. 1845; Llanos, Mem. Acad, Cienc. Med. 3 (4): Nuov. App.
508. 1858; Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 212--213.
1863; Hassk., Flora 48: 402. 1865; Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl.
Filip., ed. 3, 104, [105], 108, & 4: Nov. App. 160--162. 1880;
Vidal, Sin. Fam. Gen. Pl. Len. Filip. [Introd. Fl. For. Filip.]
is) 202 (L883) and’ 2 [Atlas] 36, pl. 75; fig. Fe 18835 Vidal y So—
ler, Phan. Cuming. Philip. 13 & 135. 1885; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks, ind. Kew., anipe Ly 22.657 & L021. 18955) Brige dn melo
Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 180. 1895; Perkins,
Bragwerle Philip. 3. 19045 eh. Di Merr.,, Bure Govt. Laho) Bulls 27 <
SoeeeLOOS sab. DD. Mern.,chtlip Journ, (Sei. Bots Lo Supplerl- 226
1906; Eo Di. Merr., Fl. Manila; imp. 1, 400. 1912; E. D. Merr.,

Sp. Blanc. 335. 1918; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 330--331
& 368. 1919; H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh., Journ. Jard. Bot. Buitenz.,
Sep. 399 & xvi LOZ EoD ..Merr., Enum. Philip. Plo 3: 7406-
1923; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1 (4): 134 & 138, fig. 210. 1934;
Sulit, Makileng Echo 15: 253. 1936; Mold., Suppl. List Comm, Verb.
Names 9. 1940; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 62

& 100. 1942; Mold., Phytologia 2: 113. 1944; Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 2: 857 & 1021. 1946; Mold., Alph. List
Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 21. 1947; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver-
benac., ed. 2, 142, 144, & 147. 1949; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl.
Taxes, ed. 1), 449), £ig. 256 H. 19525 Anon., U. S. Dept. ‘Agr. Bot.
Subj. Index 15: 14359. 1958; Mold., Résumé 185, 191, 236, 237,
318, 343, 344, 350, 351, & 439. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 2: 857 & 1021. 1960; Hansford, Sydowia, ser. 2,
Beih. 2: 692 & 693. 1961; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 2,
446, fig. 256 H. 1966; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: [153],
P54 L5G, l6l—l65:,.06 LV map 45 “Eip. 2. L967ssE. De Merneg tle
Manila, imp. 2, 400. 1968; Mold. in Menninger, Flow. Vines 330.
1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 318, 327, & 395 (1971) and 2: 568,
620, 634, & 844. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 45: 277. 1980.

Illustrations: Vidal, Sin. Fam. Gen. Pl. Len. Filip. [Introd.
Fl. For/ Filip.] 2 [Atlas] pl. 75 F. 1883; Junell, Symb. Bot. Up-
sal. 1 (4): 134, fig. 210. 1934; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax.,
ed. 1, 449, fig. 256 H (1952) and ed. 2, 449, fig. 256 H. 1966;
Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 162, fig. 2. 1967.

A scandent shrub, stout, glabrous, high-climbing, woody vine,
liana, or scrambler, to 20 m,. long, sometimes suberect or tree-
like and then 3.5 m. tall; stems very much twisted, fluted when
old; branchlets more or less tetragonal, gray-tomentose when young,

410 P Hee TeOn ky ONG dwA Vol. 45, No. 5

glabrescent in age; petioles often modified for climbing, about 5
mm. long, gray-tomentose; leaf-blades coriaceous or subcoriaceous,
ovate or ovate-oblong, 4.5--9.5 cm. long, 2--4 cm. wide, apically
acute or obtusely acuminate, marginally entire, basally subtrun-
cate, glabrous on both surfaces or somewhat hairy on the midrib;
secondaries 4 per side, the lowest pair often more prominent and
very long; inflorescence very profuse; cymes opposite, rarely
paired in the axil of a single bract or borne on a single peduncle;
involucral bracts 6, white or becoming pale-lavender, pinkish, or
purple, each subtending a single flower (the central terminal
flower not subtended by a bract), obovate, softly pubescent on
both surfaces, with a distinct midrib and some smaller secondaries
arising from it, the first (terminal) pair 2.5--3.5 cm. long and
0.8--1.4 cm. wide, the other (lateral) pairs 1.5--2.1 cm. long and
3.5--10 mm. wide; peduncles 2.5--4 cm. long, gray-tomentose; calyx
7--8 mm. long, externally minutely tomentellous, within with long
silvery antrorse hairs, its rim 5- (or 6-) toothed, the teeth
short and subequal, or sometimes somewhat 2-lipped with 2 larger
and 3 smaller teeth; corolla blue, its tube 6.5--8 mm. long, ex-
ternally glabrous, more or less villous in the throat, the lobes
6--12, narrow, 3--5 mm. long, 1.5--2 mm. wide, glabrous on the in-
ner surface, softly pubescent outside; stamens 8--16, inserted in
the throat of the corolla-tube, about 6 mm. long, exserted; lower
part of the filaments often connate in pairs; style slender, about
1.5 cm. long, exserted; stigma shortly bifid, the lobes apically
flattened; ovary borne on a short narrow gynophore, glabrous, im-
perfectly 4-celled and -seeded.

This species is known only from the Philippine Islands and
Tanimbar island in the Moluccas of Indonesia. Munir (1967) has
designated as neotype Llanos 69 in the Arnold Arboretum herbarium,

Recent collectors have found the species growing along highways
with Celtis philippinensis, in primary, Dipterocarpus, and deep
lowland forests, at altitudes of 5--100 m., flowering from Octo-
ber to April, as well as in June and August, fruiting in February
and June. Ahern's collector reports it "common" in the forests of
Luzon, where Pancho asserts that it is "one of the most beautiful
wild flowers of the Philippine Islands....common along creeks..eeee
and often cultivated." Sulit (1936) also lists it as cultivated
in the Philippines. Clemens records it from Santiago island. The
"flowers" [corollas?] are said to have been "whitish-violet"™ on
Bafiaga 6, “blue" on Pancho 1065 and Williams 707, and "purple" on

Borssum 3283 and Pancho 1892.
: It is worth noting that Lam (1919) gives the date for the orig-
inal publication of S. glabrum as "1835", apparently in error, and
on this basis accepts it as the earliest and therefor accepted
name for the taxon. Similarly, the Briquet (1895) reference is
sometimes mis-cited as "1894" as per an apparently misleading title
page. It seems, however, that the entire section on the Verbena-
ceae in this volume was not issued until 1895. The Turczaninow
(1863) reference is sometimes mis-cited as "36 (3)".

Sczegleewia lugonensis Turcz. is based on Cuming 13 of the 1839
supplementary distribution, probably deposited in the Kharkov her-

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Symphorema 411

barium,

Erdtman (1966) describes the pollen of Symphorema luzonicum,
on the basis of Elmer 17467, as "3-colpate (occasionally 6-rugate
or more or less polyrugate), prolate, 49 x 34 mu,"

Common and vernacular names recorded for the species are
"balabai", "malabulaon", "malascog", "malasiad", "malasiag",
"malaskog", "mulauing-baging", "mulauing-baging", "pamaclaquin",
"pamulaklakin", and "pamulak-lakin".

Hansford (1961) records the following fungi as attacking Sym-
Phorema luzonicum: Meliola premnae Hansf. and M, symphoremae
Stev. & Rold., on the basis of Stevens 62 & 74 for the former and
Stevens 655 for the latter.

Vidal (1885) cites Cuming 648. Munir (1967) cites the follow-
ing collections: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Busuanga: Weber 1540. Luz-
on: Abadilla, Philip. Nat. Herb. 35389; Ahern 40; Philip. Bur.

Sci. 1172, 4454, 4455, 4456; Philip. Forest Bur. 2654; Amihan PNH.
40320; Baker 3042; Bafiaga PNH.33398; Barnes 343; Borden PFB.2549;
Clemens 18176, PBS.17534; Cuming 648, s.n.; Ebron PNH.34236;

Edano PNH.17784, 17797, 17960; Elmer 9418, 17419, 17429, 17467;
Felix PFB,30914; Gregory 81; Hagan PNH.35488; Holman 53; Llanos
69; Loher 13444, s.n.; Mabanag PNH.9601; Merrill 1421, 1934, 2075,
2416, Sp. Blanc. 467; Meyer PFB.2516; Pascual PFB.28766; Ramos
PBS.27122; Sinclair 9470; Steiner 1011, 1472; Sulit PNH.8320;
Susara PNH.37313; Tamesis PFB.11924; Topping PBS.5228; Vidal 501,
848; Villavicencio PFB.23654; Whitford 2; Williams 707. Mindoro:
Merrill 954, MOLUCCA ISLANDS: Tanimbar: Borssum 3283.

Merrill (1918) cites Gates s.n. [Merrill Sp. Blanc. 46] from
Luzon and notes that "this species is common and widely distribu-
ted in Luzon at low altitudes."

Material of Symphorema luzonicum has been misidentified and
distributed in some herbaria as S. involucratum Roxb. On the oth-
er hand, the Steiner 504,distributed as S. luzonicum, actually is
Congea velutina Wight.

Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Busuanga: C. M. Weber 1546 (Cm,
W--712460). Luzon: Ahern'’s Collector 40 (Mi, W--447327), s.n.
{Herb. Philip. Forest Bur. 1172] (N, W--625910), s.n. [Herb. Phil-
ip. Forest Bur. 2654] (Bz--23497, N, Po--63519, W--852615); Asun-
cion s.n. [Gates 5406; Herb. Philip. Col. Agr. 39355] (Ws); Banaga
6 [Philip, Nat. Herb. 33398] (W--2212453); P. T. Barnes s.n. [Herb.
Philip. Forest Bur. 343] (N, W--851021); Borden 19034 (Ca--239600),
s.n, [Herb. Philip. Forest Bur. 2549] (Bz--23495, N, W--625650);

J. Clemens s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 17534] (B, Bz--23498); M.
K. Cl-mens 18176 (La, La); M. T. Cruz 225 (Ur); Cuming 648 (N, N);~°
Elmer 17419 (Bi, Bz--23489, Ca--270713, Du--176346, Mi, N, S, Ut--
66549, Vi, W--1237083), 17429 (Bi, Bz--23490, Ca--270932, Du--
176341, Mi, N, S, Ut--71749, Vi, W--1237093), 17467 (Bi, Bz--23491,
Ca--271562, Du--174274, Mi, N, N, S, Ut--71622, Vi, W--1237108);

F. C. Gates 6601 (Ka--66827); Gates & Catalan 6660 [Merrill Sp.
Blanc. 467] (Bz--23492, N, W--904144); Holman s.n. [April 15, 1911]
(Du--66952); Kienholz 340 [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 15322] (Ur);
Loher 4454 (W--446890), 4455 (Mu--3955, W--446891), 4456 (Mu--3956,
W--446892), 6571 (Bz--23500, Bz--23501, Mu--4208, W--713690), 6582

412 PHY Ar ORLy ONG IVA Vol. 45, No. 5

(Mu--4209), 13444 (Ca--243082, Mu--4366), sen. [Herb. Philip.
Forest Bur. 14923] (Bz--23499), s.n. [Montalban, January 1903]
(W--448249), s.n. [Montalban, May 1915] (Ca--229201); Mabanag s.
n. [Philip. Nat. Herb. 9601] (W--2125858, W--2376132); E. D. Mer-
rill 1334 (N, W--436305), 1421 (N, W--436386), 2075 (N, W--437025),
2416 (N, W--437374); R. Meyer s.n. [Herb. Philip. Forest Bur.
2516] (Bz--23496, N, Po--63521, W--852435); P. V. Pancho 198 (Ba),
1065 (Ba), 1892 (Ba); Pascual s.n. [Herb. Philip. Forest Bur.
28776] (Ca--238965); Quisumbing 7960 (Mi); Ramnindo s.n, [Febr.
'13] (S)3; M. Ramos s.n. [E. D. Merrill Philip. Pl. 289] (Mu--
4210, Ut--22495, W--1178289), s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 27122]
(Bz--23488); Rothdauscher X.I (Mu--1659), s.n. [Manilla 1879] (Mu
--1660); Tamesis s.n. [Herb. Philip. Forest Bur. 11924] (Bi);
Topping s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 5228] (Bz--23494); Villavi-
cencio s.n, [Herb. Philip. Forest Bur. 23654] (W--1294942); whit-
ford 2 (N, W--851444); R. S. Williams 707 (N, Qu, W--707197).
Mindoro: E. D. Merrill 954 (N, W--435927). Palawan: Bermejos s.n.
[Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 233] (Gg--31261), s.n. [Dec. 1905] (Bz--
23493, N, W--439488). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Java: Herb. Harvey
sen. [Java] (Du--166401). MOLUCCA ISLANDS: Tanimbar: Borssum 3283
[Bisset 718] (Ba).

SYMPHOREMA POLYANDRUM Wight, Icon, Pl. Ind. Orient. 2: 5, pl. 363
fas) tpollyandran |e S403 sSschaus an AS DGs. brody. olalls 62k
1847.

Synonymy: Symphorema involucrata Roxb. ex Wall., Numer. List
[47], no. 1740. 1829. Symphorema polyandra Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind.
Orient. 2: 5, pl. 363. 1840. Symphorema involucratum Kew ex C. B.
Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 599, in syn. 1885 [not S.
involucratum Llanos, 1880, nor Roxb., 1798, nor Spreng., 1858].
Congea involucratum Wall. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., imp. 1, 1: 595, in syn. 1893. Symphorema involucratum
Wall. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2:
1021, in syn. 1895. Symphorema involucratum "Roxb. sensu Wall."
apud Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 168, in syn. 1967.

Bibliography: Wall., Numer. List [47], no. 1740. 1829; Wight,
Teon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 2: 5, pl. 363. 1840; Voigt, Hort. Suburb.
Calc. 470. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 621. 1847; Wight,
Illust. Ind. Bot, 2: pl. 173 bis. 1850; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn.
Candoll. 3: 464. 1858; Kurz, Forest Fl. Brit. Burma 2: 254--255.
1877; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 1, 282 & 520. 1881; C. B.
Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 4: 599--600. 1885; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 595. 1893; Nairne, Flow.
Pl. West. India 249. 1894; Talbot, Syst. List Trees Shrubs Bomb.,
ed. 1, 163 & 228. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen-
fame, ed. 1594 Ga): 180. 118955 Jacks. in’ Hook. £. (6) Jacks.,..und.
Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1021. 1895; Woodr., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.
12: 360. 1899; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 545.
1902; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp. 1, 837. 1903; Brandis, Indian Trees,
imp. 1, 514. 1906; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, imp. 1, 2: 434--
435. 1906; Talbot, Forest Fl. Bombay, ed. 1, 2: 360 & 361. 1909;
Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 545. 1922; Haines, Bot.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Symphorema 413

Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 724. 1922; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 2
(6): 1104. 1924; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed, l,
55, 74, & 100. 1942; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
2, 1: 595 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 1021. 1946; Talbot, Trees Shrubs
Bomb., ed. 3, 406. 1949; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac.,
ed. 2, 128, 163, & 174. 1949; T. Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, imp.
2, 2: 515 & 610. 1958; Mold., Résumé 164, 222, & 439. 1959;

Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 595 (1960) and
imp. 3, 2: 1021. 1960; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2: 7/59.
1961; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 4: 8. 1962; Prain, Bengal Pl., imp.

2, 625. 1963; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 333 & 334 (1966)
and 22: [153], 156, & 168—-171, map 3, fig. 4. 1967; T. Cooke, Fl.
Presid. Bomb., imp. 3, 2: 515 & 610. 1967; Patel, Fl. Melghat 270.
1968; Mold, in Menninger, Flow. Vines 330. 1970; Brandis, Indian
Trees, imp. 2, 514, 1971; Malhotra & Moorthy, Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 13: 310. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 278 & 369 (1971) and

2: 844. 1971; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 545. 19723
Talbot, Forest Fl. Bomb., ed. 2, 2: 360 & 361. 1976; Mold., Phy-
tologia 36: 37 (1977) and 45: 54, 1980.

Illustrations: Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 2: pl. 363. 1840;
Wight, Illustr. Ind. Bot. 2: pl. 173 bis. 1850; Munir, Gard, Bull.
Singapore 22: 169, fig. 4. 1967.

This species is based on Wight 2304, probably collected at

Balaghat, Madhya Pradesh, India, and deposited in the Kew herbar-
ium. Talbot (1949) says of the species that it "Takes the place
of S. involucratum in the dry zone, A climbing or spreading
shrub", He goes on to say that it occurs in the "Hills of the
South Deccan peninsula northwards to Belgaum: Belgaum and Dharwar
districts in dry open situations, also in deciduous monsoon-forest}3
a somewhat rare species. Flowers profusely during Feb.—-Mch.
when it is bare of leaves. Bark grey, shining, lenticellate,
Wood grey, soft." Voigt (1845) lists it as cultivated in Calcut-
ta. Prain (1963) refers to it as a "large climber" in Chota Nag-
pur and Orissa. Patel (1968) calls it "a large scrambling shrub",
growing in dry ravines in Bombay.

Nairne (1894) tells us that S. polyandrum is like S. involucra-
tum "but larger in all its parts and more hairy; leaves up to 9
inches long."" The Herb. Hort. Bot, Calcut. s.n,. specimen in the
Munich herbarium, cited below, exhibits well the large, coarsely
dentate leaves normally found on sterile branches. A note appen-
ded to the Buitenzorg sheet suggests that the broadly ovate ser-
rate leaves on a separate twig do not belong with the flowers, but
it is my belief that they do. They measure 15 cm. in length and
11.5 cm. in width, are basally truncate or subtruncate, apically
short-acuminate, coarsely dentate from the apex almost to tHe base,
and densely pubescent beneath, slightly less so above.

Other authors distinguish the two species as follows: In s,
involucratum the leaves are thin-textured, entire-margined or only
slightly toothed, the flowers are small, about 1/2 inch long, the
corolla is 1/4 inch long, 6--8-lobed, the bracts are linear-spatu-
late, membranous, and the stamens few, 6--9. In S. polyandrum the
leaves are leathery, marginally deeply repand or toothed, the flow-

414 P Hever LeOrrE OG wa Vol. 45, No. 5

ers larger, 1 inch long, the corolla 1/2 inch long, 12--16-lobed,
the bracts broadly obovate, and the stamens many, 12--18.

It should be mentioned here that the Wight (1840) reference in
the bibliography of this species is often cited as "1840-43", but
the page and plate involved here seem actually to have been is—
sued in 1840. Munir (1967) inaccurately cites the Briquet (1895)
reference as "1897". He cites the Cooke (1906) reference as “II
(1908)"" and the Haines (1922) reference as "3 (1922) 728. This
Cooke reference is also sometimes cited as "3: 435", the Talbot
(1909) reference as "1911", and the Gamble (1924) reference as
"2: 1104", the pages in volume 2 being continuous.

Clarke (1885) cites for S. polyandrum only "Wight, Beddome, &c’
Cooke (1906) cites Ritchie 925, Talbot s.n., and Woodrow s.n.
Malhotra & Moorthy (1974) cite their nos, 134917, 134993, 135092,
135264, & 135308. Munir (1967) cites the following collections:
INDIA: Andhra Pradesh: Beddome 40, 6512, 6513, 6514, 6515, 6516,
8181, & s.n.; Collector undetermined s.n.; Gamble 10932, Bihar
& Orissa: Gamble 9149; Herb. Econ. Pl. Surv. 677; Haines 109.
Madhya Pradesh: Wight 2304. Madras: Perrottet 326, 410, & 530.
Maharashtra: Ritchie 925 & s.n. Mysore: Talbot 362. Uttar Pra-
desh: Dowitt 1; Marten s.n.; Ramrao 1370. CULTIVATED: India:
Herb. Hort. Bot. Calcutt. s.n.; Kew Distribution 6007; Kurz 56 &
SNe; Wallich 1740.

Citations: INDIA: Madhya Pradesh: Wight s.n. (Pd). Maharash-
tra: Ritchie sen. (N). Tamil Nadu: Perrottet 410 (Mu--1185).
CULTIVATED: India: Herb. Hort. Bot. Calcutt. sen. (Ez--23502, Mu--
1066, Mu--1167); Kurz 56 (Pd); Voigt s.n. [H. B. Serampore] (Cp,
Cp, Cp, Cp, Cp, E--photo, N--photo, Z--photo).

NEW COMBINATIONS AND TAXA OF HEPATICAE, I.

Rudolf M. Schuster
Cryptogamic Laboratory
Hadley, Massachusetts

Two major, continuing projects have occupied my attention for
over 30 years, The Hepaticae and Anthocerotae of North America
[Columbia University Press, Vol. I (1966), Il (1969), 111 (1974), IV
(1980; in press)] and "The Hepaticae" for Die Naturlichen Pflanzen-
familien, ed. II. The long time span necessary for completion of
these works poses special problems. Thus, in Schuster (1966, pp.
381-86) a new classification of Hepaticae is offered -- with sever-
al new taxa proposed. At present (February, 1980), those taxa per-
taining to Vols. IV and V of my Columbia University series remain,
technically, nomina nuda. However, several have been validated and
appear as "Schust. ex" in the works of others. Other taxa proposed
have been published, simultaneously, or earlier or later, by other
workers. Thus, on p. 362 (Schuster, 1966) the subf. Mytilopsidoideae
of the Lepidoziaceae is proposed, technically a synonym of subf.
Micropterygioideae Grolle, which appeared slightly earlier. Sin-
ilarly, on p. 382 the name "Haplochaete Schust." appears which
was to be validated in the same volume (p. 724) under the Blepharo-
stomataceae. Between the time corrected page proofs including p.
382 were returned, and the time the signature including p. 724 was
returned, a paper by Hodgson appeared describing the same entity as
Isophyllaria. Footnote 22, p. 724, was abbreviated and emended,
and "Isophyllaria Hodgs." was substituted for "Haplochaete Schust."
On p. 305, under the Pelliaceae, subfamilies Verdoornioideae and Alli-
sonioideae are cited as new groups; I intended to discuss and vali-
date these in Vol. IV of this series -- but they appear in Grolle
(1972) as "Allisonioideae Schust. subf. n."[to be cited as "ex
Grolle"] and in Inoue (1976) as "Verdoorniaceae Inoue" and Allison-
iaceae (Schust.) Schust. et Inoue. Other cases could be cited, but
I think my point has been made. Long-continued delays in valida-
tion of names pose problems both for my work and for that of others.
It results in confusion and in duplication of names.

The pragmatic alternative is to validate the names, making new
combinations and adjustments in rank where needed, prior to any
meaningful discussion of the entities. I have consciously refrain-
ed from rushing into print with new names and combinations -- and
have seen literally dozens of combinations made in manuscript ap-
pear elsewhere. Thus, since I first worked up the Cheilolejeunea
clausa-trifaria complex for Vol. IV, and inferentially placed
"Euosmolejeunea" trifaria into Cheilolejeunea (1955; Jour. Elisha
Mitchell Sci. Soce), the combination of Cheilolejeunea trifaria
has appeared elsewhere -- as well as dozens of other combinations
under Cheilolejeunea, which I have had in manuscript since 1955.

415

416 Bete Yor Oh Li ONG 15 At Vol. 45 No. 5

For this reason, I publish herein the first series of new taxa
and combinations and give only enough comment so that my reasoning
is clear to my colleagues; detailed justification for the nomencla-
tural or taxonomic decisions adopted will appear elsewhere, in
their proper and meaningful places.

Family TRICHOCOLEACEAE

Leiomitra mastigophoroides Schust., spe ne Trichocoleae simile
foliis amphigastrisque quadrifidis ciliatisque necnon cellulis foli-
orum papillosis et linearibus ad oblongas, necnon ramificatione
libere laterali typi Frullaniae; differens ut (a) gynoecia solum in
ramis lateralibus brevissimus atque eorum innovationibus reperta,
necnon (b) rami ventrali-terminales interdum adsunt. Type.
Dominica: Morne Trois Pitons (RMS 66-751).

Possibly the type species will prove identical to Trichocolea
flaccida (Spr.) Jack & Steph. [Leiomitra flaccida Spr., Trans. Proc.
Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 15:349, 1885] sensu Fulford (1962), but Spruce
describes this species as with "9 in caulis apice incrassato termin-
ales.'"' The type of Leiomitra, L. tomentosa (Sw.) Lindb. [Hepaticae,
in Hibern., pe 515, 1875], is described by Spruce as with the gyno-
ecia "in caule et ramis paucis superioribus terminales, corymbulum
sistentes" -- which fails to fit our species. However, he describes
a form of this (Cerro Campana, Peru) as with gynoecia "autem semper
ramigenis, nunquam in ipso caule terminalibus" -- which fits our
species. L. tomentosa is otherwise very different, and L. mastigo-
phoroides clearly keys to Trichocolea flaccida in Fulford (1962) .

In any event, the Mastigophora-like, abbreviated lateral bran-
ches to which gynoecia are confined (these gynoecial branches are
followed, on the main axis, with "normal, tapering, simple sterile"
branches) are highly distinctive. Gynoecia never occur on main
axes; those of short lateral branches either lack innovations en-
tirely or sometimes have a highly abbreviated innovation that al-
most immediately is again gynoecial; then 2-3 gynoecia may occur,
seriately, Taxilejeunea-like, on a single, short, lateral branch.

I describe L. mastigophoroides as a new species even though
it will almost surely prove identical to one of the synonyms cited
under "Trichocolea flaccida" by Fulford (1962): T. patula Steph.,
T. inaequalis Steph., T. eggersiana Steph., T. herzogii Steph.
However, if the synonymy in Fulford is correct, then L. mastigo-
phoroides cannot be identical to any of these plants, since L.
flaccida was described by its author as with gynoecia terminating
leading axes ("stems"), rarely on branches. The synonymy in Ful-
ford is poorly established and she states that (even though under
"examined material" she lists the types of these purported synonyms)
she has not seen the "female inflorescence" of T. flaccida. There
is much confusion as to the type of at least two of these synonyms:
Stephani (Spec. Hep. 4:57, 1909) cites the type of T. patula Steph.

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 417

as from Cordillera de Merida [Venezuela], Fulford states "Dominica:
Sel. Eggers.'' Stephani cites the type of T. eggersiana Steph.

(Spec. Hep. 4:59, 1909) as from "Santo Domingo," whereas Fulford

cites it also as from Dominica: "'s.l., Elliott, type of T. eggersi-
ana," and fails to cite the species at all from Santo Domingo:

Only with regard to the types of T. inaequalis Steph. (Spec. Hep. 4s 58.
1909) and T. herzogii Steph. (Biblioth. Bot. 67:230, 1916) do Steph-
ani and Fulford agree.

In my opinion, Leiomitra is fully generically distinct from
Trichocolea. With the discovery of a, admittedly single, ventral-
terminal, Acromastigum-type branch in Leiomitra mastigophoroides,
the position of the Trichocoleaceae is again subject to re-investi-
gation. I once (Schuster, 1959) noted that in numerous ways Temnoma
(generally placed into the Blepharostomataceae or Pseudolepicolea-
ceae) is very similar to Trichocolea (placed in the Trichocoleaceae).
Indeed, the presence of a free calyptra + short perianth capping the
coelocaule in Leiomitra is exactly as shown for Temnoma (Schuster,
1966, 1967). Hence I think that Leiomitra intimately connects the
two families to the point where they must be merged. The follow-
ing synonymy ensues:

Trichocoleaceae Nakai, in Y. Ogura, Ordines, familiae... a Prof.
Nakai... edita, p. 200, 1943 [Tokyo].

Blepharostoma[ta]ceae K. MUll., Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 42:14, 1946 [nom.
invalid. ]

Pseudolepicoleaceae Fulf. & Tayl., Nova Hedw. 1:411, 1960; new syn.

Herzogiariaceae Fulf., Nova dw. 1:397, 19603; new synonymy.

Chaetocoleaceae Fulf., Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 11(1):62, 1962; new syn.

Subf. Temnomoideae Schust., Candollea 21:65, 68, 1967 [under Blephar-
ostomataceae].

Subf. Chaetocoleoideae Schust., Candollea 21:65, 1967 [without
Latin diagn.]

Subf. Trichocoleoideae

Subf. Blepharostomatoideae Grolle, Jour. Bryol. 7(2):205, 1972
{under Pseudolepicoleaceae].

The Temnomoideae are here defined as in Schuster (1967, pp. 68-69).
The type of Temnoma, T. pulchellum (Hook.) Mitt. has a free shoot
calyptra, a perianth developed to a moderate degree, the two aris-
ing from a distinct "coelocaule precursor"; cf. Schuster (1967,
fig. 24:5). In T. palmatum (Lindb. ex Pears.) Schust., the peri-
anth is more reduced and may not exceed the rather well-developed
coelocaule in height (Schuster, 1967, fig. 44:1). It is only a
small step to the condition in Leiomitra tomentosa (cf. Hatcher,
1959, fig. 1), and here one goes in an almost imperceptible grada-
tion to the condition in L. lanata (Hook.) Schust., comb. n.
[Basionym: Jungermannia lanata Hook., Musci Exot. 2: pl. 116, 1820], in
which a low, caplike shoot calyptra and a very low perianth persist.
And from there one can derive the perianth- and calyptra-free coel-
ocaule of Trichacolea.

418 PAG OsrOrCeErA Vol. 4550Nes 5

In effect, within Temnoma we find gradation almost to that in
Leiomitra of the Trichocoleoideae. In Temnoma, the quadrifid leaf,
often with the dorsal 1-2 lobes rather reduced, succubously insert-
ed; the elongated-rectangular leaf cells with roughened cuticle;
and the oil-bodies are identical to those in Trichocolea and Leio-
mitrae We also see opposed paired ciliation, with cilia of similar
form (constituted of highly elongated cylindrical cells). The
similarity in capsule-wall anatomy between Temnoma and Trichocolea
was already commented on by Schuster (1959).

In essence, only two criteria seem to separate the Temnomoideae
and Trichocoleoideae: the former has a tendency towards brownish
wall pigmentation, the latter consistently lacks it; the former
shows plastic branching, with retention (at least sparingly) of ven-
tral-intercalary branches, the latter has evolved specialized, re-
stricted branching modes, usually only Frullania type, with ventral-
intercalary branches never present in any taxon I have seen. In
view of the great diversity of branching modes from species to
species within Temnoma (cf. Schuster, 1967), the last criterion
loses significance perceptibly. JI would conclude that Temnoma, in
most respects, is midway between the other genera of Temnomoideae
(in which paired-opposed ciliation never occurs, and in which a
coelocaule-precursor is unknown). The degree of coelocaule elabora-
tion in the Temnomoideae is highly variable: in Temnoma itself a
coelocaule-precursor seems always distinct: the foot of the sporo-
phyte normally penetrates below the level of insertion of the 9
bracts (Schuster, 1967, figs. 24:5, 44:1, 48:1), although in primi-
tive species the perianth is better developed and the coelocaule less
elaborated (as in T. quadripartitum (Hook.) Mitt. and T. quadrifid-
um (Mitt.) Schust.; cf. Schuster, 1967, figs. 33:1, 30:5). In
Archeochaete Schust., Lophochaete Schust., and Pseudolepicolea Fulf.
& Tayl. the perianth is well developed and the coelocaule virtually
lacking or a mere precursor (cf. figs. 20:2, 14:4-5, in Schuster,
1967); in these taxa the foot appears never to penetrate below the
level of insertion of the uppermost 9 bract -- hence one cannot
speak of a coelocaule precursor with bracts inserted on it.

The subf. Blepharostomatoideae is first defined in Schuster
(1967, pe 65); it is validly described (under Pseudolepicoleaceae)
in Grolle (1972).

The subf. Chaetocoleoideae Schust., subf. n. is also first de-
fined in Schuster (1967, pe 65), but a Latin diagnosis is outstand-
ing. It follows (derived from Spruce, 1885): Foliis succubis, folio-
lisque palmatifidis, margine integerrimis; bracteis 9 exterioribus
ciliato-multifidis; perianthio abbreviato, ore longiciliato.

(and only) genus. Chaetocolea Spr., Trans. Proc. Bot. Soc.
Edinburgh 15:346, 1665.

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 419
Family LEPIDOLAENACEAE

The intrageneric classification of this family remains contro-
versial; with the transfer to it of Jubulopsis Schust., the perimeters
of the family are visibly broadened. A needed segregate from
Lepidolaena itself is the following:

Lepidogyna Schust., gen. ne Differt a lepidolaena: (1) Coelocaule
longissime claviforme; (2) paraphyllia in surculo primario vegeta-
tivo praesentia; (3) seta galearum basi bicellulariseriata; (4)
capsula longissime elliptica-cylindrica. Type. Jungermannia men-
ziesii Hook., Musci Exot., pl. 118, 1820 [= Lepidogyna menziesii
(Hook.) Schust., comb. n.J.

Also here is: Lepidolaena hodgsoniae Grolle, Jour. Hattori Bot.
Lab. no. 30:29, 1967 = L. hodgsoniae (Grolle) Schust., comb. n.

lepidolaena has a stoutly obpyriform coelocaule investing a
short-ellipsoidal to ovoid capsule; the capsule wall is 3-4-stra-
tose, with the strata of nearly equally thick cells, the inner with
I- or U-shaped bands; the spores bear fine, spinulose, or coarse
to fine papillae. In Lepidogyna the long-cylindrical coelocaule
surrounds a cylindrical-ellipsoidal capsule; its wall is 6-7-lay-
ered; the high epidermal cells have evenly thickened radial walls,
but inner cells are very delicate and lack distinct thickening
bands; spores are covered with irregular, low, often furcate ridges
and never bear papillae of any type. The ecology of the two genera
is also drastically different.

Capsule-wall anatomy of Lepidogyna is closer to that of Neotri-
chocolea and Trichocoleopsis, which Inoue would place (on the basis
of capsule-wall anatomy) into a family distinct from the Lepidolaen-
aceae. These and other facts may necessitate a reorientation of
family limits; I think either the Jubulopsidoideae must be raised to
family rank, or the Neotrichocoleaceae reduced to subfamily rank!

A detailed generic revision of this family, with adequate illustra-
tions, will be presented shortly.

Family LEPIDOZIACEAE
Telaranea Spr. ex Schiffn.

Telaranea _wallichiana (Gott.) Schust., comb. n.- Basionym:
Lepidozia wallichiana Gottsche, in G. L. & N., Syn. Hep., p. 204, 1845.

I have collected this east Asiatic taxon in Japan (1974); it
is indubitably a member of Telaranea subg. Neolepidozia (Fulf. &
Tayl.) Schust., as the symmetric leaves, leptodermous cells, and
conspicuous hyaloderm demonstrate.

Lembidium Mitt.

I have shown (Schuster, 1963a) that of all the taxa referred to
Lembidium, only L. nutans Mitt. can remain there; others go into
Isolembidium Schust., Hygrolembidium Schust., Kurzia subg. Dendro-
lembidium (Herz.) Grolle, Megalembidium Schust., Chloranthelia

420 12 sl 6 YEO) sty (0) (Ge AN Volt. 455) Nowe

Schust., and Micropterygium Lindend.! The sole extant species, L.
nutans Mitt. is known only from New Zealand; from there, now, a
second species can be recognized:

L. longifolium Schust., spe ne Species L. nutanti cognata,
distincta, autem, ut folia elongata, apices 4-lobuli, lobi an-

gusti parvique caduci; cellulae basales foliorum satis amplificatae,
non inflatae, cuticula papillosa sicut in reliqua lamina; ramifica-
tio serialis frequens, typi Bazzaniae (typi Frullaniae semper ex
eodem latere axis principalis lateraliter summoti enascens; ramifi-
catio ita superficialiter furcata). Type. New Zealand. North Island:

Mt. Hauturu, Little Barrier I., 1700-1900 feet (XMS 51443).

This species has a Bazzania-type disposition of tne Frullania-
type terminal branches: all branches issue only from one side of the
leading axis. In L. nutans terminal branches are rare, solitary.
Branching suggests that Lembidium s. str. is very different from

Isolembidium Schust., Megalembidium Schust. (with Frullania- and

Microlepidozia-type terminal branches), and Hygrolembidium Schust.
(with only lateral + ventral-intercalary branching).

Family JUNGERMANNIACEAE s. lat.

Nothostrepta Schust., gene n.- Surculi apices Plagiochila-for-
mes decurvatos habentes; folia biloba, margine posticali deflexo;
gemmae nullae; amphigastria distincta; rhizoidea pauca, ad bases
foliorum amphigastriorumque enascentia; CO bracteae in inflorescentia
tenui spicata repertae, bracteis lobum anticalem inflexum habenti-
bus; 9 bracteae asymmetricae, profunde 2-3-fidae, lacinias et/aut
lobos accessorios habentes; membrana capsulae 5-6-stratosa, cellulis
epidermalibus altis (ca. 2X altioribus quam strata interna). Type.
Plagiochila bifida Steph., Annal. Istit. Bot. Roma 2:86, 1886 [=

Anastrophyllum bifidum (Steph.) Steph., Bih. Kgl. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 26(3):25, 1900] = Nothostrepta bifida (Steph.) Schust., comb. n.

Also falling here is, presumably (I have seen only sterile
plants!), Nothostrepta longissima (Steph.) Schust., comb. n. [Basi-

onym: Anastrophyllum longissimum Steph., Bih. Kgl. Sv. Vet.-Akad.
Handl. 26(5):15, 1901].

Although these two species were placed into Anastrepta in two
recent papers by Grolle, they diverge widely from that genus. Ana-
strepta, with a dorsally arched shoot apex, with gemmae, with dis-
persed rhizoids, is very distinct in numerous respects from Notho-
strepta. The Plagiochila-like androecium is linked with a Jameson-
lella-like gynoecium -- a most unusual combination. The decurved
shoot tips of Nothostrepta are again found in these two genera (and
in Cryptochila Schust.) -- but never in true Lophozioideae, to
which I think Anastrepta belongs. A paper dealing with this problem
will soon appear elsewhere.

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 421
Family PLAGIOCHILACEAE

Plagiochilion Hatt.

A single species has been known from the Western Hemisphere. A
second is now known from the Northern Andes, in Venezuela. The two
differ as follows:

1. Leaves ovate, never incipiently bilobed, + imbricate, always op-
posite; all rhizoids on microphyllous stolons, in fascicles; tri-
gones smaller, basal cells hardly trabeculate-thickened.

P. bryhnii (Steph.) Inoue

1. Leaves, in situ, appearing narrowly obovate (flattened, narrowly
ovate-oblong to + lingulate), often incipiently bilobed (1 or 2
apical teeth enlarged); all rhizoids from bases of leafy bran-
ches, scattered; trigones coarse, nodose, in longer basal cells

longitudinally confluent. P. intermedium Schust., sp. ne

P. intermedium Schust., sp. ne

Species P. bryhnii ramificatione praevalide laterali-intercalari
similis; differens, autem, ut (a) folia anguste oblonga, saepe pri-
mo biloba, atque orientatio foliorum remota necnon dispositio saepe
alterna; (b) omnia rhizoidea ab axibus foliaceis enascentia, dis-
persa; (c) trigonae grossae, nodosae, in cellulis basalibus longi-
oribus + confluentes. Type. Venezuela. Estado Merida: La Fria,

2500 me, above Merida, Sierra Nevada de Merida (RMS & L. Ruiz-
Teran 76-1481c).

The species epithet indicates that this taxon is nearly inter-
mediate between Plagiochila and Plagiochilion, suggesting that the
earlier treatment of Plagiochilion as subg. Oppositae of Plagio-
chila is perhaps to be preferred.

Plagiochila Dumort.

P. fragmentata Schust., sp. ne. Planta taxis sect. Bidentum
similis foliis fractis et corpusculis oleosis homogeneis; distincta,
autem, a omnibus his taxis, foliis confertis, postice secundis,
obovato-bilobis, margine dorsali tubulariter revoluto et longe
decurrente [basibus foliorum anticalibus iuxtapositis, duas lineas
contiguas in superficie dorsali caulis effectis]; folia apicalia
grosse dentato-lacerata. Type. Venezuela. Estado Merida: Sierra
de Santo Domingo, ca. 3600 m., Paramo de Mucubaji (RMS & L. Ruiz-
Teran 76-851d). Also found (usually in small quantity) in the
Sierra Nevada de Merida (RMS 76-1460c) and Estado Tachira, S. of
Villa Paez (RMS 76-207?6a, 7276-20778) « Although the strikingly frag-
menting leaves and the (5)6-12(13) homogeneous oil-bodies suggest
the Bidentes, specifically P. caduciloba and P. jamaicensis, these
taxa are widely different in the short-decurrent and nontubular
dorsal leaf margins; leaf form in this species is nearly unique.

422 Pe Hy Yee O ME OMG Tea Vol. 45, Now 5

Family SCAPANIACEAE
Scapania subg. Scapaniella (Buch) Joerg.

S. calciphila Schust., spe n- Gemmae 2-cellulares 9-12 x 14-
18 wp; cellulae marginales foliorum plerumque isodiametricae et cellu-
lis intramarginalibus subaequae; cellulae grosse contigueque papil-
losae; lobus dorsalis parvus, per solum 0.2-0.35 distalem partem
longitudinis discretus; carina 0.6-0.7 longitudinis lobi ventralis.
Typee New Hampshire: Beaver Brook Falls near Colebrook, Coos Co.
(RMS 74-2852a).

Unfortunately known from very few plants; this saxicolous and
calciphilous plant seems allied only to S. vexata and S. glaucoce-
phala (with which it agrees in size, color, and gemma form}, differ-
ing in the cuticle covered with coarse, conspicuous, weltlike "papil-
lae" and the oil-bodies, 2-4(5) per cell, as well as in the reduced
dorsal leaf lobe.

Family GYMNOMITRIACEAE

Herzogobryum Grolle

Six species of this subantarctic genus are known; a seventh oc-
curs in New Zealand:

H. filiforme Schust., spe ne Species He molli similis foliis
paulum bilobis et colore pallide viridi; distincta, autem, ut cel-
lulae parvae sine trigonis, 11-13 x 11-14 » media folii in parte;
distincta necnon ut surculi filiformes, solum ad 150 » lat. necnon
folia parva, solum 180-200 » lat., minus quam 18 cellulis lat.
Typee New Zealand. South Island: Mt. Cook Natl. Park, alpine tus-
sock zone, above Sealy Lakes (RMS 67-4417).

The juvenile gynoecia bear recognizable perianths and no trace
of any subtending Isotachis-type perigynium, hence this taxon must
be referred to Herzogobryum rather than to Gymnomitrion. Affinities
are principally to H. molle (which is larger, with leaves 24-26
cells wide) and H. atrocapillum (which is piceous and has merely
retuse to short-emarginate leaves).

Family LEJEUNEACEAE

The Lejeuneaceae, especially of the Neotropics, continue to be
a source of major difficulty. Intrinsically, the group is difficult:
limited "architectural diversity" is linked with parallelism and
convergence, to the point where generic and species perimeters are
often obscured. Extrinsically, past work, especially that of Ste-
phani, created a giant obstacle to real progress. In modern terms,
extant diagnoses are useless. Generic placements, often in better
than 50% of cases, are untenable. Hence, identification of "unknown"
taxa is often virtually impossible -- aside from cases of stenotyp-
ic, taxonomically "simple" genera like Bryopteris and Acrolejeunea,
for both of which we have recent revisions. No one has had the

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 423

courage to attack the real problematic genera, such as Lejeunea
(with at least 12 estimated subgenera) and Cheilolejeunea (with

6 or more subgenera). As a result, one either places taxa of

these genera into "limbo" or, if worked on at all, only a small per-
centage of collections can be named to extant species. Hence, it

is almost unavoidable to create new species which eventually prove
identical to "old" species hidden in the wrong genus or, often,
wrong genera.

Study of old herbarium specimens, in most cases, leads one only
a short distance on the road to taxonomic understanding. Branching
patterns (and merophyte sequencing, especially on sexual branches)
and oil-body criteria offer major clues to both evolution and tax-
onomy. They are virtually unknown for neotropical taxa.

Under these conditions, research based only on study of herbar-
ium specimens is foredoomed to be the worst kind of "alpha taxonomy,"
useful only to clear away part of the logjam of accumulated, ill-
founded names. xReal understanding is possible only with a field
knowledge of the species, allowing extrapolation from the environ-
mental perimeters that, to a still-unappreciated degree, strikingly
alter the phenotype of the species.

Despite these discouraging, limiting factors, the following
taxa of Lejeuneaceae are described as novelties, in part because I
cannot find earlier names (and assume they are new), but in part be-
cause, even though I assume we will eventually find earlier names
(usually in the wrong genus), the taxa involved have been studied
cytologically and the cytological data are desperately needed to
work out the evolution and phylogeny of the family. The positive
gain in establishing sound cytological data helpful in comprehending
species-group, subgenus, and genus limits far exceeds the possible
negative input from adding additional "unneeded" names.

Blepharolejeunea S. Arn.

This monotypic genus was described with inadequate detail by
Arnell. My study of a type fragment revealed that a genus of Pty-
chanthoideae is at hand with only obscure affinities to other gen-
era; a remote affinity to Lopholejeunea is possible. The affinity
to the Ptychanthoideae became evident only after detailed anatomical
investigation of Lejeunea (Grachio-le jeunes) securifolia Spr. [Trans.
Proc. Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 15:131, 1664], of which abundant living
plants with sporophytes were studied in Venezuela, in 1976. This
species bears no affinities to Brachiolejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn., but
is allied to Blepharolejeunea. I question whether it is to be placed
into Blepharolejeunea, a genus founded for plants unique in subfam.
Ptychanthoideae in the strongly laciniate-dentate leaf lobes, or
relegated to an adjacently posited genus. I once felt the distinct-
ions were so striking that separate generic treatment was appropri-
ate, but now think that segregation into an autonomous subgenus
more correctly reflects current generic concepts; for this the fol-
lowing taxon is founded:

424 POH EYor Ra Onin OmiG) lave) Voll. 1455) Nom

Blepharolejeunea subg. Oreolejeuneae Subgenus a subg. Blepha-
olejeunea differens ut (a) lobi foliorum bractearumque omnino eden-

tati; (b) 9 bractea suborbicularis, distaliter rotundata; (c) cellu-
lae membranas solidas atque trigonas magnas et male definitas haben-

tes. Type (and only) species. Blepharolejeunea securifolia (Spr.)

Schust., comb. n. [for basionym citation see above].

The basically rectangulate leaf lobule, with sharp apical tooth,
the "distalmost" tooth situated midway in the truncate sinus between
keel and apical tooth, makes for a lobular structure very different
from that in any true species of Brachiolejeunea. A detailed study
of the genus is in progress, and a paper with three plates of perti-
nent drawings will soon appear.

Lepidole jeunea Schust.

This genus, founded in Schuster (1963), has been regarded by
some as merely a subgenus of Pycnolejeunea. A knowledge of the cy-
tology of several taxa of both genera proves conclusively that they
are very distinct in this respect. Indeed, Lepidolejeunea and
Kingiolejeunea Robins. should be united; Pycnolejeunea subg. Peri-
lejeunea Kachr. & Schust. also fits better here. Thus broadly de-
fined, the genus consists entirely of taxa with scattered ocelli,
whose size is identical to that of neighboring chlorophyllose cells;
the chlorophyllose cells in all cases seen have either no oil-bod-
ies or mere oil-droplets. Some taxa (L. dominicensis; cf. infra)
bear caducous leaves; in the only Pycnolejeunea I have seen with
asexual reproduction, the leaves show a curious fragmentation of the
distal and anterior portions.

The following intrageneric classification, still provisional,
seems to most nearly reflect what we know about the phylogeny of
the genus.

Lepidole;jjeunea Schust., Nova Hedwigia, Beih. 9:139, 1963.

Subg. Lepidolejeunea Schust. Type. L. falcata (Herz.) Schust.

Subg. Perilejeunea (Kachr. & Schust.) Schust., comb. n.
Basionym. Pycnolejeunea subg. Perilejeunea Kachr. & Schuste,
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 56:493, 1961. Type. Pycnolejeunea
grandistipula G. ex Steph., Spec. Hep. 5:611, 1914 = Lepido-
lejeunea grandistipula (G. ex Steph.) Schust., comb. n.

Also probably falling here is Pycnolejeunea dentata Robins.,
The Bryol. 67:455, 1964 [= Perilejeunea dentata Xobins., The Bryol.
70:55, 1967] = Llepidolejeunea dentata (Robins.) Schust., comb. n.

In addition, Lejeunea (Hygro-Lejeunea) devoluta Spr., Trans.
Proc. Bote Soc. Edinburgh 153236, eI [= Lepidolejeunea devoluta
(Spr.) Schust., comb. n.] falls here. Pycnolejeunea granatensis
Steph., Spec. Hep. 5:610, 1914 [= Perilejeunea granatensis Robdins.,
The Bryol. 70:55, 1967] appears identical.

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 425

Subg. Kingiolejeunea (Robins.) Schust., stat. n.
Basionym. Kingiolejeunea Robins., The Bryol. 70:53, 1967.
Type. Kingiolejeunea ornata Robins., The Bryol. 70:53, 1967 =
Lepidole jeunea ornata (Robins. ) Schust., comb. n.

Subg. Lepidolejeunea appears to include a minimum of 0-9 species;
the following, the only species of the genus I know which regularly
bears caducous leaves, appears new:

Lepidolejeunea dominicensis Schust., spe ne Species a omnibus
aliis taxis Lepidolejeunea ut lobi foliorum libere caduci, lobulis
persistentibus; gynoecia in ramis foliaceis + elongatis sita, ©
bracteis bracteoleisque dentatis; innovationes gynoeciales typi

Pycnolejeuneae, singulares. Type. Dominica: Freshwater Lake
(RMS 66-609c) «

I have collected a similar plant in Jamaica, probably referable
to Le. punctata, in which leaves are uniformly persistent and the
thick-walled vegetative leaf cells lack oil-bodies entirely, or,
rarely, bear a few almost imperceptible oil-droplets. In the Domin-
ican plant leaf lobes (but not lobules) are freely caducous and the
thin-walled chlorophyllose leaf cells bear 2-9 tiny oil-droplets of
varying size (all under 1.2 » in diam.).

The following new combinations, all in subg. Lepidolejeunea,
are needed:

Lepidolejeunea borneensis (Steph.) Schust., comb. n. Basionyms
Hygrolejeunea borneensis Steph., Spec. Hep. 5:557, 1914.

Lepidolejeunea multiflora (Steph.) Schust., comb. n. Basionyms
Cheilolejeunea multiflora Steph., Hedwigia 34:243, 1695.
Lepidolejeunea bidentula (Steph.) Schust., comb. n. Basionym:
Pycnolejeunea bidentula Steph., Hedwigia 28:259, 1509.
Lepidolejeunea nicobarica (Steph.) Schust., comb. n. Basionym: P.
nicobarica Steph., Hedwigia 35:126, 1896. Ps
Lepidolejeunea graeffei (Jack & Steph.) Schust., comb. n. Basionym:
Cori,

Archilejeunea graeffei Jack & Steph., Bot. Centralbl.
1894.

Lepidolejeunea integristipula (Jack & Steph.) Schust., comb. n.

Basionym: Pycnolejeunea integristipula Jack & Steph., Bot.
Centralbl. SLO 7s ee e

Echinocolea Schust.

This genus, originally monotypic (Schuster, 1963), soon hada
second Bornean species assigned to it (Grolle, 1964). Field work in
Dominica in 1966 made me aware of the fact that Trachylejeunea
dilatata Evs. did not fit into that genus but belonged in Echino-
colea. Also, Lejeunea prionocalyx G. fits only here. As a conse-
quence, at least 4 species appear assignable to Echinocolea. A
revision of the genus, with pertinent plates, will soon appear.
Meanwhile, the following combinations are needed:

426 PH Wee O man O: Gael A Vol. 45; Not5

Echinocolea prionocalyx (G.) Schust., comb. n. [Basionym: Lejeunea

rionocalyx G. in sched. = Trachylejeunea rionocalyx (G. ex
Schifin.) Schiffn., Engler's Bot. Jahrb. 23(5):592, 1897].

Echinocolea dilatata (Evs.) Schust., comb. n. [Basionym: Trachyle-
jeunea dilatata Evs., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 35:372, 1900].

The type of E. dilatata is from Jamaica. Plants lI collected
in Dominica appear to be subspecifically distinct:

Echinocolea dilatata subsp. antillana Schust., subsp. n.
Subspecies a subsp. dilatata distincta ut oO et o gametangia plerum-
que late seiuncta (plantae saepe velut dioeciae visae); ut cellulae
marginales satis magnae (16-26 1) atque cellulae basales elongatae
(2-3:1). Type. Dominica (RMS 67-505).

Oil-bodies in basal cells of these plants are (1)2-4(5) per
cell, very large (to 7-6 x 12-24 1) and diagnostically granular,
grayish and opaque or yellowish brown; they are smaller in median
and distal cells. Oil-body characters are drastically distinct
from those in Trachylejeunea s. str.

Trachylejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn.

The type of this genus, as well as that of subg. Hygrolejeune-
opsis, has a lobule with two l-celled teeth, nearly juxtaposed, be-
tween which the hyaline papilla is oriented. However, the type, I.
acanthina, is unique in many respects (lack of suofloral innova-
tions; lobes, underleaves, 9 bracts and bracteoles spinose-dentate;
cortical and medullary cells both leptodermous; cells nontubercu-
late; ocelli lacking). ‘Subgenerically distinct are a series of
species forming two autonomous subgenera, as follows:

Trachylejeunea subg. Hygrolejeuneopsis Schust., subg. ne

Subgenus a subg. Trachylejeunea distinctus ut innovationes
subflorales plerumque singulares et sine innovationibus, interdum
nullae; folium, amphigastrium, bractea et margines bracteolae
edentata aut obscure denticulata; cellulae corticeae medullaresque
pachydermatae; cellulae tuberculatae; ocelli adsunt. Type.

Trachylejeunea aquarius (Spr.) Evs.

Trachylejeunea subg. Trachycoleus Schuste, subg. ne

Subgenus a subg. Trachylejeunea distinctus ut lobulus unicum
dentem habet, papillis hyalinis hoc manifeste proximalibus; gynoe-
cia, saepe in axibus elongatis, 1(2) innovationibus subfloralibus
praedita; innovationes variabiliter orientes, et taxile jeuneoideae
et pycnolejeuneoideae, steriles aut denuo fertiles; lobi foliorum,
amphigastria, bracteae et bracteolae omnes edentatae; cellulae non
tuberculatae; ocelli basali adsunt. Type. Trachylejeunea monoph-
thalma Schust. [cf. Schuster, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 97:35, 1970].
T. grossepapulosa (Steph.) Schust. also fits here.

A paper dealing with the intrageneric classification and af-
finities of Trachylejeunea is in preparation; plates of the various

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 427
entities will be provided there.

Dactylophorella Schust., gen. n.

Plantae satis vigentes; caulis series cellularum 7 corticales
+ 5-6 medullares, habens, + leptodermatosus. Folia lobos ovato-
triangulares habentia, pinnate lobulata, crispata, lobis secondariis
spinoso-dentatis; lobus aspectu hispidus. Lobulus dente apicali l-
cellulari, obtuso, non-falcato praeditus. Ocelli nulli. Amphigas-
tria lobos erectos quorum marginibus recurvatis, spinuloso-muricula-
tis habentia. Type. Lejeunea muricata G. in G. L. & Ne, Syn. Hep.,
pe 345, 1845 [= Drepanolejeunea muricata (G.) Steph.) = Dactylophorella

muricata (G.) Schust., comb. n.

A segregate from Drepanolejeunea, to which it is not at all
closely allied. Differing from this in (a) lobulate dorsal lobes;
(b) leptodermous stem cells, the medullary in 5-8 rows; (c) under-
leaves with erect, strongly spinulose lobes, the sinus U-shaped
with reflexed margins; (d) apparent lack of ocelli. The merophyte
sequencing is quite different, on the 9 branches, from that normal

to Drepanole jeunea.

The presumed generic affinities will be dealt with separately,
and a plate provided.

Cheilolejeunea (Spruce) Schiffn.

In Schuster (1980) the lectotype designation by Evans (1906),
which is clearly and unambiguously based on that portion of the
mixed original material that bears a spiniform l-celled apical tooth,
is accepted. This lectotypification was specifically emphasized in
Evans; it was also accepted in Kachroo & Schuster (1961) and in
Schuster (1955, 1963). The subgeneric division proposed in Schus-
ter (1955, 1963) derives directly from the acceptance of Evans' ori-
ginal lectotypification. The later lectotypification by Grolle
(1979), based on the fact that most numbers of Spruce's exsiccatae
contain other taxa, in mixture or exclusively, is rejected for one
simple reason: if we were to start relectotypification of all new
taxa of Lejeuneaceae issued in more than one exsiccatus (one single
packet), a Pandora's Box of mindboggling proportions would be open-
ed and decades, if not centuries, would elapse while bryologists
would try to study as many individual packets (isotypes) of all taxa
issued by their predecessors. I refuse to play this "numbers game."
Grolle seems unaware of one fact: in the Tropics almost all lejeune-
aceae occur in admixture, often 3-10 species or more within a single
square foot on a tree trunk. Hence, many if not allearly exsiccatae
and most modern ones, unless they are systematically useless micro-
collections, are badly mixed. Hence we have no rational alterna-
tive but to accept lectotypification by the first worker who revises
a group, if that lectotypification is clear and rationally based.
Spruce's set in Manchester, subsequent to Spruce's time regarded as
the holotype, and the material examined by Evans (Y, NY), all con-

428 Pon tor LO GT MA Vol. 45, No. 5

tain the plant with an aciculiform apical tooth of the lobule. Evans
was the first to revise Cheilolejeunea sensu Spruce -- and to cleanse
its limits (by, i.a., excluding Rectolejeunea, Leiolejeunea, and
other elements). Having to choose between the initial Evans lecto-
typification -- which has stood unchallenged for nearly 75 years --
and the recent one of Grolle, I accept the first; there is nothing

to be gained by accepting the latter except the need for perhaps
creating at least one new subgeneric name and substituting subg.

Cheilolejeunea for taxa now placed into subg. Huosmolejeunea.

Cheilolejeunea and Iejeunea are, by far, the most difficult
genera of the entire family ses ee i Taxonomic groupings in
both genera that are based only on dead material can only be re-
garded as of temporary relevance: perhaps the single most rele-
vant criterion in both genera are the oil-bodies, followed by rami-
fication patterns. For understanding of both, abundant living plants
are needed. Under these conditions, inevitably and unavoidably,
the only rational way we may ever understand these genera is by re-
describing the taxa from fresh material, basing our taxonomy on re-
cently collected living plants and, with slowly accumulated compre-
hension of real species limits, to eventually, tentatively at least,
place modern-based concepts and classical "Species! into juxtapo-
sition.

I know of no other group of Hepaticae for which the extant
literature -- and especially that of Stephani -- forms a greater
impediment to modern systematics. The conceptual bloc created is
almost incredible. There are only two solutions: (1) to accept a
herbarium-based and, by its nature, imperfect taxonomy that cannot
even hope to qualify as "alpha taxonomy" -- using, as best we can,
extant names; or (2) to start afresh and to base our systematics
on the living organism, paying minimal attention to the dead frag-
ments found in most herbaria. After decades of indecision, during
which time I refrained from publishing new binomials for the simple
reason that I could not, in any scientifically sound way, assure
that the herbarium specimens of the 19th century were identical
with sharply delimited taxonomic entities based on living plants,
I have decided that the only sound scientific approach is to give
the cytologically-based entities new names if I could not feel
certain that the herbarium-based concepts were identical.

The following new taxa, from Jamaica, were studied from liv-
ing plants in the 1960's; the names have been in MS since the plants
were studied, microscopically, in Jamaica. After over a decade of
indecision, it seems best to publish them -- even though, inevita-
bly, there may be earlier names, probably in the wrong genus, that
may eventually come to light.

Cheilolejeunea aciculifera Schust., spe ne Plantae pallide
virides, superficies loborum (apicibus loborum exceptis) asperae
ob tubercula pachydermata, uno in omni cellula; cellulae margin-
ales irregulariter denticulatae, tuberculis pachydermatis eminen-
tibus armatae; carina basaliter levis, distaliter (ab ambitu visa)

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 429

denticulata; dens apicalis lobuli acuminatus, perelongatus, unicel-
lularis; lobi foliorum obtusi, decurvati; lobi amphigastriorum saepe
divergentes ut in Harpalejeunea, ad cacumina rotundati obtusive.
Type. Jamaica: Trail to Caledonia Peak, Blue Mts. (RMS 67-025e);

on fern frond.

Insofar as subg. Strepsilejeunea is distinct at all (I placed
it, tentatively as subgenus, within Cheilolejeunea; cf. Schuster,
1963, pe 64, p. 112), this species fits that concept. Oil-bodies
are coarsely botryoidal, occur (1)2-3 per cell, and measure 4-5 x
13 to 3.2-4 x 8-10 p; no trace of ocelli was seen. The keel has
papilliform-elevated cells in its distal half only. The divergent
and rounded to blunt-tipped underleaf lobes are distinctive. It is
possible that this plant may prove identical to Trachylejeunea dom-
inicensis Steph. (Spec. Hep. 5:303, 1915) but the lobule apex in
that is described as ending in an "angulo obtuso."

Cheilolejeunea mammifera Schust., sp. ne Planta pallida ad
Cinero-viridem; lobi acutissimi, apicibus decurvatis; dens apicalis
lobuli tantummodo modicius longus, unicellularis; lobi ob tubercula
pachydermata asperi, uno in omni cellula; carina atque superficies
lobuli tuberculis grossis, fere sphericis armatae. Type. Jamaica:
Caledonia Peak, cO00-300 feet below summit; on Podocarpus bark
(RMS 67-343).

The unisexual plants are known only from oO individuals; the
sharp-pointed leaves bear a lobule with the l-celled apical tooth
only moderately elongated. Leaf cells are strongly armed with sal-
ient "tubercles" -- these are almost spherical on the lobule keel
and surface and are so large they lie almost juxtaposed. The strong-
ly armed leaves suggest Trachylejeunea, in which, however, the lob-
ular papilla is proximal in orientation and monoecious inflorescen-
ces prevail. I have not seen the type of "Trachylejeunea" spruce-
ana Steph. (Hedwigia 35:138, 1896). This is also dioecious and
known only from oO plants but is very different in the rounded leaf
lobes, not decurved at the apices -- and in the much less coarse
armature of the leaves. "T." inflexa is similar, but monoecious.

New Combinations in Cheilolejeunea

Since about 1957 I have had, in manuscript, numerous recombin-
ations under Cheilolejeunea of taxa formerly described in "genera"
which I am convinced cannot be maintained as distinct from that
genus. Included are taxa described under Euosmolejeunea, Strepsi-
lejeunea, and Anomalolejeunea. I had once intended to prepare a
world monograph of the group. However, experience with the North
American-Antillean taxa has convinced me that no revision based
largely on dead herbarium plants could possibly succeed. In the
allied genus Leucolejeunea, my studies of thousands of individuals
with regard to ramification patterns (cf. Schuster, 1980, where
fragments of these studies are documented), branching modalities —
specifically gynoecial orientations, the number and nature of sub-
floral innovations, if present -- have shown that wide variations

430 PH Ye OTL OF Gri vA Vol. 45, No. 5

dependent on growth conditions of the population sampled prevail.
The same is true in Cheilolejeunea, in which some taxa (e.g., C.
rigidula; cf. Schuster, 1980) are immensely variable when growing
under strongly disparate environmental stimuli. To my dismay, I
found that the often fragmentary types (e.g., of C. myriantha),

even when fertile, allow no taxonomically meaningful extrapolation.
When sterile, the types are almost useless.

I would predict that any attempt to revise Cheilolejeunea s.
lat., based only on use of herbarium material, will ultimately prove
unsuccessful. I also realize that for workers unable to do the re-
quisite field work, this is the only approach. Yet there is an air
of futility about the endeavor: in the late twentieth century, only
a nineteenth-century type revision is possible. Having thus come
belatedly to this conclusion, I publish below certain new combina-
tions, chiefly in order to place these taxa in their proper position.
I have not seen types of many of these taxa and the specimens seen
(chiefly from 1955-1963) may not prove authentic in a few cases;
hence there is the possibility for erroneous conclusions. Also,
realizing belatedly that taxonomic conclusions based on dead herbar-=
ium specimens are all suspect, I have not tried to evaluate these
taxa; some, without doubt, will prove synonyms of earlier described
species. However, in order to clean up generic perimeters, I place
the species described below as follows:

Cheilolejeunea (Renilejeunea) montagnei (G.) Schust. (cf. Schuster,
1963, Pe 6h, pe 112). The winged keel of the 9 bract is unique and,

in spite of the lobular structure, this species may need to be ex-
cluded from Cheilolejeunea on this basis and on the basis of the un-
lobed underleaves. :

Placing the species in Leucolejeunea would be no solution: in
that genus the lobular hyaline papilla is situated on a projection
in the sinus far removed from the "apical" tooth, whereas in C. mon-
tagnei the hyaline papilla is inserted on the distal base of the
[l-celled] apical tooth, as in all other true Cheilolejeunea species
I have seen. I have seen no type and wonder if the affinities of
this plant are not closer to Aureolejeunea Schust. (1979).

Cheilolejeunea (Anomalolejeunea) pluriplicata (Pears.) Schust.,
combe ne Basionym: Lejeunea (Anomalole jeunea) pluriplicata Pears.,

Christiania Vid. Selsk. Forh. 1:5, 1607 [ = Anomalolejeunea pluri-
plicata Schiffn., Nat. Pflanzenfam. 1(3):127, 1693].

There is much confusion about this species; the figures in
Vanden Berghen (1951, fig. 2) and Arnell (1963, fig. 134) suggest
two taxa are at hand. Although Arnell describes (and fig. 134:b
illustrates) the cells as with 2-3 botryoidal oil-bodies, his
fig. 134 shows cells with solitary oil-bodies! His figures of
lobular structure disagree wholly with those of Vanden Berghen.

Cheilolejeunea (Euosmolejeunea) robillardii (Steph.) Schust.,
comb. ne Basionym: Euosmolejeunea robillardii Steph., Spec. Hep.
53578, 1914.

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 431

Cheilolejeunea (Euvosmolejeunea) brachytoma (G.) Schust., comb. n.
Basionym: Lejeunea brachytoma G., Abh. llat. Ver. Bremen 7:355, 1602.
Cheilolejeunea (Euosmolejeunea) grandistipula (Steph.) Schust., comb.
ne Basionym: Lejeunea grandistipula Schiffn., Engler's Bot. Jahrb.

8:89, 1637 [= Euosmolejeunea grandistipula Steph., Spec. Hep. 5:
576, 1914).

Cheilolejeunea (Euosmolejeunea) longiflora (Tayl.) Schust., como. n.
Basionym: Lejeunea longiflora Tayl., Lond. Journ. Bot. 5:396, 1846.

Cheilolejeunea (Euosmolejeunea) cotonalis (G.) Schust., comb. n.
Basionym: Lejeunea coronalis G., in G. L. & N., Syn. Hep., p. 361,
1645.

Cheilolejeunea (Euosmolejeunea) fragrantissima (Spr.) Schust., comb.
ne Basionym: Lejeunea (isuosmo-Le jeunea) fragrantissima Spr., Trans.

Proce Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 15:243, 104%.

Cheilolejeunea (Euosmolejeunea) laxiuscula (Spr.) Schust., comb. n.

Basionym: Lejeunea Euosmo-Lejeunea) laxiuscula Spr., Trans. Proc.
Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 15: ou, 1004.

Cheilolejeunea (Euosmolejeunea) suaveolens (Spr.) Schust., comb. n.

Basionym: Lejeunea Euosmo-Lejeunea) suaveolens Spr., Trans. Proc.
Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 15:245, im

Cheilole jeunea (Euosmolejeunea) subcrenulata (Spr.) Schust., comb. n.
(Euosmo

Basionym: Lejeunea -Lejeunea) subcrenulata Spr., Trans. Proc.
Bot. Soc. Edinourgh 15:245, Leah.

Cheilolejeunea (Euosmolejeunea) comans (Spr.) Schust., comb. n.
Basionym: Lejeunea (Euosmo?-Lejeunea) comans Spr., Trans. Proc.
Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 15:246, 1884.

Cheilolejeunea (Strepsilejeunea) krakakammae (Lindenb.) Schust.
(1963, De lle). Basionym: Lejeunea krakakammae Lindenb., in G. L.
So Nags S¥ilea Hees | DekDo D5 1045 [= Strepsilejeunea krakakammae Steph.,
Hedwigia 29:74, 1890].

Cheilolejeunea (Strepsilejeunea) brevifissa (G.) Schust., comb. n.
Basionym: Lejeunea brevifissa G., Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen 7:356, 1882.

Cheilolejeunea (Strepsilejeunea) georgiensis (S. Arn.) Schust.,
comb. ne Basionym: Strepsilejeunea georgiensis S. Arn., Bot. Not.

1953:179, 1953.

432 Pe Yor OPO GeE A Vol. 45, No. 5

lejeunea Libert

With at least 11-12 groupings that are best regarded as sub-
genera, Lejeunea may prove to be the largest genus of the family.
It is also the most difficult (cf. Schuster, 1963, p. 128 et seq.;
Schuster, 1980). Not only is the intrinsic difficulty enormous--
several other sources of possible error must be considered: (a)
A very large ensemble of "species" -- a veritable floating poulation
-- of unstudied taxa exists, described under "'Lejeunea"; most, but
not all, belong to other genera. (b) As in Cheilolejeunea, oil-body
types + ramification patterns offer two of the most important cri-
teria for species and group discrimination; as in Cheilolejeunea,
androecial form (co bracteoles only at base; oO bracteoles throughout
androecium) is equally important. Oil-bodies are known for few
species; ramification patterns cannot be adequately deduced from
most of the scrappy type material seen -- and the patterns, suffi-
ciently malleable intrinsically, are furthermore subject to manifest
changes with environmental differences; androecia are inadequately
described in almost all extant diagnoses, most of which, in general,
are useless in any modern sense. Under these conditions, descrip-
tions of new taxa seem almost futile; yet the following three, aft-
er much search, could not be placed.

Le jeunea (Le jeunea ) cyanomontana Schust., sp. n. Gynoecia,
saltem partim, acrogyna, numquam oO innovationibus praedita; cellu-
lae pauca corpuscula oleosa segmenta habentes; lobuli longi (ad 0.5
longitudinis lobi) dente apicali + hamato praediti; caulis 7-9
series cellularum medularium habens. Type. Jamaica: Caledonia

Peak, Blue Mts. (RMS 67-345a).

This small species (sterile axes only 450-520 » wide) may be
sought under subg. Microlejeunea; the stem, however, has 7-9 rows
of medullary cells. In this, in the autoecious inflorescences,
the obliquely ascending leaves, and abbreviated union of bracts +
bracteoles in the gynoecium, as well as in aspect, it is similar to
L. autoica Schust. At once distinct in the larger underleaves,
140-160 » broad, with lobes 5-6 cells wide, contiguous and rather
elevated leaves, more compact androecia, lobes and lobule apices of
Q bracts normally broadly rounded.

Lejeunea (Lejeunea) androgyna Schust., spe n.- Gynoecia omnia
in ramis lateralibus brevibus sita, innovatione O vel d, longitudine
determinatis; cellulae pauca corpuscula oleosa segmentata nabentes;
dens apicalis lobularis obtusus, non hamatus; cellulae corticeae
ventrales parvae, ca. <> » lat. Type. Jamaica: Caledonia Peak,

Blue Mts. (RMS _67-345b).

Gynoecia in this plant are, almost without exception, on very
short lateral branches, each of which often produces a small, spi-
cate, often curved androecial innovation, or, alternatively, are
innovation-free; no gynoecia with sterile innovations have been

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 433

seen. The segmented-botryoidal oil-bodies and aspect otherwise sug-
gest L. glaucescens G., an otherwise exceedingly distinct species.
I have seen a single athecal, infra-axillary, Radula-type, sterile
branch in this species; this occurs again, in known taxa, only in

plants currently referred to Taxilejeunea s. amplo (cf. Schuster,
1980).

Le jeunea (Microle jeunea) capillaris subsp. antillana Schust.,
subsp. ne. Subspecies a subsp. capillari different ut dens apicalis

lobuli plene expositus; amphigastria maiora, 120 x 85 3; lobi mai-
ores 250 x 150 ». Type. Jamaica: Caledonia Peak, Blue Mts.
(RMS _67-341a).

Distinct from L. capillaris G. s. str. in the orbicular under-
leaves, the 9 bracts with lobuli much shorter than the lobes, and
in other criteria. Perhaps an autonomous species.

Cololejeunea (Spr.) Schiffn. and Aphanolejeunea Evs.

Plants of these two genera, especially when epiphyllous, often
occur in very small populations, and often badly mixed [I have seen
as many as 8-9 species on a single leaf!]. Lectotypifications
here need to be practiced with wisdom and restraint, in order to
avoid creation of enormous chaos. I am aware of many problems be-
cause of mixed collections; I trust that an eventual monographer
will exercise the requisite restraint.

Although often regarded as identical (most recently by Stotler
& Crandall-Stotler, 1977), the two genera are very distinct, even
at first glance, by their branching modes alone (Schuster, 1980).

Speciation has been almost as explosive here as in Lejeunea.
The very small size and occurrence often as only isolated plants
make study of the smaller taxa (and of all Aphanolejeunea) diffi-
cult. Many undescribed taxa remain, and species limits are often
imprecise. The following five taxa, all from Jamaica, appear to
be undescribed.

Cololejeunea papulosa Schust., sp. n.- Species ab omnibus
taxis Americanis distincta ut cellulae lobulorum perelongatae atque
saepe sigmoideae; cellulae carinae inflatae papulosaeque; perian-
thium dorsaliter complanatum; folia anguste ovata. T e Jamaica:
Trail from Hardwar Gap to Caledonia Peak, Blue Mts. (RMS 67-025a).

Similar to Aphanolejeunea diaphana in the narrowly ovate leaves,
widest below the middle, and in the e-celled tooth of the lobule
apex. Leaves, however, are not dimorphic; gemmae occur on ventral
lobe faces; cells are nontuberculate; the keel is margined by strik-
ingly papulose-inflated cells, while the lobule itself is formed
of narrow, elongate, often sigmoidal cells.

Cololejeunea parallelifolia Schust., sp. n. Folia lingulata,
ad apicem rotundata; perianthium non complanatum, carinis supra +

angulatis denticulatisque; gemmae 16-cellulares, angulares; cellu-

434 PAY SOE nOgCai rs Vol. 45, No. 5

lae foliorum inflatae, numquam tuberculata; planta paroecia.
Type. Jamaica: Trail from Hardwar Gap to Caledonia Peak, Blue
Mts. (RMS 67-025).

Constantly paroecious; even 9 bracts may bear antheridia.
Lobular structure (lobule ending in a 2=celled tooth) as in the
foregoing and as in A. diaphana. Distinct in the nondimorphic
leaves, rounded leaf lobes, often rather obovate-oblong, and the
nonpapulose cells of the leaf keel.

Aphanolejeunea lancifera Schust., spe ne Dens apicalis lobu-
laris 2-cellularis; hamatus, folia semper valde dimorphica; folia
lobulata lobulos 0.5-0.6 longitudinis loborum habentia; lobi lanceo-
lati, longitudo:latitudo 3-4:1; carinae perianthii natura leves.

Type. Jamaica: Below summit of Caledonia Peak, Blue Mts. (RMS 67-342).

Distinct from the A. gracilis-verrucosa-ephemeroides complex
in the 2-celled apical lobular tooth which is optimally developed,

strongly hooked, almost impinging on the keel apex. Perhaps allied
to A. cingens Herz. but the latter differs in being smaller (leaves
260 p long vs. to 325 » long), has wholly smooth leaf cells (in A.
lancifera the keel, distally, has strongly tuberculate cells), and
bears elobulate leaves only 3-4 cells long (4-6 cells wide x 5-8
cells long in A. lancifera).

Aphanolejeunea gracilis var. linearifolia Schust., var. n.
Varietas a var. gracili differens ut omnia folia linearis, elobu-
lata; 9 bracteae + lineari-lanceolatae; cellulae perianthii carin-
arum et inter carinas forma tuberculorum obtusorum elevatae.

Type. Jamaica: Trail from Hardwar Gap to Caledonia Peak, Blue Mts.
(RMS 67-025).

The remote, almost uniformly elobulate leaves are only 2 cells
wide and consist of ca. 7-3 elongated "cell tiers" -- formed, ex-
cept at the tip, of 2 cells, side-by-side; each leaf is terminated
by a single sharp cell. Occasional plants produce an isolated lobu-
late leaf, with the c-celled apical tooth of typical A. gracilis.
Perianths are bluntly tuberculate on both keels and the intervals
between them, unlike in A. gracilis proper. The latter, although
described as dioecious, is, like the var. linearifolia, unquestion-
ably autoecious.

Aphanolejeunea jamaicensis Schust.e, spe ne Dens lobularis
apicalis unicellularis; folia hispid-tuberculata, tuberculis al-

tis, ad cacumina incrassata; lobi foliorum 2-2.2 plo longiores
quam lati, cacuminibus plerumque in 2 cellulas terminantibus;
folia elobulata minora quam lobulata. Type. Jamaica: Track from
Hardwar Gap to Caledonia Peak, near waterfall, Blue Mts.

(RMS 67-019).

The autoecious species is close to A. sicaefolia in the l-
celled apical lobular tooth. However, the type is mixed with the

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 435

latter and clearly distinct in: the tuberculate, hispid cells
(never hispid in admixed A. sicaefolia) present throughout except
for lobular surface; lobes ending in (1)2 single cells; elobulate
leaves ca. 150 » long and much smaller than lobulate ones; o bracts
with lobules ca. 5-7-celled.

Family JUBULACEAE

Asakawa et al (1979, p. 73) recently split this family into
two, Jubulaceae and Frullaniaceae. Among the primary criteria cited
for this segregation is seta anatomy: Jubulaceae with a 16 + 4-ser-
iate seta, Frullaniaceae with it "composed of many, irregularly ar-
ranged cell rows." On that basis Amphijubula Schust. (Schuster,
1970) would have to be placed into the Jubulaceae, even though its
other criteria (spores large, with rosette-type tubercles on sur-
face; subfloral innovation, when present, Frullania type; copper-
colored cell walls; Frullania-type oO branches, the androecium with
a bracteole at base only) clearly assign it to a position nearer to
Frullania. Engel (1978) had, indeed, placed Amphijubula under
Frullania. I think the positions of both Asakawa et al. (1979) and
Engel (1978) are untenable. They illustrate perfectly my statement
(Schuster, 1970) to the effect that once the initially bdigeneric
Jubulaceae are studied more carefully, the taxonomy of the family
would become "much more complex" -- and that "before it becomes sim-
pler it will become more complex still." In the light of these two
recent papers, which are conceptually poles apart, my predictions
acquire an aura of prescience.

Ultimately, I think a taxonomic position somewhere between the
two recent extremes adopted will prove most generally acceptable;
such an intermediate position will necessitate the adoption of Amphi-
jubula as a genus, and will entail the following new combinations:

Amphijubula Schust., Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. 53:301, 1970.

A. microcaulis (Gola) Schust., comb. n. Basionym: Frullania
microcaulis Gola, Nuovo Giorn. Bot. Ital. II, 29:17¢, 1923.
Synonym: Amphijubula spruceana Schust., Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab.
Os) 55.501. 01970.

Gola described his plant as dioecious; this error misled me in-
to thinking that the clearly monoecious A. spruceana was distinct.

A. lobulata (Hook.) Schust., comb. n. Basionym: Jungermannia lobu-
lata Hook., Musci Exot. 2: pl. 119, 1820 [= Frullania lobulata
Dumort., Rec. d'Obs., p. 13, 1835).
Engel states that this plant finds its "closest relative" in
A. microcaulis and I therefore transfer it to that genus. Since
I have not seen sporophyte-bearing material, an element of uncertain-

ty remains as to its proper generic provenance.

436 PH Vv sO PL OgGetr ss Vol. 455 .Noue

FOOTNOTE
Professor of Botany, University of Massachusetts, Amherst.
I am indebted to Dr. Hannah Croasdale for the Latin diagnoses.

LITERATURE CITED

Arnell, S. 1963. Hepaticae of South Africa. Pp. 1-411, figs. 1-290.
Stockholm.

Asakawa, Y., N. Tokunaga, M. Toyota, T. Takemoto, S. Hattori, M.
Mizutani & C. Suire. 1979. Chemosystematics of Bryophytes II.
The distribution of Terpenes in Hepaticae and Anthocerotae.
Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. no. 46:67-76.

Engel, J. J. 1978. A taxonomic and phytogeographical study of Bruns-
wick Peninsula (Strait of Magellan) Hepaticae and Anthocero-
tae. Fieldiana 41:i-viii, 1-319.

Evans, A. W. 1906. Hepaticae of Puerto Rico. 6. Cheilolejeunea,
Rectolejeunea, Cystolejeunea and Pycnolejeunea. Bull. Torrey
Bot. Club. 33:1-25, pls. 1-3.

Fulford, M. 1962. Manual of the leafy Hepaticae of Latin America.
Part I. Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 11(1):1-172 [publ. 1963].

Grolle, Re 1964. Eine neue Echinocolea auf Celebes. Bot. Mag.
Tokyo 77:333-3356

1972. Die Namen der Familien und Unterfamilien der Leber-
moose (Hepaticopsida). Jour. Bryol. 7(2):201-236.

1979. Miscellanea hepaticologica 171-180. Jour. Bryol.
10(3):263-272.

Hatcher, Re. E. 1959. The structure of the female inflorescence
and its taxonomic value in the genus Trichocolea. Lloydia
22(3):208-214, figs. 1-6.

Inoue, H. 1976. Illustrations of Japanese Hepaticae. 2:1-194. Tokyo.

Kachroo, P. & Re M. Schuster. 1961. The genus Pycnolejeunea and its
affinities.... Jour. linn. Soc. Bot. Cea figs.1-16.

Schuster, R. M. 1955. North American Lejeuneaceae I. Introduction;

keys to subfamilies and genera. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci.
Soc. 71(1):106-126.

1959. Studies on Hepaticae. I. Temnoma. Bryologist 62:233-2h2.

1963. An annotated synopsis of the genera and subgenera of
Lejeuneaceae. I. Nova Hedwigia, Beih. 9:1-203.

1963a. Studies on Antipodal Hepaticae. I. Annotated keys to
the genera of antipodal Hepaticae with special reference to
New Zealand and Tasmania. Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. no. 26:185-=
309.

1980 Schuster, New combinations & taxa 437

Schuster, Re M. 1966. The Hepaticae and Anthocerotae of North
America. Pp. i-xvii, 1-802, figs. 1-34. Columbia University
Press, New York.

1967. A memoir on the family Blepharostomataceae. Candollea
21(1):59-136, figs. 1-21. Ibid., part II. Candollea 21(2):
241-355, figs. 22-50.

1970. Studies on Antipodal Hepaticae, III. Jubulopsis
Schuster, Neohattoria Kamimura and Amphijubula Schuster.
Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. no. 33: 266-308, figs. 1-6.

1979. Studies on Venezuelan Hepaticae, II. Phytologia 39(6):
e532,

Spruce, Re 1534-85. Hepaticae amazonicae et andinae. (Hepaticae of
the Amazon and of the Andes of Peru and Ecuador). Trans. Proc.
Bot. Soc. Edinburgh 15:i-xi, 1-590, pls. 1-20.

Stotler, R. Ew & B. Crandall-Stotler. 1977. A checklist of the
liverworts and hornworts of North America. Bryologist 80:

405-428.

Vanden Berghen, C. 1951. Note sure quelques hépatiques récoltées
par R. E. et T. Fries en 1922, au Mont Kénia. Sv. Bot. Tidskr.
45(2):362-367, figs. 1-3.

Nitrogen Sources and Cleistothecial Production of
Monascus ruber van Tieghem

Michael P. Kolotila and Paul A. Volz

Mycology Laboratory, Eastern Michigan University
Ypsilanti, Michigan 48197

Abstract. Cleistothecial production of Monascus ruber van Tieghem
was examined with ammonium sulfate or sodium nitrate as nitrogen
sources in the presence and absence of zinc chloride. More cleisto-
thecia. were produced when sodium nitrate was available than when
ammonium sulfate was present. Zinc chloride appeared not to be a
controlling factor.

The genus Monascus was first described with two species,
Monascus ruber and Monascus mucroides (van Tieghem 1884). The genus
is cosmopolitan in nature and world wide in distribution with the
inclusion of other species in the genus.

Monascus ruber van Tieghem is a homothallic Ascomycete that
produces great numbers of cleistothecia in axenic culture. Previous
studies have included relationships between cleistothecial product-
ion and nutritional or environmental parameters. These diverse
studies involved temperature relations (Manandhar and Apinis Ley
hydrocarbons (Schade 1937), exposure to fast-neutron and X-rays
(Wong and Bau 1978), percentage of lactic acid in the medium (Young
1930), and nitrogen sources (Carels and Shepherd 1977). The current
investigation directs attention to the effects of ammonium sulfate
and sodium nitrate on cleistothecial production of M. ruber.

The strain of M. ruber selected for study was isolated from
harvested sorghum in northern rural Taiwan. The basal minimal
medium (nitrogen SoreeS5 Boll) eA he abeoh 5 Ws) er IG] O55) Ss
FeSO, *7H,0, 0.01 g; anhydrous glucose, 50.0 g; distilled water,
1,000 ml) included ammonium sulfate and sodium nitrate as nitrogen
sources adjusted to a pH of 6.2 (McHan and Johnson 1970). The media
were divided into two groups, one receiving a zinc chloride supple-
ment of 8 ppm and the other lacking the supplement. All glassware
was cleaned with detergent, then with a potassium dichromate -
sulfuric acid solution, and rinsed repeatedly with double distilled
water.

The inocula were grown in petri plates containing Noble Agar
Specias (Difco) at 30 g/l and one nitrogen source at 2 g/1 for 14 d.
A 4 mm colony section was removed aseptically and blended for 30
sec in a Waring Blendor containing 50 ml of double distilled water.
One ml of the suspension was transferred aseptically to 250 ml
Ehrlenmeyer flasks with Morton closures containing 50 ml of the
medium and one nitrogen source. Cultures were incubated at 25 C on
a rotary shaker at 100 rpm for 14 d. At cleistothecial initiation,
the contents of the flasks were blended for 30 sec in a Waring
Blendor. Cleistothecial production was determined using a Howard
Mold Counter in replicates of 25.

As shown in Figure 1, ois: sods un nitrate produced a dramatic

1980 Kolotila & Volz, Monascus ruber 439

increase in the number of cleistothecia at 7 and 8 days incubation.
Zinc chloride supplemented nitrate medium produced a greater
abundance of cleistothecia at days 7, 13, and 14 but fewer between
days 8 through 12 compared with the cultures lacking zinc. At 14
days incubation the total number of cleistothecia in flasks con-
taining sodium nitrate with and without zinc was nearly equal.
Cleistothecia were mature at 13 days incubation in both groups.

In ammonium sulfate medium, the production of cleistothecia
was greatly reduced compared with media containing sodium nitrate
either with or without zine chloride. The ammonium sulfate and
Zinc medium had peak cleistothecial production at 11 days incubation.
Cleistothecial numbers were greater on days 9, 10, and 11 with zinc
chloride compared with the ammonium sulfate medium without zinc.
Mature cleistothecia were noted at 7 days growth in media containing
ammonium sulfate with and without zinc. At 14 days incubation the
ammonium sulfate medium without zinc chloride had a greater number
of cleistothecia. The sodium nitrate with zinc had a slightly
higher cleistothecial production than the sodium nitrate medium
without zinc chloride. Whether or not zinc chloride was added to
the media, the sodium nitrate source produced more cleistothecia
than did the ammonium sulfate source. Zinc may influence the
abundance of cleistothecial formation but it is not essential for
cleistothecial production.

Vegetative growth was more dense with the ammonium sulfate
medium than with the sodium nitrate medium, with or without zinc
chloride. The ammonium ion provides a more utilizable nitrogen
source than the nitrate ion for a more rapid growth (Hacskaylo et
al. 1954,Moore-Landecker 1972). Klebs (1899) using Saprolegnia
mixta found that the conditions required for good vegetative growth
were not necessarily those for sporulation. The current study
revealed that the sodium nitrate medium produced greater numbers of
cleistothecia than did the ammonium sulfate mediun.

It is considered that fungi require zinc for growth either as
an activator or as part of an enzyme. Studies with suboptimum
concentrations of zinc with some fungi have shown reduced sporulation
and growth (Lilly 1965). Intracellular concentrations of ions may
be controlled by influx and efflux systems. Candida utilis has
been shown to lack an efflux system for eliminating zinc ions. The
reduction of zinc is accomplished by the dilution of zinc into the
daughter cells (Failla and Weinberg 1977). Viability, longevity,
and growth rate are also influenced by the presence of zinc in the
growth substrates (Steenberger et al. 199). McHan and Johnson (1970)
indicated that zinc increased growth in Monascus purpureus at 0.0005
ppm concentration. The increase was linear from 0.04 to 0.2 ppm
with an optimum concentration at 0.8 ppm. From 0.8 ppm to 6.4 ppm
there was less growth than at the optimum concentration.

Minerals exert effects on the sexual sporulation of fungi.
Calcium neutralizes the effect of an acidic medium for Chaetomium
globosum (Hawker 1957). The number of perithecial initials of
Sordaria are doubled when boron is added to a liquid sucrose medium
(Turian 1955). Cleistothecial formation is controlled by manganese

in Aspergillus (Zonneveld 1975) while Neurospora tetrasperma

440 bel NG AU (0). bye CO) (EE IE 73s Vol. 45, Now)

required zinc for normal cleistothecial formation (Turian 1966).

Fungi vary in their ability to utilize nitrogen sources. Many
fungi are capable of reducing nitrate to ammonia prior to incorp-
oration into biological molecules. Others are only able to utilize
nitrogen at the oxidation level of ammonia or in an organic form
with the same oxidation level (Cochrane 1958; Moore-Landecker 1972):
In one study with M. purpureus, a more rapid growth was noted on a
medium containing ammonium nitrogen than on a medium containing
nitrate as the nitrogen source (Hacskaylo et al. 1954). The
reduction of the nitrate ion to the ammonium ion and its subsequent
incorporation into metabolites apparently required more time and
greater energy expenditure compared with ammonium nitrogen
utilization by fungi.

It was found that species of Monascus have an increased
cleistothecial proliferation with nitrate ions while ammonium ions
reduced sporulation similar to M. ruber (Carels and Shepherd 1977).
Vegetative growth initiates sexual reproduction with a reduced
nitrate uptake. Ito (1961) concluded that ammonium ions are
necessary in the early stages of perithecial development while
nitrate ions are required later for perithecial formation in
Neurospora crassa. In Calonectria camelliae, fertile perithecia
developed in a medium containing the ammonium ion only while the
nitrate nitrogen containing medium did not initiate ascus formation
(Shipton 1977). Mature M. ruber cleistothecia did not appear until
13 days incubation in the nitrate medium while they were present
on day 7 with the medium containing ammonium nitrogen.

Literature Cited

Carels, M. and D. Shepherd. 1977. The effects of different nitrogen
sources on pigment production and sporulation of Monascus species
in submerged, shaken culture. Can. J. Microbiol. 23:1360-1372.

Cochrane, V. W. 1958. Physiology of Fungi. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
New York.

Failla, M. L. and E. D. Weinberg. 1977. Cyclic accumulation of
Zine by Candida utilis during growth in betch culture. J. Gen.
Microbiol. 99:85-97.

Hacskaylo, J., V. G. Lilly, and H. L. Barnett. 1954. Growth of fungi
on three sources of nitrogen. Mycologia 46:671-701.

Hawker, L. E. 1957. The physiology of reproduction in fungi.
Cambridge University Press, London.

Ito, T. 1961. Fruit body formation of red bread mold Neurospora
crassa IV. Effect of ammonium and nitrate ion in the medium on
size of the perithecium. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 74:379-385.

Klebs, G. 1899. Zur Physiologie der fortpflanzung einger Pilze. II.
Jahr. Wiss. Bot. 33:513-593.

Lilly, V. G. 1965. Chemical constituents of the fungal cells. I.
Elemental constituents and their roles. In: The Fungi. An
Advanced Treatise. Vol I. The fungal cell. G. C. Ainsworth and A.
S. Sussman, Eds. Academic Press, New York, pp 163-177.

Manandhar, K. L. and A. E. Apinis. 1971. Temperature relations in
Monascus. Trans. Brit. Mycol. Soc. 573:465-472.

Moore-landecker, E. 1972. Fundamentals of the Fungi. Prentice-Hall,

1980 Kolotila & Volz, Monascus ruber 441

Inc., New Jersey.

McHan, F, and G. T. Johnson. 1970. Zinc and amino acids: Important
components of a medium promoting growth of Monascus purpureus.
Mycologia 62:1018-1031.

Schade, A. L. 1937. Observations on a Monascus from rubber.
Mycologia 29:295-302.

Shipton, W. A. 1977. Some nutritional factors regulating formation
of fertile perithecia of Calonectria camelliae. Trans. Brit.
Mycol. Soc. 69:59-62.

Steenberger, J. F., S. M. Steenberger and E. D. Weinberg. 1969.
Tolerance of yeasts to zinc: distinction between cell growth and
longevity. Can. J. Microbiol. 15:229-233.

Turian, G. 1955. Recherches sur l'action de l'acide borique sur la
fructification des Sordaria. Phytopath. Ztr. 25:181-189.

Turian, G. 1966. Quelques facteurs externes contrélant la morpho-
genése périthéciale et la prophyrie du Neurospora tetrasperma.
Revue Roumaine de Biologie, Série Botanique, Bucarest 11:235-241.

van Tieghem, M. 1884. Monascus, genre nouveau de l'ordre des
Ascomycetes. Bull. Soc. Bot. (France), 31:226-231.

Wong, H. and Y. Bau. 1978. Morphology and photoresponses of
fast-neutron and X-ray induced strains of Monascus purpureus.
Mycologia 70:645-659.

Young, E. M. 1930. Physiological studies in relation to the taxonomy
of Monascus sp. Trans. Wisc. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters.
252227-244,

Zonneveld, B. J. M. 1975. Sexual differentiation in Aspergillus
nidulans. The requirement for manganese and its effect of a-1,3
Pee synthesis and degradation. Archiv. f. Microbiol. 105:
101-104.

442

Pee EON ORG: Tea Vol. 45). Nowe
1.

6.0
<
oO
Ww
ae
=
e)
=
a)
i
=
6)
fo}
=
2 50

40)

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

DAYS

Figure 1. Cleistothecial production of Monascus
ruber on basal medium with the addition of

@ nitrate nitrogen with zinc,

A nitrate nitrogen without zinc,

@ ammonium nitrogen with zinc, and

* ammonium nitrogen without zinc.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"THE SOCIAL ANIMAL" Second Edition by Elliot Aronson, xvi & 336 pp.,
9 b/w line draw. W. H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, Califor-
nia 94104. 1976. $14.00 clothbound & $6.50 paperbound.

Folks in the biological sciences familiar with both editions of
this work, will probably consider this newer one to be honed more
scientifically, especially in reference to its experimental set-ups
with human subjects. Despite controls far superior to many used in
human educational, psychological and sociological experiments I won-
der if there are enough data to be statistically sound? Were the
outcomes because of, in spite of, or without any causal connection
to the operant conditions? The text presentation is clear and en-
gaging, far better than most in this general area,

"McGRAW-HILL ENCYCLOPEDIA OF OCEAN AND ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCES"
edited by Sybil P. Parker. chief of staff, ii & 580 pp. & over
500 b/w photos, maps, line draw., graphs. McGraw-Hill Book
Gow, New York, No Ys 10020. 1979. $34.50.

"This Encyclopedia is an interdisciplinary treatment of the
ocean and atmospheric sciences...e..-[providing] both theoretical
and practical information on subjects such as weather forecasting,
mining and farming of the seas, atmospheric pollution, satellite
programs, industrial meteorology, climate modification, and deep-
sea diving" in 236 effectively explained and well illustrated
articles. Some are taken from the recent fourth edition of the
fine "McGraw-Hill Encyclopedia of Science and Technology"; others
are especially prepared by some of 200 international authorities,
The entries are made easily accessible by thorough cross-referen-
cing and by a detailed analytical index. This compilation of
valuable information should prove very useful.

"PLANT SYSTEMATICS" by Samuel B. Jones & Arlene E. Luchsinger, xi &
388 pp., b/w illus. by 89 fig., 25 photos, & 13 tab. McGraw-
Hill Book Company, New York, N. Y. 10020. 1979. $15.95.

This text, incorporating the newer approaches, is aimed at the
upper undergraduate or lower graduate level for two quarters or
one and/or two semesters. Much in the plain style of the old
Swingle of my college days, the authors develop first the histori-
cal background, then plant nomenclature and the sources of taxonom-
ic evidence, possible origin(s) of angiosperms, evolution and bio-
systematics and methods of identifying vascular plants, The chap-

444 PH Ye OnE ONG 7A: Vols45saNon0)

ter on herbarium use and specimen preparation is the best I have
ever seen published. The chapter on selected literature of sys-
tematic botany is well selected and annotated. There are separate
chapters on pteridophytes and gymnosperms followed by one on prom-
inent North American angiosperm families a la Cronquist. An ap-
pendix gives more details of this system, another lists the Thorne
system, and yet another appendix gives meanings for some Latin

and Greek specific epithets and prefixes. Some of the line draw-
ing figures appear to have been very hastily sketched, but not
inaccurately. This is a well developed, reasonably priced text.

"DESCRIPTIVE NOTES ON PAPUAN PLANTS Parts I--IX'"' by Ferdinand von
Mueller, 197 pp. Limited Reprint Edition. Boerhaave Press,
Pe Oe box 1051, berden. Holland. 1979, 125 Duteh Elorrins
paperbound.

Because this classic listing of plants with descriptions, loca-
tions, and family groupings has long been out of print and even
had some of its copies destroyed during the wars in Europe, it is
fortunate that today's botanists may now have readier access to
it again. Parts I--V, originally published in 1875, and parts
VI--IX, originally published in 1885, are all in a single reprint
with indices for each part.

"WILD FLOWERS OF THE BIG THICKET, East Texas, and Western Louisi-
ana" by Geyata Ajilvsgi, ii & 361 pp., 1 b/w map & 483 color
slide prints. Texas A. & M. University Press, Drawer C, Col-
lege Station, Texas 77843. 1979. $9.95 paperbourd & $17.50
clothbound,.

This "biological crossroads of North America" once covered over
3,000,000 acres but is now trimmed considerably by farming, lumber-
ing, oil production, etc. The map gives too few details to be of
much use. The color plates are grouped according to 9 habitats
which are themselves first illustrated; then page references to
text are given with the common name under each plant photograph.
The text is arranged according to plant families with common and
scientific names, plant descriptions of leaves, inflorescences,
blooming times, and fruits. These habitats are (1) mixed-grass
prairies, (2) palmetto-oak flats, (3) sweet gum - oak floodplains,
(4) bay-gallberry holly bogs, (5) longleaf-black gum savannas, (6)
longleaf-bluestem uplands, (7) beech-magnolia-loblolly slopes, (8)
oak-farkleberry, and (9) roadsides -- all certainly worth pre-
serving!

"THE COLOR NATURE LIBRARY OF ORCHIDS" by Peter Taylor, 63 pp. &
133 color photographs. Crescent Books of Crown Publishers,
Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1979.

1980 Moldenke, Book reviews 445

The author, long associated with the herbarium at Kew, is now
in charge of the orchid collections there. He reminds us that
"Only a relatively small number of genera are commonly grown, but
by hybridisation both within and between genera over 40,000 cul-
tivated kinds have been named", and that they often can be readi-
ly perpetuated by meristem culturing. "A small heated greenhouse
and a little know-how will enable anyone to grow many of the
beautiful flowers depicted on the following pages."" Such beauties
they are! Such excellent photography of small to double page il-
lustrations! This book is admirable for a gift, a coffee table,
or a night table.

"SACRED NARCOTIC PLANTS OF THE NEW WORLD INDIANS: An Anthology of
Texts from the 16th Century to Date" compiled by Hedwig
Schleiffer, v & 156 pp., 10 b/w fig. Hafner Press of Mac-
millan Publishing Company, New York, N. Y. 10022. [1973]
1974. $6.50 paperbound,.

These 100 excerpts, grouped according to the plant families
involved, describe the medical, religious, narcotic, hallucina-
tory, intoxicating, and psychic effects of these products and the
aura in which they are taken. Ethnobotanist R. E. Schultes writes
the introduction; other reliable outstanding botanists have been
quoted from their field experiences, such as E, F. Poeppig, C. F.
P, von Martius, R. Spruce, C. V. Morton, etc. The narcotic com-
plex -- psychic and/or physiological -- is represented by some
members of agarics, cactads, convolvs, erythroxyls, legumes,
malpighs, myristads and solanads. Reading this material should
fascinate and inform very many people with a wide range of in-
terests.

"THE RACE BOMB: Skin Color, Prejudice and Intelligence" by Paul
R, Ehrlich & S. Shirley Feldman, xiii & 254 pp., 13 b/w
fig., 4 maps & 4 tab. Ballantine Books of Random House, Inc.,
New York, N. Y. 10022. [1977] 1978. $2.25 paperbound.

Like Ehrlich's "Population Bomb", the "'race bomb' must be de-
fused if humanity is to cooperate in solving pressing problems."
The logically explained and carefully documented chapters present
races of Homo sapiens as socially, rather than biologically, de-
fined with the concomitant explanations historically for most of
slavery and recently for the many other forms of prejudice in
education, work, housing, assistance, etc, The authors, in ex-
posing the inherent limitations of standard I.Q. tests, answer the
genetic racism theories of A. Jensen, Wm, B. Shockley, H. J. Ey-
senck, etc. This book is planned for the general reader who
certainly should profit by reading it.

446 BHO OnGe Eas Voll. 4555 Nowe5

"JOHSEL NAMKUNG: AN ARTIST'S VIEW OF NATURE" presented by the
Seattle Art Museum, 36 pp., 30 color photoplates. University
of Washington Press, London & Seattle, Washington 98105.
1978. $5.95 paperbound only.

Namkung prefers to work with color-negative film, has it pro-
cessed routinely, but does the development of the print manipula-—
tively "as an integral part of the total process of the artist
with his camera". Namkung states that "photography is the reflec-
tion of things which already exist in their own right, but they
need an artist, so that they may be fully seen and understood by
Maneeeeel would like to impart not just visual sensations but the
third dimension of the visual world". So much to see and feel in
the grandeur of these photographic plates!

"WHO NAMED THE DAISY? WHO NAMED THE ROSE? A Roving Dictionary of
North American Wildflowers" by Mary Durant, ix & 214 pp., 52
b/w line draw. Dodd, Mead & Co., New York, N. Y. 10016.
USI AUS 6G S759 5c

"This [charmingly interesting] dictionary is a roving collec-
tion of [over 100] plant names that can be translated -- plant
names that do not immediately explain themselves at first glance.
Some have meanings hidden in Arabic, Sanskrit, Algonquian, ancient
Germanic tongues,eee..ee-[O0r] were drawn from mythology or given in
honor of early botanists", etc. The answer to the title's first
question is the Anglo-Saxons with 'daezes eye" originally meant to
apply to the British Bellis perennis which closes at nightfall and
reopens at sunrise as the "day's eye" and not the ox-eye daisy or
Chrysanthemum leucanthemum. The answer to the second question is
a blank: rose is the same or similar in dozens of languages back
to the early Latin rosa. No meaning for it has been found but it
adds meaning to many other words. Delightful excerpts of natural-
ist prose and poetry are quoted throughout the book. Cross refer-
ences are inserted advantageously. Many graceful swirls of recog-
nizable flowers head or end chapters.

"BABOON ECOLOGY - African Field Research" by Stuart A. Altmann &
Jeanne Altmann, viii & 220 pp., illus. by 59 b/w fig., 26 tab.,
1 map, & 24 photo. University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Il-
linois 60637. 1973 Second Printing. $4.95 paperbound only.

The Masai Amboseli Game Reserve and surrounding savanna and
other areas in East Africa provide the milieu in which baboons,
particularly the yellow Papio cynocephalus, “are among the most
widespread abundant and adaptable of primates". From June 1963
through August 1964 the authors' "goal was to understand how the
animals cope with the problems that they face in their natural habi-
tat.....[and] to obtain records that would be adequate, in terms of

1980 Moldenke, Book reviews 447

accuracy of observation, quality of description, and quantity of

data."" The main topics covered are: criteria for selection of
study sites and methods, populations, sleep groves and patterns,
group movements diurnally and seasonally, food and water, preda-
tors and other animals, and speculations about population dynam-
ics, sexual dimorphism, etc.

In this attractive, interesting and popular report (probably
culled from Ph.D. theses) these goals have certainly been
achieved, and many folks in much of the world have been able -
because of such studies - to enjoy more knowingly their tourist
trips to Africa and the color television shows on these sub-
jects.

" VOLCANOES" by M. B. Lambert, vi & 64 pp, 70 b/w photo, 2 maps,
7 fig. University of Washington Press, London, & Seattle,
Washington 98105. 1979. $10.95.

"This is an introduction to the subject of volcanoes outlin-
ing the nature of volcanic eruptions, the products derived from
them, and their impact on society and the environment." The
text is carefully expletive about magma, kinds of lava and other
products of explosion, tsunami and other events accompanying
volcanism, monitoring and possible prediction of volcanoes, and
such usefulness as island formation, and harnessing of geother-
mal power. The many excellent photographic illustrations of
kinds of lava flows and of such famous volcanoes as Surtsey, Et-
na, Vesuvius, Mauna Loa, Krakatoa and Kilimanjaro are compelling
to view.

"RAVENS, CROWS, MAGPIES AND JAYS" by Tony Angell, 112 pp. & 84
illus. University of Washington Press, London & Seattle,
Washington 98105. 1978. $14.95.

Almost half of this book describes in manual style the 18
species of these corvids in the United States and illustrates
each one beautifully and usually doing something rather than
posing inertly. The rest of the book with more superb activity
illustrations describes, often from the author's years of obser-
vation, (1) social strategies for survival, as sentries and nest-
ling services, mobbing and flocking, (2) tool using and other
problem solving, (3) talking, (4) generalist and variable food
habits and (5) "In an era of ever-increasing disrupted terres-
trial environments, corvids have proved particularly adept at
exploiting the available energy resources. This family may be
unique in the diversity and sophistication of their strategies
for gaining that elemental and essential component for viable
life - the energy edge." A fine book!

448 POH YaLrOer OsGrieA Vol. 45, No. 5

"ETHNOBOTANY OF WESTERN WASHINGTON - The Knowledge and Use of
Indigenous Plants by Native Americans" Revised Edition by
Erna Gunther, i & 71 pp., 42 b/w line draw. & 1 tab. Univer-
sity of Washington Press, London & Seattle, Washington 98105.
1973. $8.50 clothbound or $4.95 paperbound.

This study was first printed in 1945 in regular hard book
binding, reissued in six additional printings and then two revis-—
ions in both forms in '74 and '77. It was gathered by the
author and others, with specimens in hand, who interviewed the
various Amerind men and women of several tribes throughout the
western part of the state, as to the identity, food, material,
medicinal and miscellaneous uses. The eight plates of truly ex-
cellent line drawings of many of these plants were reproduced with
permission from Hitchcock's "Vascular Plants of the Pacific North-
west",

"PLANTS AND ANIMALS OF THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST —- An Illustrated
Guide to the Natural History of Western Oregon, Washington,
and British Columbia" by Eugene N. Kosloff, viii & 264 pp. &
48 color plates of 321 photos., 123 b/w illus. & 1 map. Uni-
versity of Washington Press, London & Seattle, Washington 98105.
1978. $8.95 paperbound & $17.50 clothbound.

The beautiful, larger sized, clothbound edition came off this
press a couple of years earlier to a most happily receptive group
of viewers, readers and reviewers, the present journal included.
Because of price, it was barred from some who now can much more
readily purchase this attractive paperbound edition. This guidebook
is organized "around certain habitats and biotic assemblages that
are abundantly represented in our [west of the Cascades] region....
for it brings together the descriptions of species that are most
likely to be found in a particular situation." The book is meant,
not for systematic studies, but for the natural history and amateur
approach, It would actually be a good idea to keep a paperbound
copy in the car or cycle pack and to jot field notes and dates in it
and keep the clothbound copy for the coffee table, guest room or
library shelf at home.

"PACIFIC SEASHORES — A Guide to Intertidal Ecology" by Thomas Care-
foot, 208 pp., 80 color plates, 30 b/w photos, 2 maps, & 176
draw. University of Washington Press, London & Seattle, Wash-
ington 98105. 1977. $12.95 paperbound.

The book is enticingly arranged, realistically illustrated with
color photos of many common intertidal organisms, clearly explained
in the ecologically oriented text, and wel] set-up with glossary,
index and further references. There are particularly interesting
chapters for the naturalist or the beginning student on the Seashore,
Water Movement, Causes of Intertidal Zoning, Mariculture, & Pollution.

747
ts”

' PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 45 June 1980 No. 6

CONTENTS

JOHNSTON, M. C., Spiranthes chiangii (Orchidaceae), new species from

Seg HINUBHUGH. DO CSCrt TELION 213 RE SS ens oc 3 ae ae 449
ROBINSON, H., Harthamnus, a new genus of Mutisieae from Bolivia

ORE ONS ii ona tes eg 5 TAS RE ge COR EE ON SE SE A Oe gy 451
ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). X XIII. New

Andean species of Verbesina and Viguiera.............. 456
ROBINSON, H., A new species of Philonotis from Bolivia (Musci:

PMN MNETINER PRE Ve hes to dN ar Nd oS 10,5 jute saw. mn ok Uo ated SORIA Un aads ER We 460
KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).

Rent, ee eM OMS ONTGHE +. oo ale 5 als a ice ha ee eee ee 463
PARKER, K. F., New combinations in Tetraneuris Greene (Heliantheae,

TCH ENG Bat eS io eae ed ee RE ORR RRA fev dara D> 2 467
MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXXVII... 468
MOLDENKE, H.N., Additional notes on the genus Vitex. XVI ....... 478
MORAN, R., Two penstemons of Baja California, Mexico—one new,

Cte UBER A CTOPRUIGTIACEHE foo. Se. oe 3 ae oon SR wee what's 496
TURNER, B. L., & BIRDSONG, A., New combinations in the genus

Aphanostephus (Astereae—Asteraceae) .............4-. 501
I TUS OO REMIOW. | o. ieieie shot oy'3\e od o vw Oona oe pte 502
undex fo authors in Volume Forty-five... 2... ee te eee ee 502
Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Forty-five ......... 503
RI RNS ee OP Oy PEE SLE. A fo hs as. ow at 0 pcb, 3 Oe Je Oat eOr eae 512

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number $2.75; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00 after
close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses; 512 pages constitute
a complete volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made im-
mediately after receipt of the next following number; back volume A
prices apply if payment is received after a volume is closed.

SPIRANTHES CHIANGII (ORCHIDACEAE), NEW SPECIES
FROM THE CHIHUAHUAN DESERT REGION

Marshall C. Johnston

Department of Botany and Plant Resource Center

The University of Texas at Austin, Austin, Texas 78712

Continuing studies of the flora of the Chihuahuan Des-
ert Region, supported in part by National Science Foundation
grant BMS 73-00898-A02, have yielded specimens of a species
of orchid that I have been unable to assign to any previously
described species and have been unable to match with any pre-
viously collected specimens. I am pleased to dedicate this
new species to my student, one of its collectors, Fernando
Chiang Cabrera, now on the staff of the Instituto de Biologia,
Universidad Nacional Auténoma de México in Mexico City.

SPIRANTHES CHIANGII M. C. Johnston, sp. nov. Herbae perennae
27--46 cm. altae; radices elongatae tuberosae ad 10 cm. long-
ae, 1 cm. crassae; folia basalia ignota ut videtur fugacia,
caulina 2.5--4 cm. longa; inflorescentia moderate densa 50--
90-flora 11--25 cm. longa 1--1.5 cm. crassa, internodiis sae-
pe 2--4 mm. longis pilis glandularibus; flores pallidae viri-
des; sepala lanceolata vel sepala lateralia lanceo-linearia
6--7 mm. longa dorsaliter rugulosa basi 3-nervata non decur-
siva; petala dorsalia oblongo-linearia 6--7 mm. longa; label-
lum subulatum 6--7 mm. longum omnino inornatum distaliter mar-
gine inflexis; rostellum minutum truncatum, ovarium 5--7 mm.
longum anguste obovoideum pilis glandularibus; fructus 6--7
mm. longus leviter lateraliter compressus asymmetrice obovata.

TYPE: MEXICO, Coahuila, Sierra de Jimulco, ca. 3 km. north of
Mina San José, 25°8~ north latitude, 103°13°30" west longi-
tude, ca. 2500 m. alt., mineralized limestone slopes with cha-
parral of Quercus, etc., 27 September 1972, F. Chiang, T. L.
Wendt and M. C. Johnston 955le (LL, holotype).

Other specimens seen: Coahuila, type locality, Chiang, et al.

9548f (LL); Sierra de la Paila, southwestern quadrant, peak

above head of Candn Coraz6én del Toro and Mina de la Abundan-

cia, 25°54°30" north latitude, 101°38° west longitude, ca 2100

m. alt., chaparral of Quercus, Vauquelinia, Cercocarpus, etc.,

on gypseous limestone slopes, 5 November 1972, T. L. Wendt,
449

450 IDR YE ME 0) 1G 0) {GIL AN Vol. 45, No. 6

F. Chiang and M. C. Johnston 10108a (LL, unicate). Nuevo Leon,
44 km. northeast of Doctor Arroyo along highway 29, on lime-
stone rocky soil, rare among Agave, also with Juniperus, Hesp-
eraloe, Opuntia, Yucca, etc., 23°59° north latitude, 100°17
west longitude, 1800 m. alt., 9 September 1971, James Henrick-

son 6605 (LL, unicate).

This rare species is almost confined to the Chihuahuan Desert
Region as that region is defined by Johnston. Henrickson 6605
was strictly speaking collected just outside the region near
its eastern margin.

Spiranthes chiangii seems to be one of the least "decorated"
plants of its genus, in view of the tiny, truncate rostellum
and wholly unadorned and unlobed subulate lip. In the treat-
ment of Mexican orchids by Williams (1951) it keys to Spiran-
thes polyantha Reichenbach filius. But S. polyantha comprises
even more delicate nearly glabrous plants with slender, more
or less tubular perianth and few flowers in a single loose he-
lix. Spiranthes chiangii appears to be perfectly distinct.

LITERATURE CITED

Johnston, M. C. 1977. Brief resumé of the botanical, includ-
ing vegetational, features of the Chihuahuan Desert
Region with special emphasis on their uniqueness. In
R. H. Wauer and D. H. Riskind (eds.), Transactions of
of Symposium on the Biological Resources of the Chihua-
huan Desert Region - United States and Mexico. U. S.
Department of the Interior National Park Service Trans-
actions and Proceedings Series Number Three. xxii, 658

Pp:

Williams, L. O. 1951. The Orchidaceae of Mexico. Ceiba 2:
1--244.

HARTHAMNUS, A NEW GENUS OF MUTISIEAE FROM BOLIVIA

(ASTERACEAE) .

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Cabrera (1977) has stated that the largest number of genera
of the Mutisieae is concentrated in the tropical Andes of Peru,
Bolivia, and north-western Argentina, where there are 31 genera
representing all the subtribes. The same author has noted that
many genera of the tribe are monotypic and restricted in distrib-
ution. Thus, in spite of the extensive studies in the tribe in
recent decades, some additional genera are to be expected. One
such undescribed genus has recently been collected in the vicin-
ity of Cochabamba in Bolivia by Jeffrey A. Hart, working with the
Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University. The genus is named here
in honor of the collector.

Harthamus has a rather distinctive habit, resembling a small
Conifer. The genus can be placed in the subtribe Mutisiinae on
the basis of the non-villous partially bilabiate corollas and the
rounded unfringed tips of the style branches. The aspect of
Harthamus is approached by some shrubby species of Mutisia such
as M. homoeantha Wedd. of Bolivia, but all members of the latter
genus have plumose pappus setae, and no direct relationship to
such species is evident. Technically, the new genus is close to
Lophopappus which has non-plumose pappus setae and heads that are
usually single and terminal. Lophopappus differs most signifi-
cantly in having only 5-8 homogamous bilabiate flowers in the
head. The anthers of the latter genus are also paler, the anther
appendages have obtuse tips, the leaf bases have distinctive
narrow articulated petioles above a pulviniform attachment, the
achenes are hispid, and the pappus setae are prominently barbell-
ate at the tip. In Harthamus the heads have central discoid
flowers in addition to the marginal bilabiate flowers, the anther
thecae and appendages are intensely blackish purple in a manner
reminiscent of the anther appendages of Perezia, the appendages
are truncate apically, the leaf bases have small but distinct
broadened appressed bases, the achenes are minutely glandulifer-
ous, and the pappus setae are not more barbellate or tufted at
the tips. The new genus seems to also occur in a more moist area
along the northeastern escarpment of the Andes in Bolivia, while
Lophopappus is mostly if not entirely in drier zones to the west
and south, ranging from southern Peru to Chile.

The new genus name is a contraction based on the name of
the collector, Hart, and the greek word thamnus, meaning shrub.

451

452 Le Tele) AL (0) Ly (0) (Ce AL aN Vol. 45, No. 6

HARTHAMNUS BOLIVIENSIS H. Robinson, gen. et sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ca. 1 m altae multo saepe subverticillate
ramosae. Caules atro-cinerei teretes evanescentiter dense puber-
uli sensim inferne corticati. Folia dense spiraliter inserta,
petiolis brevibus base subamplexicaulibus imbricatis subpersist-
entibus; laminae oblanceolatae plerumque 1.2-1.6 cm longae et
0.30-0.35 cm latae base sensim angustiores margine dense puberulo-
fimbriatae apice breviter acutae supra et subtus immerse glandulo-
punctatae obscure trinervatae, nervis secundariis e basis sub-
longitudinalibus. Capitula solitaria in ramis superioribus
brevibus abrupte terminalia ca. 15 mm alta et 7 mm lata; involucra
in foliis ramorum superioribus investientia; squamae involucri ca.
15 exteriores semi-foliaceae interiores anguste oblongae vel
lineari-lanceolatae ca. 13 mm longae et 2.0-2.5 mm latae apice
breviter acutae vel cuneatae margine anguste scariosae dense
puberulo-fimbriatae pallidae extus ad medio late viridi-vittatae
dense glandulo-punctatae. Flores exteriores 5-6; corollae plerum-
que albae in faucibus purpureae bilabiatae ca. 15 mm longae extus
glabrae, tubis cylindraceis ca. 6.5 mm longis, faucibus leniter
infundibularibus ca. 1.5 mm longis, ligulis exterioribus anguste
oblongis ca. 7.5 mm longis et 1.5 mm latis apice minute trilobat-
is, lobis interioribus binis linearibus ca. 7.0 mm longis et 0.6
mm latis apice breviter purpureo-tinctis. Flores interiores ca.
7; corollae plerumque albae in faucibus et apicibus lobarum
purpureae ca. 15 mm longae actinomorphes extus glabrae, tubis
6.5 mm longis glabris, faucibus leniter infundibularibus ca. 1.5
mm longis, lobis 5 linearibus ca. 7.5 mm longis et 0.6 mm latis;
antherae omnes in connectivis et appendicis purpurascentes;
thecae antherarum ca. 6 mm longae base longe caudatae, caudis ca.
3 mm longis margine longe fimbriatae in superficiis exterioribus
longe papillosis, cellulis thecearum oblongis in parietibus trans-
versalibus plerumque 2-noduliferis; appendices antherarum anguste
oblongae ca. 1.8 mm longae et 0.4 mm latae apice truncatae; basi
stylorum distincte leniter noduliferi; styli superne sensim
purpurei; rami stylorum breves truncati ca. 0.5 mm longi et 0.4
mm lati intus omnino stigmatacei margine et extus dense breviter
papilliferi. Achaenia prismatica ca. 3.5 mm longa 5-costata
minute glandulo-punctata, costis in sulcis prominulis; setae
pappi sordidae ca. 100 ca. 2-seriatae interiores 10-12 mm longae
exteriores tenuiores irregulariter breviores scabridae, cellulis
apicalibus argute acutis. Grana pollinis oblonga ca. 65 pm longa
et ca. 50 pm lata sublaeves.

TYPE: BOLIVIA: Cochabamba: S.E. of Cochabamba, vic. of
Rodeo. Rocky slope, slightly grazed. 3500 meters. Fls. white.
March 5, 1979. Jeffrey A. Hart 1739 (Holotype, US; isotype, A).

Literature Cited

Cabrera, A. L. 1977. Chapter 38. Mutisieae—systematic review.
1039-1066. In Heywood et al., eds. The Biology and Chem-
istry of the Compositae.

1980 Robinson, Harthamnus 453

Harthamus boliviensis H. Robinson, Holotype, United States
National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer,
National Museum of Natural History.

454 POH YS EO) OG, ain Vols 455) Nowa

ere 73: ¢.
ime e #4

Harthoamus boliviensts H. Robinson, enlargement of head.

1980

Har
1aL

views.

th UMMNuUs

Bottom.

Robinson, Harthamnus

boliviensits H. Robinson, Pollen.
End views. Lines equal 10 pm.

Top.

Lateral

Ww

STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XXIII.

NEW ANDEAN SPECIES OF VERBESINA AND VIGUIERA.

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

The following three species of Andean Heliantheae cannot be
matched with previously described members of their genera. The
three are described here so that material can be labelled and the
names can be available.

Verbesina barclayae H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ca. 1 m altae multo ramosae. Caules
teretes leniter striati fulvescentes minute strigulosi. Folia
opposita subsessilia, petiolis ca. 1 mm longis dense strigulosis;
laminae oblongo-ellipticae plerumque 2.0-3.5 cm longae et 1.0-1.6
cm latae base late cuneatae vel anguste rotundatae margine
superne pauce serrulatae apice obtusae vel breviter acutae supra
et subtus scabridulae subtus in nervis primariis strigulosis,
nervis secundariis pinnatis utrinque ca. 4 arcuatis mediocriter
distinctis. Inflorescentiae in ramis elongatis terminales uni-
vel pauci-capitatae; pedicellis plerumque 1-3 cm longis dense
hispidulis. Capitula late campanulata ca. 10-13 mm alta et 10-15
mm lata. Squamae involucri ca. 25 atro-virides ca. 2-seriatae
subaequilongae anguste oblongae 6-9 mm longae et 1.5-2.5 mm latae
apice obtusae vel breviter acutae margine et extus dense minute
puberulae vel scabridulae. Paleae squamis involucri similes atro-
virides apice breviter acutae. Flores radii 10-13 in capitulo
fertiles; corollae flavae ca. 21 mm longae, tubis ca. 5 mm longis
dense hispidulis, limbis oblongis ca. 16 mm longis et ca. 5 mm
latis apice minute inaequaliter trilobatis extus plerumque glab-
ris inferne sparse puberulis; achaenia radii immatura ca. 4 mm
longa plerumque in marginem sparse minute spiculifera lateraliter
pauce longe setifera; pappus subnullus. Flores disci ca. 40;
corollae flavae ca. 7 mm longae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis dense
hispidulis, faucibus ca. 3.5 mm longis inferne hispidulis superne
glabris, lobis oblongis ca. 1.5 mm longis et 0.9 mm latis intus
ad marginem dense papillosis extus sparse breviter setiferis;
filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.4 mm longa; thecae ca. 2.5 mm
longae nigrae; appendices antherarum ca. 0.6 mm longae et 0.4 mm
latae pallidae extus glabrae; achaenia ad 5 mm longa et 2 mm
lata superne sparse minute spiculifera lateraliter pauce longe
setifera; pappus plerumque biaristatus, aristis ad 3 mm longis.
Grana pollinis ca. 35 pm in diam.

TYPE: ECUADOR: Azuay: 30 hee of Cumbe on the road to

1980 Robinson, New Andean species 457

Saraguro at an elevation of 9800 ft. Shrub 1 mtall. Florets
yellow; anthers black. 26 Jan. 1979. R. M. King & F. Almeda
7809 (Holotype, US). PARATYPE: ECUADOR: Azuay-Loja: Nudo de
Cordillera Occidental y Cordillera Oriental entre Ofia y Rancho
Ovejero. Between Cumbe (2704 m) and cerca 2800 m., on south-
bound road. On dry slopes with mostly low shrubs and ferns.
Herb to 0.5 m tall. Leaves rough both sides, to 3.5 X 1.5 cm.
Stems red brown, heads single on stem, involucre green-hairy,
bracts rounded. Ligul. fls. yellow, wide; disc fls. yellow. 1-2
Aug. 1959. H. G. Barclay & P. Juajtbioy 8450 (US).

The distinctions of the species are discussed below under
Verbesina kingit new species. The type specimen of Verbesina
barelayae has disk achenes with aborted aristae.

Verbesina kingii H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae usque ad 1.5 m altae pauce ramosae.
Caules teretes leniter striati fulvescentes minute puberulae.
Folia opposita sessilia; laminae oblongo-ellipticae 5-13 cm longae
0.9-3.3 cm latae base leniter auriculatae margine integrae apice
argute acutae supra valde scabrae subtus pilosae et in nervis
hirsutae, nervis secundariis pinnatis. Inflorescentiae in ramis
elongatis terminales corymboso- paniculatae; pedicellis 5-11 mm
longis dense puberulis. Capitula 8-9 mm alta ca. 8 mm lata;
Squamae involucri ca. 25 omnino atro-virides ca. 2-seriatae
subaequilongae 5-7 mm longae et 1.5-1.8 mm latae apice obtusae
vel breviter acutae margine et extus dense scabridulae; paleae
squamis involucri similes apice flavescentes acutae vel vix
acuminatae. Flores radii ca. 12 in capitulo; corollae flavae ca.
10 mm longae, tubis ca. 2.5 mm longis extus dense puberulis,
limbis obovatis ca. 8 mm longis et 3.5 mm latis apice minute
trilobatis extus parce puberulis; achaenia superne sparse puber-
ula; pappus nullus. Flores disci ca. 45; corollae flavae ca. 5
mm longae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis extus dense puberulis, faucibus
et lobis extus sparse puberulis, lobis ca. 0.7 mm longis et latis;
filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.3 mm longa; thecae ca. 1.8 mm
longae nigrae; appendices antherarum ca. 0.4 mm longae base
nigrae; achaenia immatura; aristae pappi ca. 2 mm longae. Grana
pollinis ca. 27 pm diam.

TYPE: ECUADOR: Azuay: along the road to Loja, ca. 6 kms
generally SE of Cumbe. Elev. ca. 9600 ft. Uncommon shrubs up to
ls meters tall, flowers yellow. 4 Feb. 1974. R. M. King 6700
(Holotype, US).

The two new species both share a general shrubby habit with
opposite oblong to elliptical leaves and inflorescences of
terminal heads single or in small corymbose panicles. Closest
relatives seem to be Verbesina elegans H.B.K. of Colombia and
V. (Ltpaetinta) laevis Blake from Chachapoyas, Peru. The
Colombian species was placed in sect. Saubinetia by Blake (1930),
and it has alternate leaves, coarse pubescence on the involucral
bracts, 6-7 rays and ca. 40 disk flowers in the heads, and dark

458 LEN Vitek ve) ARNO) ky (O) XE; ALN aN Volls 45, oNoemo

anther appendages. The peruvian species is more like the two new
species in its opposite leaves, but it lacks rays, having 10-
flowered discoid heads. Of the two new species, V. barclayae is
distinct by the more branched habit, the generally smaller, more
serrulate, slightly petiolate, non-auriculate leaves, the scabrid-
ulous rather than pilosulous lower leaf surface, the larger often
single heads, and the paler anther appendages.

Viguiera bishopii H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffruticosae ca. 1 m altae laxe ramosae. Caules
brunnescentes antrorse appresse strigosi et sparse contorte
puberuli. Folia alterna, petiolis plerumque 2-5 mm longis sub-
alatis margine dense pilosis subtus dense strigulosis; laminae
lanceolatae plerumque 6-15 cm longae et 1.0-2.5 cm latae base
cuneatae margine remote serrulatae vel subintegrae apice anguste
acutae supra sparse antrorse strigulosae subtus strigosae in
nervis secundariis basilaribus intramarginalibus valde ascendent-
ibus trinervatae. Inflorescentiae laxe ramosae, ramis ultimis
plerumque 5-20 cm longis superne sensim dense strigosis vel sub-
hirsutis. Capitula late campanulata ca. 1 cm alta et ca. 2 cm
lata. Squamae involucri ca. 25 triseriatae plerumque ellipticae
vel obovatae apice longe acuminatae margine inferne dense piloso-
fimbriatae extus inferne carnose 2-4-costatae superne herbaceae
perdense minute strigulosae; paleae plerumque late scariosae
apice obtusae vel minute apiculatae breviter rubro-tinctae et
dense pilosulae. Flores radii 13-15 in capitulo steriles;
corollae flavae, tubis subdistinctis ca. 1 mm longis dense puber-
ulis, limbis oblongis ca. 17 mm longis et 6.5 mm latis extus
minute multo glandulo-punctatis plerumque in nervis minute puber-
ulis; achaenia radii longi-setifera; pappus irregulariter squami-
formis ad 2 mm longus. Flores disci ca. 130 in capitulo; corollae
sordido-flavae ca. 5.5 mm longae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis extus
sparse minute strigulosis, faucibus 4.5 mm longis tubiformibus
superne leniter infundibularibus extus inferne dense strigulosis,
lobis ovato-triangularibus ca. 1 mm longis intus ubique papillos-
is; filamenta in paribus inferioribus laevia in partibus super-
ioribus ca. 0.5 mm longa; thecae ca. 2.3 mm longae nigrescentes;
appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.7 mm longae et 0.5 mm latae
extus glanduliferae; rami stylorum exappendiculati extus superne
dense puberuli; achaenia disci valde compressa ad 4.2 mm longa et
1.8 mm lata longe dense setifera; pappus biaristatus ad 5.5 mm
longus, squamis irregularibus ad 2.5 mm longis. Grana pollinis
ca. 30 um in diam.

TYPE: BOLIVIA: Cochabamba: 5 kms from Parotani, on road to
Oruro. 9000 ft. Shrub to 1m tall, flowers yellow. 2 Feb. 1978.
R. M. King & L. E. Bishop 7574 (Holotype, US). PARATYPE:
BOLIVIA: Cochabamba: near Parotani on the road to Oruro. 8200 ft.
Herb to 1 m tall, flowers yellow. 2 Feb. 1978. R. M. King &

L. E. Bishop 7570 (US).
Vigutera bishoptt is one of the exappendiculate species

1980 Robinson, New Andean species 459

which may eventually be placed in a separate genus. The species
would key to the series Aureae of Blake (1918), and it is most
distinct from the related species by the spreading strongly
acuminate involucral bracts having pale densely pubescent bases.

The following new combination is needed for the revised
edition of the National List of Scientific Plant Names. Norden-
stam (1977) has established the priority of Psathyrotopsis Rydb.
over Pseudobartlettia Rydb., but the necessary combination was
not made.

Psathyrotopsis scaposa (A.Gray) H. Robinson, comb. nov.
Psathyrotes scaposa A.Gray, Pl. Wright., Smithson. Contrib.
Knowl. 5 (6): 100. 1853.

Literature Cited

Blake, S. F. 1918. A revision of the genus Vigutera. Contrib.
Gray Herb. n.s. 54: 1-205, pl. 1-3.

- 1930. Notes on certain type specimens of American
Asteraceae in European herbaria. Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
26°(5)= 227-263, it-ix.

Nordenstam, B. 1977. Chapter 29. Senecioneae and Liabeae—
systematic review. In Heywood et al., eds. The Biology
and Chemistry of the Compositae. 799-830.

A NEW SPECIES OF PHILONOTIS FROM BOLIVIA

(MUSCI: BARTRAMIACEAE)

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Specimens of mosses collected by F. J. Hermann in Bolivia in
1972 have proven to contain a few examples of less well-known
entities including the supposedly endemic genera Erythrophyllopsis
and Levtopterygynandrum. One of the specimens is a Bartramiaceous
moss with some unique details of leaf structure which cannot be
matched with any previously known species. The species is easily
recognizeable, and it is therefore described here, but it is hoped
that fruiting material will be found by future collectors.

The new species has the form of papillosity or prorulosity
that is common in Philonotits and related genera in the Bartramia-
ceae. The general aspect is somewhat like Conostomum, but there
is no ranking of leaves as is common in that genus. As far as can
be seen, the species falls within the great variation of the genus
Phtlonotts, but ultimate positioning awaits examination of fruit-
ing material.

The precise form of prorulosity in the new species seems to
be unique among American members of Philonotis, having papillae at
the upper ends of the cells on both the upper and lower surfaces
of the leaves. A still more distinctive feature of the species
is the rows of cells on the backs of the leaves forming about
three ribs on each side of the costa. These ribs of cells on the
back of the lamina are only one cell wide below, but become two
cells wide near midleaf where they terminate.

The species is named for the collector, Frederick J. Hermann.

PHILONOTIS HERMANNITI H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae caespitosae flavo-virides inferne fuscescentes.
Caules ca. 1 cm alti extus aurantiaci. Folia in sicco erecta
appressa madido erecto-patentia ovato-lanceolata ca. 1.5 mm longa
et inferne 0.5 mm lata superne subulata apice anguste pungentia
Margine anguste recurvata; costa percurrens inferne ca. 45-50 pm
lata; laminae in plicis longitudinalibus bistratosae, plicis
utrinque ca. 3 inferne uniseriatis superne saepe sensim biseriat-
is, cellulis alaribus subquadratis vel breviter oblongis ca. 12
um latis, cellulis inferioribus interioribus oblongis ca. 10-12
pm latis et plerumque 22-37 pm longis, cellulis superioribus
plerumque anguste oblongis ca. 8-10 pm latis et 22-40 pm longis
in extremis apicalibus supra et subtus valde prorulosis. Gamet-
angia et sporocarpia ignota.

460

1980 Robinson, A new species of Philonotis 46]

TYPE: BOLIVIA: Cochabamba: Vertical face of roadside cut
near Liriuni Aguas Termales Hotel, NW slope of Mt.
ca. 2700 m, 28 km NW. Cochabamba.
25135 (Holotype, US).

Tunatis alee
Dec. 27, 1972. F.J.Hermann

Dha TAw ae ho nn 95
Pntlonotts hermanniz H.

Robinson, Holotype, United States
National Herbarium. Top. Habit of plant. Bottom. Cross-section

of leaf. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer,
National Museum of Natural History.

6

Vol. 45, No.

IA

pee date We ab UO) Wey LOM XG,

462

= ~
Sees Mae — a :
_ Eem, F cri ail 3

=

Top

Bottom left and right.

Leaves.
Lower leaf laminae showing extraplanar rows of cells.

Top left.

Phtlonotts hermannitt H. Robinson.

right.

Leaf tip showing prorulose cells.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXC.

A NEW GENUS SANTOSIA.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

The State of Bahia in Brasil is an area notable for many
endemic genera. Some such endemics are phyletically isolated,
while many others simply represent extreme developments of widely
distributed groups. A genus of the latter type is a member of
the Critonioid series of the Eupatorieae related to Koanophyllon,
named here as Santosta. We take great pleasure in naming the new
genus and species for Sr. Talmon S. dos Santos. Sr Santos, a
collector at the Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau at Itabuna, was of
great help to the senior author during the last year in collect-
ing many new species and genera of Asteraceae in Bahia.

Material of the new genus has been found under the name
Eupatortun aff. triplinerve Vahl, reflecting the strongly tri-
nervate nature of the leaves. The Vahl species, however, is a
completely different plant, being an Ayapana first described
from the West Indies and being widely introduced as a medicinal
plant. The new genus, in contrast, is closely related to Koano-
phyllon, showing the habit, involucre, and achene types common in
that genus. The more than 100 species of Koanophyllon (King &
Robinson, 1975a) all possess a distinctive corolla form with a
scarcely narrowed basal tube, short triangular lobes, and a dense
cluster of glands on the outer surface of the lobes. It is the
corolla form that provides the only workable character for the
genus Koanophyllon in its present broad interpretation. The new
genus has a corolla form differing by its very long narrow lobes
that have few or no noticeable glands on the outer surface.

SANTOSIA TALMONIT R. M. King & H. Robinson, gen. et sp. nov.
Plantae volubiles ad 3-4 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules
atro-brunnescentes juniores dense minute puberuli. Folia oppos-
ita, petiolis 6-15 mm longis tenuis; laminae ovatae vel ovato-
ellipticae plerumque 4-9 cm longae et 1.5-4.0 cm latae base obtus-—
ae vel rotundatae in extremis vix acuminatae trinervatae margine
integrae apice leniter breviter anguste acuminatae supra et sub-
tus glabrae supra in nervis prominulae in nervulis parum inscul-
patae subtus in nervis prominentes in nervulis prominulae, nervis
secundariis valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae dense thyrsoid-
eo-paniculatae, ramis dense puberulis vel subtomentosis, ramis
ultimis 0.5-7.0 mm longis. Capitula ca. 8 mm alta; squamae
involucri brunnescentes leniter subimbricatae ca. 13 exteriores
ovatae 2.0-3.5 mm longae et ca. 1.5 mm latae persistentes mature
463

464 Baus Yo Onis) OFC Te rA Vol. 45, No. 6

patentes apice acutae recurvatae extus glabrae vel glabrescentes
3-4-striatae interiores lanceolatae vel lineares ad 5 mm longae et
0.8-1.0 mm latae erectae facile deciduae. Flores 8-10 in capitulo.
Corollae albae? anguste infundibulares ca. 5.0-5.5 mm longae,
tubis cylindraceis ca. 2.5 mm longis extus glabris, faucibus ca.
1.5 mm longis glabris, lobis oblongis ca. 1.2 mm longis et 0.5 mm
latis extus sparse minute glanduliferis, glandulis minute capit-
atis; filamenta in partibus superioribus cylindracea ca. 0.25 mm
longa, cellulis inferioribus quadratis in parietibus vix vel non
ornatis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae, cellulis endotheci-
alibus subquadratis; appendices antherarum oblongo-ovatae longi-
oribus quam latioribus ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae; basi
stylorum glabri non noduliferi; appendices stylorum lineares vel
subfiliformes minute leniter papillosae extus subplanatae.
Achaenia prismatica 5-costata ca. 2.5 mm longa superne plerumque
in costis sparse breviter setifera et pauce puberula base dis-
tincte subabrupte angustiora; carpopodia perbrevia in sicco sub-
disciformia, cellulis ca. 4-seriatis subquadratis ca. 1/7 pm latis;
setae pappi ca. 20 plerumque 4.0-4.5 mm longae apice in setis
longioribus leniter latiores margine dense scabridulae extus
sublaeves. Grana pollinis in diametro ca. 22 pm valde spinulosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Porto Seguro - BR-5, K.18. Planta de
orla de mata secundaria. 26-8-1961. A. P. Duarte 6036 (Holotype,
RB; isotype US). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de Santa
Cruz de Cabralia. Old road to Santa Cruz de Cabralia between the
Reserva Ecologica Paubrastl, 5-7 kms NE of Reserva, ca. 20 kms NW
of Porto Seguro. Region of tropical wet forest, forest devastat-
ed. Elev. ca. 100 meters. Abundant vines in tree, ca. 3-4 meters
above ground, flowers very young, white? July 5, 1979. A. M.
King, S. A. Mort, A. M. de Carvalho & A. Euponino 7985 (CEPEC,
ofS) e

The scandent habit of the species is rather distinctive,
superficially resembling members of the genus Mikania. The
related Koanophyllon consists mostly of erect or laxly spreading
shrubs, with a few species, including the type, KX. tinetoriun
Arruda da Camara of Brasil, being subscandent.

A few new combinations are appended here so that the names
will be available for reports and publications. Two of the
combinations are needed for use in the revised edition of the
National List of Scientific Plant Names.

AGERATINA SHASTENSIS (Taylor & Stebbins) R. M. King & H. Robin-

son, comb. nov. Eupatortwn shastense Taylor & Stebbins,
Madrofio 25: 218. 1978. The original authors compared the species
to members of Ageratina and cited a chromosome number of n=17
that is commmon in that genus. Examination of the type confirms
the relationship.

1980 King & Robinson, A new genus 465

AUSTROEUPATORIUM DECEMFLORUM (DC.) R. M. King & H. Robinson,

comb. nov. Eupatoriwn decemflorun DC., Prodr. 5: 154. 1836.
We have previously placed this name, based on a peruvian type, in
the synonymy of A. inulaefoliwm (H.B.K.) K.& R. (King & Robinson,
1975b), but examination of a type photograph shows the species
that has been known under the name A. maptriense (hieron.) K.& R.,
described from Bolivia and ranging north into Ecuador.

EUPATORIADELPHUS MACULATUS (L.) K.& R. var. BRUNERI (A.Gray) R.
M. King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatoriwn bruneri A.Gray,

Sym. Fl. Ni Am. 1 (2): 96. 1884.

KOANOPHYLLON CONGLOBATUM (DC.) R. M. King & H. Robinson, comb.

nov. Eupatoriwn conglobatum DC., Prodr. 5: 165. 1836. This
Bahian species has not been placed in Koanophyllon previously
because of a somewhat anomalous aspect of the inflorescence, but
further study indicates that it should be included.

Literature Cited

King, R. M. and H. Robinson 1975a. Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). CL. Limits of the genus Koanophyllon.
Phytologia 32 (3): 252-267.

and - 1975b. Eupatorieae. In R. E. Woodson and
R. W. Schery, eds., Flora of Panama. Ann. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 62: 888-1004.

466 Pee Yee Onin OG Vol: 45m, NOeao

Santosta talmoniit R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype, United
States National Herbarium. Habit and enlargement of heads.
Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum
of Natural History.

NEW COMBINATIONS IN 7ETRANEURIS GREENE

(HELIANTHEAE, ASTERACEAE).

Kittie F. Parker
Smithsonian Institution and George Washington University
Washington, D.C., 20560

Since I am now recognizing Tetraneuris Greene as a genus
distinct from Hymenoxys Cass. the following 6 new combinations are
necessary.

These are being published now so they will be available for
the revised edition of the National List of Scientific Plant Names
being prepared by the Smithsonian for the Soil Conservation Service
of the U. S. Department of Agriculture.

Tetraneuris acaulis var. arizonica (Greene) K.F.Parker, comb. nov.
Tetraneurts artzontea Greene, Pittonia 3: 266. 1898.

Tetraneuris brandegei (Porter ex A.Gray) K.F.Parker, comb. nov.
Actinella brandeget Porter ex A.Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 13:
Sy/Sig Ais Asts

Tetraneuris grandiflora (Torr. & Gray) K.F.Parker, comb. nov.
Actinella grandiflora Torr. & Gray, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. 5:
PLO 845).

Tetraneuris scaposa (DC.) Greene var. argyrocaulon (K.F.Parker)
K.F.Parker, comb. nov. Hymenoxys scaposa var. argyrocaulon
K.F.Parker, Phytologia 20 (3): 192. 1970.

Tetraneuris scaposa var. linearis (Nutt.) K.F.Parker, comb. nov.
Actinella scaposa var. linearis Nutt., Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc.
Ee is S/S LOales

Tetraneuris turneri (K.F.Parker) K.F.Parker, comb. nov. Hymenoxys
turnert K.F.Parker, Phytologia 20 (3): 192. 1970.

467

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXXXVII

Harold N. Moldenke

AEGIPHILA RACEMOSA var. CORDATIFOLIA Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum basaliter
perspicue profundeque cordatis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species chief-
ly in having its leaf-blades basally conspicuously and deeply cor-
date. It is also noteworthy that corollas in wide-open condition
persist in large numbers among maturing and mature fruits almost
enclosed by very much incrassate and enlarged fruiting-calyxes.

The type of the variety was collected by Thomas B,. Croat (no.
20738) at Casaeria on the Amazon River, Loreto, Peru, on September
25, 1972, and is deposited in the United States National Herbarium
at Washington. The collector describes the plant as a shrub to
1.5 m. tall and the fruit as bright-orange in color.

ALOYSIA GENTRYI Mold., sp. nov.

Frutex fruticosus anguste rectus aromaticus 1--2 m. altus; ra-
mis gracilibus griseis subglabris; ramis juvenalibus dense puberu-
lis; internodiis valde abbreviatis; foliis decussato-oppositis nu-
merosis; petiolis perabbreviatis ca. 1 mm, longis densissime pubes-—
centibus; laminis foliorum anguste ellipticis 2--4 cm. longis 8--
12 mm. latis apicaliet acutis vel subacutis marginaliter serrula-
tis basaliter acutis vel subcuneatis supra dense strigosis rugosis,
subtus dense pubescentibus; inflorescentiis axillaribus abbrevia-
tis plerumque 1--3-floris; bracteis ellipticis ubique densissime
griseo-pubescentibus; fructibus valde longivillosis.

A bushy, narrowly erect, aromatic shrub, 1--2 m. tall; stems and
branches slender, obscurely rounded-tetragonal or subterete, glab-
rescent, light-gray; youngest branchlets very slender and very
densely puberulent; internodes very much abbreviated; leaves de-
cussate-opposite, numerous, crowded, aromatic; petioles much ab-
breviated, about 1 mm. long, very densely grayish-pubescent; leaf-—
blades narrowly elliptic, chartaceous, 2--4 cm, long, 8--12 m.,
wide, apically acute or subacute, marginally regularly serrulate
(except basally), basally acute or subcuneate, densely appressed-
strigose above with antrorse hairs, plainly rugose with impressed
venation-reticulation, very densely short-pubescent beneath; in-
florescence axillary, much abbreviated, usually 1--3-flowered in a
short raceme; bracts elliptic, very densely grayish-pubescent on
both surfaces; corolla very small, yellow; ovary and fruit con-
spicuously long-hispid with stiff wide-spreading hairs.

The type of this species was collected by Howard Scott Gentry
(no. 14408) -- in whose honor it is named -- on granitic slopes
and bajada with thorn forest and open grassland, at 100--800 feet
altitude, at Los Cerritos, about 40 miles south of Navojoa, Sonora,
Mexico, between October 1 and 3, 1954, and is deposited in my per-

468

1980 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 469

sonal herbarium. The collector notes that the minute, inconspic-
uous, yellow flowers dry blackish and that the shrub is found only
on or about postinsular cerritos, It "is, I believe, a postinsu-
lar endemic. It is known only from low granite hills, which ap-
pear to have been islands in the Gulf of California for a long
time in the Tertiary Period."

PETREA MORII Mold., sp. nov.

Frutex scandens; ramis tetragonis usque ad fere 1 cm. diametro
griseo lenticellato; foliis decussato-oppositis magnitudine per-
variabilibus; laminis ellipticis subcoriaceis 10--35 cm. longis
5.5--16.5 cm. latis ubique scabris apicaliter breviter acuminatis
marginaliter integris basaliter rotundatis supra glabris subtus
subglabris, venis subtus parce puberulis; petiolis percrassis
brevissimis in sicco corrugatis 3--5 mm. longis; inflorescentiis
racemosis in statu maturo ca. 25 cm. longis 9 cm. latis ubique
densiuscule puberulis pilis longioribus interspersis; pedicellis
maturis elongatis arcte divaricatis 2--3/5 cm. longis ad apicem
in capito ampliatis; calyce fructifero perincrassato ca. 1 cm.
longo 8 mm, lato extus puberulento-piloso; sepalis fructiferis
ellipticis ca, 2.5 cm. longis 1 cm. latis apicaliter subacutis
ubique parce pilosulis.

Liana; branches tetragonal, to 1 cm. in diameter at the nodes,
grayish, somewhat ridged, prominently lenticellate; branches
similar but much more slender, densely short-puberulent through-—-
out; leaves decussate-opposite, very variable in size, large and
small pairs apparently alternating, very short-petiolate; peti-
oles very heavy, at maturity apparently only 3--5 mm. long, ir-
regularly corrugate in drying; leaf-blades broadly elliptic or
elliptic, subcoriaceous, scabrous on both surfaces, 10--35 cm.
long, 5.5--16.5 cm. wide. apically short-acuminate, marginally
entire, basally broadly-rounded, glabrous above, subglabrous be-
neath except for the somewhat pilose-puberulent larger venation;
inflorescence solitary, racemose, in fruit ca. 25 cm. long and 9
em. wide, distantly many-fruited; peduncles, rachis, and petioles
rather densely puberulent with scattered much longer hairs inter-
spersed, the pedicels in fruit much longate, very slender, di-
varicate at right angles to the rachis, 2--3.5 cm. long, capi-
tately ampliate at the apex; fruiting-calyx greatly incrassate
and enlarged, ca, 1 cm. long and 8 mm. wide, externally puberu-
lent and pilose, the wings elliptic, ca. 2.5 cm. long, 1 cm.
wide, apically subacute, rather sparsely and obscurely pilosulous
on both surfaces; flowers not seen.

The type of this species was collected by S. Mori and J. Kal-
lunki (no. 5521) in a tropical wet forest along the El Llano to
Carti road 24.5--25 km. from the Inter-American Highway near the
continental divide, San Blas, Panama, on April 12, 1975, and is
deposited in the United States National Herbarium at Washington.
The collectors describe the fruiting-calyx as lavender in color.

SPHENODESME TRIFLORA var. CLEMENSORUM (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Sphenodesme clemensorum Mold., Phytologia 4: 368. 1953.

470 Jat ve HU ON 1 OY (Er IL VAN Vol. 45, No. 6

VERBENA BIPINNATIFIDA var. BREVISPICATA (Umber) Mold., comb. nov.
Glandularia bipinnatifida var. brevispicata Umber, System. Bot.
4: 89. 1979.

VERBENA CHIRICAHENSIS (Umber) Mold., comb. nov.
Glandularia chiricahensis Umber, System. Bot. 4: 92--93. 1979,

VERBENA POLYANTHA (Umber) Mold., comb. nov.
Glandularia polyantha Umber, System. Bot. 4: 98. 1979.

VERBENA VERECUNDA (Umber) Mold., comb. nov.
Glandulari@ verecunda Umber, System. Bot. 4: 99--100. 1979.

PAEPALANTHUS ALMASENSTS Mold., sp. nov. Plate 1

Herba rosulata erecta 35 cm. alta; foliis caespitosis griseo-
viridibus gramineis 2--3.3 cm. longis 1.5--2 mm, latis plusminus-
ve patenti-pilosis apiculitare acutis; vaginis arcte adpressis
4--7 cm. longis densiuscule patenteque hispidulis, pilis tenuibus
albidis, in statu fructifero glabrescentibus nigrescentibus;
pedunculis 8racilibus 25--35 cm. longis subteretibus in statu
juventute densissime albo-villosis, pilis arcte adpressis reflex-
is, in statu senectute glabriusculis; capitulis hemisphaericis
1.2--1.5 cm. latis; bracteis involucrantibus ellipticis atro-
brunneis vel nigrescentibus ca. 5 mm. longis ca. 2 mm. latis dor-
so glabrato margine irregulariter ciliatis apicaliter parce
pilosulis.

An erect rosulate herb to about 35 cm. tall; leaves all basal,
cespitose, gray-green. grass-like, 2--3.3 cm. long, 1.5--2 mm.
wide, apically acute, more or less deciduously spreading-pilose
throughout; sheath closely appressed to the peduncle, 4--7 cm,
long, the apical lobe lanceolate and about 6 mm, long, in the
young state rather densely spreading-hispidulous with long,
slender, whitish hairs, in the fruiting stage glabrescent and
nigrescent; peduncles slender, 25--35 cm. long, subterete, not
sulcate nor angled, in the young state very densely white-villous
with closely appressed and reflexed hairs, in the fruiting stage
glabrescent; heads hemispheric, 1.2--1.5 cm. wide in fruit; in-
volucral bracts narrow-elliptic, about 5 mm, long and 2 mm. wide,
the outermost smallest, dark-brown or nigrescent, dorsally glab-
rous except for the pilosulous apex, marginally inconspicuously
and irregularly ciliolate; for floral characters see accompany-
ing illustration.

The type of this species was collected by R. M. Harley, S. J.
Mayo, Re Mo Store, 2.) S.) santos, and R. S. Pinheiro (Harvey
19768) in a region of sandstone, metamorphic, and quartzite rock
outcrops with associated marsh and damp flushes, on the lower
northeast slopes of the Pico das Almas, about 25 km. west-north-
west of the Vila de Rio de Contas, Serra das Almas, at approxi-
mately 47°57* W., 13°33" S., at 1500 m. altitude, “Bahia, Brazade
on March 20, 1977. The collectors note: Erect herb to ca. 35
cm. Leaves grey-green with spreading hairs. Basal sheath of
culm green, culm silvery-grey. Involucral bracts pale brown with

1980 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 471

Plate i

Paepalanthus almasensis Mold.

A -- habit; B -- outer view
of involucral bract with extended
apex; C -—- inner view of involu-
cral bract; D -- calyx of stamin-
ate floret; E -- corolla and

partial androecium of staminate

floret; F -- pistil. Drawn by

B. Angell.

472 PP Heyes Ori OmGr swat Vol. 45, No. 6
darker recurved tips."

PAEPALANTHUS CONTASENSIS Mold., sp. nov. Plate 2

Herba rosulata; foliis caespitosis graminaceis 3--4 cm. longis
1.5--2 mm. latis subtus margineque dense albo-villosis glabres-
centibus; vaginis gracilibus arcte adpressis 4--6.5 cm. longis
dense albo-villosis, apice lanceolato-fissis; pedunculis gracilli-
mis tricostatis 15--29 cm. longis glabris flavidis nitidis; ca-
pitulis hemisphaericis ca. 1 cm. latis; bracteis involucrantibus
lanceolatis ca. 4 mm. longis 1.5 mm. latis extus irregulariter
longipilosis atro-brunneis apicaliter acutis.

A rosulate herb; leaves basal, cespitose, grass-like, 3--4 cm.
long, 1.5--2 mm. wide, slightly recurved and apically acute, dense-
ly white-villous beneath and along the margins when young, later
glabrescent; sheaths closely appressed to the peduncle, slender,
4--6.5 cm. long, densely white-villous throughout, split at the
apex and the lobe lanceolate, about 5 mm. long, tapering to the
apex; peduncles very slender, 3-costate and 3-sulcate, 15--29 cm.
long, yellowish, glabrous, shiny; heads hemispheric; involucral
bracts lanceolate, very dark-brown, about 4 mm. long and 1.5 mm,
wide, with a prominent midrib, apically acute, irregularly long-
pilose on the back and margins; for staminate floral characters,
see accompanying illustration; pistillate florets not seen.

The type of this species was collected by R. M. Harley, S. J.
Mayo. Re Me Store. le Se ssantos, andeks Ss.) binheimo (Harley 19900)
in a region of sandstone rock outcrops with a small area of dis-
turbed marsh at their base and a nearby river with lush vegeta-
tion along its rocky margins, at an altitude of about 1200 m.,
about 1 km. south of the small town of Mato Grosso on the road to
Vila do Rio de Contas, Serra do Rio de Contas, Bahia, Brazil, on
March 24, 1977. The collectors note: "Rosette herb with grey-
green leaves. Involucral bracts dark. Flowers off-white."

PAEPALANTHUS HARLEYTI Mold., Spe nov. Plate 3

Herba rosulata ca. 40 cm. alta; foliis linearibus 2--3 cm. lon-
gis glabris irregulariter adscendentibus; vaginis gracillimis
arcte adpressis multistriatis tortis atro-brunneis vel nigris 4--
4.5 cm. longis subglabris vel minutissime puberulis apicaliter
fissis; pedunculis gracillimis subteretibus paulo tortis 30--39
cm. longis inconspicue adpresso-strigosis, pilis antrorsis; ca-
pitulis parvis obovatis ca. 8 mm. diametro; bracteis involucranti-
bus oblanceolatis vel ellipticis atro-brunneis vel nigris apical-
iter acutis apicem versus dorso albido-pilosis.

A rosulate herb to about 40 cm. tall; leaves basal, cespitose,
linear, 2--3 cm. long, glabrous, irregularly ascending or some-
what recurved; sheaths very slender, closely appressed to the
peduncle, twisted, very dark-brown or blackish throughout, 4--4.5
cm. long, subglabrous or microscopically puberulous, split at the
apex, the blade lanceolate, erect, apically acuminate; peduncles
very slender, subterete, slightly twisted, 30--39 cm. long, in-
conspicuously appressed-strigose with antrorse whitish hairs;
heads small, obovate, about 8 mm. in diameter; involucral bracts

1980 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 473

Plate 2

Paepalanthus contasensis Mold.

A -- habit; B -- outer view of
involucral bract; C -- inner view
of involucral bract; D -- receptac-
ular bractlet; E -- calyx of
staminate floret with subtending
bractlet; F -- corolla and
androecium of staminate floret.

Drawn by I. Angell.

474 PEE yey te (OR ORG ie vA Vol. 45) NOnm0

Wz \
’ \
fl y } hi ,
/) \ y a NM }
api) 4 "
/| \ of
} 4 oI A fl VSZ/
It \ | ‘ } Wg Y
| v
I} i NL
’ } ] | { f
} | : ! \ 7 g
\ |
it
{ \||
bi |
i)
! |
| t
'
Me LY
Plate 3
Paepalanthus harleyi Mold.
A -- habit; B --outer view of
y)
involucral bracts; C -- inner view
of involucral bracts; D -- receptac-
] ular bractlet; E -- pistillate
3cm floret; F -- pistil; G -- seed.
\ \ | Drawn by B. Angell.

1980 Moldenke, New & noteworthy: plants 475

oblanceolate or elliptic, dark-brown or blackish, apically acute,
dorsally more or less white-pilose toward the apex, the lower ones
much smaller and recurved; staminate florets not seen; for pis-
tillate floret characters see accompanying illustration.

The type of this species was collected by R. M. Harley, S. J.
Mayo, R. M. Storr, T. S. Santos, and R. S. Pinheiro (no. 19728)
in a region of sandstone conglomerate, metamorphic, and quartzite
rock outcrops with associated scrubby vegetation with damp flushes,
grassland and marsh in some areas, at 1600--1850 m. altitude on
the middle and upper slopes of the Pico das Almas, about 25 km,
west-northwest of the Vila do Rio de Contas, approximately 41°57'
W., 13°33" S., Serra das Almas, Bahia, Brazil, on March 19, 1977;
this plant growing in the grassy marsh on the middle slopes of
the Serra. The collectors note: "Silvery-grey rosette herb to ca.
35 cm. with dark sheaths and recurved leaves. Involucral bracts
dark. v

PAEPALANTHUS INOPINATUS Mold., sp. nov. Plate 4

Herba rosulata; foliis caespitosis gramineis subcoriaceis 6--8
em. longis 2--2.5 cm. latis rigidis pallide viridibus nitidis
supra subglabris subtus puberulis marginaliter dense ciliatis
apicaliter argutis; vaginis gracillimis arcte adpressis 6--7.5
cm. longis multistriatis ubique puberulis non tortis, apice fis-
sis; pedunculis gracillimis flavidis 21--29 cm. longis subteret-
ibus glabris non tortis; capitulis in statu alabastro parvis sub-
rotundis ca. 4 mm, latis; bracteis involucrantibus ovatis brun-
neis apicaliter acutis extus puberulis.

A rosulate herb to about 30 cm. tall; leaves all basal, cespi-
tose, rigid, subcoriaceous, grass-like, pale-green, 6--8 cm.
long, 2--2.5 mm. wide, shiny, subglabrous above, puberulent be-
neath, marginally densely and rather irregularly ciliate, the
hairs longest toward the leaf-base. apically very sharp-pointed;
sheaths very slender, closely appressed to the peduncle, 6--7.5
em. long, longitudinally many-striate, not twisted, puberulent
throughout, split apically; peduncles very slender, yellowish,
usually 7 or 8 per plant, 21--29 cm. long, subterete, glabrous,
not twisted; heads in bud small, subrotund, about 4 mm, wide;
involucral bracts ovate, brown, apically acute, about 3 mm. long
and 2 mm. wide, dorsally puberulent, marginally ciliolate;
flowers not seen,

The type of this species was collected by R. M. Harley, S. J.
Mayo, R. M. Storr, T. S. Santos, and R. S. Pinheiro (Harley no.
20130) in a region of rocky riverside with rapids, riverine
vegetation, cerrado with sandstone outcrops and some grassland
areas subject to flooding (but dry at time of collection), at an
altitude of approximately 980 m., between 2.5 and 5 km. south of
Vila do Rio de Contas on the side road to the west of the road
to Livramento, leading to the Rio Brumado, approximately 41°50'
W., 13°36" S., Serra do Rio de Contas, Bahia, Brazil, on March
28, 1988. The collectors note: "Herb to 20 cm. with rosette
of rigid pale green leaves. Involucral bracts grey-black.
Flowers white."

Vol. 45, No. 6

12 Jel se AE (0) 1 (0) (@ Ib YN

476

vu
q
g
Y
5
V
%
S
te
Q,
9
is|
ota
Y
5
ae]
xa)
S|
%
=
%
Q,
ie)
i)
A,

B -- flower-

habit;

A ==

view of

involucral bract;

D -- inner view of involucral

Drawn by B. Angell.

bract.

1980 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 477

Syngonanthus floccosus Mold.

A -- habit; B -- outer view of involu-
cral bract; C -- inner view of involu-

cral bract; D -- receptaculat bract-

let; E -- calyx of staminate floret;

F -- corolla and androecium of stam-
inate floret; G --androecium and
aborted gynoecium of staminate floret.

Drawn by B. Angell.

478 Bo Y LeOeicOiG sb A Vol. 45, Now 6

SYNGONANTHUS FLOCCOSUS Mold. Plate 5

Herba rosulata erecta ca. 30 cm. alta; foliis caespitosis lin-
earibus usque ad 1 cm. longis in cumulo floccoso densissimo albido
omnino occultis; vaginis gracillimis, arcte adpressis 2 cm, lon-
gis densissime albo-strigosis; pedunculis gracillimis flavidis
13--29 cm. altis tricostatis paulo tortis glabris; capitulis ob-
ovato-rotundatis 7--9 mm. latis densissime albo-villosis.

A rosulate herb, erect, to about 30 cm. tall; leaves all
basal, cespitose, linear, to about 1 mm. long, almost completely
hidden by a dense white cottony or woolly cushion of hair;
sheaths very slender, very closely appressed to the peduncle, 2
cm. long, very densely white-strigose with mostly reflexed hairs;
peduncles very slender, yellowish, 13--29 cm. long, 3-costate and
shallowly 3-sulcate, slightly twisted, mostly glabrous; heads ob-
ovate-rotund, small, 7--9 mm. wide, very densely white-villous;
involucral bracts white, oblanceolate, about 3 mm, long and 2 m.,
wide, apically rounded and erose, glabrous, the lowermost smaller;
receptacular bractlets numerous, narrow-lanceolate, very densely
long-villous with white hair; for staminate floret characters,
see accompanying illustration; pistillate florets not seen.

The type of this species was collected by R. M. Harley, S. J.
Mayo, R. M. Storr, T. S. Santos, and R. S. Pinheiro (Harley no.
19042) near Sado Inacio, at an altitude of about 500 m., in the
Serra do Acurua, approximately 42°44" W., 11°07' S., Bahia, Bra-
zil, on February 25, 1977. The collectors note: "Erect tufted
herb to ca. 20--25 cm. with dense fibrous roots and swollen white
woolly base. Stems and leaves erect grey. Heads and involucral
bracts white."

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VITEX, XVI

Harold N. Moldenke

VITEX Tourn.

Additional & emended bibliography: Roxb., Hort. Beng. 46 & 95.
LS4s) Roth. Nowe els Speen tip des SU6-—3 7 LS 2ss Wallis Numeice
List [47] & [48], nos. 1743--1760. 1829; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed.
2, 416--418. 1830; Wall., Numer. List 86, nos. 1743/C--1755 (1831)
cial D5 iOSq (SUIS) SSA, IMSWwe Infeyeilys Iker, Rhelieny Galo 2, BNNs ©
573. 1832; Piddington, Tab. View Gen. Char. Roxb. 106--107. 1836;
G. Don in Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550--551 & 768. 1839; G. Don
ins Loud... Hort. Brate Suppl, 22 741. 18393 Jack, Calicut. Journ.
Nat. Hast. 4: 40=—-425 1843: G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit. Suppl.
[3]: 657 & 734. 1850; Beddome, Forest. Man. in Fl. Sylvat. S. In-
dial Zim clasts, S745) Kuszeehonrest Pdi) Brit.) Burmas2s) 25255209 ——
273, & 612. 1877; Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed. 3; 4:
Nov. App. 159--160. 1880; Vidal y Soler, Sin. Fam. Gen. Pl. Len.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 479

Filip. [Introd. Fl. For. Filip.] 1:201, 202, & 204--205 (1883)
and 2 [Atlas]: 35--36, pl. 75, fig. A--C. 1883; C. B. Clarke in
Hook, f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 583--588, 601, & 774. 1885; Vidal y
Soler, Phan. Cuming. Philip. 15, 39, 44, 64, 134, & 135. 1885;
Warb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 13: 428--429. 1891; Woodrow, Journ. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. 5: 359. 1899; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2,
imp. 1, 524 & 539--542. 1902; Talbot, Trees Bomb., ed. 2, 271.
1902; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 432--433.
1904; Dalla Torre, Just Bot. Jahresber. 39 (1): 1319. 1913; Wan-
gerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (1): 848. 1913; Gamble, Man.
Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 524 & 539--542. 1922; Chiov., Fl.
Somala 63 & 65. 1929; Bedevian, Illust. Polyglot. Dict. 617.
1936; Ainslie, Imp. Forest. Inst. Oxford Univ. Paper 7: 89. 1937;
Kadambi, Indian Forest. 76: 18--30, 69--82, & 121--132. 1950;
Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2: 1031--1038, 1040, & 1041, fig.
247 B & 248 B & H. 1950; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog.,
imp. 2, 432--433. 1958; Novak, Vyssi Rostliny, ed. 1, 689, 696,
699, 929, & 990. 1961; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp.
3, 432--433. 1963; Neal, In Gard. Hawaii, ed. 2, 720, 721, &
727--730, fig. 277. 1965; Munir, Gard. Bull. Singapore 21: 334 &
337. 1966; Van Zindern Bakker, Palaeoecol. Afr. Surr. Isl. 3: 146.
1967; Boquiren, Mycologia 63: 954. 1971; Pierre-Noel, Nom. Poly-
glot. Pl. Hait. 471. 1971; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp.
3, 524 & 539--542. 1972; Novak, Vyssi Rostliny, ed. 2, 2: 736,
737, 740, & 983. 1972; Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 2, 316--317.
1975; Ortega U., Cienc. Naturaleza 17: 23. 1976; Chin, Gard.
Bull. Singapore 30: 196. 1977; Arp, Trop. Gard. Gulf Coast 82.
1978; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 40--42, 44,
47, 51--53. & 57. 1978; Wang, Act. Entomol. Sin. 21: 343--344.
1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 86 & 88. 19793; Lessani &
Chariot-Panahi, Taxon 28: 636. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 384--
417, 474--498, 505, & 507--512. 1979; Rizzini, Trat. Fitogeog.
Bras. 2: 302. 1979; Wang, Biol. Ahstr. 68: 4667. 1979; Wherry,
Fogg, & Wahl, Atlas Fl, Penna. 303. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 45:
40 & 343--345. 1980.

Junell (1934) and Novak (1961) place this genus in the Lami-
aceae, and Dr. Carl Epling, noted specialist in this family of
plants, shortly before his death, indicated to me that he agreed
with this disposition of it, Hutchinson obviously would not so
regard it since it is a pre-eminently arborescent genus,

Vidal y Soler (1885) assert that Cuming 1173 consists of a
mixture of a Vitex sp. and Vitis cumingiana Turcz. in the Vita-
ceae,

VITEX ACUMINATA R, Br.
Additional bibliography: Warb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 13: 429,
1891; Mold., Phytologia 44: 223--224. 1979.

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS L,

Additional & emended bibliography: Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Di-
cot. 2: 1031 & 1033. 1950; Novak, Vyssi Rostliny, ed. 2, 2: 737,
740, & 983. 1972; Arp, Trop. Gard, Gulf Coast 82. 1978; Mukher-

480 Wyet NO au Oi, () (er IL JN Vol. 45, No. 6

jee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 53. 1978; Mold., Phytolo-
gia 44: 385. 1979; Wherry, Fogg, & Wahl, Atlas Fl. Penna. 303.
1979).

Recent collectors have found this plant growing on roadside
banks (in Texas) as a 2--3-foot shrub with purple flowers in July.
Wherry and his associates (1979) report it as adventive in Chester
County, Pennsylvania

Additional citations: TEXAS: Travis Co.: Correll & Correll
34288 (N). RUSSIA: Turkmanskaya: Nitikin & Ivanov s.n. [28.06.
IDPS) Ge

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS var. PSEUDO-NEGUNDO Hausskn.
Additional bibliography: Lessari & Chariot-Panahi, Taxon 28: 636.
1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 339 & 344--347. 1979.
Lessani & Chariot-Panahi (1979) report the chromosome number
of this taxon as 2n = 32 and cite as the basis of the report
Sanei 60877 from 1300 m. altitude in Iran.

Vitex Ale E LS SMA ee wits

Additional bibliography: Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip., ed.
34 AS Ro Nos WHOS wWEHOS 16 We Wisiseh5 Sig wiley’ Sssi5 IS)itsie
Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 52. 1978; Mold.,
Phytologia 44: 385 & 394. 1979.

VITEX ALTISSIMA £. juv. ALATA (Willd.) Mold.

Additional & emended bibliography: Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. l,
316=—317. 182i; Kurz, Forest Pl. Brit. Burma 2: 2695, 272——2/3506
ole Si 7eeMeccal tes Challe Anat... Dilcot. 2: LOS6../950sRorn.
Nov. Pl. Sp., imp. 2, 316--317. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 44: 385.
1979.

VITEX ALTISSIMA £. SUBGLABRA Thwaites

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 354 & 358--360.
1979.

Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Nooteboom & Huber 3162 (W--
2819669).

VITEX AMBONIENSIS var. SCHLECHTERI Pieper

Additional & emended bibliography: Pieper, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
Beibl. 141: 69. 1928; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 5/7
@)403. 1938s He Neact Ac. Mollids. Pil. Life 2: 81 L948 Molldnr.
Phy.tollogia 15: 89. 19675 Mold., Fitth Summ. Js) 252 (971); and 92:
MA3\q iUG7/ile

VITEX APPUNI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Lopez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 386--387 & 399.
1979).

Recent collectors have found this plant in flower in April and
report the vernacular name, “guarataro". The corollas are said
to have been "blue" on the Aristeguieta collection cited below.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Guadrico: Aristeguieta 7025 (N).

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 481

VITEX BENTHAMIANA Domin

Additional bibliography: Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip.,
Eden So, 4: Nov. App. 160.:1850; K. Schum. .& Hollr., Fl. Kats.
Wilhelmsl. 121. 1889; Mold., Phytologia 44: 390. 1979.

VITEX BREVILABIATA Ducke

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 392, 1979,

Prance and his associates describe this plant as a tree, 15 m.
tall, the trunk to 25 cm. in diameter, and the corolla-tube light-
purple, the upper 2 "petals" [lobes] white, the 3 lower blue,
with yellow pubescence on the lower "petal" [lobe], and encoun-
tered it in a forest on terra firme, flowering in September.
Their collection seems to represent a form with only 3 leaflets
per leaf.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Prance, Berg, Bisby,
Steward, Monteiro, & Ramos 18027 (N).

VITEX CALOTHYRSA Sandw.
Additional bibliography: Lopez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 395. 1979.

VITEX CAPITATA Vahl

Additional synonymy: Vitex capitata Pers. ex G. Don in Loud.,
Homes br. Suppl. [Slit 657. 1850.

Additional bibliography: G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit. Suppl.
[3]: 657. 1850; Lopez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes
20: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 387 & 396--399. 1979.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing at 30 m. al-
titude, in flower in April. The corollas are said to have been
"blue" on Aristeguieta 5283.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Aristeguieta 5283
(N). Sucre: Steyermark, Carreno Espinoza, & Manara 107840 (N).

VITEX COFASSUS Reinw.

Additional bibliography: Fern.-Villar in Blanco, Fl. Filip.,
ed. 3, 4: Nov. App. 160. 1880; Mold., Phytologia 44: 401--405.
1979.

Schumann & Hollrung (1889) cite only Hollrung 505. Schumann
& Lauterbach (1900) cite Hellwig 196 & 446, Hollrung 505, and
Bamler 97, all from New Guinea, flowering there from January to
March, They record the vernacular name, "ganaula", and assert
that the wood is used to make boat-rudders and in house Construc-
tion there,

Canfield describes the species as a tree, 10 m. tall, the
corollas "lavender" in color, and the fruit red to dark-blue,
and encountered it as "occasional" in burned-over fields on vol-
canic clay soil, at 50 m. altitude, in flower and fruit in A-
pril, growing in association with Pandanus, Macaranga, Scleria,
Thelypteris, and Cordyline,

Additional citations: PALAU ISLANDS: Koror: Canfield 739 (W--
2881433); Emmons 21 (W--2881276).

482 PUH AY DOs OnGrr A Vol. 45, No. 6

VITEX COLUMBIENSTIS Pittier
Additional bibliography: Lopez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm,
Univ. Andes 20: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 405--406. 1979.

VITEX COMPRESSA Turcz.

Additional bibliography: Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 406--407 & 414.
1979.

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a tree, 12 m. tall,
and have found it growing on rocky soil in mountain savanna for-
ests and in high forests, at 473 m. altitude, flowering in April
and December.

Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Aristeguieta 5215
(N). SURINAM: Sang LBB.16266 (N).

VITEX COOPERTI Standl.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 408--409. 1979,

Croat refers to this species as a tree, 12 m. tall, the corol-
las "blue", and the immature fruit green, and found it in flower
and fruit in August.

Additional citations: HONDURAS: Atlantida: Croat 42679 (W--
2846413). COSTA RICA: Heredia: Hartshorn 932 (Z).

VITEX CYMOSA Bert.

Additional bibliography: Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res.
Inst. 41: 40 & 52. 1978; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ.
Andes 20: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 410--412, 485, & 492.
1979.

Beck describes this plant as a tree, 8--10 m. tall, and en-
countered it on wet savannas and in chaparral converted to cattle
raising land, at 220 m. altitude; the corollas were "blue" on
Jnalis} Veo ASS).

Additional citations: BOLIVIA: El Beni: S. G. Beck 2559 (Ld),
2559a (Ld).

VITEX DIVARICATA Sw.

Additional synonymy: Vitex multiflora Sw. ex Pierre-Noel, Nom.
Polygiot. Hait. 471, in syn. 1971 [not V. multiflora Miq., 1844].

Additional bibliography: Pierre-Noel, Nom. Polyglot. Pl. Hait.
471. 1971; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 52.
1978; Loépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 33.
1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 409, 413--415, & 475. 1979.

Pierre-Noel (1971) lists the following vernacular names for
this plant: "bois lézard", "fiddlewood", "black fiddlewood",
"higierillo", "bois d'agoutis", “manioc a goutis", "palo de
pendula", "pendula", "pendulo blanco", "roble guayo", "roble de
olor", "timber fiddlewood", and "totumillo".

VITEX DONIANA Sweet
Additional bibliography: G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit. Suppl. [3]:
657. 1850; Ainslie, Imp. Forest. Inst. Oxford Univ. Paper 7: 89.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 483

1937; Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 41: 52. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 44: 474--480. 1979.

VITEX DUCKEI Huber
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 480--481. 1979.
Further study indicates that the Ducke s.n. [Sao Gabriel, Feb.
16, 1936; Herb. Rio de Janeiro 35667], cited by me as V. duckei in
1S sys )e more likely represents V, klugii Mold.

VITEX EXCELSA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res.
Inst. 41: 40. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 44: 482. 1979.

VITEX FLAVENS H.B.K.

Additional bibliography: Mukherjee & Chanda, Trans. Bose Res.
Inst. 41: 52. 1978; Lopez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes
20: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 484--485 & 492. 1979.

VITEX FLORIDULA Duchass. & Walp.
Additional bibliography: Pittier, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20:
484, 1922; Mold., Phytologia 44: 485--486,. 1979.

VITEX GARDNERIANA Schau.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 488--489. 1979;
Rizzini, Trat. Fitogeog. Bras. 2: 302. 1979.

VITEX GIGANTEA H.B.K.
Additional bibliography: Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm.
Univ. Andes 20: 33. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 492--493, 1979,

VITEX GLABRATA R, Br.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 493--498, 1979.

It would appear that, in general, typical V. glabrata has the
leaflets usually 3 in number, rounder, and more glabrate, and the
corymbs fewer-flowered, loose, with dichotomous axillary cymes.
In the very similar f. bombacifolia the leaflets are usually 5 in
number, larger and broader -- well exemplified by "Vitex n. 18,
Herb. Ind. or. H.f. & T." In f£. pallida the leaflets are smaller,
more hairy, and the peduncles shorter -- well exemplified by "vi-
Fexwme 10, Henb., Indeorcierks & Ti"

Clarke (1885) comments that "The typical V. glabrata.....has
leaves usually 3-foliolate and rounder more glabrate leaflets and
fewer-fld. corymbs than the Indian tree; but some of the examples
of V. Cunninghamii appear identical with Silhet specimens. The
typical V. bombacifolia, Wallich.....has the leaflets mostly 5,
large and broad; V. pallida, Wallich.....has smaller, more hairy
leaflets, and short peduncles."

VITEX GLABRATA f£. BOMBACIFOLIA (Wall.) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 498. 1979.
Recent collectors describe this plant as a tree, 43 feet tall,
the trunk 2 feet in girth at breast height, the wood hard and dur-

484 Popem ly ONE OMG Sele val Vol. 45, No. 6

able, and have found the tree in flower in May. Griffith (1854)
found it in cultivation at Mergui, in southern Burma, while Voigt
(1845) reports it in cultivation at Calcutta, in West Bengal, In-
dia.

Griffith's V. elegans is based on a specimen "In horto meo,
beato Mergui: March, 1835" and he provides a remarkably detailed
description of the taxon. Vitex bombacifolia is based on Wallich
1749/1 cultivated in the Calcutta Botanical Garden, 1749/2 from
Tagtomen on the Irawaddi River, collected in 1826, and possibly
1749/3 from Melghing. It should be noted in this connection
that Wallich's no. 1749D [on p. 86 of his work] is identified as
V. leucoxylon L. f., as are also nos. 1749E and 1749F,

The Béjaud 519, distributed as and previously cited by me as
£, bombacifolia, actually representes var. poilanei Mold.

Additional citations: BURMA: Tenasserim: Helfer 6062 (Pd).
BANGLADESH: Majumder & Islam MADw.24522 (Ws, Ws). CULTIVATED:
india) Herbs Hort. BOE Callcucee 'seme |Ced)\.

VITEX GLABRATA f£. PALLIDA (Wall.) Mold., Phytologia 44: 329.
1979.

Synonymy: Vitex pallida Wall., Numer. List [48], no. 1749,
hyponym. 1829; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 588,
in obs. 1885.

Bibliography: Wallis Numer. List [485 no. L75ils WS29iGaeBe
Clarke im) Hook. £., Ri Bette india4: S8S8ianl8so dackse am
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1214. 1895; Mold., Pre-—
lim. Alph. List Inv. Names 51, 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv.

Names 54, 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2,
2: 1214 (1946) and imp. 3, 2: 1214. 1960; Mold., Résumé 387.
1969; Mold., Fifth Symm, 2: 725. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 44: 329.
19179).

Haec forma a forma typica speciei foliolis minoribus pubescen-
tioribus pedunculis brevioribus recedit.

This form, characterized by its smaller more hairy leaflets
and short peduncles, is typified by Wallich 1751 from Martabania
in Lower Burma. Clarke (1885) asserts that it is well exempli-
fied ibys) Vitex no 10," Herbs Ind. or. H.f. 6 To"

VITEX GLABRATA var. POILANEI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 245. 1967;
Mould, Ealtthesumme 1:5 303 C971) ande2. 925s nile

The Béjaud 519, cited below, has previously been regarded as
typical V. glabrata R. Br. or as its £. bombacifolia (Wall.)
Mold.

Additional citations: CAMBODIA: Béjaud 519 (N).

VITEX GODERDZICA Tsagareli, Bull. Acad. Sci. Georgian SSR 78:
383--384. 1975.
Synonymy: Vitex goderzica Tsagareli, Bull. Acad. Sci. Georgi-
an SSRe78 3) (S8i)5 tsphalimee O75:
Bibliography: Tsagareli, Bull, Acad. Sci. Georgian SSR 78: 381-
384. 19755 “He Res Biol.) Abstrs 61: 2221) 1976: Anon. > Biol) Abe

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 485

Bur. ols ACL. /33. 1976,

Illustrations: Tsagareli, Bull. Acad, Sci. Georgian SSR 78:
Pooky & 582. 1975.

This fossil species has been described from the Goderdzi flora
series, Miocene-Pliocene in age, of South Georgia, Russia. Its
leaves closely resemble those of modern V. negundo var. cannabi-
‘folia (Sieb. & Zucc.) Hand.-Mazz. The author has also compared
it with V. pentamera Engelhardt and V. paucidenticulata Kutuz-
kina,

VITEX GOLUNGENSIS J. G. Baker

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 317 & 330. 1900; Mold., Phytologia 15:
245. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 245 (1971) and 2: 716 & 925.
OWA

The type of this species, Welwitsch 5635 in the British Muse-
um herbarium was photographed there as F. G. Meyer photograph
number 3889,

Additional citations: ANGOLA: Cuanza Norte: Welwitsch 5635
{[F. G. Meyer photo 3889] (Gz--type of type, N--photo of type).

VITEX GRANDIDIANA Pieper

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
Dem ove (2) 4046, 1956s He Ne & Agel. Mold. 5 Pl, Lite 25 62.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 245. 1967; Mold., Fifth Sum, 1:
2O5" (197) "and 23° °925. 1971.

VITEX GRANDIDIANA var. ANGUSTIFOLIA Mold,
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 245. 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 263 (1971) and 2: 925. 1971.

VITEX GRANDIFOLIA Giurke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 169--170. 1894.
Additional synonymy: Vitex grandifoliola Giirke ex Adam, Bull.
Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire A.32: 1005 & 1018. 1970. Vitex grandifolia
"Glirke ex Engl." ex Mold., Fifth Summ, 2: 718, in syn. 1971.
Additional & emended bibliography: Giirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
18: 169--170. 1894; J. G,. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr.
yueohore s24. 1900s"A. Cheva. Vere Util. Afr. Trop. Eranc. .9=
280--281 & 340--343. 1917; Dalla Torre, Justs Bot. Jahresber.
AV G2) ol. 1Ol7sehutchinss & Dalz. o El. We. TEOp. Air., ede ils
276--277. 1931; Ainslie, Imp. Forest. Inst. Oxford Univ. Inst.
Paper 7: 89. 1937; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2):
403. 1938; Roberty, Pét. Fl. Ouest-Afric. 178--179. 1954; S. & G.
Mangenot, Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 27: 653. 1957; Irvine, Woody Pl.
Ghana 763. 1961; Adjanohoun, Veget. Act. Geobot. 11: 21, 29, &
35, fig. 33. 1962; Gledhill, Check List Flow. Pl. Sierra Leone
30, 9625 Huber in Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Aftr., ed. Z,
445--448. 1963; Grout de Beaufort & Schnell, Contrib. Etud, Pl.
Myrmecod, [Mem. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire 75:] 45--47, pl. 10, fig.
D--G. 1966; Mold., Phytologia 16: 502. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
17: 12. 1968; Bolkhov., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb.
Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 717. 1969; Adam, Bull. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire

486 Pa Neu oO RE ONG aE ¢A Vol. 45, No. 6

A.32: 1005 & LOSS 1970; Hartwell, Wioydia 34: S588. L971; Molden
Fifth Summ. 1: 217--221, 223--225, & 374 (1971) and 2: 713, 714,
716, 718, 721, & 925. 1971; Den Outer, Meded. Landbouwhogs,. 72-20:
7 & Sle 1972- Karnswonrth. Pharmacog., Titles) 7 (4) sxwvilee222e
1972; Townsend, Kew Bull. 27: 147--148. 1972; Bolkhov., Grif,
Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 717. 1974;
[Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7, Cum. Gen. Ind. [118]. 1975;
Jaeger & Mold., Phytologia 30: 403. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 44:
479. 1979.

Additional illustrations: Adjanohoun, Veget. Act. Geobot,. 11:
21, fig. 33. 1962; Grout de Beaufort & Schnell, Mem. Inst. Fond.
Nmes Woes 5G (47/5 Golo WO, aeatas Wea AUeKooe

This species was originally based on Mann 880 and Soyaux 215,
as cotypes, not on Zenker 959 as is sometimes stated. Recent
collectors describe the plant as an erect shrub or treelet, 4--5
m. tall, the leaves usually 5-foliolate, opposite, exstipulate,
the petioles about 12 cm. long, the leaflets obovate, the middle
ones usually 13--40 cm. long and 6--20 cm. wide, apically abrupt-
ly acuminate, marginally entire, basally gradually very long-
cuneate, the petiolules about 1 cm. long, and the fruit globose,
yellow, and edible. The chromosome number is reported as being
2n = 32. Irvine claims that the species is "common" in deciduous
and secondary forests in Ghana. It has recently been collected
in flower in January and in fruit in February. The corollas are
said by Den Outen (1972) to be yellow. Vernacular names reported
for the species are "awama.owama", "bicona", and "evous". Dalla
Torre (1917) reports that the leaflets may be galled by a gall-
WaSPe

Adjanohoun (1962) asserts that V. grandifolia grows in associ-
ation with Loudetia ambiens in Ivory Coast. Jaeger & Moldenke
(1975) report it from gallery forests at 375 m. altitude in as-
seciation with Ficus otoniifolia, Xylopia parviflora, Pachystela
brevipes, Baissea zygodioides, Aphanostylis mannii, Phyllanthus
Spe, Hibiscus comoensis, Psychotria calva, and Hypolytrum heter-
omorphum. Irvine (1930), using the incorrect name, Vitex grandi-
flora Giirke, claims that it is conspecific with V. cuneata [now
known as V. doniana Sweet], citing only Irvine 89 from Ghana.
Hutchinson & Dalziel (1936) describe V. grandifolia as "A small
tree with glabrous branchlets and subcoriaceous 5-foliolate
leaves; flowers 1/2 in. long silky outside, yellowish with brown-
purple tips; habitat secondary forest. Casamance and French
Guinea to S. Nigeria and Cameroons! Extending to Gabon." Dal-
ziel (1937) states that "The plum-like fruits are yellow when
ripe, but later turn black; they have a thin edible pulp and are
used at various parts of the coast [of west tropical Africa] to
make a spirit said to taste like rum. They are also used like
those of V. Cienkowskii [now called V. doniana] to make a sweet-
meat. The sapwood is white, the heart darkening to brown, more
open-grained than teak, finishing smoothly, said to be durable
and termite-proof. Large drums are made from it in S. Nigeria,
and the smaller stems are used for house-building. In Sierra Le-
one the wood is sometimes burned for potash."" Hartwell (1971)

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 487

reports that the leaves and bark are powdered and mixed with oil
and then used by the natives of Nigeria in the treatment of tu-
mors. Chevalier (1917) describes the species as an “Arbre de 25
4 30 metres de hant, 4 tronc de 0 m. 60 3 O m. 90 de diamétre,
long de 15 4 20 métres sans rameaux. Bois blanc grisatre, avec
de jolis reflets, se travaillant bien. Aubier et coeur non dif-
férenciés. D. pour 26611 = 0,497 - D. pour 26621 = 0,528. Ecorce
cendré roussatre, trés pale, finement @cailleuse 4 la surface, un
peu rugueuse, @paisse de 3 a 4 mm....Ce bois est susceptible de
remplacer le noyer gris. On l'exporte de la Setté-Cama en Euro-
pe..s.e.eePeu commun dans la forét."

Ainslie (1937), in his discussion of V. grandifolia, which he
calls by the vernacular name of "ori", says that "The bark decoc-
tions of most Vitex spp. are used as a stomachic. The root-
infusion is a febrifuge. The bark and leaf are powdered and ap-
plied to sores, and, mixed with oil, applied to tumours and other
swellings. The leaf-decoction is used as a mouth-wash, and the
leaf-fomentation in rheumatism, orchitis, &c. The infusion of
leaf, bark and root is used for bad toothache, neuralgia, rheuma-
tism and fever. The boiled fruit of V. cuneata is drunk as a tea
and is said to be very refreshing and to have tonic properties."

Grout de Beaufort & Schnell (1966) describe the myrmecophily
of this species: "Dans les spécimens observés (Benoit 132, Camer-
oun; Chevalier 26621, 33158, 33298, Cameroun) les orifices sont
nets, parfois invisibles de l'extérieur, parfoid entiérement
percés jusqu'a la surface. Ces pores sont soil aux noeuds, soit
sur la ligne médiane des entre-noeuds. I1 peut aussi exister, en
ligne sur l'’entre-noeud, des cicatrices non perforcées".

Hutchinson & Dalziel (1936) cite Barter 354, 2098, & 2180,
Chevalier 14799, 15470, 16508, 17107, 17275, 19091, 19790, & 19819,
Dalziel 1247, Farquhar 12, Mann 880, Millen 32, Murphy 676, Row-
land s.n., Rumsey 14, Scott Elliot 4327, Talbot 2057, Unwin 47,
Vigne 1041, and Winkler 1165 from west tropical Africa. Irvine
(1961) cites from Ghana: Green 898, Irvine 89, 1810, & 2208, Kit-
son 1182, Lyon 2723 & 2869, Murphy 676, Rumsey 14, and Vigne 1041.
Fedde & Schuster (1938) cite Buesgen 72a, Ledermann 1135, Mild-
braed 5658, Staudt 136, Tessmann B.193, Winkler 1165, Zahn 504,
and Zenker 959, 1351, 1893, 1915, 19l5a, & 2164 from Cameroons as
V. grandifolia var. bipindensis (Girke) Pieper.

' Material of V. grandifolia has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as V. doniana Sweet, V. micrantha Girke, and
V. "micranthus Giirke". On the other hand, the Baldwin 10989,
distributed as V. grandifolia, actually is V. doniana Sweet, while
Zenker 2909 is V. rivularis Giirke.

Additional citations: REPUBLIC OF GUINEA: Jacques-Georges
27873 (Mu). LIBERIA: Baldwin 10989 (N); Straub 207 (W--946144).
IVORY COAST: Bernardi 8159 (E--1828000, Mu, W--2631913). GHANA:
Vigne 1041 (W--1526146). CAMEROONS: Zenker 959 (Mu--1830), 1451
(Mu--3713), 1893 (Mu--3773), 1915 (Mu--3772), 1915a (Mu--3775),
2164 (Mu--3911), s.n. [Kamerun] (W--719282).

VITEX GRISEA J. G. Baker

488 PeL Yor rnOl LONG mia Vol. 45, No. 6

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 316 & 325. 1900; Fedde & Schust., Justs
Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 402. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 15: 246--247.
LOG7is) Moldy, Eth Summ Ms 23 8& 245) (G97) and) 2) /:Ge eel enc
Pag As7/Ale

Baker (1900) cites only the type collection, Welwitsch 5759,
from Huila, Angola, photographed in the British Museum herbarium
as Missouri Botanical Garden type photograph number 2997.

Additional citations: ANGOLA: Hufla: Welwitsch 5759 (Mu--photo
of type, W--photo of type).

VITEX GRISEA var. DEKINDTIANA (Gurke) Pieper

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber,.
57) (ANS “ORG UGS Tis ING Gy ANG Whe Moles A als wishie BS FH, UOAE)s
Mold., Phytologia 15: 247. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 245 (1971)
ainel DS T/A ty QASiq ie7/Aale

VITEX GUERKEANA Hiern

Additional bibliography: Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. Lond. 68:
Suppl. 144. 1930; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2):
AO2 LIB 8) Hey Ney Acme Mold.) Pil uibdcke, 2 162) s94.8)-s) Molding
tologia 16: 502 (1968) and 17: 36. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1:
BES (ATA eel 29 Wi 5 W275 & S256 NoyAle

This species is based on Welwitsch 5632 from Angola, and the
type was photographed in the British Museum herbarium as Missouri
Botanical Garden type photograph number 2995.

Additional citations: ANGOLA: Cuanza Norte: Welwitsch 5632
[Mo. Bot. Gard. photo 2995] (Mu--photo of type, W--photo of type).

VITEX GUERKEANA var. GOSSWEILERI Pieper

Additional bibliography: Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. Lond, 68:
Suppl. 144. 1930; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2):
4026) L988) He Nee GA ie Moild 55 Pile lente: 22622) AlAs Moilidmemeeiniyes
tollogia 15: 247. 19673 Molld., Eifth Summ. 1: 245 (i971!) andi
TAO. i OPES “US)7Ale

VITEX GUIANENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 247. 1967; Mold.,
Idabel SumiMs LS ISL (AlG)7/i)) ere Be Qwys\5 ale7le

VITEX HARVEYANA H. H. W. Pearson

Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 63.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 16: 502. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16:
8. 1968; Van der Schijff, Check List Vasc. Pl. Kruger Natl. Park
81, 1969; Mold. Fifth Summ, di: 249,, 252,255. 6, 257, (197d) ender
WAY te SPAS o US Ale wevibiese (os Watisneh, Ghee Gowielng INeey, Eelo 25 Sis
1950, 1952, & 1955. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 44: 329 & 492. 1979.

Illustrations: Palmer & Pitman, Trees South. Afr., ed..2, 3:
IQ AL) 7/ 2c

Palmer & Pitman (1972) reduce V. geminata H. H. W. Pearson and
V. schlechteri Giirke to synonymy here, stating that the latter is
said to differ in having its "leaves in whorls of 3 and with un-

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 489

toothed leaflets", They assert that V. harveyana, in this broad
sense, is a dense bushy or scrambling shrub, sometimes with long
trailing branches, or a small tree, of the eastern Transvaal low
veld, of Zululand, Swaziland, and of northeastern Namibia, "grow-
ing in dense bush, sometimes in rocky soil and often along the
banks of streams......The small, silky, oblong buds open into
flowers that are white, blue or violet, sometimes 2-toned, and
fragrant, They usually bloom from October to December...The
fruit, ripe from February to May, is round or somewhat oblong, a-
bout 1.3 cm long, with a slightly enlarged calyx. It is said to
be edible, but whether by humans is debatable....The specific
name commemorates William Henry Harvey, F.R.S., (1811--1866),
distinguished Irish algologist and botanist, who was Colonial
Treasurer at the Cape of Good Hope and later Professor of Botany
at Trinity College, Dublin. He published the first Genera of
South African Plants at Cape Town in 1838, and was joint author
of volumes 1--3, Flora Capensis, 1859--1865."

Recent collectors describe V. harveyana as a woody bush, small
shrub, or climber, to 8 feet tall, or as a tree to 20 feet tall,
and have found it growing on steep wooded slopes, rocky outcrops,
and riverbanks, at 500 feet altitude, flowering in November and
fruiting in April. The corollas are said to have been "blue" on
Moll & Strey 3703 and "purple" on Wells 2173.

Van der Schijff (1969) cites his nos. 873, 1762, 2496, 2586, &
3986, as well as Acocks 16733 and Codd 5114 & 5242, all from Kru-
ger National Park,

Additional citations: SOUTH AFRICA: Natal: Haygarth 7462 (W--
550083); Moll & Strey 3703 (W--2559160); Wells 2173 (Mu). Trans-
vaal: Dahlstrand 813 (Go); Rodin 4232 (Ba, W--2063132).

VITEX HARVEYANA f£. GEMINATA (H. H. W. Pearson) Mold., Phytologia
44: 329. 1979.

Synonymy: Vitex geminata H. H. W. Pearson in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl.
Cap. 5: 213--214. 1901.

Bibliography: H. H. W. Pearson in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Cap. 5:
213--214. 1901; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 189. 1908; Pieper,
Engl, Bot. Jahrb. 62, Beibl. 141 ["142"]: 56 & 82. 1928; Mold.,
known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 52 & 103 (1942) and ed,

Z, 122 & 201, 1949; Mold., Phytologia 5: 373 (1956) and 6: 23.
1957; Mold., Résumé 154 & 476. 1959; Mold., Phytologia 15: 112 &
Zoids too, s Mold... Fifth Summ. 12) 257 (1971) and 23 "925..1971-
Palmer & Pitman, Trees South. Afr. 3: 1951 & 1953. 1972; Mold.,
Phytologia 44: 329 & 492. 1979,

Palmer & Pitman (1972) regard V. geminata as a synonym of typi-
cal V. harveyana H. H. W. Pearson, but in typical V. harveyana
the leaves are decussate-opposite and the leaflets marginally
dentate, while in f. geminata the leaves are ternate and the
leaflets marginally entire.

The type of the form is Gerrard & McKen 2027, collected along
the Umlatusi River in Zuzuland.

VITEX HAUSKNECHTITI Bornm,

490 Ps Yo TOM TON Ga Tee A Vol. 455 Nowe

Additional bibliography: Bornm., Fl. Nord Syr. [Notizbl. Bot.
Gare. Berlin Wie) 25%, MOM See. Nee VAS sie) Molden. SP es iusteur 2 mma
1948)" Parsa. Bill. trany 4 (Gee 540.) 19492 Molid.).. Phytol ogacaslocee2 ore
LGG67is) Molde.) Etithe Summte 1s 266) GLO) ands 2) o/il Oj 7 lilueme7 deems
9251. LO 7s Molde.) Phytollogdaw25ra 244. VOB).

Parsa (1949) says of this species: "Inflorescence plus maigre;
branches minces, allongées; calice petit; corolle non exserte;
limbe petit; lévre infér. barbue".

VITEX HAVILANDIT Ridl.,. Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1929: 262. 1929.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
57} (ANG VEOiG MOSS IG ING GONG Sha Wiollclas IPG Wabee 2S Osia lCvAsie
Mold., Phytologia 15: 248. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 328 (1971)
auncl ZAR CyB ASN 7/Ale

This species is based on Haviland 861 from Sarawak, Ridley
(1929) notes that this species is "allied to V. tetragona H. Hal-
lier [now known as Teijsmanniodendron sarawakanum (H. H. W. Pear-
son) Kosterm.] which I know only from the description, but the
leaves are smaller, not acute at the base nor chartaceous; the
calyx is not pubescent and the corolla much smaller."

The Agama 575, distributed as V. havilandii and so cited by me
in a previous installment of these notes, proves actually to be
Teijsmanniodendron smilacifolium (H, H. W. Pearson) Kosterm,.

VITEX HAYNGA Roxb.

Additional bibliography: Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 469. 1845;
Gr bem Glarkes in Hooke sibel cme bicdites windlal 4s OS em tLoOoDismMOolicrrs
Phytologia 15: 248. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 279 (1971) and 2:
925.5% 97/0) 971s

Voigt (1845) lists this plant as cultivated in the Calcutta a-
rea. Clarke (1885) comments that it "is probably one of the spe-
cies described in Fl. Ind., under which Roxburgh has omitted to
record the earlier name".

VITEX HEMSLEYI Briq.

Additional & emended bibliography: Sessé & Moc., Pl. Nov. Hisp.,
ed. 2, 96. 1893; Pittier, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 483 & 485-—
486. 1922; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1076.
LOS2s He Ne & An Le Molde Pls Lites 2%) 165i 1943) Rzedowskig seme
Vaugh, Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 20 & 107. 1966; Mold., Phyto-
logia 16: 502. 1968; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9): 236. 1970;
Moab Watieielay Sytunims ES 7/7) by VAT KOM UG )7/AL)) enol BE 7A 7/05 WA TOT) -
768, & 925. 1971; Hinton & Rzedowski, Anal. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Biol.
21s) Jal OSs Mold i.» ehycologaa 34 5252 <Cl97/6) and 4474 Olson

Sessé & Mocino's description of Cornutia pentaphylla is "Cornu-
tia foliis quinatis, foliolis lanceolatis.....Arbor quinque orgyas
longa. Rami oppositi, tuberculis gemmaceis scabri. Folia oppos-
ita, quinata; foliolis lanceolatis, integerrimis, glabris. Racemi
corymbosi, ex superioribus foliorum axillis. Bracteae lineares.
Flores coerulei, odoratissimi. Stylus vix staminibus longior.
Habitat in calidis Novae Hispaniae regionibus. Floret Maio. h "

Recent collectors describe this species as a small spreading

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 491

tree, 5 m. tall, and have found it growing on sea cliffs and in
tropical subdeciduous forests, from near sealevel to 750 m, alti-
tudes, flowering in May and June, fruiting in July. The corollas
are said to have been "blue and sage-like" on Clark 7188,

The Harmon 2481, distributed as V. hemsleyi, actually is Vitex
kuylenii Standl., while R. V. Moran 10159 and Ventura A. 2469 are
V. pyramidata B. L. Robinson,

Additional citations: MEXICO: Guerrero: O. M. Clark 7188 (E--
1287868); Hinton 10189 (Ld). Jalisco: Delgado S. 351 [R. Hernan-
dez 2600] (Mi); Pérez & Hernandez 859 bis (N). Michoacan: J. Es-
pinosa 835 (Ws), 860 (Ws); Hinton 13789 (Se--117455, Tu--112021).

VITEX HENRYI Mold,
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 248. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 290 (1971) and 2: 925. 1971.

VITEX HEPTAPHYLLA A. Le. Juss.

Additional & emended bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 611.
1843; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501 & 502, 1858; Alain in
Leour& Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1,°4: 317 & 318, fig. 137. 19573
Mold., Phytologia 16: 502 (1968) and 17: 17, 22, & 23. 1968; Mold.,
Eritheounm. sk: 98) Gl970) and 2° 713, 718, 720i, 730, & 9256 aoe.
Allein in skeon co Alain: El. Cuba, amp. 2, 2: 37) & 3185 tigers.
1974; Mold., Phytologia 44: 391. 1979.

Additional & emended illustrations: Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl.
Guba geinpe bool. bige 137. G957)) and ampe 25 12 sash is el Sema
1974.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, treelet, or
small tree, 5--10 m. tall, the branches spreading, forming a
crown, the leaves 3--7-foliolate, and the fruit drupaceous, yellow.
They have found it growing in serpentine soil, at altitudes of
100--300 m., flowering in April and May, fruiting in June and July.
The Liogiers refer to it as "common on riverbanks" and "common in
thickets and woods on serpentine barrens". The corollas are said
to have been "blue" on Alain & Jiménez 5680, Jiménez 6172, and
Liogier 11479 & 14876.

It should be noted that the Vitex arborea accredited to Bréon
in the synonymy of V. heptaphylla actually is a synonym of V. ber-
aviensis var. acuminata Mold., while that ascribed to Roxburgh is
V. pinnata L. and that credited to Desfontaines and to Fischer is
V. negundo f, albiflora Mold.

Additional citations: HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Alain &
Jiménez 5680 (W--2577007A); Ekman H.11292 (Ld), H.12643 (Ld); J.
J. Jiménez 6172 (N); Jiménez & Liogier 5680 (N); A. Liogier 11265
(Ld, N), 11479 (Ld, N), 14876 (Ld, N), 15717 (N, W--2576808A) ;
Liogier & Jiménez 5680 (Ld); Liogier & Liogier 19340 (N, N); Val-
eur 936 (Ld), 972 (Ld, Ld), 1031 (Ld). Haiti: Ekman H.3988 (Ld).

VITEX HIRSUTISSIMA J. G. Baker

Additional bibliography: Mold,, Phytologia 15: 248--249, 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 263 (1971) and 2: 925. 1971; Capuron, Adan-
sonia; jsere (2, (h2s) 5161972

492 Del ve MY OIL, (OIG: a YN Voll. 455 Nowe

VITEX HOCKEI DeWild.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
422 252, 9205 Mold., Phytologia 15: 249. 19673 Mold., Paltth Summ.
Ih PBs 2g (eP74s) GAD) amekh 2s TAGs W27a he OPSevilOW/ike

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 4 m. tall,
and have encountered it on herbaceous savannas, fruiting in April.

Additional citations: ZAIRE: Callens 3072 (N), 3300 (N).

VITEX HOLOADENON Dop

Additional synonymy: Vitex holaodenon Dop apud Fedde & Schust,,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (2): 286, sphalm. 1937.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot, Jahresber.
56) (2) 286. 1987s (Mollds. Phytollogianl5:) 249) 1967s) Moilldasbaseien
Sums we Bj} CIO7ID) eine DR VAG) & GOA IGW/Ake

VITEX HOLOCALYX J. G,. Baker

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 316 & 322--323. 1900; Good & Exell, Journ.
Bot. Lond. 68: Suppl. 144. 1930; Mold., Phytologia 15: 249. 1967;
MioMlclos ise Somme ie WAS (ilO7i)) Encl We VLBA GSP, iG7/ile

Baker (1900) cites only the type collection, Welwitsch 5636,
from Angola. Good & Exell (1930) cite Welwitsch 5863, also from
Angola,

VITEX HORNEI Hemsl.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
45 (1): 149. 19235 Mold. Phytologia.5: 249), 19673 Moild., Erf&th
Simm, We DS) CIM) eye Ze 728 & QPS Wyle

VITEX HUMBERTI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 249, 1967;
Mods, fatth) Summ) 1) 263) 19/1) and 22 719) & 9257. 9715.

VITEX HUMBERTI var. ANGUSTATA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 249. 1967; Mold.,
Bech Sums es 269 CLO») mandi2: 1 925)5, slOr/Alee

VITEX HYPOLEUCA Schau.

Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 502.
1858; Mold., Phytologia 15: 249--250. 1967; Mold., Fifth Sum, 1:
79 (L971) and 2257145) /29nns 925, 197s Razzind.) rat. Hitocecore
pease 28 S0L— IU.

Belém & Mendes describe this species as a tree, 2 m. tall, the
corollas "red", and the immature fruit green in January.

The Carrick & Enoch JC.255, distributed as V. hypoleuca, actual-
ly is V. trifolia var. bicolor (Willd.) Mold.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Belém & Mendes 297 (N).

VITEX IBARENSIS J. G. Baker
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 250. 1967; Mold.,
Watiere| Byer, Ie As) (GIG7ib) eel Ye OVS 5 aG7/Ale

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 493

VITEX IMPRESSINERVIS Mildbr.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
Bee): 402. 1938: Mold., Phytologia 15: 250, 19675 Mold., Fifth
Sump iss 224) Cl971) and) 2s. 925.) 1971,

VITEX INTEGRIFOLIA Urb.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
53 (1): 1077. 1932; Ciferri, Mycopath. 7: 89. 1954; Hansford, Sy-
dowia, ser. 2, Beih. 2: 684. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 15: 250.
Ho675 Mold., Fifth: Summ.) 1: 105 (1971) and 2: 925. 1971.

Ciferri (1954) records the fungus, Irenopsis aciculosa var.
viticis (Rehm.) Stev. [Meliola aciculosa var. viticis Rehm.],
from Vitex integrifolia on the basis of Ekman 4174 from Hispani-
ola.

Additional citations: HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Ekman H.
14882 (Ld).

VITEX IRAQUENSIS Mold.

Synonymy: Vitex iragensis Mold, apud Patzak & Rech., Fl. Iran.
43-06. 2967).

Additional bibliography: Parzak & Rech. in Rech., Fl. Iran. 43:
Feo eeanoe: 967s: Mold, Phytologia 1529250. 1967; Mold., Hitth
Summ. 1: 267 (1971) and 2: 719 & 926. 1971; Townsend, Kew Bull.
27: 147--148. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (4): B.A.S.I.C. S.198
&S.280. 1973.

Townsend (1972) is of the opinion that this species cannot pos-
sibly be native to Iraq and that the type specimen could not pos-
sibly have been collected by Lazar. The type, however, could not
be matched in the genus Vitex from any part of the world in the
Kew herbarium and so "It may well be that V. iraguensis will
prove to be a good species from the tropics with an exceedingly
unfortunate specific epithet."

VITEX IRINGENSIS Giirke
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 250. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ, 1: 238 (1971) and 2: 926. 1971.

VITEX ISOTJENSIS Gibbs

Synonymy: Vitex isotjensis Moore ex Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 719,
in syn. 1971. Vitex isotyensis Gibbs, in herb.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 250. 1967; Mold.,
Fitch Summ. 1: 247. .@97L), and 2: 926. 1971.

The type of this species, Gibbs 236, was photographed in the
British Museum herbarium as Missouri Botanical Garden photograph
A,859.

Additional citations: ZAMBIA: Gibbs 236 [Mo. Bot. Gard. photo
A.859] (Gz--photo of type, N--photo of type). ZIMBABWE: Guy s.n.
{[Herb. Rhodes. 85928] (Mu).

VITEX KAPIRENSIS DeWild.
Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
42: 252. 1920; Mold., Phytologia 15: 250--251. 1967; Mold., Fifth

494 PB yer OG OTe A Vol. 45, No. 6
Summ. 1: 232 (1971) and 2: 926. 1971.

VITEX KENIENSTS Turrill

Synonymy: Vitex kewensis L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third
G2 in syne) 976m

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
43: 159. 1922; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1): 669. 1936;
Metealfe & Ghalk,; Anat. Dilcort. 2: 1036, fag. 248° Be 195035 Dalles
Descrip. List Introd. Trees Uganda 70 & 72. 1953; Dale & Greenway,
Kenya Trees Shrubs 592, 595, & 596, fig. 109, photo 79 & 80. 1961;
Mound, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. (A) 38: 178. 1963; Van Zinderen Bak-
ker, Palaeoecol. Afr. Surr. Isl. 3: 146. 1967; Mold., Phytologia
16: 502. 1968; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 47. 1970;
Fogg, Newslet. Arb. Barnes Found. 6: 8. 1971; Blasco, Inst. Franc.
Pond. Trav. Sec. Scient. Tech. 10: 291 & 426. 1971; Mold., Fifth
Stuns IG shej— AS ir Biles (GITADY ehorl AR GGG AG WAlS iho Wl, & io As
Bailey, Hortus Third 1162. 1976; Mound & Halsey, Whitefly World
123. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 44: 389. 1979. ‘

Additional illustrations: Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 2:
1036, fig. 248 B. 1950; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs 596,
fig/ 109, photo 79 & 80. 1961.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a fast-growing timber
tree, growing 6 feet per year, attaining a height of up to 160
feet and a trunk girth of 24 1/2 feet, the bark corrugated, the
sap colorless, the “leaves in groups of five" [i.e., 5-foliolate],
the petioles pubescent, the flowers aromatic, and the fruit ed-
ible, and have encountered it in thick forests on "red fossil
sandy laterized soil", at 3900 feet altitude, flowering in Novem-
ber. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Tanner 1119.
Vernacular names reported for the species are “meru oak", "moru",
"mouru", “"muhuru", and “muuru".

Dale (1953) asserts that “except in the habit of growth it is
very difficult to distinguish [this tree] from the indigenous V.
fischeri Giirke. Tanner reports the fruit "used to add flavor to
tobacco snuff" in Tanzania, Dale & Greenway (1961) describe the
species as a "Forest tree to 100 ft. with 50 ft. of clear bole:
and 6 ft. diam. (usually 3 ft.): Bark thin, rough and slightly
fissured: blaze creamy yellow turning dirty green. In its leaves
and flowers the species is scarcely distinguishable from V. fisch-
eri. Timber pale grey-brown, coarse textured with well-marked
growth zones and often with a wavy grain figure: seasons, works
and nails well; strength varies with weight (25--37 lb. per cu.
ft, air dry) but approximates to that of Podo; not durable in
the ground. The heart of older trees is often piped; the heart-
wood has an attractive dark colour. Common in east Mt. Kenya
forests; 5,000--6,000 ft. Collections from elsewhere are refer-
able to V. fischeri Giirke, and it is doubtful if V. keniensis is
distinct from that species."" Mound (1963) reports that V. ken-
iensis is often host to the whitefly, Bemisia tabaci (Gennadies)
Takahashi,

The Tanner R.T.2523, distributed as V. keniensis, seems actu-
ally to be V. payos (Lour.) Merr.

1980 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 495

Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Tanner 1119 (N).
KENYA: Honore 660 (W--1716685).

VITEX KLUGII Mold.

Additional bibliography: Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5):
692 & 695. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 15: 251. 1967; Mold., Fifth
Summ, 1: 121, 128, 144, & 179 (1971) and 2: 713, 729, & 926. 1971;
Lopez-Palacios, Revist. Fac, Farm, Univ. Andes 15: 100, fig. [19].
1975; Soukup. Biota 11: 20. 1976; Lépez—-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb.
582, 610--614, & 654, fig. 142. 1977; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 20: 33. 1979,

Illustrations: L6épez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes
15: fig. [19]. 1975; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [611], fig.
142. 1977.

Lépez-Palacios (1975) comments that "Este V. es bastante simi-
lar a V. triflora, pero sus flores son muy pequeftias y las cimas
divaricadas y no 3-floras. Esta restistringido a la Hilea amaz6én-
ica. Para Venezuela solo existe un registro: Maguire & alt.

42575 del Cerro de la Neblina, T. F. Amazonas", In a personal
communication to me he lists the vernacular name, "mapori", from
Colombia; others have recorded "conejenumo" and "pale de hambre".

Recent collectors describe the species as a small tree, 8--15
m. tall, the trunk 10--35 cm. in diameter at breast height, and
have found it growing in forests on terra firme and in lateritic
soil of primary forests, as well as on sandy riverbanks, at 120
m, altitude, in ftower from September to December and in Febru-
ary. The corollas are said to have been "bluish" on Liesner 4100,
"violet-blue" on Ducke s.n., "blue with one white lobe" on Prance
& al. 15004, and "tube blue, largest lobe blue, the other lobes
white or white with blue patches" on Prance & al. 23050. Liesner
reports that the species is used as an appetite stimulant for
children,

Castaneda comments that "Eje de la inflorescencia y pedinculo
verdes, C&aliz verde palido. Tubo de la corola morado-lila en la
base y blanco el resto; los 2 pétalos laterales tienen el envés
blanco y la haz morado-lila; 2 labios inferiores blancos en ambas
caras; pétalo mayor morado-lila en ambas caras. Filamentos di-
dinamos, exertos, morado-lila. Ovario verde palido, globoso."

Lépez—-Palacios (1977) cites only the type collection, Klug 625,
from Peru, and Maguire & al. 42575 from Amazonas, Venezuela; in
his 1979 work he cites Romero Castafleda 3769 from Vaupés, Colom-
bia.

The Ducke collection cited below was previously cited by me as
V. duckei Huber and may prove to represent a natural hybrid be-
tween these two species. Its leaf characters appear to be inter-
mediate,

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Vaupés: Romero-Castafleda 3769
(N, N, N). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Liesner 4100 (Ld). BRAZIL: Ama-
z6nas: Ducke s.n. [SAH Gabriel, Feb. 16, 1936; Herb. Rio Jan.
35667] (N); Prance, Co@lho, & Monteiro 15004 (Ld, N); Prance,
Pennington, Leppard, Monteiro, & Ramos 23050 (Ld, N).

{to be continued]

TWO PENSTEMONS OF BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO—ONE NEW, ONE USED
(Scrophulariaceae) :

Reid Moran
Natural History Museum, San Diego, California 92112

Among the fruits of many botanical trips in Baja California
are various doubtful specimens, put aside for a time when there
might be more time and then almost forgotten when there wasn't.
Now the need for a name prompts me to take time for two neglected
species.

Penstemon angelicus (1.M.Johnston) Moran, comb. & stat. nov.
P. clevelandii var. angelicus I.M.Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad.
Seto ahyo U2ZSIMOy, iIIwA.
P. clevelandii ssp. angelicus Keck, Amer. Midl. Naturalist
ISB tulil, AS /Bs7/-

Short-lived perennial, sometimes flowering first year,
glabrous except for pedicels and flowers, the herbage somewhat
grayish glaucous. Stems solitary or few from slightly woody base,
virgate, 5-14 dm tall, to 2.5 cm thick at base, pale green, with
ca. 15-35 nodes below inflorescence. Leaves all distinct, more
crowded below, from irregularly dentate below to entire above:
lower narrowly petiolate, 3-8 (-10) cm long, the blade ovate,
acute to obtuse, 2-5 cm long, 1-3 cm wide, the petiole 1-3 cm
long; few to several middle ones broadly petiolate, 4-8 (-12) cm
long, 2-4 (-6) cm wide, elliptic to obovate, acute, narrowing
gradually into petiole-like base 1-4 cm long and 2-12 mm wide;
upper sessile, subcordate, triangular-ovate or narrowly so, acute,
4-7 (-8) cm long, 2-4 (-5) cm wide, the uppermost reduced and
relatively narrower. Thyrse subracemose, 1-6 dm long, 3-5 cm
wide, of ca. 5-25 nodes; peduncles erect or ascending, mostly
1-3 mm long, the lower in large inflorescences sometimes longer,
in fruit even to 10 mm; cymes mostly 3-8 flowered; pedicels
erect or ascending, glabrous to somewhat glandular-puberulent,

2-7 mm long in flower, to 12 (-18) mm long in fruit. Sepals pur-
plish, ovate to mostly lanceolate or elliptic, acute, glabrous to
glandular-puberulent, 3-6 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide. Corolla scarlet,
glandular—puberulent within and without, tubular-funnelform, bila-
biate, 15-21 mm long, 5-8 mm wide at throat and 10-15 mm wide at
apex (pressed), the tube slightly ascending, 3-5 mm long, 2-4 mm
wide (pressed), the throat horizontal, rather abruptly ventricose
anteriorly, straight posteriorly, in cross-section flat above and
rounded below and ca. 4 mm high and 5 mm wide, the upper lip erect,
5-7 mm high, its segments rounded, 3-5 mm long, the lower lip de-
flexed, 6-9 mm long, its segments rounded, 4-6 mm long. Filaments

496

1980 Moran, Two penstemons of Baja California 497

glabrous, the lower 10-12 mm long, adnate 2.5-3 mm, broadened at
base, the upper 8-9 mm long, adnate 0.5-1 mm, with thickened ovate
base ca. 1.5 mm wide; anther sacs explanate, ovate, glabrous,
1.5-1.9 mm long. Staminode 8-10 mm long, adnate 2-3 mm, glabrous,
cuneately broadened to ca. 1 mm at apex. Ovary 2-3 mm long, the
style 5-7 mm long. Capsules triangular-ovoid, brown, 7-12 mm long.
Chromosomes: 2n=16.

Type: Sheltered ledge of a basaltic cliff about 3 km from
shore, in a short gorge-like constriction of Palm Canyon, Isla
Angel de la Guarda, Baja California Norte, Mexico, 3 May 1921,
Ivan M. Johnston 3413 (CAS 1304). To judge from Johnston's map,
this is near 29°09'N, 113°13'W.

Distribution: Known only from Isla Angel de la Guarda, where
it is occasional or locally common on slopes and especially in
arroyo beds at 15 to 1080 m elevation in the northern to south-
central part of the island. Collections: Hastings 71-12 (ARIZ,

SD); Moran 7182, 7187, 8580, 12896, 12930, 23951 (SD and to go).
For one collection (M8580) Peter Raven got a chromosome count

of 2n=16, as reported also (by Keck and others) for most other

counted diploid species of Penstemon, including P. clevelandii.

Until recently P. angelicus has been known only from the very
incomplete type collection, with no flowers except a few dried
ones found on the ground. Keck (1937) and Wiggins (1964), with no
new material, followed Johnston in subordinating it to P. cleve-
landii. Later collections add several distinctive characters to
those already known or suspected.

Penstemon angelicus is taller (5-14 dm) than P. clevelandii
(3-7 dm). The transition from narrowly petiolate lower leaves to
subcordate sessile upper ones is not abrupt but gradual on the
taller stem of P. angelicus, with several broadly petiolate middle
leaves. The inflorescence is sub-racemose, the peduncles greatly
reduced as compared to those of P. clevelandii. The corolla is
not crimson to purplish red but scarlet, with no trace of blue
pigment. The corolla differs further in being a little shorter,
relatively broader, and more markedly bilabiate; and the tube is
much shorter and is more abruptly broadened to the throat. The
staminode and stamens are much shorter and so do not closely ap-
proach the mouth of the corolla; and (in relation to the shorter
tube) the staminode and lower stamens are inserted much closer to
the corolla base. Thus P. angelicus differs rather sharply from
P. clevelandii in several respects.

498 Fyi[bL NEVI Os oily, (OG) ALN Vol. 455 (Noeao

Because of its dentate leaves and ventricose corolla, P.
angelicus seems best kept in subsection Spectabiles of section
Peltanthera, where it becomes the only species with scarlet
flowers. There is no other species to which it is obviously
closest but perhaps none to which it seems closer than to P.

clevelandii.
Penstemon vizcainensis Moran, spec. nov.

Herba biennis vel temporibus minus aridis saepe longius
vivens, 1-2.5 m alta, praeter bracteolas ciliatas florasque
glandulosas glabra. Folia viridia lanceolata usque 16 cm longa,
inferioribus petiolatis denticulatis, superioribus sessilibus,
supremis angustioribus integris. Thyrsus virgatus 4-15 dm altus
2-5 cm latus; sepala 4-5 mm longa sparse glanduloso-ciliata;
corolla rosea infundibularis bilabiata sparsim glanduloso-puberu-
lenta 18-22 mm longa; stamina glabra, antheris explanatis in-
clusis, staminodio glabro sparseve barbato. Typus: Moran & Reveal
19938 (SD 92631). Species P. florida Brandegee ut videtur proxima,
quae autem 6-12 dm tantum alta est, foliis glaucis grossius den-
tatis, inflorescentia glandulosa, corollae 22-30 mm longae.

Short-lived perennial, glabrous below inflorescence, the
second year with single terminal flowering stem, in dry years
often dying monocarpic, otherwise in next years with several stems
from near base and then becoming bushy. Stems virgate, 1-2.5 m
tall, to 2.5 cm thick at base, light green, after flowering dying
mostly to lower fourth or below, with ca. 20-25 nodes below in-
florescence, the lower crowded, the upper 6-10 cm long. Leaves
bright green, lanceolate to oblong, to 16 cm long and 3.3 cm wide,
the lower petiolate, acute to obtuse, cuneate at base, irregularly
denticulate, with petioles to 3 cm, the middle sessile, acute,
denticulate, the upper smaller and especially narrower, entire.
Inflorescence a virgate thyrse 4-15 dm high, 2-5 cm wide, of 12-30
internodes, the middle and lower 2-8 cm long, the upper shorter;
peduncles closely ascending, 2-6 mm long; cymules of 1-3 (-10)
flowers; bractlets narrowly lanceolate, acute, sparsely glandular-
ciliate, ca. 5 mm long; pedicels ascending, 4-15 mm long. Sepals
imbricate, lanceolate to ovate, acute to acuminate, 4-5 mm long,
1-3 mm wide, sparsely glandular-ciliate above. Corolla horizontal,
deep pink to rose-purple, funnelform, bilabiate, 18-22 mm long,
8-10 mm wide at throat and to 17 mm wide at apex (pressed),
sparsely glandular-puberulent without and in distal half within
with trichomes mostly ca. 0.1 (-0.2) mm long, the tube ca. 3-4 mm
long but indefinite, gradually ampliate into ventricose throat,
the upper lip erect, ca. 5 mm long, the segments ca. 3 mm long,
the lower lip ca. 6 mm long, the segments ovate, obtuse, 4-5 mm
long and wide. Filaments glabrous, the lower 17-20 mm long,
slightly broadened at base, adnate ca. 3 mm, the upper 15-18 mm
long, with ovate basal thickening ca. 2 mm wide, nearly free;

1980 Moran, Two penstemons of Baja California 499

anther sacs explanate, oval, ca. 2.4-2.7 mm wide, glabrous. Stami-
node 13-16 mm long, adnate less than 1 mm, thickened in lower 4 mn,
slightly spatulate-broadened at apex, glabrous or sparsely bearded
with to ca. 10 trichomes ca. 1 mm long within 3 mm of apex on pos-
terior side. Ovary triangular-ovoid, very sparsely glandular,

4-5 mm high, tapering into style 10-15 mm long. Capsule ovoid,
brown, 8-10 mm long. Seeds black, angular, ca. 1.5 mm long.

Type: Steep north slope, bank of Arroyo Largo 16 km east of
the mouth, Vizcaino Peninsula, Baja California Sur, Mexico (near
27°37'N, 114°40'W), elevation ca. 340 m, 8 February 1973, Reid
Moran and James L. Reveal 19938; holotype: SD 92631; isotypes

to go (BM, CAS, MEXU, MO, NY, US).

Distribution: Known only from arroyos near the type locality.
Other collections: bed of Arroyo Largo 4 km from mouth, 40 mn,
Moran 22769 (SD), 11 km from mouth, 150 m, Moran 28084 (SD), 14.5
km from mouth, 270 m, Moran 28083 (SD and to go); gravelly arroyo
bed [Arroyo de las Casitas] 12.4 km west of San José de Castro,
300 m, Betty Mackintosh in 1969 (SD); arroyo bed 4.5 km west of
San José de Castro, 350 m, Moran 28082 (SD).

The new species fits well in subsection Spectabiles of section
Peltanthera (Keck 1937). It is remarkable for its height (1-2.5 m),
equalled in the section only in P. eximius Keck (rarely to 2.8 m).
It appears closest to P. floridus Brandegee, of east-central
California and adjacent Nevada, and especially to the narrower-
flowered southern subsp. austiniae (Eastw.) Keck. However, P.
floridus is a shorter plant (6-12 dm), with glaucous and more
coarsely dentate leaves, a glandular inflorescence, and longer
corollas (22-30 mm); and the filaments of the shorter pair are
somewhat viscid-puberulent at the base. The two members of this
subsection closest geographically to P. vizcainensis are P. cleve-
landii A. Gray, extending from southern California to Comondt,
central Baja California, and P. eximius Keck, from the eastside
canyons of the Sierra Judrez to Volcan las Tres Virgenes, Baja
California. Penstemon clevelandii is a much shorter plant (3-7
dm), with relatively wider leaves and with a narrower, more nearly
regular, crimson to purplish red corolla. Penstemon eximius has
coarsely dentate leaves and a glandular inflorescence, and the
corolla is white to pale pink with darker guidelines, is much
larger (25-35 or even 45 mm long and 15-25 mm wide pressed), ex-
pands more abruptly from a shorter tube, and has the lower lip
bearded. Also close geographically is P. angelicus (I.M.Jtn.)
Moran, fully described above.

The Vizcaino area has little rainfall and in some years none.
A 12-year mean for Bahia Tortugas was 95.8 mm and a 10-year mean
for Vizcaino 79.8 mm (Hastings & Humphrey 1969). No data are
published for years since 1969.

500 PP Hy TOE, 0 Ch deve Vol. 45, No. 6

In February 1969 Mrs. Mackintosh saw old stems of Penstemon
several places but saw only one plant in flower. Her photograph
shows this an old fruiting plant with stem still green, with some
original leaves, and with two short flowering branches near the
middle. Out of focus in the background are several seedlings and
several old fruiting plants apparently dead in the upper half or
more but with new axillary shoots below. At the type locality in
February 1973, a season of moderate to high rainfall for the area,
we found many seedlings and many old fruiting plants unbranched
below the inflorescence and apparently dead and thus monocarpic.
We found only one plant in flower, with several flowering branches
from the base--perhaps a third-year plant, the only survivor of
its generation. If so, we saw no plants that started the year
before--suggesting that may have been a drought year. In December
1975, following more than a year of drought according to a local
rancher, I found no seedlings but saw many old fruiting plants
with new shoots near the base. In February 1980 I saw a few seed-
lings and only a dozen old plants the length of Arroyo Largo, all
alive but none flowering.

These scattered observations suggest that drought years see
few or no seedlings, so that a whole generation may have to wait;
that plants flower the second year, then die nearly to the base;
that many plants make further growth the third year even in drought
years and will flower the third year and later if rainfall is
adequate; but that many plants die after flowering once.

The many old stems seen in 1973, and likewise in 1975, told
of very good flowering the year before. Only two plants were
found flowering in the four years when collections were made, but
possibly others flowered later in some of these years. Other
years, such as 1979, appear to have had few plants flowering.

Some plants grow on the bank and many in the bed of the arroyo.
Even when not flowering, they are conspicuous by their height. It
is noteworthy that they were found different places in different
years.

References

Hastings, James Rodney, and Robert R. Humphrey. 1969. Climato-
logical data and statistics for Baja California. Techn. Rep.
Meteorol. Climatol. Arid Regions 18:i-v, 1-95.

Keck, David D. 1937. Studies in Penstemon, V: the section Peltan-
thera. Amer. Midl. Nat. 18:790-829.

Wiggins, Ira L. 1964. Flora of the Sonoran Desert. In Forrest
Shreve and Ira L. Wiggins, Vegetation and flora of the Sono-
ran Desert. i-x, i-v, 1-1740, maps 1-27, pl. 1-37. Stanford
Univ. Press.

New Combinations in the genus Aphanostephus (Astereae - Asteraceae)
B. L. Turner and Arnold Birdsong
The University of Texas, Austin, Texas 78712

To accombdate the nomenclatural needs of several workers con-
cerned with floristic studies in Mexico, the following new combina-
tions within Aphanostephus are proposed:

1. A. ramosissimus DC. var. humilis (Benth.) Turner & Bird-
song, comb. nov. ___ Based upon Leucopsidium humile Benth., Plantae
ae eianae p. 18. 1839. (= Aphanostephus humilis [Benth.] A.
Gray). eg | «

This is the large headed, more western, variety which Shinners
(1946, in a revisional treatment, Wrightia 1:95-121.) treated as
two species, A. humilis (type from Guanajuato, Mexico) and A.
arizonicus (type from Gila Valley, Arizona). The smaller-headed,
typical variety ramosissimus occurs primarily in the northeastern
portions of Tamaulipas, Nuevo Leon and Coahuila Mexico, extending
northward to Oklahoma. There is an extensive region of intergrada-
tion between the two taxa, as noted by Shinners in his revision.
Subsequent field work throughout the regions concerned strongly
suggest that only a single species with intergrading regional pop-
ulations exist. As treated by us, the variety also includes A.
jaliscensis Shinners.

2. A. ramosissimus var ramosus (DC.) Turner & Birdsong, comb.
nov. ___ Based upon Keerlia ramosa DC., Prodr. 5:310. 1836. (=
Aphanostephus ramosus [DC.] A. Gray).

This is the more tuberous-rooted, more montane, variety which
occurs in southcentral Mexico. It includes A. pachyrrhizus
Shinners. Several workers, including Shinners have described the
roots as perennial, but it appears to be only facultatively so.
Examination of plants in the field shows this to be a variable
character, some plants appearing annual, some perhaps biennial
(thickened tap roots) and some which might be construed as short-
lived perennial. The taxon intergrades northward into the variety
humilis.

A general treatment of the four species which comprise the
genus Aphanostephus will be forthcoming shortly.

501

BOOK REVIEW

Alma L, Moldenke

"PLACE-NAMES OF NEW SOUTH WALES - Their Origins and Meanings" by
A. W. Reed, ii & 156 pp. .A. H. & A. W. Reed, Sydney, Mel-
bourne, Wellington, Auckland; distributed in the United
States by Charles E. Tuttle Co., Inc., Rutland, Vermont
OSVOilsG ISEOS 85550.

Such little books as this give not only dictionary-type infor-
mation but also charming tidbits for casual reading about 2,000
localities. The place names here have been derived in all of the
usual ways, as, for instance, for people (Caley Hill for George
Caley, botanist and explorer) and for conspicuous plants of the
area (Belar for the forest oak, Condong for one of the sandpaper

figs, Ficus stephanocarpa, whose leaves were used to polish
spear-shafts, and Buondong for a native peach tree).

Index to authors in Volume Forty-five

Anderson lice Les) 6S

RULIWEN ZS IRee Winn, P55)

Birdsong, A., 501

Cuatrecasas, Je, U7

DPARCyeuuWasGalsersaS

El-Gazzar, A., 1

Eshbaugh, W. H., 356

Foote, M. A., 381

Colldame sy Ving 220

Hamza, M. K., 1

Herbst, D., 6/

Holmes, W. C., 297

Johnston, M. C., 449

Keimigys Re vic 50) 209)

Kaye, Rey Mag IOI, IOS, WAxAS
WADA (AVS)

Kolotila, M. P., 438

Lenonsw Has Lia 2 55

MASS} 5 IW) Hela

McDaniel, S., 297

Moldenke, A. L., 85, 357, 443,
502

Moldenke, H. N., 36, 40, 47,

Moldenke, H. N. (cont.), 209,
210% 280)5.0296,5.. 335 .50OS eee
349, 385, 394, 396, 468, 478

Moran, R., 496

OlsoNeat\s. inl Src ZIL7/

Barker.) isn Biss) HO,

Reed. IG. He.) Sos oo3

Robinson, Hej, 09), OLS oss
UW AYAR AWAD AUS UG, ABIES WS).
460, 463

Rodriguez—-Carrasquero, H. A.,
PAN Disiovs E837/

bye Wo WSs 5s)

Seq dom aes SOF YSIS 2OS, sin’

Schuster.) en Marpac

Abra MIS Mog SOI

Wolles We Wag sks

Wane WelsnrSilssneS O Neem ol:

Werth, C. R., 356

atdlisyormey he Ka So

Motaes 16 Bip, 255

Wundersileims Ri be 52

Viiveetsleveles ls ding Sib

502

1980

Index 503

Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Forty-five

Acacia, 70, 71, 81, 395
Acantholippia, 40, 339
Acanthosphaera, 267
Acarospora, 217
Acerates, 7, 12
Aceris, 228, 237, 246
Acetosa, 250
Achnanthes, 263
Acritopappus, 142-157
Acrolejeunea, 422
Acromastigum, 417
Actinastrum, 267
Actinella, 467
Adenostemma, 96
Adenostemmatinae, 96
Adiantum, 299
Aegiphila, 40, 468
Aeschynanthus, 31, 34, 302-
315, 378

Agalinis, 353
Agaricales, 359
Agave, 450
Ageratina, 464
Ageratum, 101, 142, 153, 155,
293
Agrianthus, 101
Ajugeae, 343
Algae, 259, 382
Alixia, 292
Allisoniaceae, 415
Allisonioideae, 415
Alomia, 142
Aloysia, 395, 468
Alyxia, 292
Amasonia, 40
Amblyopetalum, 12
Amblystigma, 12
Ampelamus, 12
Ampelozizyphus, 285-286
Amphijubula, 435, 437
Amphora, 263
Anabaena, 257, 269
Analectis, 397, 404
Analectpis, 397
Anaptychia, 217
Anaranthaceae, 295
Anastrepta, 420
Anastrophyllum, 420

Ancylostemon, 366-369, 379

Anisotoma, 13

Ankistrodesmus, 257. 267

Anna, 363

Anomalolejeunea, 429, 430

Anthocerotae, 415, 436, 437

Antidesma, 71, 80

Aphanocapsa, 268

Aphalolejeunea, 433-435

Aphalostelma, 12

Aphanostephus, 501

Aphanostylis, 486

Apocineae, 15

Apocynaceae, 1, 292, 354, 355

Apocyneae, 1

Aquifoliaceae, 80, 290

Araliaceae, 80, 291, 347

ATaugia, 4s 4h le

Archeochaete, 418

Archilejeunea, 425

Arthrodesmus, 268

Aschersonia, 403

Asclepiadaceae, 1-3, 5-9, 11-13,

UG Ns:

Asclepiadeae, 1, 12, 14, 15

Asclepiadinae, 12, 14

Asclepiadoideae, 2

Asclepias, 43 5, fs Zs) 15

Aspergillus, 439, 441

Aspidosperma, 395

Astephaninae, 12, 14

Astephanus, 12

Asteraceae, 89, 93, 96, 101, 105,
114, LL55 L205 1225 Ae eee
138, 142, 149-151, 158, 166,
NSS, L895 1975, 2005) 20M ase
456, 459, 463, 465), 24675 500:

Astereae, 501

Asterionella, 263

Asteroccus, 267

Atamisquea, 395

Attheya, 263

Aureae, 459

Aureolejeunea, 430

Austroeupatorium, 465

Avicennia, 40, 403

Avicenniaceae, 40, 402

Avicennioideae, 403

504 Pun Y PO! TO 1G eek

Ayapana, 463

Baccharis, 396

Bacillariophyta, 255, 256, 257,
258, 263

Bacopa, 292

Baillonia, 40

Baissea, 486

Barjonia, 13

Bartramiaceae, 460

Bazzania, 420

Begonia, 221-254

Begoniaceae, 221

Bellis, 446

Beuliieniel, Syl, Sil, Ss

Bemisia, 494

Bidens, 293

Bignoniaceae, 53

Blastocaulon, 40

Blepharocalyx, 219, 220

Blepharodon, 12

Blepharolejeunea, 423, 424

Blepharostomaceae, 415, 417,
437

Blepharostoma[ta]ceae, 417

Blepharostomatoideae, 417, 418

Bobea, 71, 81

Boerhavia, 78

Bonamia, 67, 69

Botryococcus, 269

Boucerosia, 4, 13

Bouchea, 40, 352

Brachiolejeunea, 423

Brachio-Lejeunea, 423

Brachyceras, 82

Brachystelma, 13, 15

Brassicaceae, 358

Breynia, 290

Bryocrumia, 63, 65, 66

Bryonia, 290

Bryopteris, 422

Burroughsia, 40

Calayou, 231

Callicarpa, 40
Callicarpeae, 343
Callichlamys, 53
Calochlanis, 47
Calochlamys, 47, 53, 211
Calonectria, 440, 441
Caloneis, 263, 264
Caloplaca, 217, 218
(Geuloreidojonie, Do 7/5 As WG

Vol. 45, No. 6

Calostigma, 12

Campuloclinium, 105, 114, 115

Campylotheca, 293

Cananchoideae, 2

Candelaria, 218

Candida, 439, 440

Canthium, 81

Capparidaceae, 358

Chigeulilwney, Bo Bo lS}

Carduaceae, 216

Carptotepala, 40

Carteria, 268

Caryopteridoideae, 343

Casselia, 40

Gassia, 29>

Cassytha, 70, 71

Castalia, 83

Casuarina, 7/8

Cautleya, 54

Celastraceae, 80

Calimig, AM, 2), i955 Ail)

Cenchrus, e253

Cephaleuros, 53

Ceramanthus, 12

Ceratium, 269

Cercocarpus, 449

Ceropegia, 4, 5

Ceropegiinae, 13, 14

Chaetoceros, 268

Chaetocolea, 418

Chaetocoleaceae, 417

Chaetocoleoideae, 417, 418

Chaetomium, 439

Chascanum, 40

Cheilolejeunea, 415, 423, 425,
DT] RS HM), AS), (ASL LSD.
436

Cheirodendron, 80, 291

Chenopodium, 74, 78

Chimay S35 S45 OLS SIZ=37/O 5 3ii0

Chlamydomonas, 25/7, 268

Chloanthaceae, 402

Chloranthelia, 419

Ghilorelidal Zoiin ZO

Giilermic, 735 7/8)

Ghillorophyta, 255, 256, 2575 2585
267

Chresta, 89-93, 95-97, 100

Chroococcus, 257, 268

Chroomonas, 268

Chrysanthemum, 446

1980

Chrysophyta, 268

Chrysosphaerella, 268

Chthamalia, 13

Cinnamomum, 346

Cirsium, 293

Citharexylum, 40, 43

Cladonia, 70, 218

Clemensiella, 13

Clermontia, 30, 81, 293

Clerodendreae, 343

Clidemia, 330, 331

Cloeocystis, 257

Closterium, 268

Cnicus, 293

Cocconeis, 264

Cocoloba, 78

Coelastrum, 257, 267

Coelocarpum, 40, 41, 43-47

Coelocarpus, 40, 42, 45, 46

Coilocarpus, 42

Coleus, 292

Collema, 218

Cololejeunea, 433

Comanthera, 40

Compositae, 96, 103, 104, 114,
iitGeeeo L40. 153), £555, 18a.
OGL 297, 452), 453, 459), 466

Condalia, 283-284, 395

Congea, 47, 49, 51-62, 209-216,
270-280, 403, 411

Conocarpus, 73, 76

Conostomum, 460

Convolvulaceae, 292

Conyza, 52, 78, 216

Coprosma, 292

Cora, 218

Corallodiscus, 362, 364

Cordiaceae, 402

Cordyline, 481

Cordylogyne, 12

Cornutia, 40, 490

Corticium, 53

Coscinodiscus, 263

Cosmarium, 268

Cosmostigma, 13

Crataegus, 359

Crepis, 293

Critoniopsis, 158

Crossospora, 403

Crucigenia, 257, 267

Cryptochila, 420

Index 505

Cryptomonas, 268
Cryptophyta, 255-258, 268
Cucurbitaceae, 293
Cuscuta, 70, 71
Cyanea, 30, 293
Cyanophyta, 255-259
Cyanopyta, 268
Cyathodes, 291
Cyathostelma, 12
Cyclotella, 257, 263
Cymatopleura, 264
Cymbella, 264
Cynanchinae, 12, 14
Cynanchoideae, 2, Si (ae ial.
14

Cynanchum, 4, 6, 12
Cynochtonum, 12
Cynodon, 78

Cyrtandra, 81, 290, 292
Cystolejeunea, 436
Dactylococcopsis, 257, 268
Dactylophorella, 427
Daemia, 12

Dalziella, 13
Decadontia, 402
Decanema, 12

Delissea, 293
Dendrolembidium, 419
Dialeurospora, 346
Diatoma, 264
Dicrastylidaceae, 40
Dictyanthus, 13
Dictyosphaerium, 267
Didissandra, 361-364, 367
Didymocarpus, 363, 371-373, 376,

377, 380

Digitaria, 74, 78
Dinobryon, 268
Dioecia, 226
Diospyros, 71, 80
Diostea, 40, 388
Diplodia, 53
Diploneis, 264
Diploplexis, 13
DipterocarpuSs, 410
Dipyrena, 40
Dischidia, 13
Dissochondrus, 67, 68
Ditassa, 12

Dodonea, 70
Dorystephania, 12

506

Dregea, 13
Drepanolejeunea, 427
Dubautia, 67, 68, 79, 293
Duckeodendraceae, 402
Duvalia, 4, 13

Ebenaceae, 71, 80
Ecclinusa, 287
Echidnopsis, 13
Echinocolea, 425, 426, 436
Echium, 357

Ehretiaceae, 402
Elaeocarpaceae, 80
Elaeocarpus, 71, 80
Elakatothrix, 267
Eleusine, 78

Empetrum, 228, 247
Endotropis, 12

Enslenia, 12
Epacridaceae, 80, 291
Ephedra, 351, 391
Epithemia, 264
Eragrostia, 74
Eragrostis, 70, 78
Eremanthus, 89-95, 97, 98, 100
Ericaceae, 80, 291
Eriocaulaceae, 40
Eriocaulon, 36, 40
Ernestia, 322-324
Erythrophyllopsis, 460

Leyla NG UT, OM MG (0) Ler Ie VEN

Fimbriostemma, 13
Fimbristylis, 74,78
Fischeria, 12
Flagellatae, 382
Fockea, 13

Fragilaria, 264
Prankenia, 73, 76, //
Frullania, 416, 418, 420, 435
Frullaniaceae, 435
Funastrum, 12
Ceoffroea, 395
Gesneriaceae, 31, 81, 292, 301
Glandularia, 470
Claziovianthus, 89-91
Globulariaceae, 401
Gloeocapsa, 269
Gloeocustis, 267
Glossadelphus, 63-66
Glossonema, 12
Glossonematinae, 12, 14
Glossostelma, 13
Glossostephanus, 12
Gomphocarpus, 5, 9, 12
Gomphonema, 264
Gomphosphaeris, 269
Gongronema, 13
Gonianthela, 13

Gonjea, 211

Gonolobeae, 1, 13, 14

Espeletia, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23-35,Gonolobus, 13

Pipe 2s)
Eudorina, 268
Eugenia, 71, 81
Euglena, 269
Euglenophyta, 269
Eunotia, 264
Euosmolejeunea, 415, 428-431
Euosmo-Lejeunea, 431
Euosmo?-Lejeunea, 431
Eupatoriaceae, 114
Eupatoriadelphus, 465
Eupatorieae, 93, 96, 101, 105,
Ts) ANUS AAs ee AVA) 207.
463, 465

Eupatorium, 112, 113, 117, 119,
463-466

Euphorbia,/5, 80, 290

Euphorbiaceae, 80, 290

Eustegia, 12

Everniastrum, 218

Exolobus, 13

Ficus, 486

Goodeniaceae, 293
Gothofreda, 12
Gouania, 290
Gouldia, 81, 292
Graffenrieda, 325
Gymnema, 6, 13
Gymnocoronis, 96
Gymnomitriaceae, 422
Gymnomitrion, 422
Gymnostelma, 13
Gyrosigma, 264
Haematomma, 218
Hantzschia, 264
Haplochaete, 415
Harpalejeunea, 429
Harthamnus, 451-455
Hedyotis, 81, 293
Heliantheae, 456, 467
Heliotropium, 76
Hemipogon, 12
Hepaticae, 403, 428, 436, 437
Hepaticopsida, 436

Vol. 45, Nooo

1980

Herbaceae, 402
Herpestis, 292
Herzogiariaceae, 417
Herzogobryum, 422
Hesperaloe, 450
Heterostemma, 13
Hibiscus, 73, 75, 290, 481
Hierobotana, 40
Himantostemma, 13
Holostemma, 12

Homo, 445

Hoodia, 3, 4, 13
Houstonia, 35

Hoya, 6, 13

Huernia, 3, 4, 13
Huerniopsis, 3, 13
Hunzikeria, 353
Hygro-Lejeunea, 424
Hygrolejeunea, 425
Hygrolejeuneopsis, 426
Hygrolembidium, 419, 420
Hymenopyramis, 343
Hymenoxys, 467
Hypnaceae, 63, 66
Hypnum, 64
Hypochaeris, 293
Hypolytrum, 481
Hypotrachyna, 218
Ibatia, 13
Icacinaceae, 91

Tlex, 80, 290
Ipomoea, 73, 78, 292
Irenopsis, 493
Ischnostemma, 13
Isocarpha, 106
Isodendrion, 290
Isodendron, 290
Isolembidium, 419, 420
Isophyllaria, 415
Isopterygium, 64, 65
Isotachis, 422
Jamesoniella, 420
Jobinia, 13
Jubulaceae, 435
Jubulopsidoideae, 419
Jubulopsis, 419, 437
Juncus, 352

Junellia, 396
Jungermannia, 417, 419, 435
Jungermanniaceae, 420
Juniperus, 450

Kadua, 293

Kanahia, 12

Index 507

Keerlia, 501

Kephryion, 268
Kingiolejeunea, 424, 425
Koanophyllon, 115, 463-465
Korthalsella, 67, 70, 71, 80
Kuhnia, 106, 112, 113
Kurzia, 419

Labiatae, 53, 292
Lachnocaulon, 40

Laggera, 52, 216
Lamiaceae, 53, 402
Lamiales, 402

Lampaya, 280-282, 336-339
Lampayo, 280, 337

Lantana, 36, 43, 296, 335, 339
Larrea, 395

Lauraceae, 403

Leandra, 332-334

Lecanora, 218

Lecidea, 218

Leguminosae, 71, 81
Leiomitra, 416-418
Leiothrix, 36, 40
Lejeunea, 423-428, 430-433
Lejeuneaceae, 422, 428, 436
Lembidium, 419, 420
Lepidogyna, 419
Lepidolaena, 419
Lepidolaenaceae, 419
Lepidolejeunea, 424, 425
Lepidozia, 419
Lepidoziaceae, 415, 419
Leptadenia, 13

Leptogium, 218
Leptopterygynandrum, 460
Lepturus, 74, 78

Lerchea, 404, 407
Leucolejeunea, 429, 430
Leucopsidium, 501

Liabeae, 459

Lignosae, 402

Lipactinia, 457

Liparis, 67, 69, 70
Lipochaeta, 79, 293
Lippia;, 36, 37, 4054339,, 352
Litsaea, 397, 408

Litsea, 403, 409
Lobeliaceae, 30, 81, 293
Lophochaete, 418
Lopholejeunea, 423
Lophopappus, 451
Lophozioideae, 420
Lorostelma, 13

508 leet WC UE) (0) 1 (0) (Eat YN

Loudetia, 486
Lugonia, 12
Lychnophora, 89-91, 93-96, 99,
LOO; Lev, L778
Lycium, 395
Lyngbya, 269
Lysimachia, 292
Lysionotus, 32), 34, 315-320),
345335 37/9)
Macaranga, 481
Macrocentrum, 325, 326
Macroditassa, 12
Macropodina, 112
Macroscepis, 12
Madarosperma,. 12
Malinvaudia, 13
Mallomonas, 268
Malva, 290
Malvaceae, 290
Malvastrum, 290
Margaretta, 12
Marsdenia, 6, 13
Marsdeniinae, 13, 14
Mastigophora, 416
Matelea, 13
Mattfeldanthus, 166, 168
Maytenus, 395
Megalembidium, 419, 420
Melinia, 12
Meliola, 403, 411, 493
Mellickampia, 12
Melosira, 263
Menodor::, 396
Meriania, 324
Meridon, 264
Merismopedia, 257, 269
Mesanthemum, 40
Metaplexis, 12
Metastelma, 12
Metrosideros, 7/0), 71, 81, 291
Miconia, 321, 326-329, 333
Micractinium, 267
Microcystis, 269
Microlejeunea, 432, 433
Microlepidozia, 420
Microloma, 12
Micropterygioideae, 415
Micropterygium, 420
Microrhamnus, 284

Mikania, 115, 124-141, 297-300,

464
Mimosa, 254
Mitostigma, 12

Moldenkeanthus, 40
Momordica, 293
Monascus, 438-442
Monoecia, 228-231, 249
Morrenia, 12
Mougeotia, 268
Musci, 63, 66
Mutisia, 451
Mutisieae, 451, 452
Mutisiinae, 451
Myoporaceae, 292, 402
Myoporum, 292
Myriophyllum, 383, 384
Myrsinaceae, 81, 291
Myursine,, Jill. Ol 291 292
Myrtaceae, 71, 81, 219, 291
Mytilopsidoideae, 415
Nania, 291
Nashia, 339
Nautonia, 12
Navicula, 264, 265
Nedium, 265
Neohattoria, 437
Neolepidozia, 419
Neosparton, 40, 349-352, 385-
393)
Neosparyon, 349, 390
Neotrichocolea, 419
Neotrichocoleaceae, 419
Nephradenia, 13
Neurospora, 439-441
Nitzschia, 265
Nothostrepta, 420
Nototrichium, 295
Nyctanthaceae, 40
Nymphaea, 82-84
Nymphaeaceae, 82, 84
Ochrolechia, 218, 219
Oleaceae, 71, 81
Oocystis, 267
Opephora, 266
Opitandra, 370-372, 379
Opithandra, 370
Oppositae, 421
Opuntia, 395, 396, 450
Orchidaceae, 449, 450
Oreocharis, 365, 366, 371
Oreolejeunea, 424
Orthanthera, 13
Orthosia, 12
Oscillatoria, 269
Osmanthus, 71, 81
Ossaea, 334

Vol. 45,5, Now 6

1980 Index 509

Oeaurs. 223, 231, 234, 238 Phaeostemma, 13
Oxylobium, 12 Pheratrichis, 13
Oxypetalinae, 12, 14 Philibertia, 12
Oxypetalum, }3 Philodice, 40
Oxystelma, 12 Philonotis, 460-462
Pachycarpus, 12 Phrymaceae, 402
Pachystela, 486 Phyllanthus, 290, 486
Paepalanthus, 38, 40, 270, 296, Physcia, 219

470-476 Piperaceae, 289
Palmodictyon, 267 Piptocarpha, 181
Panax, 347 Pipturus, 289
Pandanus, 481 Pitraea, 40
Panicum, 67, 69 Pittosporaceae, 81, 289
Pandorina, 257, 268 Pittosporum, 81, 289
Papio, 446 Plagiochila, 420, 421
ParaphysomonasS, 268 Plagiochilaceae, 421
Parapodium, 12 Plagiochilion, 421
Parkia, 285 Plagiopteraceae, 402
Parmelia, 219 Plagiothecium, 66
Parmelina, 219 Plagiotropis, 266
Parmotrema, 219 Planchonella, 81, 291
Parodiantheae, 395 Planktosphaeria, 267
Parodianthus, 40, 394-396 Plantaginaceae, 292
Paronema, 340 Plantago, 77, 292, 357
Peckoltia, 13 Platydesma, 81
Pediastrum, 267, 381, 382 Pleroma, 321
Pelea, 71, 81, 290 Pleurosigma, 266
Pelliaceae, 415 Pleurostelma, 12
Peltanthera, 498-500 Pluchea, 78
Peltula, 219 Podocarpus, 429
Penstemon, 496-500 Podostelma, 12
Pentarrhinum, 12 Polyandria, 231, 249
Pentasacme, 13 Polyedriopsis, 267
Pentatropis, 12 Polygamia, 226, 228-230, 237,
Peperomia, 289 248, 249
Peplonia, 12 Porlieria, 395
Perezia, 451 Portulaca, 72, 78
Pergularia, 13 Pourouma, 285
Peridinium, 269 Primulaceae, 292
Perilejeunea, 424 Priva, 40
Perionella, 268 Prosopis, 284, 395
Periplocaceae, 2, 15, 16 Prospostelma, 12
Periploceae, 1 Psathyrotes, 459
Periplocoideae, 1 Psathyrotopsis, 459
Peronema, 339-349 Pseudibatia, 13
Perottetia, 80 Pseudobartlettia, 459
Pertusaria, 219 Pseudocarpidium, 40
Petalostelma, 13 Pseudolepicolea, 418
Petasites, 238 Pseudolepicoleaceae, 417, 418
Petitia, 40 Pseudoparmelia, 219
Petrea, 40, 469 Psychotria, 71, 81, 293, 486
Petrocodon, 369, 370, 379 Pterospermum, 402, 404

Phacus, 269 Ptychanthoideae, 423

510 Pony TO ae ONG era Vol. 45, No. 6

Pycnocephalum, 89-92,96 Sattadia 2
Pycnolejeunea, 424, 425, 436 Saubinetia, 457
Pycnostelma, 12 Scaevola, 78, 293
Pyrrophyta, 269 Scapania,422
Pyxine, 219 Scapaniaceae, 422
Quadrigula, 267 Scapaniella, 422
Quercus, 449 Scenedesmus, 257, 267
Radula, 433 Scherya, 145, 149
Raillaridia, 293 Schinus, 395
Railliardia, 67, 68, 79 Schistogyne, 12
Ramalina, 219 Schizoglossum, 9, 12
Rapanea, 217-219 Schubertia, 9, 12
Raphiocarpus, 361, 362 Sciadocephala, 93, 96
Raphistelma, 12 Scleria, 481
Rauvolfia, 354, 355 Scrophulariaceae, 292, 3536
Recordia, 40 496
Rectolejeunea, 428, 436 Sczegleewla, 397, 404, 408-410
Rehdera, 40 Sczegleéwia, 397, 404
Renilejeunea, 430 Sczeglewia, 397, 402, 408
Resedaceae, 358 Secamoneae, ]
Rhamnaceaeé, 283-286 Secamonoideae, 2
Rhaphithamnus, 40 Selaginaceae, 40?
Rhizosolenia, 263 Senecioneae, 459
Rhodomonas, 268 Setaria, 72
Rhoicosphenia, 266 Seutera, 12
Rhyssolobium, 13 Sicyos, 293
Rhyssostelma, 12 Sida, 290
Riocreuxia, 4, 13 Sisyranthus, 13
Rocoea, 211 Solanaceae, 292
Rojasia, 13 Solanum, 71, 81, 292, 396
Rollandia, 293 Solenostemma, 1?
Rondonanthus, 40 Sonchus, 78
Rosaceae, 289 Sophora,;, 81
IMere(ellee) py [7], Ss\5 SYA S55 Palal. Sordaria, 439, 441

PAS) 5 P27/Ab Spectabiles, 498, 499
Rothrockia, 9, 13 Spergularia, 78
Rottlera, 372 Sphaeralcea, 396
Roulinia, 12 Sphaerium, 259
Rubiaceae, 71, 81, 292 Sphaerocodon, 13
Rubus, 289, 290 Sphenodesma, 52, 402-404, 407,
Rumex, 228, 246 408
Rutaceae, 81, 290 Sphenodesme, 52=54, 214. 347,
Salicaceae, 358 469
Salicornia, 73, 75, 77 Sphinctostoma, 13
Salpinogoeca, 268 Spiranthes, 449, 450
Santalum, 70 Sporobolus, 74
Santosia, 463, 466 Stachyanthus, 89-91
Sapindaceae, 81 Stachytarpheta, 38, 39, 335, 336,
Sapindus, 71, 81 352
Sapotaceae, 81, 287, 288 Stapelia, 3-5, 13
Saprolegnia, 439 Stapelieae, ]
Sarcolobus, 13 Stapeliopsis, 3

Sarcostemma, 12 Stathmostelma, 12

1980

Stauroneis,
Steinheilia, 12
Steleostemma, 13
Stenogyne, 292
Stenostelma, 12
Stephanodiscus, 257, 263
Stephanotis, 5, 6, 13
Sterculiaceae, 290, 402
Stigeoclonium, 268
Stigmatorrhynchus, 13
Stilbaceae, 40, 402
Stipa, 395
Stipitococcus, 269
Straussia, 293
Strepsilejeunea, 429, 431
Strigula, 53
Stylodon, 40
Stylotrichum, 101-104
Styphelia, 70, 80, 291
Surirella, 266
Suttonia, 291, 292
Svensonia, 40
Sympharemaceae, 401
Symphocemaceae, 401
Symphoemaceae, 401
Symphoraceae, 401
Symphorama, 397, 409
Symphorema, 54, 277, 396-414
Symphoremaceae, 40, 53, 347,
401-403
Symphoremataceae, 53, 401
Symphorema (ta)ceae, 401
Symphorematoideae, 401
Symphoremeae, 401
Symphoremoideae, 401, 403
Symphorena, 397, 409
Symphorensa, 397, 408
Symphoricaceae, 401
Symphormaceae, 401
Symphyopappus, 115
Symphyromea, 397
Synedra, 266, 267
Syngonanthus, 40, 209, 477, 478
Tamaricaceae, 358
Tassadia, 12
Tavaresia, 13
Taxilejeunea, 416, 433
Taxiphyllum, 63-66
Tectona, 40, 345, 346
Teijsmanniodendron, 490
Telaranea, 419.
Teloschistes, 219
Telosma, 12

Index

511

Temnoma, 417, 418
Temnomoideae, 417, 418
Tenaris, 13
Terminalia, 73, 76
Tetrachondraceae, 402
Tetraedron, 267, 268
Tetramolopium, 79
Tetraneuris, 467
Tetraplasandra, 80
Thalassiosira, 263
Thelypteris, 481
Thritrinax, 395
Thymeliaceae, 291
Tibouchina, 321, 322
Tillandsia, 356
Tococa, 321
Tonina, 40
Tournefortia, 78
Trachelomonas, 269
Trachycalymma, 12
Trachycoleus, 426
Trachylejeunea, 425, 426, 429
Treubaria, 268
Treutlera, 13
Triblidiella, 53
Tribulus, 78
Trichocaulon, 4, 13
Trichocline, 396
Trichocolea, 416, 417, 436
Trichocoleaceae, 416, 417
Trichocoleoideae, 417, 418
Trichocoleopsis, 419
Trichogonia, 105-121, 123
Trichogoniopsis, 105, 107, 109,
Pt 22s
Trichomanes, 299
Trichosacme, 13
Trichostelma, 13
Triumfetta, 290
Tschudya, 333
Tsjeria-narinampula, 237, 249
Tsuga, 63
Tweedia, 13
Tylophora, 6, 13
Tylophoreae, 13, 14
Urostephanus, 13
Urticaceae, 289
Usnea, 219, 220
Vaccinium, 80, 291
Vailia, 13
Vanillosmopsis, 158
Vauquelinia, 449
Verbena, 351, 352, 375, 396, 470

512 Bi 0. oremea Vol. 45, No. 6

Verbenaceae, 40, 47, 53, 280
349, 389, 401-403, 410

Verbenales, 402

Verbeneae, 43

Verberaceae, 341

Verbesina, 456-458

Verdoorniaceae, 415

Verdoornioideae, 415

>

Vernonia, 89-91, 93, 95, 158-208

Vernoniaceae, 96, 158, 188

Vernonieae, 89, 96, 158, 166
188

Veronica, 292

Viguiera, 456, 458, 459

Vincetoxicum, 12

Viola, 290

Violaceae, 290

>

Virgularia, 353
Vitex, 341, 345, 347, 478-495
Viticeae, 343
Viticoideae, 395
Vitis, 479

Waltheria, 290
Wattakaka, 6
Werneria, 29
Widgrenia, 12
Wikstroemia, 291
Wurdackia, 40
Xanthoparmelia, 220
Xanthophyta, 269
Xylopia, 486
Xysmalobium, 9, 12
Yucca, 450
Zingiberaceae, 54, 55

Publication dates

Volume 44, No.
Volume 44, No.
Volume 45, No.
Volume 45, No.
Volume 45, No.
Volume 45, No.
Volume 45, No.

ORPwWNRN OD

December 6, 1979
December 17, 1979
February 7, 1980
February 19, 1980
March 6, 1980
March 20, 1980
April 7, 1980

| A Oe aees SS
et : yh Vea, dite es ¥ oe a1 6 pa 7 7
: u 14, PU OEE st , eh TWAsl = : 7
ie eae ay eK, | ‘, Vieste ieee kes

, pes eh tel . J al Ve pets aw
ese SORA hy, PEMA | amd Keri Oa
( Pe sR _ 7 y gh em wh ane at | iN o: yall vy

A in a ; i a?
eS kn ee we A Ok ee ‘*
an ‘ 7 et ‘3 i iad r vo i : = er
oo) Berea, Yecin ei) Br ioding
PRN deat tiie. Ab ei

1 ee eae i ery a) at } : 4

iy 4 4
7 i F :
» i # }
’ 7 ‘ h i. 1 ae ry , in
"4 fe 7 ue oe. rf ji >
a ena ee! Mi
: : ’
y iodeet he ‘ 4
i 7 A i ts
‘ es
{ 4 a ,
rap *
, { >,
; yh rt « ey \ / a i
? Wy i
j
i
Ay he
i i
if
{
Hp bana i |.
1
\ Cue oy, ¢ y rm
WY ov |
“ 4" i), i
| q
fie wml r
¥e \ ak 7
iy RMD: i
y L ia Wy,
y ae
H ee i
ry
i
fh
-
‘
~
i)
i
4 Ey.
iy J
uP ‘ t
ay if r
a i
ih yi i
ia? Ay
meh .
P Pi" (Ts
iy yl i
; : : , tae
} i .
i : } iy
i i f : i
’ ’ i
o "1 i
it : ey
at : 1
i 7
y j i
: i) r :
; { f y i ipa
a
; F :
if fi i
: o i 1
i) ; i : 1
: , ie i) _
ni i . t~ oo
d i
1 ie y ; nal ; r p ‘i - iP : i
; ; _ = Ne
i .
1 I i A el ~) ran

New York Botanical Garden

iT

Mins

3